summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/share/man
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'share/man')
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-addr2line.1287
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ar.1428
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-as.11321
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-c++filt.1346
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-cpp.1992
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-dlltool.1531
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-elfedit.1233
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-g++.117818
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcc.117818
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcov.1681
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdb.1381
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdbtui.1381
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gprof.1757
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ld.12413
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nlmconv.1244
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nm.1516
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objcopy.1960
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objdump.1799
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ranlib.1192
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-readelf.1426
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-run.1475
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-size.1268
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strings.1257
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strip.1392
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windmc.1353
-rw-r--r--share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windres.1354
-rw-r--r--share/man/man7/fsf-funding.7184
-rw-r--r--share/man/man7/gfdl.7637
-rw-r--r--share/man/man7/gpl.7841
29 files changed, 51285 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-addr2line.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-addr2line.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25f729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-addr2line.1
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1"
+.TH ADDR2LINE 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+addr2line [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-addresses\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]]
+ [\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-functions\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-basename\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-inlines\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR]
+ [\fB\-j\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR]
+ [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [addr addr ...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR translates addresses into file names and line numbers.
+Given an address in an executable or an offset in a section of a relocatable
+object, it uses the debugging information to figure out which file name and
+line number are associated with it.
+.PP
+The executable or relocatable object to use is specified with the \fB\-e\fR
+option. The default is the file \fIa.out\fR. The section in the relocatable
+object to use is specified with the \fB\-j\fR option.
+.PP
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR has two modes of operation.
+.PP
+In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
+and \fBaddr2line\fR displays the file name and line number for each
+address.
+.PP
+In the second, \fBaddr2line\fR reads hexadecimal addresses from
+standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
+address on standard output. In this mode, \fBaddr2line\fR may be used
+in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
+.PP
+The format of the output is \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR. The file name and
+line number for each address is printed on a separate line. If the
+\&\fB\-f\fR option is used, then each \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR line is
+preceded by a \fB\s-1FUNCTIONNAME\s0\fR line which is the name of the function
+containing the address. If the \fB\-a\fR option is used, then the
+address read is first printed.
+.PP
+If the file name or function name can not be determined,
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR will print two question marks in their place. If the
+line number can not be determined, \fBaddr2line\fR will print 0.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--addresses"
+.PD
+Display address before function names or file and line number
+information. The address is printed with a \fB0x\fR prefix to easily
+identify it.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exe=filename"
+.PD
+Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
+translated. The default file is \fIa.out\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--functions"
+.PD
+Display function names as well as file and line number information.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-basenames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--basenames"
+.PD
+Display only the base of each file name.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-inlines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--inlines"
+.PD
+If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source
+information for all enclosing scopes back to the first non-inlined
+function will also be printed. For example, if \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR inlines
+\&\f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR which inlines \f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, and address is from
+\&\f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, the source information for \f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR
+will also be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section"
+.PD
+Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pretty-print"
+.PD
+Make the output more human friendly: each location are printed on one line.
+If option \fB\-i\fR is specified, lines for all enclosing scopes are
+prefixed with \fB(inlined by)\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ar.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ar.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f93bb5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ar.1
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "AR 1"
+.TH AR 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ar [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-X32_64\fR] [\fB\-\fR]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR]] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from
+archives. An \fIarchive\fR is a single file holding a collection of
+other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
+the original individual files (called \fImembers\fR of the archive).
+.PP
+The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
+group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
+extraction.
+.PP
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any
+length; however, depending on how \fBar\fR is configured on your
+system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility
+with archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the
+limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
+characters (typical of formats related to coff).
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
+are most often used as \fIlibraries\fR holding commonly needed
+subroutines.
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
+object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier \fBs\fR.
+Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \fBar\fR
+makes a change to its contents (save for the \fBq\fR update operation).
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+.PP
+You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index
+table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of \fBar\fR called
+\&\fBranlib\fR can be used to add just the table.
+.PP
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can optionally create a \fIthin\fR archive,
+which contains a symbol index and references to the original copies
+of the member files of the archives. Such an archive is useful
+for building libraries for use within a local build, where the
+relocatable objects are expected to remain available, and copying the
+contents of each object would only waste time and space. Thin archives
+are also \fIflattened\fR, so that adding one or more archives to a
+thin archive will add the elements of the nested archive individually.
+The paths to the elements of the archive are stored relative to the
+archive itself.
+.PP
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different
+facilities. You can control its activity using command-line options,
+like the different varieties of \fBar\fR on Unix systems; or, if you
+specify the single command-line option \fB\-M\fR, you can control it
+with a script supplied via standard input, like the \s-1MRI\s0 \*(L"librarian\*(R"
+program.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier
+flags \fImod\fR in any order, within the first command-line argument.
+.PP
+If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
+dash.
+.PP
+The \fIp\fR keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
+any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
+.IP "\fBd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+\&\fIDelete\fR modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to
+be deleted as \fImember\fR...; the archive is untouched if you
+specify no files to delete.
+.Sp
+If you specify the \fBv\fR modifier, \fBar\fR lists each module
+as it is deleted.
+.IP "\fBm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "m"
+Use this operation to \fImove\fR members in an archive.
+.Sp
+The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
+programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
+than one member.
+.Sp
+If no modifiers are used with \f(CW\*(C`m\*(C'\fR, any members you name in the
+\&\fImember\fR arguments are moved to the \fIend\fR of the archive;
+you can use the \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR modifiers to move them to a
+specified place instead.
+.IP "\fBp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "p"
+\&\fIPrint\fR the specified members of the archive, to the standard
+output file. If the \fBv\fR modifier is specified, show the member
+name before copying its contents to standard output.
+.Sp
+If you specify no \fImember\fR arguments, all the files in the archive are
+printed.
+.IP "\fBq\fR" 4
+.IX Item "q"
+\&\fIQuick append\fR; Historically, add the files \fImember\fR... to the end of
+\&\fIarchive\fR, without checking for replacement.
+.Sp
+The modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, and \fBi\fR do \fInot\fR affect this
+operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
+.Sp
+The modifier \fBv\fR makes \fBar\fR list each file as it is appended.
+.Sp
+Since the point of this operation is speed, the archive's symbol table
+index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use \fBar s\fR or
+\&\fBranlib\fR explicitly to update the symbol table index.
+.Sp
+However, too many different systems assume quick append rebuilds the
+index, so \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR implements \fBq\fR as a synonym for \fBr\fR.
+.IP "\fBr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "r"
+Insert the files \fImember\fR... into \fIarchive\fR (with
+\&\fIreplacement\fR). This operation differs from \fBq\fR in that any
+previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being
+added.
+.Sp
+If one of the files named in \fImember\fR... does not exist, \fBar\fR
+displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
+of the archive matching that name.
+.Sp
+By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
+use one of the modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR to request
+placement relative to some existing member.
+.Sp
+The modifier \fBv\fR used with this operation elicits a line of
+output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters \fBa\fR or
+\&\fBr\fR to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
+deleted) or replaced.
+.IP "\fBs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "s"
+Add an index to the archive, or update it if it already exists. Note
+this command is an exception to the rule that there can only be one
+command letter, as it is possible to use it as either a command or a
+modifier. In either case it does the same thing.
+.IP "\fBt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "t"
+Display a \fItable\fR listing the contents of \fIarchive\fR, or those
+of the files listed in \fImember\fR... that are present in the
+archive. Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
+see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
+request that by also specifying the \fBv\fR modifier.
+.Sp
+If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
+are listed.
+.Sp
+If there is more than one file with the same name (say, \fBfie\fR) in
+an archive (say \fBb.a\fR), \fBar t b.a fie\fR lists only the
+first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
+listing\-\-\-in our example, \fBar t b.a\fR.
+.IP "\fBx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "x"
+\&\fIExtract\fR members (named \fImember\fR) from the archive. You can
+use the \fBv\fR modifier with this operation, to request that
+\&\fBar\fR list each name as it extracts it.
+.Sp
+If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
+are extracted.
+.Sp
+Files cannot be extracted from a thin archive.
+.PP
+A number of modifiers (\fImod\fR) may immediately follow the \fIp\fR
+keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
+.IP "\fBa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "a"
+Add new files \fIafter\fR an existing member of the
+archive. If you use the modifier \fBa\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification.
+.IP "\fBb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "b"
+Add new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
+archive. If you use the modifier \fBb\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBi\fR).
+.IP "\fBc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c"
+\&\fICreate\fR the archive. The specified \fIarchive\fR is always
+created if it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is
+issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
+using this modifier.
+.IP "\fBD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When adding files and the archive
+index use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps, and use consistent file modes
+for all files. When this option is used, if \fBar\fR is used with
+identical options and identical input files, multiple runs will create
+identical output files regardless of the input files' owners, groups,
+file modes, or modification times.
+.IP "\fBf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "f"
+Truncate names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will normally permit file
+names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which are
+not compatible with the native \fBar\fR program on some systems. If
+this is a concern, the \fBf\fR modifier may be used to truncate file
+names when putting them in the archive.
+.IP "\fBi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+Insert new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
+archive. If you use the modifier \fBi\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBb\fR).
+.IP "\fBl\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l"
+This modifier is accepted but not used.
+.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+Uses the \fIcount\fR parameter. This is used if there are multiple
+entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete instance
+\&\fIcount\fR of the given name from the archive.
+.IP "\fBo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "o"
+Preserve the \fIoriginal\fR dates of members when extracting them. If
+you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
+are stamped with the time of extraction.
+.IP "\fBP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "P"
+Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\fBar\fR can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives
+are not \s-1POSIX\s0 complaint), but other archive creators can. This option
+will cause \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR to match file names using a complete path
+name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file from an
+archive created by another tool.
+.IP "\fBs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "s"
+Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
+even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier
+flag either with any operation, or alone. Running \fBar s\fR on an
+archive is equivalent to running \fBranlib\fR on it.
+.IP "\fBS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "S"
+Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a
+large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used
+with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the
+\&\fBS\fR modifier on the last execution of \fBar\fR, or you must run
+\&\fBranlib\fR on the archive.
+.IP "\fBT\fR" 4
+.IX Item "T"
+Make the specified \fIarchive\fR a \fIthin\fR archive. If it already
+exists and is a regular archive, the existing members must be present
+in the same directory as \fIarchive\fR.
+.IP "\fBu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+Normally, \fBar r\fR... inserts all files
+listed into the archive. If you would like to insert \fIonly\fR those
+of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
+names, use this modifier. The \fBu\fR modifier is allowed only for the
+operation \fBr\fR (replace). In particular, the combination \fBqu\fR is
+not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
+advantage from the operation \fBq\fR.
+.IP "\fBv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "v"
+This modifier requests the \fIverbose\fR version of an operation. Many
+operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
+when the modifier \fBv\fR is appended.
+.IP "\fBV\fR" 4
+.IX Item "V"
+This modifier shows the version number of \fBar\fR.
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR ignores an initial option spelt \fB\-X32_64\fR, for
+compatibility with \s-1AIX\s0. The behaviour produced by this option is the
+default for \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR. \fBar\fR does not support any of the other
+\&\fB\-X\fR options; in particular, it does not support \fB\-X32\fR
+which is the default for \s-1AIX\s0 \fBar\fR.
+.PP
+The optional command line switch \fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR causes
+\&\fBar\fR to load the plugin called \fIname\fR which adds support
+for more file formats. This option is only available if the toolchain
+has been built with plugin support enabled.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-as.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-as.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3223590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-as.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1321 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "AS 1"
+.TH AS 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+AS \- the portable GNU assembler.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-\-alternate\fR] [\fB\-D\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR] [\fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-debug\-prefix\-map\fR \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsym\fR=\fIval\fR] [\fB\-f\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-\-gstabs\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR] [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR] [\fB\-J\fR]
+ [\fB\-K\fR] [\fB\-L\fR] [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] [\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] [\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR] [\fB\-o\fR
+ \fIobjfile\fR] [\fB\-R\fR] [\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR] [\fB\-\-statistics\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR] [\fB\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-W\fR] [\fB\-\-warn\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-w\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] [\fB\-Z\fR] [\fB@\fR\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-target\-help\fR] [\fItarget-options\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-\fR|\fIfiles\fR ...]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Alpha options:\fR
+ [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR]
+ [\fB\-mdebug\fR | \fB\-no\-mdebug\fR]
+ [\fB\-replace\fR | \fB\-noreplace\fR]
+ [\fB\-relax\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-G\fR\fIsize\fR]
+ [\fB\-F\fR] [\fB\-32addr\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1ARC\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-marc[5|6|7|8]\fR]
+ [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1ARM\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mcpu\fR=\fIprocessor\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]]
+ [\fB\-march\fR=\fIarchitecture\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]]
+ [\fB\-mfpu\fR=\fIfloating-point-format\fR]
+ [\fB\-mfloat\-abi\fR=\fIabi\fR]
+ [\fB\-meabi\fR=\fIver\fR]
+ [\fB\-mthumb\fR]
+ [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR]
+ [\fB\-mapcs\-32\fR|\fB\-mapcs\-26\fR|\fB\-mapcs\-float\fR|
+ \fB\-mapcs\-reentrant\fR]
+ [\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR] [\fB\-k\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Blackfin options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mcpu\fR=\fIprocessor\fR[\-\fIsirevision\fR]]
+ [\fB\-mfdpic\fR]
+ [\fB\-mno\-fdpic\fR]
+ [\fB\-mnopic\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1CRIS\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-underscore\fR | \fB\-\-no\-underscore\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-pic\fR] [\fB\-N\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-emulation=criself\fR | \fB\-\-emulation=crisaout\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-march=v0_v10\fR | \fB\-\-march=v10\fR | \fB\-\-march=v32\fR | \fB\-\-march=common_v10_v32\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget D10V options:\fR
+ [\fB\-O\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget D30V options:\fR
+ [\fB\-O\fR|\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-N\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget H8/300 options:\fR
+ [\-h\-tick\-hex]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget i386 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-32\fR|\fB\-\-64\fR] [\fB\-n\fR]
+ [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR[+\fI\s-1EXTENSION\s0\fR...]] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget i960 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-ACA\fR|\fB\-ACA_A\fR|\fB\-ACB\fR|\fB\-ACC\fR|\fB\-AKA\fR|\fB\-AKB\fR|
+ \fB\-AKC\fR|\fB\-AMC\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR] [\fB\-no\-relax\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1IA\-64\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR|\fB\-mauto\-pic\fR]
+ [\fB\-milp32\fR|\fB\-milp64\fR|\fB\-mlp64\fR|\fB\-mp64\fR]
+ [\fB\-mle\fR|\fBmbe\fR]
+ [\fB\-mtune=itanium1\fR|\fB\-mtune=itanium2\fR]
+ [\fB\-munwind\-check=warning\fR|\fB\-munwind\-check=error\fR]
+ [\fB\-mhint.b=ok\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=warning\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=error\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-xexplicit\fR] [\fB\-xauto\fR] [\fB\-xdebug\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1IP2K\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mip2022\fR|\fB\-mip2022ext\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M32C options:\fR
+ [\fB\-m32c\fR|\fB\-m16c\fR] [\-relax] [\-h\-tick\-hex]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M32R options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-m32rx\fR|\fB\-\-[no\-]warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts\fR|
+ \fB\-\-W[n]p\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M680X0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-m68000\fR|\fB\-m68010\fR|\fB\-m68020\fR|...]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M68HC11 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-m68hc11\fR|\fB\-m68hc12\fR|\fB\-m68hcs12\fR]
+ [\fB\-mshort\fR|\fB\-mlong\fR]
+ [\fB\-mshort\-double\fR|\fB\-mlong\-double\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-force\-long\-branches\fR] [\fB\-\-short\-branches\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-strict\-direct\-mode\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-insn\-syntax\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-print\-opcodes\fR] [\fB\-\-generate\-example\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MCORE\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR] [\fB\-sifilter\fR] [\fB\-relax\fR]
+ [\fB\-mcpu=[210|340]\fR]
+\&\fITarget \s-1MICROBLAZE\s0 options:\fR
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MIPS\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-nocpp\fR] [\fB\-EL\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] [\fB\-O\fR[\fIoptimization level\fR]]
+ [\fB\-g\fR[\fIdebug level\fR]] [\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-KPIC\fR] [\fB\-call_shared\fR]
+ [\fB\-non_shared\fR] [\fB\-xgot\fR [\fB\-mvxworks\-pic\fR]
+ [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR] [\fB\-32\fR] [\fB\-n32\fR] [\fB\-64\fR] [\fB\-mfp32\fR] [\fB\-mgp32\fR]
+ [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mips1\fR] [\fB\-mips2\fR]
+ [\fB\-mips3\fR] [\fB\-mips4\fR] [\fB\-mips5\fR] [\fB\-mips32\fR] [\fB\-mips32r2\fR]
+ [\fB\-mips64\fR] [\fB\-mips64r2\fR]
+ [\fB\-construct\-floats\fR] [\fB\-no\-construct\-floats\fR]
+ [\fB\-trap\fR] [\fB\-no\-break\fR] [\fB\-break\fR] [\fB\-no\-trap\fR]
+ [\fB\-mips16\fR] [\fB\-no\-mips16\fR]
+ [\fB\-msmartmips\fR] [\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR]
+ [\fB\-mips3d\fR] [\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR]
+ [\fB\-mdmx\fR] [\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR]
+ [\fB\-mdsp\fR] [\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR]
+ [\fB\-mdspr2\fR] [\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR]
+ [\fB\-mmt\fR] [\fB\-mno\-mt\fR]
+ [\fB\-mfix7000\fR] [\fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR]
+ [\fB\-mfix\-vr4120\fR] [\fB\-mno\-fix\-vr4120\fR]
+ [\fB\-mfix\-vr4130\fR] [\fB\-mno\-fix\-vr4130\fR]
+ [\fB\-mdebug\fR] [\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR]
+ [\fB\-mpdr\fR] [\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MMIX\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-fixed\-special\-register\-names\fR] [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-gnu\-syntax\fR] [\fB\-\-relax\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-predefined\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-no\-expand\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-merge\-gregs\fR] [\fB\-x\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-linker\-allocated\-gregs\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1PDP11\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mpic\fR|\fB\-mno\-pic\fR] [\fB\-mall\fR] [\fB\-mno\-extensions\fR]
+ [\fB\-m\fR\fIextension\fR|\fB\-mno\-\fR\fIextension\fR]
+ [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget picoJava options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mb\fR|\fB\-me\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget PowerPC options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mpwrx\fR|\fB\-mpwr2\fR|\fB\-mpwr\fR|\fB\-m601\fR|\fB\-mppc\fR|\fB\-mppc32\fR|\fB\-m603\fR|\fB\-m604\fR|
+ \fB\-m403\fR|\fB\-m405\fR|\fB\-mppc64\fR|\fB\-m620\fR|\fB\-mppc64bridge\fR|\fB\-mbooke\fR]
+ [\fB\-mcom\fR|\fB\-many\fR|\fB\-maltivec\fR|\fB\-mvsx\fR] [\fB\-memb\fR]
+ [\fB\-mregnames\fR|\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR]
+ [\fB\-mrelocatable\fR|\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR]
+ [\fB\-mlittle\fR|\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-mbig\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR]
+ [\fB\-msolaris\fR|\fB\-mno\-solaris\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1RX\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR]
+ [\fB\-m32bit\-ints\fR|\fB\-m16bit\-ints\fR]
+ [\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR|\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget s390 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-m31\fR|\fB\-m64\fR] [\fB\-mesa\fR|\fB\-mzarch\fR] [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-mregnames\fR|\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR]
+ [\fB\-mwarn\-areg\-zero\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1SCORE\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-EB\fR][\fB\-EL\fR][\fB\-FIXDD\fR][\fB\-NWARN\fR]
+ [\fB\-SCORE5\fR][\fB\-SCORE5U\fR][\fB\-SCORE7\fR][\fB\-SCORE3\fR]
+ [\fB\-march=score7\fR][\fB\-march=score3\fR]
+ [\fB\-USE_R1\fR][\fB\-KPIC\fR][\fB\-O0\fR][\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR][\fB\-V\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1SPARC\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-Av6\fR|\fB\-Av7\fR|\fB\-Av8\fR|\fB\-Asparclet\fR|\fB\-Asparclite\fR
+ \fB\-Av8plus\fR|\fB\-Av8plusa\fR|\fB\-Av9\fR|\fB\-Av9a\fR]
+ [\fB\-xarch=v8plus\fR|\fB\-xarch=v8plusa\fR] [\fB\-bump\fR]
+ [\fB\-32\fR|\fB\-64\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1TIC54X\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mcpu=54[123589]\fR|\fB\-mcpu=54[56]lp\fR] [\fB\-mfar\-mode\fR|\fB\-mf\fR]
+ [\fB\-merrors\-to\-file\fR \fI<filename>\fR|\fB\-me\fR \fI<filename>\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1TIC6X\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR] [\fB\-matomic\fR|\fB\-mno\-atomic\fR]
+ [\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR|\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR] [\fB\-mdsbt\fR|\fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR]
+ [\fB\-mpid=no\fR|\fB\-mpid=near\fR|\fB\-mpid=far\fR] [\fB\-mpic\fR|\fB\-mno\-pic\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Z80 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-z80\fR] [\fB\-r800\fR]
+ [ \fB\-ignore\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wnud\fR]
+ [ \fB\-ignore\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wnup\fR]
+ [ \fB\-warn\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wud\fR]
+ [ \fB\-warn\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wup\fR]
+ [ \fB\-forbid\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Fud\fR]
+ [ \fB\-forbid\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Fup\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Xtensa options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]text\-section\-literals\fR] [\fB\-\-[no\-]absolute\-literals\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]target\-align\fR] [\fB\-\-[no\-]longcalls\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]transform\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBas\fR is really a family of assemblers.
+If you use (or have used) the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler on one architecture, you
+should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
+architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
+including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
+\&\fIpseudo-ops\fR) and assembler syntax.
+.PP
+\&\fBas\fR is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 C compiler \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR for use by the linker
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR. Nevertheless, we've tried to make \fBas\fR
+assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
+machine would assemble.
+Any exceptions are documented explicitly.
+This doesn't mean \fBas\fR always uses the same syntax as another
+assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
+incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
+.PP
+Each time you run \fBas\fR it assembles exactly one source
+program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
+(The standard input is also a file.)
+.PP
+You give \fBas\fR a command line that has zero or more input file
+names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
+command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
+is taken to be an input file name.
+.PP
+If you give \fBas\fR no file names it attempts to read one input file
+from the \fBas\fR standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
+may have to type \fBctl-D\fR to tell \fBas\fR there is no more program
+to assemble.
+.PP
+Use \fB\-\-\fR if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
+in your command line.
+.PP
+If the source is empty, \fBas\fR produces a small, empty object
+file.
+.PP
+\&\fBas\fR may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
+file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
+runs \fBas\fR automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
+that \fBas\fR could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
+grave problem that stops the assembly.
+.PP
+If you are invoking \fBas\fR via the \s-1GNU\s0 C compiler,
+you can use the \fB\-Wa\fR option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
+The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the \fB\-Wa\fR)
+by commas. For example:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-c \-g \-O \-Wa,\-alh,\-L file.c
+.Ve
+.PP
+This passes two options to the assembler: \fB\-alh\fR (emit a listing to
+standard output with high-level and assembly source) and \fB\-L\fR (retain
+local symbols in the symbol table).
+.PP
+Usually you do not need to use this \fB\-Wa\fR mechanism, since many compiler
+command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
+(You can call the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler driver with the \fB\-v\fR option to see
+precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
+assembler.)
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.IP "\fB\-a[cdghlmns]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a[cdghlmns]"
+Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-ac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ac"
+omit false conditionals
+.IP "\fB\-ad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ad"
+omit debugging directives
+.IP "\fB\-ag\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ag"
+include general information, like as version and options passed
+.IP "\fB\-ah\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ah"
+include high-level source
+.IP "\fB\-al\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-al"
+include assembly
+.IP "\fB\-am\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-am"
+include macro expansions
+.IP "\fB\-an\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-an"
+omit forms processing
+.IP "\fB\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-as"
+include symbols
+.IP "\fB=file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "=file"
+set the name of the listing file
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+You may combine these options; for example, use \fB\-aln\fR for assembly
+listing without forms processing. The \fB=file\fR option, if used, must be
+the last one. By itself, \fB\-a\fR defaults to \fB\-ahls\fR.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-alternate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--alternate"
+Begin in alternate macro mode.
+.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--compress-debug-sections"
+Compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
+to begin with \fB.zdebug\fR, and the resulting object file may not be
+compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
+.IP "\fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nocompress-debug-sections"
+Do not compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
+other assemblers.
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-prefix\-map\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug-prefix-map old=new"
+When assembling files in directory \fI\fIold\fI\fR, record debugging
+information describing them as in \fI\fInew\fI\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsym\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defsym sym=value"
+Define the symbol \fIsym\fR to be \fIvalue\fR before assembling the input file.
+\&\fIvalue\fR must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading \fB0x\fR
+indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading \fB0\fR indicates an octal
+value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
+use of a \f(CW\*(C`.set\*(C'\fR pseudo-op.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+\&\*(L"fast\*(R"\-\-\-skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
+compiler output).
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-gen\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gen-debug"
+.PD
+Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
+debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either \s-1STABS\s0,
+\&\s-1ECOFF\s0 or \s-1DWARF2\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gstabs"
+Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
+may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gstabs+"
+Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
+debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
+may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only \s-1GNU\s0 extension is
+the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gdwarf-2"
+Generate \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information for each assembler line. This
+may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note\-\-\-this
+option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dir"
+Add directory \fIdir\fR to the search list for \f(CW\*(C`.include\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-J\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-J"
+Don't warn about signed overflow.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K"
+Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-locals"
+.PD
+Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
+system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems
+or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-lhs-width=number"
+Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
+listing to \fInumber\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-lhs-width2=number"
+Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
+lines in an assembler listing to \fInumber\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-rhs-width=number"
+Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
+\&\fInumber\fR bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-cont-lines=number"
+Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
+to \fInumber\fR + 1.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIobjfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o objfile"
+Name the object-file output from \fBas\fR \fIobjfile\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R"
+Fold the data section into the text section.
+.Sp
+Set the default size of \s-1GAS\s0's hash tables to a prime number close to
+\&\fInumber\fR. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
+assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
+memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
+requirements at the expense of speed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads"
+This option reduces \s-1GAS\s0's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
+assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
+\&\fB\-\-hash\-size=4051\fR, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
+.IP "\fB\-\-statistics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--statistics"
+Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
+assembly.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-local\-absolute\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-local-absolute"
+Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-version"
+.PD
+Print the \fBas\fR version.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+Print the \fBas\fR version and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn"
+.PD
+Suppress warning messages.
+.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--fatal-warnings"
+Treat warnings as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn"
+Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+Ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-Z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Z"
+Generate an object file even after errors.
+.IP "\fB\-\- |\fR \fIfiles\fR \fB...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-- | files ..."
+Standard input, or source files to assemble.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an \s-1ARC\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-marc[5|6|7|8]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-marc[5|6|7|8]"
+This option selects the core processor variant.
+.IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB | -EL"
+Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the \s-1ARM\s0
+processor family.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=processor[+extension...]"
+Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 processor variant is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture[+extension...]"
+Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 architecture variant is used by the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIfloating-point-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu=floating-point-format"
+Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-abi=abi"
+Select which floating point \s-1ABI\s0 is in use.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb"
+Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\-32 | \-mapcs\-26 | \-mapcs\-float | \-mapcs\-reentrant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant"
+Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
+.IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB | -EL"
+Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
+Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
+\&\s-1ARM\s0 code in mind.
+.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-k"
+Specify that \s-1PIC\s0 code has been generated.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+the Blackfin processor family.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=processor[-sirevision]"
+This option specifies the target processor. The optional \fIsirevision\fR
+is not used in assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mfdpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfdpic"
+Assemble for the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fdpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fdpic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mnopic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnopic"
+.PD
+Disable \-mfdpic.
+.PP
+See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a D10V processor.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for a D30V
+processor.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+Warn when nops are generated.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N"
+Warn when a nop after a 32\-bit multiply instruction is generated.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Intel 80960 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-ACA | \-ACA_A | \-ACB | \-ACC | \-AKA | \-AKB | \-AKC | \-AMC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC"
+Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b"
+Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-relax"
+Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
+error if necessary.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Ubicom \s-1IP2K\s0 series.
+.IP "\fB\-mip2022ext\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mip2022ext"
+Specifies that the extended \s-1IP2022\s0 instructions are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-mip2022\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mip2022"
+Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
+just the basic \s-1IP2022\s0 ones.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
+.IP "\fB\-m32c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32c"
+Assemble M32C instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-m16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m16c"
+Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
+.IP "\fB\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-relax"
+Enable support for link-time relaxations.
+.IP "\fB\-h\-tick\-hex\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h-tick-hex"
+Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
+.IP "\fB\-\-m32rx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--m32rx"
+Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
+is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts or \-\-Wp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp"
+Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
+encountered.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts or \-\-Wnp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp"
+Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
+encountered.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Motorola 68000 series.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
+.IP "\fB\-m68000 | \-m68008 | \-m68010 | \-m68020 | \-m68030\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB| \-m68040 | \-m68060 | \-m68302 | \-m68331 | \-m68332\fR" 4
+.IX Item "| -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332"
+.IP "\fB| \-m68333 | \-m68340 | \-mcpu32 | \-m5200\fR" 4
+.IX Item "| -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200"
+.PD
+Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
+is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
+.IP "\fB\-m68881 | \-m68882 | \-mno\-68881 | \-mno\-68882\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882"
+The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
+The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
+the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
+two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
+coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
+.IP "\fB\-m68851 | \-mno\-68851\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68851 | -mno-68851"
+The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
+unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an \s-1MMU\s0 for 68020 and up.
+.PP
+For details about the \s-1PDP\-11\s0 machine dependent features options,
+see \fBPDP\-11\-Options\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mpic | \-mno\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpic | -mno-pic"
+Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
+default is \fB\-mpic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mall\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall-extensions"
+.PD
+Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-extensions"
+Disable all instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIextension\fR \fB| \-mno\-\fR\fIextension\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mextension | -mno-extension"
+Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu"
+Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular \s-1CPU\s0, and
+disable all other extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmachine"
+Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
+model, and disable all other extensions.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a picoJava processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mb"
+Generate \*(L"big endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Generate \*(L"little endian\*(R" format output.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc11 | \-m68hc12 | \-m68hcs12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12"
+Specify what processor is the target. The default is
+defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Specify to use the 16\-bit integer \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong"
+Specify to use the 32\-bit integer \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort-double"
+Specify to use the 32\-bit double \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double"
+Specify to use the 64\-bit double \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-long\-branches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-long-branches"
+Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
+conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
+sub routine.
+.IP "\fB\-S | \-\-short\-branches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S | --short-branches"
+Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
+when the offset is out of range.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strict\-direct\-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strict-direct-mode"
+Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
+when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-insn\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-insn-syntax"
+Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-opcodes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-opcodes"
+print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-generate\-example\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--generate-example"
+print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
+This option is only useful for testing \fBas\fR.
+.PP
+The following options are available when \fBas\fR is configured
+for the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture:
+.IP "\fB\-Av6 | \-Av7 | \-Av8 | \-Asparclet | \-Asparclite\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Av8plus | \-Av8plusa | \-Av9 | \-Av9a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a"
+.PD
+Explicitly select a variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Av8plus\fR and \fB\-Av8plusa\fR select a 32 bit environment.
+\&\fB\-Av9\fR and \fB\-Av9a\fR select a 64 bit environment.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Av8plusa\fR and \fB\-Av9a\fR enable the \s-1SPARC\s0 V9 instruction set with
+UltraSPARC extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-xarch=v8plus | \-xarch=v8plusa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa"
+For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
+equivalent to \-Av8plus and \-Av8plusa, respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-bump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bump"
+Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the 'c54x
+architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mfar\-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfar-mode"
+Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
+extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fI\s-1CPU_VERSION\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=CPU_VERSION"
+Sets the \s-1CPU\s0 version being compiled for.
+.IP "\fB\-merrors\-to\-file\fR \fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-merrors-to-file FILENAME"
+Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
+behaviour in the shell.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a \s-1MIPS\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
+implicitly with the \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR register. It is only accepted for targets that
+use \s-1ECOFF\s0 format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Generate \*(L"big endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Generate \*(L"little endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips2"
+.IP "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3"
+.IP "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips4"
+.IP "\fB\-mips5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips5"
+.IP "\fB\-mips32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32"
+.IP "\fB\-mips32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32r2"
+.IP "\fB\-mips64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64"
+.IP "\fB\-mips64r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64r2"
+.PD
+Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 Instruction Set Architecture level.
+\&\fB\-mips1\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r3000\fR, \fB\-mips2\fR is an
+alias for \fB\-march=r6000\fR, \fB\-mips3\fR is an alias for
+\&\fB\-march=r4000\fR and \fB\-mips4\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r8000\fR.
+\&\fB\-mips5\fR, \fB\-mips32\fR, \fB\-mips32r2\fR, \fB\-mips64\fR, and
+\&\fB\-mips64r2\fR
+correspond to generic
+\&\fB\s-1MIPS\s0 V\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS32\s0\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS32\s0 Release 2\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS64\s0\fR,
+and \fB\s-1MIPS64\s0 Release 2\fR
+\&\s-1ISA\s0 processors, respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=CPU"
+Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 cpu.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu"
+Schedule and tune for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 cpu.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix7000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix7000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix7000"
+.PD
+Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
+of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mdebug"
+.PD
+Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
+section instead of the standard \s-1ELF\s0 .stabs sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mpdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpdr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pdr"
+.PD
+Control generation of \f(CW\*(C`.pdr\*(C'\fR sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp32"
+.PD
+The register sizes are normally inferred from the \s-1ISA\s0 and \s-1ABI\s0, but these
+flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
+all times. \fB\-mgp32\fR controls the size of general-purpose registers
+and \fB\-mfp32\fR controls the size of floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mips16"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\s0 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.set mips16\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. \fB\-no\-mips16\fR
+turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-msmartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmartmips"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-smartmips"
+.PD
+Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the \s-1MIPS32\s0 instruction set. This is
+equivalent to putting \f(CW\*(C`.set smartmips\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file.
+\&\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mips3d"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mdmx"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MDMX\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MDMX\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdsp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dsp"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdspr2"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dspr2"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
+This option implies \-mdsp.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mmt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mt"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MT\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MT\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-mt\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--construct-floats"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-construct-floats"
+.PD
+The \fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR option disables the construction of
+double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
+value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
+the double width register. By default \fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR is
+selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
+.IP "\fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--emulation=name"
+This option causes \fBas\fR to emulate \fBas\fR configured
+for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
+between \s-1ELF\s0 and \s-1ECOFF\s0 only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
+debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
+endianness. The available configuration names are: \fBmipsecoff\fR,
+\&\fBmipself\fR, \fBmipslecoff\fR, \fBmipsbecoff\fR, \fBmipslelf\fR,
+\&\fBmipsbelf\fR. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
+of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
+the default to little\- or big-endian as indicated by the \fBb\fR or \fBl\fR
+in the name. Using \fB\-EB\fR or \fB\-EL\fR will override the endianness
+selection in any case.
+.Sp
+This option is currently supported only when the primary target
+\&\fBas\fR is configured for is a \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 or \s-1ECOFF\s0 target.
+Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-targets=...\fR at configuration time must include support for
+the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
+configuration includes support for both.
+.Sp
+Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
+fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
+more processors.
+.IP "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nocpp"
+\&\fBas\fR ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
+the native tools.
+.IP "\fB\-\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trap"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-trap"
+.IP "\fB\-\-break\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--break"
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-break\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-break"
+.PD
+Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
+\&\fB\-\-trap\fR or \fB\-\-no\-break\fR (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
+(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
+\&\fB\-\-break\fR or \fB\-\-no\-trap\fR (also synonyms, and the default) take a
+break exception.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+When this option is used, \fBas\fR will issue a warning every
+time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an MCore processor.
+.IP "\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-jsri2bsr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nojsri2bsr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nojsri2bsr"
+.PD
+Enable or disable the \s-1JSRI\s0 to \s-1BSR\s0 transformation. By default this is enabled.
+The command line option \fB\-nojsri2bsr\fR can be used to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-sifilter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sifilter"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nosifilter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nosifilter"
+.PD
+Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
+The default can be overridden by the \fB\-sifilter\fR command line option.
+.IP "\fB\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-relax"
+Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=[210|340]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=[210|340]"
+Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
+can be assembled.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Assemble for a big endian target.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Assemble for a little endian target.
+.PP
+See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
+.PP
+See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the s390
+processor family.
+.IP "\fB\-m31\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m31"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
+.IP "\fB\-mesa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mesa"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mzarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzarch"
+.PD
+Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
+Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIprocessor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=processor"
+Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, \fBg6\fR, \fBg6\fR,
+\&\fBz900\fR, \fBz990\fR, \fBz9\-109\fR, \fBz9\-ec\fR, or \fBz10\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregnames"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-regnames"
+.PD
+Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-areg\-zero\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-areg-zero"
+Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
+but evaluates to zero.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for a
+\&\s-1TMS320C6000\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=arch"
+Enable (only) instructions from architecture \fIarch\fR. By default,
+all instructions are permitted.
+.Sp
+The following values of \fIarch\fR are accepted: \f(CW\*(C`c62x\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`c64x\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c64x+\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c67x\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c67x+\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c674x\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-matomic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-matomic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-atomic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-atomic"
+.PD
+Enable or disable the optional C64x+ atomic operation instructions.
+By default, they are enabled if no \fB\-march\fR option is given, or
+if an architecture is specified with \fB\-march\fR that implies
+these instructions are present (currently, there are no such
+architectures); they are disabled if an architecture is specified with
+\&\fB\-march\fR on which the instructions are optional or not
+present. This option overrides such a default from the architecture,
+independent of the order in which the \fB\-march\fR or
+\&\fB\-matomic\fR or \fB\-mno\-atomic\fR options are passed.
+.IP "\fB\-mdsbt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdsbt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dsbt"
+.PD
+The \fB\-mdsbt\fR option causes the assembler to generate the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`Tag_ABI_DSBT\*(C'\fR attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the
+code is using \s-1DSBT\s0 addressing. The \fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR option, the
+default, causes the tag to have a value of 0, indicating that the code
+does not use \s-1DSBT\s0 addressing. The linker will emit a warning if
+objects of different type (\s-1DSBT\s0 and non-DSBT) are linked together.
+.IP "\fB\-mpid=no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpid=no"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mpid=near\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpid=near"
+.IP "\fB\-mpid=far\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpid=far"
+.PD
+The \fB\-mpid=\fR option causes the assembler to generate the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`Tag_ABI_PID\*(C'\fR attribute with a value indicating the form of data
+addressing used by the code. \fB\-mpid=no\fR, the default,
+indicates position-dependent data addressing, \fB\-mpid=near\fR
+indicates position-independent addressing with \s-1GOT\s0 accesses using near
+\&\s-1DP\s0 addressing, and \fB\-mpid=far\fR indicates position-independent
+addressing with \s-1GOT\s0 accesses using far \s-1DP\s0 addressing. The linker will
+emit a warning if objects built with different settings of this option
+are linked together.
+.IP "\fB\-mpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pic"
+.PD
+The \fB\-mpic\fR option causes the assembler to generate the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`Tag_ABI_PIC\*(C'\fR attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the
+code is using position-independent code addressing, The
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-mno\-pic\*(C'\fR option, the default, causes the tag to have a value of
+0, indicating position-dependent code addressing. The linker will
+emit a warning if objects of different type (position-dependent and
+position-independent) are linked together.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+.PD
+Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is
+little-endian.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an Xtensa processor.
+.IP "\fB\-\-text\-section\-literals | \-\-no\-text\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals"
+With \fB\-\-text\-section\-literals\fR, literal pools are interspersed
+in the text section. The default is
+\&\fB\-\-no\-text\-section\-literals\fR, which places literals in a
+separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
+referenced via PC-relative \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions; literals for
+absolute mode \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions are handled separately.
+.IP "\fB\-\-absolute\-literals | \-\-no\-absolute\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals"
+Indicate to the assembler whether \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions use absolute
+or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
+if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR addressing
+option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR mode can be used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-align | \-\-no\-target\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-align | --no-target-align"
+Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
+expense of some code density. The default is \fB\-\-target\-align\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-longcalls | \-\-no\-longcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--longcalls | --no-longcalls"
+Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
+across a greater range of addresses. The default is
+\&\fB\-\-no\-longcalls\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-transform | \-\-no\-transform\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--transform | --no-transform"
+Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
+The default is \fB\-\-transform\fR;
+\&\fB\-\-no\-transform\fR should be used only in the rare cases when the
+instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
+.IP "\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR\fB=\fR\fInewname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--rename-section oldname=newname"
+When generating output sections, rename the \fIoldname\fR section to
+\&\fInewname\fR.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a Z80 family processor.
+.IP "\fB\-z80\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z80"
+Assemble for Z80 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-r800\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r800"
+Assemble for R800 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-ignore\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ignore-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wnud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnud"
+.PD
+Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
+.IP "\fB\-ignore\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ignore-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wnup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnup"
+.PD
+Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
+.IP "\fB\-warn\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-warn-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wud"
+.PD
+Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
+.IP "\fB\-warn\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-warn-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wup"
+.PD
+Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
+.IP "\fB\-forbid\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-forbid-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Fud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fud"
+.PD
+Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-forbid\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-forbid-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Fup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fup"
+.PD
+Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgcc\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and \fIld\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-c++filt.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-c++filt.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c228449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-c++filt.1
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sh \" Subsection heading
+.br
+.if t .Sp
+.ne 5
+.PP
+\fB\\$1\fR
+.PP
+..
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "C++FILT 1"
+.TH C++FILT 1 "2010-12-08" "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+c++filt \- Demangle C++ and Java symbols.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+c++filt [\fB\-_\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-underscores\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscores\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-params\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-types\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR]
+ [\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fIsymbol\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \*(C+ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means
+that you can write many functions with the same name, providing that
+each function takes parameters of different types. In order to be
+able to distinguish these similarly named functions \*(C+ and Java
+encode them into a low-level assembler name which uniquely identifies
+each different version. This process is known as \fImangling\fR. The
+\&\fBc++filt\fR
+[1]
+program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR) low-level
+names into user-level names so that they can be read.
+.PP
+Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
+dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential mangled name.
+If the name decodes into a \*(C+ name, the \*(C+ name replaces the
+low-level name in the output, otherwise the original word is output.
+In this way you can pass an entire assembler source file, containing
+mangled names, through \fBc++filt\fR and see the same source file
+containing demangled names.
+.PP
+You can also use \fBc++filt\fR to decipher individual symbols by
+passing them on the command line:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& c++filt <symbol>
+.Ve
+.PP
+If no \fIsymbol\fR arguments are given, \fBc++filt\fR reads symbol
+names from the standard input instead. All the results are printed on
+the standard output. The difference between reading names from the
+command line versus reading names from the standard input is that
+command line arguments are expected to be just mangled names and no
+checking is performed to separate them from surrounding text. Thus
+for example:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& c++filt \-n _Z1fv
+.Ve
+.PP
+will work and demangle the name to \*(L"f()\*(R" whereas:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& c++filt \-n _Z1fv,
+.Ve
+.PP
+will not work. (Note the extra comma at the end of the mangled
+name which makes it invalid). This command however will work:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& echo _Z1fv, | c++filt \-n
+.Ve
+.PP
+and will display \*(L"f(),\*(R", i.e., the demangled name followed by a
+trailing comma. This behaviour is because when the names are read
+from the standard input it is expected that they might be part of an
+assembler source file where there might be extra, extraneous
+characters trailing after a mangled name. For example:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& .type _Z1fv, @function
+.Ve
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-_\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-_"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-underscores\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-underscores"
+.PD
+On some systems, both the C and \*(C+ compilers put an underscore in front
+of every name. For example, the C name \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR gets the low-level
+name \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether
+\&\fBc++filt\fR removes the underscore by default is target dependent.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscores\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-strip-underscores"
+.PD
+Do not remove the initial underscore.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-params\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-params"
+.PD
+When demangling the name of a function, do not display the types of
+the function's parameters.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--types"
+.PD
+Attempt to demangle types as well as function names. This is disabled
+by default since mangled types are normally only used internally in
+the compiler, and they can be confused with non-mangled names. For example,
+a function called \*(L"a\*(R" treated as a mangled type name would be
+demangled to \*(L"signed char\*(R".
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-verbose"
+.PD
+Do not include implementation details (if any) in the demangled
+output.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=format"
+.PD
+\&\fBc++filt\fR can decode various methods of mangling, used by
+different compilers. The argument to this option selects which
+method it uses:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """auto""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWauto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "auto"
+Automatic selection based on executable (the default method)
+.ie n .IP """gnu""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu"
+the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 \*(C+ compiler (g++)
+.ie n .IP """lucid""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWlucid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lucid"
+the one used by the Lucid compiler (lcc)
+.ie n .IP """arm""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWarm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "arm"
+the one specified by the \*(C+ Annotated Reference Manual
+.ie n .IP """hp""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWhp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hp"
+the one used by the \s-1HP\s0 compiler (aCC)
+.ie n .IP """edg""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWedg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "edg"
+the one used by the \s-1EDG\s0 compiler
+.ie n .IP """gnu\-v3""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\-v3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu-v3"
+the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 \*(C+ compiler (g++) with the V3 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.ie n .IP """java""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWjava\fR" 4
+.IX Item "java"
+the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Java compiler (gcj)
+.ie n .IP """gnat""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnat"
+the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Ada compiler (\s-1GNAT\s0).
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the options to \fBc++filt\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+Print the version number of \fBc++filt\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "FOOTNOTES"
+.IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
+.IP "1." 4
+MS-DOS does not allow \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR characters in file names, so on
+MS-DOS this program is named \fB\s-1CXXFILT\s0\fR.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-cpp.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-cpp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41af757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-cpp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,992 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "CPP 1"
+.TH CPP 1 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+cpp \- The C Preprocessor
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+cpp [\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[=\fIdefn\fR]...] [\fB\-U\fR\fImacro\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR...] [\fB\-iquote\fR\fIdir\fR...]
+ [\fB\-W\fR\fIwarn\fR...]
+ [\fB\-M\fR|\fB\-MM\fR] [\fB\-MG\fR] [\fB\-MF\fR \fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-MP\fR] [\fB\-MQ\fR \fItarget\fR...]
+ [\fB\-MT\fR \fItarget\fR...]
+ [\fB\-P\fR] [\fB\-fno\-working\-directory\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR] [\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR]
+ \fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR
+.PP
+Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the remainder.
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The C preprocessor, often known as \fIcpp\fR, is a \fImacro processor\fR
+that is used automatically by the C compiler to transform your program
+before compilation. It is called a macro processor because it allows
+you to define \fImacros\fR, which are brief abbreviations for longer
+constructs.
+.PP
+The C preprocessor is intended to be used only with C, \*(C+, and
+Objective-C source code. In the past, it has been abused as a general
+text processor. It will choke on input which does not obey C's lexical
+rules. For example, apostrophes will be interpreted as the beginning of
+character constants, and cause errors. Also, you cannot rely on it
+preserving characteristics of the input which are not significant to
+C\-family languages. If a Makefile is preprocessed, all the hard tabs
+will be removed, and the Makefile will not work.
+.PP
+Having said that, you can often get away with using cpp on things which
+are not C. Other Algol-ish programming languages are often safe
+(Pascal, Ada, etc.) So is assembly, with caution. \fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR
+mode preserves more white space, and is otherwise more permissive. Many
+of the problems can be avoided by writing C or \*(C+ style comments
+instead of native language comments, and keeping macros simple.
+.PP
+Wherever possible, you should use a preprocessor geared to the language
+you are writing in. Modern versions of the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler have macro
+facilities. Most high level programming languages have their own
+conditional compilation and inclusion mechanism. If all else fails,
+try a true general text processor, such as \s-1GNU\s0 M4.
+.PP
+C preprocessors vary in some details. This manual discusses the \s-1GNU\s0 C
+preprocessor, which provides a small superset of the features of \s-1ISO\s0
+Standard C. In its default mode, the \s-1GNU\s0 C preprocessor does not do a
+few things required by the standard. These are features which are
+rarely, if ever, used, and may cause surprising changes to the meaning
+of a program which does not expect them. To get strict \s-1ISO\s0 Standard C,
+you should use the \fB\-std=c90\fR, \fB\-std=c99\fR or
+\&\fB\-std=c1x\fR options, depending
+on which version of the standard you want. To get all the mandatory
+diagnostics, you must also use \fB\-pedantic\fR.
+.PP
+This manual describes the behavior of the \s-1ISO\s0 preprocessor. To
+minimize gratuitous differences, where the \s-1ISO\s0 preprocessor's
+behavior does not conflict with traditional semantics, the
+traditional preprocessor should behave the same way. The various
+differences that do exist are detailed in the section \fBTraditional
+Mode\fR.
+.PP
+For clarity, unless noted otherwise, references to \fB\s-1CPP\s0\fR in this
+manual refer to \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The C preprocessor expects two file names as arguments, \fIinfile\fR and
+\&\fIoutfile\fR. The preprocessor reads \fIinfile\fR together with any
+other files it specifies with \fB#include\fR. All the output generated
+by the combined input files is written in \fIoutfile\fR.
+.PP
+Either \fIinfile\fR or \fIoutfile\fR may be \fB\-\fR, which as
+\&\fIinfile\fR means to read from standard input and as \fIoutfile\fR
+means to write to standard output. Also, if either file is omitted, it
+means the same as if \fB\-\fR had been specified for that file.
+.PP
+Unless otherwise noted, or the option ends in \fB=\fR, all options
+which take an argument may have that argument appear either immediately
+after the option, or with a space between option and argument:
+\&\fB\-Ifoo\fR and \fB\-I foo\fR have the same effect.
+.PP
+Many options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter
+options may \fInot\fR be grouped: \fB\-dM\fR is very different from
+\&\fB\-d\ \-M\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name"
+Predefine \fIname\fR as a macro, with definition \f(CW1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIdefinition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name=definition"
+The contents of \fIdefinition\fR are tokenized and processed as if
+they appeared during translation phase three in a \fB#define\fR
+directive. In particular, the definition will be truncated by
+embedded newline characters.
+.Sp
+If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
+program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
+characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
+.Sp
+If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
+its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
+(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
+to quote the option. With \fBsh\fR and \fBcsh\fR,
+\&\fB\-D'\fR\fIname\fR\fB(\fR\fIargs...\fR\fB)=\fR\fIdefinition\fR\fB'\fR works.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options are processed in the order they
+are given on the command line. All \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR and
+\&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR options are processed after all
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U name"
+Cancel any previous definition of \fIname\fR, either built in or
+provided with a \fB\-D\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-undef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-undef"
+Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The
+standard predefined macros remain defined.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
+for header files.
+.Sp
+Directories named by \fB\-I\fR are searched before the standard
+system include directories. If the directory \fIdir\fR is a standard
+system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that the
+default search order for system directories and the special treatment
+of system headers are not defeated
+\&.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Write output to \fIfile\fR. This is the same as specifying \fIfile\fR
+as the second non-option argument to \fBcpp\fR. \fBgcc\fR has a
+different interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must
+use \fB\-o\fR to specify the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wall"
+Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
+At present this is \fB\-Wcomment\fR, \fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wmultichar\fR and a warning about integer promotion causing a
+change of sign in \f(CW\*(C`#if\*(C'\fR expressions. Note that many of the
+preprocessor's warnings are on by default and have no options to
+control them.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomment"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomments"
+.PD
+Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
+comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
+(Both forms have the same effect.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
+Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.
+However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (\fB??/\fR at
+the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends.
+Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce
+warnings inside a comment.
+.Sp
+This option is implied by \fB\-Wall\fR. If \fB\-Wall\fR is not
+given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To
+get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR warnings, use \fB\-trigraphs \-Wall \-Wno\-trigraphs\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional"
+Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
+equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundef"
+Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an
+\&\fB#if\fR directive, outside of \fBdefined\fR. Such identifiers are
+replaced with zero.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-macros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-macros"
+Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro
+is \fIused\fR if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once.
+The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the
+time it is redefined or undefined.
+.Sp
+Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
+defined in include files are not warned about.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped
+conditional blocks, then \s-1CPP\s0 will report it as unused. To avoid the
+warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
+definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
+Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
+\& #endif
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wendif\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wendif-labels"
+Warn whenever an \fB#else\fR or an \fB#endif\fR are followed by text.
+This usually happens in code of the form
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& #if FOO
+\& ...
+\& #else FOO
+\& ...
+\& #endif FOO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The second and third \f(CW\*(C`FOO\*(C'\fR should be in comments, but often are not
+in older programs. This warning is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror"
+Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings
+will be rejected.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
+Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful
+in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are
+responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Suppress all warnings, including those which \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0 issues by default.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of
+them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless
+code.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics
+into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that \s-1GCC\s0 issues
+without \fB\-pedantic\fR but treats as warnings.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M"
+Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
+suitable for \fBmake\fR describing the dependencies of the main
+source file. The preprocessor outputs one \fBmake\fR rule containing
+the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
+the included files, including those coming from \fB\-include\fR or
+\&\fB\-imacros\fR command line options.
+.Sp
+Unless specified explicitly (with \fB\-MT\fR or \fB\-MQ\fR), the
+object file name consists of the name of the source file with any
+suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any leading directory
+parts removed. If there are many included files then the rule is
+split into several lines using \fB\e\fR\-newline. The rule has no
+commands.
+.Sp
+This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such as
+\&\fB\-dM\fR. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
+rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
+\&\fB\-MF\fR, or use an environment variable like
+\&\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR. Debug output
+will still be sent to the regular output stream as normal.
+.Sp
+Passing \fB\-M\fR to the driver implies \fB\-E\fR, and suppresses
+warnings with an implicit \fB\-w\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MM"
+Like \fB\-M\fR but do not mention header files that are found in
+system header directories, nor header files that are included,
+directly or indirectly, from such a header.
+.Sp
+This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an
+\&\fB#include\fR directive does not in itself determine whether that
+header will appear in \fB\-MM\fR dependency output. This is a
+slight change in semantics from \s-1GCC\s0 versions 3.0 and earlier.
+.IP "\fB\-MF\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MF file"
+When used with \fB\-M\fR or \fB\-MM\fR, specifies a
+file to write the dependencies to. If no \fB\-MF\fR switch is given
+the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent
+preprocessed output.
+.Sp
+When used with the driver options \fB\-MD\fR or \fB\-MMD\fR,
+\&\fB\-MF\fR overrides the default dependency output file.
+.IP "\fB\-MG\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MG"
+In conjunction with an option such as \fB\-M\fR requesting
+dependency generation, \fB\-MG\fR assumes missing header files are
+generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising
+an error. The dependency filename is taken directly from the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\*(C'\fR directive without prepending any path. \fB\-MG\fR
+also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
+this useless.
+.Sp
+This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
+.IP "\fB\-MP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MP"
+This option instructs \s-1CPP\s0 to add a phony target for each dependency
+other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
+dummy rules work around errors \fBmake\fR gives if you remove header
+files without updating the \fIMakefile\fR to match.
+.Sp
+This is typical output:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& test.o: test.c test.h
+\&
+\& test.h:
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MT\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MT target"
+Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By
+default \s-1CPP\s0 takes the name of the main input file, deletes any
+directory components and any file suffix such as \fB.c\fR, and
+appends the platform's usual object suffix. The result is the target.
+.Sp
+An \fB\-MT\fR option will set the target to be exactly the string you
+specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single
+argument to \fB\-MT\fR, or use multiple \fB\-MT\fR options.
+.Sp
+For example, \fB\-MT\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR might give
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MQ\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MQ target"
+Same as \fB\-MT\fR, but it quotes any characters which are special to
+Make. \fB\-MQ\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR gives
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
+\&\fB\-MQ\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MD"
+\&\fB\-MD\fR is equivalent to \fB\-M \-MF\fR \fIfile\fR, except that
+\&\fB\-E\fR is not implied. The driver determines \fIfile\fR based on
+whether an \fB\-o\fR option is given. If it is, the driver uses its
+argument but with a suffix of \fI.d\fR, otherwise it takes the name
+of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and
+applies a \fI.d\fR suffix.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-MD\fR is used in conjunction with \fB\-E\fR, any
+\&\fB\-o\fR switch is understood to specify the dependency output file, but if used without \fB\-E\fR, each \fB\-o\fR
+is understood to specify a target object file.
+.Sp
+Since \fB\-E\fR is not implied, \fB\-MD\fR can be used to generate
+a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.
+.IP "\fB\-MMD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MMD"
+Like \fB\-MD\fR except mention only user header files, not system
+header files.
+.IP "\fB\-x c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-x c++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c++"
+.IP "\fB\-x objective-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x objective-c"
+.IP "\fB\-x assembler-with-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x assembler-with-cpp"
+.PD
+Specify the source language: C, \*(C+, Objective-C, or assembly. This has
+nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely
+selects which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options,
+cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the source file:
+\&\fB.c\fR, \fB.cc\fR, \fB.m\fR, or \fB.S\fR. Some other common
+extensions for \*(C+ and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not
+recognize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most
+generic mode.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR Previous versions of cpp accepted a \fB\-lang\fR option
+which selected both the language and the standards conformance level.
+This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the \fB\-l\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-std=standard"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ansi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ansi"
+.PD
+Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently \s-1CPP\s0
+knows about C and \*(C+ standards; others may be added in the future.
+.Sp
+\&\fIstandard\fR
+may be one of:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """c90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c89"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1990""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1990\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1990"
+.PD
+The \s-1ISO\s0 C standard from 1990. \fBc90\fR is the customary shorthand for
+this version of the standard.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-ansi\fR option is equivalent to \fB\-std=c90\fR.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199409""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199409\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199409"
+The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1999""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1999\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1999"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c99"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199x"
+.ie n .IP """c9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c9x"
+.PD
+The revised \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, published in December 1999. Before
+publication, this was known as C9X.
+.ie n .IP """c1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development.
+.ie n .IP """gnu90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu89"
+.PD
+The 1990 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the default.
+.ie n .IP """gnu99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu99"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu9x"
+.PD
+The 1999 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """gnu1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development, plus
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """c++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++98"
+The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments.
+.ie n .IP """gnu++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++98"
+The same as \fB\-std=c++98\fR plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the
+default for \*(C+ code.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-I\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I-"
+Split the include path. Any directories specified with \fB\-I\fR
+options before \fB\-I\-\fR are searched only for headers requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR. If additional directories are
+specified with \fB\-I\fR options after the \fB\-I\-\fR, those
+directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR directives.
+.Sp
+In addition, \fB\-I\-\fR inhibits the use of the directory of the current
+file directory as the first search directory for \f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+This option has been deprecated.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc"
+Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
+Only the directories you have specified with \fB\-I\fR options
+(and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc++"
+Do not search for header files in the \*(C+\-specific standard directories,
+but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is
+used when building the \*(C+ library.)
+.IP "\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-include file"
+Process \fIfile\fR as if \f(CW\*(C`#include "file"\*(C'\fR appeared as the first
+line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched
+for \fIfile\fR is the preprocessor's working directory \fIinstead of\fR
+the directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
+is searched for in the remainder of the \f(CW\*(C`#include "..."\*(C'\fR search
+chain as normal.
+.Sp
+If multiple \fB\-include\fR options are given, the files are included
+in the order they appear on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imacros file"
+Exactly like \fB\-include\fR, except that any output produced by
+scanning \fIfile\fR is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined.
+This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
+processing its declarations.
+.Sp
+All files specified by \fB\-imacros\fR are processed before all files
+specified by \fB\-include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-idirafter dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, but do it \fIafter\fR all
+directories specified with \fB\-I\fR and the standard system directories
+have been exhausted. \fIdir\fR is treated as a system include directory.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iprefix prefix"
+Specify \fIprefix\fR as the prefix for subsequent \fB\-iwithprefix\fR
+options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the
+final \fB/\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefix dir"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefixbefore dir"
+.PD
+Append \fIdir\fR to the prefix specified previously with
+\&\fB\-iprefix\fR, and add the resulting directory to the include search
+path. \fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR puts it in the same place \fB\-I\fR
+would; \fB\-iwithprefix\fR puts it where \fB\-idirafter\fR would.
+.IP "\fB\-isysroot\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isysroot dir"
+This option is like the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option, but applies only to
+header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header
+files and libraries). See the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option for more
+information.
+.IP "\fB\-imultilib\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imultilib dir"
+Use \fIdir\fR as a subdirectory of the directory containing
+target-specific \*(C+ headers.
+.IP "\fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isystem dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, after all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR but before the standard system directories. Mark it
+as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
+is applied to the standard system directories.
+.Sp
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iquote\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iquote dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR only for header files requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR, before all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR and before the standard system directories.
+.Sp
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdirectives\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdirectives-only"
+When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
+.Sp
+The option's behavior depends on the \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR
+options.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-E\fR, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
+such as \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`#ifdef\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`#error\*(C'\fR. Other
+preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph
+conversion are not performed. In addition, the \fB\-dD\fR option is
+implicitly enabled.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, predefinition of command line and most
+builtin macros is disabled. Macros such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_LINE_\|_\*(C'\fR, which are
+contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables compilation of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+With both \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, the rules for
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdollars\-in\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdollars-in-identifiers"
+Accept \fB$\fR in identifiers.
+.IP "\fB\-fextended\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fextended-identifiers"
+Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is
+experimental; in a future version of \s-1GCC\s0, it will be enabled by
+default for C99 and \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpreprocessed"
+Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
+preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph
+conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
+The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can
+pass a file preprocessed with \fB\-C\fR to the compiler without
+problems. In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than
+a tokenizer for the front ends.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR is implicit if the input file has one of the
+extensions \fB.i\fR, \fB.ii\fR or \fB.mi\fR. These are the
+extensions that \s-1GCC\s0 uses for preprocessed files created by
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftabstop=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftabstop=width"
+Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report
+correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the
+line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is
+ignored. The default is 8.
+.IP "\fB\-fexec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexec-charset=charset"
+Set the execution character set, used for string and character
+constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fwide\-exec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwide-exec-charset=charset"
+Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
+character constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-32\s0 or \s-1UTF\-16\s0, whichever
+corresponds to the width of \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR. As with
+\&\fB\-fexec\-charset\fR, \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding supported
+by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine; however, you will have
+problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finput\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finput-charset=charset"
+Set the input character set, used for translation from the character
+set of the input file to the source character set used by \s-1GCC\s0. If the
+locale does not specify, or \s-1GCC\s0 cannot get this information from the
+locale, the default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. This can be overridden by either the locale
+or this command line option. Currently the command line option takes
+precedence if there's a conflict. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fworking\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fworking-directory"
+Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
+let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
+preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will
+emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
+current working directory followed by two slashes. \s-1GCC\s0 will use this
+directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the
+directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging
+information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging
+information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated
+form \fB\-fno\-working\-directory\fR. If the \fB\-P\fR flag is
+present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#line\*(C'\fR directives are emitted whatsoever.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-show\-column\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-show-column"
+Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
+diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
+column numbers, such as \fBdejagnu\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR \fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A predicate=answer"
+Make an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR. This form is preferred to the older form \fB\-A\fR
+\&\fIpredicate\fR\fB(\fR\fIanswer\fR\fB)\fR, which is still supported, because
+it does not use shell special characters.
+.IP "\fB\-A \-\fR\fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A -predicate=answer"
+Cancel an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-dCHARS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dCHARS"
+\&\fI\s-1CHARS\s0\fR is a sequence of one or more of the following characters,
+and must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted
+by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of \s-1GCC\s0, and so
+are silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior
+conflicts, the result is undefined.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "M"
+Instead of the normal output, generate a list of \fB#define\fR
+directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
+preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of
+finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor.
+Assuming you have no file \fIfoo.h\fR, the command
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& touch foo.h; cpp \-dM foo.h
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will show all the predefined macros.
+.Sp
+If you use \fB\-dM\fR without the \fB\-E\fR option, \fB\-dM\fR is
+interpreted as a synonym for \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mach\fR.
+.IP "\fBD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+Like \fBM\fR except in two respects: it does \fInot\fR include the
+predefined macros, and it outputs \fIboth\fR the \fB#define\fR
+directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to
+the standard output file.
+.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+Like \fBD\fR, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
+.IP "\fBI\fR" 4
+.IX Item "I"
+Output \fB#include\fR directives in addition to the result of
+preprocessing.
+.IP "\fBU\fR" 4
+.IX Item "U"
+Like \fBD\fR except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
+definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the
+output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and
+\&\fB#undef\fR directives are also output for macros tested but
+undefined at the time.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P"
+Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.
+This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is
+not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the
+linemarkers.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output
+file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted
+along with the directive.
+.Sp
+You should be prepared for side effects when using \fB\-C\fR; it
+causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
+For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
+directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
+source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a \fB#\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-CC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-CC"
+Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is
+like \fB\-C\fR, except that comments contained within macros are
+also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
+.Sp
+In addition to the side-effects of the \fB\-C\fR option, the
+\&\fB\-CC\fR option causes all \*(C+\-style comments inside a macro
+to be converted to C\-style comments. This is to prevent later use
+of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of
+the source line.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-CC\fR option is generally used to support lint comments.
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
+Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as
+opposed to \s-1ISO\s0 C preprocessors.
+.IP "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-trigraphs"
+Process trigraph sequences.
+.IP "\fB\-remap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-remap"
+Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very
+short file names, such as MS-DOS.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+.PD
+Print text describing all the command line options instead of
+preprocessing anything.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Verbose mode. Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number at the beginning of
+execution, and report the final form of the include path.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
+activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the
+\&\fB#include\fR stack it is. Precompiled header files are also
+printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled
+header file is printed with \fB...x\fR and a valid one with \fB...!\fR .
+.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-version"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number. With one dash, proceed to
+preprocess as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
+.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
+This section describes the environment variables that affect how \s-1CPP\s0
+operates. You can use them to specify directories or prefixes to use
+when searching for include files, or to control dependency output.
+.PP
+Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
+\&\fB\-I\fR, and control dependency output with options like
+\&\fB\-M\fR. These take precedence over
+environment variables, which in turn take precedence over the
+configuration of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPATH"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBC_INCLUDE_PATH\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.PD
+Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a special
+character, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR, in which to look for header files.
+The special character, \f(CW\*(C`PATH_SEPARATOR\*(C'\fR, is target-dependent and
+determined at \s-1GCC\s0 build time. For Microsoft Windows-based targets it is a
+semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
+specified with \fB\-I\fR, but after any paths given with \fB\-I\fR
+options on the command line. This environment variable is used
+regardless of which language is being preprocessed.
+.Sp
+The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the
+particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of directories
+to be searched as if specified with \fB\-isystem\fR, but after any
+paths given with \fB\-isystem\fR options on the command line.
+.Sp
+In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
+search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at the
+beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR is \f(CW\*(C`:/special/include\*(C'\fR, that has the same
+effect as \fB\-I.\ \-I/special/include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT"
+If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output
+dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed
+by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the dependency
+output.
+.Sp
+The value of \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR can be just a file name, in
+which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
+name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
+\&\fIfile\fR\fB \fR\fItarget\fR, in which case the rules are written to
+file \fIfile\fR using \fItarget\fR as the target name.
+.Sp
+In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining
+the options \fB\-MM\fR and \fB\-MF\fR,
+with an optional \fB\-MT\fR switch too.
+.IP "\fB\s-1SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES"
+This variable is the same as \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR (see above),
+except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies
+\&\fB\-M\fR rather than \fB\-MM\fR. However, the dependence on the
+main input file is omitted.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIgfdl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7),
+\&\fIgcc\fR\|(1), \fIas\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIcpp\fR, \fIgcc\fR, and
+\&\fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1987, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
+2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. A copy of
+the license is included in the
+man page \fIgfdl\fR\|(7).
+This manual contains no Invariant Sections. The Front-Cover Texts are
+(a) (see below), and the Back-Cover Texts are (b) (see below).
+.PP
+(a) The \s-1FSF\s0's Front-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& A GNU Manual
+.Ve
+.PP
+(b) The \s-1FSF\s0's Back-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 3
+\& You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
+\& software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
+\& funds for GNU development.
+.Ve
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-dlltool.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-dlltool.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37d7cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-dlltool.1
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "DLLTOOL 1"
+.TH DLLTOOL 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+dlltool \- Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+dlltool [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-input\-def\fR \fIdef-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR|\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIbase-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-output\-exp\fR \fIexports-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIdef-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-output\-lib\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-y\fR|\fB\-\-output\-delaylib\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-export\-all\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIlist\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-as\fR \fIpath-to-assembler\fR] [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-as\-flags\fR \fIoptions\fR]
+ [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dllname\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-m\fR|\fB\-\-machine\fR \fImachine\fR]
+ [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-add\-indirect\fR]
+ [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-add\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-underscore\fR]
+ [\fB\-k\fR|\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR] [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-ext\-prefix\-alias\fR \fIprefix\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-no\-idata4\fR] [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-\-no\-idata5\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-use\-nul\-prefixed\-import\-tables\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR|\fB\-\-identify\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR] [\fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-interwork\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-nodelete\fR] [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-temp\-prefix\fR \fIprefix\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
+ [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR]
+ [object\-file ...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBdlltool\fR reads its inputs, which can come from the \fB\-d\fR and
+\&\fB\-b\fR options as well as object files specified on the command
+line. It then processes these inputs and if the \fB\-e\fR option has
+been specified it creates a exports file. If the \fB\-l\fR option
+has been specified it creates a library file and if the \fB\-z\fR option
+has been specified it creates a def file. Any or all of the \fB\-e\fR,
+\&\fB\-l\fR and \fB\-z\fR options can be present in one invocation of
+dlltool.
+.PP
+When creating a \s-1DLL\s0, along with the source for the \s-1DLL\s0, it is necessary
+to have three other files. \fBdlltool\fR can help with the creation of
+these files.
+.PP
+The first file is a \fI.def\fR file which specifies which functions are
+exported from the \s-1DLL\s0, which functions the \s-1DLL\s0 imports, and so on. This
+is a text file and can be created by hand, or \fBdlltool\fR can be used
+to create it using the \fB\-z\fR option. In this case \fBdlltool\fR
+will scan the object files specified on its command line looking for
+those functions which have been specially marked as being exported and
+put entries for them in the \fI.def\fR file it creates.
+.PP
+In order to mark a function as being exported from a \s-1DLL\s0, it needs to
+have an \fB\-export:<name_of_function>\fR entry in the \fB.drectve\fR
+section of the object file. This can be done in C by using the
+\&\fIasm()\fR operator:
+.PP
+.Vb 2
+\& asm (".section .drectve");
+\& asm (".ascii \e"\-export:my_func\e"");
+\&
+\& int my_func (void) { ... }
+.Ve
+.PP
+The second file needed for \s-1DLL\s0 creation is an exports file. This file
+is linked with the object files that make up the body of the \s-1DLL\s0 and it
+handles the interface between the \s-1DLL\s0 and the outside world. This is a
+binary file and it can be created by giving the \fB\-e\fR option to
+\&\fBdlltool\fR when it is creating or reading in a \fI.def\fR file.
+.PP
+The third file needed for \s-1DLL\s0 creation is the library file that programs
+will link with in order to access the functions in the \s-1DLL\s0 (an `import
+library'). This file can be created by giving the \fB\-l\fR option to
+dlltool when it is creating or reading in a \fI.def\fR file.
+.PP
+If the \fB\-y\fR option is specified, dlltool generates a delay-import
+library that can be used instead of the normal import library to allow
+a program to link to the dll only as soon as an imported function is
+called for the first time. The resulting executable will need to be
+linked to the static delayimp library containing _\|\fI_delayLoadHelper2()\fR,
+which in turn will import LoadLibraryA and GetProcAddress from kernel32.
+.PP
+\&\fBdlltool\fR builds the library file by hand, but it builds the
+exports file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements
+and then assembling these. The \fB\-S\fR command line option can be
+used to specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use,
+and the \fB\-f\fR option can be used to pass specific flags to that
+assembler. The \fB\-n\fR can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting
+these temporary assembler files when it is done, and if \fB\-n\fR is
+specified twice then this will prevent dlltool from deleting the
+temporary object files it used to build the library.
+.PP
+Here is an example of creating a \s-1DLL\s0 from a source file \fBdll.c\fR and
+also creating a program (from an object file called \fBprogram.o\fR)
+that uses that \s-1DLL:\s0
+.PP
+.Vb 4
+\& gcc \-c dll.c
+\& dlltool \-e exports.o \-l dll.lib dll.o
+\& gcc dll.o exports.o \-o dll.dll
+\& gcc program.o dll.lib \-o program
+.Ve
+.PP
+\&\fBdlltool\fR may also be used to query an existing import library
+to determine the name of the \s-1DLL\s0 to which it is associated. See the
+description of the \fB\-I\fR or \fB\-\-identify\fR option.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The command line options have the following meanings:
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-def\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-def filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of a \fI.def\fR file to be read in and processed.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--base-file filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The
+contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in the
+exports file generated by dlltool.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-exp\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-exp filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool.
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-def filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of the \fI.def\fR file to be created by dlltool.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-lib\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-lib filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool.
+.IP "\fB\-y\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-y filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-delaylib\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-delaylib filename"
+.PD
+Specifies the name of the delay-import library file to be created by dlltool.
+.IP "\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--export-all-symbols"
+Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object
+files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols which
+are not exported by default; see the \fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR
+option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using the
+\&\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-export-all-symbols"
+Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input \fI.def\fR file or in
+\&\fB.drectve\fR sections in the input object files. This is the default
+behaviour. The \fB.drectve\fR sections are created by \fBdllexport\fR
+attributes in the source code.
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIlist\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-symbols list"
+Do not export the symbols in \fIlist\fR. This is a list of symbol names
+separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should not
+contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when
+\&\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-default-excludes"
+When \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used, it will by default avoid
+exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to avoid
+exporting is \fBDllMain@12\fR, \fBDllEntryPoint@0\fR,
+\&\fBimpure_ptr\fR. You may use the \fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR option
+to go ahead and export these special symbols. This is only meaningful
+when \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-as\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--as path"
+.PD
+Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be used
+to create the exports file.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f options"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-as\-flags\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--as-flags options"
+.PD
+Specifies any specific command line options to be passed to the
+assembler when building the exports file. This option will work even if
+the \fB\-S\fR option is not used. This option only takes one argument,
+and if it occurs more than once on the command line, then later
+occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if it is necessary to
+pass multiple options to the assembler they should be enclosed in
+double quotes.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-name\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll-name name"
+.PD
+Specifies the name to be stored in the \fI.def\fR file as the name of
+the \s-1DLL\s0 when the \fB\-e\fR option is used. If this option is not
+present, then the filename given to the \fB\-e\fR option will be
+used as the name of the \s-1DLL\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m machine"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-machine\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-machine machine"
+.PD
+Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be
+built. \fBdlltool\fR has a built in default type, depending upon how
+it was created, but this option can be used to override that. This is
+normally only useful when creating DLLs for an \s-1ARM\s0 processor, when the
+contents of the \s-1DLL\s0 are actually encode using Thumb instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-indirect\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-indirect"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
+should add a section which allows the exported functions to be
+referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell that
+means!
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-underscore"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
+should prepend an underscore to the names of \fIall\fR exported symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-leading-underscore"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--leading-underscore"
+.PD
+Specifies whether standard symbol should be forced to be prefixed, or
+not.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-stdcall-underscore"
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
+should prepend an underscore to the names of exported \fIstdcall\fR
+functions. Variable names and non-stdcall function names are not modified.
+This option is useful when creating GNU-compatible import libs for third
+party DLLs that were built with MS-Windows tools.
+.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-k"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--kill-at"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
+should not append the string \fB@ <number>\fR. These numbers are
+called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing the
+function in a \s-1DLL\s0, other than by name.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-stdcall-alias"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
+should add aliases for stdcall symbols without \fB@ <number>\fR
+in addition to the symbols with \fB@ <number>\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-ext\-prefix\-alias\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--ext-prefix-alias prefix"
+.PD
+Causes \fBdlltool\fR to create external aliases for all \s-1DLL\s0
+imports with the specified prefix. The aliases are created for both
+external and import symbols with no leading underscore.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-idata4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-idata4"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
+files it should omit the \f(CW\*(C`.idata4\*(C'\fR section. This is for compatibility
+with certain operating systems.
+.IP "\fB\-\-use\-nul\-prefixed\-import\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables"
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
+files it should prefix the \f(CW\*(C`.idata4\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.idata5\*(C'\fR by zero an
+element. This emulates old gnu import library generation of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR. By default this option is turned off.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-idata5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-idata5"
+.PD
+Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
+files it should omit the \f(CW\*(C`.idata5\*(C'\fR section. This is for compatibility
+with certain operating systems.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-identify\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--identify filename"
+.PD
+Specifies that \fBdlltool\fR should inspect the import library
+indicated by \fIfilename\fR and report, on \f(CW\*(C`stdout\*(C'\fR, the name(s)
+of the associated \s-1DLL\s0(s). This can be performed in addition to any
+other operations indicated by the other options and arguments.
+\&\fBdlltool\fR fails if the import library does not exist or is not
+actually an import library. See also \fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--identify-strict"
+Modifies the behavior of the \fB\-\-identify\fR option, such
+that an error is reported if \fIfilename\fR is associated with
+more than one \s-1DLL\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-interwork\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--interwork"
+.PD
+Specifies that \fBdlltool\fR should mark the objects in the library
+file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking
+between \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb code.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-nodelete\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nodelete"
+.PD
+Makes \fBdlltool\fR preserve the temporary assembler files it used to
+create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool will
+also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create the library
+file.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t prefix"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-temp\-prefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--temp-prefix prefix"
+.PD
+Makes \fBdlltool\fR use \fIprefix\fR when constructing the names of
+temporary assembler and object files. By default, the temp file prefix
+is generated from the pid.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Make dlltool describe what it is doing.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+The Info pages for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-elfedit.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-elfedit.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc21437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-elfedit.1
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "ELFEDIT 1"
+.TH ELFEDIT 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+elfedit \- Update the ELF header of ELF files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+elfedit [\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosbi\fR]
+ \fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR
+ \fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR
+ \fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosbi\fR
+ [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+ \fIelffile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBelfedit\fR updates the \s-1ELF\s0 header of \s-1ELF\s0 files which have
+the matching \s-1ELF\s0 machine and file types. The options control how and
+which fields in the \s-1ELF\s0 header should be updated.
+.PP
+\&\fIelffile\fR... are the \s-1ELF\s0 files to be updated. 32\-bit and
+64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent. At least one of the \fB\-\-output\-mach\fR,
+\&\fB\-\-output\-type\fR and \fB\-\-output\-osabi\fR options must be given.
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-mach=machine"
+Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 machine type to \fImachine\fR. If
+\&\fB\-\-input\-mach\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0
+machine types.
+.Sp
+The supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are, \fIL1OM\fR and \fIx86\-64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-mach=machine"
+Change the \s-1ELF\s0 machine type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fImachine\fR. The
+supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-mach\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-type=type"
+Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file type to \fItype\fR. If
+\&\fB\-\-input\-type\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 file types.
+.Sp
+The supported \s-1ELF\s0 file types are, \fIrel\fR, \fIexec\fR and \fIdyn\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-type=type"
+Change the \s-1ELF\s0 file type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fItype\fR. The
+supported \s-1ELF\s0 types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-type\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-osabi=osabi"
+Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file \s-1OSABI\s0 to \fIosbi\fR. If
+\&\fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs.
+.Sp
+The supported \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs are, \fInone\fR, \fI\s-1HPUX\s0\fR, \fINetBSD\fR,
+\&\fILinux\fR, \fIHurd\fR, \fISolaris\fR, \fI\s-1AIX\s0\fR, \fIIrix\fR,
+\&\fIFreeBSD\fR, \fI\s-1TRU64\s0\fR, \fIModesto\fR, \fIOpenBSD\fR, \fIOpenVMS\fR,
+\&\fI\s-1NSK\s0\fR, \fI\s-1AROS\s0\fR and \fIFenixOS\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-osabi=osabi"
+Change the \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1OSABI\s0 in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fItype\fR. The
+supported \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1OSABI\s0 are the same as \fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version number of \fBelfedit\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Display the command line options understood by \fBelfedit\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-g++.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-g++.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d08d4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-g++.1
@@ -0,0 +1,17818 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GCC 1"
+.TH GCC 1 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gcc \- GNU project C and C++ compiler
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+gcc [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-E\fR] [\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-pg\fR] [\fB\-O\fR\fIlevel\fR]
+ [\fB\-W\fR\fIwarn\fR...] [\fB\-pedantic\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR...] [\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR...]
+ [\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[=\fIdefn\fR]...] [\fB\-U\fR\fImacro\fR]
+ [\fB\-f\fR\fIoption\fR...] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine-option\fR...]
+ [\fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile\fR] [@\fIfile\fR] \fIinfile\fR...
+.PP
+Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
+remainder. \fBg++\fR accepts mostly the same options as \fBgcc\fR.
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+When you invoke \s-1GCC\s0, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
+assembly and linking. The \*(L"overall options\*(R" allow you to stop this
+process at an intermediate stage. For example, the \fB\-c\fR option
+says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
+output by the assembler.
+.PP
+Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
+control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
+options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
+documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
+.PP
+Most of the command line options that you can use with \s-1GCC\s0 are useful
+for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
+(usually \*(C+), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
+for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
+that option with all supported languages.
+.PP
+The \fBgcc\fR program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
+options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
+may \fInot\fR be grouped: \fB\-dv\fR is very different from \fB\-d\ \-v\fR.
+.PP
+You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
+you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several
+options of the same kind; for example, if you specify \fB\-L\fR more
+than once, the directories are searched in the order specified. Also,
+the placement of the \fB\-l\fR option is significant.
+.PP
+Many options have long names starting with \fB\-f\fR or with
+\&\fB\-W\fR\-\-\-for example,
+\&\fB\-fmove\-loop\-invariants\fR, \fB\-Wformat\fR and so on. Most of
+these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
+\&\fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. This manual documents
+only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.SS "Option Summary"
+.IX Subsection "Option Summary"
+Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
+in the following sections.
+.IP "\fIOverall Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Overall Options"
+\&\fB\-c \-S \-E \-o\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-no\-canonical\-prefixes
+\&\-pipe \-pass\-exit\-codes
+\&\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR \fB\-v \-### \-\-help\fR[\fB=\fR\fIclass\fR[\fB,...\fR]] \fB\-\-target\-help
+\&\-\-version \-wrapper @\fR\fIfile\fR \fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIfile\fR \fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIarg\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR[\fB\-slim\fR] \-fdump\-go\-spec=\fIfile\fR
+.IP "\fIC Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C Language Options"
+\&\fB\-ansi \-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR \fB\-fgnu89\-inline
+\&\-aux\-info\fR \fIfilename\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-asm \-fno\-builtin \-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR
+\&\fB\-fhosted \-ffreestanding \-fopenmp \-fms\-extensions \-fplan9\-extensions
+\&\-trigraphs \-no\-integrated\-cpp \-traditional \-traditional\-cpp
+\&\-fallow\-single\-precision \-fcond\-mismatch \-flax\-vector\-conversions
+\&\-fsigned\-bitfields \-fsigned\-char
+\&\-funsigned\-bitfields \-funsigned\-char\fR
+.IP "\fI\*(C+ Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item " Language Options"
+\&\fB\-fabi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-fno\-access\-control \-fcheck\-new
+\&\-fconserve\-space \-fconstexpr\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-ffriend\-injection
+\&\-fno\-elide\-constructors
+\&\-fno\-enforce\-eh\-specs
+\&\-ffor\-scope \-fno\-for\-scope \-fno\-gnu\-keywords
+\&\-fno\-implicit\-templates
+\&\-fno\-implicit\-inline\-templates
+\&\-fno\-implement\-inlines \-fms\-extensions
+\&\-fno\-nonansi\-builtins \-fnothrow\-opt \-fno\-operator\-names
+\&\-fno\-optional\-diags \-fpermissive
+\&\-fno\-pretty\-templates
+\&\-frepo \-fno\-rtti \-fstats \-ftemplate\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-threadsafe\-statics \-fuse\-cxa\-atexit \-fno\-weak \-nostdinc++
+\&\-fno\-default\-inline \-fvisibility\-inlines\-hidden
+\&\-fvisibility\-ms\-compat
+\&\-Wabi \-Wconversion\-null \-Wctor\-dtor\-privacy
+\&\-Wnoexcept \-Wnon\-virtual\-dtor \-Wreorder
+\&\-Weffc++ \-Wstrict\-null\-sentinel
+\&\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend \-Wold\-style\-cast
+\&\-Woverloaded\-virtual \-Wno\-pmf\-conversions
+\&\-Wsign\-promo\fR
+.IP "\fIObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Objective-C and Objective- Language Options"
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class=\fR\fIclass-name\fR
+\&\fB\-fgnu\-runtime \-fnext\-runtime
+\&\-fno\-nil\-receivers
+\&\-fobjc\-abi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fobjc\-call\-cxx\-cdtors
+\&\-fobjc\-direct\-dispatch
+\&\-fobjc\-exceptions
+\&\-fobjc\-gc
+\&\-fobjc\-nilcheck
+\&\-fobjc\-std=objc1
+\&\-freplace\-objc\-classes
+\&\-fzero\-link
+\&\-gen\-decls
+\&\-Wassign\-intercept
+\&\-Wno\-protocol \-Wselector
+\&\-Wstrict\-selector\-match
+\&\-Wundeclared\-selector\fR
+.IP "\fILanguage Independent Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Language Independent Options"
+\&\fB\-fmessage\-length=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=\fR[\fBonce\fR|\fBevery-line\fR]
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR
+.IP "\fIWarning Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Warning Options"
+\&\fB\-fsyntax\-only \-fmax\-errors=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-pedantic
+\&\-pedantic\-errors
+\&\-w \-Wextra \-Wall \-Waddress \-Waggregate\-return \-Warray\-bounds
+\&\-Wno\-attributes \-Wno\-builtin\-macro\-redefined
+\&\-Wc++\-compat \-Wc++0x\-compat \-Wcast\-align \-Wcast\-qual
+\&\-Wchar\-subscripts \-Wclobbered \-Wcomment
+\&\-Wconversion \-Wcoverage\-mismatch \-Wno\-cpp \-Wno\-deprecated
+\&\-Wno\-deprecated\-declarations \-Wdisabled\-optimization
+\&\-Wno\-div\-by\-zero \-Wdouble\-promotion \-Wempty\-body \-Wenum\-compare
+\&\-Wno\-endif\-labels \-Werror \-Werror=*
+\&\-Wfatal\-errors \-Wfloat\-equal \-Wformat \-Wformat=2
+\&\-Wno\-format\-contains\-nul \-Wno\-format\-extra\-args \-Wformat\-nonliteral
+\&\-Wformat\-security \-Wformat\-y2k
+\&\-Wframe\-larger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init \-Wignored\-qualifiers
+\&\-Wimplicit \-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration \-Wimplicit\-int
+\&\-Winit\-self \-Winline \-Wmaybe\-uninitialized
+\&\-Wno\-int\-to\-pointer\-cast \-Wno\-invalid\-offsetof
+\&\-Winvalid\-pch \-Wlarger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations
+\&\-Wlogical\-op \-Wlong\-long
+\&\-Wmain \-Wmaybe\-uninitialized \-Wmissing\-braces \-Wmissing\-field\-initializers
+\&\-Wmissing\-format\-attribute \-Wmissing\-include\-dirs
+\&\-Wno\-mudflap
+\&\-Wno\-multichar \-Wnonnull \-Wno\-overflow
+\&\-Woverlength\-strings \-Wpacked \-Wpacked\-bitfield\-compat \-Wpadded
+\&\-Wparentheses \-Wpedantic\-ms\-format \-Wno\-pedantic\-ms\-format
+\&\-Wpointer\-arith \-Wno\-pointer\-to\-int\-cast
+\&\-Wreal\-conversion \-Wredundant\-decls \-Wreturn\-type \-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-Wself\-assign \-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod \-Wsequence\-point \-Wshadow
+\&\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local \-Wshadow\-local
+\&\-Wsign\-compare \-Wsign\-conversion \-Wstack\-protector
+\&\-Wstrict\-aliasing \-Wstrict\-aliasing=n
+\&\-Wstrict\-overflow \-Wstrict\-overflow=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=\fR[\fBpure\fR|\fBconst\fR|\fBnoreturn\fR]
+\&\fB\-Wswitch \-Wswitch\-default \-Wswitch\-enum \-Wsync\-nand
+\&\-Wsystem\-headers \-Wthread\-safety \-Wthread\-unguarded\-var
+\&\-Wthread\-unguarded\-func \-Wthread\-mismatched\-lock\-order
+\&\-Wthread\-mismatched\-lock\-acq\-rel \-Wthread\-reentrant\-lock
+\&\-Wthread\-unsupported\-lock\-name \-Wthread\-attr\-bind\-param
+\&\-Wtrampolines \-Wtrigraphs \-Wtype\-limits \-Wundef
+\&\-Wuninitialized \-Wunknown\-pragmas \-Wno\-pragmas
+\&\-Wunsuffixed\-float\-constants \-Wunused \-Wunused\-function
+\&\-Wunused\-label \-Wunused\-parameter \-Wno\-unused\-result \-Wunused\-value
+\&\-Wunused\-variable \-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter \-Wunused\-but\-set\-variable
+\&\-Wvariadic\-macros \-Wvla \-Wvolatile\-register\-var \-Wwrite\-strings\fR
+.IP "\fIC and Objective-C-only Warning Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C and Objective-C-only Warning Options"
+\&\fB\-Wbad\-function\-cast \-Wmissing\-declarations
+\&\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type \-Wmissing\-prototypes \-Wnested\-externs
+\&\-Wold\-style\-declaration \-Wold\-style\-definition
+\&\-Wstrict\-prototypes \-Wtraditional \-Wtraditional\-conversion
+\&\-Wdeclaration\-after\-statement \-Wpointer\-sign\fR
+.IP "\fIDebugging Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Debugging Options"
+\&\fB\-d\fR\fIletters\fR \fB\-dumpspecs \-dumpmachine \-dumpversion
+\&\-fdbg\-cnt\-list \-fdbg\-cnt=\fR\fIcounter-value-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-ipa\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass-name\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-tree\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-tree\-\fR\fIpass-name\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-noaddr \-fdump\-unnumbered \-fdump\-unnumbered\-links
+\&\-fdump\-translation\-unit\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-ipa\-all \-fdump\-ipa\-cgraph \-fdump\-ipa\-inline
+\&\-fdump\-passes
+\&\-fdump\-statistics
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-all
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-original\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-optimized\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-cfg \-fdump\-tree\-vcg \-fdump\-tree\-alias
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-ch
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-ssa\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-pre\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-ccp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-dce\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-gimple\fR[\fB\-raw\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-mudflap\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-dom\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-dse\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-phiprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-phiopt\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-forwprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-copyrename\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-nrv \-fdump\-tree\-vect
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-sink
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-sra\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-forwprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-fre\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-vrp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-ftree\-vectorizer\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-storeccp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-final\-insns=\fR\fIfile\fR
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR[\fB=\fR\fIopts\fR] \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second
+\&\-feliminate\-dwarf2\-dups \-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-types
+\&\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols \-femit\-class\-debug\-always
+\&\-fenable\-icf\-debug
+\&\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR
+\&\fB\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdebug\-types\-section
+\&\-fmem\-report \-fpre\-ipa\-mem\-report \-fpost\-ipa\-mem\-report \-fprofile\-arcs
+\&\-frandom\-seed=\fR\fIstring\fR \fB\-fsched\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fsel\-sched\-verbose \-fsel\-sched\-dump\-cfg \-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-verbose
+\&\-fstack\-usage \-ftest\-coverage \-ftime\-report \-fvar\-tracking
+\&\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments \-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\-toggle
+\&\-g \-g\fR\fIlevel\fR \fB\-gtoggle \-gcoff \-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR
+\&\fB\-ggdb \-gmlt \-gstabs \-gstabs+ \-gstrict\-dwarf \-gno\-strict\-dwarf
+\&\-gvms \-gxcoff \-gxcoff+
+\&\-fno\-merge\-debug\-strings \-fno\-dwarf2\-cfi\-asm
+\&\-fdebug\-prefix\-map=\fR\fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR
+\&\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly \-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced
+\&\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR[\fB=\fR\fIspec-list\fR]
+\&\fB\-p \-pg \-print\-file\-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR \fB\-print\-libgcc\-file\-name
+\&\-print\-multi\-directory \-print\-multi\-lib \-print\-multi\-os\-directory
+\&\-print\-prog\-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR \fB\-print\-search\-dirs \-Q
+\&\-print\-sysroot \-print\-sysroot\-headers\-suffix
+\&\-save\-temps \-save\-temps=cwd \-save\-temps=obj \-time\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]
+.IP "\fIOptimization Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Optimization Options"
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-falign\-jumps[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]
+\&\-falign\-labels[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-falign\-loops[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fassociative\-math
+\&\-fauto\-inc\-dec \-fbranch\-probabilities \-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize
+\&\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize2 \-fbtr\-bb\-exclusive \-fcaller\-saves
+\&\-fcallgraph\-profiles\-sections \-fcheck\-data\-deps \-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths
+\&\-fcombine\-stack\-adjustments \-fconserve\-stack
+\&\-fcompare\-elim \-fcprop\-registers \-fcrossjumping
+\&\-fcse\-follow\-jumps \-fcse\-skip\-blocks \-fcx\-fortran\-rules
+\&\-fcx\-limited\-range
+\&\-fdata\-sections \-fdce \-fdce \-fdelayed\-branch
+\&\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks \-fdse \-fdevirtualize \-fdse
+\&\-fearly\-inlining \-fipa\-sra \-fexpensive\-optimizations \-ffast\-math
+\&\-ffinite\-math\-only \-ffloat\-store \-fexcess\-precision=\fR\fIstyle\fR
+\&\fB\-fforward\-propagate \-ffp\-contract=\fR\fIstyle\fR \fB\-ffunction\-sections
+\&\-fgcse \-fgcse\-after\-reload \-fgcse\-las \-fgcse\-lm \-fgraphite\-identity
+\&\-fgcse\-sm \-fif\-conversion \-fif\-conversion2 \-findirect\-inlining
+\&\-finline\-functions \-finline\-functions\-called\-once \-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-finline\-small\-functions \-fipa\-cp \-fipa\-cp\-clone \-fipa\-matrix\-reorg
+\&\-fipa\-pta \-fipa\-profile \-fipa\-pure\-const \-fipa\-reference
+\&\-fipa\-struct\-reorg \-fira\-algorithm=\fR\fIalgorithm\fR
+\&\fB\-fira\-region=\fR\fIregion\fR
+\&\fB\-fira\-loop\-pressure \-fno\-ira\-share\-save\-slots
+\&\-fno\-ira\-share\-spill\-slots \-fira\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fivopts \-fkeep\-inline\-functions \-fkeep\-static\-consts
+\&\-floop\-block \-floop\-flatten \-floop\-interchange \-floop\-strip\-mine
+\&\-floop\-parallelize\-all \-flto \-flto\-compression\-level
+\&\-flto\-partition=\fR\fIalg\fR \fB\-flto\-report \-fmerge\-all\-constants
+\&\-fmerge\-constants \-fmodulo\-sched \-fmodulo\-sched\-allow\-regmoves
+\&\-fmove\-loop\-invariants fmudflap \-fmudflapir \-fmudflapth \-fno\-branch\-count\-reg
+\&\-fno\-default\-inline
+\&\-fno\-defer\-pop \-fno\-function\-cse \-fno\-guess\-branch\-probability
+\&\-fno\-inline \-fno\-math\-errno \-fno\-peephole \-fno\-peephole2
+\&\-fno\-sched\-interblock \-fno\-sched\-spec \-fno\-signed\-zeros
+\&\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder \-fno\-trapping\-math \-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss
+\&\-fomit\-frame\-pointer \-foptimize\-register\-move \-foptimize\-sibling\-calls
+\&\-fpartial\-inlining \-fpeel\-loops \-fpredictive\-commoning
+\&\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays
+\&\-fprofile\-correction \-fprofile\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-generate
+\&\-fprofile\-generate=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling
+\&\-fprofile\-use \-fprofile\-use=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-values
+\&\-fpmu\-profile\-generate=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR
+\&\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-use=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR
+\&\fB\-freciprocal\-math \-fregmove \-frename\-registers \-freorder\-blocks
+\&\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\-in\-elf
+\&\-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition \-freorder\-functions
+\&\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop \-freschedule\-modulo\-scheduled\-loops
+\&\-fripa \-fripa\-disallow\-asm\-modules \-fripa\-disallow\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-fripa\-no\-promote\-always\-inline\-func \-fripa\-verbose
+\&\-fripa\-peel\-size\-limit \-fripa\-unroll\-size\-limit \-frounding\-math
+\&\-fsched2\-use\-superblocks \-fsched\-pressure
+\&\-fsched\-spec\-load \-fsched\-spec\-load\-dangerous
+\&\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fsched\-stalled\-insns[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]
+\&\-fsched\-group\-heuristic \-fsched\-critical\-path\-heuristic
+\&\-fsched\-spec\-insn\-heuristic \-fsched\-rank\-heuristic
+\&\-fsched\-last\-insn\-heuristic \-fsched\-dep\-count\-heuristic
+\&\-fschedule\-insns \-fschedule\-insns2 \-fsection\-anchors
+\&\-fselective\-scheduling \-fselective\-scheduling2
+\&\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining \-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-outer\-loops
+\&\-fsignaling\-nans \-fsingle\-precision\-constant \-fsplit\-ivs\-in\-unroller
+\&\-fsplit\-wide\-types \-fstack\-protector \-fstack\-protector\-all
+\&\-fstack\-protector\-strong \-fstrict\-aliasing \-fstrict\-overflow
+\&\-fthread\-jumps \-ftracer \-ftree\-bit\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce \-ftree\-ccp \-ftree\-ch \-ftree\-copy\-prop
+\&\-ftree\-copyrename \-ftree\-dce \-ftree\-dominator\-opts \-ftree\-dse
+\&\-ftree\-forwprop \-ftree\-fre \-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert
+\&\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\-stores \-ftree\-loop\-im
+\&\-ftree\-phiprop \-ftree\-loop\-distribution \-ftree\-loop\-distribute\-patterns
+\&\-ftree\-loop\-ivcanon \-ftree\-loop\-linear \-ftree\-loop\-optimize
+\&\-ftree\-parallelize\-loops=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-ftree\-pre \-ftree\-pta \-ftree\-reassoc
+\&\-ftree\-sink \-ftree\-sra \-ftree\-switch\-conversion
+\&\-ftree\-ter \-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version \-ftree\-vectorize \-ftree\-vrp
+\&\-funit\-at\-a\-time \-funroll\-all\-loops \-funroll\-loops
+\&\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations \-funsafe\-math\-optimizations \-funswitch\-loops
+\&\-fvariable\-expansion\-in\-unroller \-fvect\-cost\-model \-fvpt \-fweb
+\&\-fwhole\-program \-fwpa \-fuse\-ld \-fuse\-linker\-plugin
+\&\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR
+\&\fB\-O \-O0 \-O1 \-O2 \-O3 \-Os \-Ofast\fR
+.IP "\fIPreprocessor Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Preprocessor Options"
+\&\fB\-A\fR\fIquestion\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR
+\&\fB\-A\-\fR\fIquestion\fR[\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR]
+\&\fB\-C \-dD \-dI \-dM \-dN
+\&\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[\fB=\fR\fIdefn\fR] \fB\-E \-H
+\&\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR
+\&\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-imultilib\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isysroot\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-M \-MM \-MF \-MG \-MP \-MQ \-MT \-nostdinc
+\&\-P \-fworking\-directory \-remap
+\&\-trigraphs \-undef \-U\fR\fImacro\fR \fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR
+\&\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR \fIoption\fR
+.IP "\fIAssembler Option\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Assembler Option"
+\&\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR \fB\-Xassembler\fR \fIoption\fR
+.IP "\fILinker Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Linker Options"
+\&\fIobject-file-name\fR \fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR
+\&\fB\-nostartfiles \-nodefaultlibs \-nostdlib \-pie \-rdynamic
+\&\-s \-static \-static\-libgcc \-static\-libstdc++ \-shared
+\&\-shared\-libgcc \-symbolic
+\&\-T\fR \fIscript\fR \fB\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR \fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR
+\&\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR
+.IP "\fIDirectory Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Directory Options"
+\&\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR \fB\-iplugindir=\fR\fIdir\fR
+\&\-iquote\fIdir\fR \-L\fIdir\fR \-specs=\fIfile\fR \-I\-
+\&\-\-sysroot=\fIdir\fR
+.IP "\fIMachine Dependent Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Machine Dependent Options"
+\&\fI\s-1ARC\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-EB \-EL
+\&\-mmangle\-cpu \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext-section\fR
+\&\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata-section\fR \fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly-data-section\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mapcs\-frame \-mno\-apcs\-frame
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mapcs\-stack\-check \-mno\-apcs\-stack\-check
+\&\-mapcs\-float \-mno\-apcs\-float
+\&\-mapcs\-reentrant \-mno\-apcs\-reentrant
+\&\-msched\-prolog \-mno\-sched\-prolog
+\&\-mlittle\-endian \-mbig\-endian \-mwords\-little\-endian
+\&\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-mfpe
+\&\-mfp16\-format=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mthumb\-interwork \-mno\-thumb\-interwork
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mstructure\-size\-boundary=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mabort\-on\-noreturn
+\&\-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-msingle\-pic\-base \-mno\-single\-pic\-base
+\&\-mpic\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR
+\&\fB\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport
+\&\-mcirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns \-mno\-cirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns
+\&\-mpoke\-function\-name
+\&\-mthumb \-marm
+\&\-mtpcs\-frame \-mtpcs\-leaf\-frame
+\&\-mcaller\-super\-interworking \-mcallee\-super\-interworking
+\&\-mtp=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mword\-relocations
+\&\-mfix\-cortex\-m3\-ldrd\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR \fB\-mno\-interrupts
+\&\-mcall\-prologues \-mtiny\-stack \-mint8\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIBlackfin Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]
+\&\fB\-msim \-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer \-mno\-omit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer
+\&\-mspecld\-anomaly \-mno\-specld\-anomaly \-mcsync\-anomaly \-mno\-csync\-anomaly
+\&\-mlow\-64k \-mno\-low64k \-mstack\-check\-l1 \-mid\-shared\-library
+\&\-mno\-id\-shared\-library \-mshared\-library\-id=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mleaf\-id\-shared\-library \-mno\-leaf\-id\-shared\-library
+\&\-msep\-data \-mno\-sep\-data \-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-mfast\-fp \-minline\-plt \-mmulticore \-mcorea \-mcoreb \-msdram
+\&\-micplb\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1CRIS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+\&\fB\-mmax\-stack\-frame=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-melinux\-stacksize=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-metrax4 \-metrax100 \-mpdebug \-mcc\-init \-mno\-side\-effects
+\&\-mstack\-align \-mdata\-align \-mconst\-align
+\&\-m32\-bit \-m16\-bit \-m8\-bit \-mno\-prologue\-epilogue \-mno\-gotplt
+\&\-melf \-maout \-melinux \-mlinux \-sim \-sim2
+\&\-mmul\-bug\-workaround \-mno\-mul\-bug\-workaround\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1CRX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmac \-mpush\-args\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIDarwin Options\fR
+\&\fB\-all_load \-allowable_client \-arch \-arch_errors_fatal
+\&\-arch_only \-bind_at_load \-bundle \-bundle_loader
+\&\-client_name \-compatibility_version \-current_version
+\&\-dead_strip
+\&\-dependency\-file \-dylib_file \-dylinker_install_name
+\&\-dynamic \-dynamiclib \-exported_symbols_list
+\&\-filelist \-flat_namespace \-force_cpusubtype_ALL
+\&\-force_flat_namespace \-headerpad_max_install_names
+\&\-iframework
+\&\-image_base \-init \-install_name \-keep_private_externs
+\&\-multi_module \-multiply_defined \-multiply_defined_unused
+\&\-noall_load \-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
+\&\-nofixprebinding \-nomultidefs \-noprebind \-noseglinkedit
+\&\-pagezero_size \-prebind \-prebind_all_twolevel_modules
+\&\-private_bundle \-read_only_relocs \-sectalign
+\&\-sectobjectsymbols \-whyload \-seg1addr
+\&\-sectcreate \-sectobjectsymbols \-sectorder
+\&\-segaddr \-segs_read_only_addr \-segs_read_write_addr
+\&\-seg_addr_table \-seg_addr_table_filename \-seglinkedit
+\&\-segprot \-segs_read_only_addr \-segs_read_write_addr
+\&\-single_module \-static \-sub_library \-sub_umbrella
+\&\-twolevel_namespace \-umbrella \-undefined
+\&\-unexported_symbols_list \-weak_reference_mismatches
+\&\-whatsloaded \-F \-gused \-gfull \-mmacosx\-version\-min=\fR\fIversion\fR
+\&\fB\-mkernel \-mone\-byte\-bool\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs \-msoft\-float \-malpha\-as \-mgas
+\&\-mieee \-mieee\-with\-inexact \-mieee\-conformant
+\&\-mfp\-trap\-mode=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mfp\-rounding\-mode=\fR\fImode\fR
+\&\fB\-mtrap\-precision=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mbuild\-constants
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mbwx \-mmax \-mfix \-mcix
+\&\-mfloat\-vax \-mfloat\-ieee
+\&\-mexplicit\-relocs \-msmall\-data \-mlarge\-data
+\&\-msmall\-text \-mlarge\-text
+\&\-mmemory\-latency=\fR\fItime\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes \-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-mmalloc64\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1FR30\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msmall\-model \-mno\-lsim\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1FRV\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mgpr\-32 \-mgpr\-64 \-mfpr\-32 \-mfpr\-64
+\&\-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-malloc\-cc \-mfixed\-cc \-mdword \-mno\-dword
+\&\-mdouble \-mno\-double
+\&\-mmedia \-mno\-media \-mmuladd \-mno\-muladd
+\&\-mfdpic \-minline\-plt \-mgprel\-ro \-multilib\-library\-pic
+\&\-mlinked\-fp \-mlong\-calls \-malign\-labels
+\&\-mlibrary\-pic \-macc\-4 \-macc\-8
+\&\-mpack \-mno\-pack \-mno\-eflags \-mcond\-move \-mno\-cond\-move
+\&\-moptimize\-membar \-mno\-optimize\-membar
+\&\-mscc \-mno\-scc \-mcond\-exec \-mno\-cond\-exec
+\&\-mvliw\-branch \-mno\-vliw\-branch
+\&\-mmulti\-cond\-exec \-mno\-multi\-cond\-exec \-mnested\-cond\-exec
+\&\-mno\-nested\-cond\-exec \-mtomcat\-stats
+\&\-mTLS \-mtls
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIGNU/Linux Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mglibc \-muclibc \-mbionic \-mandroid
+\&\-tno\-android\-cc \-tno\-android\-ld\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIH8/300 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mrelax \-mh \-ms \-mn \-mint32 \-malign\-300\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mbig\-switch \-mdisable\-fpregs \-mdisable\-indexing
+\&\-mfast\-indirect\-calls \-mgas \-mgnu\-ld \-mhp\-ld
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-mjump\-in\-delay \-mlinker\-opt \-mlong\-calls
+\&\-mlong\-load\-store \-mno\-big\-switch \-mno\-disable\-fpregs
+\&\-mno\-disable\-indexing \-mno\-fast\-indirect\-calls \-mno\-gas
+\&\-mno\-jump\-in\-delay \-mno\-long\-load\-store
+\&\-mno\-portable\-runtime \-mno\-soft\-float
+\&\-mno\-space\-regs \-msoft\-float \-mpa\-risc\-1\-0
+\&\-mpa\-risc\-1\-1 \-mpa\-risc\-2\-0 \-mportable\-runtime
+\&\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-mspace\-regs \-msio \-mwsio
+\&\-munix=\fR\fIunix-std\fR \fB\-nolibdld \-static \-threads\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIi386 and x86\-64 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mfpmath=\fR\fIunit\fR
+\&\fB\-masm=\fR\fIdialect\fR \fB\-mno\-fancy\-math\-387
+\&\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387 \-msoft\-float
+\&\-mno\-wide\-multiply \-mrtd \-malign\-double
+\&\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-mcld \-mcx16 \-msahf \-mmovbe \-mcrc32 \-mrecip \-mvzeroupper
+\&\-mmmx \-msse \-msse2 \-msse3 \-mssse3 \-msse4.1 \-msse4.2 \-msse4 \-mavx
+\&\-maes \-mpclmul \-mfsgsbase \-mrdrnd \-mf16c \-mfused\-madd
+\&\-msse4a \-m3dnow \-mpopcnt \-mabm \-mbmi \-mtbm \-mfma4 \-mxop \-mlwp
+\&\-mthreads \-mno\-align\-stringops \-minline\-all\-stringops
+\&\-minline\-stringops\-dynamically \-mstringop\-strategy=\fR\fIalg\fR
+\&\fB\-mpush\-args \-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args \-m128bit\-long\-double
+\&\-m96bit\-long\-double \-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-msseregparm
+\&\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR \fB\-mvect8\-ret\-in\-mem
+\&\-mpc32 \-mpc64 \-mpc80 \-mstackrealign
+\&\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer \-mno\-red\-zone \-mno\-tls\-direct\-seg\-refs
+\&\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR \fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-m32 \-m64 \-mlarge\-data\-threshold=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-msse2avx \-mfentry \-m8bit\-idiv
+\&\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-load \-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-store\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIi386 and x86\-64 Windows Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mconsole \-mcygwin \-mno\-cygwin \-mdll
+\&\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport \-mthread
+\&\-municode \-mwin32 \-mwindows \-fno\-set\-stack\-executable\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1IA\-64\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mbig\-endian \-mlittle\-endian \-mgnu\-as \-mgnu\-ld \-mno\-pic
+\&\-mvolatile\-asm\-stop \-mregister\-names \-msdata \-mno\-sdata
+\&\-mconstant\-gp \-mauto\-pic \-mfused\-madd
+\&\-minline\-float\-divide\-min\-latency
+\&\-minline\-float\-divide\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-float\-divide
+\&\-minline\-int\-divide\-min\-latency
+\&\-minline\-int\-divide\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-int\-divide
+\&\-minline\-sqrt\-min\-latency \-minline\-sqrt\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-sqrt
+\&\-mdwarf2\-asm \-mearly\-stop\-bits
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR \fB\-mtls\-size=\fR\fItls-size\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-milp32 \-mlp64
+\&\-msched\-br\-data\-spec \-msched\-ar\-data\-spec \-msched\-control\-spec
+\&\-msched\-br\-in\-data\-spec \-msched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec \-msched\-in\-control\-spec
+\&\-msched\-spec\-ldc \-msched\-spec\-control\-ldc
+\&\-msched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns \-msched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns
+\&\-msched\-stop\-bits\-after\-every\-cycle \-msched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path
+\&\-msel\-sched\-dont\-check\-control\-spec \-msched\-fp\-mem\-deps\-zero\-cost
+\&\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns\-hard\-limit \-msched\-max\-memory\-insns=\fR\fImax-insns\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes \-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-mmalloc64\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1LM32\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mbarrel\-shift\-enabled \-mdivide\-enabled \-mmultiply\-enabled
+\&\-msign\-extend\-enabled \-muser\-enabled\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM32R/D Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m32r2 \-m32rx \-m32r
+\&\-mdebug
+\&\-malign\-loops \-mno\-align\-loops
+\&\-missue\-rate=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-mmodel=\fR\fIcode-size-model-type\fR
+\&\fB\-msdata=\fR\fIsdata-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-flush\-func \-mflush\-func=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-flush\-trap \-mflush\-trap=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM32C Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-msim \-memregs=\fR\fInumber\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM680x0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fItune\fR
+\&\fB\-m68000 \-m68020 \-m68020\-40 \-m68020\-60 \-m68030 \-m68040
+\&\-m68060 \-mcpu32 \-m5200 \-m5206e \-m528x \-m5307 \-m5407
+\&\-mcfv4e \-mbitfield \-mno\-bitfield \-mc68000 \-mc68020
+\&\-mnobitfield \-mrtd \-mno\-rtd \-mdiv \-mno\-div \-mshort
+\&\-mno\-short \-mhard\-float \-m68881 \-msoft\-float \-mpcrel
+\&\-malign\-int \-mstrict\-align \-msep\-data \-mno\-sep\-data
+\&\-mshared\-library\-id=n \-mid\-shared\-library \-mno\-id\-shared\-library
+\&\-mxgot \-mno\-xgot\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM68hc1x Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m6811 \-m6812 \-m68hc11 \-m68hc12 \-m68hcs12
+\&\-mauto\-incdec \-minmax \-mlong\-calls \-mshort
+\&\-msoft\-reg\-count=\fR\fIcount\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMCore Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mhardlit \-mno\-hardlit \-mdiv \-mno\-div \-mrelax\-immediates
+\&\-mno\-relax\-immediates \-mwide\-bitfields \-mno\-wide\-bitfields
+\&\-m4byte\-functions \-mno\-4byte\-functions \-mcallgraph\-data
+\&\-mno\-callgraph\-data \-mslow\-bytes \-mno\-slow\-bytes \-mno\-lsim
+\&\-mlittle\-endian \-mbig\-endian \-m210 \-m340 \-mstack\-increment\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMeP Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mabsdiff \-mall\-opts \-maverage \-mbased=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mbitops
+\&\-mc=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mclip \-mconfig=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mcop \-mcop32 \-mcop64 \-mivc2
+\&\-mdc \-mdiv \-meb \-mel \-mio\-volatile \-ml \-mleadz \-mm \-mminmax
+\&\-mmult \-mno\-opts \-mrepeat \-ms \-msatur \-msdram \-msim \-msimnovec \-mtf
+\&\-mtiny=\fR\fIn\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMicroBlaze Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-msmall\-divides \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+\&\fB\-mmemcpy \-mxl\-soft\-mul \-mxl\-soft\-div \-mxl\-barrel\-shift
+\&\-mxl\-pattern\-compare \-mxl\-stack\-check \-mxl\-gp\-opt \-mno\-clearbss
+\&\-mxl\-multiply\-high \-mxl\-float\-convert \-mxl\-float\-sqrt
+\&\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-EL \-EB \-march=\fR\fIarch\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR
+\&\fB\-mips1 \-mips2 \-mips3 \-mips4 \-mips32 \-mips32r2
+\&\-mips64 \-mips64r2
+\&\-mips16 \-mno\-mips16 \-mflip\-mips16
+\&\-minterlink\-mips16 \-mno\-interlink\-mips16
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIabi\fR \fB\-mabicalls \-mno\-abicalls
+\&\-mshared \-mno\-shared \-mplt \-mno\-plt \-mxgot \-mno\-xgot
+\&\-mgp32 \-mgp64 \-mfp32 \-mfp64 \-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float \-mdsp \-mno\-dsp \-mdspr2 \-mno\-dspr2
+\&\-mfpu=\fR\fIfpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-msmartmips \-mno\-smartmips
+\&\-mpaired\-single \-mno\-paired\-single \-mdmx \-mno\-mdmx
+\&\-mips3d \-mno\-mips3d \-mmt \-mno\-mt \-mllsc \-mno\-llsc
+\&\-mlong64 \-mlong32 \-msym32 \-mno\-sym32
+\&\-G\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-mlocal\-sdata \-mno\-local\-sdata
+\&\-mextern\-sdata \-mno\-extern\-sdata \-mgpopt \-mno\-gopt
+\&\-membedded\-data \-mno\-embedded\-data
+\&\-muninit\-const\-in\-rodata \-mno\-uninit\-const\-in\-rodata
+\&\-mcode\-readable=\fR\fIsetting\fR
+\&\fB\-msplit\-addresses \-mno\-split\-addresses
+\&\-mexplicit\-relocs \-mno\-explicit\-relocs
+\&\-mcheck\-zero\-division \-mno\-check\-zero\-division
+\&\-mdivide\-traps \-mdivide\-breaks
+\&\-mmemcpy \-mno\-memcpy \-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-mmad \-mno\-mad \-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd \-nocpp
+\&\-mfix\-r4000 \-mno\-fix\-r4000 \-mfix\-r4400 \-mno\-fix\-r4400
+\&\-mfix\-r10000 \-mno\-fix\-r10000 \-mfix\-vr4120 \-mno\-fix\-vr4120
+\&\-mfix\-vr4130 \-mno\-fix\-vr4130 \-mfix\-sb1 \-mno\-fix\-sb1
+\&\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIfunc\fR \fB\-mno\-flush\-func
+\&\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-mbranch\-likely \-mno\-branch\-likely
+\&\-mfp\-exceptions \-mno\-fp\-exceptions
+\&\-mvr4130\-align \-mno\-vr4130\-align \-msynci \-mno\-synci
+\&\-mrelax\-pic\-calls \-mno\-relax\-pic\-calls \-mmcount\-ra\-address\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MMIX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mlibfuncs \-mno\-libfuncs \-mepsilon \-mno\-epsilon \-mabi=gnu
+\&\-mabi=mmixware \-mzero\-extend \-mknuthdiv \-mtoplevel\-symbols
+\&\-melf \-mbranch\-predict \-mno\-branch\-predict \-mbase\-addresses
+\&\-mno\-base\-addresses \-msingle\-exit \-mno\-single\-exit\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmult\-bug \-mno\-mult\-bug
+\&\-mno\-am33 \-mam33 \-mam33\-2 \-mam34
+\&\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mreturn\-pointer\-on\-d0
+\&\-mno\-crt0 \-mrelax \-mliw\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1PDP\-11\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mfpu \-msoft\-float \-mac0 \-mno\-ac0 \-m40 \-m45 \-m10
+\&\-mbcopy \-mbcopy\-builtin \-mint32 \-mno\-int16
+\&\-mint16 \-mno\-int32 \-mfloat32 \-mno\-float64
+\&\-mfloat64 \-mno\-float32 \-mabshi \-mno\-abshi
+\&\-mbranch\-expensive \-mbranch\-cheap
+\&\-munix\-asm \-mdec\-asm\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIpicoChip Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mae=\fR\fIae_type\fR \fB\-mvliw\-lookahead=\fR\fIN\fR
+\&\fB\-msymbol\-as\-address \-mno\-inefficient\-warnings\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIPowerPC Options\fR
+See \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options.
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR
+\&\fB\-mpower \-mno\-power \-mpower2 \-mno\-power2
+\&\-mpowerpc \-mpowerpc64 \-mno\-powerpc
+\&\-maltivec \-mno\-altivec
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gpopt \-mno\-powerpc\-gpopt
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt \-mno\-powerpc\-gfxopt
+\&\-mmfcrf \-mno\-mfcrf \-mpopcntb \-mno\-popcntb \-mpopcntd \-mno\-popcntd
+\&\-mfprnd \-mno\-fprnd
+\&\-mcmpb \-mno\-cmpb \-mmfpgpr \-mno\-mfpgpr \-mhard\-dfp \-mno\-hard\-dfp
+\&\-mnew\-mnemonics \-mold\-mnemonics
+\&\-mfull\-toc \-mminimal\-toc \-mno\-fp\-in\-toc \-mno\-sum\-in\-toc
+\&\-m64 \-m32 \-mxl\-compat \-mno\-xl\-compat \-mpe
+\&\-malign\-power \-malign\-natural
+\&\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-mmultiple \-mno\-multiple
+\&\-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float \-msimple\-fpu
+\&\-mstring \-mno\-string \-mupdate \-mno\-update
+\&\-mavoid\-indexed\-addresses \-mno\-avoid\-indexed\-addresses
+\&\-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd \-mbit\-align \-mno\-bit\-align
+\&\-mstrict\-align \-mno\-strict\-align \-mrelocatable
+\&\-mno\-relocatable \-mrelocatable\-lib \-mno\-relocatable\-lib
+\&\-mtoc \-mno\-toc \-mlittle \-mlittle\-endian \-mbig \-mbig\-endian
+\&\-mdynamic\-no\-pic \-maltivec \-mswdiv \-msingle\-pic\-base
+\&\-mprioritize\-restricted\-insns=\fR\fIpriority\fR
+\&\fB\-msched\-costly\-dep=\fR\fIdependence_type\fR
+\&\fB\-minsert\-sched\-nops=\fR\fIscheme\fR
+\&\fB\-mcall\-sysv \-mcall\-netbsd
+\&\-maix\-struct\-return \-msvr4\-struct\-return
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIabi-type\fR \fB\-msecure\-plt \-mbss\-plt
+\&\-mblock\-move\-inline\-limit=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-misel \-mno\-isel
+\&\-misel=yes \-misel=no
+\&\-mspe \-mno\-spe
+\&\-mspe=yes \-mspe=no
+\&\-mpaired
+\&\-mgen\-cell\-microcode \-mwarn\-cell\-microcode
+\&\-mvrsave \-mno\-vrsave
+\&\-mmulhw \-mno\-mulhw
+\&\-mdlmzb \-mno\-dlmzb
+\&\-mfloat\-gprs=yes \-mfloat\-gprs=no \-mfloat\-gprs=single \-mfloat\-gprs=double
+\&\-mprototype \-mno\-prototype
+\&\-msim \-mmvme \-mads \-myellowknife \-memb \-msdata
+\&\-msdata=\fR\fIopt\fR \fB\-mvxworks \-G\fR \fInum\fR \fB\-pthread
+\&\-mrecip \-mrecip=\fR\fIopt\fR \fB\-mno\-recip \-mrecip\-precision
+\&\-mno\-recip\-precision
+\&\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR \fB\-mfriz \-mno\-friz\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1RX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m64bit\-doubles \-m32bit\-doubles \-fpu \-nofpu
+\&\-mcpu=
+\&\-mbig\-endian\-data \-mlittle\-endian\-data
+\&\-msmall\-data
+\&\-msim \-mno\-sim
+\&\-mas100\-syntax \-mno\-as100\-syntax
+\&\-mrelax
+\&\-mmax\-constant\-size=
+\&\-mint\-register=
+\&\-msave\-acc\-in\-interrupts\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIS/390 and zSeries Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float \-mhard\-dfp \-mno\-hard\-dfp
+\&\-mlong\-double\-64 \-mlong\-double\-128
+\&\-mbackchain \-mno\-backchain \-mpacked\-stack \-mno\-packed\-stack
+\&\-msmall\-exec \-mno\-small\-exec \-mmvcle \-mno\-mvcle
+\&\-m64 \-m31 \-mdebug \-mno\-debug \-mesa \-mzarch
+\&\-mtpf\-trace \-mno\-tpf\-trace \-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd
+\&\-mwarn\-framesize \-mwarn\-dynamicstack \-mstack\-size \-mstack\-guard\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIScore Options\fR
+\&\fB\-meb \-mel
+\&\-mnhwloop
+\&\-muls
+\&\-mmac
+\&\-mscore5 \-mscore5u \-mscore7 \-mscore7d\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m1 \-m2 \-m2e
+\&\-m2a\-nofpu \-m2a\-single\-only \-m2a\-single \-m2a
+\&\-m3 \-m3e
+\&\-m4\-nofpu \-m4\-single\-only \-m4\-single \-m4
+\&\-m4a\-nofpu \-m4a\-single\-only \-m4a\-single \-m4a \-m4al
+\&\-m5\-64media \-m5\-64media\-nofpu
+\&\-m5\-32media \-m5\-32media\-nofpu
+\&\-m5\-compact \-m5\-compact\-nofpu
+\&\-mb \-ml \-mdalign \-mrelax
+\&\-mbigtable \-mfmovd \-mhitachi \-mrenesas \-mno\-renesas \-mnomacsave
+\&\-mieee \-mbitops \-misize \-minline\-ic_invalidate \-mpadstruct \-mspace
+\&\-mprefergot \-musermode \-multcost=\fR\fInumber\fR \fB\-mdiv=\fR\fIstrategy\fR
+\&\fB\-mdivsi3_libfunc=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-madjust\-unroll \-mindexed\-addressing \-mgettrcost=\fR\fInumber\fR \fB\-mpt\-fixed
+\&\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args \-minvalid\-symbols\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fISolaris 2 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text \-mno\-impure\-text
+\&\-threads \-pthreads \-pthread\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR
+\&\fB\-m32 \-m64 \-mapp\-regs \-mno\-app\-regs
+\&\-mfaster\-structs \-mno\-faster\-structs
+\&\-mfpu \-mno\-fpu \-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-mhard\-quad\-float \-msoft\-quad\-float
+\&\-mlittle\-endian
+\&\-mstack\-bias \-mno\-stack\-bias
+\&\-munaligned\-doubles \-mno\-unaligned\-doubles
+\&\-mv8plus \-mno\-v8plus \-mvis \-mno\-vis
+\&\-mfix\-at697f\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SPU\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mwarn\-reloc \-merror\-reloc
+\&\-msafe\-dma \-munsafe\-dma
+\&\-mbranch\-hints
+\&\-msmall\-mem \-mlarge\-mem \-mstdmain
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-mea32 \-mea64
+\&\-maddress\-space\-conversion \-mno\-address\-space\-conversion
+\&\-mcache\-size=\fR\fIcache-size\fR
+\&\fB\-matomic\-updates \-mno\-atomic\-updates\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fISystem V Options\fR
+\&\fB\-Qy \-Qn \-YP,\fR\fIpaths\fR \fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIV850 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls \-mep \-mno\-ep
+\&\-mprolog\-function \-mno\-prolog\-function \-mspace
+\&\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mapp\-regs \-mno\-app\-regs
+\&\-mdisable\-callt \-mno\-disable\-callt
+\&\-mv850e2v3
+\&\-mv850e2
+\&\-mv850e1 \-mv850es
+\&\-mv850e
+\&\-mv850 \-mbig\-switch\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mg \-mgnu \-munix\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIVxWorks Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mrtp \-non\-static \-Bstatic \-Bdynamic
+\&\-Xbind\-lazy \-Xbind\-now\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIx86\-64 Options\fR
+See i386 and x86\-64 Options.
+.Sp
+\&\fIXstormy16 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msim\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIXtensa Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mconst16 \-mno\-const16
+\&\-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd
+\&\-mforce\-no\-pic
+\&\-mserialize\-volatile \-mno\-serialize\-volatile
+\&\-mtext\-section\-literals \-mno\-text\-section\-literals
+\&\-mtarget\-align \-mno\-target\-align
+\&\-mlongcalls \-mno\-longcalls\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIzSeries Options\fR
+See S/390 and zSeries Options.
+.IP "\fICode Generation Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Code Generation Options"
+\&\fB\-fcall\-saved\-\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fcall\-used\-\fR\fIreg\fR
+\&\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fexceptions
+\&\-fnon\-call\-exceptions \-funwind\-tables
+\&\-fasynchronous\-unwind\-tables
+\&\-finhibit\-size\-directive \-finstrument\-functions
+\&\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-function\-list=\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,...
+\&\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,...
+\&\-fno\-common \-fno\-ident
+\&\-fpcc\-struct\-return \-fpic \-fPIC \-fpie \-fPIE
+\&\-fno\-jump\-tables
+\&\-frecord\-gcc\-switches
+\&\-freg\-struct\-return \-fshort\-enums
+\&\-fshort\-double \-fshort\-wchar
+\&\-fverbose\-asm \-fpack\-struct[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fstack\-check
+\&\-fstack\-limit\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-stack\-limit \-fsplit\-stack
+\&\-fleading\-underscore \-ftls\-model=\fR\fImodel\fR
+\&\fB\-ftrapv \-fwrapv \-fbounds\-check
+\&\-fvisibility \-fstrict\-volatile\-bitfields\fR
+.SS "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
+Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
+proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. \s-1GCC\s0 is capable of
+preprocessing and compiling several files either into several
+assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then each
+assembler input file produces an object file, and linking combines all
+the object files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input)
+into an executable file.
+.PP
+For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
+compilation is done:
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.c"
+C source code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.i"
+C source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ii"
+\&\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.m"
+Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the \fIlibobjc\fR
+library to make an Objective-C program work.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mi"
+Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.M"
+.PD
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code. Note that you must link with the \fIlibobjc\fR
+library to make an Objective\-\*(C+ program work. Note that \fB.M\fR refers
+to a literal capital M.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mii"
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.h"
+C, \*(C+, Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ header file to be turned into a
+precompiled header (default), or C, \*(C+ header file to be turned into an
+Ada spec (via the \fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR switch).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cxx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cxx"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.CPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.CPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.c++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.c++"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.C"
+.PD
+\&\*(C+ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in \fB.cxx\fR,
+the last two letters must both be literally \fBx\fR. Likewise,
+\&\fB.C\fR refers to a literal capital C.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.M"
+.PD
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mii"
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hh"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.H"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hxx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hxx"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.HPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.HPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.h++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.h++"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.tcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.tcc"
+.PD
+\&\*(C+ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.for\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.for"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ftn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ftn"
+.PD
+Fixed form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FOR\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FOR"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.fpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.fpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FTN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FTN"
+.PD
+Fixed form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the traditional
+preprocessor).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f95\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f95"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f03\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f03"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f08\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f08"
+.PD
+Free form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F95\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F95"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F03\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F03"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F08\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F08"
+.PD
+Free form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
+traditional preprocessor).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.go\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.go"
+Go source code.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ads"
+Ada source code file which contains a library unit declaration (a
+declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
+instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
+generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also
+called \fIspecs\fR.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.adb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.adb"
+Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or
+package body). Such files are also called \fIbodies\fR.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.s"
+Assembler code.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.sx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.sx"
+.PD
+Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIother\fR" 4
+.IX Item "other"
+An object file to be fed straight into linking.
+Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
+.PP
+You can specify the input language explicitly with the \fB\-x\fR option:
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x language"
+Specify explicitly the \fIlanguage\fR for the following input files
+(rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
+name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
+the next \fB\-x\fR option. Possible values for \fIlanguage\fR are:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& c c\-header cpp\-output
+\& c++ c++\-header c++\-cpp\-output
+\& objective\-c objective\-c\-header objective\-c\-cpp\-output
+\& objective\-c++ objective\-c++\-header objective\-c++\-cpp\-output
+\& assembler assembler\-with\-cpp
+\& ada
+\& f77 f77\-cpp\-input f95 f95\-cpp\-input
+\& go
+\& java
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-x none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x none"
+Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
+handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if \fB\-x\fR
+has not been used at all).
+.IP "\fB\-pass\-exit\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pass-exit-codes"
+Normally the \fBgcc\fR program will exit with the code of 1 if any
+phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
+\&\fB\-pass\-exit\-codes\fR, the \fBgcc\fR program will instead return with
+numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
+indication. The C, \*(C+, and Fortran frontends return 4, if an internal
+compiler error is encountered.
+.PP
+If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
+\&\fB\-x\fR (or filename suffixes) to tell \fBgcc\fR where to start, and
+one of the options \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-S\fR, or \fB\-E\fR to say where
+\&\fBgcc\fR is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
+\&\fB\-x cpp-output \-E\fR) instruct \fBgcc\fR to do nothing at all.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
+stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
+object file for each source file.
+.Sp
+By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
+the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, \fB.s\fR, etc., with \fB.o\fR.
+.Sp
+Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
+ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
+is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
+file specified.
+.Sp
+By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
+replacing the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, etc., with \fB.s\fR.
+.Sp
+Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
+output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
+standard output.
+.Sp
+Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Place output in file \fIfile\fR. This applies regardless to whatever
+sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
+an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-o\fR is not specified, the default is to put an executable
+file in \fIa.out\fR, the object file for
+\&\fI\fIsource\fI.\fIsuffix\fI\fR in \fI\fIsource\fI.o\fR, its
+assembler file in \fI\fIsource\fI.s\fR, a precompiled header file in
+\&\fI\fIsource\fI.\fIsuffix\fI.gch\fR, and all preprocessed C source on
+standard output.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
+of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
+program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
+.IP "\fB\-###\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-###"
+Like \fB\-v\fR except the commands are not executed and arguments
+are quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or \f(CW\*(C`./\-_\*(C'\fR.
+This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command lines.
+.IP "\fB\-pipe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pipe"
+Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
+various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
+the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler has
+no trouble.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
+understood by \fBgcc\fR. If the \fB\-v\fR option is also specified
+then \fB\-\-help\fR will also be passed on to the various processes
+invoked by \fBgcc\fR, so that they can display the command line options
+they accept. If the \fB\-Wextra\fR option has also been specified
+(prior to the \fB\-\-help\fR option), then command line options which
+have no documentation associated with them will also be displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command
+line options for each tool. For some targets extra target-specific
+information may also be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help={\fR\fIclass\fR|[\fB^\fR]\fIqualifier\fR\fB}\fR[\fB,...\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "--help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line
+options understood by the compiler that fit into all specified classes
+and qualifiers. These are the supported classes:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBoptimizers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "optimizers"
+This will display all of the optimization options supported by the
+compiler.
+.IP "\fBwarnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "warnings"
+This will display all of the options controlling warning messages
+produced by the compiler.
+.IP "\fBtarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "target"
+This will display target-specific options. Unlike the
+\&\fB\-\-target\-help\fR option however, target-specific options of the
+linker and assembler will not be displayed. This is because those
+tools do not currently support the extended \fB\-\-help=\fR syntax.
+.IP "\fBparams\fR" 4
+.IX Item "params"
+This will display the values recognized by the \fB\-\-param\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fIlanguage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "language"
+This will display the options supported for \fIlanguage\fR, where
+\&\fIlanguage\fR is the name of one of the languages supported in this
+version of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fBcommon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "common"
+This will display the options that are common to all languages.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+These are the supported qualifiers:
+.IP "\fBundocumented\fR" 4
+.IX Item "undocumented"
+Display only those options which are undocumented.
+.IP "\fBjoined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "joined"
+Display options which take an argument that appears after an equal
+sign in the same continuous piece of text, such as:
+\&\fB\-\-help=target\fR.
+.IP "\fBseparate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "separate"
+Display options which take an argument that appears as a separate word
+following the original option, such as: \fB\-o output-file\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific
+switches supported by the compiler the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=target,undocumented
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the
+\&\fB^\fR character, so for example to display all binary warning
+options (i.e., ones that are either on or off and that do not take an
+argument), which have a description the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The argument to \fB\-\-help=\fR should not consist solely of inverted
+qualifiers.
+.Sp
+Combining several classes is possible, although this usually
+restricts the output by so much that there is nothing to display. One
+case where it does work however is when one of the classes is
+\&\fItarget\fR. So for example to display all the target-specific
+optimization options the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=target,optimizers
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-help=\fR option can be repeated on the command line. Each
+successive use will display its requested class of options, skipping
+those that have already been displayed.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\-Q\fR option appears on the command line before the
+\&\fB\-\-help=\fR option, then the descriptive text displayed by
+\&\fB\-\-help=\fR is changed. Instead of describing the displayed
+options, an indication is given as to whether the option is enabled,
+disabled or set to a specific value (assuming that the compiler
+knows this at the point where the \fB\-\-help=\fR option is used).
+.Sp
+Here is a truncated example from the \s-1ARM\s0 port of \fBgcc\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& % gcc \-Q \-mabi=2 \-\-help=target \-c
+\& The following options are target specific:
+\& \-mabi= 2
+\& \-mabort\-on\-noreturn [disabled]
+\& \-mapcs [disabled]
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command line
+options, so for example it is possible to find out which optimizations
+are enabled at \fB\-O2\fR by using:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-Q \-O2 \-\-help=optimizers
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are enabled
+by \fB\-O3\fR by using:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-Q \-O3 \-\-help=optimizers > /tmp/O3\-opts
+\& gcc \-c \-Q \-O2 \-\-help=optimizers > /tmp/O2\-opts
+\& diff /tmp/O2\-opts /tmp/O3\-opts | grep enabled
+.Ve
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-canonical\-prefixes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-canonical-prefixes"
+Always expand any symbolic links, resolve references to \fB/../\fR
+or \fB/./\fR, and make the path absolute when generating a relative
+prefix.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-canonical\-prefixes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-canonical-prefixes"
+Never expand any symbolic links, resolve references to \fB/../\fR
+or \fB/./\fR, or make the path absolute when generating a relative
+prefix. If neither \fB\-canonical\-prefixes\fR nor
+\&\fB\-nocanonical\-prefixes\fR is given, \s-1GCC\s0 tries to set an appropriate
+default by looking for a target-specific subdirectory alongside the
+directory containing the compiler driver.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-wrapper\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-wrapper"
+Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the
+wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated
+list.
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-c t.c \-wrapper gdb,\-\-args
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This will invoke all subprograms of \fBgcc\fR under
+\&\fBgdb \-\-args\fR, thus the invocation of \fBcc1\fR will be
+\&\fBgdb \-\-args cc1 ...\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIname\fR\fB.so\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplugin=name.so"
+Load the plugin code in file \fIname\fR.so, assumed to be a
+shared object to be dlopen'd by the compiler. The base name of
+the shared object file is used to identify the plugin for the
+purposes of argument parsing (See
+\&\fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB\-\fR\fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR below).
+Each plugin should define the callback functions specified in the
+Plugins \s-1API\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB\-\fR\fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplugin-arg-name-key=value"
+Define an argument called \fIkey\fR with a value of \fIvalue\fR
+for the plugin called \fIname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR[\fB\-slim\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-ada-spec[-slim]"
+For C and \*(C+ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada
+specs.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-go\-spec=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-go-spec=file"
+For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go
+declarations in \fIfile\fR. This generates Go \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`type\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`var\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`func\*(C'\fR declarations which may be a
+useful way to start writing a Go interface to code written in some
+other language.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SS "Compiling \*(C+ Programs"
+.IX Subsection "Compiling Programs"
+\&\*(C+ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes \fB.C\fR,
+\&\fB.cc\fR, \fB.cpp\fR, \fB.CPP\fR, \fB.c++\fR, \fB.cp\fR, or
+\&\fB.cxx\fR; \*(C+ header files often use \fB.hh\fR, \fB.hpp\fR,
+\&\fB.H\fR, or (for shared template code) \fB.tcc\fR; and
+preprocessed \*(C+ files use the suffix \fB.ii\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes
+files with these names and compiles them as \*(C+ programs even if you
+call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually
+with the name \fBgcc\fR).
+.PP
+However, the use of \fBgcc\fR does not add the \*(C+ library.
+\&\fBg++\fR is a program that calls \s-1GCC\s0 and treats \fB.c\fR,
+\&\fB.h\fR and \fB.i\fR files as \*(C+ source files instead of C source
+files unless \fB\-x\fR is used, and automatically specifies linking
+against the \*(C+ library. This program is also useful when
+precompiling a C header file with a \fB.h\fR extension for use in \*(C+
+compilations. On many systems, \fBg++\fR is also installed with
+the name \fBc++\fR.
+.PP
+When you compile \*(C+ programs, you may specify many of the same
+command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
+language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
+languages; or options that are meaningful only for \*(C+ programs.
+.SS "Options Controlling C Dialect"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling C Dialect"
+The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
+from C, such as \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+) that the compiler
+accepts:
+.IP "\fB\-ansi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ansi"
+In C mode, this is equivalent to \fB\-std=c90\fR. In \*(C+ mode, it is
+equivalent to \fB\-std=c++98\fR.
+.Sp
+This turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0
+C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard \*(C+ (when compiling \*(C+ code),
+such as the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, and
+predefined macros such as \f(CW\*(C`unix\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`vax\*(C'\fR that identify the
+type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
+rarely used \s-1ISO\s0 trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
+it disables recognition of \*(C+ style \fB//\fR comments as well as
+the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword.
+.Sp
+The alternate keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR continue to work despite
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR. You would not want to use them in an \s-1ISO\s0 C program, of
+course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
+in compilations done with \fB\-ansi\fR. Alternate predefined macros
+such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_unix_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vax_\|_\*(C'\fR are also available, with or
+without \fB\-ansi\fR.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-ansi\fR option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
+rejected gratuitously. For that, \fB\-pedantic\fR is required in
+addition to \fB\-ansi\fR.
+.Sp
+The macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STRICT_ANSI_\|_\*(C'\fR is predefined when the \fB\-ansi\fR
+option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
+from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
+programs that might use these names for other things.
+.Sp
+Functions that would normally be built in but do not have semantics
+defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C (such as \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) are not built-in
+functions when \fB\-ansi\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-std=\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-std="
+Determine the language standard. This option
+is currently only supported when compiling C or \*(C+.
+.Sp
+The compiler can accept several base standards, such as \fBc90\fR or
+\&\fBc++98\fR, and \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of those standards, such as
+\&\fBgnu90\fR or \fBgnu++98\fR. By specifying a base standard, the
+compiler will accept all programs following that standard and those
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not contradict it. For example,
+\&\fB\-std=c90\fR turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are
+incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR
+keywords, but not other \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not have a meaning in
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as omitting the middle term of a \f(CW\*(C`?:\*(C'\fR
+expression. On the other hand, by specifying a \s-1GNU\s0 dialect of a
+standard, all features the compiler support are enabled, even when
+those features change the meaning of the base standard and some
+strict-conforming programs may be rejected. The particular standard
+is used by \fB\-pedantic\fR to identify which features are \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions given that version of the standard. For example
+\&\fB\-std=gnu90 \-pedantic\fR would warn about \*(C+ style \fB//\fR
+comments, while \fB\-std=gnu99 \-pedantic\fR would not.
+.Sp
+A value for this option must be provided; possible values are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBc90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBc89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c89"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:1990\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1990"
+.PD
+Support all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 programs (certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that conflict
+with \s-1ISO\s0 C90 are disabled). Same as \fB\-ansi\fR for C code.
+.IP "\fBiso9899:199409\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199409"
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C90 as modified in amendment 1.
+.IP "\fBc99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c99"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBc9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c9x"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:1999\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1999"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:199x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199x"
+.PD
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/gcc\-4.6/c99status.html\fR> for more information. The
+names \fBc9x\fR and \fBiso9899:199x\fR are deprecated.
+.IP "\fBc1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c1x"
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C1X, the draft of the next revision of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard.
+Support is limited and experimental and features enabled by this
+option may be changed or removed if changed in or removed from the
+standard draft.
+.IP "\fBgnu90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBgnu89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu89"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C90 (including some C99 features). This
+is the default for C code.
+.IP "\fBgnu99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu99"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBgnu9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu9x"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C99. When \s-1ISO\s0 C99 is fully implemented in \s-1GCC\s0,
+this will become the default. The name \fBgnu9x\fR is deprecated.
+.IP "\fBgnu1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu1x"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C1X. Support is limited and experimental and
+features enabled by this option may be changed or removed if changed
+in or removed from the standard draft.
+.IP "\fBc++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++98"
+The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments. Same as \fB\-ansi\fR for
+\&\*(C+ code.
+.IP "\fBgnu++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++98"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \fB\-std=c++98\fR. This is the default for
+\&\*(C+ code.
+.IP "\fBc++0x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++0x"
+The working draft of the upcoming \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+0x standard. This option
+enables experimental features that are likely to be included in
+\&\*(C+0x. The working draft is constantly changing, and any feature that is
+enabled by this flag may be removed from future versions of \s-1GCC\s0 if it is
+not part of the \*(C+0x standard.
+.IP "\fBgnu++0x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++0x"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \fB\-std=c++0x\fR. This option enables
+experimental features that may be removed in future versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fgnu89\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgnu89-inline"
+The option \fB\-fgnu89\-inline\fR tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the traditional
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 semantics for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR functions when in C99 mode.
+ This option
+is accepted and ignored by \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.1.3 up to but not including
+4.3. In \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.3 and later it changes the behavior of \s-1GCC\s0 in
+C99 mode. Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`gnu_inline\*(C'\fR function attribute to all inline functions.
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-fno\-gnu89\-inline\fR explicitly tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the
+C99 semantics for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it
+specifies the default behavior). This option was first supported in
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 4.3. This option is not supported in \fB\-std=c90\fR or
+\&\fB\-std=gnu90\fR mode.
+.Sp
+The preprocessor macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_GNU_INLINE_\|_\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_STDC_INLINE_\|_\*(C'\fR may be used to check which semantics are
+in effect for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR functions.
+.IP "\fB\-aux\-info\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-aux-info filename"
+Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions
+declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including those in header
+files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C.
+.Sp
+Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin of
+each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration was
+implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (\fBI\fR, \fBN\fR for new or
+\&\fBO\fR for old, respectively, in the first character after the line
+number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a
+definition (\fBC\fR or \fBF\fR, respectively, in the following
+character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R\-style list of
+arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside
+comments, after the declaration.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-asm"
+Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a
+keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
+the keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR
+instead. \fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno\-asm\fR.
+.Sp
+In \*(C+, this switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keyword, since
+\&\f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR are standard keywords. You may want to
+use the \fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR flag instead, which has the same
+effect. In C99 mode (\fB\-std=c99\fR or \fB\-std=gnu99\fR), this
+switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, since
+\&\f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR is a standard keyword in \s-1ISO\s0 C99.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-builtin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-builtin"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-builtin-function"
+.PD
+Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
+\&\fB_\|_builtin_\fR as prefix.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally generates special code to handle certain built-in functions
+more efficiently; for instance, calls to \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR may become single
+instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR
+may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
+and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
+cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
+of the functions by linking with a different library. In addition,
+when a function is recognized as a built-in function, \s-1GCC\s0 may use
+information about that function to warn about problems with calls to
+that function, or to generate more efficient code, even if the
+resulting code still contains calls to that function. For example,
+warnings are given with \fB\-Wformat\fR for bad calls to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR, when \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR is built in, and \f(CW\*(C`strlen\*(C'\fR is
+known not to modify global memory.
+.Sp
+With the \fB\-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR option
+only the built-in function \fIfunction\fR is
+disabled. \fIfunction\fR must not begin with \fB_\|_builtin_\fR. If a
+function is named that is not built-in in this version of \s-1GCC\s0, this
+option is ignored. There is no corresponding
+\&\fB\-fbuiltin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR option; if you wish to enable
+built-in functions selectively when using \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR or
+\&\fB\-ffreestanding\fR, you may define macros such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& #define abs(n) _\|_builtin_abs ((n))
+\& #define strcpy(d, s) _\|_builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-fhosted\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fhosted"
+Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
+\&\fB\-fbuiltin\fR. A hosted environment is one in which the
+entire standard library is available, and in which \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR has a return
+type of \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
+This is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-freestanding\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffreestanding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffreestanding"
+Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
+implies \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR. A freestanding environment
+is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
+not necessarily be at \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR. The most obvious example is an \s-1OS\s0 kernel.
+This is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-hosted\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fopenmp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fopenmp"
+Enable handling of OpenMP directives \f(CW\*(C`#pragma omp\*(C'\fR in C/\*(C+ and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`!$omp\*(C'\fR in Fortran. When \fB\-fopenmp\fR is specified, the
+compiler generates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application
+Program Interface v3.0 <\fBhttp://www.openmp.org/\fR>. This option
+implies \fB\-pthread\fR, and thus is only supported on targets that
+have support for \fB\-pthread\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fms\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fms-extensions"
+Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
+.Sp
+In \*(C+ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar
+to previous types declarations.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& typedef int UOW;
+\& struct ABC {
+\& UOW UOW;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
+accepted with this option.
+.IP "\fB\-fplan9\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplan9-extensions"
+Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.
+.Sp
+This enables \fB\-fms\-extensions\fR, permits passing pointers to
+structures with anonymous fields to functions which expect pointers to
+elements of the type of the field, and permits referring to anonymous
+fields declared using a typedef. This is only
+supported for C, not \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-trigraphs"
+Support \s-1ISO\s0 C trigraphs. The \fB\-ansi\fR option (and \fB\-std\fR
+options for strict \s-1ISO\s0 C conformance) implies \fB\-trigraphs\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-integrated\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-integrated-cpp"
+Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing and compiling. This
+option allows a user supplied \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", or \*(L"cc1obj\*(R" via the
+\&\fB\-B\fR option. The user supplied compilation step can then add in
+an additional preprocessing step after normal preprocessing but before
+compiling. The default is to use the integrated cpp (internal cpp)
+.Sp
+The semantics of this option will change if \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", and
+\&\*(L"cc1obj\*(R" are merged.
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
+.PD
+Formerly, these options caused \s-1GCC\s0 to attempt to emulate a pre-standard
+C compiler. They are now only supported with the \fB\-E\fR switch.
+The preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode. See the \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\s-1CPP\s0 manual for details.
+.IP "\fB\-fcond\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcond-mismatch"
+Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
+third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option
+is not supported for \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-flax\-vector\-conversions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flax-vector-conversions"
+Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of
+elements and/or incompatible element types. This option should not be
+used for new code.
+.IP "\fB\-funsigned\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsigned-char"
+Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be unsigned, like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Each kind of machine has a default for what \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR should
+be. It is either like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR by default or like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR by default.
+.Sp
+Ideally, a portable program should always use \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR when it depends on the signedness of an object.
+But many programs have been written to use plain \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR and
+expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
+machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
+make such a program work with the opposite default.
+.Sp
+The type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR is always a distinct type from each of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR, even though its behavior
+is always just like one of those two.
+.IP "\fB\-fsigned\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsigned-char"
+Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be signed, like \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Note that this is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-unsigned\-char\fR, which is
+the negative form of \fB\-funsigned\-char\fR. Likewise, the option
+\&\fB\-fno\-signed\-char\fR is equivalent to \fB\-funsigned\-char\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsigned-bitfields"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-funsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsigned-bitfields"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-signed\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-signed-bitfields"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-unsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-unsigned-bitfields"
+.PD
+These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the
+declaration does not use either \f(CW\*(C`signed\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR. By
+default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the
+basic integer types such as \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR are signed types.
+.SS "Options Controlling \*(C+ Dialect"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling Dialect"
+This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
+for \*(C+ programs; but you can also use most of the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options
+regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
+might compile a file \f(CW\*(C`firstClass.C\*(C'\fR like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& g++ \-g \-frepo \-O \-c firstClass.C
+.Ve
+.PP
+In this example, only \fB\-frepo\fR is an option meant
+only for \*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with any
+language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.PP
+Here is a list of options that are \fIonly\fR for compiling \*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fabi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fabi-version=n"
+Use version \fIn\fR of the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Version 2 is the version of the
+\&\*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.4. Version 1 is the version of
+the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.2. Version 0 will always be
+the version that conforms most closely to the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 specification.
+Therefore, the \s-1ABI\s0 obtained using version 0 will change as \s-1ABI\s0 bugs
+are fixed.
+.Sp
+The default is version 2.
+.Sp
+Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a
+template argument.
+.Sp
+Version 4 implements a standard mangling for vector types.
+.Sp
+Version 5 corrects the mangling of attribute const/volatile on
+function pointer types, decltype of a plain decl, and use of a
+function parameter in the declaration of another parameter.
+.Sp
+See also \fB\-Wabi\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-access\-control\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-access-control"
+Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
+around bugs in the access control code.
+.IP "\fB\-fcheck\-new\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcheck-new"
+Check that the pointer returned by \f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR is non-null
+before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is
+normally unnecessary because the \*(C+ standard specifies that
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR will only return \f(CW0\fR if it is declared
+\&\fB\f(BIthrow()\fB\fR, in which case the compiler will always check the
+return value even without this option. In all other cases, when
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR has a non-empty exception specification, memory
+exhaustion is signalled by throwing \f(CW\*(C`std::bad_alloc\*(C'\fR. See also
+\&\fBnew (nothrow)\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fconserve\-space\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconserve-space"
+Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
+common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
+cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
+flag and your program mysteriously crashes after \f(CW\*(C`main()\*(C'\fR has
+completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
+two definitions were merged.
+.Sp
+This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
+been added for putting variables into \s-1BSS\s0 without making them common.
+.IP "\fB\-fconstexpr\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconstexpr-depth=n"
+Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for \*(C+0x constexpr functions
+to \fIn\fR. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion during
+constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by the standard
+is 512.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-deduce\-init\-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-deduce-init-list"
+Disable deduction of a template type parameter as
+std::initializer_list from a brace-enclosed initializer list, i.e.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& template <class T> auto forward(T t) \-> decltype (realfn (t))
+\& {
+\& return realfn (t);
+\& }
+\&
+\& void f()
+\& {
+\& forward({1,2}); // call forward<std::initializer_list<int>>
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This option is present because this deduction is an extension to the
+current specification in the \*(C+0x working draft, and there was
+some concern about potential overload resolution problems.
+.IP "\fB\-ffriend\-injection\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffriend-injection"
+Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are
+visible outside the scope of the class in which they are declared.
+Friend functions were documented to work this way in the old Annotated
+\&\*(C+ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1 always worked
+that way. However, in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ a friend function which is not declared
+in an enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent
+lookup. This option causes friends to be injected as they were in
+earlier releases.
+.Sp
+This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future
+release of G++.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-elide\-constructors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-elide-constructors"
+The \*(C+ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
+which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
+Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to
+call the copy constructor in all cases.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-enforce\-eh\-specs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-enforce-eh-specs"
+Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications
+at runtime. This option violates the \*(C+ standard, but may be useful
+for reducing code size in production builds, much like defining
+\&\fB\s-1NDEBUG\s0\fR. This does not give user code permission to throw
+exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler
+will still optimize based on the specifications, so throwing an
+unexpected exception will result in undefined behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-ffor\-scope\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffor-scope"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-for\-scope\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-for-scope"
+.PD
+If \fB\-ffor\-scope\fR is specified, the scope of variables declared in
+a \fIfor-init-statement\fR is limited to the \fBfor\fR loop itself,
+as specified by the \*(C+ standard.
+If \fB\-fno\-for\-scope\fR is specified, the scope of variables declared in
+a \fIfor-init-statement\fR extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
+as was the case in old versions of G++, and other (traditional)
+implementations of \*(C+.
+.Sp
+The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
+but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
+otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-gnu-keywords"
+Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a keyword, so that code can use this
+word as an identifier. You can use the keyword \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR instead.
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implicit\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implicit-templates"
+Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
+implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implicit\-inline\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implicit-inline-templates"
+Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
+The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
+without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implement\-inlines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implement-inlines"
+To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
+controlled by \fB#pragma implementation\fR. This will cause linker
+errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
+.IP "\fB\-fms\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fms-extensions"
+Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in \s-1MFC\s0, such as implicit
+int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-nonansi\-builtins\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-nonansi-builtins"
+Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
+\&\s-1ANSI/ISO\s0 C. These include \f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_exit\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`index\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bzero\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`conjf\*(C'\fR, and other related functions.
+.IP "\fB\-fnothrow\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnothrow-opt"
+Treat a \f(CW\*(C`throw()\*(C'\fR exception specification as though it were a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR specification to reduce or eliminate the text size
+overhead relative to a function with no exception specification. If
+the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
+destructors, the exception specification will actually make the
+function smaller because the \s-1EH\s0 cleanups for those variables can be
+optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown out of
+a function with such an exception specification will result in a call
+to \f(CW\*(C`terminate\*(C'\fR rather than \f(CW\*(C`unexpected\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-operator\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-operator-names"
+Do not treat the operator name keywords \f(CW\*(C`and\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bitand\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`bitor\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`compl\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`not\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`or\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`xor\*(C'\fR as
+synonyms as keywords.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-optional\-diags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-optional-diags"
+Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
+issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for
+a name having multiple meanings within a class.
+.IP "\fB\-fpermissive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpermissive"
+Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
+warnings. Thus, using \fB\-fpermissive\fR will allow some
+nonconforming code to compile.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-pretty\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-pretty-templates"
+When an error message refers to a specialization of a function
+template, the compiler will normally print the signature of the
+template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or
+typenames in the signature (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`void f(T) [with T = int]\*(C'\fR
+rather than \f(CW\*(C`void f(int)\*(C'\fR) so that it's clear which template is
+involved. When an error message refers to a specialization of a class
+template, the compiler will omit any template arguments which match
+the default template arguments for that template. If either of these
+behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than
+easier, using \fB\-fno\-pretty\-templates\fR will disable them.
+.IP "\fB\-frepo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frepo"
+Enable automatic template instantiation at link time. This option also
+implies \fB\-fno\-implicit\-templates\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-rtti\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-rtti"
+Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
+functions for use by the \*(C+ runtime type identification features
+(\fBdynamic_cast\fR and \fBtypeid\fR). If you don't use those parts
+of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
+exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
+needed. The \fBdynamic_cast\fR operator can still be used for casts that
+do not require runtime type information, i.e. casts to \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR or to
+unambiguous base classes.
+.IP "\fB\-fstats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstats"
+Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.
+This information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-enums\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-enums"
+Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of
+enumeration type can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as
+defined in the \*(C+ standard; basically, a value which can be
+represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all the
+enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program uses a
+cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumeration type.
+.IP "\fB\-ftemplate\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftemplate-depth=n"
+Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to \fIn\fR.
+A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
+endless recursions during template class instantiation. \s-1ANSI/ISO\s0 \*(C+
+conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17
+(changed to 1024 in \*(C+0x).
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-threadsafe\-statics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-threadsafe-statics"
+Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the \*(C+
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this
+option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need to be
+thread-safe.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-cxa\-atexit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-cxa-atexit"
+Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR function rather than the \f(CW\*(C`atexit\*(C'\fR function.
+This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
+destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-use\-cxa\-get\-exception\-ptr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr"
+Don't use the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_get_exception_ptr\*(C'\fR runtime routine. This
+will cause \f(CW\*(C`std::uncaught_exception\*(C'\fR to be incorrect, but is necessary
+if the runtime routine is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility\-inlines\-hidden\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility-inlines-hidden"
+This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare
+pointers to inline methods where the addresses of the two functions
+were taken in different shared objects.
+.Sp
+The effect of this is that \s-1GCC\s0 may, effectively, mark inline methods with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility ("hidden")))\*(C'\fR so that they do not
+appear in the export table of a \s-1DSO\s0 and do not require a \s-1PLT\s0 indirection
+when used within the \s-1DSO\s0. Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect
+on load and link times of a \s-1DSO\s0 as it massively reduces the size of the
+dynamic export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.
+.Sp
+The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the
+methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static variables
+local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce that
+the function is defined in only one shared object.
+.Sp
+You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate the
+effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do want to
+compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might mark it as
+having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class with explicit
+visibility will have no effect.
+.Sp
+Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option
+as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility\-ms\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility-ms-compat"
+This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make \s-1GCC\s0's \*(C+
+linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.
+.Sp
+The flag makes these changes to \s-1GCC\s0's linkage model:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+It sets the default visibility to \f(CW\*(C`hidden\*(C'\fR, like
+\&\fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR.
+.IP "2." 4
+Types, but not their members, are not hidden by default.
+.IP "3." 4
+The One Definition Rule is relaxed for types without explicit
+visibility specifications which are defined in more than one different
+shared object: those declarations are permitted if they would have
+been permitted when this option was not used.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+In new code it is better to use \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR and
+export those classes which are intended to be externally visible.
+Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely, perhaps accidentally,
+on the Visual Studio behavior.
+.Sp
+Among the consequences of these changes are that static data members
+of the same type with the same name but defined in different shared
+objects will be different, so changing one will not change the other;
+and that pointers to function members defined in different shared
+objects may not compare equal. When this flag is given, it is a
+violation of the \s-1ODR\s0 to define types with the same name differently.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-weak\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-weak"
+Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker.
+By default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are available. This
+option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users;
+it will result in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may
+be removed in a future release of G++.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc++"
+Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
+\&\*(C+, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
+is used when building the \*(C+ library.)
+.PP
+In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
+have meanings only for \*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-default\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
+Do not assume \fBinline\fR for functions defined inside a class scope.
+ Note that these
+functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
+inlined by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wabi\fR (C, Objective-C, \*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wabi (C, Objective-C, and Objective- only)"
+Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the
+vendor-neutral \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Although an effort has been made to warn about
+all such cases, there are probably some cases that are not warned about,
+even though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be
+cases where warnings are emitted even though the code that is generated
+will be compatible.
+.Sp
+You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are
+concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be binary
+compatible with code generated by other compilers.
+.Sp
+The known incompatibilities in \fB\-fabi\-version=2\fR (the default) include:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A template with a non-type template parameter of reference type is
+mangled incorrectly:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern int N;
+\& template <int &> struct S {};
+\& void n (S<N>) {2}
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This is fixed in \fB\-fabi\-version=3\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+\&\s-1SIMD\s0 vector types declared using \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute ((vector_size))\*(C'\fR are
+mangled in a non-standard way that does not allow for overloading of
+functions taking vectors of different sizes.
+.Sp
+The mangling is changed in \fB\-fabi\-version=4\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The known incompatibilities in \fB\-fabi\-version=1\fR include:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields. G++ may attempt to
+pack data into the same byte as a base class. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
+\& struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this case, G++ will place \f(CW\*(C`B::f2\*(C'\fR into the same byte
+as\f(CW\*(C`A::f1\*(C'\fR; other compilers will not. You can avoid this problem
+by explicitly padding \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR so that its size is a multiple of the
+byte size on your platform; that will cause G++ and other compilers to
+layout \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR identically.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases. G++ does not use
+tail padding when laying out virtual bases. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
+\& struct B { B(); char c2; };
+\& struct C : public A, public virtual B {};
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this case, G++ will not place \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR into the tail-padding for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR; other compilers will. You can avoid this problem by
+explicitly padding \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR so that its size is a multiple of its
+alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause G++ and other
+compilers to layout \f(CW\*(C`C\*(C'\fR identically.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater than that
+of their underlying types, when the bit-fields appear in a union. For
+example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& union U { int i : 4096; };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Assuming that an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR does not have 4096 bits, G++ will make the
+union too small by the number of bits in an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& struct A {};
+\&
+\& struct B {
+\& A a;
+\& virtual void f ();
+\& };
+\&
+\& struct C : public B, public A {};
+.Ve
+.Sp
+G++ will place the \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR base class of \f(CW\*(C`C\*(C'\fR at a nonzero offset;
+it should be placed at offset zero. G++ mistakenly believes that the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR data member of \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR is already at offset zero.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Names of template functions whose types involve \f(CW\*(C`typename\*(C'\fR or
+template template parameters can be mangled incorrectly.
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& template <typename Q>
+\& void f(typename Q::X) {}
+\&
+\& template <template <typename> class Q>
+\& void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+It also warns psABI related changes. The known psABI changes at this
+point include:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For SYSV/x86\-64, when passing union with long double, it is changed to
+pass in memory as specified in psABI. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& union U {
+\& long double ld;
+\& int i;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`union U\*(C'\fR will always be passed in memory.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wctor\-dtor\-privacy\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wctor-dtor-privacy ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
+destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor
+public static member functions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnoexcept\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnoexcept ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call
+to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception
+specification (i.e. \fB\f(BIthrow()\fB\fR or \fBnoexcept\fR) but is known by
+the compiler to never throw an exception.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnon\-virtual\-dtor\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnon-virtual-dtor ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a class has virtual functions and accessible non-virtual
+destructor, in which case it would be possible but unsafe to delete
+an instance of a derived class through a pointer to the base class.
+This warning is also enabled if \-Weffc++ is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-Wreorder\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreorder ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
+match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& struct A {
+\& int i;
+\& int j;
+\& A(): j (0), i (1) { }
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The compiler will rearrange the member initializers for \fBi\fR
+and \fBj\fR to match the declaration order of the members, emitting
+a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.PP
+The following \fB\-W...\fR options are not affected by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Weffc++\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Weffc++ ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
+\&\fIEffective \*(C+\fR book:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 11: Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for classes
+with dynamically allocated memory.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 12: Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 14: Make destructors virtual in base classes.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 15: Have \f(CW\*(C`operator=\*(C'\fR return a reference to \f(CW*this\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 23: Don't try to return a reference when you must return an object.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from
+Scott Meyers' \fIMore Effective \*(C+\fR book:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 6: Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and
+decrement operators.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 7: Never overload \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
+headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use \fBgrep \-v\fR
+to filter out those warnings.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-null\-sentinel\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-null-sentinel ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn also about the use of an uncasted \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR as sentinel. When
+compiling only with \s-1GCC\s0 this is a valid sentinel, as \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR is defined
+to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_null\*(C'\fR. Although it is a null pointer constant not a null pointer,
+it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a pointer. But this use is
+not portable across different compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-non-template-friend ( and Objective- only)"
+Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
+within a template. Since the advent of explicit template specification
+support in G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e.,
+\&\fBfriend foo(int)\fR), the \*(C+ language specification demands that the
+friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
+14.5.3). Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
+could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
+function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
+behavior for G++, \fB\-Wnon\-template\-friend\fR allows the compiler to
+check existing code for potential trouble spots and is on by default.
+This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend\fR which keeps the conformant compiler code
+but disables the helpful warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-cast\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-cast ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn if an old-style (C\-style) cast to a non-void type is used within
+a \*(C+ program. The new-style casts (\fBdynamic_cast\fR,
+\&\fBstatic_cast\fR, \fBreinterpret_cast\fR, and \fBconst_cast\fR) are
+less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverloaded\-virtual\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverloaded-virtual ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
+base class. For example, in:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& struct A {
+\& virtual void f();
+\& };
+\&
+\& struct B: public A {
+\& void f(int);
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+the \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR class version of \f(CW\*(C`f\*(C'\fR is hidden in \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR, and code
+like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& B* b;
+\& b\->f();
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will fail to compile.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pmf\-conversions\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pmf-conversions ( and Objective- only)"
+Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
+to a plain pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-promo\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-promo ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
+enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of
+the same size. Previous versions of G++ would try to preserve
+unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& struct A {
+\& operator int ();
+\& A& operator = (int);
+\& };
+\&
+\& main ()
+\& {
+\& A a,b;
+\& a = b;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this example, G++ will synthesize a default \fBA& operator =
+(const A&);\fR, while cfront will use the user-defined \fBoperator =\fR.
+.SS "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialects"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective- Dialects"
+(\s-1NOTE:\s0 This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+
+languages themselves.
+.PP
+This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
+for Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ programs, but you can also use most of
+the language-independent \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options.
+For example, you might compile a file \f(CW\*(C`some_class.m\*(C'\fR like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-g \-fgnu\-runtime \-O \-c some_class.m
+.Ve
+.PP
+In this example, \fB\-fgnu\-runtime\fR is an option meant only for
+Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with
+any language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.PP
+Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objective-C
+compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end (e.g.,
+\&\fB\-Wtraditional\fR). Similarly, Objective\-\*(C+ compilations may use
+\&\*(C+\-specific options (e.g., \fB\-Wabi\fR).
+.PP
+Here is a list of options that are \fIonly\fR for compiling Objective-C
+and Objective\-\*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class=\fR\fIclass-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconstant-string-class=class-name"
+Use \fIclass-name\fR as the name of the class to instantiate for each
+literal string specified with the syntax \f(CW\*(C`@"..."\*(C'\fR. The default
+class name is \f(CW\*(C`NXConstantString\*(C'\fR if the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime is being used, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`NSConstantString\*(C'\fR if the NeXT runtime is being used (see below). The
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-cfstrings\fR option, if also present, will override the
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class\fR setting and cause \f(CW\*(C`@"..."\*(C'\fR literals
+to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
+.IP "\fB\-fgnu\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgnu-runtime"
+Generate object code compatible with the standard \s-1GNU\s0 Objective-C
+runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
+.IP "\fB\-fnext\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnext-runtime"
+Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default
+for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X. The macro
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_NEXT_RUNTIME_\|_\*(C'\fR is predefined if (and only if) this option is
+used.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-nil\-receivers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-nil-receivers"
+Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (\f(CW\*(C`[receiver
+message:arg]\*(C'\fR) in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
+not \f(CW\*(C`nil\*(C'\fR. This allows for more efficient entry points in the
+runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction with
+the NeXT runtime and \s-1ABI\s0 version 0 or 1.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-abi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-abi-version=n"
+Use version \fIn\fR of the Objective-C \s-1ABI\s0 for the selected runtime.
+This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In that
+case, Version 0 is the traditional (32\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 without support for
+properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 1 is the
+traditional (32\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 with support for properties and other
+Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the modern (64\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0. If
+nothing is specified, the default is Version 0 on 32\-bit target
+machines, and Version 2 on 64\-bit target machines.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-call\-cxx\-cdtors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors"
+For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a
+\&\*(C+ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a
+special \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR instance method that will run
+non-trivial default constructors on any such instance variables, in order,
+and then return \f(CW\*(C`self\*(C'\fR. Similarly, check if any instance variable
+is a \*(C+ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so, synthesize a
+special \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR method that will run
+all such default destructors, in reverse order.
+.Sp
+The \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR
+methods thusly generated will only operate on instance variables
+declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited
+from superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C
+runtime to invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance
+hierarchy. The \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR methods will be invoked
+by the runtime immediately after a new object instance is allocated;
+the \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR methods will be invoked immediately
+before the runtime deallocates an object instance.
+.Sp
+As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.4 and later has
+support for invoking the \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR methods.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-direct\-dispatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-direct-dispatch"
+Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is
+accomplished via the comm page.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-exceptions"
+Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
+Objective-C, similar to what is offered by \*(C+ and Java. This option
+is required to use the Objective-C keywords \f(CW@try\fR,
+\&\f(CW@throw\fR, \f(CW@catch\fR, \f(CW@finally\fR and
+\&\f(CW@synchronized\fR. This option is available with both the \s-1GNU\s0
+runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with
+the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.2 and earlier).
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-gc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-gc"
+Enable garbage collection (\s-1GC\s0) in Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+
+programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that
+does not require special compiler flags.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-nilcheck\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-nilcheck"
+For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the \s-1ABI\s0, check for a nil
+receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call.
+This is the default and can be disabled using
+\&\fB\-fno\-objc\-nilcheck\fR. Class methods and super calls are never
+checked for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to.
+Currently this flag does nothing when the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime, or an older
+version of the NeXT runtime \s-1ABI\s0, is used.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-std=objc1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-std=objc1"
+Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language
+recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions to
+the C/\*(C+ language; it does not affect conformance to C/\*(C+ standards,
+which is controlled by the separate C/\*(C+ dialect option flags. When
+this option is used with the Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ compiler,
+any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0 is rejected.
+This is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can
+be compiled with older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-freplace\-objc\-classes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freplace-objc-classes"
+Emit a special marker instructing \fB\f(BIld\fB\|(1)\fR not to statically link in
+the resulting object file, and allow \fB\f(BIdyld\fB\|(1)\fR to load it in at
+run time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue
+debugging mode, where the object file in question may be recompiled and
+dynamically reloaded in the course of program execution, without the need
+to restart the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality
+is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.3
+and later.
+.IP "\fB\-fzero\-link\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fzero-link"
+When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls
+to \f(CW\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C'\fR (when the name of the class is known at
+compile time) with static class references that get initialized at load time,
+which improves run-time performance. Specifying the \fB\-fzero\-link\fR flag
+suppresses this behavior and causes calls to \f(CW\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C'\fR
+to be retained. This is useful in Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows
+for individual class implementations to be modified during program execution.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 runtime currently always retains calls to \f(CW\*(C`objc_get_class("...")\*(C'\fR
+regardless of command line options.
+.IP "\fB\-gen\-decls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gen-decls"
+Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a
+file named \fI\fIsourcename\fI.decl\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wassign\-intercept\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
+garbage collector.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-protocol\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for
+every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The
+default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly
+implemented in the class, even if a method implementation is inherited
+from the superclass. If you use the \fB\-Wno\-protocol\fR option, then
+methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented,
+and no warning is issued for them.
+.IP "\fB\-Wselector\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wselector (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are
+found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods
+in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed
+for each selector appearing in a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR
+expression, and a corresponding method for that selector has been found
+during compilation. Because these checks scan the method table only at
+the end of compilation, these warnings are not produced if the final
+stage of compilation is not reached, for example because an error is
+found during compilation, or because the \fB\-fsyntax\-only\fR option is
+being used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-selector\-match\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are
+found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this
+selector to a receiver of type \f(CW\*(C`id\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Class\*(C'\fR. When this flag
+is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler will omit such warnings
+if any differences found are confined to types which share the same size
+and alignment.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundeclared\-selector\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression referring to an
+undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no
+method with that name has been declared before the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression, either explicitly in an
+\&\f(CW@interface\fR or \f(CW@protocol\fR declaration, or implicitly in
+an \f(CW@implementation\fR section. This option always performs its
+checks as soon as a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression is found,
+while \fB\-Wselector\fR only performs its checks in the final stage of
+compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention
+that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-objc\-runtime\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-objc-runtime-info"
+Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by
+value, if any.
+.SS "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
+.IX Subsection "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
+Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
+the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The options described
+below can be used to control the diagnostic messages formatting
+algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location
+information should be reported. Right now, only the \*(C+ front end can
+honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
+the remaining front ends would be able to digest them correctly.
+.IP "\fB\-fmessage\-length=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmessage-length=n"
+Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about \fIn\fR
+characters. The default is 72 characters for \fBg++\fR and 0 for the rest of
+the front ends supported by \s-1GCC\s0. If \fIn\fR is zero, then no
+line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
+line.
+.IP "\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=once"
+Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
+reporter to emit \fIonce\fR source location information; that is, in
+case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to
+be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again,
+over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default
+behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=every\-line\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line"
+Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
+messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
+prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking
+a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-diagnostics-show-option"
+By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text which indicates the
+command line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an
+option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR flag suppresses that behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcoverage\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcoverage-mismatch"
+Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR option.
+If a source file was changed between \fB\-fprofile\-gen\fR and
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR, the files with the profile feedback can fail
+to match the source file and \s-1GCC\s0 can not use the profile feedback
+information. By default, this warning is enabled and is treated as an
+error. \fB\-Wno\-coverage\-mismatch\fR can be used to disable the
+warning or \fB\-Wno\-error=coverage\-mismatch\fR can be used to
+disable the error. Disable the error for this warning can result in
+poorly optimized code, so disabling the error is useful only in the
+case of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base.
+Completely disabling the warning is not recommended.
+.SS "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
+.IX Subsection "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
+Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
+are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
+may have been an error.
+.PP
+The following language-independent options do not enable specific
+warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-fsyntax\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsyntax-only"
+Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
+.IP "\fB\-fmax\-errors=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmax-errors=n"
+Limits the maximum number of error messages to \fIn\fR, at which point
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source
+code. If \fIn\fR is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number
+of error messages produced. If \fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR is also
+specified, then \fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR takes precedence over this
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Inhibit all warning messages.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror"
+Make all warnings into errors.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror=\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror="
+Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a warning
+is appended, for example \fB\-Werror=switch\fR turns the warnings
+controlled by \fB\-Wswitch\fR into errors. This switch takes a
+negative form, to be used to negate \fB\-Werror\fR for specific
+warnings, for example \fB\-Wno\-error=switch\fR makes
+\&\fB\-Wswitch\fR warnings not be errors, even when \fB\-Werror\fR
+is in effect.
+.Sp
+The warning message for each controllable warning includes the
+option which controls the warning. That option can then be used with
+\&\fB\-Werror=\fR and \fB\-Wno\-error=\fR as described above.
+(Printing of the option in the warning message can be disabled using the
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR flag.)
+.Sp
+Note that specifying \fB\-Werror=\fR\fIfoo\fR automatically implies
+\&\fB\-W\fR\fIfoo\fR. However, \fB\-Wno\-error=\fR\fIfoo\fR does not
+imply anything.
+.IP "\fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wfatal-errors"
+This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error
+occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error
+messages.
+.PP
+You can request many specific warnings with options beginning
+\&\fB\-W\fR, for example \fB\-Wimplicit\fR to request warnings on
+implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also
+has a negative form beginning \fB\-Wno\-\fR to turn off warnings; for
+example, \fB\-Wno\-implicit\fR. This manual lists only one of the
+two forms, whichever is not the default. For further,
+language-specific options also refer to \fB\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR and
+\&\fBObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR.
+.PP
+When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g.,
+\&\fB\-Wunknown\-warning\fR), \s-1GCC\s0 will emit a diagnostic stating
+that the option is not recognized. However, if the \fB\-Wno\-\fR form
+is used, the behavior is slightly different: No diagnostic will be
+produced for \fB\-Wno\-unknown\-warning\fR unless other diagnostics
+are being produced. This allows the use of new \fB\-Wno\-\fR options
+with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the compiler will
+warn that an unrecognized option was used.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic"
+Issue all the warnings demanded by strict \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+;
+reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other
+programs that do not follow \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+. For \s-1ISO\s0 C, follows the
+version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard specified by any \fB\-std\fR option used.
+.Sp
+Valid \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ programs should compile properly with or without
+this option (though a rare few will require \fB\-ansi\fR or a
+\&\fB\-std\fR option specifying the required version of \s-1ISO\s0 C). However,
+without this option, certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions and traditional C and \*(C+
+features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-pedantic\fR does not cause warning messages for use of the
+alternate keywords whose names begin and end with \fB_\|_\fR. Pedantic
+warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR. However, only system header files should use
+these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
+.Sp
+Some users try to use \fB\-pedantic\fR to check programs for strict \s-1ISO\s0
+C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
+it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all\-\-\-only those for which
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C \fIrequires\fR a diagnostic, and some others for which
+diagnostics have been added.
+.Sp
+A feature to report any failure to conform to \s-1ISO\s0 C might be useful in
+some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
+be quite different from \fB\-pedantic\fR. We don't have plans to
+support such a feature in the near future.
+.Sp
+Where the standard specified with \fB\-std\fR represents a \s-1GNU\s0
+extended dialect of C, such as \fBgnu90\fR or \fBgnu99\fR, there is a
+corresponding \fIbase standard\fR, the version of \s-1ISO\s0 C on which the \s-1GNU\s0
+extended dialect is based. Warnings from \fB\-pedantic\fR are given
+where they are required by the base standard. (It would not make sense
+for such warnings to be given only for features not in the specified \s-1GNU\s0
+C dialect, since by definition the \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of C include all
+features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be
+nothing to warn about.)
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
+Like \fB\-pedantic\fR, except that errors are produced rather than
+warnings.
+.IP "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wall"
+This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users
+consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to
+prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also
+enables some language-specific warnings described in \fB\*(C+ Dialect
+Options\fR and \fBObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR turns on the following warning flags:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Waddress
+\&\-Warray\-bounds\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-O2\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wc++0x\-compat
+\&\-Wchar\-subscripts
+\&\-Wenum\-compare\fR (in C/Objc; this is on by default in \*(C+)
+\&\fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR (C and Objective-C only)
+\&\fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)
+\&\fB\-Wcomment
+\&\-Wformat
+\&\-Wmain\fR (only for C/ObjC and unless\fB \fR\fB\-ffreestanding\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wmaybe\-uninitialized
+\&\-Wmissing\-braces
+\&\-Wnonnull
+\&\-Wparentheses
+\&\-Wpointer\-sign
+\&\-Wreorder
+\&\-Wreturn\-type
+\&\-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-Wsequence\-point
+\&\-Wsign\-compare\fR (only in \*(C+)
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing
+\&\-Wstrict\-overflow=1
+\&\-Wswitch
+\&\-Wtrigraphs
+\&\-Wuninitialized
+\&\-Wunknown\-pragmas
+\&\-Wunused\-function
+\&\-Wunused\-label
+\&\-Wunused\-value
+\&\-Wunused\-variable
+\&\-Wvolatile\-register\-var\fR
+.Sp
+Note that some warning flags are not implied by \fB\-Wall\fR. Some of
+them warn about constructions that users generally do not consider
+questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check for;
+others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in
+some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
+the warning. Some of them are enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR but many of
+them must be enabled individually.
+.IP "\fB\-Wextra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wextra"
+This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR. (This option used to be called \fB\-W\fR. The older
+name is still supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wclobbered
+\&\-Wempty\-body
+\&\-Wignored\-qualifiers
+\&\-Wmissing\-field\-initializers
+\&\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type\fR (C only)
+\&\fB\-Wold\-style\-declaration\fR (C only)
+\&\fB\-Woverride\-init
+\&\-Wsign\-compare
+\&\-Wtype\-limits
+\&\-Wuninitialized
+\&\-Wunused\-parameter\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-Wunused\fR\fB \fRor\fB \fR\fB\-Wall\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-Wunused\fR\fB \fRor\fB \fR\fB\-Wall\fR) \fB \fR
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-Wextra\fR also prints warning messages for the
+following cases:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A pointer is compared against integer zero with \fB<\fR, \fB<=\fR,
+\&\fB>\fR, or \fB>=\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a
+conditional expression.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Ambiguous virtual bases.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Subscripting an array which has been declared \fBregister\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Taking the address of a variable which has been declared
+\&\fBregister\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) A base class is not initialized in a derived class' copy
+constructor.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wchar\-subscripts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wchar-subscripts"
+Warn if an array subscript has type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR. This is a common cause
+of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
+machines.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomment"
+Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
+comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-cpp"
+(C, Objective-C, \*(C+, Objective\-\*(C+ and Fortran only)
+.Sp
+Suppress warning messages emitted by \f(CW\*(C`#warning\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdouble\-promotion\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdouble-promotion (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Give a warning when a value of type \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR is implicitly
+promoted to \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. CPUs with a 32\-bit \*(L"single-precision\*(R"
+floating-point unit implement \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR in hardware, but emulate
+\&\f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR in software. On such a machine, doing computations
+using \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR values is much more expensive because of the
+overhead required for software emulation.
+.Sp
+It is easy to accidentally do computations with \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR because
+floating-point literals are implicitly of type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. For
+example, in:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& float area(float radius)
+\& {
+\& return 3.14159 * radius * radius;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+the compiler will perform the entire computation with \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR
+because the floating-point literal is a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat"
+Check calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, etc., to make sure that
+the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
+specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
+sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
+attributes, in the \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR (an X/Open extension,
+not in the C standard) families (or other target-specific families).
+Which functions are checked without format attributes having been
+specified depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of
+functions without the attribute specified are disabled by
+\&\fB\-ffreestanding\fR or \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR.
+.Sp
+The formats are checked against the format features supported by \s-1GNU\s0
+libc version 2.2. These include all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and C99 features, as well
+as features from the Single Unix Specification and some \s-1BSD\s0 and \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
+features; \s-1GCC\s0 does not support warning about features that go beyond a
+particular library's limitations. However, if \fB\-pedantic\fR is used
+with \fB\-Wformat\fR, warnings will be given about format features not
+in the selected standard version (but not for \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR formats,
+since those are not in any version of the C standard).
+.Sp
+Since \fB\-Wformat\fR also checks for null format arguments for
+several functions, \fB\-Wformat\fR also implies \fB\-Wnonnull\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wformat\fR is included in \fB\-Wall\fR. For more control over some
+aspects of format checking, the options \fB\-Wformat\-y2k\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wno\-format\-extra\-args\fR, \fB\-Wno\-format\-zero\-length\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR, \fB\-Wformat\-security\fR, and
+\&\fB\-Wformat=2\fR are available, but are not included in \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-y2k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-y2k"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn about \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR
+formats which may yield only a two-digit year.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-contains\-nul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-contains-nul"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about format strings that
+contain \s-1NUL\s0 bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-extra\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-extra-args"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR format function. The C standard specifies
+that such arguments are ignored.
+.Sp
+Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
+specified with \fB$\fR operand number specifications, normally
+warnings are still given, since the implementation could not know what
+type to pass to \f(CW\*(C`va_arg\*(C'\fR to skip the unused arguments. However,
+in the case of \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR formats, this option will suppress the
+warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single
+Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-zero\-length\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-zero-length (C and Objective-C only)"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
+The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-nonliteral"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
+string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
+takes its format arguments as a \f(CW\*(C`va_list\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-security\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-security"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn about uses of format
+functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
+warns about calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR functions where the
+format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
+as in \f(CW\*(C`printf (foo);\*(C'\fR. This may be a security hole if the format
+string came from untrusted input and contains \fB\f(CB%n\fB\fR. (This is
+currently a subset of what \fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR warns about, but
+in future warnings may be added to \fB\-Wformat\-security\fR that are not
+included in \fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat=2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat=2"
+Enable \fB\-Wformat\fR plus format checks not included in
+\&\fB\-Wformat\fR. Currently equivalent to \fB\-Wformat
+\&\-Wformat\-nonliteral \-Wformat\-security \-Wformat\-y2k\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnonnull\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C, and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnonnull (C, , Objective-C, and Objective- only)"
+Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as
+requiring a non-null value by the \f(CW\*(C`nonnull\*(C'\fR function attribute.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wnonnull\fR is included in \fB\-Wall\fR and \fB\-Wformat\fR. It
+can be disabled with the \fB\-Wno\-nonnull\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-Winit\-self\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Winit-self (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn about uninitialized variables which are initialized with themselves.
+Note this option can only be used with the \fB\-Wuninitialized\fR option.
+.Sp
+For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will warn about \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR being uninitialized in the
+following snippet only when \fB\-Winit\-self\fR has been specified:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int f()
+\& {
+\& int i = i;
+\& return i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)"
+Give a warning whenever a function is used before being declared. In
+C99 mode (\fB\-std=c99\fR or \fB\-std=gnu99\fR), this warning is
+enabled by default and it is made into an error by
+\&\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR. This warning is also enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)"
+Same as \fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR and \fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wignored\-qualifiers\fR (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wignored-qualifiers (C and only)"
+Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier
+such as \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR. For \s-1ISO\s0 C such a type qualifier has no effect,
+since the value returned by a function is not an lvalue.
+For \*(C+, the warning is only emitted for scalar types or \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR.
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C prohibits qualified \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR return types on function
+definitions, so such return types always receive a warning
+even without this option.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmain"
+Warn if the type of \fBmain\fR is suspicious. \fBmain\fR should be
+a function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
+arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning
+is enabled by default in \*(C+ and is enabled by either \fB\-Wall\fR
+or \fB\-pedantic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-braces\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-braces"
+Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In
+the following example, the initializer for \fBa\fR is not fully
+bracketed, but that for \fBb\fR is fully bracketed.
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+\& int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-include\-dirs\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-include-dirs (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
+.IP "\fB\-Wparentheses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wparentheses"
+Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
+as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
+is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
+often get confused about.
+.Sp
+Also warn if a comparison like \fBx<=y<=z\fR appears; this is
+equivalent to \fB(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z\fR, which is a different
+interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.
+.Sp
+Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
+\&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement an \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs. Here is an example of
+such a case:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& {
+\& if (a)
+\& if (b)
+\& foo ();
+\& else
+\& bar ();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In C/\*(C+, every \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs to the innermost possible
+\&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement, which in this example is \f(CW\*(C`if (b)\*(C'\fR. This is
+often not what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above
+example by indentation the programmer chose. When there is the
+potential for this confusion, \s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning when this flag
+is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
+the innermost \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement so there is no way the \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR
+could belong to the enclosing \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR. The resulting code would
+look like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& {
+\& if (a)
+\& {
+\& if (b)
+\& foo ();
+\& else
+\& bar ();
+\& }
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Also warn for dangerous uses of the
+?: with omitted middle operand \s-1GNU\s0 extension. When the condition
+in the ?: operator is a boolean expression the omitted value will
+be always 1. Often the user expects it to be a value computed
+inside the conditional expression instead.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsequence\-point\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsequence-point"
+Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations
+of sequence point rules in the C and \*(C+ standards.
+.Sp
+The C and \*(C+ standards defines the order in which expressions in a C/\*(C+
+program are evaluated in terms of \fIsequence points\fR, which represent
+a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those
+executed before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These
+occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part
+of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`? :\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR (comma) operator, before a
+function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
+expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
+Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
+evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
+these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
+since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
+with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
+are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
+ruled that function calls do not overlap.
+.Sp
+It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the
+values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this
+have undefined behavior; the C and \*(C+ standards specify that \*(L"Between
+the previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored
+value modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression.
+Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine the value
+to be stored.\*(R". If a program breaks these rules, the results on any
+particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
+.Sp
+Examples of code with undefined behavior are \f(CW\*(C`a = a++;\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`a[n]
+= b[n++]\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`a[i++] = i;\*(C'\fR. Some more complicated cases are not
+diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
+result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
+this sort of problem in programs.
+.Sp
+The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate
+over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle cases.
+Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed formal
+definitions, may be found on the \s-1GCC\s0 readings page, at
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html\fR>.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR for C and \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-Wself\-assign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wself-assign"
+Warn about self-assignment and self-initialization. This warning is intended
+for detecting accidental self-assignment due to typos, and therefore does
+not warn on a statement that is semantically a self-assignment after
+constant folding. Here is an example of what will trigger a self-assign
+warning and what will not:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& void func()
+\& {
+\& int i = 2;
+\& int x = x; /* warn */
+\& float f = 5.0;
+\& double a[3];
+\&
+\& i = i + 0; /* not warn */
+\& f = f / 1; /* not warn */
+\& a[1] = a[1]; /* warn */
+\& i += 0; /* not warn */
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In \*(C+ it will not warn on self-assignment of non-POD variables unless
+\&\fB\-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod\fR is also enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wself-assign-non-pod"
+Warn about self-assignment of non-POD variables. This is a \*(C+\-specific
+warning and only effective when \fB\-Wself\-assign\fR is enabled.
+.Sp
+There are cases where self-assignment might be intentional. For example,
+a \*(C+ programmer might write code to test whether an overloaded
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator=\*(C'\fR works when the same object is assigned to itself.
+One way to work around the self-assign warning in such cases when this flag
+is enabled is using the functional form \f(CW\*(C`object.operator=(object)\*(C'\fR
+instead of the assignment form \f(CW\*(C`object = object\*(C'\fR, as shown in the
+following example.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& void test_func()
+\& {
+\& MyType t;
+\&
+\& t.operator=(t); // not warn
+\& t = t; // warn
+\& }
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wreturn\-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreturn-type"
+Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults
+to \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Also warn about any \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR statement with no
+return-value in a function whose return-type is not \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR
+(falling off the end of the function body is considered returning
+without a value), and about a \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR statement with an
+expression in a function whose return-type is \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+For \*(C+, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic
+message, even when \fB\-Wno\-return\-type\fR is specified. The only
+exceptions are \fBmain\fR and functions defined in system headers.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wripa-opt-mismatch"
+When doing an \s-1FDO\s0 build with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fripa\fR,
+warn if importing an axuiliary module that was built with a different
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 command line during the profile-generate phase than the primary
+module.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an index of enumerated type
+and lacks a \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR for one or more of the named codes of that
+enumeration. (The presence of a \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label prevents this
+warning.) \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR labels outside the enumeration range also
+provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\-default\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch-default"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement does not have a \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR
+case.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\-enum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch-enum"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an index of enumerated type
+and lacks a \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR for one or more of the named codes of that
+enumeration. \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR labels outside the enumeration range also
+provoke warnings when this option is used. The only difference
+between \fB\-Wswitch\fR and this option is that this option gives a
+warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsync\-nand\fR (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsync-nand (C and only)"
+Warn when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_sync_fetch_and_nand\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_sync_nand_and_fetch\*(C'\fR
+built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
+.IP "\fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wthread-safety"
+Warn about potential thread safety issues when the code is annotated with
+thread safety attributes.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unguarded-var\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unguarded-var"
+Warn about shared variables not properly protected by locks specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unguarded-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unguarded-func"
+Warn about function calls not properly protected by locks specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-mismatched-lock-order\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-mismatched-lock-order"
+Warn about lock acquisition order inconsistent with what specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-mismatched-lock-acq-rel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-mismatched-lock-acq-rel"
+Warn about mismatched lock acquisition and release. This flag is effective only
+with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-reentrant-lock\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-reentrant-lock"
+Warn about a lock being acquired recursively. This flag is effective only
+with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unsupported-lock-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unsupported-lock-name"
+Warn about uses of unsupported lock names in attributes. This flag is effective
+only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and disabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-attr-bind-param\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-attr-bind-param"
+Make the thread safety analysis try to bind the function parameters used in
+the attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR
+and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
+Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of
+the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-but-set-parameter"
+Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused
+(aside from its declaration).
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wunused\fR together with
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-variable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-but-set-variable"
+Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused
+(aside from its declaration).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wunused\fR, which is enabled
+by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-function"
+Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
+non-inline static function is unused.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-label\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-label"
+Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-parameter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-parameter"
+Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-unused\-result\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-unused-result"
+Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute
+\&\f(CW\*(C`warn_unused_result\*(C'\fR does not use
+its return value. The default is \fB\-Wunused\-result\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-variable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-variable"
+Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
+aside from its declaration.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+Note that a classic way to avoid \fB\-Wunused\-variable\fR warning is
+using \f(CW\*(C`x = x\*(C'\fR, but that does not work with \fB\-Wself\-assign\fR.
+Use \f(CW\*(C`(void) x\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`static_cast<void>(x)\*(C'\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-value\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-value"
+Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not
+used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to
+\&\fBvoid\fR. This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand
+side of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For example,
+an expression such as \fBx[i,j]\fR will cause a warning, while
+\&\fBx[(void)i,j]\fR will not.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused"
+All the above \fB\-Wunused\fR options combined.
+.Sp
+In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
+either specify \fB\-Wextra \-Wunused\fR (note that \fB\-Wall\fR implies
+\&\fB\-Wunused\fR), or separately specify \fB\-Wunused\-parameter\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wuninitialized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wuninitialized"
+Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized
+or if a variable may be clobbered by a \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR call. In \*(C+,
+warn if a non-static reference or non-static \fBconst\fR member
+appears in a class without constructors.
+.Sp
+If you want to warn about code which uses the uninitialized value of the
+variable in its own initializer, use the \fB\-Winit\-self\fR option.
+.Sp
+These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
+elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for
+variables which are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole. They do
+not occur for variables or elements declared \f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR. Because
+these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
+for which there are warnings will depend on the precise optimization
+options and version of \s-1GCC\s0 used.
+.Sp
+Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
+to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
+computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
+are printed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmaybe\-uninitialized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmaybe-uninitialized"
+For an automatic variable, if there exists a path from the function
+entry to a use of the variable that is initialized, but there exist
+some other paths the variable is not initialized, the compiler will
+emit a warning if it can not prove the uninitialized paths do not
+happen at runtime. These warnings are made optional because \s-1GCC\s0 is
+not smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
+despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
+this can happen:
+.Sp
+.Vb 12
+\& {
+\& int x;
+\& switch (y)
+\& {
+\& case 1: x = 1;
+\& break;
+\& case 2: x = 4;
+\& break;
+\& case 3: x = 5;
+\& }
+\& foo (x);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If the value of \f(CW\*(C`y\*(C'\fR is always 1, 2 or 3, then \f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is
+always initialized, but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know this. To suppress the
+warning, the user needs to provide a default case with \fIassert\fR\|(0) or
+similar code.
+.Sp
+This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
+changed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR. These warnings as well are possible
+only in optimizing compilation.
+.Sp
+The compiler sees only the calls to \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR. It cannot know
+where \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
+call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
+even when there is in fact no problem because \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR cannot
+in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
+.Sp
+Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
+you use that never return as \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR or \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunknown-pragmas"
+Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
+\&\s-1GCC\s0. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
+for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
+the warnings were only enabled by the \fB\-Wall\fR command line option.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pragmas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pragmas"
+Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
+invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also
+\&\fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-aliasing"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR is active.
+It warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
+compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all
+cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is
+included in \fB\-Wall\fR.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=3\fR
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-aliasing=n"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR is active.
+It warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
+compiler is using for optimization.
+Higher levels correspond to higher accuracy (fewer false positives).
+Higher levels also correspond to more effort, similar to the way \-O works.
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR is equivalent to \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=n\fR,
+with n=3.
+.Sp
+Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate.
+Possibly useful when higher levels
+do not warn but \-fstrict\-aliasing still breaks the code, as it has very few
+false negatives. However, it has many false positives.
+Warns for all pointer conversions between possibly incompatible types,
+even if never dereferenced. Runs in the frontend only.
+.Sp
+Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise.
+May still have many false positives (not as many as level 1 though),
+and few false negatives (but possibly more than level 1).
+Unlike level 1, it only warns when an address is taken. Warns about
+incomplete types. Runs in the frontend only.
+.Sp
+Level 3 (default for \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR):
+Should have very few false positives and few false
+negatives. Slightly slower than levels 1 or 2 when optimization is enabled.
+Takes care of the common pun+dereference pattern in the frontend:
+\&\f(CW\*(C`*(int*)&some_float\*(C'\fR.
+If optimization is enabled, it also runs in the backend, where it deals
+with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information.
+Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced.
+Does not warn about incomplete types.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=n"
+.PD
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR is active.
+It warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the
+assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not
+warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it only warns
+about cases where the compiler implements some optimization. Thus
+this warning depends on the optimization level.
+.Sp
+An optimization which assumes that signed overflow does not occur is
+perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such that
+overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning can
+easily give a false positive: a warning about code which is not
+actually a problem. To help focus on important issues, several
+warning levels are defined. No warnings are issued for the use of
+undefined signed overflow when estimating how many iterations a loop
+will require, in particular when determining whether a loop will be
+executed at all.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=1"
+Warn about cases which are both questionable and easy to avoid. For
+example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 > x\*(C'\fR; with \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR, the
+compiler will simplify this to \f(CW1\fR. This level of
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR; higher levels
+are not, and must be explicitly requested.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=2"
+Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a
+constant. For example: \f(CW\*(C`abs (x) >= 0\*(C'\fR. This can only be
+simplified when \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR is in effect, because
+\&\f(CW\*(C`abs (INT_MIN)\*(C'\fR overflows to \f(CW\*(C`INT_MIN\*(C'\fR, which is less than
+zero. \fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR (with no level) is the same as
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=3"
+Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified. For
+example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 > 1\*(C'\fR will be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x > 0\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=4"
+Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases.
+For example: \f(CW\*(C`(x * 10) / 5\*(C'\fR will be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x * 2\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=5"
+Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a
+constant involved in a comparison. For example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 2 > y\*(C'\fR will
+be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 >= y\*(C'\fR. This is reported only at the
+highest warning level because this simplification applies to many
+comparisons, so this warning level will give a very large number of
+false positives.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=\fR[\fBpure\fR|\fBconst\fR|\fBnoreturn\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn]"
+Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The
+attributes currently supported are listed below.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=pure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=const\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=noreturn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn"
+.PD
+Warn about functions which might be candidates for attributes
+\&\f(CW\*(C`pure\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR. The compiler only warns for
+functions visible in other compilation units or (in the case of \f(CW\*(C`pure\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR) if it cannot prove that the function returns normally. A function
+returns normally if it doesn't contain an infinite loop nor returns abnormally
+by throwing, calling \f(CW\*(C`abort()\*(C'\fR or trapping. This analysis requires option
+\&\fB\-fipa\-pure\-const\fR, which is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Warray\-bounds\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Warray-bounds"
+This option is only active when \fB\-ftree\-vrp\fR is active
+(default for \fB\-O2\fR and above). It warns about subscripts to arrays
+that are always out of bounds. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-div\-by\-zero\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-div-by-zero"
+Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating point
+division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of
+obtaining infinities and NaNs.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
+Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
+Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
+that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
+compiler output harder to read. Using this command line option tells
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user
+code. However, note that using \fB\-Wall\fR in conjunction with this
+option will \fInot\fR warn about unknown pragmas in system
+headers\-\-\-for that, \fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR must also be used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrampolines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrampolines"
+.Vb 1
+\& Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.
+\&
+\& A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run
+\& time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and
+\& is used to call the nested function indirectly. For some targets, it
+\& is made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment. But,
+\& for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack
+\& to be made executable in order for the program to work properly.
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wfloat\-equal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wfloat-equal"
+Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.
+.Sp
+The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
+programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
+infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need
+to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
+likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
+when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
+different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
+would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
+this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
+probably mistaken.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
+equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which should be avoided.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.
+In traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals,
+but does not in \s-1ISO\s0 C.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
+Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive
+if the \fB#\fR appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
+\&\fB\-Wtraditional\fR warns about directives that traditional C
+understands but would ignore because the \fB#\fR does not appear as the
+first character on the line. It also suggests you hide directives like
+\&\fB#pragma\fR not understood by traditional C by indenting them. Some
+traditional implementations would not recognize \fB#elif\fR, so it
+suggests avoiding it altogether.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The unary plus operator.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The \fBU\fR integer constant suffix, or the \fBF\fR or \fBL\fR floating point
+constant suffixes. (Traditional C does support the \fBL\fR suffix on integer
+constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in the system
+headers of most modern systems, e.g. the \fB_MIN\fR/\fB_MAX\fR macros in \f(CW\*(C`<limits.h>\*(C'\fR.
+Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
+warnings, however \s-1GCC\s0's integrated preprocessor has enough context to
+avoid warning in these cases.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
+the block.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an operand of type \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A non\-\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR function declaration follows a \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR one.
+This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The \s-1ISO\s0 type of an integer constant has a different width or
+signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if
+the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which
+typically represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Usage of \s-1ISO\s0 string concatenation is detected.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Initialization of automatic aggregates.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate
+namespace for labels.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
+omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
+user code appears conditioned on e.g. \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STDC_\|_\*(C'\fR to avoid missing
+initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
+traditional C case.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values and vice
+versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional
+C would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible
+conversion warnings, for the full set use \fB\-Wtraditional\-conversion\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Use of \s-1ISO\s0 C style function definitions. This warning intentionally is
+\&\fInot\fR issued for prototype declarations or variadic functions
+because these \s-1ISO\s0 C features will appear in your code when using
+libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros, \f(CW\*(C`PARAMS\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`VPARAMS\*(C'\fR. This warning is also bypassed for nested functions
+because that feature is already a \s-1GCC\s0 extension and thus not relevant to
+traditional C compatibility.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\-conversion\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
+would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
+includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
+conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
+except when the same as the default promotion.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdeclaration\-after\-statement\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This
+construct, known from \*(C+, was introduced with \s-1ISO\s0 C99 and is by default
+allowed in \s-1GCC\s0. It is not supported by \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and was not supported by
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 versions before \s-1GCC\s0 3.0.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundef"
+Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an \fB#if\fR directive.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-endif\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-endif-labels"
+Do not warn whenever an \fB#else\fR or an \fB#endif\fR are followed by text.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow"
+Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable,
+parameter, type, or class member (in \*(C+), or whenever a built-in function
+is shadowed. Note that in \*(C+, the compiler will not warn if a local variable
+shadows a struct/class/enum, but will warn if it shadows an explicit typedef.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow-local"
+Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow-compatible-local"
+Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter
+whose type is compatible with that of the shadowing variable. In \*(C+,
+type compatibility here means the type of the shadowing variable can be
+converted to that of the shadowed variable. The creation of this flag
+(in addition to \fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR) is based on the idea that when
+a local variable shadows another one of incompatible type, it is most
+likely intentional, not a bug or typo, as shown in the following example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 8
+\& for (SomeIterator i = SomeObj.begin(); i != SomeObj.end(); ++i)
+\& {
+\& for (int i = 0; i < N; ++i)
+\& {
+\& ...
+\& }
+\& ...
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Since the two variable \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR in the example above have incompatible types,
+enabling only \fB\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local\fR will not emit a warning.
+Because their types are incompatible, if a programmer accidentally uses one
+in place of the other, type checking will catch that and emit an error or
+warning. So not warning (about shadowing) in this case will not lead to
+undetected bugs. Use of this flag instead of \fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR can
+possibly reduce the number of warnings triggered by intentional shadowing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlarger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlarger-than=len"
+Warn whenever an object of larger than \fIlen\fR bytes is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-Wframe\-larger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wframe-larger-than=len"
+Warn if the size of a function frame is larger than \fIlen\fR bytes.
+The computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate
+and not conservative.
+The actual requirements may be somewhat greater than \fIlen\fR
+even if you do not get a warning. In addition, any space allocated
+via \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR, variable-length arrays, or related constructs
+is not included by the compiler when determining
+whether or not to issue a warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations"
+Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler could not
+assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR warn if the compiler made
+such assumptions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pedantic\-ms\-format\fR (MinGW targets only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)"
+Disables the warnings about non-ISO \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR / \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR format
+width specifiers \f(CW\*(C`I32\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`I64\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`I\*(C'\fR used on Windows targets
+depending on the \s-1MS\s0 runtime, when you are using the options \fB\-Wformat\fR
+and \fB\-pedantic\fR without gnu-extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpointer\-arith\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpointer-arith"
+Warn about anything that depends on the \*(L"size of\*(R" a function type or
+of \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR. \s-1GNU\s0 C assigns these types a size of 1, for
+convenience in calculations with \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR pointers and pointers
+to functions. In \*(C+, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves
+\&\f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-pedantic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtype\-limits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtype-limits"
+Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited
+range of the data type, but do not warn for constant expressions. For
+example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared against zero with
+\&\fB<\fR or \fB>=\fR. This warning is also enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wbad\-function\-cast\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
+For example, warn if \f(CW\*(C`int malloc()\*(C'\fR is cast to \f(CW\*(C`anything *\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wc++\-compat\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that are outside of the common subset of
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR to a pointer to non\-\f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR type.
+.IP "\fB\-Wc++0x\-compat\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wc++0x-compat ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn about \*(C+ constructs whose meaning differs between \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998 and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 200x, e.g., identifiers in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998 that will become keywords
+in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 200x. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcast\-qual\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcast-qual"
+Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
+the target type. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`const char *\*(C'\fR is cast
+to an ordinary \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Also warn when making a cast which introduces a type qualifier in an
+unsafe way. For example, casting \f(CW\*(C`char **\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`const char **\*(C'\fR
+is unsafe, as in this example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& /* p is char ** value. */
+\& const char **q = (const char **) p;
+\& /* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK. */
+\& *q = "string";
+\& /* Now char** pointer points to read\-only memory. */
+\& **p = \*(Aqb\*(Aq;
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wcast\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcast-align"
+Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
+target is increased. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR is cast to
+an \f(CW\*(C`int *\*(C'\fR on machines where integers can only be accessed at
+two\- or four-byte boundaries.
+.IP "\fB\-Wwrite\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wwrite-strings"
+When compiling C, give string constants the type \f(CW\*(C`const
+char[\f(CIlength\f(CW]\*(C'\fR so that copying the address of one into a
+non\-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR pointer will get a warning. These
+warnings will help you find at compile time code that can try to write
+into a string constant, but only if you have been very careful about
+using \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR in declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will
+just be a nuisance. This is why we did not make \fB\-Wall\fR request
+these warnings.
+.Sp
+When compiling \*(C+, warn about the deprecated conversion from string
+literals to \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR. This warning is enabled by default for \*(C+
+programs.
+.IP "\fB\-Wclobbered\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wclobbered"
+Warn for variables that might be changed by \fBlongjmp\fR or
+\&\fBvfork\fR. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wconversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wconversion"
+Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes
+conversions between real and integer, like \f(CW\*(C`abs (x)\*(C'\fR when
+\&\f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR; conversions between signed and unsigned,
+like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned ui = \-1\*(C'\fR; and conversions to smaller types, like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sqrtf (M_PI)\*(C'\fR. Do not warn for explicit casts like \f(CW\*(C`abs
+((int) x)\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ui = (unsigned) \-1\*(C'\fR, or if the value is not
+changed by the conversion like in \f(CW\*(C`abs (2.0)\*(C'\fR. Warnings about
+conversions between signed and unsigned integers can be disabled by
+using \fB\-Wno\-sign\-conversion\fR.
+.Sp
+For \*(C+, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-defined
+conversions; and conversions that will never use a type conversion
+operator: conversions to \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR, the same type, a base class or a
+reference to them. Warnings about conversions between signed and
+unsigned integers are disabled by default in \*(C+ unless
+\&\fB\-Wsign\-conversion\fR is explicitly enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-conversion\-null\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-conversion-null ( and Objective- only)"
+Do not warn for conversions between \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR and non-pointer
+types. \fB\-Wconversion\-null\fR is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wreal\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreal-conversion"
+Warn for implicit type conversions from real (\f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR)
+to integral values.
+.IP "\fB\-Wempty\-body\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wempty-body"
+Warn if an empty body occurs in an \fBif\fR, \fBelse\fR or \fBdo
+while\fR statement. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wenum\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wenum-compare"
+Warn about a comparison between values of different enum types. In \*(C+
+this warning is enabled by default. In C this warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init\fR (C, Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a \f(CW\*(C`goto\*(C'\fR statement or a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement jumps
+forward across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a
+label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns about
+variables which are initialized when they are declared. This warning is
+only supported for C and Objective C; in \*(C+ this sort of branch is an
+error in any case.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init\fR is included in \fB\-Wc++\-compat\fR. It
+can be disabled with the \fB\-Wno\-jump\-misses\-init\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-compare"
+Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
+an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR; to get the other warnings
+of \fB\-Wextra\fR without this warning, use \fB\-Wextra \-Wno\-sign\-compare\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-conversion"
+Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer
+value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned
+integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning. In C, this
+option is enabled also by \fB\-Wconversion\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Waddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Waddress"
+Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using
+the address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void func(void); if (func)\*(C'\fR, and comparisons against the memory
+address of a string literal, such as \f(CW\*(C`if (x == "abc")\*(C'\fR. Such
+uses typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function
+always evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually
+indicate that the programmer forgot the parentheses in a function
+call; and comparisons against string literals result in unspecified
+behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate that the
+programmer intended to use \f(CW\*(C`strcmp\*(C'\fR. This warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlogical\-op\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlogical-op"
+Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions.
+This includes using logical operators in contexts where a
+bit-wise operator is likely to be expected.
+.IP "\fB\-Waggregate\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Waggregate-return"
+Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
+called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
+a warning.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-attributes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-attributes"
+Do not warn if an unexpected \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_\*(C'\fR is used, such as
+unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
+etc. This will not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
+attributes.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-builtin\-macro\-redefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-builtin-macro-redefined"
+Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This suppresses
+warnings for redefinition of \f(CW\*(C`_\|_TIMESTAMP_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_TIME_\|_\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_DATE_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_FILE_\|_\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BASE_FILE_\|_\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-prototypes\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
+argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
+a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
+types.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a
+declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR are not the first things in a declaration. This warning
+is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-definition\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given
+even if there is a previous prototype.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)"
+A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R\-style
+functions:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& void foo(bar) { }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-prototypes\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
+declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
+provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
+to be declared in header files.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-declarations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-declarations"
+Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
+Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
+Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
+header files. In \*(C+, no warnings are issued for function templates,
+or for inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-field\-initializers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-field-initializers"
+Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For
+example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
+\&\f(CW\*(C`x.h\*(C'\fR is implicitly zero:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct s { int f, g, h; };
+\& struct s x = { 3, 4 };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the following
+modification would not trigger a warning:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct s { int f, g, h; };
+\& struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is included in \fB\-Wextra\fR. To get other \fB\-Wextra\fR
+warnings without this one, use \fB\-Wextra \-Wno\-missing\-field\-initializers\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-format\-attribute\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-format-attribute"
+Warn about function pointers which might be candidates for \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR
+attributes. Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will guess that function pointers with \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes that
+are used in assignment, initialization, parameter passing or return
+statements should have a corresponding \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attribute in the
+resulting type. I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or
+initialization, the type of the parameter variable, or the return type
+of the containing function respectively should also have a \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR
+attribute to avoid the warning.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will also warn about function definitions which might be
+candidates for \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes. Again, these are only
+possible candidates. \s-1GCC\s0 will guess that \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes
+might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vprintf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`vscanf\*(C'\fR, but this might not always be the
+case, and some functions for which \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes are
+appropriate may not be detected.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-multichar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-multichar"
+Do not warn if a multicharacter constant (\fB'\s-1FOOF\s0'\fR) is used.
+Usually they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have
+implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable code.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>"
+In \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, two identifiers are different if they are
+different sequences of characters. However, sometimes when characters
+outside the basic \s-1ASCII\s0 character set are used, you can have two
+different character sequences that look the same. To avoid confusion,
+the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 standard sets out some \fInormalization rules\fR which
+when applied ensure that two sequences that look the same are turned into
+the same sequence. \s-1GCC\s0 can warn you if you are using identifiers which
+have not been normalized; this option controls that warning.
+.Sp
+There are four levels of warning that \s-1GCC\s0 supports. The default is
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=nfc\fR, which warns about any identifier which is
+not in the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 \*(L"C\*(R" normalized form, \fI\s-1NFC\s0\fR. \s-1NFC\s0 is the
+recommended form for most uses.
+.Sp
+Unfortunately, there are some characters which \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ allow
+in identifiers that when turned into \s-1NFC\s0 aren't allowable as
+identifiers. That is, there's no way to use these symbols in portable
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C or \*(C+ and have all your identifiers in \s-1NFC\s0.
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=id\fR suppresses the warning for these characters.
+It is hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
+this, which is why this option is not the default.
+.Sp
+You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=none\fR. You would only want to do this if you
+were using some other normalization scheme (like \*(L"D\*(R"), because
+otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.
+.Sp
+Some characters in \s-1ISO\s0 10646 have distinct meanings but look identical
+in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once formatting has
+been applied. For instance \f(CW\*(C`\eu207F\*(C'\fR, \*(L"\s-1SUPERSCRIPT\s0 \s-1LATIN\s0 \s-1SMALL\s0
+\&\s-1LETTER\s0 N\*(R", will display just like a regular \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR which has been
+placed in a superscript. \s-1ISO\s0 10646 defines the \fI\s-1NFKC\s0\fR
+normalization scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
+well, and \s-1GCC\s0 will warn if your code is not in \s-1NFKC\s0 if you use
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=nfkc\fR. This warning is comparable to warning
+about every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
+confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
+useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment is
+unable to be fixed to display these characters distinctly.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-deprecated\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-deprecated"
+Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-deprecated\-declarations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"
+Do not warn about uses of functions,
+variables, and types marked as deprecated by using the \f(CW\*(C`deprecated\*(C'\fR
+attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-overflow"
+Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverride\-init\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when
+using designated initializers.
+.Sp
+This warning is included in \fB\-Wextra\fR. To get other
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR warnings without this one, use \fB\-Wextra
+\&\-Wno\-override\-init\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpacked\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpacked"
+Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
+attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
+Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
+instance, in this code, the variable \f(CW\*(C`f.x\*(C'\fR in \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR
+will be misaligned even though \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR does not itself
+have the packed attribute:
+.Sp
+.Vb 8
+\& struct foo {
+\& int x;
+\& char a, b, c, d;
+\& } _\|_attribute_\|_((packed));
+\& struct bar {
+\& char z;
+\& struct foo f;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wpacked\-bitfield\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpacked-bitfield-compat"
+The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of \s-1GCC\s0 ignore the \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR attribute
+on bit-fields of type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR. This has been fixed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4 but
+the change can lead to differences in the structure layout. \s-1GCC\s0
+informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
+For example there is no longer a 4\-bit padding between field \f(CW\*(C`a\*(C'\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`b\*(C'\fR in this structure:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& struct foo
+\& {
+\& char a:4;
+\& char b:8;
+\& } _\|_attribute_\|_ ((packed));
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by default. Use
+\&\fB\-Wno\-packed\-bitfield\-compat\fR to disable this warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpadded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpadded"
+Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element
+of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this
+happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
+reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-Wredundant\-decls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wredundant-decls"
+Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
+cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnested\-externs\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR declaration is encountered within a function.
+.IP "\fB\-Winline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Winline"
+Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline.
+Even with this option, the compiler will not warn about failures to
+inline functions declared in system headers.
+.Sp
+The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or not
+to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into account
+the size of the function being inlined and the amount of inlining
+that has already been done in the current function. Therefore,
+seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the
+warnings produced by \fB\-Winline\fR to appear or disappear.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-invalid\-offsetof\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-invalid-offsetof ( and Objective- only)"
+Suppress warnings from applying the \fBoffsetof\fR macro to a non-POD
+type. According to the 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard, applying \fBoffsetof\fR
+to a non-POD type is undefined. In existing \*(C+ implementations,
+however, \fBoffsetof\fR typically gives meaningful results even when
+applied to certain kinds of non-POD types. (Such as a simple
+\&\fBstruct\fR that fails to be a \s-1POD\s0 type only by virtue of having a
+constructor.) This flag is for users who are aware that they are
+writing nonportable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore the
+warning about it.
+.Sp
+The restrictions on \fBoffsetof\fR may be relaxed in a future version
+of the \*(C+ standard.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-int\-to\-pointer\-cast\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast"
+Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a
+different size. In \*(C+, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is
+an error. \fBWint-to-pointer-cast\fR is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBmax-lipo-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-lipo-mem"
+When importing auxiliary modules during profile-use, check current
+memory consumption after parsing each auxiliary module. If it exceeds
+this limit (specified in kb), don't import any more auxiliary modules.
+Specifying a value of 0 means don't enforce this limit. This parameter
+is only useful when using \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fripa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pointer\-to\-int\-cast\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)"
+Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
+different size.
+.IP "\fB\-Winvalid\-pch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Winvalid-pch"
+Warn if a precompiled header is found in
+the search path but can't be used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlong\-long\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlong-long"
+Warn if \fBlong long\fR type is used. This is enabled by either
+\&\fB\-pedantic\fR or \fB\-Wtraditional\fR in \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and \*(C+98
+modes. To inhibit the warning messages, use \fB\-Wno\-long\-long\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvariadic\-macros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvariadic-macros"
+Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C90 mode, or the \s-1GNU\s0
+alternate syntax when in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C99 mode. This is default.
+To inhibit the warning messages, use \fB\-Wno\-variadic\-macros\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvla\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvla"
+Warn if variable length array is used in the code.
+\&\fB\-Wno\-vla\fR will prevent the \fB\-pedantic\fR warning of
+the variable length array.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvolatile\-register\-var\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvolatile-register-var"
+Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile
+modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads
+and/or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdisabled\-optimization\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdisabled-optimization"
+Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does
+not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it
+merely indicates that \s-1GCC\s0's optimizers were unable to handle the code
+effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
+complex; \s-1GCC\s0 will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization
+itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpointer\-sign\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness.
+This option is only supported for C and Objective-C. It is implied by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR and by \fB\-pedantic\fR, which can be disabled with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-pointer\-sign\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstack\-protector\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstack-protector"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR is active. It
+warns about functions that will not be protected against stack smashing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-mudflap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-mudflap"
+Suppress warnings about constructs that cannot be instrumented by
+\&\fB\-fmudflap\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverlength\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverlength-strings"
+Warn about string constants which are longer than the \*(L"minimum
+maximum\*(R" length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers
+generally allow string constants which are much longer than the
+standard's minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid
+using longer strings.
+.Sp
+The limit applies \fIafter\fR string constant concatenation, and does
+not count the trailing \s-1NUL\s0. In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in
+C99, it was raised to 4095. \*(C+98 does not specify a normative
+minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in \*(C+.
+.Sp
+This option is implied by \fB\-pedantic\fR, and can be disabled with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-overlength\-strings\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunsuffixed\-float\-constants\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have
+a suffix. When used together with \fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR it will
+warn about such constants in system header files. This can be useful
+when preparing code to use with the \f(CW\*(C`FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64\*(C'\fR pragma
+from the decimal floating-point extension to C99.
+.SS "Options for Debugging Your Program or \s-1GCC\s0"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 has various special options that are used for debugging
+either your program or \s-1GCC:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
+(stabs, \s-1COFF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0, or \s-1DWARF\s0 2). \s-1GDB\s0 can work with this debugging
+information.
+.Sp
+On most systems that use stabs format, \fB\-g\fR enables use of extra
+debugging information that only \s-1GDB\s0 can use; this extra information
+makes debugging work better in \s-1GDB\s0 but will probably make other debuggers
+crash or
+refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
+to generate the extra information, use \fB\-gstabs+\fR, \fB\-gstabs\fR,
+\&\fB\-gxcoff+\fR, \fB\-gxcoff\fR, or \fB\-gvms\fR (see below).
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 allows you to use \fB\-g\fR with
+\&\fB\-O\fR. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
+produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
+at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
+some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
+results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
+execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
+.Sp
+Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
+it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
+.Sp
+The following options are useful when \s-1GCC\s0 is generated with the
+capability for more than one debugging format.
+.IP "\fB\-ggdb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ggdb"
+Produce debugging information for use by \s-1GDB\s0. This means to use the
+most expressive format available (\s-1DWARF\s0 2, stabs, or the native format
+if neither of those are supported), including \s-1GDB\s0 extensions if at all
+possible.
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabs"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+without \s-1GDB\s0 extensions. This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on most \s-1BSD\s0
+systems. On \s-1MIPS\s0, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
+produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by \s-1DBX\s0 or \s-1SDB\s0.
+On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+for only symbols that are actually used.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-class\-debug\-always\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-class-debug-always"
+Instead of emitting debugging information for a \*(C+ class in only one
+object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option
+should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way \s-1GCC\s0
+normally emits debugging information for classes because using this
+option will increase the size of debugging information by as much as a
+factor of two.
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabs+"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
+use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
+refuse to read the program.
+.IP "\fB\-gcoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gcoff"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1COFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
+This is the format used by \s-1SDB\s0 on most System V systems prior to
+System V Release 4.
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcoff"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
+This is the format used by the \s-1DBX\s0 debugger on \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcoff+"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported),
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
+use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
+refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the \s-1GNU\s0
+assembler (\s-1GAS\s0) to fail with an error.
+.IP "\fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gdwarf-version"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 format (if that is
+supported). This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on \s-1IRIX\s0 6. The value
+of \fIversion\fR may be either 2, 3 or 4; the default version is 2.
+.Sp
+Note that with \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 some ports require, and will always
+use, some non-conflicting \s-1DWARF\s0 3 extensions in the unwind tables.
+.Sp
+Version 4 may require \s-1GDB\s0 7.0 and \fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR
+for maximum benefit.
+.IP "\fB\-gstrict\-dwarf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstrict-dwarf"
+Disallow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected
+with \fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR. On most targets using non-conflicting
+\&\s-1DWARF\s0 extensions from later standard versions is allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-gno\-strict\-dwarf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gno-strict-dwarf"
+Allow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected with
+\&\fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-gvms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gvms"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1VMS\s0 debug format (if that is
+supported). This is the format used by \s-1DEBUG\s0 on \s-1VMS\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-glevel"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ggdb\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ggdblevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabslevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gcofflevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcofflevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gvms\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gvmslevel"
+.PD
+Request debugging information and also use \fIlevel\fR to specify how
+much information. The default level is 2.
+.Sp
+Level 0 produces no debug information at all. Thus, \fB\-g0\fR negates
+\&\fB\-g\fR.
+.Sp
+Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
+parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
+descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
+about local variables and no line numbers.
+.Sp
+Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
+present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
+you use \fB\-g3\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-gdwarf\-2\fR does not accept a concatenated debug level, because
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 used to support an option \fB\-gdwarf\fR that meant to generate
+debug information in version 1 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 format (which is very
+different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing. That
+debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed now.
+Instead use an additional \fB\-g\fR\fIlevel\fR option to change the
+debug level for \s-1DWARF\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-gmlt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gmlt"
+Produce a minimal line table, with level 1 debugging information plus
+information about inlined functions and line numbers.
+.IP "\fB\-gtoggle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gtoggle"
+Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option would have
+generated it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of this
+argument in the command line does not matter, it takes effect after all
+other options are processed, and it does so only once, no matter how
+many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be used with
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-final\-insns\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-final-insns[=file]"
+Dump the final internal representation (\s-1RTL\s0) to \fIfile\fR. If the
+optional argument is omitted (or if \fIfile\fR is \f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR), the name
+of the dump file will be determined by appending \f(CW\*(C`.gkd\*(C'\fR to the
+compilation output file name.
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR[\fB=\fR\fIopts\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-debug[=opts]"
+If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time,
+adding \fIopts\fR and \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second\fR to the arguments
+passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal
+representation in both compilations, and print an error if they differ.
+.Sp
+If the equal sign is omitted, the default \fB\-gtoggle\fR is used.
+.Sp
+The environment variable \fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR, if defined, non-empty
+and nonzero, implicitly enables \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR. If
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR is defined to a string starting with a dash,
+then it is used for \fIopts\fR, otherwise the default \fB\-gtoggle\fR
+is used.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug=\fR, with the equal sign but without \fIopts\fR,
+is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-compare\-debug\fR, which disables the dumping
+of the final representation and the second compilation, preventing even
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR from taking effect.
+.Sp
+To verify full coverage during \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR testing, set
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR to say \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-not\-overridden\fR,
+which \s-1GCC\s0 will reject as an invalid option in any actual compilation
+(rather than preprocessing, assembly or linking). To get just a
+warning, setting \fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR to \fB\-w%n\-fcompare\-debug
+not overridden\fR will do.
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-debug-second"
+This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second
+compilation requested by \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR, along with options to
+silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause
+side-effect compiler outputs to files or to the standard output. Dump
+files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as to contain the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.gk\*(C'\fR additional extension during the second compilation, to avoid
+overwriting those generated by the first.
+.Sp
+When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the
+\&\fIfirst\fR compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little
+other than debugging the compiler proper.
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-dwarf2\-dups\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-dwarf2-dups"
+Compress \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information by eliminating duplicated
+information about each symbol. This option only makes sense when
+generating \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information with \fB\-gdwarf\-2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-baseonly"
+Emit debug information for struct-like types
+only when the base name of the compilation source file
+matches the base name of file in which the struct was defined.
+.Sp
+This option substantially reduces the size of debugging information,
+but at significant potential loss in type information to the debugger.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR for a less aggressive option.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR for more detailed control.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-reduced"
+Emit debug information for struct-like types
+only when the base name of the compilation source file
+matches the base name of file in which the type was defined,
+unless the struct is a template or defined in a system header.
+.Sp
+This option significantly reduces the size of debugging information,
+with some potential loss in type information to the debugger.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR for a more aggressive option.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR for more detailed control.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR[\fB=\fR\fIspec-list\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]"
+Specify the struct-like types
+for which the compiler will generate debug information.
+The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information
+between different object files within the same program.
+.Sp
+This option is a detailed version of
+\&\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR and \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR,
+which will serve for most needs.
+.Sp
+A specification has the syntax[\fBdir:\fR|\fBind:\fR][\fBord:\fR|\fBgen:\fR](\fBany\fR|\fBsys\fR|\fBbase\fR|\fBnone\fR)
+.Sp
+The optional first word limits the specification to
+structs that are used directly (\fBdir:\fR) or used indirectly (\fBind:\fR).
+A struct type is used directly when it is the type of a variable, member.
+Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs.
+That is, when use of an incomplete struct would be legal, the use is indirect.
+An example is
+\&\fBstruct one direct; struct two * indirect;\fR.
+.Sp
+The optional second word limits the specification to
+ordinary structs (\fBord:\fR) or generic structs (\fBgen:\fR).
+Generic structs are a bit complicated to explain.
+For \*(C+, these are non-explicit specializations of template classes,
+or non-template classes within the above.
+Other programming languages have generics,
+but \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR does not yet implement them.
+.Sp
+The third word specifies the source files for those
+structs for which the compiler will emit debug information.
+The values \fBnone\fR and \fBany\fR have the normal meaning.
+The value \fBbase\fR means that
+the base of name of the file in which the type declaration appears
+must match the base of the name of the main compilation file.
+In practice, this means that
+types declared in \fIfoo.c\fR and \fIfoo.h\fR will have debug information,
+but types declared in other header will not.
+The value \fBsys\fR means those types satisfying \fBbase\fR
+or declared in system or compiler headers.
+.Sp
+You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your application.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed=all\fR.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-fenable\-icf\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fenable-icf-debug"
+Generate additional debug information to support identical code folding (\s-1ICF\s0).
+This option only works with \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-merge\-debug\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-merge-debug-strings"
+Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging
+information which are identical in different object files. Merging is
+not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases the size
+of the debug information in the output file at the cost of increasing
+link processing time. Merging is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fdebug\-prefix\-map=\fR\fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdebug-prefix-map=old=new"
+When compiling files in directory \fI\fIold\fI\fR, record debugging
+information describing them as in \fI\fInew\fI\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-dwarf2\-cfi\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm"
+Emit \s-1DWARF\s0 2 unwind info as compiler generated \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame\*(C'\fR section
+instead of using \s-1GAS\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.cfi_*\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
+analysis program \fBprof\fR. You must use this option when compiling
+the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
+linking.
+.IP "\fB\-pg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pg"
+Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
+analysis program \fBgprof\fR. You must use this option when compiling
+the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
+linking.
+.IP "\fB\-Q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Q"
+Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
+print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-ftime\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftime-report"
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
+pass when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-fmem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmem-report"
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
+allocation when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-fpre\-ipa\-mem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpre-ipa-mem-report"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fpost\-ipa\-mem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpost-ipa-mem-report"
+.PD
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
+allocation before or after interprocedural optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-usage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-usage"
+Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a
+per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by appending
+\&\fI.su\fR to the \fIauxname\fR. \fIauxname\fR is generated from the name of
+the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an executable,
+otherwise it is the basename of the source file. An entry is made up
+of three fields:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The name of the function.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A number of bytes.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+One or more qualifiers: \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`dynamic\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bounded\*(C'\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The qualifier \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR means that the function manipulates the stack
+statically: a fixed number of bytes are allocated for the frame on function
+entry and released on function exit; no stack adjustments are otherwise made
+in the function. The second field is this fixed number of bytes.
+.Sp
+The qualifier \f(CW\*(C`dynamic\*(C'\fR means that the function manipulates the stack
+dynamically: in addition to the static allocation described above, stack
+adjustments are made in the body of the function, for example to push/pop
+arguments around function calls. If the qualifier \f(CW\*(C`bounded\*(C'\fR is also
+present, the amount of these adjustments is bounded at compile-time and
+the second field is an upper bound of the total amount of stack used by
+the function. If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is
+not bounded at compile-time and the second field only represents the
+bounded part.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-arcs"
+Add code so that program flow \fIarcs\fR are instrumented. During
+execution the program records how many times each branch and call is
+executed and how many times it is taken or returns. When the compiled
+program exits it saves this data to a file called
+\&\fI\fIauxname\fI.gcda\fR for each source file. The data may be used for
+profile-directed optimizations (\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR), or for
+test coverage analysis (\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR). Each object file's
+\&\fIauxname\fR is generated from the name of the output file, if
+explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is
+the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is removed
+(e.g. \fIfoo.gcda\fR for input file \fIdir/foo.c\fR, or
+\&\fIdir/foo.gcda\fR for output file specified as \fB\-o dir/foo.o\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-\-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--coverage"
+This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage
+analysis. The option is a synonym for \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+\&\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR (when compiling) and \fB\-lgcov\fR (when
+linking). See the documentation for those options for more details.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Compile the source files with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR plus optimization
+and code generation options. For test coverage analysis, use the
+additional \fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR option. You do not need to profile
+every source file in a program.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Link your object files with \fB\-lgcov\fR or \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+(the latter implies the former).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Run the program on a representative workload to generate the arc profile
+information. This may be repeated any number of times. You can run
+concurrent instances of your program, and provided that the file system
+supports locking, the data files will be correctly updated. Also
+\&\f(CW\*(C`fork\*(C'\fR calls are detected and correctly handled (double counting
+will not happen).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files again with
+the same optimization and code generation options plus
+\&\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For test coverage analysis, use \fBgcov\fR to produce human readable
+information from the \fI.gcno\fR and \fI.gcda\fR files. Refer to the
+\&\fBgcov\fR documentation for further information.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, for each function of your program \s-1GCC\s0
+creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.
+Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the
+compiler adds code to count the number of times that these arcs are
+executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a block, the
+instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic
+block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftest-coverage"
+Produce a notes file that the \fBgcov\fR code-coverage utility can use to
+show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called
+\&\fI\fIauxname\fI.gcno\fR. Refer to the \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR option
+above for a description of \fIauxname\fR and instructions on how to
+generate test coverage data. Coverage data will match the source files
+more closely, if you do not optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-fdbg\-cnt\-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdbg-cnt-list"
+Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.
+.IP "\fB\-fdbg\-cnt=\fR\fIcounter-value-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list"
+Set the internal debug counter upper bound. \fIcounter-value-list\fR
+is a comma-separated list of \fIname\fR:\fIvalue\fR pairs
+which sets the upper bound of each debug counter \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
+All debug counters have the initial upper bound of \fI\s-1UINT_MAX\s0\fR,
+thus \fIdbg_cnt()\fR returns true always unless the upper bound is set by this option.
+e.g. With \-fdbg\-cnt=dce:10,tail_call:0
+dbg_cnt(dce) will return true only for first 10 invocations
+.IP "\fB\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fenable-kind-pass"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdisable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdisable-kind-pass=range-list"
+.PD
+This is a set of debugging options that are used to explicitly disable/enable
+optimization passes. For compiler users, regular options for enabling/disabling
+passes should be used instead.
+.RS 4
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-ipa\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-ipa-pass>"
+Disable ipa pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Disable rtl pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1. \fIrange-list\fR is a comma
+seperated list of function ranges or assembler names. Each range is a number
+pair seperated by a colon. The range is inclusive in both ends. If the range
+is trivial, the number pair can be simplified as a single number. If the
+function's cgraph node's \fIuid\fR is falling within one of the specified ranges,
+the \fIpass\fR is disabled for that function. The \fIuid\fR is shown in the
+function header of a dump file, and the pass names can be dumped by using
+option \fB\-fdump\-passes\fR.
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Disable tree pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for the description of
+option arguments.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-ipa\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-ipa-pass>"
+Enable ipa pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Enable rtl pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for option argument
+description and examples.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Enable tree pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for the description
+of option arguments.
+.Sp
+.Vb 10
+\& # disable ccp1 for all functions
+\& \-fdisable\-tree\-ccp1
+\& # disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1
+\& \-fenable\-tree\-cunroll=1
+\& # disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1],
+\& # [300,400], and [400,1000]
+\& # disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2
+\& \-fdisable\-rtl\-gcse2=foo,foo2
+\& # disable early inlining
+\& \-fdisable\-tree\-einline
+\& # disable ipa inlining
+\& \-fdisable\-ipa\-inline
+\& # enable tree full unroll
+\& \-fenable\-tree\-unroll
+.Ve
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR\fIletters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dletters"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-pass"
+.PD
+Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
+\&\fIletters\fR. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the
+compiler. The file names for most of the dumps are made by appending
+a pass number and a word to the \fIdumpname\fR, and the files are
+created in the directory of the output file. Note that the pass
+number is computed statically as passes get registered into the pass
+manager. Thus the numbering is not related to the dynamic order of
+execution of passes. In particular, a pass installed by a plugin
+could have a number over 200 even if it executed quite early.
+\&\fIdumpname\fR is generated from the name of the output file, if
+explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the
+basename of the source file. These switches may have different effects
+when \fB\-E\fR is used for preprocessing.
+.Sp
+Debug dumps can be enabled with a \fB\-fdump\-rtl\fR switch or some
+\&\fB\-d\fR option \fIletters\fR. Here are the possible
+letters for use in \fIpass\fR and \fIletters\fR, and their meanings:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-alignments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-alignments"
+Dump after branch alignments have been computed.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-asmcons\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-asmcons"
+Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out constraints.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-auto_inc_dec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec"
+Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on
+architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-barriers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-barriers"
+Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bbpart\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bbpart"
+Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bbro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bbro"
+Dump after block reordering.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-btl1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-btl2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl2\fR enable dumping
+after the two branch
+target load optimization passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bypass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bypass"
+Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-combine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-combine"
+Dump after the \s-1RTL\s0 instruction combination pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-compgotos\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-compgotos"
+Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce2"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce3"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce1\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce2\fR, and
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce3\fR enable dumping after the three
+if conversion passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cprop_hardreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg"
+Dump after hard register copy propagation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-csa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-csa"
+Dump after combining stack adjustments.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cse1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cse2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse2\fR enable dumping after
+the two common sub-expression elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce"
+Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dbr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dbr"
+Dump after delayed branch scheduling.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce2\fR enable dumping after
+the two dead store elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-eh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-eh"
+Dump after finalization of \s-1EH\s0 handling code.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-eh_ranges\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-eh_ranges"
+Dump after conversion of \s-1EH\s0 handling range regions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-expand\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-expand"
+Dump after \s-1RTL\s0 generation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop2\fR enable
+dumping after the two forward propagation passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse2\fR enable dumping
+after global common subexpression elimination.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-init\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-init-regs"
+Dump after the initialization of the registers.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-initvals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-initvals"
+Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-into_cfglayout\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout"
+Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ira\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ira"
+Dump after iterated register allocation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-jump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-jump"
+Dump after the second jump optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-loop2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-loop2"
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-loop2\fR enables dumping after the rtl
+loop optimization passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mach\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-mach"
+Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that
+pass exists.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mode_sw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-mode_sw"
+Dump after removing redundant mode switches.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-rnreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-rnreg"
+Dump after register renumbering.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-outof_cfglayout\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout"
+Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-peephole2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-peephole2"
+Dump after the peephole pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-postreload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-postreload"
+Dump after post-reload optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-pro_and_epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue"
+Dump after generating the function pro and epilogues.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-regmove\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-regmove"
+Dump after the register move pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sched1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sched2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR enable dumping
+after the basic block scheduling passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-see\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-see"
+Dump after sign extension elimination.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-seqabstr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-seqabstr"
+Dump after common sequence discovery.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-shorten\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-shorten"
+Dump after shortening branches.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sibling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sibling"
+Dump after sibling call optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split2"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split3"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split4"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split5"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split1\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split2\fR,
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split3\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split4\fR and
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split5\fR enable dumping after five rounds of
+instruction splitting.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sms"
+Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some
+architectures.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-stack"
+Dump after conversion from \s-1GCC\s0's \*(L"flat register file\*(R" registers to the
+x87's stack-like registers. This pass is only run on x86 variants.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg2\fR enable dumping after
+the two subreg expansion passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-unshare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-unshare"
+Dump after all rtl has been unshared.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-vartrack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-vartrack"
+Dump after variable tracking.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-vregs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-vregs"
+Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-web\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-web"
+Dump after live range splitting.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-regclass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-regclass"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subregs_of_mode_init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subregs_of_mode_finish\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dfinit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinit"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dfinish\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinish"
+.PD
+These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-all"
+Produce all the dumps listed above.
+.IP "\fB\-dA\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dA"
+Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
+.IP "\fB\-dD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dD"
+Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
+normal output.
+.IP "\fB\-dH\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dH"
+Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
+.IP "\fB\-dm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dm"
+Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
+standard error.
+.IP "\fB\-dp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dp"
+Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
+pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
+also printed.
+.IP "\fB\-dP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dP"
+Dump the \s-1RTL\s0 in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
+Also turns on \fB\-dp\fR annotation.
+.IP "\fB\-dv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dv"
+For each of the other indicated dump files (\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass\fR),
+dump a representation of the control flow graph suitable for viewing with \s-1VCG\s0
+to \fI\fIfile\fI.\fIpass\fI.vcg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-dx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dx"
+Just generate \s-1RTL\s0 for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
+with \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-expand\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-noaddr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-noaddr"
+When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it more
+feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
+different compiler binaries and/or different
+text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-unnumbered\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-unnumbered"
+When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output.
+This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler
+invocations with different options, in particular with and without
+\&\fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-unnumbered\-links\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-unnumbered-links"
+When doing debugging dumps (see \fB\-d\fR option above), suppress
+instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next instructions
+in a sequence.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-translation\-unit\fR (\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-translation-unit ( only)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-translation\-unit\-\fR\fIoptions\fR\fB \fR(\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-translation-unit-options ( only)"
+.PD
+Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
+unit to a file. The file name is made by appending \fI.tu\fR to the
+source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the
+output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form is used, \fIoptions\fR
+controls the details of the dump as described for the
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\fR (\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy ( only)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\-\fR\fIoptions\fR\fB \fR(\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy-options ( only)"
+.PD
+Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual function
+table layout to a file. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.class\fR to the source file name, and the file is created in the
+same directory as the output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form
+is used, \fIoptions\fR controls the details of the dump as described
+for the \fB\-fdump\-tree\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-ipa\-\fR\fIswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-ipa-switch"
+Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
+language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
+switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created
+in the same directory as the output file. The following dumps are
+possible:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.
+.IP "\fBcgraph\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cgraph"
+Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal,
+and inlining decisions.
+.IP "\fBinline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "inline"
+Dump after function inlining.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-passes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-passes"
+Dump the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by
+the current command line options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-statistics\-\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-statistics-option"
+Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file. The
+file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in
+\&\fB.statistics\fR to the source file name, and the file is created in
+the same directory as the output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoption\fR
+form is used, \fB\-stats\fR will cause counters to be summed over the
+whole compilation unit while \fB\-details\fR will dump every event as
+the passes generate them. The default with no option is to sum
+counters for each function compiled.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-tree\-\fR\fIswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-tree-switch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-tree\-\fR\fIswitch\fR\fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-tree-switch-options"
+.PD
+Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate
+language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
+switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is
+created in the same directory as the output file. If the
+\&\fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form is used, \fIoptions\fR is a list of
+\&\fB\-\fR separated options that control the details of the dump. Not
+all options are applicable to all dumps, those which are not
+meaningful will be ignored. The following options are available
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "address"
+Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful as it
+changes according to the environment and source file. Its primary use
+is for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.
+.IP "\fBasmname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "asmname"
+If \f(CW\*(C`DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME\*(C'\fR has been set for a given decl, use that
+in the dump instead of \f(CW\*(C`DECL_NAME\*(C'\fR. Its primary use is ease of
+use working backward from mangled names in the assembly file.
+.IP "\fBslim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "slim"
+Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely
+because that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when they
+are directly reachable by some other path. When dumping pretty-printed
+trees, this option inhibits dumping the bodies of control structures.
+.IP "\fBraw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "raw"
+Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are
+pretty-printed into a C\-like representation.
+.IP "\fBdetails\fR" 4
+.IX Item "details"
+Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).
+.IP "\fBstats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "stats"
+Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every dump
+option).
+.IP "\fBblocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "blocks"
+Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
+.IP "\fBvops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vops"
+Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
+.IP "\fBlineno\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lineno"
+Enable showing line numbers for statements.
+.IP "\fBuid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "uid"
+Enable showing the unique \s-1ID\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`DECL_UID\*(C'\fR) for each variable.
+.IP "\fBverbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "verbose"
+Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.
+.IP "\fBeh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "eh"
+Enable showing the \s-1EH\s0 region number holding each statement.
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Turn on all options, except \fBraw\fR, \fBslim\fR, \fBverbose\fR
+and \fBlineno\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The following tree dumps are possible:
+.IP "\fBoriginal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "original"
+Dump before any tree based optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.original\fR.
+.IP "\fBoptimized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "optimized"
+Dump after all tree based optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.optimized\fR.
+.IP "\fBgimple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gimple"
+Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.gimple\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcfg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cfg"
+Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.cfg\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBvcg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vcg"
+Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file in \s-1VCG\s0 format. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.vcg\fR to the source file name. Note
+that if the file contains more than one function, the generated file cannot
+be used directly by \s-1VCG\s0. You will need to cut and paste each function's
+graph into its own separate file first.
+.IP "\fBch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ch"
+Dump each function after copying loop headers. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.ch\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBssa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ssa"
+Dump \s-1SSA\s0 related information to a file. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.ssa\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBalias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "alias"
+Dump aliasing information for each function. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.alias\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ccp"
+Dump each function after \s-1CCP\s0. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.ccp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBstoreccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "storeccp"
+Dump each function after STORE-CCP. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.storeccp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBpre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pre"
+Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.pre\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBfre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "fre"
+Dump trees after full redundancy elimination. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.fre\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcopyprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "copyprop"
+Dump trees after copy propagation. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.copyprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBstore_copyprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "store_copyprop"
+Dump trees after store copy-propagation. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.store_copyprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dce"
+Dump each function after dead code elimination. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.dce\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBmudflap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mudflap"
+Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.mudflap\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBsra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sra"
+Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.sra\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBsink\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sink"
+Dump each function after performing code sinking. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.sink\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdom\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dom"
+Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.dom\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dse"
+Dump each function after applying dead store elimination. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.dse\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBphiopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "phiopt"
+Dump each function after optimizing \s-1PHI\s0 nodes into straightline code. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.phiopt\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBforwprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "forwprop"
+Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.forwprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcopyrename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "copyrename"
+Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.copyrename\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBnrv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nrv"
+Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on
+generic trees. The file name is made by appending \fI.nrv\fR to the source
+file name.
+.IP "\fBvect\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect"
+Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.vect\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBslp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "slp"
+Dump each function after applying vectorization of basic blocks. The file name
+is made by appending \fI.slp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBvrp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vrp"
+Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (\s-1VRP\s0). The file name
+is made by appending \fI.vrp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this option.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vectorizer\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n"
+This option controls the amount of debugging output the vectorizer prints.
+This information is written to standard error, unless
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-all\fR or \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\fR is specified,
+in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file, \fI.vect\fR.
+For \fIn\fR=0 no diagnostic information is reported.
+If \fIn\fR=1 the vectorizer reports each loop that got vectorized,
+and the total number of loops that got vectorized.
+If \fIn\fR=2 the vectorizer also reports non-vectorized loops that passed
+the first analysis phase (vect_analyze_loop_form) \- i.e. countable,
+inner-most, single-bb, single\-entry/exit loops. This is the same verbosity
+level that \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\-stats\fR uses.
+Higher verbosity levels mean either more information dumped for each
+reported loop, or same amount of information reported for more loops:
+if \fIn\fR=3, vectorizer cost model information is reported.
+If \fIn\fR=4, alignment related information is added to the reports.
+If \fIn\fR=5, data-references related information (e.g. memory dependences,
+memory access-patterns) is added to the reports.
+If \fIn\fR=6, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized inner-most loops
+that did not pass the first analysis phase (i.e., may not be countable, or
+may have complicated control-flow).
+If \fIn\fR=7, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized nested loops.
+If \fIn\fR=8, \s-1SLP\s0 related information is added to the reports.
+For \fIn\fR=9, all the information the vectorizer generates during its
+analysis and transformation is reported. This is the same verbosity level
+that \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\-details\fR uses.
+.IP "\fB\-frandom\-seed=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frandom-seed=string"
+This option provides a seed that \s-1GCC\s0 uses when it would otherwise use
+random numbers. It is used to generate certain symbol names
+that have to be different in every compiled file. It is also used to
+place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files that
+produce them. You can use the \fB\-frandom\-seed\fR option to produce
+reproducibly identical object files.
+.Sp
+The \fIstring\fR should be different for every file you compile.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-verbose=n"
+On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the
+amount of debugging output the scheduler prints. This information is
+written to standard error, unless \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR or
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR is specified, in which case it is output
+to the usual dump listing file, \fI.sched1\fR or \fI.sched2\fR
+respectively. However for \fIn\fR greater than nine, the output is
+always printed to standard error.
+.Sp
+For \fIn\fR greater than zero, \fB\-fsched\-verbose\fR outputs the
+same information as \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR.
+For \fIn\fR greater than one, it also output basic block probabilities,
+detailed ready list information and unit/insn info. For \fIn\fR greater
+than two, it includes \s-1RTL\s0 at abort point, control-flow and regions info.
+And for \fIn\fR over four, \fB\-fsched\-verbose\fR also includes
+dependence info.
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps=cwd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps=cwd"
+.PD
+Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently; place them
+in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
+compiling \fIfoo.c\fR with \fB\-c \-save\-temps\fR would produce files
+\&\fIfoo.i\fR and \fIfoo.s\fR, as well as \fIfoo.o\fR. This creates a
+preprocessed \fIfoo.i\fR output file even though the compiler now
+normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
+.Sp
+When used in combination with the \fB\-x\fR command line option,
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR is sensible enough to avoid over writing an
+input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file.
+The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the
+source file before using \fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+If you invoke \s-1GCC\s0 in parallel, compiling several different source
+files that share a common base name in different subdirectories or the
+same source file compiled for multiple output destinations, it is
+likely that the different parallel compilers will interfere with each
+other, and overwrite the temporary files. For instance:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& gcc \-save\-temps \-o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c&
+\& gcc \-save\-temps \-o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&
+.Ve
+.Sp
+may result in \fIfoo.i\fR and \fIfoo.o\fR being written to
+simultaneously by both compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps=obj\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps=obj"
+Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently. If the
+\&\fB\-o\fR option is used, the temporary files are based on the
+object file. If the \fB\-o\fR option is not used, the
+\&\fB\-save\-temps=obj\fR switch behaves like \fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj \-c foo.c
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj \-c bar.c \-o dir/xbar.o
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj foobar.c \-o dir2/yfoobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would create \fIfoo.i\fR, \fIfoo.s\fR, \fIdir/xbar.i\fR,
+\&\fIdir/xbar.s\fR, \fIdir2/yfoobar.i\fR, \fIdir2/yfoobar.s\fR, and
+\&\fIdir2/yfoobar.o\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-time\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-time[=file]"
+Report the \s-1CPU\s0 time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
+sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler
+(plus the linker if linking is done).
+.Sp
+Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& # cc1 0.12 0.01
+\& # as 0.00 0.01
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first number on each line is the \*(L"user time\*(R", that is time spent
+executing the program itself. The second number is \*(L"system time\*(R",
+time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program.
+Both numbers are in seconds.
+.Sp
+With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to the
+named file, and it looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& 0.12 0.01 cc1 <options>
+\& 0.00 0.01 as <options>
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \*(L"user time\*(R" and the \*(L"system time\*(R" are moved before the program
+name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that one
+can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which options.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking"
+Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each
+position in code. Better debugging information is then generated
+(if the debugging information format supports this information).
+.Sp
+It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (\fB\-Os\fR,
+\&\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, ...), debugging information (\fB\-g\fR) and
+the debug info format supports it.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments"
+Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and
+attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation all the
+way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information while
+optimizing. Use of \fB\-gdwarf\-4\fR is recommended along with it.
+.Sp
+It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case
+annotations will be created and maintained, but discarded at the end.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\-toggle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle"
+Toggle \fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR, in the same way that
+\&\fB\-gtoggle\fR toggles \fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-file\-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-file-name=library"
+Print the full absolute name of the library file \fIlibrary\fR that
+would be used when linking\-\-\-and don't do anything else. With this
+option, \s-1GCC\s0 does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
+file name.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-directory"
+Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any
+other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed
+to exist in \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-lib"
+Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches
+that enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by
+\&\fB;\fR, and each switch starts with an \fB@\fR instead of the
+\&\fB\-\fR, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to
+ease shell-processing.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-os\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-os-directory"
+Print the path to \s-1OS\s0 libraries for the selected
+multilib, relative to some \fIlib\fR subdirectory. If \s-1OS\s0 libraries are
+present in the \fIlib\fR subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is
+usually just \fI.\fR, if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in \fIlib\fIsuffix\fI\fR
+sibling directories this prints e.g. \fI../lib64\fR, \fI../lib\fR or
+\&\fI../lib32\fR, or if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in \fIlib/\fIsubdir\fI\fR
+subdirectories it prints e.g. \fIamd64\fR, \fIsparcv9\fR or \fIev6\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-prog\-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-prog-name=program"
+Like \fB\-print\-file\-name\fR, but searches for a program such as \fBcpp\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-libgcc\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-libgcc-file-name"
+Same as \fB\-print\-file\-name=libgcc.a\fR.
+.Sp
+This is useful when you use \fB\-nostdlib\fR or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR
+but you do want to link with \fIlibgcc.a\fR. You can do
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-nostdlib <files>... \`gcc \-print\-libgcc\-file\-name\`
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-print\-search\-dirs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-search-dirs"
+Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
+program and library directories \fBgcc\fR will search\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.Sp
+This is useful when \fBgcc\fR prints the error message
+\&\fBinstallation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory\fR.
+To resolve this you either need to put \fIcpp0\fR and the other compiler
+components where \fBgcc\fR expects to find them, or you can set the environment
+variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR to the directory where you installed them.
+Don't forget the trailing \fB/\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-sysroot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-sysroot"
+Print the target sysroot directory that will be used during
+compilation. This is the target sysroot specified either at configure
+time or using the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option, possibly with an extra
+suffix that depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is
+specified, the option prints nothing.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-sysroot\-headers\-suffix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-sysroot-headers-suffix"
+Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for
+headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with such
+a suffix\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpmachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpmachine"
+Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
+\&\fBi686\-pc\-linux\-gnu\fR)\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpversion"
+Print the compiler version (for example, \fB3.0\fR)\-\-\-and don't do
+anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpspecs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpspecs"
+Print the compiler's built-in specs\-\-\-and don't do anything else. (This
+is used when \s-1GCC\s0 itself is being built.)
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-types"
+Normally, when producing \s-1DWARF2\s0 output, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit debugging
+information for all types declared in a compilation
+unit, regardless of whether or not they are actually used
+in that compilation unit. Sometimes this is useful, such as
+if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a type that is
+not actually used in your program (but is declared). More often,
+however, this results in a significant amount of wasted space.
+With this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid producing debug symbol output
+for types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled.
+.SS "Options That Control Optimization"
+.IX Subsection "Options That Control Optimization"
+These options control various sorts of optimizations.
+.PP
+Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the
+cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected
+results. Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a
+breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to any
+variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the
+function and get exactly the results you would expect from the source
+code.
+.PP
+Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve
+the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time
+and possibly the ability to debug the program.
+.PP
+The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the
+program. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode allows
+the compiler to use information gained from all of the files when compiling
+each of them.
+.PP
+Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only
+optimizations that have a flag are listed in this section.
+.PP
+Most optimizations are only enabled if an \fB\-O\fR level is set on
+the command line. Otherwise they are disabled, even if individual
+optimization flags are specified.
+.PP
+Depending on the target and how \s-1GCC\s0 was configured, a slightly different
+set of optimizations may be enabled at each \fB\-O\fR level than
+those listed here. You can invoke \s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-Q \-\-help=optimizers\fR
+to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-O1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O1"
+.PD
+Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
+more memory for a large function.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-O\fR, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
+time, without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of
+compilation time.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O\fR turns on the following optimization flags:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fauto\-inc\-dec
+\&\-fcompare\-elim
+\&\-fcprop\-registers
+\&\-fdce
+\&\-fdefer\-pop
+\&\-fdelayed\-branch
+\&\-fdse
+\&\-fguess\-branch\-probability
+\&\-fif\-conversion2
+\&\-fif\-conversion
+\&\-fipa\-pure\-const
+\&\-fipa\-profile
+\&\-fipa\-reference
+\&\-fmerge\-constants
+\&\-fsplit\-wide\-types
+\&\-ftree\-bit\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce
+\&\-ftree\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-ch
+\&\-ftree\-copyrename
+\&\-ftree\-dce
+\&\-ftree\-dominator\-opts
+\&\-ftree\-dse
+\&\-ftree\-forwprop
+\&\-ftree\-fre
+\&\-ftree\-phiprop
+\&\-ftree\-sra
+\&\-ftree\-pta
+\&\-ftree\-ter
+\&\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O\fR also turns on \fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR on machines
+where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
+.IP "\fB\-O2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O2"
+Optimize even more. \s-1GCC\s0 performs nearly all supported optimizations
+that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff.
+As compared to \fB\-O\fR, this option increases both compilation time
+and the performance of the generated code.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O2\fR turns on all optimization flags specified by \fB\-O\fR. It
+also turns on the following optimization flags:
+\&\fB\-fthread\-jumps
+\&\-falign\-functions \-falign\-jumps
+\&\-falign\-loops \-falign\-labels
+\&\-fcaller\-saves
+\&\-fcrossjumping
+\&\-fcse\-follow\-jumps \-fcse\-skip\-blocks
+\&\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks
+\&\-fdevirtualize
+\&\-fexpensive\-optimizations
+\&\-fgcse \-fgcse\-lm
+\&\-finline\-small\-functions
+\&\-findirect\-inlining
+\&\-fipa\-sra
+\&\-foptimize\-sibling\-calls
+\&\-fpartial\-inlining
+\&\-fpeephole2
+\&\-fregmove
+\&\-freorder\-blocks \-freorder\-functions
+\&\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop
+\&\-fsched\-interblock \-fsched\-spec
+\&\-fschedule\-insns \-fschedule\-insns2
+\&\-fstrict\-aliasing \-fstrict\-overflow
+\&\-ftree\-switch\-conversion
+\&\-ftree\-pre
+\&\-ftree\-vrp\fR
+.Sp
+Please note the warning under \fB\-fgcse\fR about
+invoking \fB\-O2\fR on programs that use computed gotos.
+.IP "\fB\-O3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O3"
+Optimize yet more. \fB\-O3\fR turns on all optimizations specified
+by \fB\-O2\fR and also turns on the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR,
+\&\fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR, \fB\-fpredictive\-commoning\fR,
+\&\fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR, \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-fipa\-cp\-clone\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-O0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O0"
+Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected
+results. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-Os\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Os"
+Optimize for size. \fB\-Os\fR enables all \fB\-O2\fR optimizations that
+do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
+optimizations designed to reduce code size.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Os\fR disables the following optimization flags:
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions \-falign\-jumps \-falign\-loops
+\&\-falign\-labels \-freorder\-blocks \-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition
+\&\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays \-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version\fR
+.IP "\fB\-Ofast\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ofast"
+Disregard strict standards compliance. \fB\-Ofast\fR enables all
+\&\fB\-O3\fR optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not
+valid for all standard compliant programs.
+It turns on \fB\-ffast\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+If you use multiple \fB\-O\fR options, with or without level numbers,
+the last such option is the one that is effective.
+.PP
+Options of the form \fB\-f\fR\fIflag\fR specify machine-independent
+flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
+form of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. In the table
+below, only one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one you typically will
+use. You can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno\-\fR
+or adding it.
+.PP
+The following options control specific optimizations. They are either
+activated by \fB\-O\fR options or are related to ones that are. You
+can use the following flags in the rare cases when \*(L"fine-tuning\*(R" of
+optimizations to be performed is desired.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-default\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
+Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
+defined inside the class scope (\*(C+ only). Otherwise, when you specify
+\&\fB\-O\fR, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
+inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add \fBinline\fR in front of
+the member function name.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-defer\-pop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-defer-pop"
+Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
+returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
+the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
+function calls and pops them all at once.
+.Sp
+Disabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fforward\-propagate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fforward-propagate"
+Perform a forward propagation pass on \s-1RTL\s0. The pass tries to combine two
+instructions and checks if the result can be simplified. If loop unrolling
+is active, two passes are performed and the second is scheduled after
+loop unrolling.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled by default at optimization levels \fB\-O\fR,
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffp\-contract=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffp-contract=style"
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR disables floating-point expression contraction.
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR enables floating-point expression contraction
+such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has
+native support for them.
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=on\fR enables floating-point expression contraction
+if allowed by the language standard. This is currently not implemented
+and treated equal to \fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fomit-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
+don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
+restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
+in many functions. \fBIt also makes debugging impossible on
+some machines.\fR
+.Sp
+On some machines, such as the \s-1VAX\s0, this flag has no effect, because
+the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
+and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
+machine-description macro \f(CW\*(C`FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED\*(C'\fR controls
+whether a target machine supports this flag.
+.Sp
+Starting with \s-1GCC\s0 version 4.6, the default setting (when not optimizing for
+size) for 32\-bit Linux x86 and 32\-bit Darwin x86 targets has been changed to
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR. The default can be reverted to
+\&\fB\-fno\-omit\-frame\-pointer\fR by configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with the
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-frame\-pointer\fR configure option.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-foptimize\-sibling\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-foptimize-sibling-calls"
+Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-inline"
+Don't pay attention to the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword. Normally this option
+is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
+Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-small-functions"
+Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected
+function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller). The compiler
+heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating
+in this way.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-findirect\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-findirect-inlining"
+Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile
+time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any effect only
+when inlining itself is turned on by the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR
+or \fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR options.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-functions"
+Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
+heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
+integrating in this way.
+.Sp
+If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
+declared \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, then the function is normally not output as
+assembler code in its own right.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-functions\-called\-once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-functions-called-once"
+Consider all \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR functions called once for inlining into their
+caller even if they are not marked \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR. If a call to a given
+function is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code
+in its own right.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O1\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR and \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fearly\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fearly-inlining"
+Inline functions marked by \f(CW\*(C`always_inline\*(C'\fR and functions whose body seems
+smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so
+makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining faster on programs
+having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-sra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-sra"
+Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of
+unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by reference
+by parameters passed by value.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR and \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-limit=n"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
+allows coarse control of this limit. \fIn\fR is the size of functions that
+can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions.
+.Sp
+Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which may be
+specified individually by using \fB\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR.
+The \fB\-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR option sets some of these parameters
+as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-single"
+is set to \fIn\fR/2.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-auto"
+is set to \fIn\fR/2.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+See below for a documentation of the individual
+parameters controlling inlining and for the defaults of these parameters.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR there may be no value to \fB\-finline\-limit\fR that results
+in default behavior.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
+abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it represent a count
+of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
+release to an another.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-keep\-inline\-dllexport\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-keep-inline-dllexport"
+This is a more fine-grained version of \fB\-fkeep\-inline\-functions\fR,
+which applies only to functions that are declared using the \f(CW\*(C`dllexport\*(C'\fR
+attribute or declspec
+.IP "\fB\-fkeep\-inline\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fkeep-inline-functions"
+In C, emit \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR functions that are declared \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR
+into the object file, even if the function has been inlined into all
+of its callers. This switch does not affect functions using the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`extern inline\*(C'\fR extension in \s-1GNU\s0 C90. In \*(C+, emit any and all
+inline functions into the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fkeep\-static\-consts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fkeep-static-consts"
+Emit variables declared \f(CW\*(C`static const\*(C'\fR when optimization isn't turned
+on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
+check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
+optimization is turned on, use the \fB\-fno\-keep\-static\-consts\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmerge-constants"
+Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating point
+constants) across compilation units.
+.Sp
+This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assembler and
+linker support it. Use \fB\-fno\-merge\-constants\fR to inhibit this
+behavior.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmerge\-all\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmerge-all-constants"
+Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
+.Sp
+This option implies \fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR. In addition to
+\&\fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR this considers e.g. even constant initialized
+arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating point
+types. Languages like C or \*(C+ require each variable, including multiple
+instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct locations,
+so using this option will result in non-conforming
+behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmodulo-sched"
+Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling
+pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their
+instructions by overlapping different iterations.
+.IP "\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\-allow\-regmoves\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves"
+Perform more aggressive \s-1SMS\s0 based modulo scheduling with register moves
+allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges will be
+deleted which will trigger the generation of reg-moves based on the
+life-range analysis. This option is effective only with
+\&\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\fR enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-branch\-count\-reg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-branch-count-reg"
+Do not use \*(L"decrement and branch\*(R" instructions on a count register,
+but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a
+register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the result.
+This option is only meaningful on architectures that support such
+instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, \s-1IA\-64\s0 and S/390.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fbranch\-count\-reg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-function\-cse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-function-cse"
+Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
+calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
+.Sp
+This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
+that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
+performed when this option is not used.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ffunction\-cse\fR
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss"
+If the target supports a \s-1BSS\s0 section, \s-1GCC\s0 by default puts variables that
+are initialized to zero into \s-1BSS\s0. This can save space in the resulting
+code.
+.Sp
+This option turns off this behavior because some programs explicitly
+rely on variables going to the data section. E.g., so that the
+resulting executable can find the beginning of that section and/or make
+assumptions based on that.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fzero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmudflap \-fmudflapth \-fmudflapir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir"
+For front-ends that support it (C and \*(C+), instrument all risky
+pointer/array dereferencing operations, some standard library
+string/heap functions, and some other associated constructs with
+range/validity tests. Modules so instrumented should be immune to
+buffer overflows, invalid heap use, and some other classes of C/\*(C+
+programming errors. The instrumentation relies on a separate runtime
+library (\fIlibmudflap\fR), which will be linked into a program if
+\&\fB\-fmudflap\fR is given at link time. Run-time behavior of the
+instrumented program is controlled by the \fB\s-1MUDFLAP_OPTIONS\s0\fR
+environment variable. See \f(CW\*(C`env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=\-help a.out\*(C'\fR
+for its options.
+.Sp
+Use \fB\-fmudflapth\fR instead of \fB\-fmudflap\fR to compile and to
+link if your program is multi-threaded. Use \fB\-fmudflapir\fR, in
+addition to \fB\-fmudflap\fR or \fB\-fmudflapth\fR, if
+instrumentation should ignore pointer reads. This produces less
+instrumentation (and therefore faster execution) and still provides
+some protection against outright memory corrupting writes, but allows
+erroneously read data to propagate within a program.
+.IP "\fB\-fthread\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fthread-jumps"
+Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
+location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
+so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
+second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
+the condition is known to be true or false.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-wide\-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-wide-types"
+When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as \f(CW\*(C`long
+long\*(C'\fR on a 32\-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate them
+independently. This normally generates better code for those types,
+but may make debugging more difficult.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR,
+\&\fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcse\-follow\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcse-follow-jumps"
+In common subexpression elimination (\s-1CSE\s0), scan through jump instructions
+when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
+example, when \s-1CSE\s0 encounters an \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with an
+\&\f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR clause, \s-1CSE\s0 will follow the jump when the condition
+tested is false.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcse\-skip\-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcse-skip-blocks"
+This is similar to \fB\-fcse\-follow\-jumps\fR, but causes \s-1CSE\s0 to
+follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When \s-1CSE\s0
+encounters a simple \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with no else clause,
+\&\fB\-fcse\-skip\-blocks\fR causes \s-1CSE\s0 to follow the jump around the
+body of the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frerun-cse-after-loop"
+Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
+performed.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse"
+Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
+This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR When compiling a program using computed gotos, a \s-1GCC\s0
+extension, you may get better runtime performance if you disable
+the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding
+\&\fB\-fno\-gcse\fR to the command line.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-lm"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR is enabled, global common subexpression elimination will
+attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into themselves. This
+allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside
+the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-sm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-sm"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-sm\fR is enabled, a store motion pass is run after
+global common subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move
+stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with \fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR,
+loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load before
+the loop and a store after the loop.
+.Sp
+Not enabled at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-las\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-las"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-las\fR is enabled, the global common subexpression
+elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the
+same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
+.Sp
+Not enabled at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-after-reload"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR is enabled, a redundant load elimination
+pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to cleanup
+redundant spilling.
+.IP "\fB\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsafe-loop-optimizations"
+If given, the loop optimizer will assume that loop indices do not
+overflow, and that the loops with nontrivial exit condition are not
+infinite. This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if
+the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are valid.
+Using \fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR, the compiler will warn you
+if it finds this kind of loop.
+.IP "\fB\-fcrossjumping\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcrossjumping"
+Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies equivalent code and save code size. The
+resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-jumping.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fauto\-inc\-dec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fauto-inc-dec"
+Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses.
+This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have
+instructions to support this. Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher on architectures that support this.
+.IP "\fB\-fdce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdce"
+Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fdse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdse"
+Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fif\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fif-conversion"
+Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This
+include use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and
+some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of conditional execution
+on chips where it is available is controlled by \f(CW\*(C`if\-conversion2\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fif\-conversion2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fif-conversion2"
+Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into
+branch-less equivalents.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdelete-null-pointer-checks"
+Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that
+no code or data element resides there. This enables simple constant
+folding optimizations at all optimization levels. In addition, other
+optimization passes in \s-1GCC\s0 use this flag to control global dataflow
+analyses that eliminate useless checks for null pointers; these assume
+that if a pointer is checked after it has already been dereferenced,
+it cannot be null.
+.Sp
+Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true.
+Use \fB\-fno\-delete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR to disable this optimization
+for programs which depend on that behavior.
+.Sp
+Some targets, especially embedded ones, disable this option at all levels.
+Otherwise it is enabled at all levels: \fB\-O0\fR, \fB\-O1\fR,
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR. Passes that use the information
+are enabled independently at different optimization levels.
+.IP "\fB\-fdevirtualize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdevirtualize"
+Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls. This
+is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of
+indirect inlining (\f(CW\*(C`\-findirect\-inlining\*(C'\fR) and interprocedural constant
+propagation (\fB\-fipa\-cp\fR).
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fexpensive\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexpensive-optimizations"
+Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-foptimize\-register\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-foptimize-register-move"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fregmove\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fregmove"
+.PD
+Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
+operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
+register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
+instructions.
+.Sp
+Note \fB\-fregmove\fR and \fB\-foptimize\-register\-move\fR are the same
+optimization.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-algorithm=\fR\fIalgorithm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-algorithm=algorithm"
+Use specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register
+allocator. The \fIalgorithm\fR argument should be \f(CW\*(C`priority\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`CB\*(C'\fR. The first algorithm specifies Chow's priority coloring,
+the second one specifies Chaitin-Briggs coloring. The second
+algorithm can be unimplemented for some architectures. If it is
+implemented, it is the default because Chaitin-Briggs coloring as a
+rule generates a better code.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-region=\fR\fIregion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-region=region"
+Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The
+\&\fIregion\fR argument should be one of \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`mixed\*(C'\fR, or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`one\*(C'\fR. The first value means using all loops as register
+allocation regions, the second value which is the default means using
+all loops except for loops with small register pressure as the
+regions, and third one means using all function as a single region.
+The first value can give best result for machines with small size and
+irregular register set, the third one results in faster and generates
+decent code and the smallest size code, and the default value usually
+give the best results in most cases and for most architectures.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-loop\-pressure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-loop-pressure"
+Use \s-1IRA\s0 to evaluate register pressure in loops for decision to move
+loop invariants. Usage of this option usually results in generation
+of faster and smaller code on machines with big register files (>= 32
+registers) but it can slow compiler down.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR for some targets.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ira\-share\-save\-slots\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ira-share-save-slots"
+Switch off sharing stack slots used for saving call used hard
+registers living through a call. Each hard register will get a
+separate stack slot and as a result function stack frame will be
+bigger.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ira\-share\-spill\-slots\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ira-share-spill-slots"
+Switch off sharing stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers. Each
+pseudo-register which did not get a hard register will get a separate
+stack slot and as a result function stack frame will be bigger.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-verbose=n"
+Set up how verbose dump file for the integrated register allocator
+will be. Default value is 5. If the value is greater or equal to 10,
+the dump file will be stderr as if the value were \fIn\fR minus 10.
+.IP "\fB\-fdelayed\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdelayed-branch"
+If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
+to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
+instructions.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fschedule-insns"
+If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
+eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
+helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
+by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
+or floating point instruction is required.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fschedule-insns2"
+Similar to \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR, but requests an additional pass of
+instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
+especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
+registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-sched\-interblock\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-sched-interblock"
+Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks. This is normally
+enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-sched\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-sched-spec"
+Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions. This is normally
+enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-pressure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-pressure"
+Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before the register
+allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register
+allocation is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at
+\&\fB\-O2\fR or higher. Usage of this option can improve the
+generated code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure
+increase above the number of available hard registers and as a
+consequence register spills in the register allocation.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-load"
+Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes
+sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-load\-dangerous\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-load-dangerous"
+Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes
+sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns=n"
+.PD
+Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue
+of stalled insns into the ready list, during the second scheduling pass.
+\&\fB\-fno\-sched\-stalled\-insns\fR means that no insns will be moved
+prematurely, \fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=0\fR means there is no limit
+on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR without a value is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n"
+.PD
+Define how many insn groups (cycles) will be examined for a dependency
+on a stalled insn that is candidate for premature removal from the queue
+of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the second scheduling pass,
+and only if \fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR is used.
+\&\fB\-fno\-sched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=0\fR.
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR without a value is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched2\-use\-superblocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched2-use-superblocks"
+When scheduling after register allocation, do use superblock scheduling
+algorithm. Superblock scheduling allows motion across basic block boundaries
+resulting on faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not all machine
+descriptions used by \s-1GCC\s0 model the \s-1CPU\s0 closely enough to avoid unreliable
+results from the algorithm.
+.Sp
+This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-group\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-group-heuristic"
+Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled
+by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR
+or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-critical\-path\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-critical-path-heuristic"
+Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+instructions on the critical path. This is enabled by default when
+scheduling is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR
+or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-insn\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic"
+Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This
+heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR
+or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-rank\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-rank-heuristic"
+Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-last\-insn\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-last-insn-heuristic"
+Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
+favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction
+scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled,
+i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-dep\-count\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-dep-count-heuristic"
+Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
+favors the instruction that has more instructions depending on it.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-freschedule\-modulo\-scheduled\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops"
+The modulo scheduling comes before the traditional scheduling, if a loop
+was modulo scheduled we may want to prevent the later scheduling passes
+from changing its schedule, we use this option to control that.
+.IP "\fB\-fselective\-scheduling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fselective-scheduling"
+Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
+scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fselective\-scheduling2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fselective-scheduling2"
+Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
+scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining"
+Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling.
+This option has no effect until one of \fB\-fselective\-scheduling\fR or
+\&\fB\-fselective\-scheduling2\fR is turned on.
+.IP "\fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-outer\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops"
+When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops.
+This option has no effect until \fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\fR is turned on.
+.IP "\fB\-fcaller\-saves\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcaller-saves"
+Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
+function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
+registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
+seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
+.Sp
+This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
+those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcombine\-stack\-adjustments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcombine-stack-adjustments"
+Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references
+and then tries to find ways to combine them.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O1\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fconserve\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconserve-stack"
+Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler will attempt to use less
+stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option
+implies setting the \fBlarge-stack-frame\fR parameter to 100
+and the \fBlarge-stack-frame-growth\fR parameter to 400.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-reassoc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-reassoc"
+Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-pre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-pre"
+Perform partial redundancy elimination (\s-1PRE\s0) on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-forwprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-forwprop"
+Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-fre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-fre"
+Perform full redundancy elimination (\s-1FRE\s0) on trees. The difference
+between \s-1FRE\s0 and \s-1PRE\s0 is that \s-1FRE\s0 only considers expressions
+that are computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation.
+This analysis is faster than \s-1PRE\s0, though it exposes fewer redundancies.
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-phiprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-phiprop"
+Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This
+pass is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-copy\-prop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-copy-prop"
+Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary
+copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-pure\-const\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-pure-const"
+Discover which functions are pure or constant.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-reference\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-reference"
+Discover which static variables do not escape cannot escape the
+compilation unit.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-struct\-reorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-struct-reorg"
+Perform structure reorganization optimization, that change C\-like structures
+layout in order to better utilize spatial locality. This transformation is
+affective for programs containing arrays of structures. Available in two
+compilation modes: profile-based (enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR)
+or static (which uses built-in heuristics). It works only in whole program
+mode, so it requires \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR to be
+enabled. Structures considered \fBcold\fR by this transformation are not
+affected (see \fB\-\-param struct\-reorg\-cold\-struct\-ratio=\fR\fIvalue\fR).
+.Sp
+With this flag, the program debug info reflects a new structure layout.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-pta\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-pta"
+Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification
+and reference analysis. This option can cause excessive memory and
+compile-time usage on large compilation units. It is not enabled by
+default at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-profile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-profile"
+Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called only from
+cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cold\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR, static constructors or destructors) are identified. Cold
+functions and loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for
+size.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-cp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-cp"
+Perform interprocedural constant propagation.
+This optimization analyzes the program to determine when values passed
+to functions are constants and then optimizes accordingly.
+This optimization can substantially increase performance
+if the application has constants passed to functions.
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-Os\fR and \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-cp\-clone\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-cp-clone"
+Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger.
+When enabled, interprocedural constant propagation will perform function cloning
+when externally visible function can be called with constant arguments.
+Because this optimization can create multiple copies of functions,
+it may significantly increase code size
+(see \fB\-\-param ipcp\-unit\-growth=\fR\fIvalue\fR).
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-matrix\-reorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-matrix-reorg"
+Perform matrix flattening and transposing.
+Matrix flattening tries to replace an m\-dimensional matrix
+with its equivalent n\-dimensional matrix, where n < m.
+This reduces the level of indirection needed for accessing the elements
+of the matrix. The second optimization is matrix transposing that
+attempts to change the order of the matrix's dimensions in order to
+improve cache locality.
+Both optimizations need the \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR flag.
+Transposing is enabled only if profiling information is available.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-sink\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-sink"
+Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-bit\-ccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-bit-ccp"
+Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate
+pointer alignment information.
+This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher. It requires that \fB\-ftree\-ccp\fR is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ccp"
+Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (\s-1CCP\s0) on trees. This
+pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-switch\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-switch-conversion"
+Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to
+initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O2\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dce"
+Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on trees. This flag is enabled by
+default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-builtin-call-dce"
+Perform conditional dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) for calls to builtin functions
+that may set \f(CW\*(C`errno\*(C'\fR but are otherwise side-effect free. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and higher if \fB\-Os\fR is not also
+specified.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dominator\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dominator-opts"
+Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy
+propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression
+simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal. This also
+performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dse"
+Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on trees. A dead store is a store into
+a memory location which will later be overwritten by another store without
+any intervening loads. In this case the earlier store can be deleted. This
+flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ch"
+Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it increases
+effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one jump. This flag
+is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher. It is not enabled
+for \fB\-Os\fR, since it usually increases code size.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-optimize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-optimize"
+Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-linear\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-linear"
+Perform loop interchange transformations on tree. Same as
+\&\fB\-floop\-interchange\fR. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has
+to be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to
+enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-interchange\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-interchange"
+Perform loop interchange transformations on loops. Interchanging two
+nested loops switches the inner and outer loops. For example, given a
+loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop interchange will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+which can be beneficial when \f(CW\*(C`N\*(C'\fR is larger than the caches,
+because in Fortran, the elements of an array are stored in memory
+contiguously by column, and the original loop iterates over rows,
+potentially creating at each access a cache miss. This optimization
+applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to
+Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured
+with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to enable the
+Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-strip\-mine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-strip-mine"
+Perform loop strip mining transformations on loops. Strip mining
+splits a loop into two nested loops. The outer loop has strides
+equal to the strip size and the inner loop has strides of the
+original loop within a strip. The strip length can be changed
+using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR parameter. For example,
+given a loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = A(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop strip mining will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO II = 1, N, 51
+\& DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
+\& A(I) = A(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This optimization applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is
+not limited to Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to
+be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to
+enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-block\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-block"
+Perform loop blocking transformations on loops. Blocking strip mines
+each loop in the loop nest such that the memory accesses of the
+element loops fit inside caches. The strip length can be changed
+using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR parameter. For example, given
+a loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop blocking will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& DO II = 1, N, 51
+\& DO JJ = 1, M, 51
+\& DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
+\& DO J = JJ, min (JJ + 50, M)
+\& A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+which can be beneficial when \f(CW\*(C`M\*(C'\fR is larger than the caches,
+because the innermost loop will iterate over a smaller amount of data
+that can be kept in the caches. This optimization applies to all the
+languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to Fortran. To use this
+code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR
+and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to enable the Graphite loop transformation
+infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-fgraphite\-identity\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgraphite-identity"
+Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we generate
+the polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple. Using
+\&\fB\-fgraphite\-identity\fR we can check the costs or benefits of the
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 \-> \s-1GRAPHITE\s0 \-> \s-1GIMPLE\s0 transformation. Some minimal optimizations
+are also performed by the code generator CLooG, like index splitting and
+dead code elimination in loops.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-flatten\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-flatten"
+Removes the loop nesting structure: transforms the loop nest into a
+single loop. This transformation can be useful to vectorize all the
+levels of the loop nest.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-parallelize\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-parallelize-all"
+Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can
+be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to
+not contain loop carried dependences without checking that it is
+profitable to parallelize the loops.
+.IP "\fB\-fcheck\-data\-deps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcheck-data-deps"
+Compare the results of several data dependence analyzers. This option
+is used for debugging the data dependence analyzers.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert"
+Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to
+branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from
+the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the
+vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by default
+if vectorization is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\-stores\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores"
+Attempt to also if-convert conditional jumps containing memory writes.
+This transformation can be unsafe for multi-threaded programs as it
+transforms conditional memory writes into unconditional memory writes.
+For example,
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+\& if (cond)
+\& A[i] = expr;
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would be transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+\& A[i] = cond ? expr : A[i];
+.Ve
+.Sp
+potentially producing data races.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-distribution\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-distribution"
+Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance on
+big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like
+parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = B(I) + C
+\& D(I) = E(I) * F
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+is transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = B(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& D(I) = E(I) * F
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-distribute\-patterns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-distribute-patterns"
+Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with
+calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O3\fR.
+.Sp
+This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call to
+memset zero. For example, the loop
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = 0
+\& B(I) = A(I) + I
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+is transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = 0
+\& ENDDO
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& B(I) = A(I) + I
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-im\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-im"
+Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants that
+would be hard to handle at \s-1RTL\s0 level (function calls, operations that expand to
+nontrivial sequences of insns). With \fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR it also moves
+operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so that we can use
+just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes
+store motion.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-ivcanon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-ivcanon"
+Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in the loop for that
+determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later
+optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially
+in connection with unrolling.
+.IP "\fB\-fivopts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fivopts"
+Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction
+variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-parallelize\-loops=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-parallelize-loops=n"
+Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads.
+This is only possible for loops whose iterations are independent
+and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is only
+profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops that are CPU-intensive,
+rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth. This option
+implies \fB\-pthread\fR, and thus is only supported on targets
+that have support for \fB\-pthread\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-pta\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-pta"
+Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-sra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-sra"
+Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure
+references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too
+early. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-copyrename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-copyrename"
+Perform copy renaming on trees. This pass attempts to rename compiler
+temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in
+variable names which more closely resemble the original variables. This flag
+is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ter"
+Perform temporary expression replacement during the \s-1SSA\-\s0>normal phase. Single
+use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their
+defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders
+much more complex trees to work on resulting in better \s-1RTL\s0 generation. This is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vectorize"
+Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-slp\-vectorize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-slp-vectorize"
+Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR and when \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vect-loop-version"
+Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees. When a loop
+appears to be vectorizable except that data alignment or data dependence cannot
+be determined at compile time then vectorized and non-vectorized versions of
+the loop are generated along with runtime checks for alignment or dependence
+to control which version is executed. This option is enabled by default
+except at level \fB\-Os\fR where it is disabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fvect\-cost\-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvect-cost-model"
+Enable cost model for vectorization.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vrp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vrp"
+Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the
+constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are
+propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range
+checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks. This is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and higher. Null pointer check
+elimination is only done if \fB\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR is
+enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftracer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftracer"
+Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
+simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
+better job.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-loops"
+Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile
+time or upon entry to the loop. \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR implies
+\&\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR. This option makes code larger,
+and may or may not make it run faster.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-all-loops"
+Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
+the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
+\&\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR implies the same options as
+\&\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR,
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-ivs\-in\-unroller\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller"
+Enables expressing of values of induction variables in later iterations
+of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks
+long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.
+.Sp
+Combination of \fB\-fweb\fR and \s-1CSE\s0 is often sufficient to obtain the
+same effect. However in cases the loop body is more complicated than
+a single basic block, this is not reliable. It also does not work at all
+on some of the architectures due to restrictions in the \s-1CSE\s0 pass.
+.Sp
+This optimization is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fvariable\-expansion\-in\-unroller\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller"
+With this option, the compiler will create multiple copies of some
+local variables when unrolling a loop which can result in superior code.
+.IP "\fB\-fpartial\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpartial-inlining"
+Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only
+when inlining itself is turned on by the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR
+or \fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR options.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpredictive\-commoning\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpredictive-commoning"
+Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations
+(especially memory loads and stores) performed in previous
+iterations of loops.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprefetch-loop-arrays"
+If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch
+memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.
+.Sp
+This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly
+dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
+.Sp
+Disabled at level \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-peephole\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-peephole"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-peephole2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-peephole2"
+.PD
+Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference
+between \fB\-fno\-peephole\fR and \fB\-fno\-peephole2\fR is in how they
+are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the
+other, a few use both.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpeephole\fR is enabled by default.
+\&\fB\-fpeephole2\fR enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-guess\-branch\-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-guess-branch-probability"
+Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are
+not provided by profiling feedback (\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR). These
+heuristics are based on the control flow graph. If some branch probabilities
+are specified by \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR, then the heuristics will be
+used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow graph,
+taking the \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR info into account. The interactions
+between the heuristics and \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR can be complex, and in
+some cases, it may be useful to disable the heuristics so that the effects
+of \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR are easier to understand.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fguess\-branch\-probability\fR at levels
+\&\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-blocks"
+Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of
+taken branches and improve code locality.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-blocks-and-partition"
+In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order
+to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks
+into separate sections of the assembly and .o files, to improve
+paging and cache locality performance.
+.Sp
+This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of
+exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a user-defined
+section attribute and on any architecture that does not support named
+sections.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-functions"
+Reorder functions in the object file in order to
+improve code locality. This is implemented by using special
+subsections \f(CW\*(C`.text.hot\*(C'\fR for most frequently executed functions and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.text.unlikely\*(C'\fR for unlikely executed functions. Reordering is done by
+the linker so object file format must support named sections and linker must
+place them in a reasonable way.
+.Sp
+Also profile feedback must be available in to make this option effective. See
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR for details.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-aliasing"
+Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
+the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+), this activates
+optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
+object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
+object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
+example, an \f(CW\*(C`unsigned int\*(C'\fR can alias an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, but not a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void*\*(C'\fR or a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. A character type may alias any other
+type.
+.Sp
+Pay special attention to code like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& union a_union {
+\& int i;
+\& double d;
+\& };
+\&
+\& int f() {
+\& union a_union t;
+\& t.d = 3.0;
+\& return t.i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
+recently written to (called \*(L"type-punning\*(R") is common. Even with
+\&\fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
+is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
+expected. However, this code might not:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& int f() {
+\& union a_union t;
+\& int* ip;
+\& t.d = 3.0;
+\& ip = &t.i;
+\& return *ip;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting pointer
+and dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even if the cast
+uses a union type, e.g.:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& int f() {
+\& double d = 3.0;
+\& return ((union a_union *) &d)\->i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR option is enabled at levels
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-overflow"
+Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending
+on the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+) this means that
+overflow when doing arithmetic with signed numbers is undefined, which
+means that the compiler may assume that it will not happen. This
+permits various optimizations. For example, the compiler will assume
+that an expression like \f(CW\*(C`i + 10 > i\*(C'\fR will always be true for
+signed \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR. This assumption is only valid if signed overflow is
+undefined, as the expression is false if \f(CW\*(C`i + 10\*(C'\fR overflows when
+using twos complement arithmetic. When this option is in effect any
+attempt to determine whether an operation on signed numbers will
+overflow must be written carefully to not actually involve overflow.
+.Sp
+This option also allows the compiler to assume strict pointer
+semantics: given a pointer to an object, if adding an offset to that
+pointer does not produce a pointer to the same object, the addition is
+undefined. This permits the compiler to conclude that \f(CW\*(C`p + u >
+p\*(C'\fR is always true for a pointer \f(CW\*(C`p\*(C'\fR and unsigned integer
+\&\f(CW\*(C`u\*(C'\fR. This assumption is only valid because pointer wraparound is
+undefined, as the expression is false if \f(CW\*(C`p + u\*(C'\fR overflows using
+twos complement arithmetic.
+.Sp
+See also the \fB\-fwrapv\fR option. Using \fB\-fwrapv\fR means
+that integer signed overflow is fully defined: it wraps. When
+\&\fB\-fwrapv\fR is used, there is no difference between
+\&\fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR and \fB\-fno\-strict\-overflow\fR for
+integers. With \fB\-fwrapv\fR certain types of overflow are
+permitted. For example, if the compiler gets an overflow when doing
+arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be used with
+\&\fB\-fwrapv\fR, but not otherwise.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR option is enabled at levels
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-functions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-functions=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-functions=n"
+.PD
+Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
+\&\fIn\fR, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes. For instance,
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions=32\fR aligns functions to the next 32\-byte
+boundary, but \fB\-falign\-functions=24\fR would align to the next
+32\-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-functions\fR and \fB\-falign\-functions=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+Some assemblers only support this flag when \fIn\fR is a power of two;
+in that case, it is rounded up.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-labels"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-labels=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-labels=n"
+.PD
+Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
+\&\fIn\fR bytes like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. This option can easily
+make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the
+branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-labels\fR and \fB\-falign\-labels=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that labels will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-falign\-loops\fR or \fB\-falign\-jumps\fR are applicable and
+are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default
+which is very likely to be \fB1\fR, meaning no alignment.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-loops"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-loops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-loops=n"
+.PD
+Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes
+like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. The hope is that the loop will be
+executed many times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy
+operations.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-loops\fR and \fB\-falign\-loops=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-jumps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-jumps=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-jumps=n"
+.PD
+Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
+where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to \fIn\fR
+bytes like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. In this case, no dummy operations
+need be executed.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-jumps\fR and \fB\-falign\-jumps=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funit-at-a-time"
+This option is left for compatibility reasons. \fB\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR
+has no effect, while \fB\-fno\-unit\-at\-a\-time\fR implies
+\&\fB\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder\fR and \fB\-fno\-section\-anchors\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-toplevel-reorder"
+Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR
+statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the
+input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static variables
+will not be removed. This option is intended to support existing code
+which relies on a particular ordering. For new code, it is better to
+use attributes.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O0\fR. When disabled explicitly, it also imply
+\&\fB\-fno\-section\-anchors\fR that is otherwise enabled at \fB\-O0\fR on some
+targets.
+.IP "\fB\-fweb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fweb"
+Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign
+each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register allocation pass
+to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization
+passes, such as \s-1CSE\s0, loop optimizer and trivial dead code remover. It can,
+however, make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in a
+\&\*(L"home register\*(R".
+.Sp
+Enabled by default with \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fwhole\-program\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwhole-program"
+Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being
+compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR
+and those merged by attribute \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR become static functions
+and in effect are optimized more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers. If \fBgold\fR is used as the linker plugin, \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR attributes are automatically added to functions (not variable yet due to a current \fBgold\fR issue) that are accessed outside of \s-1LTO\s0 objects according to resolution file produced by \fBgold\fR. For other linkers that cannot generate resolution file, explicit \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR attributes are still necessary.
+While this option is equivalent to proper use of the \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR keyword for
+programs consisting of a single file, in combination with option
+\&\fB\-flto\fR this flag can be used to
+compile many smaller scale programs since the functions and variables become
+local for the whole combined compilation unit, not for the single source file
+itself.
+.Sp
+This option implies \fB\-fwhole\-file\fR for Fortran programs.
+.IP "\fB\-flto[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto[=n]"
+This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked
+with source code, it generates \s-1GIMPLE\s0 (one of \s-1GCC\s0's internal
+representations) and writes it to special \s-1ELF\s0 sections in the object
+file. When the object files are linked together, all the function
+bodies are read from these \s-1ELF\s0 sections and instantiated as if they
+had been part of the same translation unit.
+.Sp
+To use the link-time optimizer, \fB\-flto\fR needs to be specified at
+compile time and during the final link. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-O2 \-flto foo.c
+\& gcc \-c \-O2 \-flto bar.c
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O2 foo.o bar.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first two invocations to \s-1GCC\s0 save a bytecode representation
+of \s-1GIMPLE\s0 into special \s-1ELF\s0 sections inside \fIfoo.o\fR and
+\&\fIbar.o\fR. The final invocation reads the \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode from
+\&\fIfoo.o\fR and \fIbar.o\fR, merges the two files into a single
+internal image, and compiles the result as usual. Since both
+\&\fIfoo.o\fR and \fIbar.o\fR are merged into a single image, this
+causes all the interprocedural analyses and optimizations in \s-1GCC\s0 to
+work across the two files as if they were a single one. This means,
+for example, that the inliner is able to inline functions in
+\&\fIbar.o\fR into functions in \fIfoo.o\fR and vice-versa.
+.Sp
+Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O2 foo.c bar.c
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The above generates bytecode for \fIfoo.c\fR and \fIbar.c\fR,
+merges them together into a single \s-1GIMPLE\s0 representation and optimizes
+them as usual to produce \fImyprog\fR.
+.Sp
+The only important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time
+optimizations the \fB\-flto\fR flag needs to be passed to both the
+compile and the link commands.
+.Sp
+To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to make
+certain whole program assumptions. The compiler needs to know
+what functions and variables can be accessed by libraries and runtime
+outside of the link-time optimized unit. When supported by the linker,
+the linker plugin (see \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR) passes information
+to the compiler about used and externally visible symbols. When
+the linker plugin is not available, \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR should be
+used to allow the compiler to make these assumptions, which leads
+to more aggressive optimization decisions.
+.Sp
+Note that when a file is compiled with \fB\-flto\fR, the generated
+object file is larger than a regular object file because it
+contains \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and the usual final code. This means that
+object files with \s-1LTO\s0 information can be linked as normal object
+files; if \fB\-flto\fR is not passed to the linker, no
+interprocedural optimizations are applied.
+.Sp
+Additionally, the optimization flags used to compile individual files
+are not necessarily related to those used at link time. For instance,
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-O0 \-flto foo.c
+\& gcc \-c \-O0 \-flto bar.c
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O3 foo.o bar.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This produces individual object files with unoptimized assembler
+code, but the resulting binary \fImyprog\fR is optimized at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR. If, instead, the final binary is generated without
+\&\fB\-flto\fR, then \fImyprog\fR is not optimized.
+.Sp
+When producing the final binary with \fB\-flto\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 only
+applies link-time optimizations to those files that contain bytecode.
+Therefore, you can mix and match object files and libraries with
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and final object code. \s-1GCC\s0 automatically selects
+which files to optimize in \s-1LTO\s0 mode and which files to link without
+further processing.
+.Sp
+There are some code generation flags that \s-1GCC\s0 preserves when
+generating bytecodes, as they need to be used during the final link
+stage. Currently, the following options are saved into the \s-1GIMPLE\s0
+bytecode files: \fB\-fPIC\fR, \fB\-fcommon\fR and all the
+\&\fB\-m\fR target flags.
+.Sp
+At link time, these options are read in and reapplied. Note that the
+current implementation makes no attempt to recognize conflicting
+values for these options. If different files have conflicting option
+values (e.g., one file is compiled with \fB\-fPIC\fR and another
+isn't), the compiler simply uses the last value read from the
+bytecode files. It is recommended, then, that you compile all the files
+participating in the same link with the same options.
+.Sp
+If \s-1LTO\s0 encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible
+types in separate translation units to be linked together (undefined
+behavior according to \s-1ISO\s0 C99 6.2.7), a non-fatal diagnostic may be
+issued. The behavior is still undefined at runtime.
+.Sp
+Another feature of \s-1LTO\s0 is that it is possible to apply interprocedural
+optimizations on files written in different languages. This requires
+support in the language front end. Currently, the C, \*(C+ and
+Fortran front ends are capable of emitting \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes, so
+something like this should work:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& gcc \-c \-flto foo.c
+\& g++ \-c \-flto bar.cc
+\& gfortran \-c \-flto baz.f90
+\& g++ \-o myprog \-flto \-O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o \-lgfortran
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Notice that the final link is done with \fBg++\fR to get the \*(C+
+runtime libraries and \fB\-lgfortran\fR is added to get the Fortran
+runtime libraries. In general, when mixing languages in \s-1LTO\s0 mode, you
+should use the same link command options as when mixing languages in a
+regular (non-LTO) compilation; all you need to add is \fB\-flto\fR to
+all the compile and link commands.
+.Sp
+If object files containing \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode are stored in a library archive, say
+\&\fIlibfoo.a\fR, it is possible to extract and use them in an \s-1LTO\s0 link if you
+are using a linker with plugin support. To enable this feature, use
+the flag \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR at link time:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-O2 \-flto \-fuse\-linker\-plugin a.o b.o \-lfoo
+.Ve
+.Sp
+With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 files from \fIlibfoo.a\fR and passes them on to the running \s-1GCC\s0
+to make them part of the aggregated \s-1GIMPLE\s0 image to be optimized.
+.Sp
+If you are not using a linker with plugin support and/or do not
+enable the linker plugin, then the objects inside \fIlibfoo.a\fR
+are extracted and linked as usual, but they do not participate
+in the \s-1LTO\s0 optimization process.
+.Sp
+Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole program to
+operate. If the program does not require any symbols to be exported, it is
+possible to combine \fB\-flto\fR and \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR to allow
+the interprocedural optimizers to use more aggressive assumptions which may
+lead to improved optimization opportunities.
+Use of \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR is not needed when linker plugin is
+active (see \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR).
+.Sp
+The current implementation of \s-1LTO\s0 makes no
+attempt to generate bytecode that is portable between different
+types of hosts. The bytecode files are versioned and there is a
+strict version check, so bytecode files generated in one version of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will not work with an older/newer version of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of debugging
+information. Combining \fB\-flto\fR with
+\&\fB\-g\fR is currently experimental and expected to produce wrong
+results.
+.Sp
+If you specify the optional \fIn\fR, the optimization and code
+generation done at link time is executed in parallel using \fIn\fR
+parallel jobs by utilizing an installed \fBmake\fR program. The
+environment variable \fB\s-1MAKE\s0\fR may be used to override the program
+used. The default value for \fIn\fR is 1.
+.Sp
+You can also specify \fB\-flto=jobserver\fR to use \s-1GNU\s0 make's
+job server mode to determine the number of parallel jobs. This
+is useful when the Makefile calling \s-1GCC\s0 is already executing in parallel.
+You must prepend a \fB+\fR to the command recipe in the parent Makefile
+for this to work. This option likely only works if \fB\s-1MAKE\s0\fR is
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 make.
+.Sp
+This option is disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-partition=\fR\fIalg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-partition=alg"
+Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.
+The value is either \f(CW\*(C`1to1\*(C'\fR to specify a partitioning mirroring
+the original source files or \f(CW\*(C`balanced\*(C'\fR to specify partitioning
+into equally sized chunks (whenever possible). Specifying \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR
+as an algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely. The
+default value is \f(CW\*(C`balanced\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-compression\-level=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-compression-level=n"
+This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate
+language written to \s-1LTO\s0 object files, and is only meaningful in
+conjunction with \s-1LTO\s0 mode (\fB\-flto\fR). Valid
+values are 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). Values
+outside this range are clamped to either 0 or 9. If the option is not
+given, a default balanced compression setting is used.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-report"
+Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time
+optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to version.
+It is meant to be useful to \s-1GCC\s0 developers when processing object
+files in \s-1LTO\s0 mode (via \fB\-flto\fR).
+.Sp
+Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-linker-plugin"
+Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization. This
+option relies on the linker plugin support in linker that is available in gold
+or in \s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer.
+.Sp
+This option enables the extraction of object files with \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode out
+of library archives. This improves the quality of optimization by exposing
+more code to the link-time optimizer. This information specifies what
+symbols can be accessed externally (by non-LTO object or during dynamic
+linking). Resulting code quality improvements on binaries (and shared
+libraries that use hidden visibility) are similar to \f(CW\*(C`\-fwhole\-program\*(C'\fR.
+See \fB\-flto\fR for a description of the effect of this flag and how to
+use it.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled by default when \s-1LTO\s0 support in \s-1GCC\s0 is enabled
+and \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for use with
+a linker supporting plugins (\s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer or gold).
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-elim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-elim"
+After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
+identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a
+comparison operation based on that arithmetic. If possible, eliminate the
+explicit comparison operation.
+.Sp
+This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly represent
+the comparison operation before register allocation is complete.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-ld=gold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-ld=gold"
+Use the \fBgold\fR linker instead of the default linker.
+This option is only necessary if \s-1GCC\s0 has been configured with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-gold\fR and \fB\-\-enable\-ld=default\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-ld=bfd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-ld=bfd"
+Use the \fBld.bfd\fR linker instead of the default linker.
+This option is only necessary if \s-1GCC\s0 has been configured with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-gold\fR and \fB\-\-enable\-ld\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcprop\-registers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcprop-registers"
+After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
+we perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies
+and occasionally eliminate the copy.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-correction"
+Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may
+be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By
+default, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit an error message when an inconsistent profile is detected.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-dir=path"
+Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to \fIpath\fR.
+This option affects only the profile data generated by
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR, \fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR, \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+and used by \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR
+and its related options. Both absolute and relative paths can be used.
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the current directory as \fIpath\fR, thus the
+profile data file will appear in the same directory as the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate=path"
+.PD
+Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce
+profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based
+optimization. You must use \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR both when
+compiling and when linking your program.
+.Sp
+The following options are enabled: \f(CW\*(C`\-fprofile\-arcs\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fprofile\-values\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fvpt\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+If \fIpath\fR is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the \fIpath\fR to find
+the profile feedback data files. See \fB\-fprofile\-dir\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate-sampling"
+Enable sampling for instrumented binaries. Instead of recording every event,
+record only every N\-th event, where N (the sampling rate) can be set either
+at compile time using
+\&\fB\-\-param profile\-generate\-sampling\-rate=\fR\fIvalue\fR, or
+at execution start time through environment variable \fB\s-1GCOV_SAMPLING_RATE\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+At this time sampling applies only to branch counters. A sampling rate of 100
+decreases instrumentated binary slowdown from up to 20x for heavily threaded
+applications down to around 2x. \fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR is always
+needed with sampling.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-use"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-use=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-use=path"
+.PD
+Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations
+generally profitable only with profile feedback available.
+.Sp
+The following options are enabled: \f(CW\*(C`\-fbranch\-probabilities\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fvpt\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-funroll\-loops\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fpeel\-loops\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 emits an error message if the feedback profiles do not
+match the source code. This error can be turned into a warning by using
+\&\fB\-Wcoverage\-mismatch\fR. Note this may result in poorly optimized
+code.
+.Sp
+If \fIpath\fR is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the \fIpath\fR to find
+the profile feedback data files. See \fB\-fprofile\-dir\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-generate=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpmu-profile-generate=pmuoption"
+Enable performance monitoring unit (\s-1PMU\s0) profiling. This collects
+hardware counter data corresponding to \fIpmuoption\fR. Currently
+only \fIload-latency\fR and \fIbranch-mispredict\fR are supported
+using pfmon tool. You must use \fB\-fpmu\-profile\-generate\fR both
+when compiling and when linking your program. This \s-1PMU\s0 profile data
+may later be used by the compiler during optimizations as well can be
+displayed using coverage tool gcov. The params variable
+\&\*(L"pmu_profile_n_addresses\*(R" can be used to restrict \s-1PMU\s0 data collection
+to only this many addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-use=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpmu-profile-use=pmuoption"
+Enable performance monitoring unit (\s-1PMU\s0) profiling based
+optimizations. Currently only \fIload-latency\fR and
+\&\fIbranch-mispredict\fR are supported.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa"
+Perform dynamic inter-procedural analysis. This is used in conjunction with
+the \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR and \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR options.
+During the \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR phase, this flag turns on some additional
+instrumentation code that enables dynamic call-graph analysis.
+During the \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR phase, this flag enables cross-module
+optimizations such as inlining.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-disallow\-asm\-modules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-disallow-asm-modules"
+During profile-gen, if this flag is enabled, and the module has asm statements,
+arrange so that a bit recording this information will be set in the profile
+feedback data file.
+During profile-use, if this flag is enabled, and the same bit in auxiliary
+module's profile feedback data is set, don't import this auxiliary module.
+If this is the primary module, don't export it.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-disallow\-opt\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-disallow-opt-mismatch"
+Don't import an auxiliary module, if the \s-1GCC\s0 command line options used for this
+auxiliary module during the profile-generate stage were different from those used
+for the primary module. Note that any mismatches in warning-related options are
+ignored for this comparison.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-no\-promote\-always\-inline\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-no-promote-always-inline-func"
+Do not promote static functions with always inline attribute in \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-verbose"
+Enable printing of verbose information about dynamic inter-procedural optimizations.
+This is used in conjunction with the \fB\-fripa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-peel\-size\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-peel-size-limit"
+Limit loop peeling of non-const non-FP loops in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation under estimates
+of a large code footprint. Enabled by default under \fB\-fripa\fR. Code size
+estimation and thresholds are controlled by the \fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR
+and \fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR parameters.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-unroll\-size\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-unroll-size-limit"
+Limit loop unrolling of non-const non-FP loops in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation under estimates
+of a large code footprint. Enabled by default under \fB\-fripa\fR. Code size
+estimation and thresholds are controlled by the \fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR
+and \fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR parameters.
+.IP "\fB\-fcallgraph\-profiles\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcallgraph-profiles-sections"
+Emit call graph edge profile counts in .note.callgraph.text sections. This is
+used in conjunction with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR. A new .note.callgraph.text
+section is created for each function. This section lists every callee and the
+number of times it is called. The params variable
+\&\*(L"note-cgraph-section-edge-threshold\*(R" can be used to only list edges above a
+certain threshold.
+.IP "\fB\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\-in\-elf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frecord-gcc-switches-in-elf"
+Record the command line options in the .gnu.switches.text elf section for sample
+based \s-1LIPO\s0 to do module grouping.
+.PP
+The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating
+point arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and
+correctness. All must be specifically enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ffloat\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffloat-store"
+Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
+options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
+register or memory.
+.Sp
+This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
+the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
+precision than a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is supposed to have. Similarly for the
+x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
+good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
+point. Use \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR for such programs, after modifying
+them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
+.IP "\fB\-fexcess\-precision=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexcess-precision=style"
+This option allows further control over excess precision on machines
+where floating-point registers have more precision than the \s-1IEEE\s0
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR types and the processor does not
+support operations rounding to those types. By default,
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=fast\fR is in effect; this means that
+operations are carried out in the precision of the registers and that
+it is unpredictable when rounding to the types specified in the source
+code takes place. When compiling C, if
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=standard\fR is specified then excess
+precision will follow the rules specified in \s-1ISO\s0 C99; in particular,
+both casts and assignments cause values to be rounded to their
+semantic types (whereas \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR only affects
+assignments). This option is enabled by default for C if a strict
+conformance option such as \fB\-std=c99\fR is used.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=standard\fR is not implemented for languages
+other than C, and has no effect if
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR or \fB\-ffast\-math\fR is
+specified. On the x86, it also has no effect if \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR
+or \fB\-mfpmath=sse+387\fR is specified; in the former case, \s-1IEEE\s0
+semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding
+is unpredictable.
+.IP "\fB\-ffast\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffast-math"
+Sets \fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR, \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR,
+\&\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR, \fB\-fno\-rounding\-math\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR and \fB\-fcx\-limited\-range\fR.
+.Sp
+This option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_FAST_MATH_\|_\*(C'\fR to be defined.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option besides
+\&\fB\-Ofast\fR since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+which depend on an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications
+for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-math-errno"
+Do not set \s-1ERRNO\s0 after calling math functions that are executed
+with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on
+\&\s-1IEEE\s0 exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
+for speed while maintaining \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic compatibility.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fmath\-errno\fR.
+.Sp
+On Darwin systems, the math library never sets \f(CW\*(C`errno\*(C'\fR. There is
+therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility that
+it might, and \fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsafe-math-optimizations"
+Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
+that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate \s-1IEEE\s0 or
+\&\s-1ANSI\s0 standards. When used at link-time, it may include libraries
+or startup files that change the default \s-1FPU\s0 control word or other
+similar optimizations.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+Enables \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR, \fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR,
+\&\fB\-fassociative\-math\fR and \fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-unsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fassociative\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fassociative-math"
+Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations.
+This violates the \s-1ISO\s0 C and \*(C+ language standard by possibly changing
+computation result. \s-1NOTE:\s0 re-ordering may change the sign of zero as
+well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or create underflow or overflow (and
+thus cannot be used on a code which relies on rounding behavior like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`(x + 2**52) \- 2**52)\*(C'\fR. May also reorder floating-point comparisons
+and thus may not be used when ordered comparisons are required.
+This option requires that both \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR be in effect. Moreover, it doesn't make
+much sense with \fB\-frounding\-math\fR. For Fortran the option
+is automatically enabled when both \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR are in effect.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-associative\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freciprocal-math"
+Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by
+the value if this enables optimizations. For example \f(CW\*(C`x / y\*(C'\fR
+can be replaced with \f(CW\*(C`x * (1/y)\*(C'\fR which is useful if \f(CW\*(C`(1/y)\*(C'\fR
+is subject to common subexpression elimination. Note that this loses
+precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-reciprocal\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffinite-math-only"
+Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume
+that arguments and results are not NaNs or +\-Infs.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-finite\-math\-only\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-signed-zeros"
+Allow optimizations for floating point arithmetic that ignore the
+signedness of zero. \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic specifies the behavior of
+distinct +0.0 and \-0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification
+of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with \fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR).
+This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn't significant.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fsigned\-zeros\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-trapping-math"
+Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
+user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow,
+underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option requires
+that \fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR be in effect. Setting this option may
+allow faster code if one relies on \*(L"non-stop\*(R" \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic, for example.
+.Sp
+This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ftrapping\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-frounding\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frounding-math"
+Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating
+point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point
+to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic
+truncations. This option should be specified for programs that change
+the \s-1FP\s0 rounding mode dynamically, or that may be executed with a
+non-default rounding mode. This option disables constant folding of
+floating point expressions at compile-time (which may be affected by
+rounding mode) and arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the
+presence of sign-dependent rounding modes.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-rounding\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
+disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
+Future versions of \s-1GCC\s0 may provide finer control of this setting
+using C99's \f(CW\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C'\fR pragma. This command line option
+will be used to specify the default state for \f(CW\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsignaling\-nans\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsignaling-nans"
+Compile code assuming that \s-1IEEE\s0 signaling NaNs may generate user-visible
+traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables
+optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with
+signaling NaNs. This option implies \fB\-ftrapping\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SUPPORT_SNAN_\|_\*(C'\fR to
+be defined.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR.
+.Sp
+This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
+disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fsingle\-precision\-constant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsingle-precision-constant"
+Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead of
+implicitly converting it to double precision constant.
+.IP "\fB\-fcx\-limited\-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcx-limited-range"
+When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
+needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no checking
+whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is \f(CW\*(C`NaN
++ I*NaN\*(C'\fR, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case. The
+default is \fB\-fno\-cx\-limited\-range\fR, but is enabled by
+\&\fB\-ffast\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option controls the default setting of the \s-1ISO\s0 C99
+\&\f(CW\*(C`CX_LIMITED_RANGE\*(C'\fR pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to
+all languages.
+.IP "\fB\-fcx\-fortran\-rules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcx-fortran-rules"
+Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range
+reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no checking
+whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is \f(CW\*(C`NaN
++ I*NaN\*(C'\fR, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-cx\-fortran\-rules\fR.
+.IP "\fBmin-mcf-cancel-iters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-mcf-cancel-iters"
+The minimum number of iterations of negative cycle cancellation during
+\&\s-1MCF\s0 profile correction before early termination. This parameter is
+only useful when using \fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR.
+.PP
+The following options control optimizations that may improve
+performance, but are not enabled by any \fB\-O\fR options. This
+section includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-probabilities"
+After running a program compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, you can compile it a second time using
+\&\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, to improve optimizations based on
+the number of times each branch was taken. When the program
+compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR exits it saves arc execution
+counts to a file called \fI\fIsourcename\fI.gcda\fR for each source
+file. The information in this data file is very dependent on the
+structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source code
+and the same optimization options for both compilations.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 puts a
+\&\fB\s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0\fR note on each \fB\s-1JUMP_INSN\s0\fR and \fB\s-1CALL_INSN\s0\fR.
+These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
+used in one place: in \fIreorg.c\fR, instead of guessing which path a
+branch is most likely to take, the \fB\s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0\fR values are used to
+exactly determine which path is taken more often.
+.IP "\fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fclone-hot-version-paths"
+When multi-version calls are made using \fB_\|_builtin_dispatch\fR, this flag
+enables cloning and hoisting of hot multiversioned paths.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-values\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-values"
+If combined with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, it adds code so that some
+data about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, it reads back the data gathered
+from profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR and \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fvpt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvpt"
+If combined with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, it instructs the compiler to add
+a code to gather information about values of expressions.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, it reads back the data gathered
+and actually performs the optimizations based on them.
+Currently the optimizations include specialization of division operation
+using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
+.IP "\fB\-frename\-registers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frename-registers"
+Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use
+of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization
+will most benefit processors with lots of registers. Depending on the
+debug information format adopted by the target, however, it can
+make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in
+a \*(L"home register\*(R".
+.Sp
+Enabled by default with \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR and \fB\-fpeel\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftracer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftracer"
+Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
+simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
+better job.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-loops"
+Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or
+upon entry to the loop. \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR implies
+\&\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR, \fB\-fweb\fR and \fB\-frename\-registers\fR.
+It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with
+small constant number of iterations). This option makes code larger, and may
+or may not make it run faster.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-all-loops"
+Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
+the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
+\&\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR implies the same options as
+\&\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpeel\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpeel-loops"
+Peels the loops for that there is enough information that they do not
+roll much (from profile feedback). It also turns on complete loop peeling
+(i.e. complete removal of loops with small constant number of iterations).
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmove\-loop\-invariants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmove-loop-invariants"
+Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the \s-1RTL\s0 loop optimizer. Enabled
+at level \fB\-O1\fR
+.IP "\fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funswitch-loops"
+Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates
+of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition).
+.IP "\fB\-ffunction\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffunction-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdata\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdata-sections"
+.PD
+Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
+file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
+function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
+in the output file.
+.Sp
+Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
+to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. Most systems
+using the \s-1ELF\s0 object format and \s-1SPARC\s0 processors running Solaris 2 have
+linkers with such optimizations. \s-1AIX\s0 may have these optimizations in
+the future.
+.Sp
+Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
+so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
+create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
+You will not be able to use \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR on all systems if you
+specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
+you specify both this option and \fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize"
+Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue / epilogue
+threading.
+The use of target registers can typically be exposed only during reload,
+thus hoisting loads out of loops and doing inter-block scheduling needs
+a separate optimization pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize2"
+Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue
+threading.
+.IP "\fB\-fbtr\-bb\-exclusive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbtr-bb-exclusive"
+When performing branch target register load optimization, don't reuse
+branch target registers in within any basic block.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector"
+Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing
+attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with
+vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call alloca, and
+functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes. The guards are initialized
+when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits.
+If a guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program exits.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector-all"
+Like \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR except that all functions are protected.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\-strong\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector-strong"
+Like \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR but includes additional functions to be
+protected \- those that have local array definitions, or have references to
+local frame addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-fsection\-anchors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsection-anchors"
+Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using
+shared \*(L"anchor\*(R" symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation
+can help to reduce the number of \s-1GOT\s0 entries and \s-1GOT\s0 accesses on some
+targets.
+.Sp
+For example, the implementation of the following function \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& static int a, b, c;
+\& int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would usually calculate the addresses of all three variables, but if you
+compile it with \fB\-fsection\-anchors\fR, it will access the variables
+from a common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to the
+following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int foo (void)
+\& {
+\& register int *xr = &x;
+\& return xr[&a \- &x] + xr[&b \- &x] + xr[&c \- &x];
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Not all targets support this option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--param name=value"
+In some places, \s-1GCC\s0 uses various constants to control the amount of
+optimization that is done. For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will not inline functions
+that contain more that a certain number of instructions. You can
+control some of these constants on the command-line using the
+\&\fB\-\-param\fR option.
+.Sp
+The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values, are
+tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to change
+without notice in future releases.
+.Sp
+In each case, the \fIvalue\fR is an integer. The allowable choices for
+\&\fIname\fR are given in the following table:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBstruct-reorg-cold-struct-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "struct-reorg-cold-struct-ratio"
+The threshold ratio (as a percentage) between a structure frequency
+and the frequency of the hottest structure in the program. This parameter
+is used by struct-reorg optimization enabled by \fB\-fipa\-struct\-reorg\fR.
+We say that if the ratio of a structure frequency, calculated by profiling,
+to the hottest structure frequency in the program is less than this
+parameter, then structure reorganization is not applied to this structure.
+The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBpredictable-branch-outcome\fR" 4
+.IX Item "predictable-branch-outcome"
+When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower than this threshold
+(in percent), then it is considered well predictable. The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-crossjump-edges\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-crossjump-edges"
+The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for crossjumping.
+The algorithm used by \fB\-fcrossjumping\fR is O(N^2) in
+the number of edges incoming to each block. Increasing values mean
+more aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase with
+probably small improvement in executable size.
+.IP "\fBmin-crossjump-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-crossjump-insns"
+The minimum number of instructions which must be matched at the end
+of two blocks before crossjumping will be performed on them. This
+value is ignored in the case where all instructions in the block being
+crossjumped from are matched. The default value is 5.
+.IP "\fBmax-grow-copy-bb-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-grow-copy-bb-insns"
+The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks
+instead of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump instruction.
+The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmax-goto-duplication-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-goto-duplication-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps
+to a computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of
+passes, \s-1GCC\s0 factors computed gotos early in the compilation process,
+and unfactors them as late as possible. Only computed jumps at the
+end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-duplication-insns are
+unfactored. The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmax-delay-slot-insn-search\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-delay-slot-insn-search"
+The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an
+instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of
+instructions is searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot
+will be minimal so stop searching. Increasing values mean more
+aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase with probably
+small improvement in executable run time.
+.IP "\fBmax-delay-slot-live-search\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-delay-slot-live-search"
+When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to
+consider when searching for a block with valid live register
+information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more
+aggressive optimization, increasing the compile time. This parameter
+should be removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the
+control-flow graph.
+.IP "\fBmax-gcse-memory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-gcse-memory"
+The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in
+order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
+optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
+optimization will not be done.
+.IP "\fBmax-gcse-insertion-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-gcse-insertion-ratio"
+If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger than this value
+for any expression, then \s-1RTL\s0 \s-1PRE\s0 will insert or remove the expression and thus
+leave partially redundant computations in the instruction stream. The default value is 20.
+.IP "\fBmax-pending-list-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pending-list-length"
+The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling will allow
+before flushing the current state and starting over. Large functions
+with few branches or calls can create excessively large lists which
+needlessly consume memory and resources.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-single"
+Several parameters control the tree inliner used in gcc.
+This number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in \s-1GCC\s0's
+internal representation) in a single function that the tree inliner
+will consider for inlining. This only affects functions declared
+inline and methods implemented in a class declaration (\*(C+).
+The default value is 400.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-auto"
+When you use \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR),
+a lot of functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining
+by the compiler will be investigated. To those functions, a different
+(more restrictive) limit compared to functions declared inline can
+be applied.
+The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBmversn-clone-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mversn-clone-depth"
+When using \fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR, hot function paths are multi\-
+versioned via cloning. This parameter specifies the maximum length of the
+call graph path that can be cloned. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBnum-mversn-clones\fR" 4
+.IX Item "num-mversn-clones"
+When using \fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR, hot function paths are multi\-
+versioned via cloning. This parameter specifies the maximum number of
+functions that can be cloned. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBlarge-function-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-function-insns"
+The limit specifying really large functions. For functions larger than this
+limit after inlining, inlining is constrained by
+\&\fB\-\-param large-function-growth\fR. This parameter is useful primarily
+to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-linear algorithms used by the
+backend.
+The default value is 2700.
+.IP "\fBlarge-function-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-function-growth"
+Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents.
+The default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times
+the original size.
+.IP "\fBlarge-unit-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-unit-insns"
+The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by inlining of
+units larger than this limit is limited by \fB\-\-param inline-unit-growth\fR.
+For small units this might be too tight (consider unit consisting of function A
+that is inline and B that just calls A three time. If B is small relative to
+A, the growth of unit is 300\e% and yet such inlining is very sane. For very
+large units consisting of small inlineable functions however the overall unit
+growth limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size. Thus for
+smaller units, the size is increased to \fB\-\-param large-unit-insns\fR
+before applying \fB\-\-param inline-unit-growth\fR. The default is 10000
+.IP "\fBinline-unit-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "inline-unit-growth"
+Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by inlining.
+The default value is 30 which limits unit growth to 1.3 times the original
+size.
+.IP "\fBipcp-unit-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ipcp-unit-growth"
+Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by
+interprocedural constant propagation. The default value is 10 which limits
+unit growth to 1.1 times the original size.
+.IP "\fBlarge-stack-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-stack-frame"
+The limit specifying large stack frames. While inlining the algorithm is trying
+to not grow past this limit too much. Default value is 256 bytes.
+.IP "\fBlarge-stack-frame-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-stack-frame-growth"
+Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by inlining in percents.
+The default value is 1000 which limits large stack frame growth to 11 times
+the original size.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-recursive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-recursive"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-recursive-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-recursive-auto"
+.PD
+Specifies maximum number of instructions out-of-line copy of self recursive inline
+function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.
+.Sp
+For functions declared inline \fB\-\-param max-inline-insns-recursive\fR is
+taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
+happens only when \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR) is
+enabled and \fB\-\-param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto\fR is used. The
+default value is 450.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-recursive-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-recursive-depth"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-recursive-depth-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-recursive-depth-auto"
+.PD
+Specifies maximum recursion depth used by the recursive inlining.
+.Sp
+For functions declared inline \fB\-\-param max-inline-recursive-depth\fR is
+taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
+happens only when \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR) is
+enabled and \fB\-\-param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto\fR is used. The
+default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmin-inline-recursive-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-inline-recursive-probability"
+Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion
+in average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by
+increasing the prologue size or complexity of function body to other
+optimizers.
+.Sp
+When profile feedback is available (see \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR) the actual
+recursion depth can be guessed from probability that function will recurse via
+given call expression. This parameter limits inlining only to call expression
+whose probability exceeds given threshold (in percents). The default value is
+10.
+.IP "\fBearly-inlining-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "early-inlining-insns"
+Specify growth that early inliner can make. In effect it increases amount of
+inlining for code having large abstraction penalty. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-early-inliner-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-early-inliner-iterations"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-early-inliner-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-early-inliner-iterations"
+.PD
+Limit of iterations of early inliner. This basically bounds number of nested
+indirect calls early inliner can resolve. Deeper chains are still handled by
+late inlining.
+.IP "\fBcomdat-sharing-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "comdat-sharing-probability"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBcomdat-sharing-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "comdat-sharing-probability"
+.PD
+Probability (in percent) that \*(C+ inline function with comdat visibility
+will be shared across multiple compilation units. The default value is 20.
+.IP "\fBmin-vect-loop-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-vect-loop-bound"
+The minimum number of iterations under which a loop will not get vectorized
+when \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR is used. The number of iterations after
+vectorization needs to be greater than the value specified by this option
+to allow vectorization. The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBgcse-cost-distance-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gcse-cost-distance-ratio"
+Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression
+can be moved by \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations. This is currently supported only in the
+code hoisting pass. The bigger the ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting
+will be with simple expressions, i.e., the expressions which have cost
+less than \fBgcse-unrestricted-cost\fR. Specifying 0 will disable
+hoisting of simple expressions. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBgcse-unrestricted-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gcse-unrestricted-cost"
+Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine
+instruction, at which \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations will not constrain
+the distance an expression can travel. This is currently
+supported only in the code hoisting pass. The lesser the cost,
+the more aggressive code hoisting will be. Specifying 0 will
+allow all expressions to travel unrestricted distances.
+The default value is 3.
+.IP "\fBmax-hoist-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-hoist-depth"
+The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to hoist.
+This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting algorithm.
+The value of 0 will avoid limiting the search, but may slow down compilation
+of huge functions. The default value is 30.
+.IP "\fBmax-unrolled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unrolled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
+is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it determines how many times
+the loop code is unrolled.
+.IP "\fBmax-average-unrolled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-average-unrolled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their execution
+that a loop should have if that loop is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled,
+it determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
+.IP "\fBmax-unroll-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unroll-times"
+The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
+is peeled, and if the loop is peeled, it determines how many times
+the loop code is peeled.
+.IP "\fBmax-peel-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-peel-times"
+The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peeled-insns-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peeled-insns-feedback"
+The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop when profile
+feedback is available and the loop is hot. Because of the real
+profiles, this value may set to be larger for hot loops. Its default
+value is 600.
+.IP "\fBmax-once-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-once-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of a peeled loop that rolls only once.
+.IP "\fBmax-once-peeled-insns-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-once-peeled-insns-feedback"
+The maximum number of insns of a peeled loop when profile feedback is
+available and the loop is hot. Because of the real profiles, this
+value may set to be larger for hot loops. The default value is 600.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-times"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete peeling.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-times-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-times-feedback"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete
+peeling when profile feedback is available and the loop is
+hot. Because of the real profiles, this value may set to be larger for
+hot loops. Its default value is 16.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth"
+The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.
+.IP "\fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "codesize-hotness-threshold"
+The minimum profile count of basic blocks to look at when estimating
+the code size footprint of the call graph in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compile.
+.IP "\fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "unrollpeel-codesize-threshold"
+Maximum \s-1LIPO\s0 code size footprint estimate for loop unrolling and peeling.
+.IP "\fBmax-unswitch-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unswitch-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-unswitch-level\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unswitch-level"
+The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
+.IP "\fBlim-expensive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lim-expensive"
+The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant motion.
+.IP "\fBiv-consider-all-candidates-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-consider-all-candidates-bound"
+Bound on number of candidates for induction variables below that
+all candidates are considered for each use in induction variable
+optimizations. Only the most relevant candidates are considered
+if there are more candidates, to avoid quadratic time complexity.
+.IP "\fBiv-max-considered-uses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-max-considered-uses"
+The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more
+induction variable uses.
+.IP "\fBiv-always-prune-cand-set-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound"
+If number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value,
+we always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its
+optimization when a new iv is added to the set.
+.IP "\fBscev-max-expr-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "scev-max-expr-size"
+Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
+Large expressions slow the analyzer.
+.IP "\fBscev-max-expr-complexity\fR" 4
+.IX Item "scev-max-expr-complexity"
+Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
+Complex expressions slow the analyzer.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-vars\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-vars"
+The maximum number of variables in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 128.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-geqs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-geqs"
+The maximum number of inequalities in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 256.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-eqs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-eqs"
+The maximum number of equalities in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 128.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-wild-cards\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-wild-cards"
+The maximum number of wildcard variables that the Omega solver will
+be able to insert. The default value is 18.
+.IP "\fBomega-hash-table-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-hash-table-size"
+The size of the hash table in the Omega solver. The default value is
+550.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-keys\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-keys"
+The maximal number of keys used by the Omega solver. The default
+value is 500.
+.IP "\fBomega-eliminate-redundant-constraints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints"
+When set to 1, use expensive methods to eliminate all redundant
+constraints. The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBvect-max-version-for-alignment-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks"
+The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when
+doing loop versioning for alignment in the vectorizer. See option
+ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
+.IP "\fBvect-max-version-for-alias-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect-max-version-for-alias-checks"
+The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when
+doing loop versioning for alias in the vectorizer. See option
+ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
+.IP "\fBmax-iterations-to-track\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-iterations-to-track"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute force algorithm
+for analysis of # of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.
+.IP "\fBhot-bb-count-fraction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hot-bb-count-fraction"
+Select fraction of the maximal count of repetitions of basic block in program
+given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
+.IP "\fBhot-bb-frequency-fraction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hot-bb-frequency-fraction"
+Select fraction of the entry block frequency of executions of basic block in
+function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot
+.IP "\fBmax-predicted-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-predicted-iterations"
+The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically. This is useful
+in cases where function contain single loop with known bound and other loop
+with unknown. We predict the known number of iterations correctly, while
+the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10. This means that the
+loop without bounds would appear artificially cold relative to the other one.
+.IP "\fBalign-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "align-threshold"
+Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of basic block in
+function given basic block will get aligned.
+.IP "\fBalign-loop-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "align-loop-iterations"
+A loop expected to iterate at lest the selected number of iterations will get
+aligned.
+.IP "\fBtracer-dynamic-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBtracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback"
+.PD
+This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage of
+executed instructions is covered. This limits unnecessary code size
+expansion.
+.Sp
+The \fBtracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback\fR is used only when profile
+feedback is available. The real profiles (as opposed to statically estimated
+ones) are much less balanced allowing the threshold to be larger value.
+.IP "\fBtracer-max-code-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-max-code-growth"
+Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage. This is
+rather hokey argument, as most of the duplicates will be eliminated later in
+cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the desired code
+growth.
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio"
+Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than this
+threshold (in percent).
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback"
+.PD
+Stop forward growth if the best edge do have probability lower than this
+threshold.
+.Sp
+Similarly to \fBtracer-dynamic-coverage\fR two values are present, one for
+compilation for profile feedback and one for compilation without. The value
+for compilation with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in
+order to make tracer effective.
+.IP "\fBmax-cse-path-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cse-path-length"
+Maximum number of basic blocks on path that cse considers. The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-cse-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cse-insns"
+The maximum instructions \s-1CSE\s0 process before flushing. The default is 1000.
+.IP "\fBggc-min-expand\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ggc-min-expand"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation. This
+parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage
+collector's heap should be allowed to expand between collections.
+Tuning this may improve compilation speed; it has no effect on code
+generation.
+.Sp
+The default is 30% + 70% * (\s-1RAM/1GB\s0) with an upper bound of 100% when
+\&\s-1RAM\s0 >= 1GB. If \f(CW\*(C`getrlimit\*(C'\fR is available, the notion of \*(L"\s-1RAM\s0\*(R" is
+the smallest of actual \s-1RAM\s0 and \f(CW\*(C`RLIMIT_DATA\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`RLIMIT_AS\*(C'\fR. If
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a particular platform, the lower
+bound of 30% is used. Setting this parameter and
+\&\fBggc-min-heapsize\fR to zero causes a full collection to occur at
+every opportunity. This is extremely slow, but can be useful for
+debugging.
+.IP "\fBggc-min-heapsize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ggc-min-heapsize"
+Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins bothering
+to collect garbage. The first collection occurs after the heap expands
+by \fBggc-min-expand\fR% beyond \fBggc-min-heapsize\fR. Again,
+tuning this may improve compilation speed, and has no effect on code
+generation.
+.Sp
+The default is the smaller of \s-1RAM/8\s0, \s-1RLIMIT_RSS\s0, or a limit which
+tries to ensure that \s-1RLIMIT_DATA\s0 or \s-1RLIMIT_AS\s0 are not exceeded, but
+with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and an upper bound of
+131072 (128 megabytes). If \s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a
+particular platform, the lower bound is used. Setting this parameter
+very large effectively disables garbage collection. Setting this
+parameter and \fBggc-min-expand\fR to zero causes a full collection
+to occur at every opportunity.
+.IP "\fBmax-reload-search-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-reload-search-insns"
+The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for equivalent
+register. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
+compile time increase with probably slightly better performance. The default
+value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-cselib-memory-locations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cselib-memory-locations"
+The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account.
+Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compile time
+increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value is 500.
+.IP "\fBreorder-blocks-duplicate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBreorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback"
+.PD
+Used by basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional
+branch or duplicate the code on its destination. Code is duplicated when its
+estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated size of
+unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.
+.Sp
+The \fBreorder-block-duplicate-feedback\fR is used only when profile
+feedback is available and may be set to higher values than
+\&\fBreorder-block-duplicate\fR since information about the hot spots is more
+accurate.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-ready-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-ready-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should
+consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass. Increasing
+values mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase
+with probably little benefit. The default value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-region-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-region-blocks"
+The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
+interblock scheduling. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-pipeline-region-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pipeline-region-blocks"
+The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
+pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 15.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-region-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-region-insns"
+The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
+interblock scheduling. The default value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-pipeline-region-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pipeline-region-insns"
+The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
+pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 200.
+.IP "\fBmin-spec-prob\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-spec-prob"
+The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block
+for interblock speculative scheduling. The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-extend-regions-iters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-extend-regions-iters"
+The maximum number of iterations through \s-1CFG\s0 to extend regions.
+0 \- disable region extension,
+N \- do at most N iterations.
+The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-insn-conflict-delay\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-insn-conflict-delay"
+The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative motion.
+The default value is 3.
+.IP "\fBsched-spec-prob-cutoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sched-spec-prob-cutoff"
+The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that
+speculative insn will be scheduled.
+The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBsched-mem-true-dep-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sched-mem-true-dep-cost"
+Minimal distance (in \s-1CPU\s0 cycles) between store and load targeting same
+memory locations. The default value is 1.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-lookahead\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-lookahead"
+The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective scheduling. It is a
+depth of search for available instructions.
+The default value is 50.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-sched-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-sched-times"
+The maximum number of times that an instruction will be scheduled during
+selective scheduling. This is the limit on the number of iterations
+through which the instruction may be pipelined. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-insns-to-rename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-insns-to-rename"
+The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that are considered
+for renaming in the selective scheduler. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBmax-last-value-rtl\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-last-value-rtl"
+The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an expression
+in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that register. The default
+is 10000.
+.IP "\fBinteger-share-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "integer-share-limit"
+Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the
+compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed. This sets the maximum
+value of a shared integer constant. The default value is 256.
+.IP "\fBmin-virtual-mappings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-virtual-mappings"
+Specifies the minimum number of virtual mappings in the incremental
+\&\s-1SSA\s0 updater that should be registered to trigger the virtual mappings
+heuristic defined by virtual-mappings-ratio. The default value is
+100.
+.IP "\fBvirtual-mappings-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "virtual-mappings-ratio"
+If the number of virtual mappings is virtual-mappings-ratio bigger
+than the number of virtual symbols to be updated, then the incremental
+\&\s-1SSA\s0 updater switches to a full update for those symbols. The default
+ratio is 3.
+.IP "\fBssp-buffer-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ssp-buffer-size"
+The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that will receive stack smashing
+protection when \fB\-fstack\-protection\fR is used.
+.IP "\fBmax-jump-thread-duplication-stmts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts"
+Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be
+duplicated when threading jumps.
+.IP "\fBmax-fields-for-field-sensitive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-fields-for-field-sensitive"
+Maximum number of fields in a structure we will treat in
+a field sensitive manner during pointer analysis. The default is zero
+for \-O0, and \-O1 and 100 for \-Os, \-O2, and \-O3.
+.IP "\fBprefetch-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prefetch-latency"
+Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed before
+prefetch finishes. The distance we prefetch ahead is proportional
+to this constant. Increasing this number may also lead to less
+streams being prefetched (see \fBsimultaneous-prefetches\fR).
+.IP "\fBsimultaneous-prefetches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "simultaneous-prefetches"
+Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.
+.IP "\fBl1\-cache\-line\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l1-cache-line-size"
+The size of cache line in L1 cache, in bytes.
+.IP "\fBl1\-cache\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l1-cache-size"
+The size of L1 cache, in kilobytes.
+.IP "\fBl2\-cache\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l2-cache-size"
+The size of L2 cache, in kilobytes.
+.IP "\fBmin-insn-to-prefetch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio"
+The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
+number of prefetches to enable prefetching in a loop.
+.IP "\fBprefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio"
+The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
+number of memory references to enable prefetching in a loop.
+.IP "\fBuse-canonical-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "use-canonical-types"
+Whether the compiler should use the \*(L"canonical\*(R" type system. By
+default, this should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal
+mechanism for comparing types in \*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+. However, if
+bugs in the canonical type system are causing compilation failures,
+set this value to 0 to disable canonical types.
+.IP "\fBswitch-conversion-max-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio"
+Switch initialization conversion will refuse to create arrays that are
+bigger than \fBswitch-conversion-max-branch-ratio\fR times the number of
+branches in the switch.
+.IP "\fBmax-partial-antic-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-partial-antic-length"
+Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the tree
+partial redundancy elimination optimization (\fB\-ftree\-pre\fR) when
+optimizing at \fB\-O3\fR and above. For some sorts of source code
+the enhanced partial redundancy elimination optimization can run away,
+consuming all of the memory available on the host machine. This
+parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets that are computed,
+which prevents the runaway behavior. Setting a value of 0 for
+this parameter will allow an unlimited set length.
+.IP "\fBsccvn-max-scc-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sccvn-max-scc-size"
+Maximum size of a strongly connected component (\s-1SCC\s0) during \s-1SCCVN\s0
+processing. If this limit is hit, \s-1SCCVN\s0 processing for the whole
+function will not be done and optimizations depending on it will
+be disabled. The default maximum \s-1SCC\s0 size is 10000.
+.IP "\fBira-max-loops-num\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-max-loops-num"
+\&\s-1IRA\s0 uses a regional register allocation by default. If a function
+contains loops more than number given by the parameter, only at most
+given number of the most frequently executed loops will form regions
+for the regional register allocation. The default value of the
+parameter is 100.
+.IP "\fBira-max-conflict-table-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-max-conflict-table-size"
+Although \s-1IRA\s0 uses a sophisticated algorithm of compression conflict
+table, the table can be still big for huge functions. If the conflict
+table for a function could be more than size in \s-1MB\s0 given by the
+parameter, the conflict table is not built and faster, simpler, and
+lower quality register allocation algorithm will be used. The
+algorithm do not use pseudo-register conflicts. The default value of
+the parameter is 2000.
+.IP "\fBira-loop-reserved-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-loop-reserved-regs"
+\&\s-1IRA\s0 can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in loops
+for decision to move loop invariants (see \fB\-O3\fR). The number
+of available registers reserved for some other purposes is described
+by this parameter. The default value of the parameter is 2 which is
+minimal number of registers needed for execution of typical
+instruction. This value is the best found from numerous experiments.
+.IP "\fBloop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop"
+Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in compile time and
+in amount of needed compile time memory, with very large loops. Loops
+with more basic blocks than this parameter won't have loop invariant
+motion optimization performed on them. The default value of the
+parameter is 1000 for \-O1 and 10000 for \-O2 and above.
+.IP "\fBmax-vartrack-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-vartrack-size"
+Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during variable
+tracking dataflow analysis of any function. If this limit is exceeded
+with variable tracking at assignments enabled, analysis for that
+function is retried without it, after removing all debug insns from
+the function. If the limit is exceeded even without debug insns, var
+tracking analysis is completely disabled for the function. Setting
+the parameter to zero makes it unlimited.
+.IP "\fBmin-nondebug-insn-uid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-nondebug-insn-uid"
+Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns. The range below
+the parameter is reserved exclusively for debug insns created by
+\&\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR, but debug insns may get
+(non-overlapping) uids above it if the reserved range is exhausted.
+.IP "\fBipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor"
+IPA-SRA will replace a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new
+parameters only when their cumulative size is less or equal to
+\&\fBipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor\fR times the size of the original
+pointer parameter.
+.IP "\fBgraphite-max-nb-scop-params\fR" 4
+.IX Item "graphite-max-nb-scop-params"
+To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms, the
+number of parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is bounded. The
+default value is 10 parameters. A variable whose value is unknown at
+compile time and defined outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.
+.IP "\fBgraphite-max-bbs-per-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "graphite-max-bbs-per-function"
+To avoid exponential effects in the detection of SCoPs, the size of
+the functions analyzed by Graphite is bounded. The default value is
+100 basic blocks.
+.IP "\fBloop-block-tile-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loop-block-tile-size"
+Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with
+\&\fB\-floop\-block\fR or \fB\-floop\-strip\-mine\fR, strip mine each
+loop in the loop nest by a given number of iterations. The strip
+length can be changed using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR
+parameter. The default value is 51 iterations.
+.IP "\fBdevirt-type-list-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "devirt-type-list-size"
+IPA-CP attempts to track all possible types passed to a function's
+parameter in order to perform devirtualization.
+\&\fBdevirt-type-list-size\fR is the maximum number of types it
+stores per a single formal parameter of a function.
+.IP "\fBlto-partitions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lto-partitions"
+Specify desired number of partitions produced during \s-1WHOPR\s0 compilation.
+The number of partitions should exceed the number of CPUs used for compilation.
+The default value is 32.
+.IP "\fBlto-minpartition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lto-minpartition"
+Size of minimal partition for \s-1WHOPR\s0 (in estimated instructions).
+This prevents expenses of splitting very small programs into too many
+partitions.
+.IP "\fBcxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help"
+The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions when \*(C+
+name lookup fails for an identifier. The default is 1000.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.SS "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
+These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
+file before actual compilation.
+.PP
+If you use the \fB\-E\fR option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
+Some of these options make sense only together with \fB\-E\fR because
+they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
+compilation.
+.IP "\fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wp,option"
+You can use \fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR to bypass the compiler driver
+and pass \fIoption\fR directly through to the preprocessor. If
+\&\fIoption\fR contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the
+commas. However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted
+by the compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and
+\&\fB\-Wp\fR forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor's direct
+interface is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible
+you should avoid using \fB\-Wp\fR and let the driver handle the
+options instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xpreprocessor option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to
+supply system-specific preprocessor options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name"
+Predefine \fIname\fR as a macro, with definition \f(CW1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIdefinition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name=definition"
+The contents of \fIdefinition\fR are tokenized and processed as if
+they appeared during translation phase three in a \fB#define\fR
+directive. In particular, the definition will be truncated by
+embedded newline characters.
+.Sp
+If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
+program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
+characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
+.Sp
+If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
+its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
+(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
+to quote the option. With \fBsh\fR and \fBcsh\fR,
+\&\fB\-D'\fR\fIname\fR\fB(\fR\fIargs...\fR\fB)=\fR\fIdefinition\fR\fB'\fR works.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options are processed in the order they
+are given on the command line. All \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR and
+\&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR options are processed after all
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U name"
+Cancel any previous definition of \fIname\fR, either built in or
+provided with a \fB\-D\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-undef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-undef"
+Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The
+standard predefined macros remain defined.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
+for header files.
+Directories named by \fB\-I\fR are searched before the standard
+system include directories. If the directory \fIdir\fR is a standard
+system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that the
+default search order for system directories and the special treatment
+of system headers are not defeated
+\&.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Write output to \fIfile\fR. This is the same as specifying \fIfile\fR
+as the second non-option argument to \fBcpp\fR. \fBgcc\fR has a
+different interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must
+use \fB\-o\fR to specify the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wall"
+Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
+At present this is \fB\-Wcomment\fR, \fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wmultichar\fR and a warning about integer promotion causing a
+change of sign in \f(CW\*(C`#if\*(C'\fR expressions. Note that many of the
+preprocessor's warnings are on by default and have no options to
+control them.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomment"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomments"
+.PD
+Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
+comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
+(Both forms have the same effect.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
+Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.
+However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (\fB??/\fR at
+the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends.
+Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce
+warnings inside a comment.
+.Sp
+This option is implied by \fB\-Wall\fR. If \fB\-Wall\fR is not
+given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To
+get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR warnings, use \fB\-trigraphs \-Wall \-Wno\-trigraphs\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional"
+Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
+equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundef"
+Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an
+\&\fB#if\fR directive, outside of \fBdefined\fR. Such identifiers are
+replaced with zero.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-macros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-macros"
+Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro
+is \fIused\fR if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once.
+The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the
+time it is redefined or undefined.
+.Sp
+Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
+defined in include files are not warned about.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped
+conditional blocks, then \s-1CPP\s0 will report it as unused. To avoid the
+warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
+definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
+Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
+\& #endif
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wendif\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wendif-labels"
+Warn whenever an \fB#else\fR or an \fB#endif\fR are followed by text.
+This usually happens in code of the form
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& #if FOO
+\& ...
+\& #else FOO
+\& ...
+\& #endif FOO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The second and third \f(CW\*(C`FOO\*(C'\fR should be in comments, but often are not
+in older programs. This warning is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror"
+Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings
+will be rejected.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
+Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful
+in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are
+responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Suppress all warnings, including those which \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0 issues by default.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of
+them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless
+code.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics
+into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that \s-1GCC\s0 issues
+without \fB\-pedantic\fR but treats as warnings.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M"
+Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
+suitable for \fBmake\fR describing the dependencies of the main
+source file. The preprocessor outputs one \fBmake\fR rule containing
+the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
+the included files, including those coming from \fB\-include\fR or
+\&\fB\-imacros\fR command line options.
+.Sp
+Unless specified explicitly (with \fB\-MT\fR or \fB\-MQ\fR), the
+object file name consists of the name of the source file with any
+suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any leading directory
+parts removed. If there are many included files then the rule is
+split into several lines using \fB\e\fR\-newline. The rule has no
+commands.
+.Sp
+This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such as
+\&\fB\-dM\fR. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
+rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
+\&\fB\-MF\fR, or use an environment variable like
+\&\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR. Debug output
+will still be sent to the regular output stream as normal.
+.Sp
+Passing \fB\-M\fR to the driver implies \fB\-E\fR, and suppresses
+warnings with an implicit \fB\-w\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MM"
+Like \fB\-M\fR but do not mention header files that are found in
+system header directories, nor header files that are included,
+directly or indirectly, from such a header.
+.Sp
+This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an
+\&\fB#include\fR directive does not in itself determine whether that
+header will appear in \fB\-MM\fR dependency output. This is a
+slight change in semantics from \s-1GCC\s0 versions 3.0 and earlier.
+.IP "\fB\-MF\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MF file"
+When used with \fB\-M\fR or \fB\-MM\fR, specifies a
+file to write the dependencies to. If no \fB\-MF\fR switch is given
+the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent
+preprocessed output.
+.Sp
+When used with the driver options \fB\-MD\fR or \fB\-MMD\fR,
+\&\fB\-MF\fR overrides the default dependency output file.
+.IP "\fB\-MG\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MG"
+In conjunction with an option such as \fB\-M\fR requesting
+dependency generation, \fB\-MG\fR assumes missing header files are
+generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising
+an error. The dependency filename is taken directly from the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\*(C'\fR directive without prepending any path. \fB\-MG\fR
+also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
+this useless.
+.Sp
+This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
+.IP "\fB\-MP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MP"
+This option instructs \s-1CPP\s0 to add a phony target for each dependency
+other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
+dummy rules work around errors \fBmake\fR gives if you remove header
+files without updating the \fIMakefile\fR to match.
+.Sp
+This is typical output:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& test.o: test.c test.h
+\&
+\& test.h:
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MT\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MT target"
+Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By
+default \s-1CPP\s0 takes the name of the main input file, deletes any
+directory components and any file suffix such as \fB.c\fR, and
+appends the platform's usual object suffix. The result is the target.
+.Sp
+An \fB\-MT\fR option will set the target to be exactly the string you
+specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single
+argument to \fB\-MT\fR, or use multiple \fB\-MT\fR options.
+.Sp
+For example, \fB\-MT\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR might give
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MQ\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MQ target"
+Same as \fB\-MT\fR, but it quotes any characters which are special to
+Make. \fB\-MQ\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR gives
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
+\&\fB\-MQ\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MD"
+\&\fB\-MD\fR is equivalent to \fB\-M \-MF\fR \fIfile\fR, except that
+\&\fB\-E\fR is not implied. The driver determines \fIfile\fR based on
+whether an \fB\-o\fR option is given. If it is, the driver uses its
+argument but with a suffix of \fI.d\fR, otherwise it takes the name
+of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and
+applies a \fI.d\fR suffix.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-MD\fR is used in conjunction with \fB\-E\fR, any
+\&\fB\-o\fR switch is understood to specify the dependency output file, but if used without \fB\-E\fR, each \fB\-o\fR
+is understood to specify a target object file.
+.Sp
+Since \fB\-E\fR is not implied, \fB\-MD\fR can be used to generate
+a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.
+.IP "\fB\-MMD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MMD"
+Like \fB\-MD\fR except mention only user header files, not system
+header files.
+.IP "\fB\-fpch\-deps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpch-deps"
+When using precompiled headers, this flag
+will cause the dependency-output flags to also list the files from the
+precompiled header's dependencies. If not specified only the
+precompiled header would be listed and not the files that were used to
+create it because those files are not consulted when a precompiled
+header is used.
+.IP "\fB\-fpch\-preprocess\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpch-preprocess"
+This option allows use of a precompiled header together with \fB\-E\fR. It inserts a special \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "\f(CIfilename\f(CW"\*(C'\fR in the output to mark
+the place where the precompiled header was found, and its \fIfilename\fR.
+When \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR is in use, \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes this \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR
+and loads the \s-1PCH\s0.
+.Sp
+This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed output
+is only really suitable as input to \s-1GCC\s0. It is switched on by
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+You should not write this \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR in your own code, but it is
+safe to edit the filename if the \s-1PCH\s0 file is available in a different
+location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to \s-1GCC\s0's
+current directory.
+.IP "\fB\-x c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-x c++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c++"
+.IP "\fB\-x objective-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x objective-c"
+.IP "\fB\-x assembler-with-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x assembler-with-cpp"
+.PD
+Specify the source language: C, \*(C+, Objective-C, or assembly. This has
+nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely
+selects which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options,
+cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the source file:
+\&\fB.c\fR, \fB.cc\fR, \fB.m\fR, or \fB.S\fR. Some other common
+extensions for \*(C+ and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not
+recognize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most
+generic mode.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR Previous versions of cpp accepted a \fB\-lang\fR option
+which selected both the language and the standards conformance level.
+This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the \fB\-l\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-std=standard"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ansi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ansi"
+.PD
+Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently \s-1CPP\s0
+knows about C and \*(C+ standards; others may be added in the future.
+.Sp
+\&\fIstandard\fR
+may be one of:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """c90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c89"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1990""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1990\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1990"
+.PD
+The \s-1ISO\s0 C standard from 1990. \fBc90\fR is the customary shorthand for
+this version of the standard.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-ansi\fR option is equivalent to \fB\-std=c90\fR.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199409""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199409\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199409"
+The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1999""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1999\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1999"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c99"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199x"
+.ie n .IP """c9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c9x"
+.PD
+The revised \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, published in December 1999. Before
+publication, this was known as C9X.
+.ie n .IP """c1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development.
+.ie n .IP """gnu90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu89"
+.PD
+The 1990 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the default.
+.ie n .IP """gnu99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu99"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu9x"
+.PD
+The 1999 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """gnu1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development, plus
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """c++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++98"
+The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments.
+.ie n .IP """gnu++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++98"
+The same as \fB\-std=c++98\fR plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the
+default for \*(C+ code.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-I\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I-"
+Split the include path. Any directories specified with \fB\-I\fR
+options before \fB\-I\-\fR are searched only for headers requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR. If additional directories are
+specified with \fB\-I\fR options after the \fB\-I\-\fR, those
+directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR directives.
+.Sp
+In addition, \fB\-I\-\fR inhibits the use of the directory of the current
+file directory as the first search directory for \f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR.
+This option has been deprecated.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc"
+Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
+Only the directories you have specified with \fB\-I\fR options
+(and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc++"
+Do not search for header files in the \*(C+\-specific standard directories,
+but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is
+used when building the \*(C+ library.)
+.IP "\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-include file"
+Process \fIfile\fR as if \f(CW\*(C`#include "file"\*(C'\fR appeared as the first
+line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched
+for \fIfile\fR is the preprocessor's working directory \fIinstead of\fR
+the directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
+is searched for in the remainder of the \f(CW\*(C`#include "..."\*(C'\fR search
+chain as normal.
+.Sp
+If multiple \fB\-include\fR options are given, the files are included
+in the order they appear on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imacros file"
+Exactly like \fB\-include\fR, except that any output produced by
+scanning \fIfile\fR is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined.
+This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
+processing its declarations.
+.Sp
+All files specified by \fB\-imacros\fR are processed before all files
+specified by \fB\-include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-idirafter dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, but do it \fIafter\fR all
+directories specified with \fB\-I\fR and the standard system directories
+have been exhausted. \fIdir\fR is treated as a system include directory.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iprefix prefix"
+Specify \fIprefix\fR as the prefix for subsequent \fB\-iwithprefix\fR
+options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the
+final \fB/\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefix dir"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefixbefore dir"
+.PD
+Append \fIdir\fR to the prefix specified previously with
+\&\fB\-iprefix\fR, and add the resulting directory to the include search
+path. \fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR puts it in the same place \fB\-I\fR
+would; \fB\-iwithprefix\fR puts it where \fB\-idirafter\fR would.
+.IP "\fB\-isysroot\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isysroot dir"
+This option is like the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option, but applies only to
+header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header
+files and libraries). See the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option for more
+information.
+.IP "\fB\-imultilib\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imultilib dir"
+Use \fIdir\fR as a subdirectory of the directory containing
+target-specific \*(C+ headers.
+.IP "\fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isystem dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, after all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR but before the standard system directories. Mark it
+as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
+is applied to the standard system directories.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iquote\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iquote dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR only for header files requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR, before all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR and before the standard system directories.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdirectives\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdirectives-only"
+When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
+.Sp
+The option's behavior depends on the \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR
+options.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-E\fR, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
+such as \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`#ifdef\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`#error\*(C'\fR. Other
+preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph
+conversion are not performed. In addition, the \fB\-dD\fR option is
+implicitly enabled.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, predefinition of command line and most
+builtin macros is disabled. Macros such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_LINE_\|_\*(C'\fR, which are
+contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables compilation of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+With both \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, the rules for
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdollars\-in\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdollars-in-identifiers"
+Accept \fB$\fR in identifiers.
+.IP "\fB\-fextended\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fextended-identifiers"
+Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is
+experimental; in a future version of \s-1GCC\s0, it will be enabled by
+default for C99 and \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpreprocessed"
+Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
+preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph
+conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
+The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can
+pass a file preprocessed with \fB\-C\fR to the compiler without
+problems. In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than
+a tokenizer for the front ends.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR is implicit if the input file has one of the
+extensions \fB.i\fR, \fB.ii\fR or \fB.mi\fR. These are the
+extensions that \s-1GCC\s0 uses for preprocessed files created by
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftabstop=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftabstop=width"
+Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report
+correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the
+line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is
+ignored. The default is 8.
+.IP "\fB\-fexec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexec-charset=charset"
+Set the execution character set, used for string and character
+constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fwide\-exec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwide-exec-charset=charset"
+Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
+character constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-32\s0 or \s-1UTF\-16\s0, whichever
+corresponds to the width of \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR. As with
+\&\fB\-fexec\-charset\fR, \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding supported
+by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine; however, you will have
+problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finput\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finput-charset=charset"
+Set the input character set, used for translation from the character
+set of the input file to the source character set used by \s-1GCC\s0. If the
+locale does not specify, or \s-1GCC\s0 cannot get this information from the
+locale, the default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. This can be overridden by either the locale
+or this command line option. Currently the command line option takes
+precedence if there's a conflict. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fworking\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fworking-directory"
+Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
+let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
+preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will
+emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
+current working directory followed by two slashes. \s-1GCC\s0 will use this
+directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the
+directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging
+information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging
+information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated
+form \fB\-fno\-working\-directory\fR. If the \fB\-P\fR flag is
+present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#line\*(C'\fR directives are emitted whatsoever.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-show\-column\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-show-column"
+Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
+diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
+column numbers, such as \fBdejagnu\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR \fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A predicate=answer"
+Make an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR. This form is preferred to the older form \fB\-A\fR
+\&\fIpredicate\fR\fB(\fR\fIanswer\fR\fB)\fR, which is still supported, because
+it does not use shell special characters.
+.IP "\fB\-A \-\fR\fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A -predicate=answer"
+Cancel an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-dCHARS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dCHARS"
+\&\fI\s-1CHARS\s0\fR is a sequence of one or more of the following characters,
+and must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted
+by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of \s-1GCC\s0, and so
+are silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior
+conflicts, the result is undefined.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "M"
+Instead of the normal output, generate a list of \fB#define\fR
+directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
+preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of
+finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor.
+Assuming you have no file \fIfoo.h\fR, the command
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& touch foo.h; cpp \-dM foo.h
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will show all the predefined macros.
+.Sp
+If you use \fB\-dM\fR without the \fB\-E\fR option, \fB\-dM\fR is
+interpreted as a synonym for \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mach\fR.
+.IP "\fBD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+Like \fBM\fR except in two respects: it does \fInot\fR include the
+predefined macros, and it outputs \fIboth\fR the \fB#define\fR
+directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to
+the standard output file.
+.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+Like \fBD\fR, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
+.IP "\fBI\fR" 4
+.IX Item "I"
+Output \fB#include\fR directives in addition to the result of
+preprocessing.
+.IP "\fBU\fR" 4
+.IX Item "U"
+Like \fBD\fR except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
+definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the
+output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and
+\&\fB#undef\fR directives are also output for macros tested but
+undefined at the time.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P"
+Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.
+This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is
+not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the
+linemarkers.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output
+file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted
+along with the directive.
+.Sp
+You should be prepared for side effects when using \fB\-C\fR; it
+causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
+For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
+directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
+source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a \fB#\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-CC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-CC"
+Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is
+like \fB\-C\fR, except that comments contained within macros are
+also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
+.Sp
+In addition to the side-effects of the \fB\-C\fR option, the
+\&\fB\-CC\fR option causes all \*(C+\-style comments inside a macro
+to be converted to C\-style comments. This is to prevent later use
+of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of
+the source line.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-CC\fR option is generally used to support lint comments.
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
+Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as
+opposed to \s-1ISO\s0 C preprocessors.
+.IP "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-trigraphs"
+Process trigraph sequences.
+These are three-character sequences, all starting with \fB??\fR, that
+are defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C to stand for single characters. For example,
+\&\fB??/\fR stands for \fB\e\fR, so \fB'??/n'\fR is a character
+constant for a newline. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 ignores trigraphs, but in
+standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the \fB\-std\fR and
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR options.
+.Sp
+The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??\*(Aq ??! ??\-
+\& Replacement: [ ] { } # \e ^ | ~
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-remap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-remap"
+Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very
+short file names, such as MS-DOS.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+.PD
+Print text describing all the command line options instead of
+preprocessing anything.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Verbose mode. Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number at the beginning of
+execution, and report the final form of the include path.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
+activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the
+\&\fB#include\fR stack it is. Precompiled header files are also
+printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled
+header file is printed with \fB...x\fR and a valid one with \fB...!\fR .
+.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-version"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number. With one dash, proceed to
+preprocess as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
+.SS "Passing Options to the Assembler"
+.IX Subsection "Passing Options to the Assembler"
+You can pass options to the assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wa,option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the assembler. If \fIoption\fR
+contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
+.IP "\fB\-Xassembler\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xassembler option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the assembler. You can use this to
+supply system-specific assembler options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xassembler\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+.IP "\fBprofile-generate-sampling-rate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "profile-generate-sampling-rate"
+Set the sampling rate with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling\fR.
+.SS "Options for Linking"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Linking"
+These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
+an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
+not doing a link step.
+.IP "\fIobject-file-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "object-file-name"
+A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
+considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
+distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
+contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
+to the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+.PD
+If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
+object file names should not be used as arguments.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-llibrary"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l library"
+.PD
+Search the library named \fIlibrary\fR when linking. (The second
+alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for
+\&\s-1POSIX\s0 compliance and is not recommended.)
+.Sp
+It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
+linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the order they
+are specified. Thus, \fBfoo.o \-lz bar.o\fR searches library \fBz\fR
+after file \fIfoo.o\fR but before \fIbar.o\fR. If \fIbar.o\fR refers
+to functions in \fBz\fR, those functions may not be loaded.
+.Sp
+The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
+which is actually a file named \fIlib\fIlibrary\fI.a\fR. The linker
+then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
+.Sp
+The directories searched include several standard system directories
+plus any that you specify with \fB\-L\fR.
+.Sp
+Normally the files found this way are library files\-\-\-archive files
+whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
+scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
+been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
+ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
+difference between using an \fB\-l\fR option and specifying a file name
+is that \fB\-l\fR surrounds \fIlibrary\fR with \fBlib\fR and \fB.a\fR
+and searches several directories.
+.IP "\fB\-lobjc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-lobjc"
+You need this special case of the \fB\-l\fR option in order to
+link an Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ program.
+.IP "\fB\-nostartfiles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostartfiles"
+Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
+The standard system libraries are used normally, unless \fB\-nostdlib\fR
+or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nodefaultlibs"
+Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
+Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker, options
+specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as \f(CW\*(C`\-static\-libgcc\*(C'\fR
+or \f(CW\*(C`\-shared\-libgcc\*(C'\fR, will be ignored.
+The standard startup files are used normally, unless \fB\-nostartfiles\fR
+is used. The compiler may generate calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcmp\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`memmove\*(C'\fR.
+These entries are usually resolved by entries in
+libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
+mechanism when this option is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdlib"
+Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
+No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
+the linker, options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-static\-libgcc\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-shared\-libgcc\*(C'\fR, will be ignored.
+The compiler may generate calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcmp\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`memmove\*(C'\fR.
+These entries are usually resolved by entries in
+libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
+mechanism when this option is specified.
+.Sp
+One of the standard libraries bypassed by \fB\-nostdlib\fR and
+\&\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is \fIlibgcc.a\fR, a library of internal subroutines
+that \s-1GCC\s0 uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
+needs for some languages.
+.Sp
+In most cases, you need \fIlibgcc.a\fR even when you want to avoid
+other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify \fB\-nostdlib\fR
+or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR you should usually specify \fB\-lgcc\fR as well.
+This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal \s-1GCC\s0
+library subroutines. (For example, \fB_\|_main\fR, used to ensure \*(C+
+constructors will be called.)
+.IP "\fB\-pie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pie"
+Produce a position independent executable on targets which support it.
+For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options
+that were used to generate code (\fB\-fpie\fR, \fB\-fPIE\fR,
+or model suboptions) when you specify this option.
+.IP "\fB\-rdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rdynamic"
+Pass the flag \fB\-export\-dynamic\fR to the \s-1ELF\s0 linker, on targets
+that support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not
+only used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed
+for some uses of \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR or to allow obtaining backtraces
+from within a program.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
+libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
+.IP "\fB\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared"
+Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
+form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
+results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
+generate code (\fB\-fpic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR, or model suboptions)
+when you specify this option.[1]
+.IP "\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared-libgcc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-static\-libgcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static-libgcc"
+.PD
+On systems that provide \fIlibgcc\fR as a shared library, these options
+force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
+If no shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR was built when the compiler was
+configured, these options have no effect.
+.Sp
+There are several situations in which an application should use the
+shared \fIlibgcc\fR instead of the static version. The most common
+of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
+across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries
+as well as the application itself should use the shared \fIlibgcc\fR.
+.Sp
+Therefore, the G++ and \s-1GCJ\s0 drivers automatically add
+\&\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR whenever you build a shared library or a main
+executable, because \*(C+ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so
+this is the right thing to do.
+.Sp
+If, instead, you use the \s-1GCC\s0 driver to create shared libraries, you may
+find that they will not always be linked with the shared \fIlibgcc\fR.
+If \s-1GCC\s0 finds, at its configuration time, that you have a non-GNU linker
+or a \s-1GNU\s0 linker that does not support option \fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR,
+it will link the shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR into shared libraries
+by default. Otherwise, it will take advantage of the linker and optimize
+away the linking with the shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR, linking with
+the static version of libgcc by default. This allows exceptions to
+propagate through such shared libraries, without incurring relocation
+costs at library load time.
+.Sp
+However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or catch
+exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or \s-1GCJ\s0 driver, as appropriate
+for the languages used in the program, or using the option
+\&\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR, such that it is linked with the shared
+\&\fIlibgcc\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-static\-libstdc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static-libstdc++"
+When the \fBg++\fR program is used to link a \*(C+ program, it will
+normally automatically link against \fBlibstdc++\fR. If
+\&\fIlibstdc++\fR is available as a shared library, and the
+\&\fB\-static\fR option is not used, then this will link against the
+shared version of \fIlibstdc++\fR. That is normally fine. However, it
+is sometimes useful to freeze the version of \fIlibstdc++\fR used by
+the program without going all the way to a fully static link. The
+\&\fB\-static\-libstdc++\fR option directs the \fBg++\fR driver to
+link \fIlibstdc++\fR statically, without necessarily linking other
+libraries statically.
+.IP "\fB\-symbolic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-symbolic"
+Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
+about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
+option \fB\-Xlinker \-z \-Xlinker defs\fR). Only a few systems support
+this option.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIscript\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T script"
+Use \fIscript\fR as the linker script. This option is supported by most
+systems using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. On some targets, such as bare-board
+targets without an operating system, the \fB\-T\fR option may be required
+when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xlinker option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. You can use this to
+supply system-specific linker options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xlinker\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+For example, to pass \fB\-assert definitions\fR, you must write
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-assert \-Xlinker definitions\fR. It does not work to write
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \*(L"\-assert definitions\*(R"\fR, because this passes the entire
+string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
+.Sp
+When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, it is usually more convenient to pass
+arguments to linker options using the \fIoption\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR
+syntax than as separate arguments. For example, you can specify
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-Map=output.map\fR rather than
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-Map \-Xlinker output.map\fR. Other linkers may not support
+this syntax for command-line options.
+.IP "\fB\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wl,option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. If \fIoption\fR contains
+commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this
+syntax to pass an argument to the option.
+For example, \fB\-Wl,\-Map,output.map\fR passes \fB\-Map output.map\fR to the
+linker. When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, you can also get the same effect with
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-Map=output.map\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u symbol"
+Pretend the symbol \fIsymbol\fR is undefined, to force linking of
+library modules to define it. You can use \fB\-u\fR multiple times with
+different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
+.SS "Options for Directory Search"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Directory Search"
+These options specify directories to search for header files, for
+libraries and for parts of the compiler:
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Idir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of directories to be
+searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
+file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
+searched before the system header file directories. However, you should
+not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
+system header files (use \fB\-isystem\fR for that). If you use more than
+one \fB\-I\fR option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
+order; the standard system directories come after.
+.Sp
+If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified with
+\&\fB\-isystem\fR, is also specified with \fB\-I\fR, the \fB\-I\fR
+option will be ignored. The directory will still be searched but as a
+system directory at its normal position in the system include chain.
+This is to ensure that \s-1GCC\s0's procedure to fix buggy system headers and
+the ordering for the include_next directive are not inadvertently changed.
+If you really need to change the search order for system directories,
+use the \fB\-nostdinc\fR and/or \fB\-isystem\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-iplugindir=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iplugindir=dir"
+Set the directory to search for plugins which are passed
+by \fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIname\fR instead of
+\&\fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIpath\fR\fB/\fR\fIname\fR\fB.so\fR. This option is not meant
+to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver.
+.IP "\fB\-iquote\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iquotedir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of directories to
+be searched for header files only for the case of \fB#include
+"\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR; they are not searched for \fB#include <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR,
+otherwise just like \fB\-I\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ldir"
+Add directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
+for \fB\-l\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bprefix"
+This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
+include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
+.Sp
+The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
+\&\fIcpp\fR, \fIcc1\fR, \fIas\fR and \fIld\fR. It tries
+\&\fIprefix\fR as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
+without \fImachine\fR\fB/\fR\fIversion\fR\fB/\fR.
+.Sp
+For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
+\&\fB\-B\fR prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if \fB\-B\fR
+was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
+\&\fI/usr/lib/gcc/\fR and \fI/usr/local/lib/gcc/\fR. If neither of
+those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
+name is searched for using the directories specified in your
+\&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR environment variable.
+.Sp
+The compiler will check to see if the path provided by the \fB\-B\fR
+refers to a directory, and if necessary it will add a directory
+separator character at the end of the path.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-B\fR prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
+to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
+options into \fB\-L\fR options for the linker. They also apply to
+includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
+options into \fB\-isystem\fR options for the preprocessor. In this case,
+the compiler appends \fBinclude\fR to the prefix.
+.Sp
+The run-time support file \fIlibgcc.a\fR can also be searched for using
+the \fB\-B\fR prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
+standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
+out of the link if it is not found by those means.
+.Sp
+Another way to specify a prefix much like the \fB\-B\fR prefix is to use
+the environment variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+As a special kludge, if the path provided by \fB\-B\fR is
+\&\fI[dir/]stage\fIN\fI/\fR, where \fIN\fR is a number in the range 0 to
+9, then it will be replaced by \fI[dir/]include\fR. This is to help
+with boot-strapping the compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-specs=file"
+Process \fIfile\fR after the compiler reads in the standard \fIspecs\fR
+file, in order to override the defaults that the \fIgcc\fR driver
+program uses when determining what switches to pass to \fIcc1\fR,
+\&\fIcc1plus\fR, \fIas\fR, \fIld\fR, etc. More than one
+\&\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR can be specified on the command line, and they
+are processed in order, from left to right.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sysroot=dir"
+Use \fIdir\fR as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
+For example, if the compiler would normally search for headers in
+\&\fI/usr/include\fR and libraries in \fI/usr/lib\fR, it will instead
+search \fI\fIdir\fI/usr/include\fR and \fI\fIdir\fI/usr/lib\fR.
+.Sp
+If you use both this option and the \fB\-isysroot\fR option, then
+the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option will apply to libraries, but the
+\&\fB\-isysroot\fR option will apply to header files.
+.Sp
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary support
+for this option. If your linker does not support this option, the
+header file aspect of \fB\-\-sysroot\fR will still work, but the
+library aspect will not.
+.IP "\fB\-I\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I-"
+This option has been deprecated. Please use \fB\-iquote\fR instead for
+\&\fB\-I\fR directories before the \fB\-I\-\fR and remove the \fB\-I\-\fR.
+Any directories you specify with \fB\-I\fR options before the \fB\-I\-\fR
+option are searched only for the case of \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR;
+they are not searched for \fB#include <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR.
+.Sp
+If additional directories are specified with \fB\-I\fR options after
+the \fB\-I\-\fR, these directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR
+directives. (Ordinarily \fIall\fR \fB\-I\fR directories are used
+this way.)
+.Sp
+In addition, the \fB\-I\-\fR option inhibits the use of the current
+directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
+directory for \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR. There is no way to
+override this effect of \fB\-I\-\fR. With \fB\-I.\fR you can specify
+searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
+invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
+by default, but it is often satisfactory.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-I\-\fR does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
+for header files. Thus, \fB\-I\-\fR and \fB\-nostdinc\fR are
+independent.
+.SS "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
+.IX Subsection "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
+The usual way to run \s-1GCC\s0 is to run the executable called \fBgcc\fR, or
+\&\fImachine\fR\fB\-gcc\fR when cross-compiling, or
+\&\fImachine\fR\fB\-gcc\-\fR\fIversion\fR to run a version other than the
+one that was installed last.
+.SS "Hardware Models and Configurations"
+.IX Subsection "Hardware Models and Configurations"
+Each target machine types can have its own
+special options, starting with \fB\-m\fR, to choose among various
+hardware models or configurations\-\-\-for example, 68010 vs 68020,
+floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
+compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
+options specified.
+.PP
+Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
+options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
+platform.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1ARC\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "ARC Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for \s-1ARC\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Compile code for big endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mmangle\-cpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmangle-cpu"
+Prepend the name of the \s-1CPU\s0 to all public symbol names.
+In multiple-processor systems, there are many \s-1ARC\s0 variants with different
+instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
+compiled for one \s-1CPU\s0 to be linked with code compiled for another.
+No facility exists for handling variants that are \*(L"almost identical\*(R".
+This is an all or nothing option.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Compile code for \s-1ARC\s0 variant \fIcpu\fR.
+Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
+All variants support \fB\-mcpu=base\fR, this is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtext=text-section"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdata=data-section"
+.IP "\fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly-data-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrodata=readonly-data-section"
+.PD
+Put functions, data, and readonly data in \fItext-section\fR,
+\&\fIdata-section\fR, and \fIreadonly-data-section\fR respectively
+by default. This can be overridden with the \f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "ARM Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Advanced \s-1RISC\s0 Machines (\s-1ARM\s0)
+architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=name"
+Generate code for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. Permissible values are: \fBapcs-gnu\fR,
+\&\fBatpcs\fR, \fBaapcs\fR, \fBaapcs-linux\fR and \fBiwmmxt\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the \s-1ARM\s0 Procedure Call
+Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
+correct execution of the code. Specifying \fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR
+with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
+leaf functions. The default is \fB\-mno\-apcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs"
+This is a synonym for \fB\-mapcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
+Generate code which supports calling between the \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb
+instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
+be reliably used inside one program. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-thumb\-interwork\fR, since slightly larger code is generated
+when \fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prolog\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prolog"
+Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
+merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
+body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
+of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
+different function prologues), and this information can be used to
+locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
+default is \fB\-msched\-prolog\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-abi=name"
+Specifies which floating-point \s-1ABI\s0 to use. Permissible values
+are: \fBsoft\fR, \fBsoftfp\fR and \fBhard\fR.
+.Sp
+Specifying \fBsoft\fR causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate output containing
+library calls for floating-point operations.
+\&\fBsoftfp\fR allows the generation of code using hardware floating-point
+instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions.
+\&\fBhard\fR allows generation of floating-point instructions
+and uses FPU-specific calling conventions.
+.Sp
+The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that
+the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must
+compile your entire program with the same \s-1ABI\s0, and link with a
+compatible set of libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Equivalent to \fB\-mfloat\-abi=hard\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Equivalent to \fB\-mfloat\-abi=soft\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
+the default for all standard configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
+to compile code for a little-endian processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mwords\-little\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwords-little-endian"
+This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
+Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
+order. That is, a byte order of the form \fB32107654\fR. Note: this
+option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
+big-endian \s-1ARM\s0 processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
+2.8.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 processor. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this name
+to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
+assembly code. Permissible names are: \fBarm2\fR, \fBarm250\fR,
+\&\fBarm3\fR, \fBarm6\fR, \fBarm60\fR, \fBarm600\fR, \fBarm610\fR,
+\&\fBarm620\fR, \fBarm7\fR, \fBarm7m\fR, \fBarm7d\fR, \fBarm7dm\fR,
+\&\fBarm7di\fR, \fBarm7dmi\fR, \fBarm70\fR, \fBarm700\fR,
+\&\fBarm700i\fR, \fBarm710\fR, \fBarm710c\fR, \fBarm7100\fR,
+\&\fBarm720\fR,
+\&\fBarm7500\fR, \fBarm7500fe\fR, \fBarm7tdmi\fR, \fBarm7tdmi\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm710t\fR, \fBarm720t\fR, \fBarm740t\fR,
+\&\fBstrongarm\fR, \fBstrongarm110\fR, \fBstrongarm1100\fR,
+\&\fBstrongarm1110\fR,
+\&\fBarm8\fR, \fBarm810\fR, \fBarm9\fR, \fBarm9e\fR, \fBarm920\fR,
+\&\fBarm920t\fR, \fBarm922t\fR, \fBarm946e\-s\fR, \fBarm966e\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm968e\-s\fR, \fBarm926ej\-s\fR, \fBarm940t\fR, \fBarm9tdmi\fR,
+\&\fBarm10tdmi\fR, \fBarm1020t\fR, \fBarm1026ej\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm10e\fR, \fBarm1020e\fR, \fBarm1022e\fR,
+\&\fBarm1136j\-s\fR, \fBarm1136jf\-s\fR, \fBmpcore\fR, \fBmpcorenovfp\fR,
+\&\fBarm1156t2\-s\fR, \fBarm1156t2f\-s\fR, \fBarm1176jz\-s\fR, \fBarm1176jzf\-s\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-a5\fR, \fBcortex\-a8\fR, \fBcortex\-a9\fR, \fBcortex\-a15\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-r4\fR, \fBcortex\-r4f\fR, \fBcortex\-m4\fR, \fBcortex\-m3\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-m1\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-m0\fR,
+\&\fBxscale\fR, \fBiwmmxt\fR, \fBiwmmxt2\fR, \fBep9312\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=name"
+This option is very similar to the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option, except that
+instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
+restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that \s-1GCC\s0 should
+tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
+specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
+will generate based on the \s-1CPU\s0 specified by a \fB\-mcpu=\fR option.
+For some \s-1ARM\s0 implementations better performance can be obtained by using
+this option.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=name"
+This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 architecture. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this
+name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
+assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
+of the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option. Permissible names are: \fBarmv2\fR,
+\&\fBarmv2a\fR, \fBarmv3\fR, \fBarmv3m\fR, \fBarmv4\fR, \fBarmv4t\fR,
+\&\fBarmv5\fR, \fBarmv5t\fR, \fBarmv5e\fR, \fBarmv5te\fR,
+\&\fBarmv6\fR, \fBarmv6j\fR,
+\&\fBarmv6t2\fR, \fBarmv6z\fR, \fBarmv6zk\fR, \fBarmv6\-m\fR,
+\&\fBarmv7\fR, \fBarmv7\-a\fR, \fBarmv7\-r\fR, \fBarmv7\-m\fR,
+\&\fBiwmmxt\fR, \fBiwmmxt2\fR, \fBep9312\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu=name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfpe=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpe=number"
+.IP "\fB\-mfp=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp=number"
+.PD
+This specifies what floating point hardware (or hardware emulation) is
+available on the target. Permissible names are: \fBfpa\fR, \fBfpe2\fR,
+\&\fBfpe3\fR, \fBmaverick\fR, \fBvfp\fR, \fBvfpv3\fR, \fBvfpv3\-fp16\fR,
+\&\fBvfpv3\-d16\fR, \fBvfpv3\-d16\-fp16\fR, \fBvfpv3xd\fR, \fBvfpv3xd\-fp16\fR,
+\&\fBneon\fR, \fBneon\-fp16\fR, \fBvfpv4\fR, \fBvfpv4\-d16\fR,
+\&\fBfpv4\-sp\-d16\fR and \fBneon\-vfpv4\fR.
+\&\fB\-mfp\fR and \fB\-mfpe\fR are synonyms for
+\&\fB\-mfpu\fR=\fBfpe\fR\fInumber\fR, for compatibility with older versions
+of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified this specifies the format of
+floating point values.
+.Sp
+If the selected floating-point hardware includes the \s-1NEON\s0 extension
+(e.g. \fB\-mfpu\fR=\fBneon\fR), note that floating-point
+operations will not be used by \s-1GCC\s0's auto-vectorization pass unless
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is also specified. This is
+because \s-1NEON\s0 hardware does not fully implement the \s-1IEEE\s0 754 standard for
+floating-point arithmetic (in particular denormal values are treated as
+zero), so the use of \s-1NEON\s0 instructions may lead to a loss of precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp16\-format=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp16-format=name"
+Specify the format of the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C'\fR half-precision floating-point type.
+Permissible names are \fBnone\fR, \fBieee\fR, and \fBalternative\fR;
+the default is \fBnone\fR, in which case the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C'\fR type is not
+defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mstructure\-size\-boundary=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstructure-size-boundary=n"
+The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
+of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32
+and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the \s-1COFF\s0
+targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of 64 is only allowed
+if the underlying \s-1ABI\s0 supports it.
+.Sp
+Specifying the larger number can produce faster, more efficient code, but
+can also increase the size of the program. Different values are potentially
+incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to
+work with code or libraries compiled with another value, if they exchange
+information using structures or unions.
+.IP "\fB\-mabort\-on\-noreturn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabort-on-noreturn"
+Generate a call to the function \f(CW\*(C`abort\*(C'\fR at the end of a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR function. It will be executed if the function tries to
+return.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
+address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
+call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
+will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based
+version of subroutine call instruction.
+.Sp
+Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be turned
+into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
+which have the \fBshort-call\fR attribute, functions that are inside
+the scope of a \fB#pragma no_long_calls\fR directive and functions whose
+definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
+unit, will not be turned into long calls. The exception to this rule is
+that weak function definitions, functions with the \fBlong-call\fR
+attribute or the \fBsection\fR attribute, and functions that are within
+the scope of a \fB#pragma long_calls\fR directive, will always be
+turned into long calls.
+.Sp
+This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR will restore the default behavior, as will
+placing the function calls within the scope of a \fB#pragma
+long_calls_off\fR directive. Note these switches have no effect on how
+the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
+pointers.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-pic\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
+Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
+loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
+responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
+before execution begins.
+.IP "\fB\-mpic\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpic-register=reg"
+Specify the register to be used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing. The default is R10
+unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mcirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns"
+Insert NOPs into the instruction stream to in order to work around
+problems with invalid Maverick instruction combinations. This option
+is only valid if the \fB\-mcpu=ep9312\fR option has been used to
+enable generation of instructions for the Cirrus Maverick floating
+point co-processor. This option is not enabled by default, since the
+problem is only present in older Maverick implementations. The default
+can be re-enabled by use of the \fB\-mno\-cirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns\fR
+switch.
+.IP "\fB\-mpoke\-function\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpoke-function-name"
+Write the name of each function into the text section, directly
+preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& t0
+\& .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
+\& .align
+\& t1
+\& .word 0xff000000 + (t1 \- t0)
+\& arm_poke_function_name
+\& mov ip, sp
+\& stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
+\& sub fp, ip, #4
+.Ve
+.Sp
+When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`pc\*(C'\fR stored at \f(CW\*(C`fp + 0\*(C'\fR. If the trace function then looks at
+location \f(CW\*(C`pc \- 12\*(C'\fR and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that
+there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location
+and has length \f(CW\*(C`((pc[\-3]) & 0xff000000)\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb"
+Generate code for the Thumb instruction set. The default is to
+use the 32\-bit \s-1ARM\s0 instruction set.
+This option automatically enables either 16\-bit Thumb\-1 or
+mixed 16/32\-bit Thumb\-2 instructions based on the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR
+and \fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR options. This option is not passed to the
+assembler. If you want to force assembler files to be interpreted as Thumb code,
+either add a \fB.thumb\fR directive to the source or pass the \fB\-mthumb\fR
+option directly to the assembler by prefixing it with \fB\-Wa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpcs\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpcs-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
+Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
+not call any other functions.) The default is \fB\-mno\-tpcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpcs\-leaf\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpcs-leaf-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
+Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
+not call any other functions.) The default is \fB\-mno\-apcs\-leaf\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcallee\-super\-interworking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcallee-super-interworking"
+Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an \s-1ARM\s0
+instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
+rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
+non-interworking code. This option is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations
+because interworking is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mcaller\-super\-interworking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcaller-super-interworking"
+Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
+execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
+compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
+of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled. This option
+is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations because interworking is enabled
+by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mtp=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtp=name"
+Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid
+models are \fBsoft\fR, which generates calls to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_aeabi_read_tp\*(C'\fR,
+\&\fBcp15\fR, which fetches the thread pointer from \f(CW\*(C`cp15\*(C'\fR directly
+(supported in the arm6k architecture), and \fBauto\fR, which uses the
+best available method for the selected processor. The default setting is
+\&\fBauto\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mword\-relocations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mword-relocations"
+Only generate absolute relocations on word sized values (i.e. R_ARM_ABS32).
+This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime
+loader imposes this restriction, and when \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR
+is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-cortex\-m3\-ldrd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd"
+Some Cortex\-M3 cores can cause data corruption when \f(CW\*(C`ldrd\*(C'\fR instructions
+with overlapping destination and base registers are used. This option avoids
+generating these instructions. This option is enabled by default when
+\&\fB\-mcpu=cortex\-m3\fR is specified.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "AVR Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for \s-1AVR\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmcu=mcu"
+Specify \s-1ATMEL\s0 \s-1AVR\s0 instruction set or \s-1MCU\s0 type.
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal \s-1AVR\s0 core, not supported by the C
+compiler, only for assembler programs (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s1200, attiny10,
+attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to
+8K program memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s2313, at90s2323, attiny22,
+at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434, at90s8515,
+at90c8534, at90s8535).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr3 is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega103, atmega603, at43usb320, at76c711).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 8K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega8, atmega83, atmega85).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega16, atmega161, atmega163, atmega32, atmega323,
+atmega64, atmega128, at43usb355, at94k).
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-interrupts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-interrupts"
+Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.
+Code size will be smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-prologues\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-prologues"
+Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate
+subroutines. Code size will be smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-mtiny\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtiny-stack"
+Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-mint8\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint8"
+Assume int to be 8 bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: A
+char will be 1 byte, an int will be 1 byte, a long will be 2 bytes
+and long long will be 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not
+comply to the C standards, but it will provide you with smaller code
+size.
+.PP
+\f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR and Devices with more than 128k Bytes of Flash
+.IX Subsection "EIND and Devices with more than 128k Bytes of Flash"
+.PP
+Pointers in the implementation are 16 bits wide.
+The address of a function or label is represented as word address so
+that indirect jumps and calls can address any code address in the
+range of 64k words.
+.PP
+In order to faciliate indirect jump on devices with more than 128k
+bytes of program memory space, there is a special function register called
+\&\f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR that serves as most significant part of the target address
+when \f(CW\*(C`EICALL\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EIJMP\*(C'\fR instructions are used.
+.PP
+Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows and
+are subject to some limitations:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler never sets \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The startup code from libgcc never sets \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR.
+Notice that startup code is a blend of code from libgcc and avr-libc.
+For the impact of avr-libc on \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR, see the
+avr-libc\ user\ manual (\f(CW\*(C`http://nongnu.org/avr\-libc/user\-manual\*(C'\fR).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler uses \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR implicitely in \f(CW\*(C`EICALL\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`EIJMP\*(C'\fR
+instructions or might read \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR directly.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler assumes that \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR never changes during the startup
+code or run of the application. In particular, \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR is not
+saved/restored in function or interrupt service routine
+prologue/epilogue.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+It is legitimate for user-specific startup code to set up \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR
+early, for example by means of initialization code located in
+section \f(CW\*(C`.init3\*(C'\fR, and thus prior to general startup code that
+initializes \s-1RAM\s0 and calls constructors.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For indirect calls to functions and computed goto, the linker will
+generate \fIstubs\fR. Stubs are jump pads sometimes also called
+\&\fItrampolines\fR. Thus, the indirect call/jump will jump to such a stub.
+The stub contains a direct jump to the desired address.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Stubs will be generated automatically by the linker if
+the following two conditions are met:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP "\-<The address of a label is taken by means of the ""gs"" modifier>" 4
+.el .IP "\-<The address of a label is taken by means of the \f(CWgs\fR modifier>" 4
+.IX Item "-<The address of a label is taken by means of the gs modifier>"
+(short for \fIgenerate stubs\fR) like so:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& LDI r24, lo8(gs(<func>))
+\& LDI r25, hi8(gs(<func>))
+.Ve
+.IP "\-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>" 4
+.IX Item "-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>"
+\&\fIoutside\fR the segment where the stubs are located.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler will emit such \f(CW\*(C`gs\*(C'\fR modifiers for code labels in the
+following situations:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-<Taking address of a function or code label.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Taking address of a function or code label.>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\-<Computed goto.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Computed goto.>"
+.IP "\-<If prologue-save function is used, see \fB\-mcall\-prologues\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "-<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>"
+.PD
+command line option.
+.IP "\-<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>"
+tables you can specify the \fB\-fno\-jump\-tables\fR command line option.
+.IP "\-<C and \*(C+ constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<C and constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "\-<If the tools hit a ""gs()"" modifier explained above.>" 4
+.el .IP "\-<If the tools hit a \f(CWgs()\fR modifier explained above.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<If the tools hit a gs() modifier explained above.>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+.PD
+The default linker script is arranged for code with \f(CW\*(C`EIND = 0\*(C'\fR.
+If code is supposed to work for a setup with \f(CW\*(C`EIND != 0\*(C'\fR, a custom
+linker script has to be used in order to place the sections whose
+name start with \f(CW\*(C`.trampolines\*(C'\fR into the segment where \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR
+points to.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Jumping to non-symbolic addresses like so is \fInot\fR supported:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int main (void)
+\& {
+\& /* Call function at word address 0x2 */
+\& return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Instead, a stub has to be set up:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& int main (void)
+\& {
+\& extern int func_4 (void);
+\&
+\& /* Call function at byte address 0x4 */
+\& return func_4();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+and the application be linked with \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-defsym,func_4=0x4\*(C'\fR.
+Alternatively, \f(CW\*(C`func_4\*(C'\fR can be defined in the linker script.
+.PP
+\fIBlackfin Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Blackfin Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]"
+Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently, \fIcpu\fR
+can be one of \fBbf512\fR, \fBbf514\fR, \fBbf516\fR, \fBbf518\fR,
+\&\fBbf522\fR, \fBbf523\fR, \fBbf524\fR, \fBbf525\fR, \fBbf526\fR,
+\&\fBbf527\fR, \fBbf531\fR, \fBbf532\fR, \fBbf533\fR,
+\&\fBbf534\fR, \fBbf536\fR, \fBbf537\fR, \fBbf538\fR, \fBbf539\fR,
+\&\fBbf542\fR, \fBbf544\fR, \fBbf547\fR, \fBbf548\fR, \fBbf549\fR,
+\&\fBbf542m\fR, \fBbf544m\fR, \fBbf547m\fR, \fBbf548m\fR, \fBbf549m\fR,
+\&\fBbf561\fR.
+The optional \fIsirevision\fR specifies the silicon revision of the target
+Blackfin processor. Any workarounds available for the targeted silicon revision
+will be enabled. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBnone\fR, no workarounds are enabled.
+If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBany\fR, all workarounds for the targeted processor
+will be enabled. The \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR macro is defined to two
+hexadecimal digits representing the major and minor numbers in the silicon
+revision. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBnone\fR, the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR
+is not defined. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBany\fR, the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined to be \f(CW0xffff\fR.
+If this optional \fIsirevision\fR is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes the latest known
+silicon revision of the targeted Blackfin processor.
+.Sp
+Support for \fBbf561\fR is incomplete. For \fBbf561\fR,
+Only the processor macro is defined.
+Without this option, \fBbf532\fR is used as the processor by default.
+The corresponding predefined processor macros for \fIcpu\fR is to
+be defined. And for \fBbfin-elf\fR toolchain, this causes the hardware \s-1BSP\s0
+provided by libgloss to be linked in if \fB\-msim\fR is not given.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
+the simulator \s-1BSP\s0 provided by libgloss to be linked in. This option
+has effect only for \fBbfin-elf\fR toolchain.
+Certain other options, such as \fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR and
+\&\fB\-mfdpic\fR, imply \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
+avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
+makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR removes the frame pointer for all functions
+which might make debugging harder.
+.IP "\fB\-mspecld\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspecld-anomaly"
+When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS\*(C'\fR is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-specld\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-specld-anomaly"
+Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.
+.IP "\fB\-mcsync\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcsync-anomaly"
+When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+contain \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions too soon after conditional branches.
+If this option is used, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS\*(C'\fR is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-csync\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-csync-anomaly"
+Don't generate extra code to prevent \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions from
+occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
+.IP "\fB\-mlow\-64k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlow-64k"
+When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that
+the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-low\-64k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-low-64k"
+Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-check\-l1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-check-l1"
+Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the
+uClinux kernel.
+.IP "\fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mid-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
+This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
+without virtual memory management. This option implies \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+With a \fBbfin-elf\fR target, this option implies \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mleaf\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mleaf-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method,
+but assumes that this library or executable won't link against any other
+\&\s-1ID\s0 shared libraries. That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps
+and calls.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-leaf\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-leaf-id-shared-library"
+Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any \s-1ID\s0 shared
+libraries. Slower code will be generated for jump and call insns.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\-library\-id=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared-library-id=n"
+Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
+compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
+other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
+library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
+.IP "\fB\-msep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msep-data"
+Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
+area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
+an environment without virtual memory management by eliminating relocations
+against the text section.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sep-data"
+Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
+address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
+call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
+will lie outside of the 24 bit addressing range of the offset based
+version of subroutine call instruction.
+.Sp
+This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR will restore the default behavior. Note these
+switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle
+function calls via function pointers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfast\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfast-fp"
+Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of
+the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point standard's rules for checking inputs against
+Not-a-Number (\s-1NAN\s0), in the interest of performance.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-plt"
+Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
+not known to bind locally. It has no effect without \fB\-mfdpic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulticore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulticore"
+Build standalone application for multicore Blackfin processor. Proper
+start files and link scripts will be used to support multicore.
+This option defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_MULTICORE\*(C'\fR. It can only be used with
+\&\fB\-mcpu=bf561\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]. It can be used with
+\&\fB\-mcorea\fR or \fB\-mcoreb\fR. If it's used without
+\&\fB\-mcorea\fR or \fB\-mcoreb\fR, single application/dual core
+programming model is used. In this model, the main function of Core B
+should be named as coreb_main. If it's used with \fB\-mcorea\fR or
+\&\fB\-mcoreb\fR, one application per core programming model is used.
+If this option is not used, single core application programming
+model is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mcorea\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcorea"
+Build standalone application for Core A of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
+one application per core programming model. Proper start files
+and link scripts will be used to support Core A. This option
+defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREA\*(C'\fR. It must be used with \fB\-mmulticore\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcoreb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcoreb"
+Build standalone application for Core B of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
+one application per core programming model. Proper start files
+and link scripts will be used to support Core B. This option
+defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREB\*(C'\fR. When this option is used, coreb_main
+should be used instead of main. It must be used with
+\&\fB\-mmulticore\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdram"
+Build standalone application for \s-1SDRAM\s0. Proper start files and
+link scripts will be used to put the application into \s-1SDRAM\s0.
+Loader should initialize \s-1SDRAM\s0 before loading the application
+into \s-1SDRAM\s0. This option defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_SDRAM\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-micplb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-micplb"
+Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at runtime. This has an effect on certain
+anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs
+are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1CRIS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "CRIS Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CRIS\s0 ports.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture-type"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=architecture-type"
+.PD
+Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
+\&\fIarchitecture-type\fR are \fBv3\fR, \fBv8\fR and \fBv10\fR for
+respectively \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 4, \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 100, and \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 100\ \s-1LX\s0.
+Default is \fBv0\fR except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is
+\&\fBv10\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=architecture-type"
+Tune to \fIarchitecture-type\fR everything applicable about the generated
+code, except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The
+choices for \fIarchitecture-type\fR are the same as for
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\-stack\-frame=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax-stack-frame=n"
+Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds \fIn\fR bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-metrax4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-metrax4"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-metrax100\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-metrax100"
+.PD
+The options \fB\-metrax4\fR and \fB\-metrax100\fR are synonyms for
+\&\fB\-march=v3\fR and \fB\-march=v8\fR respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-mmul\-bug\-workaround\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmul-bug-workaround"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mul\-bug\-workaround\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mul-bug-workaround"
+.PD
+Work around a bug in the \f(CW\*(C`muls\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mulu\*(C'\fR instructions for \s-1CPU\s0
+models where it applies. This option is active by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mpdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpdebug"
+Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly
+code. This option also has the effect to turn off the \fB#NO_APP\fR
+formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the
+assembly file.
+.IP "\fB\-mcc\-init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcc-init"
+Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit
+compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-side\-effects\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-side-effects"
+Do not emit instructions with side-effects in addressing modes other than
+post-increment.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-stack\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-stack-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mdata\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdata-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-data\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-data-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mconst\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconst-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-const\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-const-align"
+.PD
+These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate arrangements) for the
+stack-frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum
+single data access size for the chosen \s-1CPU\s0 model. The default is to
+arrange for 32\-bit alignment. \s-1ABI\s0 details such as structure layout are
+not affected by these options.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32-bit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m16\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m16-bit"
+.IP "\fB\-m8\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m8-bit"
+.PD
+Similar to the stack\- data\- and const-align options above, these options
+arrange for stack-frame, writable data and constants to all be 32\-bit,
+16\-bit or 8\-bit aligned. The default is 32\-bit alignment.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prologue\-epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prologue-epilogue"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mprologue\-epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprologue-epilogue"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mno\-prologue\-epilogue\fR, the normal function prologue and
+epilogue that sets up the stack-frame are omitted and no return
+instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this
+option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no
+warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved,
+or storage for local variable needs to be allocated.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gotplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gotplt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mgotplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgotplt"
+.PD
+With \fB\-fpic\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR, don't generate (do generate)
+instruction sequences that load addresses for functions from the \s-1PLT\s0 part
+of the \s-1GOT\s0 rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to the
+\&\s-1PLT\s0. The default is \fB\-mgotplt\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-melf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-melf"
+Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
+cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinux\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinux"
+Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu target.
+.IP "\fB\-sim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sim"
+This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf arranges
+to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code,
+initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecutively.
+.IP "\fB\-sim2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sim2"
+Like \fB\-sim\fR, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
+0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1CRX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "CRX Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CRX\s0 ports.
+.IP "\fB\-mmac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmac"
+Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mpush\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpush-args"
+Push instructions will be used to pass outgoing arguments when functions
+are called. Enabled by default.
+.PP
+\fIDarwin Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Darwin Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin operating
+system.
+.PP
+\&\s-1FSF\s0 \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does not create \*(L"fat\*(R" object files; it will create
+an object file for the single architecture that it was built to
+target. Apple's \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does create \*(L"fat\*(R" files if multiple
+\&\fB\-arch\fR options are used; it does so by running the compiler or
+linker multiple times and joining the results together with
+\&\fIlipo\fR.
+.PP
+The subtype of the file created (like \fBppc7400\fR or \fBppc970\fR or
+\&\fBi686\fR) is determined by the flags that specify the \s-1ISA\s0
+that \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting, like \fB\-mcpu\fR or \fB\-march\fR. The
+\&\fB\-force_cpusubtype_ALL\fR option can be used to override this.
+.PP
+The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an \s-1ISA\s0
+mismatch. The assembler, \fIas\fR, will only permit instructions to
+be used that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating,
+so you cannot put 64\-bit instructions in a \fBppc750\fR object file.
+The linker for shared libraries, \fI/usr/bin/libtool\fR, will fail
+and print an error if asked to create a shared library with a less
+restrictive subtype than its input files (for instance, trying to put
+a \fBppc970\fR object file in a \fBppc7400\fR library). The linker
+for executables, \fIld\fR, will quietly give the executable the most
+restrictive subtype of any of its input files.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fdir"
+Add the framework directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of
+directories to be searched for header files. These directories are
+interleaved with those specified by \fB\-I\fR options and are
+scanned in a left-to-right order.
+.Sp
+A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
+framework is a directory with a \fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR and/or
+\&\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R"\fR directory contained directly in it that ends
+in \fB\*(L".framework\*(R"\fR. The name of a framework is the name of this
+directory excluding the \fB\*(L".framework\*(R"\fR. Headers associated with
+the framework are found in one of those two directories, with
+\&\fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR being searched first. A subframework is a framework
+directory that is in a framework's \fB\*(L"Frameworks\*(R"\fR directory.
+Includes of subframework headers can only appear in a header of a
+framework that contains the subframework, or in a sibling subframework
+header. Two subframeworks are siblings if they occur in the same
+framework. A subframework should not have the same name as a
+framework, a warning will be issued if this is violated. Currently a
+subframework cannot have subframeworks, in the future, the mechanism
+may be extended to support this. The standard frameworks can be found
+in \fB\*(L"/System/Library/Frameworks\*(R"\fR and
+\&\fB\*(L"/Library/Frameworks\*(R"\fR. An example include looks like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include <Framework/header.h>\*(C'\fR, where \fBFramework\fR denotes
+the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
+\&\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R"\fR or \fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR directory.
+.IP "\fB\-iframework\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iframeworkdir"
+Like \fB\-F\fR except the directory is a treated as a system
+directory. The main difference between this \fB\-iframework\fR and
+\&\fB\-F\fR is that with \fB\-iframework\fR the compiler does not
+warn about constructs contained within header files found via
+\&\fIdir\fR. This option is valid only for the C family of languages.
+.IP "\fB\-gused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gused"
+Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For \s-1STABS\s0
+debugging format, this enables \fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols\fR.
+This is by default \s-1ON\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-gfull\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gfull"
+Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
+.IP "\fB\-mmacosx\-version\-min=\fR\fIversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmacosx-version-min=version"
+The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on
+is \fIversion\fR. Typical values of \fIversion\fR include \f(CW10.1\fR,
+\&\f(CW10.2\fR, and \f(CW10.3.9\fR.
+.Sp
+If the compiler was built to use the system's headers by default,
+then the default for this option is the system version on which the
+compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices which
+are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible.
+.IP "\fB\-mkernel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mkernel"
+Enable kernel development mode. The \fB\-mkernel\fR option sets
+\&\fB\-static\fR, \fB\-fno\-common\fR, \fB\-fno\-cxa\-atexit\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR, \fB\-fno\-non\-call\-exceptions\fR,
+\&\fB\-fapple\-kext\fR, \fB\-fno\-weak\fR and \fB\-fno\-rtti\fR where
+applicable. This mode also sets \fB\-mno\-altivec\fR,
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR, \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR and
+\&\fB\-mlong\-branch\fR for PowerPC targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mone\-byte\-bool\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mone-byte-bool"
+Override the defaults for \fBbool\fR so that \fBsizeof(bool)==1\fR.
+By default \fBsizeof(bool)\fR is \fB4\fR when compiling for
+Darwin/PowerPC and \fB1\fR when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this
+option has no effect on x86.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR The \fB\-mone\-byte\-bool\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated
+without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all
+other modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this
+switch to conform to a non-default data model.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-and\-continue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-and-continue"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ffix\-and\-continue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffix-and-continue"
+.IP "\fB\-findirect\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-findirect-data"
+.PD
+Generate code suitable for fast turn around development. Needed to
+enable gdb to dynamically load \f(CW\*(C`.o\*(C'\fR files into already running
+programs. \fB\-findirect\-data\fR and \fB\-ffix\-and\-continue\fR
+are provided for backwards compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-all_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-all_load"
+Loads all members of static archive libraries.
+See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-arch_errors_fatal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-arch_errors_fatal"
+Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture
+to be fatal.
+.IP "\fB\-bind_at_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bind_at_load"
+Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will
+bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.
+.IP "\fB\-bundle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bundle"
+Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.
+See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-bundle_loader\fR \fIexecutable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bundle_loader executable"
+This option specifies the \fIexecutable\fR that will be loading the build
+output file being linked. See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-dynamiclib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dynamiclib"
+When passed this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce a dynamic library instead of
+an executable when linking, using the Darwin \fIlibtool\fR command.
+.IP "\fB\-force_cpusubtype_ALL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-force_cpusubtype_ALL"
+This causes \s-1GCC\s0's output file to have the \fI\s-1ALL\s0\fR subtype, instead of
+one controlled by the \fB\-mcpu\fR or \fB\-march\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-allowable_client\fR \fIclient_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-allowable_client client_name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-client_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-client_name"
+.IP "\fB\-compatibility_version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-compatibility_version"
+.IP "\fB\-current_version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-current_version"
+.IP "\fB\-dead_strip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dead_strip"
+.IP "\fB\-dependency\-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dependency-file"
+.IP "\fB\-dylib_file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dylib_file"
+.IP "\fB\-dylinker_install_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dylinker_install_name"
+.IP "\fB\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dynamic"
+.IP "\fB\-exported_symbols_list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-exported_symbols_list"
+.IP "\fB\-filelist\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-filelist"
+.IP "\fB\-flat_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flat_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-force_flat_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-force_flat_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-headerpad_max_install_names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-headerpad_max_install_names"
+.IP "\fB\-image_base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-image_base"
+.IP "\fB\-init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-init"
+.IP "\fB\-install_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-install_name"
+.IP "\fB\-keep_private_externs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-keep_private_externs"
+.IP "\fB\-multi_module\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multi_module"
+.IP "\fB\-multiply_defined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multiply_defined"
+.IP "\fB\-multiply_defined_unused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multiply_defined_unused"
+.IP "\fB\-noall_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noall_load"
+.IP "\fB\-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms"
+.IP "\fB\-nofixprebinding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nofixprebinding"
+.IP "\fB\-nomultidefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nomultidefs"
+.IP "\fB\-noprebind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noprebind"
+.IP "\fB\-noseglinkedit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noseglinkedit"
+.IP "\fB\-pagezero_size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pagezero_size"
+.IP "\fB\-prebind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-prebind"
+.IP "\fB\-prebind_all_twolevel_modules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-prebind_all_twolevel_modules"
+.IP "\fB\-private_bundle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-private_bundle"
+.IP "\fB\-read_only_relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-read_only_relocs"
+.IP "\fB\-sectalign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectalign"
+.IP "\fB\-sectobjectsymbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectobjectsymbols"
+.IP "\fB\-whyload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-whyload"
+.IP "\fB\-seg1addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg1addr"
+.IP "\fB\-sectcreate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectcreate"
+.IP "\fB\-sectobjectsymbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectobjectsymbols"
+.IP "\fB\-sectorder\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectorder"
+.IP "\fB\-segaddr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segaddr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_only_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_only_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_write_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_write_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-seg_addr_table\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg_addr_table"
+.IP "\fB\-seg_addr_table_filename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg_addr_table_filename"
+.IP "\fB\-seglinkedit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seglinkedit"
+.IP "\fB\-segprot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segprot"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_only_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_only_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_write_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_write_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-single_module\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-single_module"
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+.IP "\fB\-sub_library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sub_library"
+.IP "\fB\-sub_umbrella\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sub_umbrella"
+.IP "\fB\-twolevel_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-twolevel_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-umbrella\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-umbrella"
+.IP "\fB\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-undefined"
+.IP "\fB\-unexported_symbols_list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-unexported_symbols_list"
+.IP "\fB\-weak_reference_mismatches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-weak_reference_mismatches"
+.IP "\fB\-whatsloaded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-whatsloaded"
+.PD
+These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page
+describes them in detail.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "DEC Alpha Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-soft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-soft-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
+floating-point operations. When \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified,
+functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform floating-point
+operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
+floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
+emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
+operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
+operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
+them.
+.Sp
+Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
+required to have floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-reg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-reg"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-regs"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR implies \fB\-msoft\-float\fR. If the floating-point
+register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
+registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
+in \f(CW$0\fR instead of \f(CW$f0\fR. This is a non-standard calling sequence,
+so any function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
+compiled with \fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR must also be compiled with that
+option.
+.Sp
+A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
+and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee"
+The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
+maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
+point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
+required. This option generates code fully \s-1IEEE\s0 compliant code
+\&\fIexcept\fR that the \fIinexact-flag\fR is not maintained (see below).
+If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C'\fR is
+defined during compilation. The resulting code is less efficient but is
+able to correctly support denormalized numbers and exceptional \s-1IEEE\s0
+values such as not-a-number and plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha
+compilers call this option \fB\-ieee_with_no_inexact\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-with\-inexact\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-with-inexact"
+This is like \fB\-mieee\fR except the generated code also maintains
+the \s-1IEEE\s0 \fIinexact-flag\fR. Turning on this option causes the
+generated code to implement fully-compliant \s-1IEEE\s0 math. In addition to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP_EXACT\*(C'\fR is defined as a preprocessor
+macro. On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
+significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there is
+very little code that depends on the \fIinexact-flag\fR, you should
+normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
+option \fB\-ieee_with_inexact\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=\fR\fItrap-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode"
+This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
+Other Alpha compilers call this option \fB\-fptm\fR \fItrap-mode\fR.
+The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "n"
+This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
+are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
+trap).
+.IP "\fBu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+In addition to the traps enabled by \fBn\fR, underflow traps are enabled
+as well.
+.IP "\fBsu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "su"
+Like \fBu\fR, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
+completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
+.IP "\fBsui\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sui"
+Like \fBsu\fR, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-rounding\-mode=\fR\fIrounding-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode"
+Selects the \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
+\&\fB\-fprm\fR \fIrounding-mode\fR. The \fIrounding-mode\fR can be one
+of:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "n"
+Normal \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
+the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
+of a tie.
+.IP "\fBm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "m"
+Round towards minus infinity.
+.IP "\fBc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c"
+Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
+.IP "\fBd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
+(\fIfpcr\fR, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
+rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
+rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
+\&\fIfpcr\fR, \fBd\fR corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtrap\-precision=\fR\fItrap-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtrap-precision=trap-precision"
+In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
+means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
+floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
+in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
+Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
+precisions can be selected:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "p"
+Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
+can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
+.IP "\fBf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "f"
+Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
+caused a floating point exception.
+.IP "\fBi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
+instruction that caused a floating point exception.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
+\&\fB\-scope_safe\fR and \fB\-resumption_safe\fR.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-conformant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-conformant"
+This option marks the generated code as \s-1IEEE\s0 conformant. You must not
+use this option unless you also specify \fB\-mtrap\-precision=i\fR and either
+\&\fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=su\fR or \fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=sui\fR. Its only effect
+is to emit the line \fB.eflag 48\fR in the function prologue of the
+generated assembly file. Under \s-1DEC\s0 Unix, this has the effect that
+IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
+.IP "\fB\-mbuild\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbuild-constants"
+Normally \s-1GCC\s0 examines a 32\- or 64\-bit integer constant to
+see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
+instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
+generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
+.Sp
+Use this option to require \s-1GCC\s0 to construct \fIall\fR integer constants
+using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
+.Sp
+You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
+loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
+before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
+.IP "\fB\-malpha\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malpha-as"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgas"
+.PD
+Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
+assembler (\fB\-malpha\-as\fR) or by the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler \fB\-mgas\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbwx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbwx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bwx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bwx"
+.IP "\fB\-mcix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcix"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cix"
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix"
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-max\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-max"
+.PD
+Indicate whether \s-1GCC\s0 should generate code to use the optional \s-1BWX\s0,
+\&\s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction
+sets supported by the \s-1CPU\s0 type specified via \fB\-mcpu=\fR option or that
+of the \s-1CPU\s0 on which \s-1GCC\s0 was built if none was specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-vax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-vax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-ieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-ieee"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) \s-1VAX\s0 F and G floating point
+arithmetic instead of \s-1IEEE\s0 single and double precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mexplicit-relocs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
+.PD
+Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations
+except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow
+optimal instruction scheduling. \s-1GNU\s0 binutils as of version 2.12
+supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly mark
+which relocations should apply to which instructions. This option
+is mostly useful for debugging, as \s-1GCC\s0 detects the capabilities of
+the assembler when it is built and sets the default accordingly.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-data"
+.PD
+When \fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR is in effect, static data is
+accessed via \fIgp-relative\fR relocations. When \fB\-msmall\-data\fR
+is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a \fIsmall data area\fR
+(the \f(CW\*(C`.sdata\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.sbss\*(C'\fR sections) and are accessed via
+16\-bit relocations off of the \f(CW$gp\fR register. This limits the
+size of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the variables to be
+directly accessed via a single instruction.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mlarge\-data\fR. With this option the data area
+is limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB of
+data must use \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`mmap\*(C'\fR to allocate the data in the
+heap instead of in the program's data segment.
+.Sp
+When generating code for shared libraries, \fB\-fpic\fR implies
+\&\fB\-msmall\-data\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR implies \fB\-mlarge\-data\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-text"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-text"
+.PD
+When \fB\-msmall\-text\fR is used, the compiler assumes that the
+code of the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is
+thus reachable with a branch instruction. When \fB\-msmall\-data\fR
+is used, the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the
+same \f(CW$gp\fR value, and thus reduce the number of instructions
+required for a function call from 4 to 1.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mlarge\-text\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for
+machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. You can specify either the \fB\s-1EV\s0\fR
+style name or the corresponding chip number. \s-1GCC\s0 supports scheduling
+parameters for the \s-1EV4\s0, \s-1EV5\s0 and \s-1EV6\s0 family of processors and will
+choose the default values for the instruction set from the processor
+you specify. If you do not specify a processor type, \s-1GCC\s0 will default
+to the processor on which the compiler was built.
+.Sp
+Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBev4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev4"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBev45\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev45"
+.IP "\fB21064\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21064"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV4\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fBev5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev5"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fBev56\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev56"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164a"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 extension.
+.IP "\fBpca56\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pca56"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164pc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164pc"
+.IP "\fB21164PC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164PC"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.IP "\fBev6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev6"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21264\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21264"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.IP "\fBev67\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev67"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21264a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21264a"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-mcpu=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR. The instruction set is not changed.
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-mtune=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemory\-latency=\fR\fItime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemory-latency=time"
+Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
+references as seen by the application. This number is highly
+dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application
+and the size of the external cache on the machine.
+.Sp
+Valid options for \fItime\fR are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "number"
+A decimal number representing clock cycles.
+.IP "\fBL1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBL2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L2"
+.IP "\fBL3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L3"
+.IP "\fBmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "main"
+.PD
+The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
+\&\*(L"typical\*(R" \s-1EV4\s0 & \s-1EV5\s0 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
+(also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
+Note that L3 is only valid for \s-1EV5\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "DEC Alpha/VMS Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvms-return-codes"
+Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
+style condition (e.g. error) codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug-main=prefix"
+Flag the first routine whose name starts with \fIprefix\fR as the main
+routine for the debugger.
+.IP "\fB\-mmalloc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmalloc64"
+Default to 64bit memory allocation routines.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1FR30\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "FR30 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1FR30\s0 port.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-model"
+Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code, but
+it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses will fit into a
+20\-bit range.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lsim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lsim"
+Assume that run-time support has been provided and so there is no need
+to include the simulator library (\fIlibsim.a\fR) on the linker
+command line.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1FRV\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "FRV Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mgpr\-32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpr-32"
+Only use the first 32 general purpose registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mgpr\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpr-64"
+Use all 64 general purpose registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpr\-32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpr-32"
+Use only the first 32 floating point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpr\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpr-64"
+Use all 64 floating point registers
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use hardware instructions for floating point operations.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Use library routines for floating point operations.
+.IP "\fB\-malloc\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malloc-cc"
+Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-cc"
+Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
+use \f(CW\*(C`icc0\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`fcc0\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdword"
+Change \s-1ABI\s0 to use double word insns.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dword"
+Do not use double word instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble"
+Use floating point double instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-double"
+Do not use floating point double instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmedia\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmedia"
+Use media instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-media\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-media"
+Do not use media instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmuladd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmuladd"
+Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-muladd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-muladd"
+Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mfdpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfdpic"
+Select the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0, that uses function descriptors to represent
+pointers to functions. Without any PIC/PIE\-related options, it
+implies \fB\-fPIE\fR. With \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fpie\fR, it
+assumes \s-1GOT\s0 entries and small data are within a 12\-bit range from the
+\&\s-1GOT\s0 base address; with \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fPIE\fR, \s-1GOT\s0 offsets
+are computed with 32 bits.
+With a \fBbfin-elf\fR target, this option implies \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-plt"
+Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
+not known to bind locally. It has no effect without \fB\-mfdpic\fR.
+It's enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for
+shared libraries (i.e., \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fpic\fR), or when an
+optimization option such as \fB\-O3\fR or above is present in the
+command line.
+.IP "\fB\-mTLS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mTLS"
+Assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls"
+Do not assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgprel\-ro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgprel-ro"
+Enable the use of \f(CW\*(C`GPREL\*(C'\fR relocations in the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 for data
+that is known to be in read-only sections. It's enabled by default,
+except for \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fpie\fR: even though it may help
+make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
+With \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fPIE\fR, it trades 3 instructions for 4,
+one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need
+for a \s-1GOT\s0 entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a
+win. If it is not, \fB\-mno\-gprel\-ro\fR can be used to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-multilib\-library\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multilib-library-pic"
+Link with the (library, not \s-1FD\s0) pic libraries. It's implied by
+\&\fB\-mlibrary\-pic\fR, as well as by \fB\-fPIC\fR and
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR without \fB\-mfdpic\fR. You should never have to use
+it explicitly.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinked\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinked-fp"
+Follow the \s-1EABI\s0 requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever
+a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can
+be disabled with \fB\-mno\-linked\-fp\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current
+compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere
+within the 32\-bit address space.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-labels"
+Try to align labels to an 8\-byte boundary by inserting nops into the
+previous packet. This option only has an effect when \s-1VLIW\s0 packing
+is enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds nops to
+existing ones.
+.IP "\fB\-mlibrary\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlibrary-pic"
+Generate position-independent \s-1EABI\s0 code.
+.IP "\fB\-macc\-4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-macc-4"
+Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
+.IP "\fB\-macc\-8\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-macc-8"
+Use all eight media accumulator registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mpack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpack"
+Pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pack"
+Do not pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-eflags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-eflags"
+Do not mark \s-1ABI\s0 switches in e_flags.
+.IP "\fB\-mcond\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcond-move"
+Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cond\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cond-move"
+Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mscc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscc"
+Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-scc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-scc"
+Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mcond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcond-exec"
+Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cond-exec"
+Disable the use of conditional execution.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mvliw\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvliw-branch"
+Run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vliw\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vliw-branch"
+Do not run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulti\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulti-cond-exec"
+Enable optimization of \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR in conditional execution
+(default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-multi\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-multi-cond-exec"
+Disable optimization of \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR in conditional execution.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mnested\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnested-cond-exec"
+Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-nested\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-nested-cond-exec"
+Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-moptimize\-membar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-moptimize-membar"
+This switch removes redundant \f(CW\*(C`membar\*(C'\fR instructions from the
+compiler generated code. It is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-optimize\-membar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-optimize-membar"
+This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant \f(CW\*(C`membar\*(C'\fR
+instructions from the generated code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtomcat\-stats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtomcat-stats"
+Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are
+\&\fBfrv\fR, \fBfr550\fR, \fBtomcat\fR, \fBfr500\fR, \fBfr450\fR,
+\&\fBfr405\fR, \fBfr400\fR, \fBfr300\fR and \fBsimple\fR.
+.PP
+\fIGNU/Linux Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "GNU/Linux Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mglibc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mglibc"
+Use the \s-1GNU\s0 C library. This is the default except
+on \fB*\-*\-linux\-*uclibc*\fR and \fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-muclibc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muclibc"
+Use uClibc C library. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*uclibc*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mbionic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbionic"
+Use Bionic C library. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mandroid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mandroid"
+Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.Sp
+When compiling, this option enables \fB\-mbionic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR and \fB\-fno\-rtti\fR by default. When linking,
+this option makes the \s-1GCC\s0 driver pass Android-specific options to the linker.
+Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ANDROID_\|_\*(C'\fR
+to be defined.
+.IP "\fB\-tno\-android\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-tno-android-cc"
+Disable compilation effects of \fB\-mandroid\fR, i.e., do not enable
+\&\fB\-mbionic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR, \fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-rtti\fR by default.
+.IP "\fB\-tno\-android\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-tno-android-ld"
+Disable linking effects of \fB\-mandroid\fR, i.e., pass standard Linux
+linking options to the linker.
+.PP
+\fIH8/300 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "H8/300 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
+linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mh"
+Generate code for the H8/300H.
+.IP "\fB\-ms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms"
+Generate code for the H8S.
+.IP "\fB\-mn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mn"
+Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch
+must be used either with \fB\-mh\fR or \fB\-ms\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ms2600\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms2600"
+Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with \fB\-ms\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mint32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint32"
+Make \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR data 32 bits by default.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-300\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-300"
+On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
+The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4
+byte boundaries.
+\&\fB\-malign\-300\fR causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
+This option has no effect on the H8/300.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "HPPA Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1HPPA\s0 family of computers:
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture-type"
+Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
+\&\fIarchitecture-type\fR are \fB1.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 1.0, \fB1.1\fR for \s-1PA\s0
+1.1, and \fB2.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 2.0 processors. Refer to
+\&\fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
+architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
+architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
+other way around.
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-1\-0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-0"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-1\-1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-1"
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-2\-0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-2-0"
+.PD
+Synonyms for \fB\-march=1.0\fR, \fB\-march=1.1\fR, and \fB\-march=2.0\fR respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-switch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-switch"
+Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
+the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
+table.
+.IP "\fB\-mjump\-in\-delay\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mjump-in-delay"
+Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
+by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
+of the conditional jump.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-fpregs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-fpregs"
+Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
+necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
+floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
+floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-indexing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-indexing"
+Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
+rather obscure problems when compiling \s-1MIG\s0 generated code under \s-1MACH\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-space\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-space-regs"
+Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
+.Sp
+Such code is suitable for level 0 \s-1PA\s0 systems and kernels.
+.IP "\fB\-mfast\-indirect\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfast-indirect-calls"
+Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
+allows \s-1GCC\s0 to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
+.Sp
+This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested
+functions.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-load\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-load-store"
+Generate 3\-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
+the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the \fB+k\fR option to
+the \s-1HP\s0 compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-mportable\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mportable-runtime"
+Use the portable calling conventions proposed by \s-1HP\s0 for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgas"
+Enable the use of assembler directives only \s-1GAS\s0 understands.
+.IP "\fB\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mschedule=cpu-type"
+Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR. The choices for \fIcpu-type\fR are \fB700\fR
+\&\fB7100\fR, \fB7100LC\fR, \fB7200\fR, \fB7300\fR and \fB8000\fR. Refer
+to \fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an HP-UX system to determine the
+proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is
+\&\fB8000\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinker\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinker-opt"
+Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic
+debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9
+linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1HPPA\s0
+targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
+used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
+your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
+therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
+this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
+library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft\-float\fR in order for
+this to work.
+.IP "\fB\-msio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msio"
+Generate the predefine, \f(CW\*(C`_SIO\*(C'\fR, for server \s-1IO\s0. The default is
+\&\fB\-mwsio\fR. This generates the predefines, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_WSIO\*(C'\fR, for workstation \s-1IO\s0. These
+options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-ld"
+Use \s-1GNU\s0 ld specific options. This passes \fB\-shared\fR to ld when
+building a shared library. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured,
+explicitly or implicitly, with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This option does not
+have any affect on which ld is called, it only changes what parameters
+are passed to that ld. The ld that is called is determined by the
+\&\fB\-\-with\-ld\fR configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and
+finally by the user's \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed
+using \fBwhich `gcc \-print\-prog\-name=ld`\fR. This option is only available
+on the 64 bit HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with \fBhppa*64*\-*\-hpux*\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhp\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhp-ld"
+Use \s-1HP\s0 ld specific options. This passes \fB\-b\fR to ld when building
+a shared library and passes \fB+Accept TypeMismatch\fR to ld on all
+links. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured, explicitly or
+implicitly, with the \s-1HP\s0 linker. This option does not have any affect on
+which ld is called, it only changes what parameters are passed to that
+ld. The ld that is called is determined by the \fB\-\-with\-ld\fR
+configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and finally by the user's
+\&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed using \fBwhich
+`gcc \-print\-prog\-name=ld`\fR. This option is only available on the 64 bit
+HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with \fBhppa*64*\-*\-hpux*\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call
+is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate
+long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning
+of the function or translation unit, as the case may be, exceeds a
+predefined limit set by the branch type being used. The limits for
+normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the
+\&\s-1PA\s0 2.0 and \s-1PA\s0 1.X architectures. Sibcalls are always limited at
+240,000 bytes.
+.Sp
+Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using the
+\&\fB\-ffunction\-sections\fR option, or when using the \fB\-mgas\fR
+and \fB\-mno\-portable\-runtime\fR options together under HP-UX with
+the \s-1SOM\s0 linker.
+.Sp
+It is normally not desirable to use this option as it will degrade
+performance. However, it may be useful in large applications,
+particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
+.Sp
+The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the
+assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The
+impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
+symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
+However, an indirect call is used on 32\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 systems in pic code
+and it is quite long.
+.IP "\fB\-munix=\fR\fIunix-std\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix=unix-std"
+Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified
+\&\s-1UNIX\s0 standard. The choices for \fIunix-std\fR are \fB93\fR, \fB95\fR
+and \fB98\fR. \fB93\fR is supported on all HP-UX versions. \fB95\fR
+is available on HP-UX 10.10 and later. \fB98\fR is available on HP-UX
+11.11 and later. The default values are \fB93\fR for HP-UX 10.00,
+\&\fB95\fR for HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and \fB98\fR for HP-UX 11.11
+and later.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-munix=93\fR provides the same predefines as \s-1GCC\s0 3.3 and 3.4.
+\&\fB\-munix=95\fR provides additional predefines for \f(CW\*(C`XOPEN_UNIX\*(C'\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C'\fR, and the startfile \fIunix95.o\fR.
+\&\fB\-munix=98\fR provides additional predefines for \f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_UNIX\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_INCLUDE_\|_STDC_A1_SOURCE\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500\*(C'\fR, and the startfile \fIunix98.o\fR.
+.Sp
+It is \fIimportant\fR to note that this option changes the interfaces
+for various library routines. It also affects the operational behavior
+of the C library. Thus, \fIextreme\fR care is needed in using this
+option.
+.Sp
+Library code that is intended to operate with more than one \s-1UNIX\s0
+standard must test, set and restore the variable \fI_\|_xpg4_extended_mask\fR
+as appropriate. Most \s-1GNU\s0 software doesn't provide this capability.
+.IP "\fB\-nolibdld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nolibdld"
+Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the
+\&\fB\-static\fR option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
+libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus,
+when the \fB\-static\fR option is specified, special link options
+are needed to resolve this dependency.
+.Sp
+On HP-UX 10 and later, the \s-1GCC\s0 driver adds the necessary options to
+link with libdld.sl when the \fB\-static\fR option is specified.
+This causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64\-bit port,
+the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The
+\&\fB\-nolibdld\fR option can be used to prevent the \s-1GCC\s0 driver from
+adding these link options.
+.IP "\fB\-threads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-threads"
+Add support for multithreading with the \fIdce thread\fR library
+under HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and
+linker.
+.PP
+\fIIntel 386 and \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the i386 and x86\-64 family of
+computers:
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune to \fIcpu-type\fR everything applicable about the generated code, except
+for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The choices for
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fIgeneric\fR" 4
+.IX Item "generic"
+Produce code optimized for the most common \s-1IA32/AMD64/EM64T\s0 processors.
+If you know the \s-1CPU\s0 on which your code will run, then you should use
+the corresponding \fB\-mtune\fR option instead of
+\&\fB\-mtune=generic\fR. But, if you do not know exactly what \s-1CPU\s0 users
+of your application will have, then you should use this option.
+.Sp
+As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this
+option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0, the code generated option will change to reflect the processors
+that were most common when that version of \s-1GCC\s0 was released.
+.Sp
+There is no \fB\-march=generic\fR option because \fB\-march\fR
+indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no
+generic instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
+processors) for which the code is optimized.
+.IP "\fInative\fR" 4
+.IX Item "native"
+This selects the \s-1CPU\s0 to tune for at compilation time by determining
+the processor type of the compiling machine. Using \fB\-mtune=native\fR
+will produce code optimized for the local machine under the constraints
+of the selected instruction set. Using \fB\-march=native\fR will
+enable all instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence
+the result might not run on different machines).
+.IP "\fIi386\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i386"
+Original Intel's i386 \s-1CPU\s0.
+.IP "\fIi486\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i486"
+Intel's i486 \s-1CPU\s0. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIi586, pentium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i586, pentium"
+Intel Pentium \s-1CPU\s0 with no \s-1MMX\s0 support.
+.IP "\fIpentium-mmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium-mmx"
+Intel PentiumMMX \s-1CPU\s0 based on Pentium core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIpentiumpro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentiumpro"
+Intel PentiumPro \s-1CPU\s0.
+.IP "\fIi686\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i686"
+Same as \f(CW\*(C`generic\*(C'\fR, but when used as \f(CW\*(C`march\*(C'\fR option, PentiumPro
+instruction set will be used, so the code will run on all i686 family chips.
+.IP "\fIpentium2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium2"
+Intel Pentium2 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIpentium3, pentium3m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium3, pentium3m"
+Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set
+support.
+.IP "\fIpentium-m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium-m"
+Low power version of Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set
+support. Used by Centrino notebooks.
+.IP "\fIpentium4, pentium4m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium4, pentium4m"
+Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIprescott\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prescott"
+Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fInocona\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocona"
+Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcore2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "core2"
+Intel Core2 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcorei7\fR" 4
+.IX Item "corei7"
+Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1
+and \s-1SSE4\s0.2 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcorei7\-avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "corei7-avx"
+Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0 and \s-1PCLMUL\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcore-avx-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "core-avx-i"
+Intel Core \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0 and F16C instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fIatom\fR" 4
+.IX Item "atom"
+Intel Atom \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k6"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk6\-2, k6\-3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k6-2, k6-3"
+Improved versions of \s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIathlon, athlon-tbird\fR" 4
+.IX Item "athlon, athlon-tbird"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and \s-1SSE\s0 prefetch instructions
+support.
+.IP "\fIathlon\-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp"
+Improved \s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and full \s-1SSE\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 K8 core based CPUs with x86\-64 instruction set support. (This supersets
+\&\s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and 64\-bit instruction set extensions.)
+.IP "\fIk8\-sse3, opteron\-sse3, athlon64\-sse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k8-sse3, opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3"
+Improved versions of k8, opteron and athlon64 with \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIamdfam10, barcelona\fR" 4
+.IX Item "amdfam10, barcelona"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 Family 10h core based CPUs with x86\-64 instruction set support. (This
+supersets \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow!, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64\-bit
+instruction set extensions.)
+.IP "\fIwinchip\-c6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "winchip-c6"
+\&\s-1IDT\s0 Winchip C6 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fIwinchip2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "winchip2"
+\&\s-1IDT\s0 Winchip2 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow!
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIc3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c3"
+Via C3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support. (No scheduling is
+implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIc3\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c3-2"
+Via C3\-2 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set support. (No scheduling is
+implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIgeode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "geode"
+Embedded \s-1AMD\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+While picking a specific \fIcpu-type\fR will schedule things appropriately
+for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
+does not run on the i386 without the \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR option
+being used.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=cpu-type"
+Generate instructions for the machine type \fIcpu-type\fR. The choices
+for \fIcpu-type\fR are the same as for \fB\-mtune\fR. Moreover,
+specifying \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR implies \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu-type"
+A deprecated synonym for \fB\-mtune\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpmath=\fR\fIunit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpmath=unit"
+Generate floating point arithmetics for selected unit \fIunit\fR. The choices
+for \fIunit\fR are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "387"
+Use the standard 387 floating point coprocessor present majority of chips and
+emulated otherwise. Code compiled with this option will run almost everywhere.
+The temporary results are computed in 80bit precision instead of precision
+specified by the type resulting in slightly different results compared to most
+of other chips. See \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR for more detailed description.
+.Sp
+This is the default choice for i386 compiler.
+.IP "\fBsse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse"
+Use scalar floating point instructions present in the \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set.
+This instruction set is supported by Pentium3 and newer chips, in the \s-1AMD\s0 line
+by Athlon\-4, Athlon-xp and Athlon-mp chips. The earlier version of \s-1SSE\s0
+instruction set supports only single precision arithmetics, thus the double and
+extended precision arithmetics is still done using 387. Later version, present
+only in Pentium4 and the future \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 chips supports double precision
+arithmetics too.
+.Sp
+For the i386 compiler, you need to use \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR, \fB\-msse\fR
+or \fB\-msse2\fR switches to enable \s-1SSE\s0 extensions and make this option
+effective. For the x86\-64 compiler, these extensions are enabled by default.
+.Sp
+The resulting code should be considerably faster in the majority of cases and avoid
+the numerical instability problems of 387 code, but may break some existing
+code that expects temporaries to be 80bit.
+.Sp
+This is the default choice for the x86\-64 compiler.
+.IP "\fBsse,387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse,387"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBsse+387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse+387"
+.IP "\fBboth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "both"
+.PD
+Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This effectively double the
+amount of available registers and on chips with separate execution units for
+387 and \s-1SSE\s0 the execution resources too. Use this option with care, as it is
+still experimental, because the \s-1GCC\s0 register allocator does not model separate
+functional units well resulting in instable performance.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-masm=\fR\fIdialect\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-masm=dialect"
+Output asm instructions using selected \fIdialect\fR. Supported
+choices are \fBintel\fR or \fBatt\fR (the default one). Darwin does
+not support \fBintel\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-fp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ieee\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ieee-fp"
+.PD
+Control whether or not the compiler uses \s-1IEEE\s0 floating point
+comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
+comparison is unordered.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
+Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
+this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
+own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation.
+.Sp
+On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
+register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-ret-in-387"
+Do not use the \s-1FPU\s0 registers for return values of functions.
+.Sp
+The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR in an \s-1FPU\s0 register, even if there
+is no \s-1FPU\s0. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
+an \s-1FPU\s0.
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387\fR causes such values to be returned
+in ordinary \s-1CPU\s0 registers instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fancy\-math\-387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fancy-math-387"
+Some 387 emulators do not support the \f(CW\*(C`sin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cos\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sqrt\*(C'\fR instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
+generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD,
+OpenBSD and NetBSD. This option is overridden when \fB\-march\fR
+indicates that the target \s-1CPU\s0 will always have an \s-1FPU\s0 and so the
+instruction will not need emulation. As of revision 2.6.1, these
+instructions are not generated unless you also use the
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR switch.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-double"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-double"
+.PD
+Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary or a one word
+boundary. Aligning \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary will
+produce code that runs somewhat faster on a \fBPentium\fR at the
+expense of more memory.
+.Sp
+On x86\-64, \fB\-malign\-double\fR is enabled by default.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-malign\-double\fR switch,
+structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
+the published application binary interface specifications for the 386
+and will not be binary compatible with structures in code compiled
+without that switch.
+.IP "\fB\-m96bit\-long\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m96bit-long-double"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m128bit-long-double"
+.PD
+These switches control the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type. The i386
+application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits,
+so \fB\-m96bit\-long\-double\fR is the default in 32 bit mode.
+.Sp
+Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) would prefer \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR
+to be aligned to an 8 or 16 byte boundary. In arrays or structures
+conforming to the \s-1ABI\s0, this would not be possible. So specifying a
+\&\fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR will align \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR
+to a 16 byte boundary by padding the \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR with an additional
+32 bit zero.
+.Sp
+In the x86\-64 compiler, \fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR is the default choice as
+its \s-1ABI\s0 specifies that \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR is to be aligned on 16 byte boundary.
+.Sp
+Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision over the x87
+standard of 80 bits for a \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you override the default value for your target \s-1ABI\s0, the
+structures and arrays containing \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR variables will change
+their size as well as function calling convention for function taking
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR will be modified. Hence they will not be binary
+compatible with arrays or structures in code compiled without that switch.
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-data\-threshold=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-data-threshold=number"
+When \fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR is specified, the data greater than
+\&\fIthreshold\fR are placed in large data section. This value must be the
+same across all object linked into the binary and defaults to 65535.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtd"
+Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
+take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`ret\*(C'\fR \fInum\fR
+instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
+instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
+there.
+.Sp
+You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
+sequence with the function attribute \fBstdcall\fR. You can also
+override the \fB\-mrtd\fR option by using the function attribute
+\&\fBcdecl\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR this calling convention is incompatible with the one
+normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
+libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
+.Sp
+Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
+take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
+otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
+functions.
+.Sp
+In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
+function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
+harmlessly ignored.)
+.IP "\fB\-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregparm=num"
+Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
+default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
+registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
+function by using the function attribute \fBregparm\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use this switch, and
+\&\fInum\fR is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
+value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
+startup modules.
+.IP "\fB\-msseregparm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msseregparm"
+Use \s-1SSE\s0 register passing conventions for float and double arguments
+and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific
+function by using the function attribute \fBsseregparm\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use this switch then you must build all
+modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes
+the system libraries and startup modules.
+.IP "\fB\-mvect8\-ret\-in\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvect8-ret-in-mem"
+Return 8\-byte vectors in memory instead of \s-1MMX\s0 registers. This is the
+default on Solaris@tie{}8 and 9 and VxWorks to match the \s-1ABI\s0 of the Sun
+Studio compilers until version 12. Later compiler versions (starting
+with Studio 12 Update@tie{}1) follow the \s-1ABI\s0 used by other x86 targets, which
+is the default on Solaris@tie{}10 and later. \fIOnly\fR use this option if
+you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by those
+previous compiler versions or older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mpc32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mpc80\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc80"
+.PD
+Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When \fB\-mpc32\fR
+is specified, the significands of results of floating-point operations are
+rounded to 24 bits (single precision); \fB\-mpc64\fR rounds the
+significands of results of floating-point operations to 53 bits (double
+precision) and \fB\-mpc80\fR rounds the significands of results of
+floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision), which is
+the default. When this option is used, floating-point operations in higher
+precisions are not available to the programmer without setting the \s-1FPU\s0
+control word explicitly.
+.Sp
+Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the default
+80 bits can speed some programs by 2% or more. Note that some mathematical
+libraries assume that extended precision (80 bit) floating-point operations
+are enabled by default; routines in such libraries could suffer significant
+loss of accuracy, typically through so-called \*(L"catastrophic cancellation\*(R",
+when this option is used to set the precision to less than extended precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mstackrealign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstackrealign"
+Realign the stack at entry. On the Intel x86, the \fB\-mstackrealign\fR
+option will generate an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the
+runtime stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep
+a 4\-byte aligned stack with modern codes that keep a 16\-byte stack for
+\&\s-1SSE\s0 compatibility. See also the attribute \f(CW\*(C`force_align_arg_pointer\*(C'\fR,
+applicable to individual functions.
+.IP "\fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num"
+Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR
+byte boundary. If \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary\fR is not specified,
+the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
+.IP "\fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mincoming-stack-boundary=num"
+Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR byte
+boundary. If \fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary\fR is not specified,
+the one specified by \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary\fR will be used.
+.Sp
+On Pentium and PentiumPro, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR values
+should be aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see \fB\-malign\-double\fR) or
+suffer significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium \s-1III\s0, the
+Streaming \s-1SIMD\s0 Extension (\s-1SSE\s0) data type \f(CW\*(C`_\|_m128\*(C'\fR may not work
+properly if it is not 16 byte aligned.
+.Sp
+To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
+must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
+Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
+aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
+stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
+boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
+libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
+.Sp
+This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally
+increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space usage, such
+as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the
+preferred alignment to \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mmx"
+.IP "\fB\-msse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse"
+.IP "\fB\-msse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse2"
+.IP "\fB\-msse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mssse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mssse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ssse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ssse3"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4.1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4.1"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4.1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4.1"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4.2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4.2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4.2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4.2"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4"
+.IP "\fB\-mavx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-avx"
+.IP "\fB\-maes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maes"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-aes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-aes"
+.IP "\fB\-mpclmul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpclmul"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pclmul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pclmul"
+.IP "\fB\-mfsgsbase\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfsgsbase"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fsgsbase\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fsgsbase"
+.IP "\fB\-mrdrnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrdrnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-rdrnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-rdrnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mf16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mf16c"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-f16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-f16c"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4a"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4a"
+.IP "\fB\-mfma4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfma4"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fma4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fma4"
+.IP "\fB\-mxop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxop"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xop"
+.IP "\fB\-mlwp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlwp"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lwp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lwp"
+.IP "\fB\-m3dnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3dnow"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-3dnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-3dnow"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcnt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcnt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcnt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcnt"
+.IP "\fB\-mabm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabm"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abm"
+.IP "\fB\-mbmi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbmi"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bmi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bmi"
+.IP "\fB\-mtbm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtbm"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tbm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tbm"
+.PD
+These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the \s-1MMX\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0,
+F16C, \s-1SSE4A\s0, \s-1FMA4\s0, \s-1XOP\s0, \s-1LWP\s0, \s-1ABM\s0, \s-1BMI\s0, or 3DNow! extended instruction sets.
+These extensions are also available as built-in functions: see
+\&\fBX86 Built-in Functions\fR, for details of the functions enabled and
+disabled by these switches.
+.Sp
+To have \s-1SSE/SSE2\s0 instructions generated automatically from floating-point
+code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 depresses SSEx instructions when \fB\-mavx\fR is used. Instead, it
+generates new \s-1AVX\s0 instructions or \s-1AVX\s0 equivalence for all SSEx instructions
+when needed.
+.Sp
+These options will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use these extended instructions in
+generated code, even without \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR. Applications which
+perform runtime \s-1CPU\s0 detection must compile separate files for each
+supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular,
+the file containing the \s-1CPU\s0 detection code should be compiled without
+these options.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
+instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcld"
+This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a \f(CW\*(C`cld\*(C'\fR instruction in the prologue
+of functions that use string instructions. String instructions depend on
+the \s-1DF\s0 flag to select between autoincrement or autodecrement mode. While the
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 specifies the \s-1DF\s0 flag to be cleared on function entry, some operating
+systems violate this specification by not clearing the \s-1DF\s0 flag in their
+exception dispatchers. The exception handler can be invoked with the \s-1DF\s0 flag
+set which leads to wrong direction mode, when string instructions are used.
+This option can be enabled by default on 32\-bit x86 targets by configuring
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 with the \fB\-\-enable\-cld\fR configure option. Generation of \f(CW\*(C`cld\*(C'\fR
+instructions can be suppressed with the \fB\-mno\-cld\fR compiler option
+in this case.
+.IP "\fB\-mvzeroupper\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvzeroupper"
+This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a \f(CW\*(C`vzeroupper\*(C'\fR instruction
+before a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize
+\&\s-1AVX\s0 to \s-1SSE\s0 transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary zeroupper
+intrinsics.
+.IP "\fB\-mcx16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcx16"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 instruction in generated code.
+\&\s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 allows for atomic operations on 128\-bit double quadword (or oword)
+data types. This is useful for high resolution counters that could be updated
+by multiple processors (or cores). This instruction is generated as part of
+atomic built-in functions: see \fBAtomic Builtins\fR for details.
+.IP "\fB\-msahf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msahf"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction in generated 64\-bit code.
+Early Intel CPUs with Intel 64 lacked \s-1LAHF\s0 and \s-1SAHF\s0 instructions supported
+by \s-1AMD64\s0 until introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005. \s-1LAHF\s0 and
+\&\s-1SAHF\s0 are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status flags.
+In 64\-bit mode, \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction is used to optimize \f(CW\*(C`fmod\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`drem\*(C'\fR
+or \f(CW\*(C`remainder\*(C'\fR built-in functions: see \fBOther Builtins\fR for details.
+.IP "\fB\-mmovbe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmovbe"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use movbe instruction to implement
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap32\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap64\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcrc32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcrc32"
+This option will enable built-in functions, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32qi\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32hi\*(C'\fR. \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32si\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32di\*(C'\fR to generate the crc32 machine instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1RCPSS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTSS\s0 instructions (and their
+vectorized variants \s-1RCPPS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTPS\s0) with an additional Newton-Raphson step
+to increase precision instead of \s-1DIVSS\s0 and \s-1SQRTSS\s0 (and their vectorized
+variants) for single precision floating point arguments. These instructions
+are generated only when \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is enabled
+together with \fB\-finite\-math\-only\fR and \fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR.
+Note that while the throughput of the sequence is higher than the throughput
+of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
+decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994).
+.Sp
+Note that \s-1GCC\s0 implements 1.0f/sqrtf(x) in terms of \s-1RSQRTSS\s0 (or \s-1RSQRTPS\s0)
+already with \fB\-ffast\-math\fR (or the above option combination), and
+doesn't need \fB\-mrecip\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mveclibabi=type"
+Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
+external library. Supported types are \f(CW\*(C`svml\*(C'\fR for the Intel short
+vector math library and \f(CW\*(C`acml\*(C'\fR for the \s-1AMD\s0 math core library style
+of interfacing. \s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to \f(CW\*(C`vmldExp2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldLn2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldPow2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldTanh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldTan2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAtan2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAtanh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldCbrt2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldSinh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldSin2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAsinh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldAsin2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldCosh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldCos2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAcosh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldAcos2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsExp4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsLn4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsPow4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsTanh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsTan4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsAtan4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAtanh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsCbrt4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsSinh4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsSin4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAsinh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAsin4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsCosh4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsCos4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAcosh4\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAcos4\*(C'\fR for corresponding
+function type when \fB\-mveclibabi=svml\fR is used and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_sin\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_cos\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_exp\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log10\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_sinf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_cosf\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_expf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_logf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log2f\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log10f\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_powf\*(C'\fR for corresponding function type
+when \fB\-mveclibabi=acml\fR is used. Both \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR have to be enabled. A \s-1SVML\s0 or \s-1ACML\s0 \s-1ABI\s0
+compatible library will have to be specified at link time.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=name"
+Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible values
+are: \fBsysv\fR for the \s-1ABI\s0 used on GNU/Linux and other systems and
+\&\fBms\fR for the Microsoft \s-1ABI\s0. The default is to use the Microsoft
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 when targeting Windows. On all other systems, the default is the
+\&\s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. You can control this behavior for a specific function by
+using the function attribute \fBms_abi\fR/\fBsysv_abi\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mpush\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpush-args"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-push\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-push-args"
+.PD
+Use \s-1PUSH\s0 operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
+and usually equally fast as method using \s-1SUB/MOV\s0 operations and is enabled
+by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
+improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
+.IP "\fB\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args"
+If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will be
+computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern CPUs
+because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage
+when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable
+increase in code size. This switch implies \fB\-mno\-push\-args\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthreads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthreads"
+Support thread-safe exception handling on \fBMingw32\fR. Code that relies
+on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
+\&\fB\-mthreads\fR option. When compiling, \fB\-mthreads\fR defines
+\&\fB\-D_MT\fR; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
+\&\fB\-lmingwthrd\fR which cleans up per thread exception handling data.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-stringops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-stringops"
+Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
+code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned,
+but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know about it.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-all\-stringops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-all-stringops"
+By default \s-1GCC\s0 inlines string operations only when destination is known to be
+aligned at least to 4 byte boundary. This enables more inlining, increase code
+size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast memcpy, strlen
+and memset for short lengths.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-stringops\-dynamically\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-stringops-dynamically"
+For string operation of unknown size, inline runtime checks so for small
+blocks inline code is used, while for large blocks library call is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mstringop\-strategy=\fR\fIalg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstringop-strategy=alg"
+Overwrite internal decision heuristic about particular algorithm to inline
+string operation with. The allowed values are \f(CW\*(C`rep_byte\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rep_4byte\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`rep_8byte\*(C'\fR for expanding using i386 \f(CW\*(C`rep\*(C'\fR prefix
+of specified size, \f(CW\*(C`byte_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`unrolled_loop\*(C'\fR for
+expanding inline loop, \f(CW\*(C`libcall\*(C'\fR for always expanding library call.
+.IP "\fB\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
+avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
+makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR removes the frame pointer for all functions
+which might make debugging harder.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-direct\-seg\-refs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-direct-seg-refs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tls\-direct\-seg\-refs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tls-direct-seg-refs"
+.PD
+Controls whether \s-1TLS\s0 variables may be accessed with offsets from the
+\&\s-1TLS\s0 segment register (\f(CW%gs\fR for 32\-bit, \f(CW%fs\fR for 64\-bit),
+or whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this
+is legal depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
+segment to cover the entire \s-1TLS\s0 area.
+.Sp
+For systems that use \s-1GNU\s0 libc, the default is on.
+.IP "\fB\-msse2avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse2avx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse2avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse2avx"
+.PD
+Specify that the assembler should encode \s-1SSE\s0 instructions with \s-1VEX\s0
+prefix. The option \fB\-mavx\fR turns this on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mfentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfentry"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fentry"
+.PD
+If profiling is active \fB\-pg\fR put the profiling
+counter call before prologue.
+Note: On x86 architectures the attribute \f(CW\*(C`ms_hook_prologue\*(C'\fR
+isn't possible at the moment for \fB\-mfentry\fR and \fB\-pg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m8bit\-idiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m8bit-idiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-8bit\-idiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-8bit-idiv"
+.PD
+On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8bit unsigned integer divide is
+much faster than 32bit/64bit integer divide. This option will generate a
+runt-time check. If both dividend and divisor are within range of 0
+to 255, 8bit unsigned integer divide will be used instead of
+32bit/64bit integer divide.
+.IP "\fB\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-load"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-store"
+.PD
+Split 32\-byte \s-1AVX\s0 unaligned load and store.
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR switches are supported in addition to the above
+on \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 processors in 64\-bit environments.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and
+generates code that runs on any i386 system.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits and generates code for \s-1AMD\s0's x86\-64 architecture. For
+darwin only the \-m64 option turns off the \fB\-fno\-pic\fR and
+\&\fB\-mdynamic\-no\-pic\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-red\-zone\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-red-zone"
+Do not use a so called red zone for x86\-64 code. The red zone is mandated
+by the x86\-64 \s-1ABI\s0, it is a 128\-byte area beyond the location of the
+stack pointer that will not be modified by signal or interrupt handlers
+and therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack
+pointer. The flag \fB\-mno\-red\-zone\fR disables this red zone.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=small"
+Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must
+be linked in the lower 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
+Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default
+code model.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=kernel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=kernel"
+Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the
+negative 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space.
+This model has to be used for Linux kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medium"
+Generate code for the medium model: The program is linked in the lower 2
+\&\s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Small symbols are also placed there. Symbols
+with sizes larger than \fB\-mlarge\-data\-threshold\fR are put into
+large data or bss sections and can be located above 2GB. Programs can
+be statically or dynamically linked.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=large"
+Generate code for the large model: This model makes no assumptions
+about addresses and sizes of sections.
+.PP
+\fIi386 and x86\-64 Windows Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "i386 and x86-64 Windows Options"
+.PP
+These additional options are available for Windows targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mconsole\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconsole"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a console application is to be generated, by
+instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
+required for console applications.
+This is the default behavior for Cygwin and MinGW targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mdll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdll"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a \s-1DLL\s0 \- a dynamic link library \- is to be
+generated, enabling the selection of the required runtime
+startup object and entry point.
+.IP "\fB\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnop-fun-dllimport"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the dllimport attribute should be ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-mthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthread"
+This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies
+that MinGW-specific thread support is to be used.
+.IP "\fB\-municode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-municode"
+This option is available for mingw\-w64 targets. It specifies
+that the \s-1UNICODE\s0 macro is getting pre-defined and that the
+unicode capable runtime startup code is chosen.
+.IP "\fB\-mwin32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwin32"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the typical Windows pre-defined macros are to
+be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice
+of runtime library/startup code.
+.IP "\fB\-mwindows\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwindows"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a \s-1GUI\s0 application is to be generated by
+instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
+appropriately.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-set\-stack\-executable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-set-stack-executable"
+This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that
+the executable flag for stack used by nested functions isn't
+set. This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of
+Windows, as there the user32 \s-1API\s0, which is used to set executable
+privileges, isn't available.
+.IP "\fB\-mpe\-aligned\-commons\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpe-aligned-commons"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the \s-1PE\s0 file format that
+permits the correct alignment of \s-1COMMON\s0 variables should be
+used when generating code. It will be enabled by default if
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 detects that the target assembler found during configuration
+supports the feature.
+.PP
+See also under \fBi386 and x86\-64 Options\fR for standard options.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IA\-64\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IA-64 Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Intel \s-1IA\-64\s0 architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+Generate code for a big endian target. This is the default for HP-UX.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a little endian target. This is the default for \s-1AIX5\s0
+and GNU/Linux.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-as"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gnu\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gnu-as"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-ld"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gnu-ld"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pic"
+Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result
+is not position independent code, and violates the \s-1IA\-64\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mvolatile\-asm\-stop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvolatile-asm-stop"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-volatile\-asm\-stop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-volatile-asm-stop"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
+statements.
+.IP "\fB\-mregister\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregister-names"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-register\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-register-names"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) \fBin\fR, \fBloc\fR, and \fBout\fR register names for
+the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata"
+.PD
+Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may
+be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
+.IP "\fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconstant-gp"
+Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mauto\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mauto-pic"
+Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies \fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR.
+This is useful when compiling firmware code.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-float\-divide\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-float-divide-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline divides of floating point values
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-float\-divide\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-float-divide-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline divides of floating point values
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-float\-divide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-float-divide"
+Do not generate inline code for divides of floating point values.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-int\-divide\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-int-divide-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline divides of integer values
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-int\-divide\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-int-divide-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline divides of integer values
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-int\-divide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-int-divide"
+Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-sqrt\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-sqrt-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline square roots
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-sqrt\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-sqrt-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline square roots
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-sqrt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-sqrt"
+Do not generate inline code for sqrt.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
+instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dwarf2-asm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdwarf2-asm"
+.PD
+Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the \s-1DWARF2\s0 line number debugging
+info. This may be useful when not using the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mearly\-stop\-bits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mearly-stop-bits"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-early\-stop\-bits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-early-stop-bits"
+.PD
+Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
+instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction
+scheduling, but does not always do so.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-size=\fR\fItls-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-size=tls-size"
+Specify bit size of immediate \s-1TLS\s0 offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and
+64.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular \s-1CPU\s0, Valid values are
+itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.
+.IP "\fB\-milp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-milp32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlp64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific flags.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-br\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-br-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-br\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-br-data-spec"
+.PD
+(Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload.
+This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-ar-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-ar-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload.
+This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-control-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-control-spec"
+.PD
+(Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is
+available only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload).
+This will result in generation of the ld.s instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions chk.s .
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-br\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-br-in-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-br\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-br-in-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the data speculative loads before reload.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-br\-data\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-ar-in-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the data speculative loads after reload.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-in\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-in-control-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-in\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-in-control-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the control speculative loads.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-control\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns"
+.PD
+If enabled, data speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
+only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
+the use of the data speculation much more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns"
+.PD
+If enabled, control speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
+only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
+the use of the control speculation much more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-count-spec-in-critical-path"
+.PD
+If enabled, speculative dependencies will be considered during
+computation of the instructions priorities. This will make the use of the
+speculation a bit more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-spec\-ldc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-spec-ldc"
+Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-control\-spec\-ldc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-control-spec-ldc"
+Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-stop\-bits\-after\-every\-cycle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle"
+Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is on
+by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-fp\-mem\-deps\-zero\-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost"
+Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict
+when placed into the same instruction group. This option is disabled by
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-msel\-sched\-dont\-check\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec"
+Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling.
+This flag is disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns=\fR\fImax-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns"
+Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower
+priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same
+instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts.
+The default value is 1.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns\-hard\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit"
+Disallow more than `msched\-max\-memory\-insns' in instruction group.
+Otherwise, limit is `soft' meaning that we would prefer non-memory operations
+when limit is reached but may still schedule memory operations.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IA-64/VMS Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvms-return-codes"
+Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
+style condition (e.g. error) codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug-main=prefix"
+Flag the first routine whose name starts with \fIprefix\fR as the main
+routine for the debugger.
+.IP "\fB\-mmalloc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmalloc64"
+Default to 64bit memory allocation routines.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1LM32\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "LM32 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the Lattice Mico32 architecture:
+.IP "\fB\-mbarrel\-shift\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbarrel-shift-enabled"
+Enable barrel-shift instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-enabled"
+Enable divide and modulus instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmultiply\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmultiply-enabled"
+Enable multiply instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msign\-extend\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msign-extend-enabled"
+Enable sign extend instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-muser\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muser-enabled"
+Enable user-defined instructions.
+.PP
+\fIM32C Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M32C Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+Select the \s-1CPU\s0 for which code is generated. \fIname\fR may be one of
+\&\fBr8c\fR for the R8C/Tiny series, \fBm16c\fR for the M16C (up to
+/60) series, \fBm32cm\fR for the M16C/80 series, or \fBm32c\fR for
+the M32C/80 series.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
+an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for
+example, file I/O. You must not use this option when generating
+programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own
+runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.
+.IP "\fB\-memregs=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-memregs=number"
+Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers \s-1GCC\s0 will use
+during code generation. These pseudo-registers will be used like real
+registers, so there is a tradeoff between \s-1GCC\s0's ability to fit the
+code into available registers, and the performance penalty of using
+memory instead of registers. Note that all modules in a program must
+be compiled with the same value for this option. Because of that, you
+must not use this option with the default runtime libraries gcc
+builds.
+.PP
+\fIM32R/D Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M32R/D Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-m32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32r2"
+Generate code for the M32R/2.
+.IP "\fB\-m32rx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32rx"
+Generate code for the M32R/X.
+.IP "\fB\-m32r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32r"
+Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=small"
+Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
+can be loaded with the \f(CW\*(C`ld24\*(C'\fR instruction), and assume all subroutines
+are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
+This is the default.
+.Sp
+The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`model\*(C'\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=medium"
+Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32\-bit address space (the compiler
+will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
+assume all subroutines are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=large"
+Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32\-bit address space (the compiler
+will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
+assume subroutines may not be reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction
+(the compiler will generate the much slower \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3/jl\*(C'\fR
+instruction sequence).
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=none"
+Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
+one of \fB.data\fR, \fBbss\fR, or \fB.rodata\fR (unless the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute has been specified).
+This is the default.
+.Sp
+The small data area consists of sections \fB.sdata\fR and \fB.sbss\fR.
+Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute using one of these sections.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=sdata"
+Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
+generate special code to reference them.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=use\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=use"
+Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
+special instructions to reference them.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+Put global and static objects less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes
+into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
+sections. The default value of \fInum\fR is 8.
+The \fB\-msdata\fR option must be set to one of \fBsdata\fR or \fBuse\fR
+for this option to have any effect.
+.Sp
+All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
+Compiling with different values of \fInum\fR may or may not work; if it
+doesn't the linker will give an error message\-\-\-incorrect code will not be
+generated.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+Makes the M32R specific code in the compiler display some statistics
+that might help in debugging programs.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-loops"
+Align all loops to a 32\-byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-loops"
+Do not enforce a 32\-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-missue\-rate=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-missue-rate=number"
+Issue \fInumber\fR instructions per cycle. \fInumber\fR can only be 1
+or 2.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-cost=number"
+\&\fInumber\fR can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches will be
+preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite will
+apply.
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-trap=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-trap=number"
+Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is
+12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-trap"
+Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-func=name"
+Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush
+the cache. The default is \fI_flush_cache\fR, but a function call
+will only be used if a trap is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-func"
+Indicates that there is no \s-1OS\s0 function for flushing the cache.
+.PP
+\fIM680x0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M680x0 Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors.
+The default settings depend on which architecture was selected when
+the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices
+are given below.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=arch"
+Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set
+architecture. Permissible values of \fIarch\fR for M680x0
+architectures are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR, \fB68020\fR,
+\&\fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR and \fBcpu32\fR. ColdFire
+architectures are selected according to Freescale's \s-1ISA\s0 classification
+and the permissible values are: \fBisaa\fR, \fBisaaplus\fR,
+\&\fBisab\fR and \fBisac\fR.
+.Sp
+gcc defines a macro \fB_\|_mcf\fR\fIarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR whenever it is generating
+code for a ColdFire target. The \fIarch\fR in this macro is one of the
+\&\fB\-march\fR arguments given above.
+.Sp
+When used together, \fB\-march\fR and \fB\-mtune\fR select code
+that runs on a family of similar processors but that is optimized
+for a particular microarchitecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor.
+The M680x0 \fIcpu\fRs are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR, \fB68020\fR,
+\&\fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR, \fB68302\fR, \fB68332\fR
+and \fBcpu32\fR. The ColdFire \fIcpu\fRs are given by the table
+below, which also classifies the CPUs into families:
+.RS 4
+.IP "Family : \fB\-mcpu\fR arguments" 4
+.IX Item "Family : -mcpu arguments"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB51\fR : \fB51\fR \fB51ac\fR \fB51cn\fR \fB51em\fR \fB51qe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "51 : 51 51ac 51cn 51em 51qe"
+.IP "\fB5206\fR : \fB5202\fR \fB5204\fR \fB5206\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5206 : 5202 5204 5206"
+.IP "\fB5206e\fR : \fB5206e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5206e : 5206e"
+.IP "\fB5208\fR : \fB5207\fR \fB5208\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5208 : 5207 5208"
+.IP "\fB5211a\fR : \fB5210a\fR \fB5211a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5211a : 5210a 5211a"
+.IP "\fB5213\fR : \fB5211\fR \fB5212\fR \fB5213\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5213 : 5211 5212 5213"
+.IP "\fB5216\fR : \fB5214\fR \fB5216\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5216 : 5214 5216"
+.IP "\fB52235\fR : \fB52230\fR \fB52231\fR \fB52232\fR \fB52233\fR \fB52234\fR \fB52235\fR" 4
+.IX Item "52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235"
+.IP "\fB5225\fR : \fB5224\fR \fB5225\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5225 : 5224 5225"
+.IP "\fB52259\fR : \fB52252\fR \fB52254\fR \fB52255\fR \fB52256\fR \fB52258\fR \fB52259\fR" 4
+.IX Item "52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259"
+.IP "\fB5235\fR : \fB5232\fR \fB5233\fR \fB5234\fR \fB5235\fR \fB523x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x"
+.IP "\fB5249\fR : \fB5249\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5249 : 5249"
+.IP "\fB5250\fR : \fB5250\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5250 : 5250"
+.IP "\fB5271\fR : \fB5270\fR \fB5271\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5271 : 5270 5271"
+.IP "\fB5272\fR : \fB5272\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5272 : 5272"
+.IP "\fB5275\fR : \fB5274\fR \fB5275\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5275 : 5274 5275"
+.IP "\fB5282\fR : \fB5280\fR \fB5281\fR \fB5282\fR \fB528x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x"
+.IP "\fB53017\fR : \fB53011\fR \fB53012\fR \fB53013\fR \fB53014\fR \fB53015\fR \fB53016\fR \fB53017\fR" 4
+.IX Item "53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017"
+.IP "\fB5307\fR : \fB5307\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5307 : 5307"
+.IP "\fB5329\fR : \fB5327\fR \fB5328\fR \fB5329\fR \fB532x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x"
+.IP "\fB5373\fR : \fB5372\fR \fB5373\fR \fB537x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5373 : 5372 5373 537x"
+.IP "\fB5407\fR : \fB5407\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5407 : 5407"
+.IP "\fB5475\fR : \fB5470\fR \fB5471\fR \fB5472\fR \fB5473\fR \fB5474\fR \fB5475\fR \fB547x\fR \fB5480\fR \fB5481\fR \fB5482\fR \fB5483\fR \fB5484\fR \fB5485\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR overrides \fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR if
+\&\fIarch\fR is compatible with \fIcpu\fR. Other combinations of
+\&\fB\-mcpu\fR and \fB\-march\fR are rejected.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macro \fB_\|_mcf_cpu_\fR\fIcpu\fR when ColdFire target
+\&\fIcpu\fR is selected. It also defines \fB_\|_mcf_family_\fR\fIfamily\fR,
+where the value of \fIfamily\fR is given by the table above.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fItune\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=tune"
+Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture, within the
+constraints set by \fB\-march\fR and \fB\-mcpu\fR.
+The M680x0 microarchitectures are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR,
+\&\fB68020\fR, \fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR
+and \fBcpu32\fR. The ColdFire microarchitectures
+are: \fBcfv1\fR, \fBcfv2\fR, \fBcfv3\fR, \fBcfv4\fR and \fBcfv4e\fR.
+.Sp
+You can also use \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR for code that needs
+to run relatively well on 68020, 68030 and 68040 targets.
+\&\fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR is similar but includes 68060 targets
+as well. These two options select the same tuning decisions as
+\&\fB\-m68020\-40\fR and \fB\-m68020\-60\fR respectively.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macros \fB_\|_mc\fR\fIarch\fR and \fB_\|_mc\fR\fIarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR
+when tuning for 680x0 architecture \fIarch\fR. It also defines
+\&\fBmc\fR\fIarch\fR unless either \fB\-ansi\fR or a non-GNU \fB\-std\fR
+option is used. If gcc is tuning for a range of architectures,
+as selected by \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR or \fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR,
+it defines the macros for every architecture in the range.
+.Sp
+gcc also defines the macro \fB_\|_m\fR\fIuarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR when tuning for
+ColdFire microarchitecture \fIuarch\fR, where \fIuarch\fR is one
+of the arguments given above.
+.IP "\fB\-m68000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mc68000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc68000"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68000\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68000\fR.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or \s-1EC000\s0 core,
+including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
+.IP "\fB\-m68010\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68010"
+Generate output for a 68010. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68010\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68010\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mc68020\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc68020"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68020\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68030\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68030"
+Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68030\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68030\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68040\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68040"
+Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68040\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68040\fR.
+.Sp
+This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
+emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
+have code to emulate those instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-m68060\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68060"
+Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68060\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68060\fR.
+.Sp
+This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
+have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
+does not have code to emulate those instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu32"
+Generate output for a \s-1CPU32\s0. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for CPU32\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=cpu32\fR.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontrollers with a
+\&\s-1CPU32\s0 or \s-1CPU32+\s0 core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
+68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
+.IP "\fB\-m5200\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5200"
+Generate output for a 520X ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 520X\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-mcpu=5206\fR, and is now deprecated
+in favor of that option.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
+the \s-1MCF5202\s0, \s-1MCF5203\s0, \s-1MCF5204\s0 and \s-1MCF5206\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m5206e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5206e"
+Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now
+deprecated in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5206e\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m528x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m528x"
+Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family.
+The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent
+\&\fB\-mcpu=528x\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m5307\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5307"
+Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
+in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5307\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m5407\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5407"
+Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
+in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5407\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcfv4e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcfv4e"
+Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family \s-1CPU\s0 (e.g. 547x/548x).
+This includes use of hardware floating point instructions.
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-mcpu=547x\fR, and is now
+deprecated in favor of that option.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\-40\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020-40"
+Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
+This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
+68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
+68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
+.Sp
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\-60\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020-60"
+Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
+This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
+68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
+68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
+.Sp
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR \fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68881\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68881"
+.PD
+Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for 68020
+and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an \s-1FPU\s0. It defines the
+macro \fB_\|_HAVE_68881_\|_\fR on M680x0 targets and \fB_\|_mcffpu_\|_\fR
+on ColdFire targets.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead.
+This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets. It is also
+the default for ColdFire devices that have no \s-1FPU\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-div"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder
+instructions. If \fB\-march\fR is used without \fB\-mcpu\fR,
+the default is \*(L"on\*(R" for ColdFire architectures and \*(L"off\*(R" for M680x0
+architectures. Otherwise, the default is taken from the target \s-1CPU\s0
+(either the default \s-1CPU\s0, or the one specified by \fB\-mcpu\fR). For
+example, the default is \*(L"off\*(R" for \fB\-mcpu=5206\fR and \*(L"on\*(R" for
+\&\fB\-mcpu=5206e\fR.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macro \fB_\|_mcfhwdiv_\|_\fR when this option is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
+Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
+16\-bit boundary even on targets whose \s-1API\s0 mandates promotion to 32\-bit.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-short\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-short"
+Do not consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mnobitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnobitfield"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bitfield"
+.PD
+Do not use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68000\fR, \fB\-mcpu32\fR
+and \fB\-m5200\fR options imply \fB\-mnobitfield\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitfield"
+Do use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68020\fR option implies
+\&\fB\-mbitfield\fR. This is the default if you use a configuration
+designed for a 68020.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtd"
+Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
+that take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR
+instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
+saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
+the arguments there.
+.Sp
+This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
+used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
+compiled with the Unix compiler.
+.Sp
+Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
+take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
+otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
+functions.
+.Sp
+In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
+function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
+harmlessly ignored.)
+.Sp
+The \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
+68040, 68060 and \s-1CPU32\s0 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-rtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-rtd"
+Do not use the calling conventions selected by \fB\-mrtd\fR.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-int\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-int"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-int\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-int"
+.PD
+Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR variables on a 32\-bit
+boundary (\fB\-malign\-int\fR) or a 16\-bit boundary (\fB\-mno\-align\-int\fR).
+Aligning variables on 32\-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
+faster on processors with 32\-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-malign\-int\fR switch, \s-1GCC\s0 will
+align structures containing the above types differently than
+most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
+.IP "\fB\-mpcrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpcrel"
+Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
+using a global offset table. At present, this option implies \fB\-fpic\fR,
+allowing at most a 16\-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. \fB\-fPIC\fR is
+not presently supported with \fB\-mpcrel\fR, though this could be supported for
+68020 and higher processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-strict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstrict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstrict-align"
+.PD
+Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by
+the system.
+.IP "\fB\-msep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msep-data"
+Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
+area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
+an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies
+\&\fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sep-data"
+Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mid-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
+This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
+without virtual memory management. This option implies \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\-library\-id=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared-library-id=n"
+Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
+compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
+other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
+library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mxgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxgot"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xgot"
+.PD
+When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code
+that works if the \s-1GOT\s0 has more than 8192 entries. This code is
+larger and slower than code generated without this option. On M680x0
+processors, this option is not needed; \fB\-fPIC\fR suffices.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
+While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the \s-1GOT\s0
+is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker
+to report an error such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If this happens, you should recompile your code with \fB\-mxgot\fR.
+It should then work with very large GOTs. However, code generated with
+\&\fB\-mxgot\fR is less efficient, since it takes 4 instructions to fetch
+the value of a global symbol.
+.Sp
+Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker,
+can create multiple GOTs and sort \s-1GOT\s0 entries. If you have such a linker,
+you should only need to use \fB\-mxgot\fR when compiling a single
+object file that accesses more than 8192 \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
+.Sp
+These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating
+position-independent code.
+.PP
+\fIM68hc1x Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M68hc1x Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
+microcontrollers. The default values for these options depends on
+which style of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured;
+the defaults for the most common choices are given below.
+.IP "\fB\-m6811\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m6811"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc11\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc11"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HC11. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68HC11\-based systems.
+.IP "\fB\-m6812\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m6812"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc12"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HC12. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68HC12\-based systems.
+.IP "\fB\-m68S12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68S12"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hcs12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hcs12"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HCS12.
+.IP "\fB\-mauto\-incdec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mauto-incdec"
+Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-decrement
+addressing modes.
+.IP "\fB\-minmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minmax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mnominmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnominmax"
+.PD
+Enable the use of 68HC12 min and max instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
+far away, the compiler will use the \f(CW\*(C`call\*(C'\fR instruction to
+call a function and the \f(CW\*(C`rtc\*(C'\fR instruction for returning.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-reg\-count=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-reg-count=count"
+Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the
+code generation. The maximum number is 32. Using more pseudo-soft
+register may or may not result in better code depending on the program.
+The default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.
+.PP
+\fIMCore Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MCore Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Motorola M*Core
+processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mhardlit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhardlit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hardlit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hardlit"
+.PD
+Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
+instructions or less.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-div"
+.PD
+Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-immediate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax-immediate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relax\-immediate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relax-immediate"
+.PD
+Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mwide\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwide-bitfields"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-wide\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-wide-bitfields"
+.PD
+Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.
+.IP "\fB\-m4byte\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4byte-functions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-4byte\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-4byte-functions"
+.PD
+Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mcallgraph\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcallgraph-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-callgraph\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-callgraph-data"
+.PD
+Emit callgraph information.
+.IP "\fB\-mslow\-bytes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mslow-bytes"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-slow\-bytes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-slow-bytes"
+.PD
+Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+.PD
+Generate code for a little endian target.
+.IP "\fB\-m210\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m210"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m340\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m340"
+.PD
+Generate code for the 210 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lsim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lsim"
+Assume that run-time support has been provided and so omit the
+simulator library (\fIlibsim.a)\fR from the linker command line.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-increment=\fR\fIsize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-increment=size"
+Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation. Large
+values can increase the speed of programs which contain functions
+that need a large amount of stack space, but they can also trigger a
+segmentation fault if the stack is extended too much. The default
+value is 0x1000.
+.PP
+\fIMeP Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MeP Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mabsdiff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabsdiff"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`abs\*(C'\fR instruction, which is the absolute difference
+between two registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mall\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall-opts"
+Enables all the optional instructions \- average, multiply, divide, bit
+operations, leading zero, absolute difference, min/max, clip, and
+saturation.
+.IP "\fB\-maverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maverage"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`ave\*(C'\fR instruction, which computes the average of two
+registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mbased=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbased=n"
+Variables of size \fIn\fR bytes or smaller will be placed in the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C'\fR section by default. Based variables use the \f(CW$tp\fR
+register as a base register, and there is a 128 byte limit to the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitops"
+Enables the bit operation instructions \- bit test (\f(CW\*(C`btstm\*(C'\fR), set
+(\f(CW\*(C`bsetm\*(C'\fR), clear (\f(CW\*(C`bclrm\*(C'\fR), invert (\f(CW\*(C`bnotm\*(C'\fR), and
+test-and-set (\f(CW\*(C`tas\*(C'\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-mc=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc=name"
+Selects which section constant data will be placed in. \fIname\fR may
+be \f(CW\*(C`tiny\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`near\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`far\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mclip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mclip"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`clip\*(C'\fR instruction. Note that \f(CW\*(C`\-mclip\*(C'\fR is not
+useful unless you also provide \f(CW\*(C`\-mminmax\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mconfig=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconfig=name"
+Selects one of the build-in core configurations. Each MeP chip has
+one or more modules in it; each module has a core \s-1CPU\s0 and a variety of
+coprocessors, optional instructions, and peripherals. The
+\&\f(CW\*(C`MeP\-Integrator\*(C'\fR tool, not part of \s-1GCC\s0, provides these
+configurations through this option; using this option is the same as
+using all the corresponding command line options. The default
+configuration is \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop"
+Enables the coprocessor instructions. By default, this is a 32\-bit
+coprocessor. Note that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-mconfig=\*(C'\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop32"
+Enables the 32\-bit coprocessor's instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop64"
+Enables the 64\-bit coprocessor's instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mivc2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mivc2"
+Enables \s-1IVC2\s0 scheduling. \s-1IVC2\s0 is a 64\-bit \s-1VLIW\s0 coprocessor.
+.IP "\fB\-mdc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdc"
+Causes constant variables to be placed in the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`divu\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-meb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meb"
+Generate big-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-mel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mel"
+Generate little-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-mio\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mio-volatile"
+Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the \f(CW\*(C`io\*(C'\fR
+attribute is to be considered volatile.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Causes variables to be assigned to the \f(CW\*(C`.far\*(C'\fR section by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mleadz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mleadz"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`leadz\*(C'\fR (leading zero) instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mm"
+Causes variables to be assigned to the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mminmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mminmax"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`min\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`max\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmult\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmult"
+Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-opts"
+Disables all the optional instructions enabled by \f(CW\*(C`\-mall\-opts\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mrepeat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrepeat"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`erepeat\*(C'\fR instructions, used for
+low-overhead looping.
+.IP "\fB\-ms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms"
+Causes all variables to default to the \f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section. Note
+that there is a 65536 byte limit to this section. Accesses to these
+variables use the \f(CW%gp\fR base register.
+.IP "\fB\-msatur\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msatur"
+Enables the saturation instructions. Note that the compiler does not
+currently generate these itself, but this option is included for
+compatibility with other tools, like \f(CW\*(C`as\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdram"
+Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based runtime.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Link the simulator runtime libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-msimnovec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msimnovec"
+Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support
+for reset and exception vectors and tables.
+.IP "\fB\-mtf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtf"
+Causes all functions to default to the \f(CW\*(C`.far\*(C'\fR section. Without
+this option, functions default to the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mtiny=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtiny=n"
+Variables that are \fIn\fR bytes or smaller will be allocated to the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section. These variables use the \f(CW$gp\fR base
+register. The default for this option is 4, but note that there's a
+65536 byte limit to the \f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section.
+.PP
+\fIMicroBlaze Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MicroBlaze Options"
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Use software emulation for floating point (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use hardware floating point instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemcpy"
+Do not optimize block moves, use \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-clearbss\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-clearbss"
+This option is deprecated. Use \fB\-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu-type"
+Use features of and schedule code for given \s-1CPU\s0.
+Supported values are in the format \fBv\fR\fIX\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1YY\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fIZ\fR,
+where \fIX\fR is a major version, \fI\s-1YY\s0\fR is the minor version, and
+\&\fIZ\fR is compatibility code. Example values are \fBv3.00.a\fR,
+\&\fBv4.00.b\fR, \fBv5.00.a\fR, \fBv5.00.b\fR, \fBv5.00.b\fR, \fBv6.00.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-soft\-mul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-soft-mul"
+Use software multiply emulation (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-soft\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-soft-div"
+Use software emulation for divides (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-barrel\-shift\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-barrel-shift"
+Use the hardware barrel shifter.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-pattern\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-pattern-compare"
+Use pattern compare instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-divides\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-divides"
+Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-stack\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-stack-check"
+This option is deprecated. Use \-fstack\-check instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-gp\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-gp-opt"
+Use \s-1GP\s0 relative sdata/sbss sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-multiply\-high\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-multiply-high"
+Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-float\-convert\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-float-convert"
+Use hardware floating point conversion instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-float\-sqrt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-float-sqrt"
+Use hardware floating point square root instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-mode-app-model"
+Select application model \fIapp-model\fR. Valid models are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBexecutable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "executable"
+normal executable (default), uses startup code \fIcrt0.o\fR.
+.IP "\fBxmdstub\fR" 4
+.IX Item "xmdstub"
+for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (\s-1XMD\s0) based
+software intrusive debug agent called xmdstub. This uses startup file
+\&\fIcrt1.o\fR and sets the start address of the program to be 0x800.
+.IP "\fBbootstrap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "bootstrap"
+for applications that are loaded using a bootloader.
+This model uses startup file \fIcrt2.o\fR which does not contain a processor
+reset vector handler. This is suitable for transferring control on a
+processor reset to the bootloader rather than the application.
+.IP "\fBnovectors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "novectors"
+for applications that do not require any of the
+MicroBlaze vectors. This option may be useful for applications running
+within a monitoring application. This model uses \fIcrt3.o\fR as a startup file.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Option \fB\-xl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR is a deprecated alias for
+\&\fB\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR.
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MIPS Options"
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Generate big-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Generate little-endian code. This is the default for \fBmips*el\-*\-*\fR
+configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=arch"
+Generate code that will run on \fIarch\fR, which can be the name of a
+generic \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0, or the name of a particular processor.
+The \s-1ISA\s0 names are:
+\&\fBmips1\fR, \fBmips2\fR, \fBmips3\fR, \fBmips4\fR,
+\&\fBmips32\fR, \fBmips32r2\fR, \fBmips64\fR and \fBmips64r2\fR.
+The processor names are:
+\&\fB4kc\fR, \fB4km\fR, \fB4kp\fR, \fB4ksc\fR,
+\&\fB4kec\fR, \fB4kem\fR, \fB4kep\fR, \fB4ksd\fR,
+\&\fB5kc\fR, \fB5kf\fR,
+\&\fB20kc\fR,
+\&\fB24kc\fR, \fB24kf2_1\fR, \fB24kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fB24kec\fR, \fB24kef2_1\fR, \fB24kef1_1\fR,
+\&\fB34kc\fR, \fB34kf2_1\fR, \fB34kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fB74kc\fR, \fB74kf2_1\fR, \fB74kf1_1\fR, \fB74kf3_2\fR,
+\&\fB1004kc\fR, \fB1004kf2_1\fR, \fB1004kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fBloongson2e\fR, \fBloongson2f\fR, \fBloongson3a\fR,
+\&\fBm4k\fR,
+\&\fBocteon\fR,
+\&\fBorion\fR,
+\&\fBr2000\fR, \fBr3000\fR, \fBr3900\fR, \fBr4000\fR, \fBr4400\fR,
+\&\fBr4600\fR, \fBr4650\fR, \fBr6000\fR, \fBr8000\fR,
+\&\fBrm7000\fR, \fBrm9000\fR,
+\&\fBr10000\fR, \fBr12000\fR, \fBr14000\fR, \fBr16000\fR,
+\&\fBsb1\fR,
+\&\fBsr71000\fR,
+\&\fBvr4100\fR, \fBvr4111\fR, \fBvr4120\fR, \fBvr4130\fR, \fBvr4300\fR,
+\&\fBvr5000\fR, \fBvr5400\fR, \fBvr5500\fR
+and \fBxlr\fR.
+The special value \fBfrom-abi\fR selects the
+most compatible architecture for the selected \s-1ABI\s0 (that is,
+\&\fBmips1\fR for 32\-bit ABIs and \fBmips3\fR for 64\-bit ABIs).
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-march=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.Sp
+In processor names, a final \fB000\fR can be abbreviated as \fBk\fR
+(for example, \fB\-march=r2k\fR). Prefixes are optional, and
+\&\fBvr\fR may be written \fBr\fR.
+.Sp
+Names of the form \fIn\fR\fBf2_1\fR refer to processors with
+FPUs clocked at half the rate of the core, names of the form
+\&\fIn\fR\fBf1_1\fR refer to processors with FPUs clocked at the same
+rate as the core, and names of the form \fIn\fR\fBf3_2\fR refer to
+processors with FPUs clocked a ratio of 3:2 with respect to the core.
+For compatibility reasons, \fIn\fR\fBf\fR is accepted as a synonym
+for \fIn\fR\fBf2_1\fR while \fIn\fR\fBx\fR and \fIb\fR\fBfx\fR are
+accepted as synonyms for \fIn\fR\fBf1_1\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 defines two macros based on the value of this option. The first
+is \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR, which gives the name of target architecture, as
+a string. The second has the form \fB_MIPS_ARCH_\fR\fIfoo\fR,
+where \fIfoo\fR is the capitalized value of \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR.
+For example, \fB\-march=r2000\fR will set \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR
+to \fB\*(L"r2000\*(R"\fR and define the macro \fB_MIPS_ARCH_R2000\fR.
+.Sp
+Note that the \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR macro uses the processor names given
+above. In other words, it will have the full prefix and will not
+abbreviate \fB000\fR as \fBk\fR. In the case of \fBfrom-abi\fR,
+the macro names the resolved architecture (either \fB\*(L"mips1\*(R"\fR or
+\&\fB\*(L"mips3\*(R"\fR). It names the default architecture when no
+\&\fB\-march\fR option is given.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=arch"
+Optimize for \fIarch\fR. Among other things, this option controls
+the way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic
+operations. The list of \fIarch\fR values is the same as for
+\&\fB\-march\fR.
+.Sp
+When this option is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 will optimize for the processor
+specified by \fB\-march\fR. By using \fB\-march\fR and
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR together, it is possible to generate code that will
+run on a family of processors, but optimize the code for one
+particular member of that family.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR defines the macros \fB_MIPS_TUNE\fR and
+\&\fB_MIPS_TUNE_\fR\fIfoo\fR, which work in the same way as the
+\&\fB\-march\fR ones described above.
+.IP "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips1"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips4"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips4\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips32\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32r2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips32r2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips64r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64r2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips64r2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mips16"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) \s-1MIPS16\s0 code. If \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting a
+\&\s-1MIPS32\s0 or \s-1MIPS64\s0 architecture, it will make use of the MIPS16e \s-1ASE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis
+by means of \f(CW\*(C`mips16\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`nomips16\*(C'\fR attributes.
+.IP "\fB\-mflip\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflip-mips16"
+Generate \s-1MIPS16\s0 code on alternating functions. This option is provided
+for regression testing of mixed MIPS16/non\-MIPS16 code generation, and is
+not intended for ordinary use in compiling user code.
+.IP "\fB\-minterlink\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minterlink-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-interlink\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-interlink-mips16"
+.PD
+Require (do not require) that non\-MIPS16 code be link-compatible with
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 code.
+.Sp
+For example, non\-MIPS16 code cannot jump directly to \s-1MIPS16\s0 code;
+it must either use a call or an indirect jump. \fB\-minterlink\-mips16\fR
+therefore disables direct jumps unless \s-1GCC\s0 knows that the target of the
+jump is not \s-1MIPS16\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=o64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=o64"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=n32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=n32"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=64"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=eabi"
+.PD
+Generate code for the given \s-1ABI\s0.
+.Sp
+Note that the \s-1EABI\s0 has a 32\-bit and a 64\-bit variant. \s-1GCC\s0 normally
+generates 64\-bit code when you select a 64\-bit architecture, but you
+can use \fB\-mgp32\fR to get 32\-bit code instead.
+.Sp
+For information about the O64 \s-1ABI\s0, see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64\-abi.html\fR>.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 supports a variant of the o32 \s-1ABI\s0 in which floating-point registers
+are 64 rather than 32 bits wide. You can select this combination with
+\&\fB\-mabi=32\fR \fB\-mfp64\fR. This \s-1ABI\s0 relies on the \fBmthc1\fR
+and \fBmfhc1\fR instructions and is therefore only supported for
+\&\s-1MIPS32R2\s0 processors.
+.Sp
+The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the
+same, but each scalar value is passed in a single 64\-bit register
+rather than a pair of 32\-bit registers. For example, scalar
+floating-point values are returned in \fB\f(CB$f0\fB\fR only, not a
+\&\fB\f(CB$f0\fB\fR/\fB\f(CB$f1\fB\fR pair. The set of call-saved registers also
+remains the same, but all 64 bits are saved.
+.IP "\fB\-mabicalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabicalls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abicalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abicalls"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4\-style
+dynamic objects. \fB\-mabicalls\fR is the default for SVR4\-based
+systems.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-shared"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent,
+and that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This option
+only affects \fB\-mabicalls\fR.
+.Sp
+All \fB\-mabicalls\fR code has traditionally been position-independent,
+regardless of options like \fB\-fPIC\fR and \fB\-fpic\fR. However,
+as an extension, the \s-1GNU\s0 toolchain allows executables to use absolute
+accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can also use shorter \s-1GP\s0
+initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-defined
+functions. This mode is selected by \fB\-mno\-shared\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-shared\fR depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates
+objects that can only be linked by the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. However, the option
+does not affect the \s-1ABI\s0 of the final executable; it only affects the \s-1ABI\s0
+of relocatable objects. Using \fB\-mno\-shared\fR will generally make
+executables both smaller and quicker.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mshared\fR is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mplt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-plt"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers
+support PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects
+\&\fB\-mno\-shared \-mabicalls\fR. For the n64 \s-1ABI\s0, this option
+has no effect without \fB\-msym32\fR.
+.Sp
+You can make \fB\-mplt\fR the default by configuring
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-\-with\-mips\-plt\fR. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-plt\fR otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mxgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxgot"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xgot"
+.PD
+Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global
+offset table.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
+While this is relatively efficient, it will only work if the \s-1GOT\s0
+is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger will cause the linker
+to report an error such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If this happens, you should recompile your code with \fB\-mxgot\fR.
+It should then work with very large GOTs, although it will also be
+less efficient, since it will take three instructions to fetch the
+value of a global symbol.
+.Sp
+Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have such a
+linker, you should only need to use \fB\-mxgot\fR when a single object
+file accesses more than 64k's worth of \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
+.Sp
+These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating position
+independent code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp32"
+Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp64"
+Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp32"
+Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp64"
+Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement
+floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-float"
+Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision
+operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble-float"
+Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision
+operations. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mllsc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mllsc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-llsc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-llsc"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \fBll\fR, \fBsc\fR, and \fBsync\fR instructions to
+implement atomic memory built-in functions. When neither option is
+specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the instructions if the target architecture
+supports them.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mllsc\fR is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the
+instructions and \fB\-mno\-llsc\fR can be useful when compiling for
+nonstandard ISAs. You can make either option the default by
+configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-\-with\-llsc\fR and \fB\-\-without\-llsc\fR
+respectively. \fB\-\-with\-llsc\fR is the default for some
+configurations; see the installation documentation for details.
+.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdsp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dsp"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) revision 1 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+ This option defines the
+preprocessor macro \fB_\|_mips_dsp\fR. It also defines
+\&\fB_\|_mips_dsp_rev\fR to 1.
+.IP "\fB\-mdspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdspr2"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dspr2"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) revision 2 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+ This option defines the
+preprocessor macros \fB_\|_mips_dsp\fR and \fB_\|_mips_dspr2\fR.
+It also defines \fB_\|_mips_dsp_rev\fR to 2.
+.IP "\fB\-msmartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmartmips"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-smartmips"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS\s0 SmartMIPS \s-1ASE\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mpaired\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpaired-single"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-paired\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-paired-single"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
+ This option requires
+hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mdmx"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \s-1MIPS\s0 Digital Media Extension instructions.
+This option can only be used when generating 64\-bit code and requires
+hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mips3d"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+The option \fB\-mips3d\fR implies \fB\-mpaired\-single\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mt"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \s-1MT\s0 Multithreading instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong64"
+Force \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR types to be 64 bits wide. See \fB\-mlong32\fR for
+an explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is
+determined.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong32"
+Force \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
+.Sp
+The default size of \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fRs, \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs and pointers depends on
+the \s-1ABI\s0. All the supported ABIs use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fRs. The n64 \s-1ABI\s0
+uses 64\-bit \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs, as does the 64\-bit \s-1EABI\s0; the others use
+32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs. Pointers are the same size as \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs,
+or the same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-msym32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msym32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sym32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sym32"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32\-bit values, regardless
+of the selected \s-1ABI\s0. This option is useful in combination with
+\&\fB\-mabi=64\fR and \fB\-mno\-abicalls\fR because it allows \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section
+if that data is no bigger than \fInum\fR bytes. \s-1GCC\s0 can then access
+the data more efficiently; see \fB\-mgpopt\fR for details.
+.Sp
+The default \fB\-G\fR option depends on the configuration.
+.IP "\fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlocal-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-local-sdata"
+.PD
+Extend (do not extend) the \fB\-G\fR behavior to local data too,
+such as to static variables in C. \fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR is the
+default for all configurations.
+.Sp
+If the linker complains that an application is using too much small data,
+you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with
+\&\fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR. You might also want to build large
+libraries with \fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR, so that the libraries leave
+more room for the main program.
+.IP "\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mextern-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-extern-sdata"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data will be in
+a small data section if that data is within the \fB\-G\fR limit.
+\&\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR is the default for all configurations.
+.Sp
+If you compile a module \fIMod\fR with \fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR \fB\-G\fR
+\&\fInum\fR \fB\-mgpopt\fR, and \fIMod\fR references a variable \fIVar\fR
+that is no bigger than \fInum\fR bytes, you must make sure that \fIVar\fR
+is placed in a small data section. If \fIVar\fR is defined by another
+module, you must either compile that module with a high-enough
+\&\fB\-G\fR setting or attach a \f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute to \fIVar\fR's
+definition. If \fIVar\fR is common, you must link the application
+with a high-enough \fB\-G\fR setting.
+.Sp
+The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile
+and link every module with the same \fB\-G\fR option. However,
+you may wish to build a library that supports several different
+small data limits. You can do this by compiling the library with
+the highest supported \fB\-G\fR setting and additionally using
+\&\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR to stop the library from making assumptions
+about externally-defined data.
+.IP "\fB\-mgpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpopt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gpopt"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be
+in a small data section; see \fB\-G\fR, \fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR and
+\&\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR. \fB\-mgpopt\fR is the default for all
+configurations.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR is useful for cases where the \f(CW$gp\fR register
+might not hold the value of \f(CW\*(C`_gp\*(C'\fR. For example, if the code is
+part of a library that might be used in a boot monitor, programs that
+call boot monitor routines will pass an unknown value in \f(CW$gp\fR.
+(In such situations, the boot monitor itself would usually be compiled
+with \fB\-G0\fR.)
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR implies \fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-membedded\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-membedded-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-embedded\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-embedded-data"
+.PD
+Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
+next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
+slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of \s-1RAM\s0 required
+when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
+.IP "\fB\-muninit\-const\-in\-rodata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muninit-const-in-rodata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-uninit\-const\-in\-rodata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata"
+.PD
+Put uninitialized \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR variables in the read-only data section.
+This option is only meaningful in conjunction with \fB\-membedded\-data\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=\fR\fIsetting\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=setting"
+Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 may generate code that reads from executable sections.
+There are three possible settings:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=yes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=yes"
+Instructions may freely access executable sections. This is the
+default setting.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=pcrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=pcrel"
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 PC-relative load instructions can access executable sections,
+but other instructions must not do so. This option is useful on 4KSc
+and 4KSd processors when the code TLBs have the Read Inhibit bit set.
+It is also useful on processors that can be configured to have a dual
+instruction/data \s-1SRAM\s0 interface and that, like the M4K, automatically
+redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=no"
+Instructions must not access executable sections. This option can be
+useful on targets that are configured to have a dual instruction/data
+\&\s-1SRAM\s0 interface but that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect
+PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-msplit\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msplit-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-split\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-split-addresses"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`%hi()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`%lo()\*(C'\fR assembler
+relocation operators. This option has been superseded by
+\&\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR but is retained for backwards compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mexplicit-relocs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic
+addresses. The alternative, selected by \fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR,
+is to use assembler macros instead.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured
+to use an assembler that supports relocation operators.
+.IP "\fB\-mcheck\-zero\-division\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcheck-zero-division"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-check\-zero\-division\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-check-zero-division"
+.PD
+Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mcheck\-zero\-division\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-traps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-breaks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-breaks"
+.PD
+\&\s-1MIPS\s0 systems check for division by zero by generating either a
+conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in
+smaller code, but is only supported on \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1II\s0 and later. Also, some
+versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap from
+generating the proper signal (\f(CW\*(C`SIGFPE\*(C'\fR). Use \fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR to
+allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
+\&\fB\-mdivide\-breaks\fR to force the use of breaks.
+.Sp
+The default is usually \fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR, but this can be
+overridden at configure time using \fB\-\-with\-divide=breaks\fR.
+Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using
+\&\fB\-mno\-check\-zero\-division\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemcpy"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-memcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-memcpy"
+.PD
+Force (do not force) the use of \f(CW\*(C`memcpy()\*(C'\fR for non-trivial block
+moves. The default is \fB\-mno\-memcpy\fR, which allows \s-1GCC\s0 to inline
+most constant-sized copies.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Disable (do not disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`jal\*(C'\fR instruction. Calling
+functions using \f(CW\*(C`jal\*(C'\fR is more efficient but requires the caller
+and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
+.Sp
+This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmad"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mad"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`mad\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`madu\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mul\*(C'\fR
+instructions, as provided by the R4650 \s-1ISA\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the floating point multiply-accumulate
+instructions, when they are available. The default is
+\&\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR.
+.Sp
+When multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate
+product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to
+the \s-1FCSR\s0 Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable in some
+circumstances.
+.IP "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nocpp"
+Tell the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
+assembler files (with a \fB.s\fR suffix) when assembling them.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r4000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r4000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r4000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r4000"
+.PD
+Work around certain R4000 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+immediately after starting an integer division.
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+while an integer multiplication is in progress.
+.IP "\-" 4
+An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay slot
+of a taken branch or a jump.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r4400\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r4400"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r4400\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r4400"
+.PD
+Work around certain R4400 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+immediately after starting an integer division.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r10000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r10000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r10000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r10000"
+.PD
+Work around certain R10000 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ll\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`sc\*(C'\fR sequences may not behave atomically on revisions
+prior to 3.0. They may deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+This option can only be used if the target architecture supports
+branch-likely instructions. \fB\-mfix\-r10000\fR is the default when
+\&\fB\-march=r10000\fR is used; \fB\-mno\-fix\-r10000\fR is the default
+otherwise.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-vr4120\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-vr4120"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-vr4120\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-vr4120"
+.PD
+Work around certain \s-1VR4120\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`dmultu\*(C'\fR does not always produce the correct result.
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ddiv\*(C'\fR do not always produce the correct result if one
+of the operands is negative.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions in
+\&\fIlibgcc.a\fR. At present, these functions are only provided by
+the \f(CW\*(C`mips64vr*\-elf\*(C'\fR configurations.
+.Sp
+Other \s-1VR4120\s0 errata require a nop to be inserted between certain pairs of
+instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by \s-1GCC\s0 itself.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-vr4130\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-vr4130"
+Work around the \s-1VR4130\s0 \f(CW\*(C`mflo\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`mfhi\*(C'\fR errata. The
+workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by \s-1GCC\s0,
+although \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid using \f(CW\*(C`mflo\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mfhi\*(C'\fR if the
+\&\s-1VR4130\s0 \f(CW\*(C`macc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`macchi\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`dmacc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dmacchi\*(C'\fR
+instructions are available instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-sb1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-sb1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-sb1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-sb1"
+.PD
+Work around certain \s-1SB\-1\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 core errata.
+(This flag currently works around the \s-1SB\-1\s0 revision 2
+\&\*(L"F1\*(R" and \*(L"F2\*(R" floating point errata.)
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=\fR\fIsetting\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting"
+Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 should insert cache barriers to avoid the
+side-effects of speculation on R10K processors.
+.Sp
+In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the outcome
+of a conditional branch and speculatively executes instructions from
+the \*(L"taken\*(R" branch. It later aborts these instructions if the
+predicted outcome was wrong. However, on the R10K, even aborted
+instructions can have side effects.
+.Sp
+This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the system,
+kernel loads. As an example, a speculatively-executed store may load
+the target memory into cache and mark the cache line as dirty, even if
+the store itself is later aborted. If a \s-1DMA\s0 operation writes to the
+same area of memory before the \*(L"dirty\*(R" line is flushed, the cached
+data will overwrite the DMA-ed data. See the R10K processor manual
+for a full description, including other potential problems.
+.Sp
+One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every memory
+access that might be speculatively executed and that might have side
+effects even if aborted. \fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=\fR\fIsetting\fR
+controls \s-1GCC\s0's implementation of this workaround. It assumes that
+aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions will not have
+side effects:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+the memory occupied by the current function's stack frame;
+.IP "2." 4
+the memory occupied by an incoming stack argument;
+.IP "3." 4
+the memory occupied by an object with a link-time-constant address.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+It is the kernel's responsibility to ensure that speculative
+accesses to these regions are indeed safe.
+.Sp
+If the input program contains a function declaration such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& void foo (void);
+.Ve
+.Sp
+then the implementation of \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR must allow \f(CW\*(C`j foo\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`jal foo\*(C'\fR to be executed speculatively. \s-1GCC\s0 honors this
+restriction for functions it compiles itself. It expects non-GCC
+functions (such as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.
+.Sp
+The option has three forms:
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=load\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store"
+Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be
+speculatively executed and that might have side effects even
+if aborted.
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=store"
+Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be speculatively
+executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=none"
+Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default setting.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIfunc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-func=func"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-func"
+.PD
+Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not
+call any such function. If called, the function must take the same
+arguments as the common \f(CW\*(C`_flush_func()\*(C'\fR, that is, the address of the
+memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size of the
+memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default
+depends on the target \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for, but commonly is either
+\&\fB_flush_func\fR or \fB_\|_cpu_flush\fR.
+.IP "\fBmbranch\-cost=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mbranch-cost=num"
+Set the cost of branches to roughly \fInum\fR \*(L"simple\*(R" instructions.
+This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
+consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly selects
+the default, which is based on the \fB\-mtune\fR setting.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-likely\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-likely"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-branch\-likely\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-branch-likely"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the
+default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely
+instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected
+architecture. An exception is for the \s-1MIPS32\s0 and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures
+and processors which implement those architectures; for those, Branch
+Likely instructions will not be generated by default because the \s-1MIPS32\s0
+and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures specifically deprecate their use.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-exceptions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-exceptions"
+.PD
+Specifies whether \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are enabled. This affects how we schedule
+\&\s-1FP\s0 instructions for some processors. The default is that \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are
+enabled.
+.Sp
+For instance, on the \s-1SB\-1\s0, if \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting
+64\-bit code, then we can use both \s-1FP\s0 pipes. Otherwise, we can only use one
+\&\s-1FP\s0 pipe.
+.IP "\fB\-mvr4130\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvr4130-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vr4130\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vr4130-align"
+.PD
+The \s-1VR4130\s0 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
+instructions together if the first one is 8\-byte aligned. When this
+option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 will align pairs of instructions that it
+thinks should execute in parallel.
+.Sp
+This option only has an effect when optimizing for the \s-1VR4130\s0.
+It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
+It is enabled by default at optimization level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msynci\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msynci"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-synci\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-synci"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) generation of \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR instructions on
+architectures that support it. The \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR instructions (if
+enabled) will be generated when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_\|_\|_clear_cache()\*(C'\fR is
+compiled.
+.Sp
+This option defaults to \f(CW\*(C`\-mno\-synci\*(C'\fR, but the default can be
+overridden by configuring with \f(CW\*(C`\-\-with\-synci\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally safe
+to use \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR. However, on many multi-core (\s-1SMP\s0) systems, it
+will not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may lead
+to undefined behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-pic\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax-pic-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relax\-pic\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relax-pic-calls"
+.PD
+Try to turn \s-1PIC\s0 calls that are normally dispatched via register
+\&\f(CW$25\fR into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can
+resolve the destination at link-time and if the destination is within
+range for a direct call.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mrelax\-pic\-calls\fR is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured to use
+an assembler and a linker that supports the \f(CW\*(C`.reloc\*(C'\fR assembly
+directive and \f(CW\*(C`\-mexplicit\-relocs\*(C'\fR is in effect. With
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\*(C'\fR, this optimization can be performed by the
+assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-mmcount\-ra\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmcount-ra-address"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mcount\-ra\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mcount-ra-address"
+.PD
+Emit (do not emit) code that allows \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR to modify the
+calling function's return address. When enabled, this option extends
+the usual \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR interface with a new \fIra-address\fR
+parameter, which has type \f(CW\*(C`intptr_t *\*(C'\fR and is passed in register
+\&\f(CW$12\fR. \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR can then modify the return address by
+doing both of the following:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Returning the new address in register \f(CW$31\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Storing the new address in \f(CW\*(C`*\f(CIra\-address\f(CW\*(C'\fR,
+if \fIra-address\fR is nonnull.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mno\-mcount\-ra\-address\fR.
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MMIX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MMIX Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for the \s-1MMIX:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mlibfuncs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlibfuncs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-libfuncs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-libfuncs"
+.PD
+Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all
+values in registers, no matter the size.
+.IP "\fB\-mepsilon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mepsilon"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-epsilon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-epsilon"
+.PD
+Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect
+to the \f(CW\*(C`rE\*(C'\fR epsilon register.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=mmixware\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=mmixware"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=gnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=gnu"
+.PD
+Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in
+the called function) are seen as registers \f(CW$0\fR and up, as opposed to
+the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 which uses global registers \f(CW$231\fR and up.
+.IP "\fB\-mzero\-extend\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzero-extend"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-zero\-extend\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-zero-extend"
+.PD
+When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not
+use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than
+sign-extending ones.
+.IP "\fB\-mknuthdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mknuthdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-knuthdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-knuthdiv"
+.PD
+Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as
+the divisor. With the default, \fB\-mno\-knuthdiv\fR, the sign of the
+remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are
+arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
+.IP "\fB\-mtoplevel\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtoplevel-symbols"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-toplevel\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-toplevel-symbols"
+.PD
+Prepend (do not prepend) a \fB:\fR to all global symbols, so the assembly
+code can be used with the \f(CW\*(C`PREFIX\*(C'\fR assembly directive.
+.IP "\fB\-melf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-melf"
+Generate an executable in the \s-1ELF\s0 format, rather than the default
+\&\fBmmo\fR format used by the \fBmmix\fR simulator.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-predict\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-predict"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-branch\-predict\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-branch-predict"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch
+prediction indicates a probable branch.
+.IP "\fB\-mbase\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbase-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-base\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-base-addresses"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that uses \fIbase addresses\fR. Using a
+base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler
+and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The
+register is used for one or more base address requests within the range 0
+to 255 from the value held in the register. The generally leads to short
+and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be
+addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static
+data may require \fB\-mno\-base\-addresses\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-exit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-exit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-single\-exit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-single-exit"
+.PD
+Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each
+function.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MN10300 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Matsushita \s-1MN10300\s0 architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-mmult\-bug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmult-bug"
+Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the \s-1MN10300\s0
+processors. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mult\-bug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mult-bug"
+Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
+\&\s-1MN10300\s0 processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mam33\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam33"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-am33\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-am33"
+Do not generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor. This
+is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mam33\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam33-2"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33/2\s0.0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mam34\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam34"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM34\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Use the timing characteristics of the indicated \s-1CPU\s0 type when
+scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted processor
+type. The \s-1CPU\s0 type must be one of \fBmn10300\fR, \fBam33\fR,
+\&\fBam33\-2\fR or \fBam34\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mreturn\-pointer\-on\-d0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mreturn-pointer-on-d0"
+When generating a function which returns a pointer, return the pointer
+in both \f(CW\*(C`a0\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`d0\*(C'\fR. Otherwise, the pointer is returned
+only in a0, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype
+would result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use
+\&\fB\-mno\-return\-pointer\-on\-d0\fR to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-crt0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-crt0"
+Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
+to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
+has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
+.Sp
+This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
+.IP "\fB\-mliw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mliw"
+Allow the compiler to generate \fILong Instruction Word\fR
+instructions if the target is the \fB\s-1AM33\s0\fR or later. This is the
+default. This option defines the preprocessor macro \fB_\|_LIW_\|_\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mnoliw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnoliw"
+Do not allow the compiler to generate \fILong Instruction Word\fR
+instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro
+\&\fB_\|_NO_LIW_\|_\fR.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1PDP\-11\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "PDP-11 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for the \s-1PDP\-11:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+Use hardware \s-1FPP\s0 floating point. This is the default. (\s-1FIS\s0 floating
+point on the \s-1PDP\-11/40\s0 is not supported.)
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not use hardware floating point.
+.IP "\fB\-mac0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mac0"
+Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ac0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ac0"
+Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-m40\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m40"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/40\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m45\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m45"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/45\s0. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-m10\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m10"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/10\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mbcopy\-builtin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbcopy-builtin"
+Use inline \f(CW\*(C`movmemhi\*(C'\fR patterns for copying memory. This is the
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-mbcopy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbcopy"
+Do not use inline \f(CW\*(C`movmemhi\*(C'\fR patterns for copying memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mint16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-int32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-int32"
+.PD
+Use 16\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mint32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-int16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-int16"
+.PD
+Use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-float32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-float32"
+.PD
+Use 64\-bit \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-float64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-float64"
+.PD
+Use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mabshi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabshi"
+Use \f(CW\*(C`abshi2\*(C'\fR pattern. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abshi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abshi"
+Do not use \f(CW\*(C`abshi2\*(C'\fR pattern.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-expensive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-expensive"
+Pretend that branches are expensive. This is for experimenting with
+code generation only.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-cheap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-cheap"
+Do not pretend that branches are expensive. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-munix\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix-asm"
+Use Unix assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for
+\&\fBpdp11\-*\-bsd\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdec\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdec-asm"
+Use \s-1DEC\s0 assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for any
+\&\s-1PDP\-11\s0 target other than \fBpdp11\-*\-bsd\fR.
+.PP
+\fIpicoChip Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "picoChip Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for picoChip implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mae=\fR\fIae_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mae=ae_type"
+Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
+parameters for array element type \fIae_type\fR. Supported values
+for \fIae_type\fR are \fB\s-1ANY\s0\fR, \fB\s-1MUL\s0\fR, and \fB\s-1MAC\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=ANY\fR selects a completely generic \s-1AE\s0 type. Code
+generated with this option will run on any of the other \s-1AE\s0 types. The
+code will not be as efficient as it would be if compiled for a specific
+\&\s-1AE\s0 type, and some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) will not
+work properly on all types of \s-1AE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=MUL\fR selects a \s-1MUL\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. This is the most useful \s-1AE\s0 type
+for compiled code, and is the default.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=MAC\fR selects a DSP-style \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0. Code compiled with this
+option may suffer from poor performance of byte (char) manipulation,
+since the \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1AE\s0 does not provide hardware support for byte load/stores.
+.IP "\fB\-msymbol\-as\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msymbol-as-address"
+Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in a
+load/store instruction, without first loading it into a
+register. Typically, the use of this option will generate larger
+programs, which run faster than when the option isn't used. However, the
+results vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option,
+rather than being permanently enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inefficient\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inefficient-warnings"
+Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code. These
+warnings can be generated, for example, when compiling code which
+performs byte-level memory operations on the \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. The \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 has
+no hardware support for byte-level memory operations, so all byte
+load/stores must be synthesized from word load/store operations. This is
+inefficient and a warning will be generated indicating to the programmer
+that they should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations, or to target
+an \s-1AE\s0 type which has the necessary hardware support. This option enables
+the warning to be turned off.
+.PP
+\fIPowerPC Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "PowerPC Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC:
+.IP "\fB\-mpower\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpower"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-power\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-power"
+.IP "\fB\-mpower2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpower2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-power2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-power2"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc-gpopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gpopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc-gfxopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\-gfxopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gfxopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mmfcrf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmfcrf"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mfcrf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mfcrf"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcntb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcntb"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcntb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcntb"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcntd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcntd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcntd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcntd"
+.IP "\fB\-mfprnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfprnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fprnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fprnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mcmpb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmpb"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cmpb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cmpb"
+.IP "\fB\-mmfpgpr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmfpgpr"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mfpgpr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mfpgpr"
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-dfp"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 supports two related instruction set architectures for the
+\&\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC. The \fI\s-1POWER\s0\fR instruction set are those
+instructions supported by the \fBrios\fR chip set used in the original
+\&\s-1RS/6000\s0 systems and the \fIPowerPC\fR instruction set is the
+architecture of the Freescale MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
+the \s-1IBM\s0 4xx, 6xx, and follow-on microprocessors.
+.Sp
+Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
+large common subset of instructions supported by both. An \s-1MQ\s0
+register is included in processors supporting the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
+processor you are using. The default value of these options is
+determined when configuring \s-1GCC\s0. Specifying the
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR overrides the specification of these
+options. We recommend you use the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR option
+rather than the options listed above.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpower\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
+are found only in the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture and to use the \s-1MQ\s0 register.
+Specifying \fB\-mpower2\fR implies \fB\-power\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate instructions that are present in the \s-1POWER2\s0 architecture but
+not the original \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
+are found only in the 32\-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
+Specifying \fB\-mpowerpc\-gpopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
+General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0 to
+use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
+group, including floating-point select.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mmfcrf\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the move from
+condition register field instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER4\s0
+processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mpopcntb\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount and
+double precision \s-1FP\s0 reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the
+\&\s-1POWER5\s0 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mpopcntd\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount
+instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER7\s0 processor and other processors
+that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture.
+The \fB\-mfprnd\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 round to
+integer instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER5+\s0 processor and other
+processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture.
+The \fB\-mcmpb\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the compare bytes
+instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER6\s0 processor and other processors
+that support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture.
+The \fB\-mmfpgpr\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 move to/from
+general purpose register instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER6X\s0
+processor and other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the decimal floating
+point instructions implemented on some \s-1POWER\s0 processors.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the additional
+64\-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
+and to treat GPRs as 64\-bit, doubleword quantities. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to
+\&\fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR.
+.Sp
+If you specify both \fB\-mno\-power\fR and \fB\-mno\-powerpc\fR, \s-1GCC\s0
+will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
+architectures plus some special \s-1AIX\s0 common-mode calls, and will not use
+the \s-1MQ\s0 register. Specifying both \fB\-mpower\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc\fR
+permits \s-1GCC\s0 to use any instruction from either architecture and to
+allow use of the \s-1MQ\s0 register; specify this for the Motorola \s-1MPC601\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnew-mnemonics"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mold-mnemonics"
+.PD
+Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code. With
+\&\fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 uses the assembler mnemonics defined for
+the PowerPC architecture. With \fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR it uses the
+assembler mnemonics defined for the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture. Instructions
+defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic; \s-1GCC\s0 uses that
+mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is specified.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
+use. Specifying \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR sometimes overrides the
+value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
+should normally not specify either \fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR or
+\&\fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR, but should instead accept the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
+instruction scheduling parameters for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR.
+Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are \fB401\fR, \fB403\fR,
+\&\fB405\fR, \fB405fp\fR, \fB440\fR, \fB440fp\fR, \fB464\fR, \fB464fp\fR,
+\&\fB476\fR, \fB476fp\fR, \fB505\fR, \fB601\fR, \fB602\fR, \fB603\fR,
+\&\fB603e\fR, \fB604\fR, \fB604e\fR, \fB620\fR, \fB630\fR, \fB740\fR,
+\&\fB7400\fR, \fB7450\fR, \fB750\fR, \fB801\fR, \fB821\fR, \fB823\fR,
+\&\fB860\fR, \fB970\fR, \fB8540\fR, \fBa2\fR, \fBe300c2\fR,
+\&\fBe300c3\fR, \fBe500mc\fR, \fBe500mc64\fR, \fBec603e\fR, \fBG3\fR,
+\&\fBG4\fR, \fBG5\fR, \fBtitan\fR, \fBpower\fR, \fBpower2\fR, \fBpower3\fR,
+\&\fBpower4\fR, \fBpower5\fR, \fBpower5+\fR, \fBpower6\fR, \fBpower6x\fR,
+\&\fBpower7\fR, \fBcommon\fR, \fBpowerpc\fR, \fBpowerpc64\fR, \fBrios\fR,
+\&\fBrios1\fR, \fBrios2\fR, \fBrsc\fR, and \fBrs64\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=common\fR selects a completely generic processor. Code
+generated under this option will run on any \s-1POWER\s0 or PowerPC processor.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
+architectures, and will not use the \s-1MQ\s0 register. \s-1GCC\s0 assumes a generic
+processor model for scheduling purposes.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=power\fR, \fB\-mcpu=power2\fR, \fB\-mcpu=powerpc\fR, and
+\&\fB\-mcpu=powerpc64\fR specify generic \s-1POWER\s0, \s-1POWER2\s0, pure 32\-bit
+PowerPC (i.e., not \s-1MPC601\s0), and 64\-bit PowerPC architecture machine
+types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for
+scheduling purposes.
+.Sp
+The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated under
+those options will run best on that processor, and may not run at all on
+others.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mcpu\fR options automatically enable or disable the
+following options:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-maltivec \-mfprnd \-mhard\-float \-mmfcrf \-mmultiple
+\&\-mnew\-mnemonics \-mpopcntb \-mpopcntd \-mpower \-mpower2 \-mpowerpc64
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gpopt \-mpowerpc\-gfxopt \-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float
+\&\-msimple\-fpu \-mstring \-mmulhw \-mdlmzb \-mmfpgpr \-mvsx\fR
+.Sp
+The particular options set for any particular \s-1CPU\s0 will vary between
+compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to produce optimal
+code for that \s-1CPU\s0; it doesn't necessarily reflect the actual hardware's
+capabilities. If you wish to set an individual option to a particular
+value, you may specify it after the \fB\-mcpu\fR option, like
+\&\fB\-mcpu=970 \-mno\-altivec\fR.
+.Sp
+On \s-1AIX\s0, the \fB\-maltivec\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR options are
+not enabled or disabled by the \fB\-mcpu\fR option at present because
+\&\s-1AIX\s0 does not have full support for these options. You may still
+enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your
+environment.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the architecture type, register usage, or
+choice of mnemonics, as \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would. The same
+values for \fIcpu_type\fR are used for \fB\-mtune\fR as for
+\&\fB\-mcpu\fR. If both are specified, the code generated will use the
+architecture, registers, and mnemonics set by \fB\-mcpu\fR, but the
+scheduling parameters set by \fB\-mtune\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=small"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The \s-1TOC\s0 is limited to
+64k.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medium"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The \s-1TOC\s0 and other static
+data may be up to a total of 4G in size.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=large"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The \s-1TOC\s0 may be up to 4G
+in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64\-bit address
+space.
+.IP "\fB\-maltivec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maltivec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-altivec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-altivec"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also
+enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to
+the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set
+\&\fB\-mabi=altivec\fR to adjust the current \s-1ABI\s0 with AltiVec \s-1ABI\s0
+enhancements.
+.IP "\fB\-mvrsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvrsave"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vrsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vrsave"
+.PD
+Generate \s-1VRSAVE\s0 instructions when generating AltiVec code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgen\-cell\-microcode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgen-cell-microcode"
+Generate Cell microcode instructions
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-cell\-microcode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-cell-microcode"
+Warning when a Cell microcode instruction is going to emitted. An example
+of a Cell microcode instruction is a variable shift.
+.IP "\fB\-msecure\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msecure-plt"
+Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and shared
+libraries with non-exec .plt and .got sections. This is a PowerPC
+32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mbss\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbss-plt"
+Generate code that uses a \s-1BSS\s0 .plt section that ld.so fills in, and
+requires .plt and .got sections that are both writable and executable.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-misel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misel"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-isel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-isel"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1ISEL\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-misel=\fR\fIyes/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misel=yes/no"
+This switch has been deprecated. Use \fB\-misel\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-isel\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mspe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspe"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-spe"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1SPE\s0 simd
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mpaired\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpaired"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-paired\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-paired"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1PAIRED\s0 simd
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mspe=\fR\fIyes/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspe=yes/no"
+This option has been deprecated. Use \fB\-mspe\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-spe\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mvsx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvsx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vsx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vsx"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (\s-1VSX\s0)
+instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow
+more direct access to the \s-1VSX\s0 instruction set.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-gprs=\fR\fIyes/single/double/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-gprs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-gprs"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of floating point
+operations on the general purpose registers for architectures that
+support it.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIyes\fR or \fIsingle\fR enables the use of
+single-precision floating point operations.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIdouble\fR enables the use of single and
+double-precision floating point operations.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIno\fR disables floating point operations on the
+general purpose registers.
+.Sp
+This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for 32\-bit or 64\-bit environments of Darwin and \s-1SVR4\s0
+targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32\-bit environment sets int, long
+and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC
+variant. The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
+pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfull\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfull-toc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-in-toc"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sum-in-toc"
+.IP "\fB\-mminimal\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mminimal-toc"
+.PD
+Modify generation of the \s-1TOC\s0 (Table Of Contents), which is created for
+every executable file. The \fB\-mfull\-toc\fR option is selected by
+default. In that case, \s-1GCC\s0 will allocate at least one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for
+each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. \s-1GCC\s0
+will also place floating-point constants in the \s-1TOC\s0. However, only
+16,384 entries are available in the \s-1TOC\s0.
+.Sp
+If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
+the available \s-1TOC\s0 space, you can reduce the amount of \s-1TOC\s0 space used
+with the \fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR and \fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR options.
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR prevents \s-1GCC\s0 from putting floating-point
+constants in the \s-1TOC\s0 and \fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR forces \s-1GCC\s0 to
+generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
+run-time instead of putting that sum into the \s-1TOC\s0. You may specify one
+or both of these options. Each causes \s-1GCC\s0 to produce very slightly
+slower and larger code at the expense of conserving \s-1TOC\s0 space.
+.Sp
+If you still run out of space in the \s-1TOC\s0 even when you specify both of
+these options, specify \fB\-mminimal\-toc\fR instead. This option causes
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to make only one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for every file. When you specify this
+option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce code that is slower and larger but which
+uses extremely little \s-1TOC\s0 space. You may wish to use this option
+only on files that contain less frequently executed code.
+.IP "\fB\-maix64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-maix32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix32"
+.PD
+Enable 64\-bit \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 and calling convention: 64\-bit pointers, 64\-bit
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
+Specifying \fB\-maix64\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR and
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc\fR, while \fB\-maix32\fR disables the 64\-bit \s-1ABI\s0 and
+implies \fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to \fB\-maix32\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-compat"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xl\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xl-compat"
+.PD
+Produce code that conforms more closely to \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0 compiler semantics
+when using AIX-compatible \s-1ABI\s0. Pass floating-point arguments to
+prototyped functions beyond the register save area (\s-1RSA\s0) on the stack
+in addition to argument FPRs. Do not assume that most significant
+double in 128\-bit long double value is properly rounded when comparing
+values and converting to double. Use \s-1XL\s0 symbol names for long double
+support routines.
+.Sp
+The \s-1AIX\s0 calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
+handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
+address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0
+compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
+\&\s-1RSA\s0 from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
+optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
+stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
+default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by \s-1IBM\s0
+\&\s-1XL\s0 compilers without optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-mpe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpe"
+Support \fI\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 \s-1SP\s0\fR \fIParallel Environment\fR (\s-1PE\s0). Link an
+application written to use message passing with special startup code to
+enable the application to run. The system must have \s-1PE\s0 installed in the
+standard location (\fI/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/\fR), or the \fIspecs\fR file
+must be overridden with the \fB\-specs=\fR option to specify the
+appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
+support threads, so the \fB\-mpe\fR option and the \fB\-pthread\fR
+option are incompatible.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-natural\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-natural"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-power\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-power"
+.PD
+On \s-1AIX\s0, 32\-bit Darwin, and 64\-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
+\&\fB\-malign\-natural\fR overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
+types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based boundary.
+The option \fB\-malign\-power\fR instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to follow the ABI-specified
+alignment rules. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the standard alignment defined in the \s-1ABI\s0.
+.Sp
+On 64\-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and \fB\-malign\-power\fR
+is not supported.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD
+Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
+Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR option, and pass the option to \s-1GCC\s0 when linking.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble-float"
+.PD
+Generate code for single or double-precision floating point operations.
+\&\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR implies \fB\-msingle\-float\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msimple\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msimple-fpu"
+Do not generate sqrt and div instructions for hardware floating point unit.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+Specify type of floating point unit. Valid values are \fIsp_lite\fR
+(equivalent to \-msingle\-float \-msimple\-fpu), \fIdp_lite\fR (equivalent
+to \-mdouble\-float \-msimple\-fpu), \fIsp_full\fR (equivalent to \-msingle\-float),
+and \fIdp_full\fR (equivalent to \-mdouble\-float).
+.IP "\fB\-mxilinx\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxilinx-fpu"
+Perform optimizations for floating point unit on Xilinx \s-1PPC\s0 405/440.
+.IP "\fB\-mmultiple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmultiple"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-multiple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-multiple"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
+instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
+instructions are generated by default on \s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not
+generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use \fB\-mmultiple\fR on little
+endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
+processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and
+\&\s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstring"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-string\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-string"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
+and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
+do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
+\&\s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
+\&\fB\-mstring\fR on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
+instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
+The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and \s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions
+usage in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mupdate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mupdate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-update\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-update"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
+that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
+location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
+\&\fB\-mno\-update\fR, there is a small window between the time that the
+stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
+stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
+signals may get corrupted data.
+.IP "\fB\-mavoid\-indexed\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavoid-indexed-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-avoid\-indexed\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-avoid-indexed-addresses"
+.PD
+Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load
+or store instructions. These instructions can incur a performance
+penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations, such as when
+stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M boundary. This option
+is enabled by default when targetting Power6 and disabled otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
+accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default
+if hardware floating point is used. The machine dependent
+\&\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR option is now mapped to the machine independent
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR option, and \fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR is
+mapped to \fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulhw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulhw"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mulhw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mulhw"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and
+multiply-accumulate instructions on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors.
+These instructions are generated by default when targetting those
+processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mdlmzb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdlmzb"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dlmzb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dlmzb"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search \fBdlmzb\fR
+instruction on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is
+generated by default when targetting those processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bit\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bit-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbit\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbit-align"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
+and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the
+bit-field.
+.Sp
+For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
+\&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR bit-fields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
+boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using \fB\-mno\-bit\-align\fR,
+the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
+size.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-strict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstrict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstrict-align"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
+unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelocatable"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relocatable"
+.PD
+Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be
+relocated to a different address at runtime. A simple embedded
+PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.got2\*(C'\fR and 4\-byte locations listed in the \f(CW\*(C`.fixup\*(C'\fR section,
+a table of 32\-bit addresses generated by this option. For this to
+work, all objects linked together must be compiled with
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR or \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR.
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR code aligns the stack to an 8 byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelocatable-lib"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relocatable\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relocatable-lib"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-mrelocatable\fR, \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR generates a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.fixup\*(C'\fR section to allow static executables to be relocated at
+runtime, but \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR does not use the smaller stack
+alignment of \fB\-mrelocatable\fR. Objects compiled with
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR may be linked with objects compiled with
+any combination of the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-toc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mtoc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtoc"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
+register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
+used in the program.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+processor in little endian mode. The \fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR option is
+the same as \fB\-mlittle\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+processor in big endian mode. The \fB\-mbig\-endian\fR option is
+the same as \fB\-mbig\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdynamic\-no\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdynamic-no-pic"
+On Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X systems, compile code so that it is not
+relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The
+resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-pic\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
+Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
+loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
+responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
+before execution begins.
+.IP "\fB\-mprioritize\-restricted\-insns=\fR\fIpriority\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority"
+This option controls the priority that is assigned to
+dispatch-slot restricted instructions during the second scheduling
+pass. The argument \fIpriority\fR takes the value \fI0/1/2\fR to assign
+\&\fIno/highest/second\-highest\fR priority to dispatch slot restricted
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-costly\-dep=\fR\fIdependence_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type"
+This option controls which dependences are considered costly
+by the target during instruction scheduling. The argument
+\&\fIdependence_type\fR takes one of the following values:
+\&\fIno\fR: no dependence is costly,
+\&\fIall\fR: all dependences are costly,
+\&\fItrue_store_to_load\fR: a true dependence from store to load is costly,
+\&\fIstore_to_load\fR: any dependence from store to load is costly,
+\&\fInumber\fR: any dependence which latency >= \fInumber\fR is costly.
+.IP "\fB\-minsert\-sched\-nops=\fR\fIscheme\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minsert-sched-nops=scheme"
+This option controls which nop insertion scheme will be used during
+the second scheduling pass. The argument \fIscheme\fR takes one of the
+following values:
+\&\fIno\fR: Don't insert nops.
+\&\fIpad\fR: Pad with nops any dispatch group which has vacant issue slots,
+according to the scheduler's grouping.
+\&\fIregroup_exact\fR: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
+separate groups. Insert exactly as many nops as needed to force an insn
+to a new group, according to the estimated processor grouping.
+\&\fInumber\fR: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
+separate groups. Insert \fInumber\fR nops to force an insn to a new group.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
+conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
+Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
+default unless you configured \s-1GCC\s0 using \fBpowerpc\-*\-eabiaix\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv-eabi"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-eabi"
+.PD
+Specify both \fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR and \fB\-meabi\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\-noeabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv-noeabi"
+Specify both \fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR and \fB\-mno\-eabi\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-aixdesc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-aixdesc"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the \s-1AIX\s0
+operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-linux\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-linux"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+Linux-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-gnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-gnu"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+Hurd-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-freebsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-freebsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+FreeBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-netbsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-netbsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+NetBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-openbsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-openbsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+OpenBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-maix\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix-struct-return"
+Return all structures in memory (as specified by the \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
+.IP "\fB\-msvr4\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msvr4-struct-return"
+Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the
+\&\s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIabi-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=abi-type"
+Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with a particular extension, or remove such extension.
+Valid values are \fIaltivec\fR, \fIno-altivec\fR, \fIspe\fR,
+\&\fIno-spe\fR, \fIibmlongdouble\fR, \fIieeelongdouble\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=spe"
+Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions. This does not change
+the default \s-1ABI\s0, instead it adds the \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions to the current
+\&\s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=no\-spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=no-spe"
+Disable Booke \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions for the current \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=ibmlongdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=ibmlongdouble"
+Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IBM\s0 extended precision long double.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=ieeelongdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=ieeelongdouble"
+Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IEEE\s0 extended precision long double.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit Linux \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mprototype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprototype"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prototype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prototype"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
+variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
+compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
+set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (\fI\s-1CR\s0\fR) to
+indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
+registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
+\&\fB\-mprototype\fR, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
+will set or clear the bit.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIsim\-crt0.o\fR and that the standard C libraries are \fIlibsim.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR. This is the default for \fBpowerpc\-*\-eabisim\fR
+configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-mmvme\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmvme"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibmvme.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mads"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibads.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-myellowknife\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-myellowknife"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibyk.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mvxworks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvxworks"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
+compiling for a VxWorks system.
+.IP "\fB\-memb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-memb"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, set the \fI\s-1PPC_EMB\s0\fR bit in the \s-1ELF\s0 flags
+header to indicate that \fBeabi\fR extended relocations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-meabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meabi"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-eabi"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
+Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
+modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting \fB\-meabi\fR
+means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_eabi\*(C'\fR is called to from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR to set up the eabi
+environment, and the \fB\-msdata\fR option can use both \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
+\&\fB\-mno\-eabi\fR means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
+do not call an initialization function from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR, and the
+\&\fB\-msdata\fR option will only use \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to a single
+small data area. The \fB\-meabi\fR option is on by default if you
+configured \s-1GCC\s0 using one of the \fBpowerpc*\-*\-eabi*\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=eabi"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
+\&\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata2\fR section, which
+is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR. Put small initialized
+non\-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata\fR section,
+which is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized
+global and static data in the \fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to
+the \fB.sdata\fR section. The \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option is
+incompatible with the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR option. The
+\&\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option also sets the \fB\-memb\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=sysv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=sysv"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
+data in the \fB.sdata\fR section, which is pointed to by register
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
+\&\fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to the \fB.sdata\fR section.
+The \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR option is incompatible with the
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=default\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=default"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if \fB\-meabi\fR is used,
+compile code the same as \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR, otherwise compile code the
+same as \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=data"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global
+data in the \fB.sdata\fR section. Put small uninitialized global
+data in the \fB.sbss\fR section. Do not use register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR
+to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
+other \fB\-msdata\fR options are used.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=none"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sdata"
+.PD
+On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
+in the \fB.data\fR section, and all uninitialized data in the
+\&\fB.bss\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mblock\-move\-inline\-limit=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mblock-move-inline-limit=num"
+Inline all block moves (such as calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR or structure
+copies) less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes. The minimum value for
+\&\fInum\fR is 32 bytes on 32\-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64\-bit
+targets. The default value is target-specific.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
+equal to \fInum\fR bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
+the normal data or bss section. By default, \fInum\fR is 8. The
+\&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR switch is also passed to the linker.
+All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
+.IP "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregnames"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-regnames"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
+names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
+.IP "\fB\-mlongcall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlongcall"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-longcall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-longcall"
+.PD
+By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer more
+expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls
+further than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location.
+A short call will be generated if the compiler knows
+the call cannot be that far away. This setting can be overridden by
+the \f(CW\*(C`shortcall\*(C'\fR function attribute, or by \f(CW\*(C`#pragma
+longcall(0)\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and generating
+glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are unnecessary and
+generate slower code. As of this writing, the \s-1AIX\s0 linker can do this,
+as can the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for PowerPC/64. It is planned to add this feature
+to the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for 32\-bit PowerPC systems as well.
+.Sp
+On Darwin/PPC systems, \f(CW\*(C`#pragma longcall\*(C'\fR will generate \*(L"jbsr
+callee, L42\*(R", plus a \*(L"branch island\*(R" (glue code). The two target
+addresses represent the callee and the \*(L"branch island\*(R". The
+Darwin/PPC linker will prefer the first address and generate a \*(L"bl
+callee\*(R" if the \s-1PPC\s0 \*(L"bl\*(R" instruction will reach the callee directly;
+otherwise, the linker will generate \*(L"bl L42\*(R" to call the \*(L"branch
+island\*(R". The \*(L"branch island\*(R" is appended to the body of the
+calling function; it computes the full 32\-bit address of the callee
+and jumps to it.
+.Sp
+On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit to
+the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides whether
+to use or discard it.
+.Sp
+In the future, we may cause \s-1GCC\s0 to ignore all longcall specifications
+when the linker is known to generate glue.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-markers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-markers"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tls\-markers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tls-markers"
+.PD
+Mark (do not mark) calls to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_tls_get_addr\*(C'\fR with a relocation
+specifying the function argument. The relocation allows ld to
+reliably associate function call with argument setup instructions for
+\&\s-1TLS\s0 optimization, which in turn allows gcc to better schedule the
+sequence.
+.IP "\fB\-pthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthread"
+Adds support for multithreading with the \fIpthreads\fR library.
+This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-recip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-recip"
+.PD
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use the reciprocal estimate and
+reciprocal square root estimate instructions with additional
+Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or
+square root and divide for floating point arguments. You should use
+the \fB\-ffast\-math\fR option when using \fB\-mrecip\fR (or at
+least \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR,
+\&\fB\-finite\-math\-only\fR, \fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR). Note that while the throughput of the
+sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-reciprocal
+instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2
+ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square
+roots.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip=\fR\fIopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip=opt"
+This option allows to control which reciprocal estimate instructions
+may be used. \fIopt\fR is a comma separated list of options, that may
+be preceded by a \f(CW\*(C`!\*(C'\fR to invert the option:
+\&\f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR: enable all estimate instructions,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR: enable the default instructions, equivalent to \fB\-mrecip\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR: disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to \fB\-mno\-recip\fR;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR: enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`divf\*(C'\fR: enable the single precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`divd\*(C'\fR: enable the double precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrt\*(C'\fR: enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtf\*(C'\fR: enable the single precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtd\*(C'\fR: enable the double precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
+.Sp
+So for example, \fB\-mrecip=all,!rsqrtd\fR would enable the
+all of the reciprocal estimate instructions, except for the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`FRSQRTE\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`XSRSQRTEDP\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`XVRSQRTEDP\*(C'\fR instructions
+which handle the double precision reciprocal square root calculations.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip-precision"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-recip\-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-recip-precision"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions
+provide higher precision estimates than is mandated by the powerpc
+\&\s-1ABI\s0. Selecting \fB\-mcpu=power6\fR or \fB\-mcpu=power7\fR
+automatically selects \fB\-mrecip\-precision\fR. The double
+precision square root estimate instructions are not generated by
+default on low precision machines, since they do not provide an
+estimate that converges after three steps.
+.IP "\fB\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mveclibabi=type"
+Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
+external library. The only type supported at present is \f(CW\*(C`mass\*(C'\fR,
+which specifies to use \s-1IBM\s0's Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem
+(\s-1MASS\s0) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using external libraries.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to \f(CW\*(C`acosd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`acosf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`acoshd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`acoshf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asind2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asinf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`asinhd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asinhf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atan2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atan2f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`atand2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanhd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanhf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cbrtd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cbrtf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cosd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cosf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`coshd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`coshf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erfcd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erfcf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`erfd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erff4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`exp2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`exp2f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`expd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expm1d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expm1f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`hypotd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`hypotf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`lgammad2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`lgammaf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`log10d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log10f4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log1pd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log1pf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`log2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log2f4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`logd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`logf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`powd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`powf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sind2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sinf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sinhd2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sinhf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sqrtd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sqrtf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`tand2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`tanf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`tanhd2\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`tanhf4\*(C'\fR when generating code
+for power7. Both \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR have to be enabled. The \s-1MASS\s0
+libraries will have to be specified at link time.
+.IP "\fB\-mfriz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfriz"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-friz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-friz"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) the \f(CW\*(C`friz\*(C'\fR instruction when the
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR option is used to optimize
+rounding a floating point value to 64\-bit integer and back to floating
+point. The \f(CW\*(C`friz\*(C'\fR instruction does not return the same value if
+the floating point number is too large to fit in an integer.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1RX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "RX Options"
+.PP
+These command line options are defined for \s-1RX\s0 targets:
+.IP "\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64bit-doubles"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32bit-doubles"
+.PD
+Make the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR data type be 64\-bits (\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR)
+or 32\-bits (\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR) in size. The default is
+\&\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR. \fINote\fR \s-1RX\s0 floating point hardware only
+works on 32\-bit values, which is why the default is
+\&\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nofpu"
+.PD
+Enables (\fB\-fpu\fR) or disables (\fB\-nofpu\fR) the use of \s-1RX\s0
+floating point hardware. The default is enabled for the \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR
+series and disabled for the \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series.
+.Sp
+Floating point instructions will only be generated for 32\-bit floating
+point values however, so if the \fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR option is in
+use then the \s-1FPU\s0 hardware will not be used for doubles.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote\fR If the \fB\-fpu\fR option is enabled then
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is also enabled automatically.
+This is because the \s-1RX\s0 \s-1FPU\s0 instructions are themselves unsafe.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+Selects the type of \s-1RX\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 to be targeted. Currently three types are
+supported, the generic \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR and \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series hardware and
+the specific \fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR \s-1CPU\s0. The default is \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+The only difference between \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR and \fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR is that the
+\&\fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR does not support the \f(CW\*(C`MVTIPL\*(C'\fR instruction.
+.Sp
+The \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series does not have a hardware floating point unit
+and so \fB\-nofpu\fR is enabled by default when this type is
+selected.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian-data"
+.PD
+Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is
+\&\fB\-mlittle\-endian\-data\fR, i.e. to store data in the little endian
+format.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-data\-limit=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-data-limit=N"
+Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables
+which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data
+area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is
+limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that the area does
+not overflow. Also when the small data area is used one of the \s-1RX\s0's
+registers (\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR) is reserved for use pointing to this area, so
+it is no longer available for use by the compiler. This could result
+in slower and/or larger code if variables which once could have been
+held in \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR are now pushed onto the stack.
+.Sp
+Note, common variables (variables which have not been initialised) and
+constants are not placed into the small data area as they are assigned
+to other sections in the output executable.
+.Sp
+The default value is zero, which disables this feature. Note, this
+feature is not enabled by default with higher optimization levels
+(\fB\-O2\fR etc) because of the potentially detrimental effects of
+reserving register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. It is up to the programmer to
+experiment and discover whether this feature is of benefit to their
+program.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sim"
+.PD
+Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss board
+specific runtime.
+.IP "\fB\-mas100\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mas100-syntax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-as100\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-as100-syntax"
+.PD
+When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with
+Renesas's \s-1AS100\s0 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by the \s-1GAS\s0
+assembler but it has some restrictions so generating it is not the
+default option.
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\-constant\-size=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax-constant-size=N"
+Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as
+an operand in a \s-1RX\s0 instruction. Although the \s-1RX\s0 instruction set does
+allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to be used in instructions,
+a longer value equates to a longer instruction. Thus in some
+circumstances it can be beneficial to restrict the size of constants
+that are used in instructions. Constants that are too big are instead
+placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection.
+.Sp
+The value \fIN\fR can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default)
+or 4 means that constants of any size are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby the
+linker will attempt to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter
+versions of various instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mint\-register=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint-register=N"
+Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler
+functions. The value \fIN\fR can be between 0 and 4. A value of 1
+means that register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR will be reserved for the exclusive use
+of fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR. A value of 3 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r11\*(C'\fR, and a value of 4 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR through \f(CW\*(C`r10\*(C'\fR.
+A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers.
+.IP "\fB\-msave\-acc\-in\-interrupts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msave-acc-in-interrupts"
+Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the
+accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might use
+the accumulator register, for example because it performs 64\-bit
+multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator as this
+makes the interrupt handlers faster.
+.PP
+\&\fINote:\fR The generic \s-1GCC\s0 command line \fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR
+has special significance to the \s-1RX\s0 port when used with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`interrupt\*(C'\fR function attribute. This attribute indicates a
+function intended to process fast interrupts. \s-1GCC\s0 will will ensure
+that it only uses the registers \f(CW\*(C`r10\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r11\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR
+and/or \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR and only provided that the normal use of the
+corresponding registers have been restricted via the
+\&\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR or \fB\-mint\-register\fR command line
+options.
+.PP
+\fIS/390 and zSeries Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "S/390 and zSeries Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers
+for floating-point operations. When \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified,
+functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform floating-point
+operations. When \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is specified, the compiler
+generates \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point instructions. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-dfp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for
+decimal-floating-point operations. When \fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR is
+specified, functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform
+decimal-floating-point operations. When \fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR is
+specified, the compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware
+instructions. This is the default for \fB\-march=z9\-ec\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double-64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\-128\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double-128"
+.PD
+These switches control the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type. A size
+of 64bit makes the \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type equivalent to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR
+type. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mbackchain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbackchain"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-backchain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-backchain"
+.PD
+Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain pointer
+into the callee's stack frame.
+A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that do not understand
+\&\s-1DWARF\-2\s0 call frame information.
+When \fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR is in effect, the backchain pointer is stored
+at the bottom of the stack frame; when \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is in effect,
+the backchain is placed into the topmost word of the 96/160 byte register
+save area.
+.Sp
+In general, code compiled with \fB\-mbackchain\fR is call-compatible with
+code compiled with \fB\-mmo\-backchain\fR; however, use of the backchain
+for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is built with
+\&\fB\-mbackchain\fR. Note that the combination of \fB\-mbackchain\fR,
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR and \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is not supported. In order
+to build a linux kernel use \fB\-msoft\-float\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is to not maintain the backchain.
+.IP "\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpacked-stack"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-packed-stack"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When \fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR is
+specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save
+area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space.
+When \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is specified, register save slots are densely
+packed at the top of the register save area; unused space is reused for other
+purposes, allowing for more efficient use of the available stack space.
+However, when \fB\-mbackchain\fR is also in effect, the topmost word of
+the save area is always used to store the backchain, and the return address
+register is always saved two words below the backchain.
+.Sp
+As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated with
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is call-compatible with code generated with
+\&\fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR. Note that some non-FSF releases of \s-1GCC\s0 2.95 for
+S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain at run
+time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code is not call-compatible
+with code compiled with \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR. Also, note that the
+combination of \fB\-mbackchain\fR,
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR and \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is not supported. In order
+to build a linux kernel use \fB\-msoft\-float\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-exec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-small\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-small-exec"
+.PD
+Generate (or do not generate) code using the \f(CW\*(C`bras\*(C'\fR instruction
+to do subroutine calls.
+This only works reliably if the total executable size does not
+exceed 64k. The default is to use the \f(CW\*(C`basr\*(C'\fR instruction instead,
+which does not have this limitation.
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m31\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m31"
+.PD
+When \fB\-m31\fR is specified, generate code compliant to the
+GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0. When \fB\-m64\fR is specified, generate
+code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0. This allows \s-1GCC\s0 in
+particular to generate 64\-bit instructions. For the \fBs390\fR
+targets, the default is \fB\-m31\fR, while the \fBs390x\fR
+targets default to \fB\-m64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mzarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzarch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mesa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mesa"
+.PD
+When \fB\-mzarch\fR is specified, generate code using the
+instructions available on z/Architecture.
+When \fB\-mesa\fR is specified, generate code using the
+instructions available on \s-1ESA/390\s0. Note that \fB\-mesa\fR is
+not possible with \fB\-m64\fR.
+When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0,
+the default is \fB\-mesa\fR. When generating code compliant
+to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0, the default is \fB\-mzarch\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmvcle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmvcle"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mvcle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mvcle"
+.PD
+Generate (or do not generate) code using the \f(CW\*(C`mvcle\*(C'\fR instruction
+to perform block moves. When \fB\-mno\-mvcle\fR is specified,
+use a \f(CW\*(C`mvc\*(C'\fR loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for
+size.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-debug"
+.PD
+Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling.
+The default is to not print debug information.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=cpu-type"
+Generate code that will run on \fIcpu-type\fR, which is the name of a system
+representing a certain processor type. Possible values for
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR are \fBg5\fR, \fBg6\fR, \fBz900\fR, \fBz990\fR,
+\&\fBz9\-109\fR, \fBz9\-ec\fR and \fBz10\fR.
+When generating code using the instructions available on z/Architecture,
+the default is \fB\-march=z900\fR. Otherwise, the default is
+\&\fB\-march=g5\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune to \fIcpu-type\fR everything applicable about the generated code,
+except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions.
+The list of \fIcpu-type\fR values is the same as for \fB\-march\fR.
+The default is the value used for \fB\-march\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpf\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpf-trace"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tpf\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tpf-trace"
+.PD
+Generate code that adds (does not add) in \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0 specific branches to trace
+routines in the operating system. This option is off by default, even
+when compiling for the \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
+accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
+hardware floating point is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-framesize=\fR\fIframesize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-framesize=framesize"
+Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size. Because
+this is a compile time check it doesn't need to be a real problem when the program
+runs. It is intended to identify functions which most probably cause
+a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment with limited stack
+size e.g. the linux kernel.
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-dynamicstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-dynamicstack"
+Emit a warning if the function calls alloca or uses dynamically
+sized arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-guard=\fR\fIstack-guard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-guard=stack-guard"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-size=\fR\fIstack-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-size=stack-size"
+.PD
+If these options are provided the s390 back end emits additional instructions in
+the function prologue which trigger a trap if the stack size is \fIstack-guard\fR
+bytes above the \fIstack-size\fR (remember that the stack on s390 grows downward).
+If the \fIstack-guard\fR option is omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than
+the frame size of the compiled function is chosen.
+These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack overflow problems.
+The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and hence can also be
+used in production like systems without greater performance degradation. The given
+values have to be exact powers of 2 and \fIstack-size\fR has to be greater than
+\&\fIstack-guard\fR without exceeding 64k.
+In order to be efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts
+at an address aligned to the value given by \fIstack-size\fR.
+The \fIstack-guard\fR option can only be used in conjunction with \fIstack-size\fR.
+.PP
+\fIScore Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Score Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for Score implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-meb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meb"
+Compile code for big endian mode. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mel"
+Compile code for little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mnhwloop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnhwloop"
+Disable generate bcnz instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-muls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muls"
+Enable generate unaligned load and store instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mmac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmac"
+Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore5"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE5\s0 as the target architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore5u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore5u"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE5U\s0 of the target architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore7\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore7"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE7\s0 as the target architecture. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore7d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore7d"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE7D\s0 as the target architecture.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SH Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1SH\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-m1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m1"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH1\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH2\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m2e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2e"
+Generate code for the SH2e.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-nofpu"
+Generate code for the SH2a without \s-1FPU\s0, or for a SH2a\-FPU in such a way
+that the floating-point unit is not used.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-single-only"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision
+floating point operations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-single"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
+double-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH3\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m3e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3e"
+Generate code for the SH3e.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-nofpu"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 without a floating-point unit.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-single-only"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 with a floating-point unit that only
+supports single-precision arithmetic.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-single"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-nofpu"
+Generate code for the SH4al\-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the
+floating-point unit is not used.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-single-only"
+Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
+floating point operations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-single"
+Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a"
+Generate code for the SH4a.
+.IP "\fB\-m4al\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4al"
+Same as \fB\-m4a\-nofpu\fR, except that it implicitly passes
+\&\fB\-dsp\fR to the assembler. \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't generate any \s-1DSP\s0
+instructions at the moment.
+.IP "\fB\-mb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mb"
+Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mdalign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdalign"
+Align doubles at 64\-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
+conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
+not work unless you recompile it first with \fB\-mdalign\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
+linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbigtable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbigtable"
+Use 32\-bit offsets in \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR tables. The default is to use
+16\-bit offsets.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitops"
+Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on \s-1SH2A\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfmovd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfmovd"
+Enable the use of the instruction \f(CW\*(C`fmovd\*(C'\fR. Check \fB\-mdalign\fR for
+alignment constraints.
+.IP "\fB\-mhitachi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhitachi"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
+.IP "\fB\-mrenesas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrenesas"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-renesas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-renesas"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined for \s-1GCC\s0 before the Renesas
+conventions were available. This option is the default for all
+targets of the \s-1SH\s0 toolchain except for \fBsh-symbianelf\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mnomacsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnomacsave"
+Mark the \f(CW\*(C`MAC\*(C'\fR register as call-clobbered, even if
+\&\fB\-mhitachi\fR is given.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee"
+Increase IEEE-compliance of floating-point code.
+At the moment, this is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-finite\-math\-only\fR.
+When generating 16 bit \s-1SH\s0 opcodes, getting IEEE-conforming results for
+comparisons of NANs / infinities incurs extra overhead in every
+floating point comparison, therefore the default is set to
+\&\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-ic_invalidate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-ic_invalidate"
+Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up
+nested function trampolines.
+This option has no effect if \-musermode is in effect and the selected
+code generation option (e.g. \-m4) does not allow the use of the icbi
+instruction.
+If the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the icbi
+instruction, and \-musermode is not in effect, the inlined code will
+manipulate the instruction cache address array directly with an associative
+write. This not only requires privileged mode, but it will also
+fail if the cache line had been mapped via the \s-1TLB\s0 and has become unmapped.
+.IP "\fB\-misize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misize"
+Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
+.IP "\fB\-mpadstruct\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpadstruct"
+This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
+which is incompatible with the \s-1SH\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspace"
+Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mprefergot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprefergot"
+When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using
+the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
+.IP "\fB\-musermode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-musermode"
+Don't generate privileged mode only code; implies \-mno\-inline\-ic_invalidate
+if the inlined code would not work in user mode.
+This is the default when the target is \f(CW\*(C`sh\-*\-linux*\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-multcost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multcost=number"
+Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv=\fR\fIstrategy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv=strategy"
+Set the division strategy to use for SHmedia code. \fIstrategy\fR must be
+one of: call, call2, fp, inv, inv:minlat, inv20u, inv20l, inv:call,
+inv:call2, inv:fp .
+\&\*(L"fp\*(R" performs the operation in floating point. This has a very high latency,
+but needs only a few instructions, so it might be a good choice if
+your code has enough easily exploitable \s-1ILP\s0 to allow the compiler to
+schedule the floating point instructions together with other instructions.
+Division by zero causes a floating point exception.
+\&\*(L"inv\*(R" uses integer operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor,
+and then multiplies the dividend with the inverse. This strategy allows
+cse and hoisting of the inverse calculation. Division by zero calculates
+an unspecified result, but does not trap.
+\&\*(L"inv:minlat\*(R" is a variant of \*(L"inv\*(R" where if no cse / hoisting opportunities
+have been found, or if the entire operation has been hoisted to the same
+place, the last stages of the inverse calculation are intertwined with the
+final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at the expense of using a few
+more instructions, and thus offering fewer scheduling opportunities with
+other code.
+\&\*(L"call\*(R" calls a library function that usually implements the inv:minlat
+strategy.
+This gives high code density for m5\-*media\-nofpu compilations.
+\&\*(L"call2\*(R" uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it
+assumes that a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which
+exposes the pointer load to cse / code hoisting optimizations.
+\&\*(L"inv:call\*(R", \*(L"inv:call2\*(R" and \*(L"inv:fp\*(R" all use the \*(L"inv\*(R" algorithm for initial
+code generation, but if the code stays unoptimized, revert to the \*(L"call\*(R",
+\&\*(L"call2\*(R", or \*(L"fp\*(R" strategies, respectively. Note that the
+potentially-trapping side effect of division by zero is carried by a
+separate instruction, so it is possible that all the integer instructions
+are hoisted out, but the marker for the side effect stays where it is.
+A recombination to fp operations or a call is not possible in that case.
+\&\*(L"inv20u\*(R" and \*(L"inv20l\*(R" are variants of the \*(L"inv:minlat\*(R" strategy. In the case
+that the inverse calculation was nor separated from the multiply, they speed
+up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus sign where applicable),
+by inserting a test to skip a number of operations in this case; this test
+slows down the case of larger dividends. inv20u assumes the case of a such
+a small dividend to be unlikely, and inv20l assumes it to be likely.
+.IP "\fB\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args"
+Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather
+than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance and size. Also
+needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivsi3_libfunc=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivsi3_libfunc=name"
+Set the name of the library function used for 32 bit signed division to
+\&\fIname\fR. This only affect the name used in the call and inv:call
+division strategies, and the compiler will still expect the same
+sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option was not present.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-madjust\-unroll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-madjust-unroll"
+Throttle unrolling to avoid thrashing target registers.
+This option only has an effect if the gcc code base supports the
+\&\s-1TARGET_ADJUST_UNROLL_MAX\s0 target hook.
+.IP "\fB\-mindexed\-addressing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mindexed-addressing"
+Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcompact.
+This is only safe if the hardware and/or \s-1OS\s0 implement 32 bit wrap-around
+semantics for the indexed addressing mode. The architecture allows the
+implementation of processors with 64 bit \s-1MMU\s0, which the \s-1OS\s0 could use to
+get 32 bit addressing, but since no current hardware implementation supports
+this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe to use in
+the 32 bit \s-1ABI\s0, the default is \-mno\-indexed\-addressing.
+.IP "\fB\-mgettrcost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgettrcost=number"
+Set the cost assumed for the gettr instruction to \fInumber\fR.
+The default is 2 if \fB\-mpt\-fixed\fR is in effect, 100 otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mpt\-fixed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpt-fixed"
+Assume pt* instructions won't trap. This will generally generate better
+scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware. The current architecture
+definition says that ptabs and ptrel trap when the target anded with 3 is 3.
+This has the unintentional effect of making it unsafe to schedule ptabs /
+ptrel before a branch, or hoist it out of a loop. For example,
+_\|_do_global_ctors, a part of libgcc that runs constructors at program
+startup, calls functions in a list which is delimited by \-1. With the
+\&\-mpt\-fixed option, the ptabs will be done before testing against \-1.
+That means that all the constructors will be run a bit quicker, but when
+the loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
+loads \-1 into a target register. Since this option is unsafe for any
+hardware implementing the current architecture specification, the default
+is \-mno\-pt\-fixed. Unless the user specifies a specific cost with
+\&\fB\-mgettrcost\fR, \-mno\-pt\-fixed also implies \fB\-mgettrcost=100\fR;
+this deters register allocation using target registers for storing
+ordinary integers.
+.IP "\fB\-minvalid\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minvalid-symbols"
+Assume symbols might be invalid. Ordinary function symbols generated by
+the compiler will always be valid to load with movi/shori/ptabs or
+movi/shori/ptrel, but with assembler and/or linker tricks it is possible
+to generate symbols that will cause ptabs / ptrel to trap.
+This option is only meaningful when \fB\-mno\-pt\-fixed\fR is in effect.
+It will then prevent cross-basic-block cse, hoisting and most scheduling
+of symbol loads. The default is \fB\-mno\-invalid\-symbols\fR.
+.PP
+\fISolaris 2 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Solaris 2 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on Solaris 2:
+.IP "\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mimpure-text"
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR, used in addition to \fB\-shared\fR, tells
+the compiler to not pass \fB\-z text\fR to the linker when linking a
+shared object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent
+code into a shared object.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR suppresses the \*(L"relocations remain against
+allocatable but non-writable sections\*(R" linker error message.
+However, the necessary relocations will trigger copy-on-write, and the
+shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead of
+using \fB\-mimpure\-text\fR, you should compile all source code with
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.PP
+These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:
+.IP "\fB\-threads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-threads"
+Add support for multithreading using the Solaris threads library. This
+option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
+not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
+that of libraries supplied with it.
+.IP "\fB\-pthreads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthreads"
+Add support for multithreading using the \s-1POSIX\s0 threads library. This
+option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
+not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
+that of libraries supplied with it.
+.IP "\fB\-pthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthread"
+This is a synonym for \fB\-pthreads\fR.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SPARC Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on the \s-1SPARC:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-app-regs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mapp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapp-regs"
+.PD
+Specify \fB\-mapp\-regs\fR to generate output using the global registers
+2 through 4, which the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 reserves for applications. This
+is the default.
+.Sp
+To be fully \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
+specify \fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR. You should compile libraries and system
+software with this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD
+Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1SPARC\s0
+targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
+used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
+your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation. The embedded targets \fBsparc\-*\-aout\fR and
+\&\fBsparclite\-*\-*\fR do provide software floating point support.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
+therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
+this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
+library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft\-float\fR in order for
+this to work.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-quad\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-quad-float"
+Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-quad\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-quad-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
+floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
+in the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. This is the default.
+.Sp
+As of this writing, there are no \s-1SPARC\s0 implementations that have hardware
+support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
+a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
+emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
+this is much slower than calling the \s-1ABI\s0 library routines. Thus the
+\&\fB\-msoft\-quad\-float\fR option is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-unaligned\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-unaligned-doubles"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-munaligned\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munaligned-doubles"
+.PD
+Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-munaligned\-doubles\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that doubles have 8 byte
+alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
+absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
+Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
+generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
+in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-faster\-structs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-faster-structs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfaster\-structs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfaster-structs"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mfaster\-structs\fR, the compiler assumes that structures
+should have 8 byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ldd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`std\*(C'\fR instructions for copies in structure
+assignment, in place of twice as many \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`st\*(C'\fR pairs.
+However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the \s-1SPARC\s0
+\&\s-1ABI\s0. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer
+acknowledges that their resulting code will not be directly in line with
+the rules of the \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
+for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
+\&\fBv7\fR, \fBcypress\fR, \fBv8\fR, \fBsupersparc\fR, \fBhypersparc\fR,
+\&\fBleon\fR, \fBsparclite\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR, \fBsparclite86x\fR,
+\&\fBsparclet\fR, \fBtsc701\fR, \fBv9\fR, \fBultrasparc\fR,
+\&\fBultrasparc3\fR, \fBniagara\fR and \fBniagara2\fR.
+.Sp
+Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
+an architecture and not an implementation. These are \fBv7\fR, \fBv8\fR,
+\&\fBsparclite\fR, \fBsparclet\fR, \fBv9\fR.
+.Sp
+Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
+implementations.
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& v7: cypress
+\& v8: supersparc, hypersparc, leon
+\& sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
+\& sparclet: tsc701
+\& v9: ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2
+.Ve
+.Sp
+By default (unless configured otherwise), \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V7
+variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. With \fB\-mcpu=cypress\fR, the compiler
+additionally optimizes it for the Cypress \s-1CY7C602\s0 chip, as used in the
+SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also appropriate for the older
+SPARCStation 1, 2, \s-1IPX\s0 etc.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=v8\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V8 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
+architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the compiler emits
+the integer multiply and integer divide instructions which exist in \s-1SPARC\-V8\s0
+but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0. With \fB\-mcpu=supersparc\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and
+2000 series.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=sparclite\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClite variant of
+the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, integer divide step
+and scan (\f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) instructions which exist in SPARClite but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0.
+With \fB\-mcpu=f930\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
+Fujitsu \s-1MB86930\s0 chip, which is the original SPARClite, with no \s-1FPU\s0. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=f934\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu
+\&\s-1MB86934\s0 chip, which is the more recent SPARClite with \s-1FPU\s0.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=sparclet\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClet variant of
+the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, multiply/accumulate,
+integer divide step and scan (\f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) instructions which exist in SPARClet
+but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0. With \fB\-mcpu=tsc701\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the \s-1TEMIC\s0 SPARClet chip.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=v9\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V9 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
+architecture. This adds 64\-bit integer and floating-point move instructions,
+3 additional floating-point condition code registers and conditional move
+instructions. With \fB\-mcpu=ultrasparc\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi chips. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=ultrasparc3\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
+Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=niagara\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
+Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips. With \fB\-mcpu=niagara2\fR, the compiler
+additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
+option \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would.
+.Sp
+The same values for \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR can be used for
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR, but the only useful values are those
+that select a particular \s-1CPU\s0 implementation. Those are \fBcypress\fR,
+\&\fBsupersparc\fR, \fBhypersparc\fR, \fBleon\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR,
+\&\fBsparclite86x\fR, \fBtsc701\fR, \fBultrasparc\fR, \fBultrasparc3\fR,
+\&\fBniagara\fR, and \fBniagara2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mv8plus\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv8plus"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-v8plus\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-v8plus"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mv8plus\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the \s-1SPARC\-V8+\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. The
+difference from the V8 \s-1ABI\s0 is that the global and out registers are
+considered 64\-bit wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32\-bit
+mode for all \s-1SPARC\-V9\s0 processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mvis\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvis"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vis\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vis"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mvis\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC
+Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is \fB\-mno\-vis\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-at697f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-at697f"
+Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel \s-1AT697F\s0
+processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the \s-1AT697E\s0 processor).
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported in addition to the above
+on \s-1SPARC\-V9\s0 processors in 64\-bit environments:
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. It is only
+available for a few configurations and most notably not on Solaris and Linux.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medlow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medlow"
+Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be statically
+or dynamically linked.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medmid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medmid"
+Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data segments must
+be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of
+the text segment.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medany\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medany"
+Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must be less
+than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of the
+text segment.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=embmedany\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=embmedany"
+Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
+64\-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in
+size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link time). The
+global register \f(CW%g4\fR points to the base of the data segment. Programs
+are statically linked and \s-1PIC\s0 is not supported.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-bias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-bias"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-stack\-bias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-stack-bias"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mstack\-bias\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the stack pointer, and
+frame pointer if present, are offset by \-2047 which must be added back
+when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64\-bit mode.
+Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SPU\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SPU Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on the \s-1SPU:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-reloc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-merror\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-merror-reloc"
+.PD
+The loader for \s-1SPU\s0 does not handle dynamic relocations. By default, \s-1GCC\s0
+will give an error when it generates code that requires a dynamic
+relocation. \fB\-mno\-error\-reloc\fR disables the error,
+\&\fB\-mwarn\-reloc\fR will generate a warning instead.
+.IP "\fB\-msafe\-dma\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msafe-dma"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-munsafe\-dma\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munsafe-dma"
+.PD
+Instructions which initiate or test completion of \s-1DMA\s0 must not be
+reordered with respect to loads and stores of the memory which is being
+accessed. Users typically address this problem using the volatile
+keyword, but that can lead to inefficient code in places where the
+memory is known to not change. Rather than mark the memory as volatile
+we treat the \s-1DMA\s0 instructions as potentially effecting all memory. With
+\&\fB\-munsafe\-dma\fR users must use the volatile keyword to protect
+memory accesses.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-hints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-hints"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will generate a branch hint instruction to avoid
+pipeline stalls for always taken or probably taken branches. A hint
+will not be generated closer than 8 instructions away from its branch.
+There is little reason to disable them, except for debugging purposes,
+or to make an object a little bit smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-mem"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-mem"
+.PD
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code assuming that addresses are never larger
+than 18 bits. With \fB\-mlarge\-mem\fR code is generated that assumes
+a full 32 bit address.
+.IP "\fB\-mstdmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstdmain"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 links against startup code that assumes the SPU-style
+main function interface (which has an unconventional parameter list).
+With \fB\-mstdmain\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will link your program against startup
+code that assumes a C99\-style interface to \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR, including a
+local copy of \f(CW\*(C`argv\*(C'\fR strings.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mea32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mea32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mea64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mea64"
+.PD
+Compile code assuming that pointers to the \s-1PPU\s0 address space accessed
+via the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR named address space qualifier are either 32 or 64
+bits wide. The default is 32 bits. As this is an \s-1ABI\s0 changing option,
+all object code in an executable must be compiled with the same setting.
+.IP "\fB\-maddress\-space\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maddress-space-conversion"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-address\-space\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-address-space-conversion"
+.PD
+Allow/disallow treating the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR address space as superset
+of the generic address space. This enables explicit type casts
+between \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR and generic pointer as well as implicit
+conversions of generic pointers to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR pointers. The
+default is to allow address space pointer conversions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcache\-size=\fR\fIcache-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcache-size=cache-size"
+This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
+executable and selects a software-managed cache for accessing variables
+in the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR address space with a particular cache size. Possible
+options for \fIcache-size\fR are \fB8\fR, \fB16\fR, \fB32\fR, \fB64\fR
+and \fB128\fR. The default cache size is 64KB.
+.IP "\fB\-matomic\-updates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-matomic-updates"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-atomic\-updates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-atomic-updates"
+.PD
+This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
+executable and selects whether atomic updates to the software-managed
+cache of PPU-side variables are used. If you use atomic updates, changes
+to a \s-1PPU\s0 variable from \s-1SPU\s0 code using the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR named address space
+qualifier will not interfere with changes to other \s-1PPU\s0 variables residing
+in the same cache line from \s-1PPU\s0 code. If you do not use atomic updates,
+such interference may occur; however, writing back cache lines will be
+more efficient. The default behavior is to use atomic updates.
+.IP "\fB\-mdual\-nops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdual-nops"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdual\-nops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdual-nops=n"
+.PD
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert nops to increase dual issue when it expects
+it to increase performance. \fIn\fR can be a value from 0 to 10. A
+smaller \fIn\fR will insert fewer nops. 10 is the default, 0 is the
+same as \fB\-mno\-dual\-nops\fR. Disabled with \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhint\-max\-nops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhint-max-nops=n"
+Maximum number of nops to insert for a branch hint. A branch hint must
+be at least 8 instructions away from the branch it is effecting. \s-1GCC\s0
+will insert up to \fIn\fR nops to enforce this, otherwise it will not
+generate the branch hint.
+.IP "\fB\-mhint\-max\-distance=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhint-max-distance=n"
+The encoding of the branch hint instruction limits the hint to be within
+256 instructions of the branch it is effecting. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 makes
+sure it is within 125.
+.IP "\fB\-msafe\-hints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msafe-hints"
+Work around a hardware bug which causes the \s-1SPU\s0 to stall indefinitely.
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert the \f(CW\*(C`hbrp\*(C'\fR instruction to make sure
+this stall won't happen.
+.PP
+\fIOptions for System V\fR
+.IX Subsection "Options for System V"
+.PP
+These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
+compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G"
+Create a shared object.
+It is recommended that \fB\-symbolic\fR or \fB\-shared\fR be used instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Qy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qy"
+Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR assembler directive in the output.
+.IP "\fB\-Qn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qn"
+Refrain from adding \f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR directives to the output file (this is
+the default).
+.IP "\fB\-YP,\fR\fIdirs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-YP,dirs"
+Search the directories \fIdirs\fR, and no others, for libraries
+specified with \fB\-l\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ym,dir"
+Look in the directory \fIdir\fR to find the M4 preprocessor.
+The assembler uses this option.
+.PP
+\fIV850 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "V850 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for V850 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
+far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
+register, and call indirect through the pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ep"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mep"
+.PD
+Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
+pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR register, and
+use the shorter \f(CW\*(C`sld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sst\*(C'\fR instructions. The \fB\-mep\fR
+option is on by default if you optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prolog\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prolog-function"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mprolog\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprolog-function"
+.PD
+Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers
+at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions
+are slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves
+the same number of registers. The \fB\-mprolog\-function\fR option
+is on by default if you optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspace"
+Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
+on the \fB\-mep\fR and \fB\-mprolog\-function\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the tiny data area that register \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR points to. The tiny data
+area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
+.IP "\fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the small data area that register \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR points to. The small data
+area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
+.IP "\fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-switch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-switch"
+Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
+the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
+table.
+.IP "\fB\-mapp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapp-regs"
+This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by
+the compiler. This setting is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-app-regs"
+This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e2v3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e2v3"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e2v3_\|_\fR will be defined if
+this option is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e2"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e2_\|_\fR will be defined if
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e1"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e1_\|_\fR and \fB_\|_v850e_\|_\fR will be defined if
+.IP "\fB\-mv850es\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850es"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias for
+the \fB\-mv850e1\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor
+constant \fB_\|_v850e_\|_\fR will be defined if this option is used.
+.Sp
+If neither \fB\-mv850\fR nor \fB\-mv850e\fR nor \fB\-mv850e1\fR
+nor \fB\-mv850e2\fR nor \fB\-mv850e2v3\fR
+are defined then a default target processor will be chosen and the
+relevant \fB_\|_v850*_\|_\fR preprocessor constant will be defined.
+.Sp
+The preprocessor constants \fB_\|_v850\fR and \fB_\|_v851_\|_\fR are always
+defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-callt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-callt"
+This option will suppress generation of the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction for the
+v850e, v850e1, v850e2 and v850e2v3 flavors of the v850 architecture. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-disable\-callt\fR which allows the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction to be used.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "VAX Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1VAX:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-munix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix"
+Do not output certain jump instructions (\f(CW\*(C`aobleq\*(C'\fR and so on)
+that the Unix assembler for the \s-1VAX\s0 cannot handle across long
+ranges.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu"
+Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
+will assemble with the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mg"
+Output code for g\-format floating point numbers instead of d\-format.
+.PP
+\fIVxWorks Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "VxWorks Options"
+.PP
+The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets.
+Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other
+options for that target.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtp"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes
+(RTPs). This option switches from the former to the latter. It also
+defines the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_RTP_\|_\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-non\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-non-static"
+Link an \s-1RTP\s0 executable against shared libraries rather than static
+libraries. The options \fB\-static\fR and \fB\-shared\fR can
+also be used for RTPs; \fB\-static\fR
+is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-Bstatic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bstatic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Bdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bdynamic"
+.PD
+These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for
+compatibility with Diab.
+.IP "\fB\-Xbind\-lazy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xbind-lazy"
+Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-z,now\fR and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
+.IP "\fB\-Xbind\-now\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xbind-now"
+Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default and
+is defined for compatibility with Diab.
+.PP
+\fIx86\-64 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "x86-64 Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.PP
+\fIXstormy16 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Xstormy16 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for Xstormy16:
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
+.PP
+\fIXtensa Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Xtensa Options"
+.PP
+These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mconst16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconst16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-const16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-const16"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR instructions for loading
+constant values. The \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR instruction is currently not a
+standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR
+instructions are always used in place of the standard \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR
+instructions. The use of \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR is enabled by default only if
+the \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instruction is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
+instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the
+floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add
+and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler to use separate
+instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations. This may be
+desirable in some cases where strict \s-1IEEE\s0 754\-compliant results are
+required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the
+intermediate result, thereby producing results with \fImore\fR bits of
+precision than specified by the \s-1IEEE\s0 standard. Disabling fused multiply
+add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not
+sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract
+operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mserialize\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mserialize-volatile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-serialize\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-serialize-volatile"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 inserts \f(CW\*(C`MEMW\*(C'\fR instructions before
+\&\f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR memory references to guarantee sequential consistency.
+The default is \fB\-mserialize\-volatile\fR. Use
+\&\fB\-mno\-serialize\-volatile\fR to omit the \f(CW\*(C`MEMW\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mforce\-no\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mforce-no-pic"
+For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be
+position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0), this option disables \s-1PIC\s0 for compiling
+kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtext\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtext-section-literals"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-text\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-text-section-literals"
+.PD
+Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-text\-section\-literals\fR, which places literals in a separate
+section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed
+in a data \s-1RAM/ROM\s0, and it also allows the linker to combine literal
+pools from separate object files to remove redundant literals and
+improve code size. With \fB\-mtext\-section\-literals\fR, the literals
+are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as
+possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly
+files.
+.IP "\fB\-mtarget\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtarget-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-target\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-target-align"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to
+automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
+expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen density
+instructions to align branch targets and the instructions following call
+instructions. If there are not enough preceding safe density
+instructions to align a target, no widening will be performed. The
+default is \fB\-mtarget\-align\fR. These options do not affect the
+treatment of auto-aligned instructions like \f(CW\*(C`LOOP\*(C'\fR, which the
+assembler will always align, either by widening density instructions or
+by inserting no-op instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlongcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlongcalls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-longcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-longcalls"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to translate
+direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target
+of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This
+translation typically occurs for calls to functions in other source
+files. Specifically, the assembler translates a direct \f(CW\*(C`CALL\*(C'\fR
+instruction into an \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR followed by a \f(CW\*(C`CALLX\*(C'\fR instruction.
+The default is \fB\-mno\-longcalls\fR. This option should be used in
+programs where the call target can potentially be out of range. This
+option is implemented in the assembler, not the compiler, so the
+assembly code generated by \s-1GCC\s0 will still show direct call
+instructions\-\-\-look at the disassembled object code to see the actual
+instructions. Note that the assembler will use an indirect call for
+every cross-file call, not just those that really will be out of range.
+.PP
+\fIzSeries Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "zSeries Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.SS "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
+These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
+used in code generation.
+.PP
+Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
+of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. In the table below, only
+one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one which is not the default. You
+can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno\-\fR or adding
+it.
+.IP "\fB\-fbounds\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbounds-check"
+For front-ends that support it, generate additional code to check that
+indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is
+currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front-ends, where
+this option defaults to true and false respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-ftrapv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftrapv"
+This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
+multiplication operations.
+.IP "\fB\-fwrapv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwrapv"
+This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
+overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around
+using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations
+and disables others. This option is enabled by default for the Java
+front-end, as required by the Java language specification.
+.IP "\fB\-fexceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexceptions"
+Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
+exceptions. For some targets, this implies \s-1GCC\s0 will generate frame
+unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data
+size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not
+specify this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will enable it by default for languages like
+\&\*(C+ which normally require exception handling, and disable it for
+languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need
+to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate
+properly with exception handlers written in \*(C+. You may also wish to
+disable this option if you are compiling older \*(C+ programs that don't
+use exception handling.
+.IP "\fB\-fnon\-call\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnon-call-exceptions"
+Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions.
+Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does
+not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows \fItrapping\fR
+instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or floating
+point instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from
+arbitrary signal handlers such as \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funwind\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funwind-tables"
+Similar to \fB\-fexceptions\fR, except that it will just generate any needed
+static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other way.
+You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language processor
+that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
+.IP "\fB\-fasynchronous\-unwind\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fasynchronous-unwind-tables"
+Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported by target machine. The
+table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack
+unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector).
+.IP "\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpcc-struct-return"
+Return \*(L"short\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values in memory like
+longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
+efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
+GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers, particularly
+the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
+.Sp
+The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
+on the target configuration macros.
+.Sp
+Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
+that of some integer type.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR code compiled with the \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR
+switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
+\&\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freg-struct-return"
+Return \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values in registers when possible.
+This is more efficient for small structures than
+\&\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR.
+.Sp
+If you specify neither \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR nor
+\&\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to whichever convention is
+standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, \s-1GCC\s0
+defaults to \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR, except on targets where \s-1GCC\s0 is
+the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and
+we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR code compiled with the \fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR
+switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
+\&\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-enums\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-enums"
+Allocate to an \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type only as many bytes as it needs for the
+declared range of possible values. Specifically, the \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type
+will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-enums\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-double"
+Use the same size for \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR as for \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-double\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-wchar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-wchar"
+Override the underlying type for \fBwchar_t\fR to be \fBshort
+unsigned int\fR instead of the default for the target. This option is
+useful for building programs to run under \s-1WINE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-wchar\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-common"
+In C code, controls the placement of uninitialized global variables.
+Unix C compilers have traditionally permitted multiple definitions of
+such variables in different compilation units by placing the variables
+in a common block.
+This is the behavior specified by \fB\-fcommon\fR, and is the default
+for \s-1GCC\s0 on most targets.
+On the other hand, this behavior is not required by \s-1ISO\s0 C, and on some
+targets may carry a speed or code size penalty on variable references.
+The \fB\-fno\-common\fR option specifies that the compiler should place
+uninitialized global variables in the data section of the object file,
+rather than generating them as common blocks.
+This has the effect that if the same variable is declared
+(without \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR) in two different compilations,
+you will get a multiple-definition error when you link them.
+In this case, you must compile with \fB\-fcommon\fR instead.
+Compiling with \fB\-fno\-common\fR is useful on targets for which
+it provides better performance, or if you wish to verify that the
+program will work on other systems which always treat uninitialized
+variable declarations this way.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ident\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ident"
+Ignore the \fB#ident\fR directive.
+.IP "\fB\-finhibit\-size\-directive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finhibit-size-directive"
+Don't output a \f(CW\*(C`.size\*(C'\fR assembler directive, or anything else that
+would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
+two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
+used when compiling \fIcrtstuff.c\fR; you should not need to use it
+for anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-fverbose\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fverbose-asm"
+Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
+make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
+who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
+debugging the compiler itself).
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-verbose\-asm\fR, the default, causes the
+extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
+files.
+.IP "\fB\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frecord-gcc-switches"
+This switch causes the command line that was used to invoke the
+compiler to be recorded into the object file that is being created.
+This switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format
+of the recording is target and binary file format dependent, but it
+usually takes the form of a section containing \s-1ASCII\s0 text. This
+switch is related to the \fB\-fverbose\-asm\fR switch, but that
+switch only records information in the assembler output file as
+comments, so it never reaches the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpic"
+Generate position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0) suitable for use in a shared
+library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
+constant addresses through a global offset table (\s-1GOT\s0). The dynamic
+loader resolves the \s-1GOT\s0 entries when the program starts (the dynamic
+loader is not part of \s-1GCC\s0; it is part of the operating system). If
+the \s-1GOT\s0 size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
+maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR does not work; in that case, recompile with \fB\-fPIC\fR
+instead. (These maximums are 8k on the \s-1SPARC\s0 and 32k
+on the m68k and \s-1RS/6000\s0. The 386 has no such limit.)
+.Sp
+Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
+only on certain machines. For the 386, \s-1GCC\s0 supports \s-1PIC\s0 for System V
+but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 is always
+position-independent.
+.Sp
+When this flag is set, the macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'\fR
+are defined to 1.
+.IP "\fB\-fPIC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fPIC"
+If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
+suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
+global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k,
+PowerPC and \s-1SPARC\s0.
+.Sp
+Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
+only on certain machines.
+.Sp
+When this flag is set, the macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'\fR
+are defined to 2.
+.IP "\fB\-fpie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpie"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fPIE\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fPIE"
+.PD
+These options are similar to \fB\-fpic\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR, but
+generated position independent code can be only linked into executables.
+Usually these options are used when \fB\-pie\fR \s-1GCC\s0 option will be
+used during linking.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpie\fR and \fB\-fPIE\fR both define the macros
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_pie_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIE_\|_\*(C'\fR. The macros have the value 1
+for \fB\-fpie\fR and 2 for \fB\-fPIE\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-jump\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-jump-tables"
+Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be
+more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is
+of use in conjunction with \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR for
+building code which forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot
+reference the address of a jump table. On some targets, jump tables
+do not require a \s-1GOT\s0 and this option is not needed.
+.IP "\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffixed-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as a fixed register; generated code
+should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
+pointer or in some other fixed role).
+.Sp
+\&\fIreg\fR must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
+are machine-specific and are defined in the \f(CW\*(C`REGISTER_NAMES\*(C'\fR
+macro in the machine description macro file.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fcall\-used\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcall-used-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register that is
+clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
+variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
+will not save and restore the register \fIreg\fR.
+.Sp
+It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
+Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
+the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fcall\-saved\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcall-saved-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register saved by
+functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
+live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
+the register \fIreg\fR if they use it.
+.Sp
+It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
+Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
+the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
+.Sp
+A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
+a register in which function values may be returned.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fpack\-struct[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpack-struct[=n]"
+Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without
+holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack
+structure members according to this value, representing the maximum
+alignment (that is, objects with default alignment requirements larger than
+this will be output potentially unaligned at the next fitting location.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fpack\-struct\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions"
+Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
+after function entry and just before function exit, the following
+profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
+function and its call site. (On some platforms,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_return_address\*(C'\fR does not work beyond the current
+function, so the call site information may not be available to the
+profiling functions otherwise.)
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& void _\|_cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
+\& void *call_site);
+\& void _\|_cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn,
+\& void *call_site);
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
+which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
+.Sp
+This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
+functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
+inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
+versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
+function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
+code size. If you use \fBextern inline\fR in your C code, an
+addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
+normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
+expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
+providing static copies.)
+.Sp
+A function may be given the attribute \f(CW\*(C`no_instrument_function\*(C'\fR, in
+which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
+example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
+interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
+cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
+routines generate output or allocate memory).
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,..."
+Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see
+the description of \f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\*(C'\fR). If the file that
+contains a function definition matches with one of \fIfile\fR, then
+that function is not instrumented. The match is done on substrings:
+if the \fIfile\fR parameter is a substring of the file name, it is
+considered to be a match.
+.Sp
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=/bits/stl,include/sys
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will exclude any inline function defined in files whose pathnames
+contain \f(CW\*(C`/bits/stl\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`include/sys\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+If, for some reason, you want to include letter \f(CW\*(Aq,\*(Aq\fR in one of
+\&\fIsym\fR, write \f(CW\*(Aq,\*(Aq\fR. For example,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\*(Aq,,tmp\*(Aq\*(C'\fR
+(note the single quote surrounding the option).
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-function\-list=\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,..."
+This is similar to \f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list\*(C'\fR,
+but this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from
+instrumentation. The function name to be matched is its user-visible
+name, such as \f(CW\*(C`vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)\*(C'\fR, not the
+internal mangled name (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`_Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE\*(C'\fR). The
+match is done on substrings: if the \fIsym\fR parameter is a substring
+of the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and \*(C+
+extended identifiers, the function name must be given in \s-1UTF\-8\s0, not
+using universal character names.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-check"
+Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
+stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
+environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
+a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
+detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
+.Sp
+Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the
+operating system or the language runtime must do that. The switch causes
+generation of code to ensure that they see the stack being extended.
+.Sp
+You can additionally specify a string parameter: \f(CW\*(C`no\*(C'\fR means no
+checking, \f(CW\*(C`generic\*(C'\fR means force the use of old-style checking,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C'\fR means use the best checking method and is equivalent
+to bare \fB\-fstack\-check\fR.
+.Sp
+Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific
+target support in the compiler but comes with the following drawbacks:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+Modified allocation strategy for large objects: they will always be
+allocated dynamically if their size exceeds a fixed threshold.
+.IP "2." 4
+Fixed limit on the size of the static frame of functions: when it is
+topped by a particular function, stack checking is not reliable and
+a warning is issued by the compiler.
+.IP "3." 4
+Inefficiency: because of both the modified allocation strategy and the
+generic implementation, the performances of the code are hampered.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C'\fR if no target support has been added in the compiler.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-limit\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-limit-register=reg"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-limit-symbol=sym"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-stack\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-stack-limit"
+.PD
+Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value,
+either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the stack
+would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
+the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so
+it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
+.Sp
+For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address \fB0x80000000\fR
+and grows downwards, you can use the flags
+\&\fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=_\|_stack_limit\fR and
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-\-defsym,_\|_stack_limit=0x7ffe0000\fR to enforce a stack limit
+of 128KB. Note that this may only work with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker.
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-stack"
+Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows.
+The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only
+overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory. This
+is most useful when running threaded programs, as it is no longer
+necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each thread. This
+is currently only implemented for the i386 and x86_64 backends running
+GNU/Linux.
+.Sp
+When code compiled with \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR calls code compiled
+without \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR, there may not be much stack space
+available for the latter code to run. If compiling all code,
+including library code, with \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR is not an option,
+then the linker can fix up these calls so that the code compiled
+without \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR always has a large stack. Support for
+this is implemented in the gold linker in \s-1GNU\s0 binutils release 2.21
+and later.
+.IP "\fB\-fleading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fleading-underscore"
+This option and its counterpart, \fB\-fno\-leading\-underscore\fR, forcibly
+change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
+is to help link with legacy assembly code.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fleading\-underscore\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to
+generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
+switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+Not all targets provide complete support for this switch.
+.IP "\fB\-ftls\-model=\fR\fImodel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftls-model=model"
+Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.
+The \fImodel\fR argument should be one of \f(CW\*(C`global\-dynamic\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`local\-dynamic\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`initial\-exec\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`local\-exec\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+The default without \fB\-fpic\fR is \f(CW\*(C`initial\-exec\*(C'\fR; with
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR the default is \f(CW\*(C`global\-dynamic\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility=\fR\fIdefault|internal|hidden|protected\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected"
+Set the default \s-1ELF\s0 image symbol visibility to the specified option\-\-\-all
+symbols will be marked with this unless overridden within the code.
+Using this feature can very substantially improve linking and
+load times of shared object libraries, produce more optimized
+code, provide near-perfect \s-1API\s0 export and prevent symbol clashes.
+It is \fBstrongly\fR recommended that you use this in any shared objects
+you distribute.
+.Sp
+Despite the nomenclature, \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR always means public; i.e.,
+available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
+\&\f(CW\*(C`protected\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`internal\*(C'\fR are pretty useless in real-world
+usage so the only other commonly used option will be \f(CW\*(C`hidden\*(C'\fR.
+The default if \fB\-fvisibility\fR isn't specified is
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR, i.e., make every
+symbol public\-\-\-this causes the same behavior as previous versions of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring \s-1ELF\s0
+symbols have the correct visibility is given by \*(L"How To Write
+Shared Libraries\*(R" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
+<\fBhttp://people.redhat.com/~drepper/\fR>)\-\-\-however a superior
+solution made possible by this option to marking things hidden when
+the default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things
+public. This is the norm with \s-1DLL\s0's on Windows and with \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility("default")))\*(C'\fR instead of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllexport)\*(C'\fR you get almost identical semantics with
+identical syntax. This is a great boon to those working with
+cross-platform projects.
+.Sp
+For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility\fR of use. This works by you enclosing
+the declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(hidden)\fR and
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility pop\fR.
+Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed \fBas
+part of the \s-1API\s0 interface contract\fR and thus all new code should
+always specify visibility when it is not the default; i.e., declarations
+only for use within the local \s-1DSO\s0 should \fBalways\fR be marked explicitly
+as hidden as so to avoid \s-1PLT\s0 indirection overheads\-\-\-making this
+abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.
+Note that due to \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ specification requirements, operator new and
+operator delete must always be of default visibility.
+.Sp
+Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular system
+headers and headers from any other library you use, may not be
+expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default. You
+may need to explicitly say \fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(default)\fR
+before including any such headers.
+.Sp
+\&\fBextern\fR declarations are not affected by \fB\-fvisibility\fR, so
+a lot of code can be recompiled with \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR with
+no modifications. However, this means that calls to \fBextern\fR
+functions with no explicit visibility will use the \s-1PLT\s0, so it is more
+effective to use \fB_\|_attribute ((visibility))\fR and/or
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility\fR to tell the compiler which \fBextern\fR
+declarations should be treated as hidden.
+.Sp
+Note that \fB\-fvisibility\fR does affect \*(C+ vague linkage
+entities. This means that, for instance, an exception class that will
+be thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default
+visibility so that the \fBtype_info\fR nodes will be unified between
+the DSOs.
+.Sp
+An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them
+is at <\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility\fR>.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-volatile\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-volatile-bitfields"
+This option should be used if accesses to volatile bitfields (or other
+structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those types
+anyway) should use a single access of the width of the
+field's type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible. For
+example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might require
+all such accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag the user could
+declare all peripheral bitfields as \*(L"unsigned short\*(R" (assuming short
+is 16 bits on these targets) to force \s-1GCC\s0 to use 16 bit accesses
+instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32 bit access.
+.Sp
+If this option is disabled, the compiler will use the most efficient
+instruction. In the previous example, that might be a 32\-bit load
+instruction, even though that will access bytes that do not contain
+any portion of the bitfield, or memory-mapped registers unrelated to
+the one being updated.
+.Sp
+If the target requires strict alignment, and honoring the field
+type would require violating this alignment, a warning is issued.
+If the field has \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR attribute, the access is done without
+honoring the field type. If the field doesn't have \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR
+attribute, the access is done honoring the field type. In both cases,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the user knows something about the target hardware
+that it is unaware of.
+.Sp
+The default value of this option is determined by the application binary
+interface for the target processor.
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
+.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
+This section describes several environment variables that affect how \s-1GCC\s0
+operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
+when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
+aspects of the compilation environment.
+.PP
+Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
+\&\fB\-B\fR, \fB\-I\fR and \fB\-L\fR. These
+take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
+in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LANG"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_CTYPE"
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_MESSAGES"
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_ALL"
+.PD
+These environment variables control the way that \s-1GCC\s0 uses
+localization information that allow \s-1GCC\s0 to work with different
+national conventions. \s-1GCC\s0 inspects the locale categories
+\&\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR if it has been configured to do
+so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
+installation. A typical value is \fBen_GB.UTF\-8\fR for English in the United
+Kingdom encoded in \s-1UTF\-8\s0.
+.Sp
+The \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR environment variable specifies character
+classification. \s-1GCC\s0 uses it to determine the character boundaries in
+a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
+and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
+end or escape.
+.Sp
+The \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR environment variable specifies the language to
+use in diagnostic messages.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR environment variable is set, it overrides the value
+of \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR; otherwise, \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR
+and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR default to the value of the \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR
+environment variable. If none of these variables are set, \s-1GCC\s0
+defaults to traditional C English behavior.
+.IP "\fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "TMPDIR"
+If \fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
+files. \s-1GCC\s0 uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
+compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
+the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
+proper.
+.IP "\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "GCC_EXEC_PREFIX"
+If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
+names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
+when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
+specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
+.Sp
+If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is not set, \s-1GCC\s0 will attempt to figure out
+an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked with.
+.Sp
+If \s-1GCC\s0 cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
+tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
+.Sp
+The default value of \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is
+\&\fI\fIprefix\fI/lib/gcc/\fR where \fIprefix\fR is the prefix to
+the installed compiler. In many cases \fIprefix\fR is the value
+of \f(CW\*(C`prefix\*(C'\fR when you ran the \fIconfigure\fR script.
+.Sp
+Other prefixes specified with \fB\-B\fR take precedence over this prefix.
+.Sp
+This prefix is also used for finding files such as \fIcrt0.o\fR that are
+used for linking.
+.Sp
+In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
+directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
+directories whose name normally begins with \fB/usr/local/lib/gcc\fR
+(more precisely, with the value of \fB\s-1GCC_INCLUDE_DIR\s0\fR), \s-1GCC\s0 tries
+replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
+alternate directory name. Thus, with \fB\-Bfoo/\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will search
+\&\fIfoo/bar\fR where it would normally search \fI/usr/local/lib/bar\fR.
+These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
+come next. If a standard directory begins with the configured
+\&\fIprefix\fR then the value of \fIprefix\fR is replaced by
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR when looking for header files.
+.IP "\fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "COMPILER_PATH"
+The value of \fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
+directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus
+specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
+subprograms using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.IP "\fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LIBRARY_PATH"
+The value of \fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
+directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. When configured as a native compiler,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
+linker files, if it can't find them using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR. Linking
+using \s-1GCC\s0 also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
+libraries for the \fB\-l\fR option (but directories specified with
+\&\fB\-L\fR come first).
+.IP "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LANG"
+This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
+which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
+when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and \*(C+.
+When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
+the following values for \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR are recognized:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBC\-JIS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-JIS"
+Recognize \s-1JIS\s0 characters.
+.IP "\fBC\-SJIS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-SJIS"
+Recognize \s-1SJIS\s0 characters.
+.IP "\fBC\-EUCJP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-EUCJP"
+Recognize \s-1EUCJP\s0 characters.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+If \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
+compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
+recognize and translate multibyte characters.
+.RE
+.PP
+Some additional environments variables affect the behavior of the
+preprocessor.
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPATH"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBC_INCLUDE_PATH\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.PD
+Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a special
+character, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR, in which to look for header files.
+The special character, \f(CW\*(C`PATH_SEPARATOR\*(C'\fR, is target-dependent and
+determined at \s-1GCC\s0 build time. For Microsoft Windows-based targets it is a
+semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
+specified with \fB\-I\fR, but after any paths given with \fB\-I\fR
+options on the command line. This environment variable is used
+regardless of which language is being preprocessed.
+.Sp
+The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the
+particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of directories
+to be searched as if specified with \fB\-isystem\fR, but after any
+paths given with \fB\-isystem\fR options on the command line.
+.Sp
+In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
+search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at the
+beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR is \f(CW\*(C`:/special/include\*(C'\fR, that has the same
+effect as \fB\-I.\ \-I/special/include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT"
+If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output
+dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed
+by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the dependency
+output.
+.Sp
+The value of \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR can be just a file name, in
+which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
+name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
+\&\fIfile\fR\fB \fR\fItarget\fR, in which case the rules are written to
+file \fIfile\fR using \fItarget\fR as the target name.
+.Sp
+In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining
+the options \fB\-MM\fR and \fB\-MF\fR,
+with an optional \fB\-MT\fR switch too.
+.IP "\fB\s-1SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES"
+This variable is the same as \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR (see above),
+except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies
+\&\fB\-M\fR rather than \fB\-MM\fR. However, the dependence on the
+main input file is omitted.
+.SH "BUGS"
+.IX Header "BUGS"
+For instructions on reporting bugs, see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html\fR>.
+.SH "FOOTNOTES"
+.IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
+.IP "1." 4
+On some systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR
+needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On
+multi-libbed systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR must select the correct support
+libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead
+to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary
+is innocuous.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIgfdl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7),
+\&\fIcpp\fR\|(1), \fIgcov\fR\|(1), \fIas\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), \fIgdb\fR\|(1), \fIadb\fR\|(1), \fIdbx\fR\|(1), \fIsdb\fR\|(1)
+and the Info entries for \fIgcc\fR, \fIcpp\fR, \fIas\fR,
+\&\fIld\fR, \fIbinutils\fR and \fIgdb\fR.
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.IX Header "AUTHOR"
+See the Info entry for \fBgcc\fR, or
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Contributors.html\fR>,
+for contributors to \s-1GCC\s0.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R" and \*(L"Funding
+Free Software\*(R", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with
+the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is
+included in the \fIgfdl\fR\|(7) man page.
+.PP
+(a) The \s-1FSF\s0's Front-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& A GNU Manual
+.Ve
+.PP
+(b) The \s-1FSF\s0's Back-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 3
+\& You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
+\& software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
+\& funds for GNU development.
+.Ve
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcc.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d08d4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,17818 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GCC 1"
+.TH GCC 1 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gcc \- GNU project C and C++ compiler
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+gcc [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-E\fR] [\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-pg\fR] [\fB\-O\fR\fIlevel\fR]
+ [\fB\-W\fR\fIwarn\fR...] [\fB\-pedantic\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR...] [\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR...]
+ [\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[=\fIdefn\fR]...] [\fB\-U\fR\fImacro\fR]
+ [\fB\-f\fR\fIoption\fR...] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine-option\fR...]
+ [\fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile\fR] [@\fIfile\fR] \fIinfile\fR...
+.PP
+Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
+remainder. \fBg++\fR accepts mostly the same options as \fBgcc\fR.
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+When you invoke \s-1GCC\s0, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
+assembly and linking. The \*(L"overall options\*(R" allow you to stop this
+process at an intermediate stage. For example, the \fB\-c\fR option
+says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
+output by the assembler.
+.PP
+Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
+control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
+options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
+documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
+.PP
+Most of the command line options that you can use with \s-1GCC\s0 are useful
+for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
+(usually \*(C+), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
+for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
+that option with all supported languages.
+.PP
+The \fBgcc\fR program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
+options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
+may \fInot\fR be grouped: \fB\-dv\fR is very different from \fB\-d\ \-v\fR.
+.PP
+You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
+you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several
+options of the same kind; for example, if you specify \fB\-L\fR more
+than once, the directories are searched in the order specified. Also,
+the placement of the \fB\-l\fR option is significant.
+.PP
+Many options have long names starting with \fB\-f\fR or with
+\&\fB\-W\fR\-\-\-for example,
+\&\fB\-fmove\-loop\-invariants\fR, \fB\-Wformat\fR and so on. Most of
+these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
+\&\fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. This manual documents
+only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.SS "Option Summary"
+.IX Subsection "Option Summary"
+Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
+in the following sections.
+.IP "\fIOverall Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Overall Options"
+\&\fB\-c \-S \-E \-o\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-no\-canonical\-prefixes
+\&\-pipe \-pass\-exit\-codes
+\&\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR \fB\-v \-### \-\-help\fR[\fB=\fR\fIclass\fR[\fB,...\fR]] \fB\-\-target\-help
+\&\-\-version \-wrapper @\fR\fIfile\fR \fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIfile\fR \fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIarg\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR[\fB\-slim\fR] \-fdump\-go\-spec=\fIfile\fR
+.IP "\fIC Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C Language Options"
+\&\fB\-ansi \-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR \fB\-fgnu89\-inline
+\&\-aux\-info\fR \fIfilename\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-asm \-fno\-builtin \-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR
+\&\fB\-fhosted \-ffreestanding \-fopenmp \-fms\-extensions \-fplan9\-extensions
+\&\-trigraphs \-no\-integrated\-cpp \-traditional \-traditional\-cpp
+\&\-fallow\-single\-precision \-fcond\-mismatch \-flax\-vector\-conversions
+\&\-fsigned\-bitfields \-fsigned\-char
+\&\-funsigned\-bitfields \-funsigned\-char\fR
+.IP "\fI\*(C+ Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item " Language Options"
+\&\fB\-fabi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-fno\-access\-control \-fcheck\-new
+\&\-fconserve\-space \-fconstexpr\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-ffriend\-injection
+\&\-fno\-elide\-constructors
+\&\-fno\-enforce\-eh\-specs
+\&\-ffor\-scope \-fno\-for\-scope \-fno\-gnu\-keywords
+\&\-fno\-implicit\-templates
+\&\-fno\-implicit\-inline\-templates
+\&\-fno\-implement\-inlines \-fms\-extensions
+\&\-fno\-nonansi\-builtins \-fnothrow\-opt \-fno\-operator\-names
+\&\-fno\-optional\-diags \-fpermissive
+\&\-fno\-pretty\-templates
+\&\-frepo \-fno\-rtti \-fstats \-ftemplate\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-threadsafe\-statics \-fuse\-cxa\-atexit \-fno\-weak \-nostdinc++
+\&\-fno\-default\-inline \-fvisibility\-inlines\-hidden
+\&\-fvisibility\-ms\-compat
+\&\-Wabi \-Wconversion\-null \-Wctor\-dtor\-privacy
+\&\-Wnoexcept \-Wnon\-virtual\-dtor \-Wreorder
+\&\-Weffc++ \-Wstrict\-null\-sentinel
+\&\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend \-Wold\-style\-cast
+\&\-Woverloaded\-virtual \-Wno\-pmf\-conversions
+\&\-Wsign\-promo\fR
+.IP "\fIObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Language Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Objective-C and Objective- Language Options"
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class=\fR\fIclass-name\fR
+\&\fB\-fgnu\-runtime \-fnext\-runtime
+\&\-fno\-nil\-receivers
+\&\-fobjc\-abi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fobjc\-call\-cxx\-cdtors
+\&\-fobjc\-direct\-dispatch
+\&\-fobjc\-exceptions
+\&\-fobjc\-gc
+\&\-fobjc\-nilcheck
+\&\-fobjc\-std=objc1
+\&\-freplace\-objc\-classes
+\&\-fzero\-link
+\&\-gen\-decls
+\&\-Wassign\-intercept
+\&\-Wno\-protocol \-Wselector
+\&\-Wstrict\-selector\-match
+\&\-Wundeclared\-selector\fR
+.IP "\fILanguage Independent Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Language Independent Options"
+\&\fB\-fmessage\-length=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=\fR[\fBonce\fR|\fBevery-line\fR]
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR
+.IP "\fIWarning Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Warning Options"
+\&\fB\-fsyntax\-only \-fmax\-errors=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-pedantic
+\&\-pedantic\-errors
+\&\-w \-Wextra \-Wall \-Waddress \-Waggregate\-return \-Warray\-bounds
+\&\-Wno\-attributes \-Wno\-builtin\-macro\-redefined
+\&\-Wc++\-compat \-Wc++0x\-compat \-Wcast\-align \-Wcast\-qual
+\&\-Wchar\-subscripts \-Wclobbered \-Wcomment
+\&\-Wconversion \-Wcoverage\-mismatch \-Wno\-cpp \-Wno\-deprecated
+\&\-Wno\-deprecated\-declarations \-Wdisabled\-optimization
+\&\-Wno\-div\-by\-zero \-Wdouble\-promotion \-Wempty\-body \-Wenum\-compare
+\&\-Wno\-endif\-labels \-Werror \-Werror=*
+\&\-Wfatal\-errors \-Wfloat\-equal \-Wformat \-Wformat=2
+\&\-Wno\-format\-contains\-nul \-Wno\-format\-extra\-args \-Wformat\-nonliteral
+\&\-Wformat\-security \-Wformat\-y2k
+\&\-Wframe\-larger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init \-Wignored\-qualifiers
+\&\-Wimplicit \-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration \-Wimplicit\-int
+\&\-Winit\-self \-Winline \-Wmaybe\-uninitialized
+\&\-Wno\-int\-to\-pointer\-cast \-Wno\-invalid\-offsetof
+\&\-Winvalid\-pch \-Wlarger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations
+\&\-Wlogical\-op \-Wlong\-long
+\&\-Wmain \-Wmaybe\-uninitialized \-Wmissing\-braces \-Wmissing\-field\-initializers
+\&\-Wmissing\-format\-attribute \-Wmissing\-include\-dirs
+\&\-Wno\-mudflap
+\&\-Wno\-multichar \-Wnonnull \-Wno\-overflow
+\&\-Woverlength\-strings \-Wpacked \-Wpacked\-bitfield\-compat \-Wpadded
+\&\-Wparentheses \-Wpedantic\-ms\-format \-Wno\-pedantic\-ms\-format
+\&\-Wpointer\-arith \-Wno\-pointer\-to\-int\-cast
+\&\-Wreal\-conversion \-Wredundant\-decls \-Wreturn\-type \-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-Wself\-assign \-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod \-Wsequence\-point \-Wshadow
+\&\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local \-Wshadow\-local
+\&\-Wsign\-compare \-Wsign\-conversion \-Wstack\-protector
+\&\-Wstrict\-aliasing \-Wstrict\-aliasing=n
+\&\-Wstrict\-overflow \-Wstrict\-overflow=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=\fR[\fBpure\fR|\fBconst\fR|\fBnoreturn\fR]
+\&\fB\-Wswitch \-Wswitch\-default \-Wswitch\-enum \-Wsync\-nand
+\&\-Wsystem\-headers \-Wthread\-safety \-Wthread\-unguarded\-var
+\&\-Wthread\-unguarded\-func \-Wthread\-mismatched\-lock\-order
+\&\-Wthread\-mismatched\-lock\-acq\-rel \-Wthread\-reentrant\-lock
+\&\-Wthread\-unsupported\-lock\-name \-Wthread\-attr\-bind\-param
+\&\-Wtrampolines \-Wtrigraphs \-Wtype\-limits \-Wundef
+\&\-Wuninitialized \-Wunknown\-pragmas \-Wno\-pragmas
+\&\-Wunsuffixed\-float\-constants \-Wunused \-Wunused\-function
+\&\-Wunused\-label \-Wunused\-parameter \-Wno\-unused\-result \-Wunused\-value
+\&\-Wunused\-variable \-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter \-Wunused\-but\-set\-variable
+\&\-Wvariadic\-macros \-Wvla \-Wvolatile\-register\-var \-Wwrite\-strings\fR
+.IP "\fIC and Objective-C-only Warning Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C and Objective-C-only Warning Options"
+\&\fB\-Wbad\-function\-cast \-Wmissing\-declarations
+\&\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type \-Wmissing\-prototypes \-Wnested\-externs
+\&\-Wold\-style\-declaration \-Wold\-style\-definition
+\&\-Wstrict\-prototypes \-Wtraditional \-Wtraditional\-conversion
+\&\-Wdeclaration\-after\-statement \-Wpointer\-sign\fR
+.IP "\fIDebugging Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Debugging Options"
+\&\fB\-d\fR\fIletters\fR \fB\-dumpspecs \-dumpmachine \-dumpversion
+\&\-fdbg\-cnt\-list \-fdbg\-cnt=\fR\fIcounter-value-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-ipa\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass-name\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-tree\-\fR\fIpass_name\fR
+\&\fB\-fdisable\-tree\-\fR\fIpass-name\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-noaddr \-fdump\-unnumbered \-fdump\-unnumbered\-links
+\&\-fdump\-translation\-unit\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-ipa\-all \-fdump\-ipa\-cgraph \-fdump\-ipa\-inline
+\&\-fdump\-passes
+\&\-fdump\-statistics
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-all
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-original\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-optimized\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-cfg \-fdump\-tree\-vcg \-fdump\-tree\-alias
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-ch
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-ssa\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-pre\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-ccp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-dce\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-gimple\fR[\fB\-raw\fR] \fB\-fdump\-tree\-mudflap\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-dom\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-dse\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-phiprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-phiopt\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-forwprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-copyrename\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-nrv \-fdump\-tree\-vect
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-sink
+\&\-fdump\-tree\-sra\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-forwprop\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-fre\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-vrp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-ftree\-vectorizer\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-storeccp\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIn\fR]
+\&\fB\-fdump\-final\-insns=\fR\fIfile\fR
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR[\fB=\fR\fIopts\fR] \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second
+\&\-feliminate\-dwarf2\-dups \-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-types
+\&\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols \-femit\-class\-debug\-always
+\&\-fenable\-icf\-debug
+\&\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR
+\&\fB\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR
+\&\fB\-fdebug\-types\-section
+\&\-fmem\-report \-fpre\-ipa\-mem\-report \-fpost\-ipa\-mem\-report \-fprofile\-arcs
+\&\-frandom\-seed=\fR\fIstring\fR \fB\-fsched\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fsel\-sched\-verbose \-fsel\-sched\-dump\-cfg \-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-verbose
+\&\-fstack\-usage \-ftest\-coverage \-ftime\-report \-fvar\-tracking
+\&\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments \-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\-toggle
+\&\-g \-g\fR\fIlevel\fR \fB\-gtoggle \-gcoff \-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR
+\&\fB\-ggdb \-gmlt \-gstabs \-gstabs+ \-gstrict\-dwarf \-gno\-strict\-dwarf
+\&\-gvms \-gxcoff \-gxcoff+
+\&\-fno\-merge\-debug\-strings \-fno\-dwarf2\-cfi\-asm
+\&\-fdebug\-prefix\-map=\fR\fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR
+\&\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly \-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced
+\&\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR[\fB=\fR\fIspec-list\fR]
+\&\fB\-p \-pg \-print\-file\-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR \fB\-print\-libgcc\-file\-name
+\&\-print\-multi\-directory \-print\-multi\-lib \-print\-multi\-os\-directory
+\&\-print\-prog\-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR \fB\-print\-search\-dirs \-Q
+\&\-print\-sysroot \-print\-sysroot\-headers\-suffix
+\&\-save\-temps \-save\-temps=cwd \-save\-temps=obj \-time\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]
+.IP "\fIOptimization Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Optimization Options"
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-falign\-jumps[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]
+\&\-falign\-labels[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-falign\-loops[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fassociative\-math
+\&\-fauto\-inc\-dec \-fbranch\-probabilities \-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize
+\&\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize2 \-fbtr\-bb\-exclusive \-fcaller\-saves
+\&\-fcallgraph\-profiles\-sections \-fcheck\-data\-deps \-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths
+\&\-fcombine\-stack\-adjustments \-fconserve\-stack
+\&\-fcompare\-elim \-fcprop\-registers \-fcrossjumping
+\&\-fcse\-follow\-jumps \-fcse\-skip\-blocks \-fcx\-fortran\-rules
+\&\-fcx\-limited\-range
+\&\-fdata\-sections \-fdce \-fdce \-fdelayed\-branch
+\&\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks \-fdse \-fdevirtualize \-fdse
+\&\-fearly\-inlining \-fipa\-sra \-fexpensive\-optimizations \-ffast\-math
+\&\-ffinite\-math\-only \-ffloat\-store \-fexcess\-precision=\fR\fIstyle\fR
+\&\fB\-fforward\-propagate \-ffp\-contract=\fR\fIstyle\fR \fB\-ffunction\-sections
+\&\-fgcse \-fgcse\-after\-reload \-fgcse\-las \-fgcse\-lm \-fgraphite\-identity
+\&\-fgcse\-sm \-fif\-conversion \-fif\-conversion2 \-findirect\-inlining
+\&\-finline\-functions \-finline\-functions\-called\-once \-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-finline\-small\-functions \-fipa\-cp \-fipa\-cp\-clone \-fipa\-matrix\-reorg
+\&\-fipa\-pta \-fipa\-profile \-fipa\-pure\-const \-fipa\-reference
+\&\-fipa\-struct\-reorg \-fira\-algorithm=\fR\fIalgorithm\fR
+\&\fB\-fira\-region=\fR\fIregion\fR
+\&\fB\-fira\-loop\-pressure \-fno\-ira\-share\-save\-slots
+\&\-fno\-ira\-share\-spill\-slots \-fira\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-fivopts \-fkeep\-inline\-functions \-fkeep\-static\-consts
+\&\-floop\-block \-floop\-flatten \-floop\-interchange \-floop\-strip\-mine
+\&\-floop\-parallelize\-all \-flto \-flto\-compression\-level
+\&\-flto\-partition=\fR\fIalg\fR \fB\-flto\-report \-fmerge\-all\-constants
+\&\-fmerge\-constants \-fmodulo\-sched \-fmodulo\-sched\-allow\-regmoves
+\&\-fmove\-loop\-invariants fmudflap \-fmudflapir \-fmudflapth \-fno\-branch\-count\-reg
+\&\-fno\-default\-inline
+\&\-fno\-defer\-pop \-fno\-function\-cse \-fno\-guess\-branch\-probability
+\&\-fno\-inline \-fno\-math\-errno \-fno\-peephole \-fno\-peephole2
+\&\-fno\-sched\-interblock \-fno\-sched\-spec \-fno\-signed\-zeros
+\&\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder \-fno\-trapping\-math \-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss
+\&\-fomit\-frame\-pointer \-foptimize\-register\-move \-foptimize\-sibling\-calls
+\&\-fpartial\-inlining \-fpeel\-loops \-fpredictive\-commoning
+\&\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays
+\&\-fprofile\-correction \-fprofile\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-generate
+\&\-fprofile\-generate=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling
+\&\-fprofile\-use \-fprofile\-use=\fR\fIpath\fR \fB\-fprofile\-values
+\&\-fpmu\-profile\-generate=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR
+\&\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-use=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR
+\&\fB\-freciprocal\-math \-fregmove \-frename\-registers \-freorder\-blocks
+\&\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\-in\-elf
+\&\-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition \-freorder\-functions
+\&\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop \-freschedule\-modulo\-scheduled\-loops
+\&\-fripa \-fripa\-disallow\-asm\-modules \-fripa\-disallow\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-fripa\-no\-promote\-always\-inline\-func \-fripa\-verbose
+\&\-fripa\-peel\-size\-limit \-fripa\-unroll\-size\-limit \-frounding\-math
+\&\-fsched2\-use\-superblocks \-fsched\-pressure
+\&\-fsched\-spec\-load \-fsched\-spec\-load\-dangerous
+\&\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fsched\-stalled\-insns[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]
+\&\-fsched\-group\-heuristic \-fsched\-critical\-path\-heuristic
+\&\-fsched\-spec\-insn\-heuristic \-fsched\-rank\-heuristic
+\&\-fsched\-last\-insn\-heuristic \-fsched\-dep\-count\-heuristic
+\&\-fschedule\-insns \-fschedule\-insns2 \-fsection\-anchors
+\&\-fselective\-scheduling \-fselective\-scheduling2
+\&\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining \-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-outer\-loops
+\&\-fsignaling\-nans \-fsingle\-precision\-constant \-fsplit\-ivs\-in\-unroller
+\&\-fsplit\-wide\-types \-fstack\-protector \-fstack\-protector\-all
+\&\-fstack\-protector\-strong \-fstrict\-aliasing \-fstrict\-overflow
+\&\-fthread\-jumps \-ftracer \-ftree\-bit\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce \-ftree\-ccp \-ftree\-ch \-ftree\-copy\-prop
+\&\-ftree\-copyrename \-ftree\-dce \-ftree\-dominator\-opts \-ftree\-dse
+\&\-ftree\-forwprop \-ftree\-fre \-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert
+\&\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\-stores \-ftree\-loop\-im
+\&\-ftree\-phiprop \-ftree\-loop\-distribution \-ftree\-loop\-distribute\-patterns
+\&\-ftree\-loop\-ivcanon \-ftree\-loop\-linear \-ftree\-loop\-optimize
+\&\-ftree\-parallelize\-loops=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-ftree\-pre \-ftree\-pta \-ftree\-reassoc
+\&\-ftree\-sink \-ftree\-sra \-ftree\-switch\-conversion
+\&\-ftree\-ter \-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version \-ftree\-vectorize \-ftree\-vrp
+\&\-funit\-at\-a\-time \-funroll\-all\-loops \-funroll\-loops
+\&\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations \-funsafe\-math\-optimizations \-funswitch\-loops
+\&\-fvariable\-expansion\-in\-unroller \-fvect\-cost\-model \-fvpt \-fweb
+\&\-fwhole\-program \-fwpa \-fuse\-ld \-fuse\-linker\-plugin
+\&\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR
+\&\fB\-O \-O0 \-O1 \-O2 \-O3 \-Os \-Ofast\fR
+.IP "\fIPreprocessor Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Preprocessor Options"
+\&\fB\-A\fR\fIquestion\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR
+\&\fB\-A\-\fR\fIquestion\fR[\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR]
+\&\fB\-C \-dD \-dI \-dM \-dN
+\&\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[\fB=\fR\fIdefn\fR] \fB\-E \-H
+\&\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR
+\&\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-imultilib\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isysroot\fR \fIdir\fR
+\&\fB\-M \-MM \-MF \-MG \-MP \-MQ \-MT \-nostdinc
+\&\-P \-fworking\-directory \-remap
+\&\-trigraphs \-undef \-U\fR\fImacro\fR \fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR
+\&\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR \fIoption\fR
+.IP "\fIAssembler Option\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Assembler Option"
+\&\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR \fB\-Xassembler\fR \fIoption\fR
+.IP "\fILinker Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Linker Options"
+\&\fIobject-file-name\fR \fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR
+\&\fB\-nostartfiles \-nodefaultlibs \-nostdlib \-pie \-rdynamic
+\&\-s \-static \-static\-libgcc \-static\-libstdc++ \-shared
+\&\-shared\-libgcc \-symbolic
+\&\-T\fR \fIscript\fR \fB\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR \fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR
+\&\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR
+.IP "\fIDirectory Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Directory Options"
+\&\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR \fB\-iplugindir=\fR\fIdir\fR
+\&\-iquote\fIdir\fR \-L\fIdir\fR \-specs=\fIfile\fR \-I\-
+\&\-\-sysroot=\fIdir\fR
+.IP "\fIMachine Dependent Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Machine Dependent Options"
+\&\fI\s-1ARC\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-EB \-EL
+\&\-mmangle\-cpu \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext-section\fR
+\&\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata-section\fR \fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly-data-section\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mapcs\-frame \-mno\-apcs\-frame
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mapcs\-stack\-check \-mno\-apcs\-stack\-check
+\&\-mapcs\-float \-mno\-apcs\-float
+\&\-mapcs\-reentrant \-mno\-apcs\-reentrant
+\&\-msched\-prolog \-mno\-sched\-prolog
+\&\-mlittle\-endian \-mbig\-endian \-mwords\-little\-endian
+\&\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-mfpe
+\&\-mfp16\-format=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mthumb\-interwork \-mno\-thumb\-interwork
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mstructure\-size\-boundary=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mabort\-on\-noreturn
+\&\-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-msingle\-pic\-base \-mno\-single\-pic\-base
+\&\-mpic\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR
+\&\fB\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport
+\&\-mcirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns \-mno\-cirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns
+\&\-mpoke\-function\-name
+\&\-mthumb \-marm
+\&\-mtpcs\-frame \-mtpcs\-leaf\-frame
+\&\-mcaller\-super\-interworking \-mcallee\-super\-interworking
+\&\-mtp=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mword\-relocations
+\&\-mfix\-cortex\-m3\-ldrd\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR \fB\-mno\-interrupts
+\&\-mcall\-prologues \-mtiny\-stack \-mint8\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIBlackfin Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]
+\&\fB\-msim \-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer \-mno\-omit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer
+\&\-mspecld\-anomaly \-mno\-specld\-anomaly \-mcsync\-anomaly \-mno\-csync\-anomaly
+\&\-mlow\-64k \-mno\-low64k \-mstack\-check\-l1 \-mid\-shared\-library
+\&\-mno\-id\-shared\-library \-mshared\-library\-id=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mleaf\-id\-shared\-library \-mno\-leaf\-id\-shared\-library
+\&\-msep\-data \-mno\-sep\-data \-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-mfast\-fp \-minline\-plt \-mmulticore \-mcorea \-mcoreb \-msdram
+\&\-micplb\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1CRIS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+\&\fB\-mmax\-stack\-frame=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-melinux\-stacksize=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-metrax4 \-metrax100 \-mpdebug \-mcc\-init \-mno\-side\-effects
+\&\-mstack\-align \-mdata\-align \-mconst\-align
+\&\-m32\-bit \-m16\-bit \-m8\-bit \-mno\-prologue\-epilogue \-mno\-gotplt
+\&\-melf \-maout \-melinux \-mlinux \-sim \-sim2
+\&\-mmul\-bug\-workaround \-mno\-mul\-bug\-workaround\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1CRX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmac \-mpush\-args\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIDarwin Options\fR
+\&\fB\-all_load \-allowable_client \-arch \-arch_errors_fatal
+\&\-arch_only \-bind_at_load \-bundle \-bundle_loader
+\&\-client_name \-compatibility_version \-current_version
+\&\-dead_strip
+\&\-dependency\-file \-dylib_file \-dylinker_install_name
+\&\-dynamic \-dynamiclib \-exported_symbols_list
+\&\-filelist \-flat_namespace \-force_cpusubtype_ALL
+\&\-force_flat_namespace \-headerpad_max_install_names
+\&\-iframework
+\&\-image_base \-init \-install_name \-keep_private_externs
+\&\-multi_module \-multiply_defined \-multiply_defined_unused
+\&\-noall_load \-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
+\&\-nofixprebinding \-nomultidefs \-noprebind \-noseglinkedit
+\&\-pagezero_size \-prebind \-prebind_all_twolevel_modules
+\&\-private_bundle \-read_only_relocs \-sectalign
+\&\-sectobjectsymbols \-whyload \-seg1addr
+\&\-sectcreate \-sectobjectsymbols \-sectorder
+\&\-segaddr \-segs_read_only_addr \-segs_read_write_addr
+\&\-seg_addr_table \-seg_addr_table_filename \-seglinkedit
+\&\-segprot \-segs_read_only_addr \-segs_read_write_addr
+\&\-single_module \-static \-sub_library \-sub_umbrella
+\&\-twolevel_namespace \-umbrella \-undefined
+\&\-unexported_symbols_list \-weak_reference_mismatches
+\&\-whatsloaded \-F \-gused \-gfull \-mmacosx\-version\-min=\fR\fIversion\fR
+\&\fB\-mkernel \-mone\-byte\-bool\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs \-msoft\-float \-malpha\-as \-mgas
+\&\-mieee \-mieee\-with\-inexact \-mieee\-conformant
+\&\-mfp\-trap\-mode=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mfp\-rounding\-mode=\fR\fImode\fR
+\&\fB\-mtrap\-precision=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mbuild\-constants
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mbwx \-mmax \-mfix \-mcix
+\&\-mfloat\-vax \-mfloat\-ieee
+\&\-mexplicit\-relocs \-msmall\-data \-mlarge\-data
+\&\-msmall\-text \-mlarge\-text
+\&\-mmemory\-latency=\fR\fItime\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes \-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-mmalloc64\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1FR30\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msmall\-model \-mno\-lsim\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1FRV\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mgpr\-32 \-mgpr\-64 \-mfpr\-32 \-mfpr\-64
+\&\-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-malloc\-cc \-mfixed\-cc \-mdword \-mno\-dword
+\&\-mdouble \-mno\-double
+\&\-mmedia \-mno\-media \-mmuladd \-mno\-muladd
+\&\-mfdpic \-minline\-plt \-mgprel\-ro \-multilib\-library\-pic
+\&\-mlinked\-fp \-mlong\-calls \-malign\-labels
+\&\-mlibrary\-pic \-macc\-4 \-macc\-8
+\&\-mpack \-mno\-pack \-mno\-eflags \-mcond\-move \-mno\-cond\-move
+\&\-moptimize\-membar \-mno\-optimize\-membar
+\&\-mscc \-mno\-scc \-mcond\-exec \-mno\-cond\-exec
+\&\-mvliw\-branch \-mno\-vliw\-branch
+\&\-mmulti\-cond\-exec \-mno\-multi\-cond\-exec \-mnested\-cond\-exec
+\&\-mno\-nested\-cond\-exec \-mtomcat\-stats
+\&\-mTLS \-mtls
+\&\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIGNU/Linux Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mglibc \-muclibc \-mbionic \-mandroid
+\&\-tno\-android\-cc \-tno\-android\-ld\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIH8/300 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mrelax \-mh \-ms \-mn \-mint32 \-malign\-300\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mbig\-switch \-mdisable\-fpregs \-mdisable\-indexing
+\&\-mfast\-indirect\-calls \-mgas \-mgnu\-ld \-mhp\-ld
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-mjump\-in\-delay \-mlinker\-opt \-mlong\-calls
+\&\-mlong\-load\-store \-mno\-big\-switch \-mno\-disable\-fpregs
+\&\-mno\-disable\-indexing \-mno\-fast\-indirect\-calls \-mno\-gas
+\&\-mno\-jump\-in\-delay \-mno\-long\-load\-store
+\&\-mno\-portable\-runtime \-mno\-soft\-float
+\&\-mno\-space\-regs \-msoft\-float \-mpa\-risc\-1\-0
+\&\-mpa\-risc\-1\-1 \-mpa\-risc\-2\-0 \-mportable\-runtime
+\&\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-mspace\-regs \-msio \-mwsio
+\&\-munix=\fR\fIunix-std\fR \fB\-nolibdld \-static \-threads\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIi386 and x86\-64 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mfpmath=\fR\fIunit\fR
+\&\fB\-masm=\fR\fIdialect\fR \fB\-mno\-fancy\-math\-387
+\&\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387 \-msoft\-float
+\&\-mno\-wide\-multiply \-mrtd \-malign\-double
+\&\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-mcld \-mcx16 \-msahf \-mmovbe \-mcrc32 \-mrecip \-mvzeroupper
+\&\-mmmx \-msse \-msse2 \-msse3 \-mssse3 \-msse4.1 \-msse4.2 \-msse4 \-mavx
+\&\-maes \-mpclmul \-mfsgsbase \-mrdrnd \-mf16c \-mfused\-madd
+\&\-msse4a \-m3dnow \-mpopcnt \-mabm \-mbmi \-mtbm \-mfma4 \-mxop \-mlwp
+\&\-mthreads \-mno\-align\-stringops \-minline\-all\-stringops
+\&\-minline\-stringops\-dynamically \-mstringop\-strategy=\fR\fIalg\fR
+\&\fB\-mpush\-args \-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args \-m128bit\-long\-double
+\&\-m96bit\-long\-double \-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-msseregparm
+\&\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR \fB\-mvect8\-ret\-in\-mem
+\&\-mpc32 \-mpc64 \-mpc80 \-mstackrealign
+\&\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer \-mno\-red\-zone \-mno\-tls\-direct\-seg\-refs
+\&\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR \fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-m32 \-m64 \-mlarge\-data\-threshold=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-msse2avx \-mfentry \-m8bit\-idiv
+\&\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-load \-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-store\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIi386 and x86\-64 Windows Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mconsole \-mcygwin \-mno\-cygwin \-mdll
+\&\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport \-mthread
+\&\-municode \-mwin32 \-mwindows \-fno\-set\-stack\-executable\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1IA\-64\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mbig\-endian \-mlittle\-endian \-mgnu\-as \-mgnu\-ld \-mno\-pic
+\&\-mvolatile\-asm\-stop \-mregister\-names \-msdata \-mno\-sdata
+\&\-mconstant\-gp \-mauto\-pic \-mfused\-madd
+\&\-minline\-float\-divide\-min\-latency
+\&\-minline\-float\-divide\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-float\-divide
+\&\-minline\-int\-divide\-min\-latency
+\&\-minline\-int\-divide\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-int\-divide
+\&\-minline\-sqrt\-min\-latency \-minline\-sqrt\-max\-throughput
+\&\-mno\-inline\-sqrt
+\&\-mdwarf2\-asm \-mearly\-stop\-bits
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR \fB\-mtls\-size=\fR\fItls-size\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-milp32 \-mlp64
+\&\-msched\-br\-data\-spec \-msched\-ar\-data\-spec \-msched\-control\-spec
+\&\-msched\-br\-in\-data\-spec \-msched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec \-msched\-in\-control\-spec
+\&\-msched\-spec\-ldc \-msched\-spec\-control\-ldc
+\&\-msched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns \-msched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns
+\&\-msched\-stop\-bits\-after\-every\-cycle \-msched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path
+\&\-msel\-sched\-dont\-check\-control\-spec \-msched\-fp\-mem\-deps\-zero\-cost
+\&\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns\-hard\-limit \-msched\-max\-memory\-insns=\fR\fImax-insns\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes \-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-mmalloc64\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1LM32\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mbarrel\-shift\-enabled \-mdivide\-enabled \-mmultiply\-enabled
+\&\-msign\-extend\-enabled \-muser\-enabled\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM32R/D Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m32r2 \-m32rx \-m32r
+\&\-mdebug
+\&\-malign\-loops \-mno\-align\-loops
+\&\-missue\-rate=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-mmodel=\fR\fIcode-size-model-type\fR
+\&\fB\-msdata=\fR\fIsdata-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-flush\-func \-mflush\-func=\fR\fIname\fR
+\&\fB\-mno\-flush\-trap \-mflush\-trap=\fR\fInumber\fR
+\&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM32C Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-msim \-memregs=\fR\fInumber\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM680x0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fItune\fR
+\&\fB\-m68000 \-m68020 \-m68020\-40 \-m68020\-60 \-m68030 \-m68040
+\&\-m68060 \-mcpu32 \-m5200 \-m5206e \-m528x \-m5307 \-m5407
+\&\-mcfv4e \-mbitfield \-mno\-bitfield \-mc68000 \-mc68020
+\&\-mnobitfield \-mrtd \-mno\-rtd \-mdiv \-mno\-div \-mshort
+\&\-mno\-short \-mhard\-float \-m68881 \-msoft\-float \-mpcrel
+\&\-malign\-int \-mstrict\-align \-msep\-data \-mno\-sep\-data
+\&\-mshared\-library\-id=n \-mid\-shared\-library \-mno\-id\-shared\-library
+\&\-mxgot \-mno\-xgot\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIM68hc1x Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m6811 \-m6812 \-m68hc11 \-m68hc12 \-m68hcs12
+\&\-mauto\-incdec \-minmax \-mlong\-calls \-mshort
+\&\-msoft\-reg\-count=\fR\fIcount\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMCore Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mhardlit \-mno\-hardlit \-mdiv \-mno\-div \-mrelax\-immediates
+\&\-mno\-relax\-immediates \-mwide\-bitfields \-mno\-wide\-bitfields
+\&\-m4byte\-functions \-mno\-4byte\-functions \-mcallgraph\-data
+\&\-mno\-callgraph\-data \-mslow\-bytes \-mno\-slow\-bytes \-mno\-lsim
+\&\-mlittle\-endian \-mbig\-endian \-m210 \-m340 \-mstack\-increment\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMeP Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mabsdiff \-mall\-opts \-maverage \-mbased=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mbitops
+\&\-mc=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mclip \-mconfig=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mcop \-mcop32 \-mcop64 \-mivc2
+\&\-mdc \-mdiv \-meb \-mel \-mio\-volatile \-ml \-mleadz \-mm \-mminmax
+\&\-mmult \-mno\-opts \-mrepeat \-ms \-msatur \-msdram \-msim \-msimnovec \-mtf
+\&\-mtiny=\fR\fIn\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIMicroBlaze Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-msmall\-divides \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR
+\&\fB\-mmemcpy \-mxl\-soft\-mul \-mxl\-soft\-div \-mxl\-barrel\-shift
+\&\-mxl\-pattern\-compare \-mxl\-stack\-check \-mxl\-gp\-opt \-mno\-clearbss
+\&\-mxl\-multiply\-high \-mxl\-float\-convert \-mxl\-float\-sqrt
+\&\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-EL \-EB \-march=\fR\fIarch\fR \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR
+\&\fB\-mips1 \-mips2 \-mips3 \-mips4 \-mips32 \-mips32r2
+\&\-mips64 \-mips64r2
+\&\-mips16 \-mno\-mips16 \-mflip\-mips16
+\&\-minterlink\-mips16 \-mno\-interlink\-mips16
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIabi\fR \fB\-mabicalls \-mno\-abicalls
+\&\-mshared \-mno\-shared \-mplt \-mno\-plt \-mxgot \-mno\-xgot
+\&\-mgp32 \-mgp64 \-mfp32 \-mfp64 \-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float \-mdsp \-mno\-dsp \-mdspr2 \-mno\-dspr2
+\&\-mfpu=\fR\fIfpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-msmartmips \-mno\-smartmips
+\&\-mpaired\-single \-mno\-paired\-single \-mdmx \-mno\-mdmx
+\&\-mips3d \-mno\-mips3d \-mmt \-mno\-mt \-mllsc \-mno\-llsc
+\&\-mlong64 \-mlong32 \-msym32 \-mno\-sym32
+\&\-G\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-mlocal\-sdata \-mno\-local\-sdata
+\&\-mextern\-sdata \-mno\-extern\-sdata \-mgpopt \-mno\-gopt
+\&\-membedded\-data \-mno\-embedded\-data
+\&\-muninit\-const\-in\-rodata \-mno\-uninit\-const\-in\-rodata
+\&\-mcode\-readable=\fR\fIsetting\fR
+\&\fB\-msplit\-addresses \-mno\-split\-addresses
+\&\-mexplicit\-relocs \-mno\-explicit\-relocs
+\&\-mcheck\-zero\-division \-mno\-check\-zero\-division
+\&\-mdivide\-traps \-mdivide\-breaks
+\&\-mmemcpy \-mno\-memcpy \-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls
+\&\-mmad \-mno\-mad \-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd \-nocpp
+\&\-mfix\-r4000 \-mno\-fix\-r4000 \-mfix\-r4400 \-mno\-fix\-r4400
+\&\-mfix\-r10000 \-mno\-fix\-r10000 \-mfix\-vr4120 \-mno\-fix\-vr4120
+\&\-mfix\-vr4130 \-mno\-fix\-vr4130 \-mfix\-sb1 \-mno\-fix\-sb1
+\&\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIfunc\fR \fB\-mno\-flush\-func
+\&\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-mbranch\-likely \-mno\-branch\-likely
+\&\-mfp\-exceptions \-mno\-fp\-exceptions
+\&\-mvr4130\-align \-mno\-vr4130\-align \-msynci \-mno\-synci
+\&\-mrelax\-pic\-calls \-mno\-relax\-pic\-calls \-mmcount\-ra\-address\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MMIX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mlibfuncs \-mno\-libfuncs \-mepsilon \-mno\-epsilon \-mabi=gnu
+\&\-mabi=mmixware \-mzero\-extend \-mknuthdiv \-mtoplevel\-symbols
+\&\-melf \-mbranch\-predict \-mno\-branch\-predict \-mbase\-addresses
+\&\-mno\-base\-addresses \-msingle\-exit \-mno\-single\-exit\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mmult\-bug \-mno\-mult\-bug
+\&\-mno\-am33 \-mam33 \-mam33\-2 \-mam34
+\&\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mreturn\-pointer\-on\-d0
+\&\-mno\-crt0 \-mrelax \-mliw\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1PDP\-11\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mfpu \-msoft\-float \-mac0 \-mno\-ac0 \-m40 \-m45 \-m10
+\&\-mbcopy \-mbcopy\-builtin \-mint32 \-mno\-int16
+\&\-mint16 \-mno\-int32 \-mfloat32 \-mno\-float64
+\&\-mfloat64 \-mno\-float32 \-mabshi \-mno\-abshi
+\&\-mbranch\-expensive \-mbranch\-cheap
+\&\-munix\-asm \-mdec\-asm\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIpicoChip Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mae=\fR\fIae_type\fR \fB\-mvliw\-lookahead=\fR\fIN\fR
+\&\fB\-msymbol\-as\-address \-mno\-inefficient\-warnings\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIPowerPC Options\fR
+See \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options.
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR
+\&\fB\-mpower \-mno\-power \-mpower2 \-mno\-power2
+\&\-mpowerpc \-mpowerpc64 \-mno\-powerpc
+\&\-maltivec \-mno\-altivec
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gpopt \-mno\-powerpc\-gpopt
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt \-mno\-powerpc\-gfxopt
+\&\-mmfcrf \-mno\-mfcrf \-mpopcntb \-mno\-popcntb \-mpopcntd \-mno\-popcntd
+\&\-mfprnd \-mno\-fprnd
+\&\-mcmpb \-mno\-cmpb \-mmfpgpr \-mno\-mfpgpr \-mhard\-dfp \-mno\-hard\-dfp
+\&\-mnew\-mnemonics \-mold\-mnemonics
+\&\-mfull\-toc \-mminimal\-toc \-mno\-fp\-in\-toc \-mno\-sum\-in\-toc
+\&\-m64 \-m32 \-mxl\-compat \-mno\-xl\-compat \-mpe
+\&\-malign\-power \-malign\-natural
+\&\-msoft\-float \-mhard\-float \-mmultiple \-mno\-multiple
+\&\-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float \-msimple\-fpu
+\&\-mstring \-mno\-string \-mupdate \-mno\-update
+\&\-mavoid\-indexed\-addresses \-mno\-avoid\-indexed\-addresses
+\&\-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd \-mbit\-align \-mno\-bit\-align
+\&\-mstrict\-align \-mno\-strict\-align \-mrelocatable
+\&\-mno\-relocatable \-mrelocatable\-lib \-mno\-relocatable\-lib
+\&\-mtoc \-mno\-toc \-mlittle \-mlittle\-endian \-mbig \-mbig\-endian
+\&\-mdynamic\-no\-pic \-maltivec \-mswdiv \-msingle\-pic\-base
+\&\-mprioritize\-restricted\-insns=\fR\fIpriority\fR
+\&\fB\-msched\-costly\-dep=\fR\fIdependence_type\fR
+\&\fB\-minsert\-sched\-nops=\fR\fIscheme\fR
+\&\fB\-mcall\-sysv \-mcall\-netbsd
+\&\-maix\-struct\-return \-msvr4\-struct\-return
+\&\-mabi=\fR\fIabi-type\fR \fB\-msecure\-plt \-mbss\-plt
+\&\-mblock\-move\-inline\-limit=\fR\fInum\fR
+\&\fB\-misel \-mno\-isel
+\&\-misel=yes \-misel=no
+\&\-mspe \-mno\-spe
+\&\-mspe=yes \-mspe=no
+\&\-mpaired
+\&\-mgen\-cell\-microcode \-mwarn\-cell\-microcode
+\&\-mvrsave \-mno\-vrsave
+\&\-mmulhw \-mno\-mulhw
+\&\-mdlmzb \-mno\-dlmzb
+\&\-mfloat\-gprs=yes \-mfloat\-gprs=no \-mfloat\-gprs=single \-mfloat\-gprs=double
+\&\-mprototype \-mno\-prototype
+\&\-msim \-mmvme \-mads \-myellowknife \-memb \-msdata
+\&\-msdata=\fR\fIopt\fR \fB\-mvxworks \-G\fR \fInum\fR \fB\-pthread
+\&\-mrecip \-mrecip=\fR\fIopt\fR \fB\-mno\-recip \-mrecip\-precision
+\&\-mno\-recip\-precision
+\&\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR \fB\-mfriz \-mno\-friz\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1RX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m64bit\-doubles \-m32bit\-doubles \-fpu \-nofpu
+\&\-mcpu=
+\&\-mbig\-endian\-data \-mlittle\-endian\-data
+\&\-msmall\-data
+\&\-msim \-mno\-sim
+\&\-mas100\-syntax \-mno\-as100\-syntax
+\&\-mrelax
+\&\-mmax\-constant\-size=
+\&\-mint\-register=
+\&\-msave\-acc\-in\-interrupts\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIS/390 and zSeries Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float \-mhard\-dfp \-mno\-hard\-dfp
+\&\-mlong\-double\-64 \-mlong\-double\-128
+\&\-mbackchain \-mno\-backchain \-mpacked\-stack \-mno\-packed\-stack
+\&\-msmall\-exec \-mno\-small\-exec \-mmvcle \-mno\-mvcle
+\&\-m64 \-m31 \-mdebug \-mno\-debug \-mesa \-mzarch
+\&\-mtpf\-trace \-mno\-tpf\-trace \-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd
+\&\-mwarn\-framesize \-mwarn\-dynamicstack \-mstack\-size \-mstack\-guard\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIScore Options\fR
+\&\fB\-meb \-mel
+\&\-mnhwloop
+\&\-muls
+\&\-mmac
+\&\-mscore5 \-mscore5u \-mscore7 \-mscore7d\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-m1 \-m2 \-m2e
+\&\-m2a\-nofpu \-m2a\-single\-only \-m2a\-single \-m2a
+\&\-m3 \-m3e
+\&\-m4\-nofpu \-m4\-single\-only \-m4\-single \-m4
+\&\-m4a\-nofpu \-m4a\-single\-only \-m4a\-single \-m4a \-m4al
+\&\-m5\-64media \-m5\-64media\-nofpu
+\&\-m5\-32media \-m5\-32media\-nofpu
+\&\-m5\-compact \-m5\-compact\-nofpu
+\&\-mb \-ml \-mdalign \-mrelax
+\&\-mbigtable \-mfmovd \-mhitachi \-mrenesas \-mno\-renesas \-mnomacsave
+\&\-mieee \-mbitops \-misize \-minline\-ic_invalidate \-mpadstruct \-mspace
+\&\-mprefergot \-musermode \-multcost=\fR\fInumber\fR \fB\-mdiv=\fR\fIstrategy\fR
+\&\fB\-mdivsi3_libfunc=\fR\fIname\fR \fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-madjust\-unroll \-mindexed\-addressing \-mgettrcost=\fR\fInumber\fR \fB\-mpt\-fixed
+\&\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args \-minvalid\-symbols\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fISolaris 2 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text \-mno\-impure\-text
+\&\-threads \-pthreads \-pthread\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR
+\&\fB\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode-model\fR
+\&\fB\-m32 \-m64 \-mapp\-regs \-mno\-app\-regs
+\&\-mfaster\-structs \-mno\-faster\-structs
+\&\-mfpu \-mno\-fpu \-mhard\-float \-msoft\-float
+\&\-mhard\-quad\-float \-msoft\-quad\-float
+\&\-mlittle\-endian
+\&\-mstack\-bias \-mno\-stack\-bias
+\&\-munaligned\-doubles \-mno\-unaligned\-doubles
+\&\-mv8plus \-mno\-v8plus \-mvis \-mno\-vis
+\&\-mfix\-at697f\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1SPU\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mwarn\-reloc \-merror\-reloc
+\&\-msafe\-dma \-munsafe\-dma
+\&\-mbranch\-hints
+\&\-msmall\-mem \-mlarge\-mem \-mstdmain
+\&\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR
+\&\fB\-mea32 \-mea64
+\&\-maddress\-space\-conversion \-mno\-address\-space\-conversion
+\&\-mcache\-size=\fR\fIcache-size\fR
+\&\fB\-matomic\-updates \-mno\-atomic\-updates\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fISystem V Options\fR
+\&\fB\-Qy \-Qn \-YP,\fR\fIpaths\fR \fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIV850 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mlong\-calls \-mno\-long\-calls \-mep \-mno\-ep
+\&\-mprolog\-function \-mno\-prolog\-function \-mspace
+\&\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR
+\&\fB\-mapp\-regs \-mno\-app\-regs
+\&\-mdisable\-callt \-mno\-disable\-callt
+\&\-mv850e2v3
+\&\-mv850e2
+\&\-mv850e1 \-mv850es
+\&\-mv850e
+\&\-mv850 \-mbig\-switch\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mg \-mgnu \-munix\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIVxWorks Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mrtp \-non\-static \-Bstatic \-Bdynamic
+\&\-Xbind\-lazy \-Xbind\-now\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIx86\-64 Options\fR
+See i386 and x86\-64 Options.
+.Sp
+\&\fIXstormy16 Options\fR
+\&\fB\-msim\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIXtensa Options\fR
+\&\fB\-mconst16 \-mno\-const16
+\&\-mfused\-madd \-mno\-fused\-madd
+\&\-mforce\-no\-pic
+\&\-mserialize\-volatile \-mno\-serialize\-volatile
+\&\-mtext\-section\-literals \-mno\-text\-section\-literals
+\&\-mtarget\-align \-mno\-target\-align
+\&\-mlongcalls \-mno\-longcalls\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fIzSeries Options\fR
+See S/390 and zSeries Options.
+.IP "\fICode Generation Options\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Code Generation Options"
+\&\fB\-fcall\-saved\-\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fcall\-used\-\fR\fIreg\fR
+\&\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fexceptions
+\&\-fnon\-call\-exceptions \-funwind\-tables
+\&\-fasynchronous\-unwind\-tables
+\&\-finhibit\-size\-directive \-finstrument\-functions
+\&\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-function\-list=\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,...
+\&\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,...
+\&\-fno\-common \-fno\-ident
+\&\-fpcc\-struct\-return \-fpic \-fPIC \-fpie \-fPIE
+\&\-fno\-jump\-tables
+\&\-frecord\-gcc\-switches
+\&\-freg\-struct\-return \-fshort\-enums
+\&\-fshort\-double \-fshort\-wchar
+\&\-fverbose\-asm \-fpack\-struct[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB] \-fstack\-check
+\&\-fstack\-limit\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR
+\&\fB\-fno\-stack\-limit \-fsplit\-stack
+\&\-fleading\-underscore \-ftls\-model=\fR\fImodel\fR
+\&\fB\-ftrapv \-fwrapv \-fbounds\-check
+\&\-fvisibility \-fstrict\-volatile\-bitfields\fR
+.SS "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
+Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
+proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. \s-1GCC\s0 is capable of
+preprocessing and compiling several files either into several
+assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then each
+assembler input file produces an object file, and linking combines all
+the object files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input)
+into an executable file.
+.PP
+For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
+compilation is done:
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.c"
+C source code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.i"
+C source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ii"
+\&\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.m"
+Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the \fIlibobjc\fR
+library to make an Objective-C program work.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mi"
+Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.M"
+.PD
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code. Note that you must link with the \fIlibobjc\fR
+library to make an Objective\-\*(C+ program work. Note that \fB.M\fR refers
+to a literal capital M.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mii"
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.h"
+C, \*(C+, Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ header file to be turned into a
+precompiled header (default), or C, \*(C+ header file to be turned into an
+Ada spec (via the \fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR switch).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cxx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cxx"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.cpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.CPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.CPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.c++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.c++"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.C"
+.PD
+\&\*(C+ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in \fB.cxx\fR,
+the last two letters must both be literally \fBx\fR. Likewise,
+\&\fB.C\fR refers to a literal capital C.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.M"
+.PD
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.mii\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.mii"
+Objective\-\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hh"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.H"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hxx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hxx"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.hpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.hpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.HPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.HPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.h++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.h++"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.tcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.tcc"
+.PD
+\&\*(C+ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.for\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.for"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ftn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ftn"
+.PD
+Fixed form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FOR\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FOR"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.fpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.fpp"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FPP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FPP"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.FTN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.FTN"
+.PD
+Fixed form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the traditional
+preprocessor).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f95\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f95"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f03\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f03"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.f08\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.f08"
+.PD
+Free form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F95\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F95"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F03\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F03"
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.F08\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.F08"
+.PD
+Free form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
+traditional preprocessor).
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.go\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.go"
+Go source code.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.ads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.ads"
+Ada source code file which contains a library unit declaration (a
+declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
+instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
+generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also
+called \fIspecs\fR.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.adb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.adb"
+Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or
+package body). Such files are also called \fIbodies\fR.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.s"
+Assembler code.
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIfile\fR\fB.sx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "file.sx"
+.PD
+Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
+.IP "\fIother\fR" 4
+.IX Item "other"
+An object file to be fed straight into linking.
+Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
+.PP
+You can specify the input language explicitly with the \fB\-x\fR option:
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x language"
+Specify explicitly the \fIlanguage\fR for the following input files
+(rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
+name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
+the next \fB\-x\fR option. Possible values for \fIlanguage\fR are:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& c c\-header cpp\-output
+\& c++ c++\-header c++\-cpp\-output
+\& objective\-c objective\-c\-header objective\-c\-cpp\-output
+\& objective\-c++ objective\-c++\-header objective\-c++\-cpp\-output
+\& assembler assembler\-with\-cpp
+\& ada
+\& f77 f77\-cpp\-input f95 f95\-cpp\-input
+\& go
+\& java
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-x none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x none"
+Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
+handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if \fB\-x\fR
+has not been used at all).
+.IP "\fB\-pass\-exit\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pass-exit-codes"
+Normally the \fBgcc\fR program will exit with the code of 1 if any
+phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
+\&\fB\-pass\-exit\-codes\fR, the \fBgcc\fR program will instead return with
+numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
+indication. The C, \*(C+, and Fortran frontends return 4, if an internal
+compiler error is encountered.
+.PP
+If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
+\&\fB\-x\fR (or filename suffixes) to tell \fBgcc\fR where to start, and
+one of the options \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-S\fR, or \fB\-E\fR to say where
+\&\fBgcc\fR is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
+\&\fB\-x cpp-output \-E\fR) instruct \fBgcc\fR to do nothing at all.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
+stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
+object file for each source file.
+.Sp
+By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
+the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, \fB.s\fR, etc., with \fB.o\fR.
+.Sp
+Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
+ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
+is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
+file specified.
+.Sp
+By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
+replacing the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, etc., with \fB.s\fR.
+.Sp
+Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
+output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
+standard output.
+.Sp
+Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Place output in file \fIfile\fR. This applies regardless to whatever
+sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
+an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-o\fR is not specified, the default is to put an executable
+file in \fIa.out\fR, the object file for
+\&\fI\fIsource\fI.\fIsuffix\fI\fR in \fI\fIsource\fI.o\fR, its
+assembler file in \fI\fIsource\fI.s\fR, a precompiled header file in
+\&\fI\fIsource\fI.\fIsuffix\fI.gch\fR, and all preprocessed C source on
+standard output.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
+of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
+program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
+.IP "\fB\-###\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-###"
+Like \fB\-v\fR except the commands are not executed and arguments
+are quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or \f(CW\*(C`./\-_\*(C'\fR.
+This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command lines.
+.IP "\fB\-pipe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pipe"
+Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
+various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
+the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler has
+no trouble.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
+understood by \fBgcc\fR. If the \fB\-v\fR option is also specified
+then \fB\-\-help\fR will also be passed on to the various processes
+invoked by \fBgcc\fR, so that they can display the command line options
+they accept. If the \fB\-Wextra\fR option has also been specified
+(prior to the \fB\-\-help\fR option), then command line options which
+have no documentation associated with them will also be displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command
+line options for each tool. For some targets extra target-specific
+information may also be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help={\fR\fIclass\fR|[\fB^\fR]\fIqualifier\fR\fB}\fR[\fB,...\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "--help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]"
+Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line
+options understood by the compiler that fit into all specified classes
+and qualifiers. These are the supported classes:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBoptimizers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "optimizers"
+This will display all of the optimization options supported by the
+compiler.
+.IP "\fBwarnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "warnings"
+This will display all of the options controlling warning messages
+produced by the compiler.
+.IP "\fBtarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "target"
+This will display target-specific options. Unlike the
+\&\fB\-\-target\-help\fR option however, target-specific options of the
+linker and assembler will not be displayed. This is because those
+tools do not currently support the extended \fB\-\-help=\fR syntax.
+.IP "\fBparams\fR" 4
+.IX Item "params"
+This will display the values recognized by the \fB\-\-param\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fIlanguage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "language"
+This will display the options supported for \fIlanguage\fR, where
+\&\fIlanguage\fR is the name of one of the languages supported in this
+version of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fBcommon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "common"
+This will display the options that are common to all languages.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+These are the supported qualifiers:
+.IP "\fBundocumented\fR" 4
+.IX Item "undocumented"
+Display only those options which are undocumented.
+.IP "\fBjoined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "joined"
+Display options which take an argument that appears after an equal
+sign in the same continuous piece of text, such as:
+\&\fB\-\-help=target\fR.
+.IP "\fBseparate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "separate"
+Display options which take an argument that appears as a separate word
+following the original option, such as: \fB\-o output-file\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific
+switches supported by the compiler the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=target,undocumented
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the
+\&\fB^\fR character, so for example to display all binary warning
+options (i.e., ones that are either on or off and that do not take an
+argument), which have a description the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The argument to \fB\-\-help=\fR should not consist solely of inverted
+qualifiers.
+.Sp
+Combining several classes is possible, although this usually
+restricts the output by so much that there is nothing to display. One
+case where it does work however is when one of the classes is
+\&\fItarget\fR. So for example to display all the target-specific
+optimization options the following can be used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-\-help=target,optimizers
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-help=\fR option can be repeated on the command line. Each
+successive use will display its requested class of options, skipping
+those that have already been displayed.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\-Q\fR option appears on the command line before the
+\&\fB\-\-help=\fR option, then the descriptive text displayed by
+\&\fB\-\-help=\fR is changed. Instead of describing the displayed
+options, an indication is given as to whether the option is enabled,
+disabled or set to a specific value (assuming that the compiler
+knows this at the point where the \fB\-\-help=\fR option is used).
+.Sp
+Here is a truncated example from the \s-1ARM\s0 port of \fBgcc\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& % gcc \-Q \-mabi=2 \-\-help=target \-c
+\& The following options are target specific:
+\& \-mabi= 2
+\& \-mabort\-on\-noreturn [disabled]
+\& \-mapcs [disabled]
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command line
+options, so for example it is possible to find out which optimizations
+are enabled at \fB\-O2\fR by using:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-Q \-O2 \-\-help=optimizers
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are enabled
+by \fB\-O3\fR by using:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-Q \-O3 \-\-help=optimizers > /tmp/O3\-opts
+\& gcc \-c \-Q \-O2 \-\-help=optimizers > /tmp/O2\-opts
+\& diff /tmp/O2\-opts /tmp/O3\-opts | grep enabled
+.Ve
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-canonical\-prefixes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-canonical-prefixes"
+Always expand any symbolic links, resolve references to \fB/../\fR
+or \fB/./\fR, and make the path absolute when generating a relative
+prefix.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-canonical\-prefixes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-canonical-prefixes"
+Never expand any symbolic links, resolve references to \fB/../\fR
+or \fB/./\fR, or make the path absolute when generating a relative
+prefix. If neither \fB\-canonical\-prefixes\fR nor
+\&\fB\-nocanonical\-prefixes\fR is given, \s-1GCC\s0 tries to set an appropriate
+default by looking for a target-specific subdirectory alongside the
+directory containing the compiler driver.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-wrapper\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-wrapper"
+Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the
+wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated
+list.
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-c t.c \-wrapper gdb,\-\-args
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This will invoke all subprograms of \fBgcc\fR under
+\&\fBgdb \-\-args\fR, thus the invocation of \fBcc1\fR will be
+\&\fBgdb \-\-args cc1 ...\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIname\fR\fB.so\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplugin=name.so"
+Load the plugin code in file \fIname\fR.so, assumed to be a
+shared object to be dlopen'd by the compiler. The base name of
+the shared object file is used to identify the plugin for the
+purposes of argument parsing (See
+\&\fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB\-\fR\fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR below).
+Each plugin should define the callback functions specified in the
+Plugins \s-1API\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-fplugin\-arg\-\fR\fIname\fR\fB\-\fR\fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplugin-arg-name-key=value"
+Define an argument called \fIkey\fR with a value of \fIvalue\fR
+for the plugin called \fIname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-ada\-spec\fR[\fB\-slim\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-ada-spec[-slim]"
+For C and \*(C+ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada
+specs.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-go\-spec=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-go-spec=file"
+For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go
+declarations in \fIfile\fR. This generates Go \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`type\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`var\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`func\*(C'\fR declarations which may be a
+useful way to start writing a Go interface to code written in some
+other language.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SS "Compiling \*(C+ Programs"
+.IX Subsection "Compiling Programs"
+\&\*(C+ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes \fB.C\fR,
+\&\fB.cc\fR, \fB.cpp\fR, \fB.CPP\fR, \fB.c++\fR, \fB.cp\fR, or
+\&\fB.cxx\fR; \*(C+ header files often use \fB.hh\fR, \fB.hpp\fR,
+\&\fB.H\fR, or (for shared template code) \fB.tcc\fR; and
+preprocessed \*(C+ files use the suffix \fB.ii\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes
+files with these names and compiles them as \*(C+ programs even if you
+call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually
+with the name \fBgcc\fR).
+.PP
+However, the use of \fBgcc\fR does not add the \*(C+ library.
+\&\fBg++\fR is a program that calls \s-1GCC\s0 and treats \fB.c\fR,
+\&\fB.h\fR and \fB.i\fR files as \*(C+ source files instead of C source
+files unless \fB\-x\fR is used, and automatically specifies linking
+against the \*(C+ library. This program is also useful when
+precompiling a C header file with a \fB.h\fR extension for use in \*(C+
+compilations. On many systems, \fBg++\fR is also installed with
+the name \fBc++\fR.
+.PP
+When you compile \*(C+ programs, you may specify many of the same
+command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
+language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
+languages; or options that are meaningful only for \*(C+ programs.
+.SS "Options Controlling C Dialect"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling C Dialect"
+The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
+from C, such as \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+) that the compiler
+accepts:
+.IP "\fB\-ansi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ansi"
+In C mode, this is equivalent to \fB\-std=c90\fR. In \*(C+ mode, it is
+equivalent to \fB\-std=c++98\fR.
+.Sp
+This turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0
+C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard \*(C+ (when compiling \*(C+ code),
+such as the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, and
+predefined macros such as \f(CW\*(C`unix\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`vax\*(C'\fR that identify the
+type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
+rarely used \s-1ISO\s0 trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
+it disables recognition of \*(C+ style \fB//\fR comments as well as
+the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword.
+.Sp
+The alternate keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR continue to work despite
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR. You would not want to use them in an \s-1ISO\s0 C program, of
+course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
+in compilations done with \fB\-ansi\fR. Alternate predefined macros
+such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_unix_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vax_\|_\*(C'\fR are also available, with or
+without \fB\-ansi\fR.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-ansi\fR option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
+rejected gratuitously. For that, \fB\-pedantic\fR is required in
+addition to \fB\-ansi\fR.
+.Sp
+The macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STRICT_ANSI_\|_\*(C'\fR is predefined when the \fB\-ansi\fR
+option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
+from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
+programs that might use these names for other things.
+.Sp
+Functions that would normally be built in but do not have semantics
+defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C (such as \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) are not built-in
+functions when \fB\-ansi\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-std=\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-std="
+Determine the language standard. This option
+is currently only supported when compiling C or \*(C+.
+.Sp
+The compiler can accept several base standards, such as \fBc90\fR or
+\&\fBc++98\fR, and \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of those standards, such as
+\&\fBgnu90\fR or \fBgnu++98\fR. By specifying a base standard, the
+compiler will accept all programs following that standard and those
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not contradict it. For example,
+\&\fB\-std=c90\fR turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are
+incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR
+keywords, but not other \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not have a meaning in
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as omitting the middle term of a \f(CW\*(C`?:\*(C'\fR
+expression. On the other hand, by specifying a \s-1GNU\s0 dialect of a
+standard, all features the compiler support are enabled, even when
+those features change the meaning of the base standard and some
+strict-conforming programs may be rejected. The particular standard
+is used by \fB\-pedantic\fR to identify which features are \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions given that version of the standard. For example
+\&\fB\-std=gnu90 \-pedantic\fR would warn about \*(C+ style \fB//\fR
+comments, while \fB\-std=gnu99 \-pedantic\fR would not.
+.Sp
+A value for this option must be provided; possible values are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBc90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBc89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c89"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:1990\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1990"
+.PD
+Support all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 programs (certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that conflict
+with \s-1ISO\s0 C90 are disabled). Same as \fB\-ansi\fR for C code.
+.IP "\fBiso9899:199409\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199409"
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C90 as modified in amendment 1.
+.IP "\fBc99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c99"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBc9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c9x"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:1999\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1999"
+.IP "\fBiso9899:199x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199x"
+.PD
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/gcc\-4.6/c99status.html\fR> for more information. The
+names \fBc9x\fR and \fBiso9899:199x\fR are deprecated.
+.IP "\fBc1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c1x"
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C1X, the draft of the next revision of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard.
+Support is limited and experimental and features enabled by this
+option may be changed or removed if changed in or removed from the
+standard draft.
+.IP "\fBgnu90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu90"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBgnu89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu89"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C90 (including some C99 features). This
+is the default for C code.
+.IP "\fBgnu99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu99"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBgnu9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu9x"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C99. When \s-1ISO\s0 C99 is fully implemented in \s-1GCC\s0,
+this will become the default. The name \fBgnu9x\fR is deprecated.
+.IP "\fBgnu1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu1x"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C1X. Support is limited and experimental and
+features enabled by this option may be changed or removed if changed
+in or removed from the standard draft.
+.IP "\fBc++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++98"
+The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments. Same as \fB\-ansi\fR for
+\&\*(C+ code.
+.IP "\fBgnu++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++98"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \fB\-std=c++98\fR. This is the default for
+\&\*(C+ code.
+.IP "\fBc++0x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++0x"
+The working draft of the upcoming \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+0x standard. This option
+enables experimental features that are likely to be included in
+\&\*(C+0x. The working draft is constantly changing, and any feature that is
+enabled by this flag may be removed from future versions of \s-1GCC\s0 if it is
+not part of the \*(C+0x standard.
+.IP "\fBgnu++0x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++0x"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \fB\-std=c++0x\fR. This option enables
+experimental features that may be removed in future versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fgnu89\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgnu89-inline"
+The option \fB\-fgnu89\-inline\fR tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the traditional
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 semantics for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR functions when in C99 mode.
+ This option
+is accepted and ignored by \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.1.3 up to but not including
+4.3. In \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.3 and later it changes the behavior of \s-1GCC\s0 in
+C99 mode. Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`gnu_inline\*(C'\fR function attribute to all inline functions.
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-fno\-gnu89\-inline\fR explicitly tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the
+C99 semantics for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it
+specifies the default behavior). This option was first supported in
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 4.3. This option is not supported in \fB\-std=c90\fR or
+\&\fB\-std=gnu90\fR mode.
+.Sp
+The preprocessor macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_GNU_INLINE_\|_\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_STDC_INLINE_\|_\*(C'\fR may be used to check which semantics are
+in effect for \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR functions.
+.IP "\fB\-aux\-info\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-aux-info filename"
+Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions
+declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including those in header
+files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C.
+.Sp
+Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin of
+each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration was
+implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (\fBI\fR, \fBN\fR for new or
+\&\fBO\fR for old, respectively, in the first character after the line
+number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a
+definition (\fBC\fR or \fBF\fR, respectively, in the following
+character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R\-style list of
+arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside
+comments, after the declaration.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-asm"
+Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a
+keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
+the keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR
+instead. \fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno\-asm\fR.
+.Sp
+In \*(C+, this switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keyword, since
+\&\f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR are standard keywords. You may want to
+use the \fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR flag instead, which has the same
+effect. In C99 mode (\fB\-std=c99\fR or \fB\-std=gnu99\fR), this
+switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, since
+\&\f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR is a standard keyword in \s-1ISO\s0 C99.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-builtin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-builtin"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-builtin-function"
+.PD
+Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
+\&\fB_\|_builtin_\fR as prefix.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally generates special code to handle certain built-in functions
+more efficiently; for instance, calls to \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR may become single
+instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR
+may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
+and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
+cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
+of the functions by linking with a different library. In addition,
+when a function is recognized as a built-in function, \s-1GCC\s0 may use
+information about that function to warn about problems with calls to
+that function, or to generate more efficient code, even if the
+resulting code still contains calls to that function. For example,
+warnings are given with \fB\-Wformat\fR for bad calls to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR, when \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR is built in, and \f(CW\*(C`strlen\*(C'\fR is
+known not to modify global memory.
+.Sp
+With the \fB\-fno\-builtin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR option
+only the built-in function \fIfunction\fR is
+disabled. \fIfunction\fR must not begin with \fB_\|_builtin_\fR. If a
+function is named that is not built-in in this version of \s-1GCC\s0, this
+option is ignored. There is no corresponding
+\&\fB\-fbuiltin\-\fR\fIfunction\fR option; if you wish to enable
+built-in functions selectively when using \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR or
+\&\fB\-ffreestanding\fR, you may define macros such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& #define abs(n) _\|_builtin_abs ((n))
+\& #define strcpy(d, s) _\|_builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-fhosted\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fhosted"
+Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
+\&\fB\-fbuiltin\fR. A hosted environment is one in which the
+entire standard library is available, and in which \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR has a return
+type of \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
+This is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-freestanding\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffreestanding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffreestanding"
+Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
+implies \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR. A freestanding environment
+is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
+not necessarily be at \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR. The most obvious example is an \s-1OS\s0 kernel.
+This is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-hosted\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fopenmp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fopenmp"
+Enable handling of OpenMP directives \f(CW\*(C`#pragma omp\*(C'\fR in C/\*(C+ and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`!$omp\*(C'\fR in Fortran. When \fB\-fopenmp\fR is specified, the
+compiler generates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application
+Program Interface v3.0 <\fBhttp://www.openmp.org/\fR>. This option
+implies \fB\-pthread\fR, and thus is only supported on targets that
+have support for \fB\-pthread\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fms\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fms-extensions"
+Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
+.Sp
+In \*(C+ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar
+to previous types declarations.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& typedef int UOW;
+\& struct ABC {
+\& UOW UOW;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
+accepted with this option.
+.IP "\fB\-fplan9\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fplan9-extensions"
+Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.
+.Sp
+This enables \fB\-fms\-extensions\fR, permits passing pointers to
+structures with anonymous fields to functions which expect pointers to
+elements of the type of the field, and permits referring to anonymous
+fields declared using a typedef. This is only
+supported for C, not \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-trigraphs"
+Support \s-1ISO\s0 C trigraphs. The \fB\-ansi\fR option (and \fB\-std\fR
+options for strict \s-1ISO\s0 C conformance) implies \fB\-trigraphs\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-integrated\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-integrated-cpp"
+Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing and compiling. This
+option allows a user supplied \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", or \*(L"cc1obj\*(R" via the
+\&\fB\-B\fR option. The user supplied compilation step can then add in
+an additional preprocessing step after normal preprocessing but before
+compiling. The default is to use the integrated cpp (internal cpp)
+.Sp
+The semantics of this option will change if \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", and
+\&\*(L"cc1obj\*(R" are merged.
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
+.PD
+Formerly, these options caused \s-1GCC\s0 to attempt to emulate a pre-standard
+C compiler. They are now only supported with the \fB\-E\fR switch.
+The preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode. See the \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\s-1CPP\s0 manual for details.
+.IP "\fB\-fcond\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcond-mismatch"
+Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
+third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option
+is not supported for \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-flax\-vector\-conversions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flax-vector-conversions"
+Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of
+elements and/or incompatible element types. This option should not be
+used for new code.
+.IP "\fB\-funsigned\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsigned-char"
+Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be unsigned, like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Each kind of machine has a default for what \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR should
+be. It is either like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR by default or like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR by default.
+.Sp
+Ideally, a portable program should always use \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR when it depends on the signedness of an object.
+But many programs have been written to use plain \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR and
+expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
+machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
+make such a program work with the opposite default.
+.Sp
+The type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR is always a distinct type from each of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR, even though its behavior
+is always just like one of those two.
+.IP "\fB\-fsigned\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsigned-char"
+Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be signed, like \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Note that this is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-unsigned\-char\fR, which is
+the negative form of \fB\-funsigned\-char\fR. Likewise, the option
+\&\fB\-fno\-signed\-char\fR is equivalent to \fB\-funsigned\-char\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsigned-bitfields"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-funsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsigned-bitfields"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-signed\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-signed-bitfields"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-unsigned\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-unsigned-bitfields"
+.PD
+These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the
+declaration does not use either \f(CW\*(C`signed\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR. By
+default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the
+basic integer types such as \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR are signed types.
+.SS "Options Controlling \*(C+ Dialect"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling Dialect"
+This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
+for \*(C+ programs; but you can also use most of the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options
+regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
+might compile a file \f(CW\*(C`firstClass.C\*(C'\fR like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& g++ \-g \-frepo \-O \-c firstClass.C
+.Ve
+.PP
+In this example, only \fB\-frepo\fR is an option meant
+only for \*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with any
+language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.PP
+Here is a list of options that are \fIonly\fR for compiling \*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fabi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fabi-version=n"
+Use version \fIn\fR of the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Version 2 is the version of the
+\&\*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.4. Version 1 is the version of
+the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.2. Version 0 will always be
+the version that conforms most closely to the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 specification.
+Therefore, the \s-1ABI\s0 obtained using version 0 will change as \s-1ABI\s0 bugs
+are fixed.
+.Sp
+The default is version 2.
+.Sp
+Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a
+template argument.
+.Sp
+Version 4 implements a standard mangling for vector types.
+.Sp
+Version 5 corrects the mangling of attribute const/volatile on
+function pointer types, decltype of a plain decl, and use of a
+function parameter in the declaration of another parameter.
+.Sp
+See also \fB\-Wabi\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-access\-control\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-access-control"
+Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
+around bugs in the access control code.
+.IP "\fB\-fcheck\-new\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcheck-new"
+Check that the pointer returned by \f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR is non-null
+before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is
+normally unnecessary because the \*(C+ standard specifies that
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR will only return \f(CW0\fR if it is declared
+\&\fB\f(BIthrow()\fB\fR, in which case the compiler will always check the
+return value even without this option. In all other cases, when
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR has a non-empty exception specification, memory
+exhaustion is signalled by throwing \f(CW\*(C`std::bad_alloc\*(C'\fR. See also
+\&\fBnew (nothrow)\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fconserve\-space\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconserve-space"
+Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
+common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
+cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
+flag and your program mysteriously crashes after \f(CW\*(C`main()\*(C'\fR has
+completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
+two definitions were merged.
+.Sp
+This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
+been added for putting variables into \s-1BSS\s0 without making them common.
+.IP "\fB\-fconstexpr\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconstexpr-depth=n"
+Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for \*(C+0x constexpr functions
+to \fIn\fR. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion during
+constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by the standard
+is 512.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-deduce\-init\-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-deduce-init-list"
+Disable deduction of a template type parameter as
+std::initializer_list from a brace-enclosed initializer list, i.e.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& template <class T> auto forward(T t) \-> decltype (realfn (t))
+\& {
+\& return realfn (t);
+\& }
+\&
+\& void f()
+\& {
+\& forward({1,2}); // call forward<std::initializer_list<int>>
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This option is present because this deduction is an extension to the
+current specification in the \*(C+0x working draft, and there was
+some concern about potential overload resolution problems.
+.IP "\fB\-ffriend\-injection\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffriend-injection"
+Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are
+visible outside the scope of the class in which they are declared.
+Friend functions were documented to work this way in the old Annotated
+\&\*(C+ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1 always worked
+that way. However, in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ a friend function which is not declared
+in an enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent
+lookup. This option causes friends to be injected as they were in
+earlier releases.
+.Sp
+This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future
+release of G++.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-elide\-constructors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-elide-constructors"
+The \*(C+ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
+which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
+Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to
+call the copy constructor in all cases.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-enforce\-eh\-specs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-enforce-eh-specs"
+Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications
+at runtime. This option violates the \*(C+ standard, but may be useful
+for reducing code size in production builds, much like defining
+\&\fB\s-1NDEBUG\s0\fR. This does not give user code permission to throw
+exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler
+will still optimize based on the specifications, so throwing an
+unexpected exception will result in undefined behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-ffor\-scope\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffor-scope"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-for\-scope\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-for-scope"
+.PD
+If \fB\-ffor\-scope\fR is specified, the scope of variables declared in
+a \fIfor-init-statement\fR is limited to the \fBfor\fR loop itself,
+as specified by the \*(C+ standard.
+If \fB\-fno\-for\-scope\fR is specified, the scope of variables declared in
+a \fIfor-init-statement\fR extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
+as was the case in old versions of G++, and other (traditional)
+implementations of \*(C+.
+.Sp
+The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
+but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
+otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-gnu-keywords"
+Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a keyword, so that code can use this
+word as an identifier. You can use the keyword \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR instead.
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno\-gnu\-keywords\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implicit\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implicit-templates"
+Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
+implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implicit\-inline\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implicit-inline-templates"
+Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
+The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
+without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-implement\-inlines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-implement-inlines"
+To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
+controlled by \fB#pragma implementation\fR. This will cause linker
+errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
+.IP "\fB\-fms\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fms-extensions"
+Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in \s-1MFC\s0, such as implicit
+int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-nonansi\-builtins\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-nonansi-builtins"
+Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
+\&\s-1ANSI/ISO\s0 C. These include \f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_exit\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`index\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bzero\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`conjf\*(C'\fR, and other related functions.
+.IP "\fB\-fnothrow\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnothrow-opt"
+Treat a \f(CW\*(C`throw()\*(C'\fR exception specification as though it were a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR specification to reduce or eliminate the text size
+overhead relative to a function with no exception specification. If
+the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
+destructors, the exception specification will actually make the
+function smaller because the \s-1EH\s0 cleanups for those variables can be
+optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown out of
+a function with such an exception specification will result in a call
+to \f(CW\*(C`terminate\*(C'\fR rather than \f(CW\*(C`unexpected\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-operator\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-operator-names"
+Do not treat the operator name keywords \f(CW\*(C`and\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bitand\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`bitor\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`compl\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`not\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`or\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`xor\*(C'\fR as
+synonyms as keywords.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-optional\-diags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-optional-diags"
+Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
+issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for
+a name having multiple meanings within a class.
+.IP "\fB\-fpermissive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpermissive"
+Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
+warnings. Thus, using \fB\-fpermissive\fR will allow some
+nonconforming code to compile.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-pretty\-templates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-pretty-templates"
+When an error message refers to a specialization of a function
+template, the compiler will normally print the signature of the
+template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or
+typenames in the signature (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`void f(T) [with T = int]\*(C'\fR
+rather than \f(CW\*(C`void f(int)\*(C'\fR) so that it's clear which template is
+involved. When an error message refers to a specialization of a class
+template, the compiler will omit any template arguments which match
+the default template arguments for that template. If either of these
+behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than
+easier, using \fB\-fno\-pretty\-templates\fR will disable them.
+.IP "\fB\-frepo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frepo"
+Enable automatic template instantiation at link time. This option also
+implies \fB\-fno\-implicit\-templates\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-rtti\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-rtti"
+Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
+functions for use by the \*(C+ runtime type identification features
+(\fBdynamic_cast\fR and \fBtypeid\fR). If you don't use those parts
+of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
+exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
+needed. The \fBdynamic_cast\fR operator can still be used for casts that
+do not require runtime type information, i.e. casts to \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR or to
+unambiguous base classes.
+.IP "\fB\-fstats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstats"
+Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.
+This information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-enums\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-enums"
+Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of
+enumeration type can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as
+defined in the \*(C+ standard; basically, a value which can be
+represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all the
+enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program uses a
+cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumeration type.
+.IP "\fB\-ftemplate\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftemplate-depth=n"
+Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to \fIn\fR.
+A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
+endless recursions during template class instantiation. \s-1ANSI/ISO\s0 \*(C+
+conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17
+(changed to 1024 in \*(C+0x).
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-threadsafe\-statics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-threadsafe-statics"
+Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the \*(C+
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this
+option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need to be
+thread-safe.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-cxa\-atexit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-cxa-atexit"
+Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR function rather than the \f(CW\*(C`atexit\*(C'\fR function.
+This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
+destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-use\-cxa\-get\-exception\-ptr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr"
+Don't use the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_get_exception_ptr\*(C'\fR runtime routine. This
+will cause \f(CW\*(C`std::uncaught_exception\*(C'\fR to be incorrect, but is necessary
+if the runtime routine is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility\-inlines\-hidden\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility-inlines-hidden"
+This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare
+pointers to inline methods where the addresses of the two functions
+were taken in different shared objects.
+.Sp
+The effect of this is that \s-1GCC\s0 may, effectively, mark inline methods with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility ("hidden")))\*(C'\fR so that they do not
+appear in the export table of a \s-1DSO\s0 and do not require a \s-1PLT\s0 indirection
+when used within the \s-1DSO\s0. Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect
+on load and link times of a \s-1DSO\s0 as it massively reduces the size of the
+dynamic export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.
+.Sp
+The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the
+methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static variables
+local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce that
+the function is defined in only one shared object.
+.Sp
+You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate the
+effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do want to
+compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might mark it as
+having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class with explicit
+visibility will have no effect.
+.Sp
+Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option
+as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility\-ms\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility-ms-compat"
+This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make \s-1GCC\s0's \*(C+
+linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.
+.Sp
+The flag makes these changes to \s-1GCC\s0's linkage model:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+It sets the default visibility to \f(CW\*(C`hidden\*(C'\fR, like
+\&\fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR.
+.IP "2." 4
+Types, but not their members, are not hidden by default.
+.IP "3." 4
+The One Definition Rule is relaxed for types without explicit
+visibility specifications which are defined in more than one different
+shared object: those declarations are permitted if they would have
+been permitted when this option was not used.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+In new code it is better to use \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR and
+export those classes which are intended to be externally visible.
+Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely, perhaps accidentally,
+on the Visual Studio behavior.
+.Sp
+Among the consequences of these changes are that static data members
+of the same type with the same name but defined in different shared
+objects will be different, so changing one will not change the other;
+and that pointers to function members defined in different shared
+objects may not compare equal. When this flag is given, it is a
+violation of the \s-1ODR\s0 to define types with the same name differently.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-weak\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-weak"
+Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker.
+By default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are available. This
+option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users;
+it will result in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may
+be removed in a future release of G++.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc++"
+Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
+\&\*(C+, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
+is used when building the \*(C+ library.)
+.PP
+In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
+have meanings only for \*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-default\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
+Do not assume \fBinline\fR for functions defined inside a class scope.
+ Note that these
+functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
+inlined by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wabi\fR (C, Objective-C, \*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wabi (C, Objective-C, and Objective- only)"
+Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the
+vendor-neutral \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Although an effort has been made to warn about
+all such cases, there are probably some cases that are not warned about,
+even though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be
+cases where warnings are emitted even though the code that is generated
+will be compatible.
+.Sp
+You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are
+concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be binary
+compatible with code generated by other compilers.
+.Sp
+The known incompatibilities in \fB\-fabi\-version=2\fR (the default) include:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A template with a non-type template parameter of reference type is
+mangled incorrectly:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern int N;
+\& template <int &> struct S {};
+\& void n (S<N>) {2}
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This is fixed in \fB\-fabi\-version=3\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+\&\s-1SIMD\s0 vector types declared using \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute ((vector_size))\*(C'\fR are
+mangled in a non-standard way that does not allow for overloading of
+functions taking vectors of different sizes.
+.Sp
+The mangling is changed in \fB\-fabi\-version=4\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The known incompatibilities in \fB\-fabi\-version=1\fR include:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields. G++ may attempt to
+pack data into the same byte as a base class. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
+\& struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this case, G++ will place \f(CW\*(C`B::f2\*(C'\fR into the same byte
+as\f(CW\*(C`A::f1\*(C'\fR; other compilers will not. You can avoid this problem
+by explicitly padding \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR so that its size is a multiple of the
+byte size on your platform; that will cause G++ and other compilers to
+layout \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR identically.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases. G++ does not use
+tail padding when laying out virtual bases. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
+\& struct B { B(); char c2; };
+\& struct C : public A, public virtual B {};
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this case, G++ will not place \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR into the tail-padding for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR; other compilers will. You can avoid this problem by
+explicitly padding \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR so that its size is a multiple of its
+alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause G++ and other
+compilers to layout \f(CW\*(C`C\*(C'\fR identically.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater than that
+of their underlying types, when the bit-fields appear in a union. For
+example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& union U { int i : 4096; };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Assuming that an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR does not have 4096 bits, G++ will make the
+union too small by the number of bits in an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& struct A {};
+\&
+\& struct B {
+\& A a;
+\& virtual void f ();
+\& };
+\&
+\& struct C : public B, public A {};
+.Ve
+.Sp
+G++ will place the \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR base class of \f(CW\*(C`C\*(C'\fR at a nonzero offset;
+it should be placed at offset zero. G++ mistakenly believes that the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR data member of \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR is already at offset zero.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Names of template functions whose types involve \f(CW\*(C`typename\*(C'\fR or
+template template parameters can be mangled incorrectly.
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& template <typename Q>
+\& void f(typename Q::X) {}
+\&
+\& template <template <typename> class Q>
+\& void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+It also warns psABI related changes. The known psABI changes at this
+point include:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For SYSV/x86\-64, when passing union with long double, it is changed to
+pass in memory as specified in psABI. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& union U {
+\& long double ld;
+\& int i;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`union U\*(C'\fR will always be passed in memory.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wctor\-dtor\-privacy\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wctor-dtor-privacy ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
+destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor
+public static member functions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnoexcept\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnoexcept ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call
+to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception
+specification (i.e. \fB\f(BIthrow()\fB\fR or \fBnoexcept\fR) but is known by
+the compiler to never throw an exception.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnon\-virtual\-dtor\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnon-virtual-dtor ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a class has virtual functions and accessible non-virtual
+destructor, in which case it would be possible but unsafe to delete
+an instance of a derived class through a pointer to the base class.
+This warning is also enabled if \-Weffc++ is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-Wreorder\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreorder ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
+match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& struct A {
+\& int i;
+\& int j;
+\& A(): j (0), i (1) { }
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The compiler will rearrange the member initializers for \fBi\fR
+and \fBj\fR to match the declaration order of the members, emitting
+a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.PP
+The following \fB\-W...\fR options are not affected by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Weffc++\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Weffc++ ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
+\&\fIEffective \*(C+\fR book:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 11: Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for classes
+with dynamically allocated memory.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 12: Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 14: Make destructors virtual in base classes.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 15: Have \f(CW\*(C`operator=\*(C'\fR return a reference to \f(CW*this\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 23: Don't try to return a reference when you must return an object.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from
+Scott Meyers' \fIMore Effective \*(C+\fR book:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 6: Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and
+decrement operators.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Item 7: Never overload \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
+headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use \fBgrep \-v\fR
+to filter out those warnings.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-null\-sentinel\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-null-sentinel ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn also about the use of an uncasted \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR as sentinel. When
+compiling only with \s-1GCC\s0 this is a valid sentinel, as \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR is defined
+to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_null\*(C'\fR. Although it is a null pointer constant not a null pointer,
+it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a pointer. But this use is
+not portable across different compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-non-template-friend ( and Objective- only)"
+Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
+within a template. Since the advent of explicit template specification
+support in G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e.,
+\&\fBfriend foo(int)\fR), the \*(C+ language specification demands that the
+friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
+14.5.3). Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
+could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
+function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
+behavior for G++, \fB\-Wnon\-template\-friend\fR allows the compiler to
+check existing code for potential trouble spots and is on by default.
+This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-non\-template\-friend\fR which keeps the conformant compiler code
+but disables the helpful warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-cast\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-cast ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn if an old-style (C\-style) cast to a non-void type is used within
+a \*(C+ program. The new-style casts (\fBdynamic_cast\fR,
+\&\fBstatic_cast\fR, \fBreinterpret_cast\fR, and \fBconst_cast\fR) are
+less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverloaded\-virtual\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverloaded-virtual ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
+base class. For example, in:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& struct A {
+\& virtual void f();
+\& };
+\&
+\& struct B: public A {
+\& void f(int);
+\& };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+the \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR class version of \f(CW\*(C`f\*(C'\fR is hidden in \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR, and code
+like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& B* b;
+\& b\->f();
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will fail to compile.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pmf\-conversions\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pmf-conversions ( and Objective- only)"
+Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
+to a plain pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-promo\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-promo ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
+enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of
+the same size. Previous versions of G++ would try to preserve
+unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& struct A {
+\& operator int ();
+\& A& operator = (int);
+\& };
+\&
+\& main ()
+\& {
+\& A a,b;
+\& a = b;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In this example, G++ will synthesize a default \fBA& operator =
+(const A&);\fR, while cfront will use the user-defined \fBoperator =\fR.
+.SS "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialects"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective- Dialects"
+(\s-1NOTE:\s0 This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+
+languages themselves.
+.PP
+This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
+for Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ programs, but you can also use most of
+the language-independent \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options.
+For example, you might compile a file \f(CW\*(C`some_class.m\*(C'\fR like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-g \-fgnu\-runtime \-O \-c some_class.m
+.Ve
+.PP
+In this example, \fB\-fgnu\-runtime\fR is an option meant only for
+Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with
+any language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.PP
+Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objective-C
+compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end (e.g.,
+\&\fB\-Wtraditional\fR). Similarly, Objective\-\*(C+ compilations may use
+\&\*(C+\-specific options (e.g., \fB\-Wabi\fR).
+.PP
+Here is a list of options that are \fIonly\fR for compiling Objective-C
+and Objective\-\*(C+ programs:
+.IP "\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class=\fR\fIclass-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconstant-string-class=class-name"
+Use \fIclass-name\fR as the name of the class to instantiate for each
+literal string specified with the syntax \f(CW\*(C`@"..."\*(C'\fR. The default
+class name is \f(CW\*(C`NXConstantString\*(C'\fR if the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime is being used, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`NSConstantString\*(C'\fR if the NeXT runtime is being used (see below). The
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-cfstrings\fR option, if also present, will override the
+\&\fB\-fconstant\-string\-class\fR setting and cause \f(CW\*(C`@"..."\*(C'\fR literals
+to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
+.IP "\fB\-fgnu\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgnu-runtime"
+Generate object code compatible with the standard \s-1GNU\s0 Objective-C
+runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
+.IP "\fB\-fnext\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnext-runtime"
+Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default
+for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X. The macro
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_NEXT_RUNTIME_\|_\*(C'\fR is predefined if (and only if) this option is
+used.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-nil\-receivers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-nil-receivers"
+Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (\f(CW\*(C`[receiver
+message:arg]\*(C'\fR) in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
+not \f(CW\*(C`nil\*(C'\fR. This allows for more efficient entry points in the
+runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction with
+the NeXT runtime and \s-1ABI\s0 version 0 or 1.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-abi\-version=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-abi-version=n"
+Use version \fIn\fR of the Objective-C \s-1ABI\s0 for the selected runtime.
+This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In that
+case, Version 0 is the traditional (32\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 without support for
+properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 1 is the
+traditional (32\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 with support for properties and other
+Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the modern (64\-bit) \s-1ABI\s0. If
+nothing is specified, the default is Version 0 on 32\-bit target
+machines, and Version 2 on 64\-bit target machines.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-call\-cxx\-cdtors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors"
+For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a
+\&\*(C+ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a
+special \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR instance method that will run
+non-trivial default constructors on any such instance variables, in order,
+and then return \f(CW\*(C`self\*(C'\fR. Similarly, check if any instance variable
+is a \*(C+ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so, synthesize a
+special \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR method that will run
+all such default destructors, in reverse order.
+.Sp
+The \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR
+methods thusly generated will only operate on instance variables
+declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited
+from superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C
+runtime to invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance
+hierarchy. The \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR methods will be invoked
+by the runtime immediately after a new object instance is allocated;
+the \f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR methods will be invoked immediately
+before the runtime deallocates an object instance.
+.Sp
+As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.4 and later has
+support for invoking the \f(CW\*(C`\- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'\fR methods.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-direct\-dispatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-direct-dispatch"
+Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is
+accomplished via the comm page.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-exceptions"
+Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
+Objective-C, similar to what is offered by \*(C+ and Java. This option
+is required to use the Objective-C keywords \f(CW@try\fR,
+\&\f(CW@throw\fR, \f(CW@catch\fR, \f(CW@finally\fR and
+\&\f(CW@synchronized\fR. This option is available with both the \s-1GNU\s0
+runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with
+the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.2 and earlier).
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-gc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-gc"
+Enable garbage collection (\s-1GC\s0) in Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+
+programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that
+does not require special compiler flags.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-nilcheck\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-nilcheck"
+For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the \s-1ABI\s0, check for a nil
+receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call.
+This is the default and can be disabled using
+\&\fB\-fno\-objc\-nilcheck\fR. Class methods and super calls are never
+checked for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to.
+Currently this flag does nothing when the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime, or an older
+version of the NeXT runtime \s-1ABI\s0, is used.
+.IP "\fB\-fobjc\-std=objc1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fobjc-std=objc1"
+Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language
+recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions to
+the C/\*(C+ language; it does not affect conformance to C/\*(C+ standards,
+which is controlled by the separate C/\*(C+ dialect option flags. When
+this option is used with the Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ compiler,
+any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0 is rejected.
+This is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can
+be compiled with older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-freplace\-objc\-classes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freplace-objc-classes"
+Emit a special marker instructing \fB\f(BIld\fB\|(1)\fR not to statically link in
+the resulting object file, and allow \fB\f(BIdyld\fB\|(1)\fR to load it in at
+run time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue
+debugging mode, where the object file in question may be recompiled and
+dynamically reloaded in the course of program execution, without the need
+to restart the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality
+is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.3
+and later.
+.IP "\fB\-fzero\-link\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fzero-link"
+When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls
+to \f(CW\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C'\fR (when the name of the class is known at
+compile time) with static class references that get initialized at load time,
+which improves run-time performance. Specifying the \fB\-fzero\-link\fR flag
+suppresses this behavior and causes calls to \f(CW\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C'\fR
+to be retained. This is useful in Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows
+for individual class implementations to be modified during program execution.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 runtime currently always retains calls to \f(CW\*(C`objc_get_class("...")\*(C'\fR
+regardless of command line options.
+.IP "\fB\-gen\-decls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gen-decls"
+Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a
+file named \fI\fIsourcename\fI.decl\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wassign\-intercept\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
+garbage collector.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-protocol\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for
+every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The
+default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly
+implemented in the class, even if a method implementation is inherited
+from the superclass. If you use the \fB\-Wno\-protocol\fR option, then
+methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented,
+and no warning is issued for them.
+.IP "\fB\-Wselector\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wselector (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are
+found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods
+in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed
+for each selector appearing in a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR
+expression, and a corresponding method for that selector has been found
+during compilation. Because these checks scan the method table only at
+the end of compilation, these warnings are not produced if the final
+stage of compilation is not reached, for example because an error is
+found during compilation, or because the \fB\-fsyntax\-only\fR option is
+being used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-selector\-match\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are
+found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this
+selector to a receiver of type \f(CW\*(C`id\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Class\*(C'\fR. When this flag
+is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler will omit such warnings
+if any differences found are confined to types which share the same size
+and alignment.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundeclared\-selector\fR (Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression referring to an
+undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no
+method with that name has been declared before the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression, either explicitly in an
+\&\f(CW@interface\fR or \f(CW@protocol\fR declaration, or implicitly in
+an \f(CW@implementation\fR section. This option always performs its
+checks as soon as a \f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'\fR expression is found,
+while \fB\-Wselector\fR only performs its checks in the final stage of
+compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention
+that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-objc\-runtime\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-objc-runtime-info"
+Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by
+value, if any.
+.SS "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
+.IX Subsection "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
+Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
+the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The options described
+below can be used to control the diagnostic messages formatting
+algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location
+information should be reported. Right now, only the \*(C+ front end can
+honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
+the remaining front ends would be able to digest them correctly.
+.IP "\fB\-fmessage\-length=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmessage-length=n"
+Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about \fIn\fR
+characters. The default is 72 characters for \fBg++\fR and 0 for the rest of
+the front ends supported by \s-1GCC\s0. If \fIn\fR is zero, then no
+line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
+line.
+.IP "\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=once"
+Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
+reporter to emit \fIonce\fR source location information; that is, in
+case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to
+be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again,
+over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default
+behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fdiagnostics\-show\-location=every\-line\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line"
+Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
+messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
+prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking
+a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-diagnostics-show-option"
+By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text which indicates the
+command line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an
+option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR flag suppresses that behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcoverage\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcoverage-mismatch"
+Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR option.
+If a source file was changed between \fB\-fprofile\-gen\fR and
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR, the files with the profile feedback can fail
+to match the source file and \s-1GCC\s0 can not use the profile feedback
+information. By default, this warning is enabled and is treated as an
+error. \fB\-Wno\-coverage\-mismatch\fR can be used to disable the
+warning or \fB\-Wno\-error=coverage\-mismatch\fR can be used to
+disable the error. Disable the error for this warning can result in
+poorly optimized code, so disabling the error is useful only in the
+case of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base.
+Completely disabling the warning is not recommended.
+.SS "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
+.IX Subsection "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
+Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
+are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
+may have been an error.
+.PP
+The following language-independent options do not enable specific
+warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-fsyntax\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsyntax-only"
+Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
+.IP "\fB\-fmax\-errors=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmax-errors=n"
+Limits the maximum number of error messages to \fIn\fR, at which point
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source
+code. If \fIn\fR is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number
+of error messages produced. If \fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR is also
+specified, then \fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR takes precedence over this
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Inhibit all warning messages.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror"
+Make all warnings into errors.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror=\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror="
+Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a warning
+is appended, for example \fB\-Werror=switch\fR turns the warnings
+controlled by \fB\-Wswitch\fR into errors. This switch takes a
+negative form, to be used to negate \fB\-Werror\fR for specific
+warnings, for example \fB\-Wno\-error=switch\fR makes
+\&\fB\-Wswitch\fR warnings not be errors, even when \fB\-Werror\fR
+is in effect.
+.Sp
+The warning message for each controllable warning includes the
+option which controls the warning. That option can then be used with
+\&\fB\-Werror=\fR and \fB\-Wno\-error=\fR as described above.
+(Printing of the option in the warning message can be disabled using the
+\&\fB\-fno\-diagnostics\-show\-option\fR flag.)
+.Sp
+Note that specifying \fB\-Werror=\fR\fIfoo\fR automatically implies
+\&\fB\-W\fR\fIfoo\fR. However, \fB\-Wno\-error=\fR\fIfoo\fR does not
+imply anything.
+.IP "\fB\-Wfatal\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wfatal-errors"
+This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error
+occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error
+messages.
+.PP
+You can request many specific warnings with options beginning
+\&\fB\-W\fR, for example \fB\-Wimplicit\fR to request warnings on
+implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also
+has a negative form beginning \fB\-Wno\-\fR to turn off warnings; for
+example, \fB\-Wno\-implicit\fR. This manual lists only one of the
+two forms, whichever is not the default. For further,
+language-specific options also refer to \fB\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR and
+\&\fBObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR.
+.PP
+When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g.,
+\&\fB\-Wunknown\-warning\fR), \s-1GCC\s0 will emit a diagnostic stating
+that the option is not recognized. However, if the \fB\-Wno\-\fR form
+is used, the behavior is slightly different: No diagnostic will be
+produced for \fB\-Wno\-unknown\-warning\fR unless other diagnostics
+are being produced. This allows the use of new \fB\-Wno\-\fR options
+with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the compiler will
+warn that an unrecognized option was used.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic"
+Issue all the warnings demanded by strict \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+;
+reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other
+programs that do not follow \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+. For \s-1ISO\s0 C, follows the
+version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard specified by any \fB\-std\fR option used.
+.Sp
+Valid \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ programs should compile properly with or without
+this option (though a rare few will require \fB\-ansi\fR or a
+\&\fB\-std\fR option specifying the required version of \s-1ISO\s0 C). However,
+without this option, certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions and traditional C and \*(C+
+features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-pedantic\fR does not cause warning messages for use of the
+alternate keywords whose names begin and end with \fB_\|_\fR. Pedantic
+warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR. However, only system header files should use
+these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
+.Sp
+Some users try to use \fB\-pedantic\fR to check programs for strict \s-1ISO\s0
+C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
+it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all\-\-\-only those for which
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C \fIrequires\fR a diagnostic, and some others for which
+diagnostics have been added.
+.Sp
+A feature to report any failure to conform to \s-1ISO\s0 C might be useful in
+some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
+be quite different from \fB\-pedantic\fR. We don't have plans to
+support such a feature in the near future.
+.Sp
+Where the standard specified with \fB\-std\fR represents a \s-1GNU\s0
+extended dialect of C, such as \fBgnu90\fR or \fBgnu99\fR, there is a
+corresponding \fIbase standard\fR, the version of \s-1ISO\s0 C on which the \s-1GNU\s0
+extended dialect is based. Warnings from \fB\-pedantic\fR are given
+where they are required by the base standard. (It would not make sense
+for such warnings to be given only for features not in the specified \s-1GNU\s0
+C dialect, since by definition the \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of C include all
+features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be
+nothing to warn about.)
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
+Like \fB\-pedantic\fR, except that errors are produced rather than
+warnings.
+.IP "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wall"
+This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users
+consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to
+prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also
+enables some language-specific warnings described in \fB\*(C+ Dialect
+Options\fR and \fBObjective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ Dialect Options\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR turns on the following warning flags:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Waddress
+\&\-Warray\-bounds\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-O2\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wc++0x\-compat
+\&\-Wchar\-subscripts
+\&\-Wenum\-compare\fR (in C/Objc; this is on by default in \*(C+)
+\&\fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR (C and Objective-C only)
+\&\fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)
+\&\fB\-Wcomment
+\&\-Wformat
+\&\-Wmain\fR (only for C/ObjC and unless\fB \fR\fB\-ffreestanding\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wmaybe\-uninitialized
+\&\-Wmissing\-braces
+\&\-Wnonnull
+\&\-Wparentheses
+\&\-Wpointer\-sign
+\&\-Wreorder
+\&\-Wreturn\-type
+\&\-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch
+\&\-Wsequence\-point
+\&\-Wsign\-compare\fR (only in \*(C+)
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing
+\&\-Wstrict\-overflow=1
+\&\-Wswitch
+\&\-Wtrigraphs
+\&\-Wuninitialized
+\&\-Wunknown\-pragmas
+\&\-Wunused\-function
+\&\-Wunused\-label
+\&\-Wunused\-value
+\&\-Wunused\-variable
+\&\-Wvolatile\-register\-var\fR
+.Sp
+Note that some warning flags are not implied by \fB\-Wall\fR. Some of
+them warn about constructions that users generally do not consider
+questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check for;
+others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in
+some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
+the warning. Some of them are enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR but many of
+them must be enabled individually.
+.IP "\fB\-Wextra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wextra"
+This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR. (This option used to be called \fB\-W\fR. The older
+name is still supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wclobbered
+\&\-Wempty\-body
+\&\-Wignored\-qualifiers
+\&\-Wmissing\-field\-initializers
+\&\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type\fR (C only)
+\&\fB\-Wold\-style\-declaration\fR (C only)
+\&\fB\-Woverride\-init
+\&\-Wsign\-compare
+\&\-Wtype\-limits
+\&\-Wuninitialized
+\&\-Wunused\-parameter\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-Wunused\fR\fB \fRor\fB \fR\fB\-Wall\fR)
+\&\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter\fR (only with\fB \fR\fB\-Wunused\fR\fB \fRor\fB \fR\fB\-Wall\fR) \fB \fR
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-Wextra\fR also prints warning messages for the
+following cases:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A pointer is compared against integer zero with \fB<\fR, \fB<=\fR,
+\&\fB>\fR, or \fB>=\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a
+conditional expression.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Ambiguous virtual bases.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Subscripting an array which has been declared \fBregister\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) Taking the address of a variable which has been declared
+\&\fBregister\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+(\*(C+ only) A base class is not initialized in a derived class' copy
+constructor.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wchar\-subscripts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wchar-subscripts"
+Warn if an array subscript has type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR. This is a common cause
+of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
+machines.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomment"
+Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
+comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-cpp"
+(C, Objective-C, \*(C+, Objective\-\*(C+ and Fortran only)
+.Sp
+Suppress warning messages emitted by \f(CW\*(C`#warning\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdouble\-promotion\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdouble-promotion (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Give a warning when a value of type \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR is implicitly
+promoted to \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. CPUs with a 32\-bit \*(L"single-precision\*(R"
+floating-point unit implement \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR in hardware, but emulate
+\&\f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR in software. On such a machine, doing computations
+using \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR values is much more expensive because of the
+overhead required for software emulation.
+.Sp
+It is easy to accidentally do computations with \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR because
+floating-point literals are implicitly of type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. For
+example, in:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& float area(float radius)
+\& {
+\& return 3.14159 * radius * radius;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+the compiler will perform the entire computation with \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR
+because the floating-point literal is a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat"
+Check calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, etc., to make sure that
+the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
+specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
+sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
+attributes, in the \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR (an X/Open extension,
+not in the C standard) families (or other target-specific families).
+Which functions are checked without format attributes having been
+specified depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of
+functions without the attribute specified are disabled by
+\&\fB\-ffreestanding\fR or \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR.
+.Sp
+The formats are checked against the format features supported by \s-1GNU\s0
+libc version 2.2. These include all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and C99 features, as well
+as features from the Single Unix Specification and some \s-1BSD\s0 and \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
+features; \s-1GCC\s0 does not support warning about features that go beyond a
+particular library's limitations. However, if \fB\-pedantic\fR is used
+with \fB\-Wformat\fR, warnings will be given about format features not
+in the selected standard version (but not for \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR formats,
+since those are not in any version of the C standard).
+.Sp
+Since \fB\-Wformat\fR also checks for null format arguments for
+several functions, \fB\-Wformat\fR also implies \fB\-Wnonnull\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wformat\fR is included in \fB\-Wall\fR. For more control over some
+aspects of format checking, the options \fB\-Wformat\-y2k\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wno\-format\-extra\-args\fR, \fB\-Wno\-format\-zero\-length\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR, \fB\-Wformat\-security\fR, and
+\&\fB\-Wformat=2\fR are available, but are not included in \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-y2k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-y2k"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn about \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR
+formats which may yield only a two-digit year.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-contains\-nul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-contains-nul"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about format strings that
+contain \s-1NUL\s0 bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-extra\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-extra-args"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR format function. The C standard specifies
+that such arguments are ignored.
+.Sp
+Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
+specified with \fB$\fR operand number specifications, normally
+warnings are still given, since the implementation could not know what
+type to pass to \f(CW\*(C`va_arg\*(C'\fR to skip the unused arguments. However,
+in the case of \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR formats, this option will suppress the
+warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single
+Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-format\-zero\-length\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-format-zero-length (C and Objective-C only)"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
+The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-nonliteral"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
+string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
+takes its format arguments as a \f(CW\*(C`va_list\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat\-security\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat-security"
+If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn about uses of format
+functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
+warns about calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR functions where the
+format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
+as in \f(CW\*(C`printf (foo);\*(C'\fR. This may be a security hole if the format
+string came from untrusted input and contains \fB\f(CB%n\fB\fR. (This is
+currently a subset of what \fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR warns about, but
+in future warnings may be added to \fB\-Wformat\-security\fR that are not
+included in \fB\-Wformat\-nonliteral\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wformat=2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wformat=2"
+Enable \fB\-Wformat\fR plus format checks not included in
+\&\fB\-Wformat\fR. Currently equivalent to \fB\-Wformat
+\&\-Wformat\-nonliteral \-Wformat\-security \-Wformat\-y2k\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnonnull\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C, and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnonnull (C, , Objective-C, and Objective- only)"
+Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as
+requiring a non-null value by the \f(CW\*(C`nonnull\*(C'\fR function attribute.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wnonnull\fR is included in \fB\-Wall\fR and \fB\-Wformat\fR. It
+can be disabled with the \fB\-Wno\-nonnull\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-Winit\-self\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Winit-self (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn about uninitialized variables which are initialized with themselves.
+Note this option can only be used with the \fB\-Wuninitialized\fR option.
+.Sp
+For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will warn about \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR being uninitialized in the
+following snippet only when \fB\-Winit\-self\fR has been specified:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int f()
+\& {
+\& int i = i;
+\& return i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)"
+Give a warning whenever a function is used before being declared. In
+C99 mode (\fB\-std=c99\fR or \fB\-std=gnu99\fR), this warning is
+enabled by default and it is made into an error by
+\&\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR. This warning is also enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wimplicit\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)"
+Same as \fB\-Wimplicit\-int\fR and \fB\-Wimplicit\-function\-declaration\fR.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wignored\-qualifiers\fR (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wignored-qualifiers (C and only)"
+Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier
+such as \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR. For \s-1ISO\s0 C such a type qualifier has no effect,
+since the value returned by a function is not an lvalue.
+For \*(C+, the warning is only emitted for scalar types or \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR.
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C prohibits qualified \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR return types on function
+definitions, so such return types always receive a warning
+even without this option.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmain"
+Warn if the type of \fBmain\fR is suspicious. \fBmain\fR should be
+a function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
+arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning
+is enabled by default in \*(C+ and is enabled by either \fB\-Wall\fR
+or \fB\-pedantic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-braces\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-braces"
+Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In
+the following example, the initializer for \fBa\fR is not fully
+bracketed, but that for \fBb\fR is fully bracketed.
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+\& int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-include\-dirs\fR (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-include-dirs (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)"
+Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
+.IP "\fB\-Wparentheses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wparentheses"
+Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
+as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
+is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
+often get confused about.
+.Sp
+Also warn if a comparison like \fBx<=y<=z\fR appears; this is
+equivalent to \fB(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z\fR, which is a different
+interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.
+.Sp
+Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
+\&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement an \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs. Here is an example of
+such a case:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& {
+\& if (a)
+\& if (b)
+\& foo ();
+\& else
+\& bar ();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In C/\*(C+, every \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs to the innermost possible
+\&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement, which in this example is \f(CW\*(C`if (b)\*(C'\fR. This is
+often not what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above
+example by indentation the programmer chose. When there is the
+potential for this confusion, \s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning when this flag
+is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
+the innermost \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement so there is no way the \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR
+could belong to the enclosing \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR. The resulting code would
+look like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& {
+\& if (a)
+\& {
+\& if (b)
+\& foo ();
+\& else
+\& bar ();
+\& }
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Also warn for dangerous uses of the
+?: with omitted middle operand \s-1GNU\s0 extension. When the condition
+in the ?: operator is a boolean expression the omitted value will
+be always 1. Often the user expects it to be a value computed
+inside the conditional expression instead.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsequence\-point\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsequence-point"
+Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations
+of sequence point rules in the C and \*(C+ standards.
+.Sp
+The C and \*(C+ standards defines the order in which expressions in a C/\*(C+
+program are evaluated in terms of \fIsequence points\fR, which represent
+a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those
+executed before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These
+occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part
+of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`? :\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR (comma) operator, before a
+function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
+expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
+Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
+evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
+these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
+since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
+with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
+are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
+ruled that function calls do not overlap.
+.Sp
+It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the
+values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this
+have undefined behavior; the C and \*(C+ standards specify that \*(L"Between
+the previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored
+value modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression.
+Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine the value
+to be stored.\*(R". If a program breaks these rules, the results on any
+particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
+.Sp
+Examples of code with undefined behavior are \f(CW\*(C`a = a++;\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`a[n]
+= b[n++]\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`a[i++] = i;\*(C'\fR. Some more complicated cases are not
+diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
+result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
+this sort of problem in programs.
+.Sp
+The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate
+over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle cases.
+Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed formal
+definitions, may be found on the \s-1GCC\s0 readings page, at
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html\fR>.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR for C and \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-Wself\-assign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wself-assign"
+Warn about self-assignment and self-initialization. This warning is intended
+for detecting accidental self-assignment due to typos, and therefore does
+not warn on a statement that is semantically a self-assignment after
+constant folding. Here is an example of what will trigger a self-assign
+warning and what will not:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& void func()
+\& {
+\& int i = 2;
+\& int x = x; /* warn */
+\& float f = 5.0;
+\& double a[3];
+\&
+\& i = i + 0; /* not warn */
+\& f = f / 1; /* not warn */
+\& a[1] = a[1]; /* warn */
+\& i += 0; /* not warn */
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+In \*(C+ it will not warn on self-assignment of non-POD variables unless
+\&\fB\-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod\fR is also enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-Wself\-assign\-non\-pod\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wself-assign-non-pod"
+Warn about self-assignment of non-POD variables. This is a \*(C+\-specific
+warning and only effective when \fB\-Wself\-assign\fR is enabled.
+.Sp
+There are cases where self-assignment might be intentional. For example,
+a \*(C+ programmer might write code to test whether an overloaded
+\&\f(CW\*(C`operator=\*(C'\fR works when the same object is assigned to itself.
+One way to work around the self-assign warning in such cases when this flag
+is enabled is using the functional form \f(CW\*(C`object.operator=(object)\*(C'\fR
+instead of the assignment form \f(CW\*(C`object = object\*(C'\fR, as shown in the
+following example.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& void test_func()
+\& {
+\& MyType t;
+\&
+\& t.operator=(t); // not warn
+\& t = t; // warn
+\& }
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wreturn\-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreturn-type"
+Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults
+to \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Also warn about any \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR statement with no
+return-value in a function whose return-type is not \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR
+(falling off the end of the function body is considered returning
+without a value), and about a \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR statement with an
+expression in a function whose return-type is \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+For \*(C+, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic
+message, even when \fB\-Wno\-return\-type\fR is specified. The only
+exceptions are \fBmain\fR and functions defined in system headers.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wripa\-opt\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wripa-opt-mismatch"
+When doing an \s-1FDO\s0 build with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fripa\fR,
+warn if importing an axuiliary module that was built with a different
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 command line during the profile-generate phase than the primary
+module.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an index of enumerated type
+and lacks a \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR for one or more of the named codes of that
+enumeration. (The presence of a \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label prevents this
+warning.) \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR labels outside the enumeration range also
+provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\-default\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch-default"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement does not have a \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR
+case.
+.IP "\fB\-Wswitch\-enum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wswitch-enum"
+Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an index of enumerated type
+and lacks a \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR for one or more of the named codes of that
+enumeration. \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR labels outside the enumeration range also
+provoke warnings when this option is used. The only difference
+between \fB\-Wswitch\fR and this option is that this option gives a
+warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsync\-nand\fR (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsync-nand (C and only)"
+Warn when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_sync_fetch_and_nand\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_sync_nand_and_fetch\*(C'\fR
+built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
+.IP "\fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wthread-safety"
+Warn about potential thread safety issues when the code is annotated with
+thread safety attributes.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unguarded-var\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unguarded-var"
+Warn about shared variables not properly protected by locks specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unguarded-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unguarded-func"
+Warn about function calls not properly protected by locks specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-mismatched-lock-order\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-mismatched-lock-order"
+Warn about lock acquisition order inconsistent with what specified in the
+attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and
+enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-mismatched-lock-acq-rel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-mismatched-lock-acq-rel"
+Warn about mismatched lock acquisition and release. This flag is effective only
+with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-reentrant-lock\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-reentrant-lock"
+Warn about a lock being acquired recursively. This flag is effective only
+with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-unsupported-lock-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-unsupported-lock-name"
+Warn about uses of unsupported lock names in attributes. This flag is effective
+only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR and disabled by default.
+.IP "\fBWthread-attr-bind-param\fR" 4
+.IX Item "Wthread-attr-bind-param"
+Make the thread safety analysis try to bind the function parameters used in
+the attributes. This flag is effective only with \fB\-Wthread\-safety\fR
+and enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
+Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of
+the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-parameter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-but-set-parameter"
+Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused
+(aside from its declaration).
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wunused\fR together with
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-but\-set\-variable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-but-set-variable"
+Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused
+(aside from its declaration).
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wunused\fR, which is enabled
+by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-function"
+Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
+non-inline static function is unused.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-label\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-label"
+Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-parameter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-parameter"
+Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-unused\-result\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-unused-result"
+Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute
+\&\f(CW\*(C`warn_unused_result\*(C'\fR does not use
+its return value. The default is \fB\-Wunused\-result\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-variable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-variable"
+Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
+aside from its declaration.
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.Sp
+To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
+.Sp
+Note that a classic way to avoid \fB\-Wunused\-variable\fR warning is
+using \f(CW\*(C`x = x\*(C'\fR, but that does not work with \fB\-Wself\-assign\fR.
+Use \f(CW\*(C`(void) x\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`static_cast<void>(x)\*(C'\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-value\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-value"
+Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not
+used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to
+\&\fBvoid\fR. This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand
+side of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For example,
+an expression such as \fBx[i,j]\fR will cause a warning, while
+\&\fBx[(void)i,j]\fR will not.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused"
+All the above \fB\-Wunused\fR options combined.
+.Sp
+In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
+either specify \fB\-Wextra \-Wunused\fR (note that \fB\-Wall\fR implies
+\&\fB\-Wunused\fR), or separately specify \fB\-Wunused\-parameter\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wuninitialized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wuninitialized"
+Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized
+or if a variable may be clobbered by a \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR call. In \*(C+,
+warn if a non-static reference or non-static \fBconst\fR member
+appears in a class without constructors.
+.Sp
+If you want to warn about code which uses the uninitialized value of the
+variable in its own initializer, use the \fB\-Winit\-self\fR option.
+.Sp
+These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
+elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for
+variables which are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole. They do
+not occur for variables or elements declared \f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR. Because
+these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
+for which there are warnings will depend on the precise optimization
+options and version of \s-1GCC\s0 used.
+.Sp
+Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
+to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
+computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
+are printed.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmaybe\-uninitialized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmaybe-uninitialized"
+For an automatic variable, if there exists a path from the function
+entry to a use of the variable that is initialized, but there exist
+some other paths the variable is not initialized, the compiler will
+emit a warning if it can not prove the uninitialized paths do not
+happen at runtime. These warnings are made optional because \s-1GCC\s0 is
+not smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
+despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
+this can happen:
+.Sp
+.Vb 12
+\& {
+\& int x;
+\& switch (y)
+\& {
+\& case 1: x = 1;
+\& break;
+\& case 2: x = 4;
+\& break;
+\& case 3: x = 5;
+\& }
+\& foo (x);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If the value of \f(CW\*(C`y\*(C'\fR is always 1, 2 or 3, then \f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is
+always initialized, but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know this. To suppress the
+warning, the user needs to provide a default case with \fIassert\fR\|(0) or
+similar code.
+.Sp
+This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
+changed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR. These warnings as well are possible
+only in optimizing compilation.
+.Sp
+The compiler sees only the calls to \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR. It cannot know
+where \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
+call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
+even when there is in fact no problem because \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR cannot
+in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
+.Sp
+Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
+you use that never return as \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR or \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunknown-pragmas"
+Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
+\&\s-1GCC\s0. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
+for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
+the warnings were only enabled by the \fB\-Wall\fR command line option.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pragmas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pragmas"
+Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
+invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also
+\&\fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-aliasing"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR is active.
+It warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
+compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all
+cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is
+included in \fB\-Wall\fR.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=3\fR
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-aliasing=n"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR is active.
+It warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
+compiler is using for optimization.
+Higher levels correspond to higher accuracy (fewer false positives).
+Higher levels also correspond to more effort, similar to the way \-O works.
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR is equivalent to \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing=n\fR,
+with n=3.
+.Sp
+Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate.
+Possibly useful when higher levels
+do not warn but \-fstrict\-aliasing still breaks the code, as it has very few
+false negatives. However, it has many false positives.
+Warns for all pointer conversions between possibly incompatible types,
+even if never dereferenced. Runs in the frontend only.
+.Sp
+Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise.
+May still have many false positives (not as many as level 1 though),
+and few false negatives (but possibly more than level 1).
+Unlike level 1, it only warns when an address is taken. Warns about
+incomplete types. Runs in the frontend only.
+.Sp
+Level 3 (default for \fB\-Wstrict\-aliasing\fR):
+Should have very few false positives and few false
+negatives. Slightly slower than levels 1 or 2 when optimization is enabled.
+Takes care of the common pun+dereference pattern in the frontend:
+\&\f(CW\*(C`*(int*)&some_float\*(C'\fR.
+If optimization is enabled, it also runs in the backend, where it deals
+with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information.
+Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced.
+Does not warn about incomplete types.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=n"
+.PD
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR is active.
+It warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the
+assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not
+warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it only warns
+about cases where the compiler implements some optimization. Thus
+this warning depends on the optimization level.
+.Sp
+An optimization which assumes that signed overflow does not occur is
+perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such that
+overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning can
+easily give a false positive: a warning about code which is not
+actually a problem. To help focus on important issues, several
+warning levels are defined. No warnings are issued for the use of
+undefined signed overflow when estimating how many iterations a loop
+will require, in particular when determining whether a loop will be
+executed at all.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=1"
+Warn about cases which are both questionable and easy to avoid. For
+example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 > x\*(C'\fR; with \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR, the
+compiler will simplify this to \f(CW1\fR. This level of
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR; higher levels
+are not, and must be explicitly requested.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=2"
+Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a
+constant. For example: \f(CW\*(C`abs (x) >= 0\*(C'\fR. This can only be
+simplified when \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR is in effect, because
+\&\f(CW\*(C`abs (INT_MIN)\*(C'\fR overflows to \f(CW\*(C`INT_MIN\*(C'\fR, which is less than
+zero. \fB\-Wstrict\-overflow\fR (with no level) is the same as
+\&\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=3"
+Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified. For
+example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 > 1\*(C'\fR will be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x > 0\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=4"
+Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases.
+For example: \f(CW\*(C`(x * 10) / 5\*(C'\fR will be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x * 2\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-overflow=5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-overflow=5"
+Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a
+constant involved in a comparison. For example: \f(CW\*(C`x + 2 > y\*(C'\fR will
+be simplified to \f(CW\*(C`x + 1 >= y\*(C'\fR. This is reported only at the
+highest warning level because this simplification applies to many
+comparisons, so this warning level will give a very large number of
+false positives.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=\fR[\fBpure\fR|\fBconst\fR|\fBnoreturn\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn]"
+Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The
+attributes currently supported are listed below.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=pure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=const\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+.IP "\fB\-Wsuggest\-attribute=noreturn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn"
+.PD
+Warn about functions which might be candidates for attributes
+\&\f(CW\*(C`pure\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR. The compiler only warns for
+functions visible in other compilation units or (in the case of \f(CW\*(C`pure\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR) if it cannot prove that the function returns normally. A function
+returns normally if it doesn't contain an infinite loop nor returns abnormally
+by throwing, calling \f(CW\*(C`abort()\*(C'\fR or trapping. This analysis requires option
+\&\fB\-fipa\-pure\-const\fR, which is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Warray\-bounds\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Warray-bounds"
+This option is only active when \fB\-ftree\-vrp\fR is active
+(default for \fB\-O2\fR and above). It warns about subscripts to arrays
+that are always out of bounds. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-div\-by\-zero\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-div-by-zero"
+Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating point
+division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of
+obtaining infinities and NaNs.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
+Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
+Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
+that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
+compiler output harder to read. Using this command line option tells
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user
+code. However, note that using \fB\-Wall\fR in conjunction with this
+option will \fInot\fR warn about unknown pragmas in system
+headers\-\-\-for that, \fB\-Wunknown\-pragmas\fR must also be used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrampolines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrampolines"
+.Vb 1
+\& Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.
+\&
+\& A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run
+\& time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and
+\& is used to call the nested function indirectly. For some targets, it
+\& is made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment. But,
+\& for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack
+\& to be made executable in order for the program to work properly.
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wfloat\-equal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wfloat-equal"
+Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.
+.Sp
+The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
+programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
+infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need
+to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
+likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
+when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
+different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
+would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
+this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
+probably mistaken.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
+equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which should be avoided.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.
+In traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals,
+but does not in \s-1ISO\s0 C.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
+Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive
+if the \fB#\fR appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
+\&\fB\-Wtraditional\fR warns about directives that traditional C
+understands but would ignore because the \fB#\fR does not appear as the
+first character on the line. It also suggests you hide directives like
+\&\fB#pragma\fR not understood by traditional C by indenting them. Some
+traditional implementations would not recognize \fB#elif\fR, so it
+suggests avoiding it altogether.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The unary plus operator.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The \fBU\fR integer constant suffix, or the \fBF\fR or \fBL\fR floating point
+constant suffixes. (Traditional C does support the \fBL\fR suffix on integer
+constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in the system
+headers of most modern systems, e.g. the \fB_MIN\fR/\fB_MAX\fR macros in \f(CW\*(C`<limits.h>\*(C'\fR.
+Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
+warnings, however \s-1GCC\s0's integrated preprocessor has enough context to
+avoid warning in these cases.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
+the block.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an operand of type \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A non\-\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR function declaration follows a \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR one.
+This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The \s-1ISO\s0 type of an integer constant has a different width or
+signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if
+the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which
+typically represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Usage of \s-1ISO\s0 string concatenation is detected.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Initialization of automatic aggregates.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate
+namespace for labels.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
+omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
+user code appears conditioned on e.g. \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STDC_\|_\*(C'\fR to avoid missing
+initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
+traditional C case.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values and vice
+versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional
+C would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible
+conversion warnings, for the full set use \fB\-Wtraditional\-conversion\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Use of \s-1ISO\s0 C style function definitions. This warning intentionally is
+\&\fInot\fR issued for prototype declarations or variadic functions
+because these \s-1ISO\s0 C features will appear in your code when using
+libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros, \f(CW\*(C`PARAMS\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`VPARAMS\*(C'\fR. This warning is also bypassed for nested functions
+because that feature is already a \s-1GCC\s0 extension and thus not relevant to
+traditional C compatibility.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\-conversion\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
+would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
+includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
+conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
+except when the same as the default promotion.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdeclaration\-after\-statement\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This
+construct, known from \*(C+, was introduced with \s-1ISO\s0 C99 and is by default
+allowed in \s-1GCC\s0. It is not supported by \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and was not supported by
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 versions before \s-1GCC\s0 3.0.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundef"
+Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an \fB#if\fR directive.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-endif\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-endif-labels"
+Do not warn whenever an \fB#else\fR or an \fB#endif\fR are followed by text.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow"
+Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable,
+parameter, type, or class member (in \*(C+), or whenever a built-in function
+is shadowed. Note that in \*(C+, the compiler will not warn if a local variable
+shadows a struct/class/enum, but will warn if it shadows an explicit typedef.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow-local"
+Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter.
+.IP "\fB\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wshadow-compatible-local"
+Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter
+whose type is compatible with that of the shadowing variable. In \*(C+,
+type compatibility here means the type of the shadowing variable can be
+converted to that of the shadowed variable. The creation of this flag
+(in addition to \fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR) is based on the idea that when
+a local variable shadows another one of incompatible type, it is most
+likely intentional, not a bug or typo, as shown in the following example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 8
+\& for (SomeIterator i = SomeObj.begin(); i != SomeObj.end(); ++i)
+\& {
+\& for (int i = 0; i < N; ++i)
+\& {
+\& ...
+\& }
+\& ...
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Since the two variable \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR in the example above have incompatible types,
+enabling only \fB\-Wshadow\-compatible\-local\fR will not emit a warning.
+Because their types are incompatible, if a programmer accidentally uses one
+in place of the other, type checking will catch that and emit an error or
+warning. So not warning (about shadowing) in this case will not lead to
+undetected bugs. Use of this flag instead of \fB\-Wshadow\-local\fR can
+possibly reduce the number of warnings triggered by intentional shadowing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlarger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlarger-than=len"
+Warn whenever an object of larger than \fIlen\fR bytes is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-Wframe\-larger\-than=\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wframe-larger-than=len"
+Warn if the size of a function frame is larger than \fIlen\fR bytes.
+The computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate
+and not conservative.
+The actual requirements may be somewhat greater than \fIlen\fR
+even if you do not get a warning. In addition, any space allocated
+via \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR, variable-length arrays, or related constructs
+is not included by the compiler when determining
+whether or not to issue a warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations"
+Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler could not
+assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR warn if the compiler made
+such assumptions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pedantic\-ms\-format\fR (MinGW targets only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)"
+Disables the warnings about non-ISO \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR / \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR format
+width specifiers \f(CW\*(C`I32\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`I64\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`I\*(C'\fR used on Windows targets
+depending on the \s-1MS\s0 runtime, when you are using the options \fB\-Wformat\fR
+and \fB\-pedantic\fR without gnu-extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpointer\-arith\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpointer-arith"
+Warn about anything that depends on the \*(L"size of\*(R" a function type or
+of \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR. \s-1GNU\s0 C assigns these types a size of 1, for
+convenience in calculations with \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR pointers and pointers
+to functions. In \*(C+, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves
+\&\f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-pedantic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtype\-limits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtype-limits"
+Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited
+range of the data type, but do not warn for constant expressions. For
+example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared against zero with
+\&\fB<\fR or \fB>=\fR. This warning is also enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wbad\-function\-cast\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
+For example, warn if \f(CW\*(C`int malloc()\*(C'\fR is cast to \f(CW\*(C`anything *\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wc++\-compat\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that are outside of the common subset of
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR to a pointer to non\-\f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR type.
+.IP "\fB\-Wc++0x\-compat\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wc++0x-compat ( and Objective- only)"
+Warn about \*(C+ constructs whose meaning differs between \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998 and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 200x, e.g., identifiers in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998 that will become keywords
+in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 200x. This warning is enabled by \fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcast\-qual\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcast-qual"
+Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
+the target type. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`const char *\*(C'\fR is cast
+to an ordinary \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Also warn when making a cast which introduces a type qualifier in an
+unsafe way. For example, casting \f(CW\*(C`char **\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`const char **\*(C'\fR
+is unsafe, as in this example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& /* p is char ** value. */
+\& const char **q = (const char **) p;
+\& /* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK. */
+\& *q = "string";
+\& /* Now char** pointer points to read\-only memory. */
+\& **p = \*(Aqb\*(Aq;
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wcast\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcast-align"
+Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
+target is increased. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR is cast to
+an \f(CW\*(C`int *\*(C'\fR on machines where integers can only be accessed at
+two\- or four-byte boundaries.
+.IP "\fB\-Wwrite\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wwrite-strings"
+When compiling C, give string constants the type \f(CW\*(C`const
+char[\f(CIlength\f(CW]\*(C'\fR so that copying the address of one into a
+non\-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR pointer will get a warning. These
+warnings will help you find at compile time code that can try to write
+into a string constant, but only if you have been very careful about
+using \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR in declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will
+just be a nuisance. This is why we did not make \fB\-Wall\fR request
+these warnings.
+.Sp
+When compiling \*(C+, warn about the deprecated conversion from string
+literals to \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR. This warning is enabled by default for \*(C+
+programs.
+.IP "\fB\-Wclobbered\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wclobbered"
+Warn for variables that might be changed by \fBlongjmp\fR or
+\&\fBvfork\fR. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wconversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wconversion"
+Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes
+conversions between real and integer, like \f(CW\*(C`abs (x)\*(C'\fR when
+\&\f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR; conversions between signed and unsigned,
+like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned ui = \-1\*(C'\fR; and conversions to smaller types, like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sqrtf (M_PI)\*(C'\fR. Do not warn for explicit casts like \f(CW\*(C`abs
+((int) x)\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ui = (unsigned) \-1\*(C'\fR, or if the value is not
+changed by the conversion like in \f(CW\*(C`abs (2.0)\*(C'\fR. Warnings about
+conversions between signed and unsigned integers can be disabled by
+using \fB\-Wno\-sign\-conversion\fR.
+.Sp
+For \*(C+, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-defined
+conversions; and conversions that will never use a type conversion
+operator: conversions to \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR, the same type, a base class or a
+reference to them. Warnings about conversions between signed and
+unsigned integers are disabled by default in \*(C+ unless
+\&\fB\-Wsign\-conversion\fR is explicitly enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-conversion\-null\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-conversion-null ( and Objective- only)"
+Do not warn for conversions between \f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'\fR and non-pointer
+types. \fB\-Wconversion\-null\fR is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Wreal\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wreal-conversion"
+Warn for implicit type conversions from real (\f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR)
+to integral values.
+.IP "\fB\-Wempty\-body\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wempty-body"
+Warn if an empty body occurs in an \fBif\fR, \fBelse\fR or \fBdo
+while\fR statement. This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wenum\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wenum-compare"
+Warn about a comparison between values of different enum types. In \*(C+
+this warning is enabled by default. In C this warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init\fR (C, Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a \f(CW\*(C`goto\*(C'\fR statement or a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement jumps
+forward across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a
+label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns about
+variables which are initialized when they are declared. This warning is
+only supported for C and Objective C; in \*(C+ this sort of branch is an
+error in any case.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Wjump\-misses\-init\fR is included in \fB\-Wc++\-compat\fR. It
+can be disabled with the \fB\-Wno\-jump\-misses\-init\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-compare"
+Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
+an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR; to get the other warnings
+of \fB\-Wextra\fR without this warning, use \fB\-Wextra \-Wno\-sign\-compare\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsign\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsign-conversion"
+Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer
+value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned
+integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning. In C, this
+option is enabled also by \fB\-Wconversion\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Waddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Waddress"
+Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using
+the address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void func(void); if (func)\*(C'\fR, and comparisons against the memory
+address of a string literal, such as \f(CW\*(C`if (x == "abc")\*(C'\fR. Such
+uses typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function
+always evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually
+indicate that the programmer forgot the parentheses in a function
+call; and comparisons against string literals result in unspecified
+behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate that the
+programmer intended to use \f(CW\*(C`strcmp\*(C'\fR. This warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlogical\-op\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlogical-op"
+Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions.
+This includes using logical operators in contexts where a
+bit-wise operator is likely to be expected.
+.IP "\fB\-Waggregate\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Waggregate-return"
+Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
+called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
+a warning.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-attributes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-attributes"
+Do not warn if an unexpected \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_\*(C'\fR is used, such as
+unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
+etc. This will not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
+attributes.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-builtin\-macro\-redefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-builtin-macro-redefined"
+Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This suppresses
+warnings for redefinition of \f(CW\*(C`_\|_TIMESTAMP_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_TIME_\|_\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_DATE_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_FILE_\|_\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BASE_FILE_\|_\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstrict\-prototypes\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
+argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
+a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
+types.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-declaration\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a
+declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR are not the first things in a declaration. This warning
+is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wold\-style\-definition\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given
+even if there is a previous prototype.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-parameter\-type\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)"
+A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R\-style
+functions:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& void foo(bar) { }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is also enabled by \fB\-Wextra\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-prototypes\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
+declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
+provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
+to be declared in header files.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-declarations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-declarations"
+Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
+Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
+Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
+header files. In \*(C+, no warnings are issued for function templates,
+or for inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-field\-initializers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-field-initializers"
+Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For
+example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
+\&\f(CW\*(C`x.h\*(C'\fR is implicitly zero:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct s { int f, g, h; };
+\& struct s x = { 3, 4 };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the following
+modification would not trigger a warning:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& struct s { int f, g, h; };
+\& struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is included in \fB\-Wextra\fR. To get other \fB\-Wextra\fR
+warnings without this one, use \fB\-Wextra \-Wno\-missing\-field\-initializers\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wmissing\-format\-attribute\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wmissing-format-attribute"
+Warn about function pointers which might be candidates for \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR
+attributes. Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will guess that function pointers with \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes that
+are used in assignment, initialization, parameter passing or return
+statements should have a corresponding \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attribute in the
+resulting type. I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or
+initialization, the type of the parameter variable, or the return type
+of the containing function respectively should also have a \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR
+attribute to avoid the warning.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will also warn about function definitions which might be
+candidates for \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes. Again, these are only
+possible candidates. \s-1GCC\s0 will guess that \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes
+might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vprintf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`vscanf\*(C'\fR, but this might not always be the
+case, and some functions for which \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes are
+appropriate may not be detected.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-multichar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-multichar"
+Do not warn if a multicharacter constant (\fB'\s-1FOOF\s0'\fR) is used.
+Usually they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have
+implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable code.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>"
+In \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, two identifiers are different if they are
+different sequences of characters. However, sometimes when characters
+outside the basic \s-1ASCII\s0 character set are used, you can have two
+different character sequences that look the same. To avoid confusion,
+the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 standard sets out some \fInormalization rules\fR which
+when applied ensure that two sequences that look the same are turned into
+the same sequence. \s-1GCC\s0 can warn you if you are using identifiers which
+have not been normalized; this option controls that warning.
+.Sp
+There are four levels of warning that \s-1GCC\s0 supports. The default is
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=nfc\fR, which warns about any identifier which is
+not in the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 \*(L"C\*(R" normalized form, \fI\s-1NFC\s0\fR. \s-1NFC\s0 is the
+recommended form for most uses.
+.Sp
+Unfortunately, there are some characters which \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ allow
+in identifiers that when turned into \s-1NFC\s0 aren't allowable as
+identifiers. That is, there's no way to use these symbols in portable
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C or \*(C+ and have all your identifiers in \s-1NFC\s0.
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=id\fR suppresses the warning for these characters.
+It is hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
+this, which is why this option is not the default.
+.Sp
+You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=none\fR. You would only want to do this if you
+were using some other normalization scheme (like \*(L"D\*(R"), because
+otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.
+.Sp
+Some characters in \s-1ISO\s0 10646 have distinct meanings but look identical
+in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once formatting has
+been applied. For instance \f(CW\*(C`\eu207F\*(C'\fR, \*(L"\s-1SUPERSCRIPT\s0 \s-1LATIN\s0 \s-1SMALL\s0
+\&\s-1LETTER\s0 N\*(R", will display just like a regular \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR which has been
+placed in a superscript. \s-1ISO\s0 10646 defines the \fI\s-1NFKC\s0\fR
+normalization scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
+well, and \s-1GCC\s0 will warn if your code is not in \s-1NFKC\s0 if you use
+\&\fB\-Wnormalized=nfkc\fR. This warning is comparable to warning
+about every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
+confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
+useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment is
+unable to be fixed to display these characters distinctly.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-deprecated\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-deprecated"
+Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-deprecated\-declarations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"
+Do not warn about uses of functions,
+variables, and types marked as deprecated by using the \f(CW\*(C`deprecated\*(C'\fR
+attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-overflow"
+Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverride\-init\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when
+using designated initializers.
+.Sp
+This warning is included in \fB\-Wextra\fR. To get other
+\&\fB\-Wextra\fR warnings without this one, use \fB\-Wextra
+\&\-Wno\-override\-init\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpacked\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpacked"
+Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
+attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
+Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
+instance, in this code, the variable \f(CW\*(C`f.x\*(C'\fR in \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR
+will be misaligned even though \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR does not itself
+have the packed attribute:
+.Sp
+.Vb 8
+\& struct foo {
+\& int x;
+\& char a, b, c, d;
+\& } _\|_attribute_\|_((packed));
+\& struct bar {
+\& char z;
+\& struct foo f;
+\& };
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wpacked\-bitfield\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpacked-bitfield-compat"
+The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of \s-1GCC\s0 ignore the \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR attribute
+on bit-fields of type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR. This has been fixed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4 but
+the change can lead to differences in the structure layout. \s-1GCC\s0
+informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
+For example there is no longer a 4\-bit padding between field \f(CW\*(C`a\*(C'\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`b\*(C'\fR in this structure:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& struct foo
+\& {
+\& char a:4;
+\& char b:8;
+\& } _\|_attribute_\|_ ((packed));
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This warning is enabled by default. Use
+\&\fB\-Wno\-packed\-bitfield\-compat\fR to disable this warning.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpadded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpadded"
+Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element
+of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this
+happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
+reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-Wredundant\-decls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wredundant-decls"
+Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
+cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wnested\-externs\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn if an \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR declaration is encountered within a function.
+.IP "\fB\-Winline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Winline"
+Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline.
+Even with this option, the compiler will not warn about failures to
+inline functions declared in system headers.
+.Sp
+The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or not
+to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into account
+the size of the function being inlined and the amount of inlining
+that has already been done in the current function. Therefore,
+seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the
+warnings produced by \fB\-Winline\fR to appear or disappear.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-invalid\-offsetof\fR (\*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-invalid-offsetof ( and Objective- only)"
+Suppress warnings from applying the \fBoffsetof\fR macro to a non-POD
+type. According to the 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard, applying \fBoffsetof\fR
+to a non-POD type is undefined. In existing \*(C+ implementations,
+however, \fBoffsetof\fR typically gives meaningful results even when
+applied to certain kinds of non-POD types. (Such as a simple
+\&\fBstruct\fR that fails to be a \s-1POD\s0 type only by virtue of having a
+constructor.) This flag is for users who are aware that they are
+writing nonportable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore the
+warning about it.
+.Sp
+The restrictions on \fBoffsetof\fR may be relaxed in a future version
+of the \*(C+ standard.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-int\-to\-pointer\-cast\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast"
+Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a
+different size. In \*(C+, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is
+an error. \fBWint-to-pointer-cast\fR is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fBmax-lipo-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-lipo-mem"
+When importing auxiliary modules during profile-use, check current
+memory consumption after parsing each auxiliary module. If it exceeds
+this limit (specified in kb), don't import any more auxiliary modules.
+Specifying a value of 0 means don't enforce this limit. This parameter
+is only useful when using \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fripa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-pointer\-to\-int\-cast\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)"
+Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
+different size.
+.IP "\fB\-Winvalid\-pch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Winvalid-pch"
+Warn if a precompiled header is found in
+the search path but can't be used.
+.IP "\fB\-Wlong\-long\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wlong-long"
+Warn if \fBlong long\fR type is used. This is enabled by either
+\&\fB\-pedantic\fR or \fB\-Wtraditional\fR in \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and \*(C+98
+modes. To inhibit the warning messages, use \fB\-Wno\-long\-long\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvariadic\-macros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvariadic-macros"
+Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C90 mode, or the \s-1GNU\s0
+alternate syntax when in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C99 mode. This is default.
+To inhibit the warning messages, use \fB\-Wno\-variadic\-macros\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvla\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvla"
+Warn if variable length array is used in the code.
+\&\fB\-Wno\-vla\fR will prevent the \fB\-pedantic\fR warning of
+the variable length array.
+.IP "\fB\-Wvolatile\-register\-var\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wvolatile-register-var"
+Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile
+modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads
+and/or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wdisabled\-optimization\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wdisabled-optimization"
+Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does
+not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it
+merely indicates that \s-1GCC\s0's optimizers were unable to handle the code
+effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
+complex; \s-1GCC\s0 will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization
+itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
+.IP "\fB\-Wpointer\-sign\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)"
+Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness.
+This option is only supported for C and Objective-C. It is implied by
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR and by \fB\-pedantic\fR, which can be disabled with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-pointer\-sign\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wstack\-protector\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wstack-protector"
+This option is only active when \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR is active. It
+warns about functions that will not be protected against stack smashing.
+.IP "\fB\-Wno\-mudflap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wno-mudflap"
+Suppress warnings about constructs that cannot be instrumented by
+\&\fB\-fmudflap\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Woverlength\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Woverlength-strings"
+Warn about string constants which are longer than the \*(L"minimum
+maximum\*(R" length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers
+generally allow string constants which are much longer than the
+standard's minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid
+using longer strings.
+.Sp
+The limit applies \fIafter\fR string constant concatenation, and does
+not count the trailing \s-1NUL\s0. In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in
+C99, it was raised to 4095. \*(C+98 does not specify a normative
+minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in \*(C+.
+.Sp
+This option is implied by \fB\-pedantic\fR, and can be disabled with
+\&\fB\-Wno\-overlength\-strings\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunsuffixed\-float\-constants\fR (C and Objective-C only)" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have
+a suffix. When used together with \fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR it will
+warn about such constants in system header files. This can be useful
+when preparing code to use with the \f(CW\*(C`FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64\*(C'\fR pragma
+from the decimal floating-point extension to C99.
+.SS "Options for Debugging Your Program or \s-1GCC\s0"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 has various special options that are used for debugging
+either your program or \s-1GCC:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
+(stabs, \s-1COFF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0, or \s-1DWARF\s0 2). \s-1GDB\s0 can work with this debugging
+information.
+.Sp
+On most systems that use stabs format, \fB\-g\fR enables use of extra
+debugging information that only \s-1GDB\s0 can use; this extra information
+makes debugging work better in \s-1GDB\s0 but will probably make other debuggers
+crash or
+refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
+to generate the extra information, use \fB\-gstabs+\fR, \fB\-gstabs\fR,
+\&\fB\-gxcoff+\fR, \fB\-gxcoff\fR, or \fB\-gvms\fR (see below).
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 allows you to use \fB\-g\fR with
+\&\fB\-O\fR. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
+produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
+at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
+some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
+results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
+execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
+.Sp
+Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
+it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
+.Sp
+The following options are useful when \s-1GCC\s0 is generated with the
+capability for more than one debugging format.
+.IP "\fB\-ggdb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ggdb"
+Produce debugging information for use by \s-1GDB\s0. This means to use the
+most expressive format available (\s-1DWARF\s0 2, stabs, or the native format
+if neither of those are supported), including \s-1GDB\s0 extensions if at all
+possible.
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabs"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+without \s-1GDB\s0 extensions. This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on most \s-1BSD\s0
+systems. On \s-1MIPS\s0, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
+produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by \s-1DBX\s0 or \s-1SDB\s0.
+On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+for only symbols that are actually used.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-class\-debug\-always\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-class-debug-always"
+Instead of emitting debugging information for a \*(C+ class in only one
+object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option
+should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way \s-1GCC\s0
+normally emits debugging information for classes because using this
+option will increase the size of debugging information by as much as a
+factor of two.
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabs+"
+Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
+use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
+refuse to read the program.
+.IP "\fB\-gcoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gcoff"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1COFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
+This is the format used by \s-1SDB\s0 on most System V systems prior to
+System V Release 4.
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcoff"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
+This is the format used by the \s-1DBX\s0 debugger on \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcoff+"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported),
+using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
+use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
+refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the \s-1GNU\s0
+assembler (\s-1GAS\s0) to fail with an error.
+.IP "\fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gdwarf-version"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 format (if that is
+supported). This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on \s-1IRIX\s0 6. The value
+of \fIversion\fR may be either 2, 3 or 4; the default version is 2.
+.Sp
+Note that with \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 some ports require, and will always
+use, some non-conflicting \s-1DWARF\s0 3 extensions in the unwind tables.
+.Sp
+Version 4 may require \s-1GDB\s0 7.0 and \fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR
+for maximum benefit.
+.IP "\fB\-gstrict\-dwarf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstrict-dwarf"
+Disallow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected
+with \fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR. On most targets using non-conflicting
+\&\s-1DWARF\s0 extensions from later standard versions is allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-gno\-strict\-dwarf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gno-strict-dwarf"
+Allow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected with
+\&\fB\-gdwarf\-\fR\fIversion\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-gvms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gvms"
+Produce debugging information in \s-1VMS\s0 debug format (if that is
+supported). This is the format used by \s-1DEBUG\s0 on \s-1VMS\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-glevel"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ggdb\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ggdblevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gstabs\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gstabslevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gcofflevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gxcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gxcofflevel"
+.IP "\fB\-gvms\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gvmslevel"
+.PD
+Request debugging information and also use \fIlevel\fR to specify how
+much information. The default level is 2.
+.Sp
+Level 0 produces no debug information at all. Thus, \fB\-g0\fR negates
+\&\fB\-g\fR.
+.Sp
+Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
+parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
+descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
+about local variables and no line numbers.
+.Sp
+Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
+present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
+you use \fB\-g3\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-gdwarf\-2\fR does not accept a concatenated debug level, because
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 used to support an option \fB\-gdwarf\fR that meant to generate
+debug information in version 1 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 format (which is very
+different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing. That
+debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed now.
+Instead use an additional \fB\-g\fR\fIlevel\fR option to change the
+debug level for \s-1DWARF\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-gmlt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gmlt"
+Produce a minimal line table, with level 1 debugging information plus
+information about inlined functions and line numbers.
+.IP "\fB\-gtoggle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gtoggle"
+Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option would have
+generated it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of this
+argument in the command line does not matter, it takes effect after all
+other options are processed, and it does so only once, no matter how
+many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be used with
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-final\-insns\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-final-insns[=file]"
+Dump the final internal representation (\s-1RTL\s0) to \fIfile\fR. If the
+optional argument is omitted (or if \fIfile\fR is \f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR), the name
+of the dump file will be determined by appending \f(CW\*(C`.gkd\*(C'\fR to the
+compilation output file name.
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR[\fB=\fR\fIopts\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-debug[=opts]"
+If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time,
+adding \fIopts\fR and \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second\fR to the arguments
+passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal
+representation in both compilations, and print an error if they differ.
+.Sp
+If the equal sign is omitted, the default \fB\-gtoggle\fR is used.
+.Sp
+The environment variable \fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR, if defined, non-empty
+and nonzero, implicitly enables \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR. If
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR is defined to a string starting with a dash,
+then it is used for \fIopts\fR, otherwise the default \fB\-gtoggle\fR
+is used.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fcompare\-debug=\fR, with the equal sign but without \fIopts\fR,
+is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-compare\-debug\fR, which disables the dumping
+of the final representation and the second compilation, preventing even
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR from taking effect.
+.Sp
+To verify full coverage during \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR testing, set
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR to say \fB\-fcompare\-debug\-not\-overridden\fR,
+which \s-1GCC\s0 will reject as an invalid option in any actual compilation
+(rather than preprocessing, assembly or linking). To get just a
+warning, setting \fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0\fR to \fB\-w%n\-fcompare\-debug
+not overridden\fR will do.
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-debug\-second\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-debug-second"
+This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second
+compilation requested by \fB\-fcompare\-debug\fR, along with options to
+silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause
+side-effect compiler outputs to files or to the standard output. Dump
+files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as to contain the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.gk\*(C'\fR additional extension during the second compilation, to avoid
+overwriting those generated by the first.
+.Sp
+When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the
+\&\fIfirst\fR compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little
+other than debugging the compiler proper.
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-dwarf2\-dups\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-dwarf2-dups"
+Compress \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information by eliminating duplicated
+information about each symbol. This option only makes sense when
+generating \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information with \fB\-gdwarf\-2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-baseonly"
+Emit debug information for struct-like types
+only when the base name of the compilation source file
+matches the base name of file in which the struct was defined.
+.Sp
+This option substantially reduces the size of debugging information,
+but at significant potential loss in type information to the debugger.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR for a less aggressive option.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR for more detailed control.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-reduced"
+Emit debug information for struct-like types
+only when the base name of the compilation source file
+matches the base name of file in which the type was defined,
+unless the struct is a template or defined in a system header.
+.Sp
+This option significantly reduces the size of debugging information,
+with some potential loss in type information to the debugger.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR for a more aggressive option.
+See \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR for more detailed control.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR[\fB=\fR\fIspec-list\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]"
+Specify the struct-like types
+for which the compiler will generate debug information.
+The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information
+between different object files within the same program.
+.Sp
+This option is a detailed version of
+\&\fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-reduced\fR and \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-baseonly\fR,
+which will serve for most needs.
+.Sp
+A specification has the syntax[\fBdir:\fR|\fBind:\fR][\fBord:\fR|\fBgen:\fR](\fBany\fR|\fBsys\fR|\fBbase\fR|\fBnone\fR)
+.Sp
+The optional first word limits the specification to
+structs that are used directly (\fBdir:\fR) or used indirectly (\fBind:\fR).
+A struct type is used directly when it is the type of a variable, member.
+Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs.
+That is, when use of an incomplete struct would be legal, the use is indirect.
+An example is
+\&\fBstruct one direct; struct two * indirect;\fR.
+.Sp
+The optional second word limits the specification to
+ordinary structs (\fBord:\fR) or generic structs (\fBgen:\fR).
+Generic structs are a bit complicated to explain.
+For \*(C+, these are non-explicit specializations of template classes,
+or non-template classes within the above.
+Other programming languages have generics,
+but \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed\fR does not yet implement them.
+.Sp
+The third word specifies the source files for those
+structs for which the compiler will emit debug information.
+The values \fBnone\fR and \fBany\fR have the normal meaning.
+The value \fBbase\fR means that
+the base of name of the file in which the type declaration appears
+must match the base of the name of the main compilation file.
+In practice, this means that
+types declared in \fIfoo.c\fR and \fIfoo.h\fR will have debug information,
+but types declared in other header will not.
+The value \fBsys\fR means those types satisfying \fBbase\fR
+or declared in system or compiler headers.
+.Sp
+You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your application.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-femit\-struct\-debug\-detailed=all\fR.
+.Sp
+This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
+.IP "\fB\-fenable\-icf\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fenable-icf-debug"
+Generate additional debug information to support identical code folding (\s-1ICF\s0).
+This option only works with \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-merge\-debug\-strings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-merge-debug-strings"
+Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging
+information which are identical in different object files. Merging is
+not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases the size
+of the debug information in the output file at the cost of increasing
+link processing time. Merging is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fdebug\-prefix\-map=\fR\fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdebug-prefix-map=old=new"
+When compiling files in directory \fI\fIold\fI\fR, record debugging
+information describing them as in \fI\fInew\fI\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-dwarf2\-cfi\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm"
+Emit \s-1DWARF\s0 2 unwind info as compiler generated \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame\*(C'\fR section
+instead of using \s-1GAS\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.cfi_*\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
+analysis program \fBprof\fR. You must use this option when compiling
+the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
+linking.
+.IP "\fB\-pg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pg"
+Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
+analysis program \fBgprof\fR. You must use this option when compiling
+the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
+linking.
+.IP "\fB\-Q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Q"
+Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
+print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-ftime\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftime-report"
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
+pass when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-fmem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmem-report"
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
+allocation when it finishes.
+.IP "\fB\-fpre\-ipa\-mem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpre-ipa-mem-report"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fpost\-ipa\-mem\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpost-ipa-mem-report"
+.PD
+Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
+allocation before or after interprocedural optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-usage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-usage"
+Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a
+per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by appending
+\&\fI.su\fR to the \fIauxname\fR. \fIauxname\fR is generated from the name of
+the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an executable,
+otherwise it is the basename of the source file. An entry is made up
+of three fields:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The name of the function.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A number of bytes.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+One or more qualifiers: \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`dynamic\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bounded\*(C'\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The qualifier \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR means that the function manipulates the stack
+statically: a fixed number of bytes are allocated for the frame on function
+entry and released on function exit; no stack adjustments are otherwise made
+in the function. The second field is this fixed number of bytes.
+.Sp
+The qualifier \f(CW\*(C`dynamic\*(C'\fR means that the function manipulates the stack
+dynamically: in addition to the static allocation described above, stack
+adjustments are made in the body of the function, for example to push/pop
+arguments around function calls. If the qualifier \f(CW\*(C`bounded\*(C'\fR is also
+present, the amount of these adjustments is bounded at compile-time and
+the second field is an upper bound of the total amount of stack used by
+the function. If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is
+not bounded at compile-time and the second field only represents the
+bounded part.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-arcs"
+Add code so that program flow \fIarcs\fR are instrumented. During
+execution the program records how many times each branch and call is
+executed and how many times it is taken or returns. When the compiled
+program exits it saves this data to a file called
+\&\fI\fIauxname\fI.gcda\fR for each source file. The data may be used for
+profile-directed optimizations (\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR), or for
+test coverage analysis (\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR). Each object file's
+\&\fIauxname\fR is generated from the name of the output file, if
+explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is
+the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is removed
+(e.g. \fIfoo.gcda\fR for input file \fIdir/foo.c\fR, or
+\&\fIdir/foo.gcda\fR for output file specified as \fB\-o dir/foo.o\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-\-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--coverage"
+This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage
+analysis. The option is a synonym for \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+\&\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR (when compiling) and \fB\-lgcov\fR (when
+linking). See the documentation for those options for more details.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Compile the source files with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR plus optimization
+and code generation options. For test coverage analysis, use the
+additional \fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR option. You do not need to profile
+every source file in a program.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Link your object files with \fB\-lgcov\fR or \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+(the latter implies the former).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Run the program on a representative workload to generate the arc profile
+information. This may be repeated any number of times. You can run
+concurrent instances of your program, and provided that the file system
+supports locking, the data files will be correctly updated. Also
+\&\f(CW\*(C`fork\*(C'\fR calls are detected and correctly handled (double counting
+will not happen).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files again with
+the same optimization and code generation options plus
+\&\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For test coverage analysis, use \fBgcov\fR to produce human readable
+information from the \fI.gcno\fR and \fI.gcda\fR files. Refer to the
+\&\fBgcov\fR documentation for further information.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, for each function of your program \s-1GCC\s0
+creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.
+Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the
+compiler adds code to count the number of times that these arcs are
+executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a block, the
+instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic
+block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftest-coverage"
+Produce a notes file that the \fBgcov\fR code-coverage utility can use to
+show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called
+\&\fI\fIauxname\fI.gcno\fR. Refer to the \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR option
+above for a description of \fIauxname\fR and instructions on how to
+generate test coverage data. Coverage data will match the source files
+more closely, if you do not optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-fdbg\-cnt\-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdbg-cnt-list"
+Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.
+.IP "\fB\-fdbg\-cnt=\fR\fIcounter-value-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list"
+Set the internal debug counter upper bound. \fIcounter-value-list\fR
+is a comma-separated list of \fIname\fR:\fIvalue\fR pairs
+which sets the upper bound of each debug counter \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
+All debug counters have the initial upper bound of \fI\s-1UINT_MAX\s0\fR,
+thus \fIdbg_cnt()\fR returns true always unless the upper bound is set by this option.
+e.g. With \-fdbg\-cnt=dce:10,tail_call:0
+dbg_cnt(dce) will return true only for first 10 invocations
+.IP "\fB\-fenable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fenable-kind-pass"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdisable\-\fR\fIkind\fR\fB\-\fR\fIpass\fR\fB=\fR\fIrange-list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdisable-kind-pass=range-list"
+.PD
+This is a set of debugging options that are used to explicitly disable/enable
+optimization passes. For compiler users, regular options for enabling/disabling
+passes should be used instead.
+.RS 4
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-ipa\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-ipa-pass>"
+Disable ipa pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Disable rtl pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1. \fIrange-list\fR is a comma
+seperated list of function ranges or assembler names. Each range is a number
+pair seperated by a colon. The range is inclusive in both ends. If the range
+is trivial, the number pair can be simplified as a single number. If the
+function's cgraph node's \fIuid\fR is falling within one of the specified ranges,
+the \fIpass\fR is disabled for that function. The \fIuid\fR is shown in the
+function header of a dump file, and the pass names can be dumped by using
+option \fB\-fdump\-passes\fR.
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fdisable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Disable tree pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for the description of
+option arguments.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-ipa\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-ipa-pass>"
+Enable ipa pass \fIpass\fR. \fIpass\fR is the pass name. If the same pass is
+statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
+appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-rtl\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Enable rtl pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for option argument
+description and examples.
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<\-fenable\-tree\-\fIpass\fR=\fIrange-list\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass=range-list>"
+.PD
+Enable tree pass \fIpass\fR. See \fB\-fdisable\-rtl\fR for the description
+of option arguments.
+.Sp
+.Vb 10
+\& # disable ccp1 for all functions
+\& \-fdisable\-tree\-ccp1
+\& # disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1
+\& \-fenable\-tree\-cunroll=1
+\& # disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1],
+\& # [300,400], and [400,1000]
+\& # disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2
+\& \-fdisable\-rtl\-gcse2=foo,foo2
+\& # disable early inlining
+\& \-fdisable\-tree\-einline
+\& # disable ipa inlining
+\& \-fdisable\-ipa\-inline
+\& # enable tree full unroll
+\& \-fenable\-tree\-unroll
+.Ve
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR\fIletters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dletters"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-pass"
+.PD
+Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
+\&\fIletters\fR. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the
+compiler. The file names for most of the dumps are made by appending
+a pass number and a word to the \fIdumpname\fR, and the files are
+created in the directory of the output file. Note that the pass
+number is computed statically as passes get registered into the pass
+manager. Thus the numbering is not related to the dynamic order of
+execution of passes. In particular, a pass installed by a plugin
+could have a number over 200 even if it executed quite early.
+\&\fIdumpname\fR is generated from the name of the output file, if
+explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the
+basename of the source file. These switches may have different effects
+when \fB\-E\fR is used for preprocessing.
+.Sp
+Debug dumps can be enabled with a \fB\-fdump\-rtl\fR switch or some
+\&\fB\-d\fR option \fIletters\fR. Here are the possible
+letters for use in \fIpass\fR and \fIletters\fR, and their meanings:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-alignments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-alignments"
+Dump after branch alignments have been computed.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-asmcons\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-asmcons"
+Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out constraints.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-auto_inc_dec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec"
+Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on
+architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-barriers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-barriers"
+Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bbpart\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bbpart"
+Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bbro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bbro"
+Dump after block reordering.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-btl1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-btl2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-btl2\fR enable dumping
+after the two branch
+target load optimization passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-bypass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-bypass"
+Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-combine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-combine"
+Dump after the \s-1RTL\s0 instruction combination pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-compgotos\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-compgotos"
+Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce2"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ce3"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce1\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce2\fR, and
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ce3\fR enable dumping after the three
+if conversion passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cprop_hardreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg"
+Dump after hard register copy propagation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-csa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-csa"
+Dump after combining stack adjustments.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cse1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-cse2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-cse2\fR enable dumping after
+the two common sub-expression elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce"
+Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dbr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dbr"
+Dump after delayed branch scheduling.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dce2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dce2\fR enable dumping after
+the two dead store elimination passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-eh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-eh"
+Dump after finalization of \s-1EH\s0 handling code.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-eh_ranges\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-eh_ranges"
+Dump after conversion of \s-1EH\s0 handling range regions.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-expand\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-expand"
+Dump after \s-1RTL\s0 generation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-fwprop2\fR enable
+dumping after the two forward propagation passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-gcse2\fR enable dumping
+after global common subexpression elimination.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-init\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-init-regs"
+Dump after the initialization of the registers.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-initvals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-initvals"
+Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-into_cfglayout\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout"
+Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-ira\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-ira"
+Dump after iterated register allocation.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-jump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-jump"
+Dump after the second jump optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-loop2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-loop2"
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-loop2\fR enables dumping after the rtl
+loop optimization passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mach\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-mach"
+Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that
+pass exists.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mode_sw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-mode_sw"
+Dump after removing redundant mode switches.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-rnreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-rnreg"
+Dump after register renumbering.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-outof_cfglayout\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout"
+Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-peephole2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-peephole2"
+Dump after the peephole pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-postreload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-postreload"
+Dump after post-reload optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-pro_and_epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue"
+Dump after generating the function pro and epilogues.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-regmove\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-regmove"
+Dump after the register move pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sched1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sched2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR enable dumping
+after the basic block scheduling passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-see\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-see"
+Dump after sign extension elimination.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-seqabstr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-seqabstr"
+Dump after common sequence discovery.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-shorten\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-shorten"
+Dump after shortening branches.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sibling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sibling"
+Dump after sibling call optimizations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split2"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split3"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split4"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-split5"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split1\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split2\fR,
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split3\fR, \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split4\fR and
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-split5\fR enable dumping after five rounds of
+instruction splitting.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-sms"
+Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some
+architectures.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-stack"
+Dump after conversion from \s-1GCC\s0's \*(L"flat register file\*(R" registers to the
+x87's stack-like registers. This pass is only run on x86 variants.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg2"
+.PD
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subreg2\fR enable dumping after
+the two subreg expansion passes.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-unshare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-unshare"
+Dump after all rtl has been unshared.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-vartrack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-vartrack"
+Dump after variable tracking.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-vregs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-vregs"
+Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-web\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-web"
+Dump after live range splitting.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-regclass\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-regclass"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subregs_of_mode_init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-subregs_of_mode_finish\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dfinit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinit"
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-dfinish\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinish"
+.PD
+These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-rtl-all"
+Produce all the dumps listed above.
+.IP "\fB\-dA\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dA"
+Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
+.IP "\fB\-dD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dD"
+Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
+normal output.
+.IP "\fB\-dH\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dH"
+Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
+.IP "\fB\-dm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dm"
+Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
+standard error.
+.IP "\fB\-dp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dp"
+Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
+pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
+also printed.
+.IP "\fB\-dP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dP"
+Dump the \s-1RTL\s0 in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
+Also turns on \fB\-dp\fR annotation.
+.IP "\fB\-dv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dv"
+For each of the other indicated dump files (\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-\fR\fIpass\fR),
+dump a representation of the control flow graph suitable for viewing with \s-1VCG\s0
+to \fI\fIfile\fI.\fIpass\fI.vcg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-dx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dx"
+Just generate \s-1RTL\s0 for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
+with \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-expand\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-noaddr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-noaddr"
+When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it more
+feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
+different compiler binaries and/or different
+text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-unnumbered\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-unnumbered"
+When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output.
+This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler
+invocations with different options, in particular with and without
+\&\fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-unnumbered\-links\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-unnumbered-links"
+When doing debugging dumps (see \fB\-d\fR option above), suppress
+instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next instructions
+in a sequence.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-translation\-unit\fR (\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-translation-unit ( only)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-translation\-unit\-\fR\fIoptions\fR\fB \fR(\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-translation-unit-options ( only)"
+.PD
+Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
+unit to a file. The file name is made by appending \fI.tu\fR to the
+source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the
+output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form is used, \fIoptions\fR
+controls the details of the dump as described for the
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\fR (\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy ( only)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-class\-hierarchy\-\fR\fIoptions\fR\fB \fR(\*(C+ only)" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy-options ( only)"
+.PD
+Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual function
+table layout to a file. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.class\fR to the source file name, and the file is created in the
+same directory as the output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form
+is used, \fIoptions\fR controls the details of the dump as described
+for the \fB\-fdump\-tree\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-ipa\-\fR\fIswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-ipa-switch"
+Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
+language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
+switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created
+in the same directory as the output file. The following dumps are
+possible:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.
+.IP "\fBcgraph\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cgraph"
+Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal,
+and inlining decisions.
+.IP "\fBinline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "inline"
+Dump after function inlining.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-passes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-passes"
+Dump the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by
+the current command line options.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-statistics\-\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-statistics-option"
+Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file. The
+file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in
+\&\fB.statistics\fR to the source file name, and the file is created in
+the same directory as the output file. If the \fB\-\fR\fIoption\fR
+form is used, \fB\-stats\fR will cause counters to be summed over the
+whole compilation unit while \fB\-details\fR will dump every event as
+the passes generate them. The default with no option is to sum
+counters for each function compiled.
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-tree\-\fR\fIswitch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-tree-switch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdump\-tree\-\fR\fIswitch\fR\fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdump-tree-switch-options"
+.PD
+Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate
+language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
+switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is
+created in the same directory as the output file. If the
+\&\fB\-\fR\fIoptions\fR form is used, \fIoptions\fR is a list of
+\&\fB\-\fR separated options that control the details of the dump. Not
+all options are applicable to all dumps, those which are not
+meaningful will be ignored. The following options are available
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "address"
+Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful as it
+changes according to the environment and source file. Its primary use
+is for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.
+.IP "\fBasmname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "asmname"
+If \f(CW\*(C`DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME\*(C'\fR has been set for a given decl, use that
+in the dump instead of \f(CW\*(C`DECL_NAME\*(C'\fR. Its primary use is ease of
+use working backward from mangled names in the assembly file.
+.IP "\fBslim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "slim"
+Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely
+because that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when they
+are directly reachable by some other path. When dumping pretty-printed
+trees, this option inhibits dumping the bodies of control structures.
+.IP "\fBraw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "raw"
+Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are
+pretty-printed into a C\-like representation.
+.IP "\fBdetails\fR" 4
+.IX Item "details"
+Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).
+.IP "\fBstats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "stats"
+Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every dump
+option).
+.IP "\fBblocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "blocks"
+Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
+.IP "\fBvops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vops"
+Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
+.IP "\fBlineno\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lineno"
+Enable showing line numbers for statements.
+.IP "\fBuid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "uid"
+Enable showing the unique \s-1ID\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`DECL_UID\*(C'\fR) for each variable.
+.IP "\fBverbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "verbose"
+Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.
+.IP "\fBeh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "eh"
+Enable showing the \s-1EH\s0 region number holding each statement.
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Turn on all options, except \fBraw\fR, \fBslim\fR, \fBverbose\fR
+and \fBlineno\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The following tree dumps are possible:
+.IP "\fBoriginal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "original"
+Dump before any tree based optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.original\fR.
+.IP "\fBoptimized\fR" 4
+.IX Item "optimized"
+Dump after all tree based optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.optimized\fR.
+.IP "\fBgimple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gimple"
+Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.gimple\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcfg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cfg"
+Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.cfg\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBvcg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vcg"
+Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file in \s-1VCG\s0 format. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.vcg\fR to the source file name. Note
+that if the file contains more than one function, the generated file cannot
+be used directly by \s-1VCG\s0. You will need to cut and paste each function's
+graph into its own separate file first.
+.IP "\fBch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ch"
+Dump each function after copying loop headers. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.ch\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBssa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ssa"
+Dump \s-1SSA\s0 related information to a file. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.ssa\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBalias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "alias"
+Dump aliasing information for each function. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.alias\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ccp"
+Dump each function after \s-1CCP\s0. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.ccp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBstoreccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "storeccp"
+Dump each function after STORE-CCP. The file name is made by appending
+\&\fI.storeccp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBpre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pre"
+Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.pre\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBfre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "fre"
+Dump trees after full redundancy elimination. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.fre\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcopyprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "copyprop"
+Dump trees after copy propagation. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.copyprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBstore_copyprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "store_copyprop"
+Dump trees after store copy-propagation. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.store_copyprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dce"
+Dump each function after dead code elimination. The file name is made by
+appending \fI.dce\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBmudflap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mudflap"
+Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.mudflap\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBsra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sra"
+Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates. The
+file name is made by appending \fI.sra\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBsink\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sink"
+Dump each function after performing code sinking. The file name is made
+by appending \fI.sink\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdom\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dom"
+Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.dom\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBdse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dse"
+Dump each function after applying dead store elimination. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.dse\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBphiopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "phiopt"
+Dump each function after optimizing \s-1PHI\s0 nodes into straightline code. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.phiopt\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBforwprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "forwprop"
+Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.forwprop\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBcopyrename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "copyrename"
+Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization. The file
+name is made by appending \fI.copyrename\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBnrv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nrv"
+Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on
+generic trees. The file name is made by appending \fI.nrv\fR to the source
+file name.
+.IP "\fBvect\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect"
+Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops. The file name is
+made by appending \fI.vect\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBslp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "slp"
+Dump each function after applying vectorization of basic blocks. The file name
+is made by appending \fI.slp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBvrp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vrp"
+Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (\s-1VRP\s0). The file name
+is made by appending \fI.vrp\fR to the source file name.
+.IP "\fBall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "all"
+Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this option.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vectorizer\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n"
+This option controls the amount of debugging output the vectorizer prints.
+This information is written to standard error, unless
+\&\fB\-fdump\-tree\-all\fR or \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\fR is specified,
+in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file, \fI.vect\fR.
+For \fIn\fR=0 no diagnostic information is reported.
+If \fIn\fR=1 the vectorizer reports each loop that got vectorized,
+and the total number of loops that got vectorized.
+If \fIn\fR=2 the vectorizer also reports non-vectorized loops that passed
+the first analysis phase (vect_analyze_loop_form) \- i.e. countable,
+inner-most, single-bb, single\-entry/exit loops. This is the same verbosity
+level that \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\-stats\fR uses.
+Higher verbosity levels mean either more information dumped for each
+reported loop, or same amount of information reported for more loops:
+if \fIn\fR=3, vectorizer cost model information is reported.
+If \fIn\fR=4, alignment related information is added to the reports.
+If \fIn\fR=5, data-references related information (e.g. memory dependences,
+memory access-patterns) is added to the reports.
+If \fIn\fR=6, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized inner-most loops
+that did not pass the first analysis phase (i.e., may not be countable, or
+may have complicated control-flow).
+If \fIn\fR=7, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized nested loops.
+If \fIn\fR=8, \s-1SLP\s0 related information is added to the reports.
+For \fIn\fR=9, all the information the vectorizer generates during its
+analysis and transformation is reported. This is the same verbosity level
+that \fB\-fdump\-tree\-vect\-details\fR uses.
+.IP "\fB\-frandom\-seed=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frandom-seed=string"
+This option provides a seed that \s-1GCC\s0 uses when it would otherwise use
+random numbers. It is used to generate certain symbol names
+that have to be different in every compiled file. It is also used to
+place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files that
+produce them. You can use the \fB\-frandom\-seed\fR option to produce
+reproducibly identical object files.
+.Sp
+The \fIstring\fR should be different for every file you compile.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-verbose=n"
+On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the
+amount of debugging output the scheduler prints. This information is
+written to standard error, unless \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR or
+\&\fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR is specified, in which case it is output
+to the usual dump listing file, \fI.sched1\fR or \fI.sched2\fR
+respectively. However for \fIn\fR greater than nine, the output is
+always printed to standard error.
+.Sp
+For \fIn\fR greater than zero, \fB\-fsched\-verbose\fR outputs the
+same information as \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched1\fR and \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-sched2\fR.
+For \fIn\fR greater than one, it also output basic block probabilities,
+detailed ready list information and unit/insn info. For \fIn\fR greater
+than two, it includes \s-1RTL\s0 at abort point, control-flow and regions info.
+And for \fIn\fR over four, \fB\-fsched\-verbose\fR also includes
+dependence info.
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps=cwd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps=cwd"
+.PD
+Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently; place them
+in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
+compiling \fIfoo.c\fR with \fB\-c \-save\-temps\fR would produce files
+\&\fIfoo.i\fR and \fIfoo.s\fR, as well as \fIfoo.o\fR. This creates a
+preprocessed \fIfoo.i\fR output file even though the compiler now
+normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
+.Sp
+When used in combination with the \fB\-x\fR command line option,
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR is sensible enough to avoid over writing an
+input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file.
+The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the
+source file before using \fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+If you invoke \s-1GCC\s0 in parallel, compiling several different source
+files that share a common base name in different subdirectories or the
+same source file compiled for multiple output destinations, it is
+likely that the different parallel compilers will interfere with each
+other, and overwrite the temporary files. For instance:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& gcc \-save\-temps \-o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c&
+\& gcc \-save\-temps \-o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&
+.Ve
+.Sp
+may result in \fIfoo.i\fR and \fIfoo.o\fR being written to
+simultaneously by both compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-save\-temps=obj\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-save-temps=obj"
+Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently. If the
+\&\fB\-o\fR option is used, the temporary files are based on the
+object file. If the \fB\-o\fR option is not used, the
+\&\fB\-save\-temps=obj\fR switch behaves like \fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj \-c foo.c
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj \-c bar.c \-o dir/xbar.o
+\& gcc \-save\-temps=obj foobar.c \-o dir2/yfoobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would create \fIfoo.i\fR, \fIfoo.s\fR, \fIdir/xbar.i\fR,
+\&\fIdir/xbar.s\fR, \fIdir2/yfoobar.i\fR, \fIdir2/yfoobar.s\fR, and
+\&\fIdir2/yfoobar.o\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-time\fR[\fB=\fR\fIfile\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-time[=file]"
+Report the \s-1CPU\s0 time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
+sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler
+(plus the linker if linking is done).
+.Sp
+Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& # cc1 0.12 0.01
+\& # as 0.00 0.01
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first number on each line is the \*(L"user time\*(R", that is time spent
+executing the program itself. The second number is \*(L"system time\*(R",
+time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program.
+Both numbers are in seconds.
+.Sp
+With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to the
+named file, and it looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& 0.12 0.01 cc1 <options>
+\& 0.00 0.01 as <options>
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \*(L"user time\*(R" and the \*(L"system time\*(R" are moved before the program
+name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that one
+can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which options.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking"
+Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each
+position in code. Better debugging information is then generated
+(if the debugging information format supports this information).
+.Sp
+It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (\fB\-Os\fR,
+\&\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, ...), debugging information (\fB\-g\fR) and
+the debug info format supports it.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments"
+Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and
+attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation all the
+way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information while
+optimizing. Use of \fB\-gdwarf\-4\fR is recommended along with it.
+.Sp
+It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case
+annotations will be created and maintained, but discarded at the end.
+.IP "\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\-toggle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle"
+Toggle \fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR, in the same way that
+\&\fB\-gtoggle\fR toggles \fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-file\-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-file-name=library"
+Print the full absolute name of the library file \fIlibrary\fR that
+would be used when linking\-\-\-and don't do anything else. With this
+option, \s-1GCC\s0 does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
+file name.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-directory"
+Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any
+other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed
+to exist in \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-lib"
+Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches
+that enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by
+\&\fB;\fR, and each switch starts with an \fB@\fR instead of the
+\&\fB\-\fR, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to
+ease shell-processing.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-multi\-os\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-multi-os-directory"
+Print the path to \s-1OS\s0 libraries for the selected
+multilib, relative to some \fIlib\fR subdirectory. If \s-1OS\s0 libraries are
+present in the \fIlib\fR subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is
+usually just \fI.\fR, if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in \fIlib\fIsuffix\fI\fR
+sibling directories this prints e.g. \fI../lib64\fR, \fI../lib\fR or
+\&\fI../lib32\fR, or if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in \fIlib/\fIsubdir\fI\fR
+subdirectories it prints e.g. \fIamd64\fR, \fIsparcv9\fR or \fIev6\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-prog\-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-prog-name=program"
+Like \fB\-print\-file\-name\fR, but searches for a program such as \fBcpp\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-libgcc\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-libgcc-file-name"
+Same as \fB\-print\-file\-name=libgcc.a\fR.
+.Sp
+This is useful when you use \fB\-nostdlib\fR or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR
+but you do want to link with \fIlibgcc.a\fR. You can do
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-nostdlib <files>... \`gcc \-print\-libgcc\-file\-name\`
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-print\-search\-dirs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-search-dirs"
+Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
+program and library directories \fBgcc\fR will search\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.Sp
+This is useful when \fBgcc\fR prints the error message
+\&\fBinstallation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory\fR.
+To resolve this you either need to put \fIcpp0\fR and the other compiler
+components where \fBgcc\fR expects to find them, or you can set the environment
+variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR to the directory where you installed them.
+Don't forget the trailing \fB/\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-sysroot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-sysroot"
+Print the target sysroot directory that will be used during
+compilation. This is the target sysroot specified either at configure
+time or using the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option, possibly with an extra
+suffix that depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is
+specified, the option prints nothing.
+.IP "\fB\-print\-sysroot\-headers\-suffix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-print-sysroot-headers-suffix"
+Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for
+headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with such
+a suffix\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpmachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpmachine"
+Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
+\&\fBi686\-pc\-linux\-gnu\fR)\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpversion"
+Print the compiler version (for example, \fB3.0\fR)\-\-\-and don't do
+anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-dumpspecs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dumpspecs"
+Print the compiler's built-in specs\-\-\-and don't do anything else. (This
+is used when \s-1GCC\s0 itself is being built.)
+.IP "\fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-types"
+Normally, when producing \s-1DWARF2\s0 output, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit debugging
+information for all types declared in a compilation
+unit, regardless of whether or not they are actually used
+in that compilation unit. Sometimes this is useful, such as
+if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a type that is
+not actually used in your program (but is declared). More often,
+however, this results in a significant amount of wasted space.
+With this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid producing debug symbol output
+for types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled.
+.SS "Options That Control Optimization"
+.IX Subsection "Options That Control Optimization"
+These options control various sorts of optimizations.
+.PP
+Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the
+cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected
+results. Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a
+breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to any
+variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the
+function and get exactly the results you would expect from the source
+code.
+.PP
+Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve
+the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time
+and possibly the ability to debug the program.
+.PP
+The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the
+program. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode allows
+the compiler to use information gained from all of the files when compiling
+each of them.
+.PP
+Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only
+optimizations that have a flag are listed in this section.
+.PP
+Most optimizations are only enabled if an \fB\-O\fR level is set on
+the command line. Otherwise they are disabled, even if individual
+optimization flags are specified.
+.PP
+Depending on the target and how \s-1GCC\s0 was configured, a slightly different
+set of optimizations may be enabled at each \fB\-O\fR level than
+those listed here. You can invoke \s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-Q \-\-help=optimizers\fR
+to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-O1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O1"
+.PD
+Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
+more memory for a large function.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-O\fR, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
+time, without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of
+compilation time.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O\fR turns on the following optimization flags:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fauto\-inc\-dec
+\&\-fcompare\-elim
+\&\-fcprop\-registers
+\&\-fdce
+\&\-fdefer\-pop
+\&\-fdelayed\-branch
+\&\-fdse
+\&\-fguess\-branch\-probability
+\&\-fif\-conversion2
+\&\-fif\-conversion
+\&\-fipa\-pure\-const
+\&\-fipa\-profile
+\&\-fipa\-reference
+\&\-fmerge\-constants
+\&\-fsplit\-wide\-types
+\&\-ftree\-bit\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce
+\&\-ftree\-ccp
+\&\-ftree\-ch
+\&\-ftree\-copyrename
+\&\-ftree\-dce
+\&\-ftree\-dominator\-opts
+\&\-ftree\-dse
+\&\-ftree\-forwprop
+\&\-ftree\-fre
+\&\-ftree\-phiprop
+\&\-ftree\-sra
+\&\-ftree\-pta
+\&\-ftree\-ter
+\&\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O\fR also turns on \fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR on machines
+where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
+.IP "\fB\-O2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O2"
+Optimize even more. \s-1GCC\s0 performs nearly all supported optimizations
+that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff.
+As compared to \fB\-O\fR, this option increases both compilation time
+and the performance of the generated code.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-O2\fR turns on all optimization flags specified by \fB\-O\fR. It
+also turns on the following optimization flags:
+\&\fB\-fthread\-jumps
+\&\-falign\-functions \-falign\-jumps
+\&\-falign\-loops \-falign\-labels
+\&\-fcaller\-saves
+\&\-fcrossjumping
+\&\-fcse\-follow\-jumps \-fcse\-skip\-blocks
+\&\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks
+\&\-fdevirtualize
+\&\-fexpensive\-optimizations
+\&\-fgcse \-fgcse\-lm
+\&\-finline\-small\-functions
+\&\-findirect\-inlining
+\&\-fipa\-sra
+\&\-foptimize\-sibling\-calls
+\&\-fpartial\-inlining
+\&\-fpeephole2
+\&\-fregmove
+\&\-freorder\-blocks \-freorder\-functions
+\&\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop
+\&\-fsched\-interblock \-fsched\-spec
+\&\-fschedule\-insns \-fschedule\-insns2
+\&\-fstrict\-aliasing \-fstrict\-overflow
+\&\-ftree\-switch\-conversion
+\&\-ftree\-pre
+\&\-ftree\-vrp\fR
+.Sp
+Please note the warning under \fB\-fgcse\fR about
+invoking \fB\-O2\fR on programs that use computed gotos.
+.IP "\fB\-O3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O3"
+Optimize yet more. \fB\-O3\fR turns on all optimizations specified
+by \fB\-O2\fR and also turns on the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR,
+\&\fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR, \fB\-fpredictive\-commoning\fR,
+\&\fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR, \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-fipa\-cp\-clone\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-O0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O0"
+Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected
+results. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-Os\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Os"
+Optimize for size. \fB\-Os\fR enables all \fB\-O2\fR optimizations that
+do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
+optimizations designed to reduce code size.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Os\fR disables the following optimization flags:
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions \-falign\-jumps \-falign\-loops
+\&\-falign\-labels \-freorder\-blocks \-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition
+\&\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays \-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version\fR
+.IP "\fB\-Ofast\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ofast"
+Disregard strict standards compliance. \fB\-Ofast\fR enables all
+\&\fB\-O3\fR optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not
+valid for all standard compliant programs.
+It turns on \fB\-ffast\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+If you use multiple \fB\-O\fR options, with or without level numbers,
+the last such option is the one that is effective.
+.PP
+Options of the form \fB\-f\fR\fIflag\fR specify machine-independent
+flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
+form of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. In the table
+below, only one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one you typically will
+use. You can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno\-\fR
+or adding it.
+.PP
+The following options control specific optimizations. They are either
+activated by \fB\-O\fR options or are related to ones that are. You
+can use the following flags in the rare cases when \*(L"fine-tuning\*(R" of
+optimizations to be performed is desired.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-default\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
+Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
+defined inside the class scope (\*(C+ only). Otherwise, when you specify
+\&\fB\-O\fR, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
+inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add \fBinline\fR in front of
+the member function name.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-defer\-pop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-defer-pop"
+Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
+returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
+the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
+function calls and pops them all at once.
+.Sp
+Disabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fforward\-propagate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fforward-propagate"
+Perform a forward propagation pass on \s-1RTL\s0. The pass tries to combine two
+instructions and checks if the result can be simplified. If loop unrolling
+is active, two passes are performed and the second is scheduled after
+loop unrolling.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled by default at optimization levels \fB\-O\fR,
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffp\-contract=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffp-contract=style"
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR disables floating-point expression contraction.
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR enables floating-point expression contraction
+such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has
+native support for them.
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=on\fR enables floating-point expression contraction
+if allowed by the language standard. This is currently not implemented
+and treated equal to \fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fomit-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
+don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
+restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
+in many functions. \fBIt also makes debugging impossible on
+some machines.\fR
+.Sp
+On some machines, such as the \s-1VAX\s0, this flag has no effect, because
+the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
+and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
+machine-description macro \f(CW\*(C`FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED\*(C'\fR controls
+whether a target machine supports this flag.
+.Sp
+Starting with \s-1GCC\s0 version 4.6, the default setting (when not optimizing for
+size) for 32\-bit Linux x86 and 32\-bit Darwin x86 targets has been changed to
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR. The default can be reverted to
+\&\fB\-fno\-omit\-frame\-pointer\fR by configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with the
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-frame\-pointer\fR configure option.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-foptimize\-sibling\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-foptimize-sibling-calls"
+Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-inline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-inline"
+Don't pay attention to the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword. Normally this option
+is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
+Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-small-functions"
+Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected
+function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller). The compiler
+heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating
+in this way.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-findirect\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-findirect-inlining"
+Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile
+time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any effect only
+when inlining itself is turned on by the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR
+or \fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR options.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-functions"
+Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
+heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
+integrating in this way.
+.Sp
+If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
+declared \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, then the function is normally not output as
+assembler code in its own right.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-functions\-called\-once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-functions-called-once"
+Consider all \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR functions called once for inlining into their
+caller even if they are not marked \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR. If a call to a given
+function is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code
+in its own right.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O1\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR and \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fearly\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fearly-inlining"
+Inline functions marked by \f(CW\*(C`always_inline\*(C'\fR and functions whose body seems
+smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so
+makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining faster on programs
+having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-sra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-sra"
+Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of
+unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by reference
+by parameters passed by value.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR and \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finline-limit=n"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
+allows coarse control of this limit. \fIn\fR is the size of functions that
+can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions.
+.Sp
+Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which may be
+specified individually by using \fB\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR.
+The \fB\-finline\-limit=\fR\fIn\fR option sets some of these parameters
+as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-single"
+is set to \fIn\fR/2.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-auto"
+is set to \fIn\fR/2.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+See below for a documentation of the individual
+parameters controlling inlining and for the defaults of these parameters.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR there may be no value to \fB\-finline\-limit\fR that results
+in default behavior.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
+abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it represent a count
+of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
+release to an another.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-keep\-inline\-dllexport\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-keep-inline-dllexport"
+This is a more fine-grained version of \fB\-fkeep\-inline\-functions\fR,
+which applies only to functions that are declared using the \f(CW\*(C`dllexport\*(C'\fR
+attribute or declspec
+.IP "\fB\-fkeep\-inline\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fkeep-inline-functions"
+In C, emit \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR functions that are declared \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR
+into the object file, even if the function has been inlined into all
+of its callers. This switch does not affect functions using the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`extern inline\*(C'\fR extension in \s-1GNU\s0 C90. In \*(C+, emit any and all
+inline functions into the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fkeep\-static\-consts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fkeep-static-consts"
+Emit variables declared \f(CW\*(C`static const\*(C'\fR when optimization isn't turned
+on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
+check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
+optimization is turned on, use the \fB\-fno\-keep\-static\-consts\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmerge-constants"
+Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating point
+constants) across compilation units.
+.Sp
+This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assembler and
+linker support it. Use \fB\-fno\-merge\-constants\fR to inhibit this
+behavior.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmerge\-all\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmerge-all-constants"
+Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
+.Sp
+This option implies \fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR. In addition to
+\&\fB\-fmerge\-constants\fR this considers e.g. even constant initialized
+arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating point
+types. Languages like C or \*(C+ require each variable, including multiple
+instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct locations,
+so using this option will result in non-conforming
+behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmodulo-sched"
+Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling
+pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their
+instructions by overlapping different iterations.
+.IP "\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\-allow\-regmoves\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves"
+Perform more aggressive \s-1SMS\s0 based modulo scheduling with register moves
+allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges will be
+deleted which will trigger the generation of reg-moves based on the
+life-range analysis. This option is effective only with
+\&\fB\-fmodulo\-sched\fR enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-branch\-count\-reg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-branch-count-reg"
+Do not use \*(L"decrement and branch\*(R" instructions on a count register,
+but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a
+register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the result.
+This option is only meaningful on architectures that support such
+instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, \s-1IA\-64\s0 and S/390.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fbranch\-count\-reg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-function\-cse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-function-cse"
+Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
+calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
+.Sp
+This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
+that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
+performed when this option is not used.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ffunction\-cse\fR
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss"
+If the target supports a \s-1BSS\s0 section, \s-1GCC\s0 by default puts variables that
+are initialized to zero into \s-1BSS\s0. This can save space in the resulting
+code.
+.Sp
+This option turns off this behavior because some programs explicitly
+rely on variables going to the data section. E.g., so that the
+resulting executable can find the beginning of that section and/or make
+assumptions based on that.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fzero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmudflap \-fmudflapth \-fmudflapir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir"
+For front-ends that support it (C and \*(C+), instrument all risky
+pointer/array dereferencing operations, some standard library
+string/heap functions, and some other associated constructs with
+range/validity tests. Modules so instrumented should be immune to
+buffer overflows, invalid heap use, and some other classes of C/\*(C+
+programming errors. The instrumentation relies on a separate runtime
+library (\fIlibmudflap\fR), which will be linked into a program if
+\&\fB\-fmudflap\fR is given at link time. Run-time behavior of the
+instrumented program is controlled by the \fB\s-1MUDFLAP_OPTIONS\s0\fR
+environment variable. See \f(CW\*(C`env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=\-help a.out\*(C'\fR
+for its options.
+.Sp
+Use \fB\-fmudflapth\fR instead of \fB\-fmudflap\fR to compile and to
+link if your program is multi-threaded. Use \fB\-fmudflapir\fR, in
+addition to \fB\-fmudflap\fR or \fB\-fmudflapth\fR, if
+instrumentation should ignore pointer reads. This produces less
+instrumentation (and therefore faster execution) and still provides
+some protection against outright memory corrupting writes, but allows
+erroneously read data to propagate within a program.
+.IP "\fB\-fthread\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fthread-jumps"
+Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
+location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
+so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
+second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
+the condition is known to be true or false.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-wide\-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-wide-types"
+When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as \f(CW\*(C`long
+long\*(C'\fR on a 32\-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate them
+independently. This normally generates better code for those types,
+but may make debugging more difficult.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR,
+\&\fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcse\-follow\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcse-follow-jumps"
+In common subexpression elimination (\s-1CSE\s0), scan through jump instructions
+when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
+example, when \s-1CSE\s0 encounters an \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with an
+\&\f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR clause, \s-1CSE\s0 will follow the jump when the condition
+tested is false.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcse\-skip\-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcse-skip-blocks"
+This is similar to \fB\-fcse\-follow\-jumps\fR, but causes \s-1CSE\s0 to
+follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When \s-1CSE\s0
+encounters a simple \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with no else clause,
+\&\fB\-fcse\-skip\-blocks\fR causes \s-1CSE\s0 to follow the jump around the
+body of the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frerun-cse-after-loop"
+Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
+performed.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse"
+Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
+This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR When compiling a program using computed gotos, a \s-1GCC\s0
+extension, you may get better runtime performance if you disable
+the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding
+\&\fB\-fno\-gcse\fR to the command line.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-lm"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR is enabled, global common subexpression elimination will
+attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into themselves. This
+allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside
+the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-sm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-sm"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-sm\fR is enabled, a store motion pass is run after
+global common subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move
+stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with \fB\-fgcse\-lm\fR,
+loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load before
+the loop and a store after the loop.
+.Sp
+Not enabled at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-las\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-las"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-las\fR is enabled, the global common subexpression
+elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the
+same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
+.Sp
+Not enabled at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgcse-after-reload"
+When \fB\-fgcse\-after\-reload\fR is enabled, a redundant load elimination
+pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to cleanup
+redundant spilling.
+.IP "\fB\-funsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsafe-loop-optimizations"
+If given, the loop optimizer will assume that loop indices do not
+overflow, and that the loops with nontrivial exit condition are not
+infinite. This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if
+the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are valid.
+Using \fB\-Wunsafe\-loop\-optimizations\fR, the compiler will warn you
+if it finds this kind of loop.
+.IP "\fB\-fcrossjumping\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcrossjumping"
+Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies equivalent code and save code size. The
+resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-jumping.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fauto\-inc\-dec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fauto-inc-dec"
+Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses.
+This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have
+instructions to support this. Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher on architectures that support this.
+.IP "\fB\-fdce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdce"
+Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fdse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdse"
+Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fif\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fif-conversion"
+Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This
+include use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and
+some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of conditional execution
+on chips where it is available is controlled by \f(CW\*(C`if\-conversion2\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fif\-conversion2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fif-conversion2"
+Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into
+branch-less equivalents.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdelete-null-pointer-checks"
+Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that
+no code or data element resides there. This enables simple constant
+folding optimizations at all optimization levels. In addition, other
+optimization passes in \s-1GCC\s0 use this flag to control global dataflow
+analyses that eliminate useless checks for null pointers; these assume
+that if a pointer is checked after it has already been dereferenced,
+it cannot be null.
+.Sp
+Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true.
+Use \fB\-fno\-delete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR to disable this optimization
+for programs which depend on that behavior.
+.Sp
+Some targets, especially embedded ones, disable this option at all levels.
+Otherwise it is enabled at all levels: \fB\-O0\fR, \fB\-O1\fR,
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR. Passes that use the information
+are enabled independently at different optimization levels.
+.IP "\fB\-fdevirtualize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdevirtualize"
+Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls. This
+is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of
+indirect inlining (\f(CW\*(C`\-findirect\-inlining\*(C'\fR) and interprocedural constant
+propagation (\fB\-fipa\-cp\fR).
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fexpensive\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexpensive-optimizations"
+Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-foptimize\-register\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-foptimize-register-move"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fregmove\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fregmove"
+.PD
+Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
+operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
+register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
+instructions.
+.Sp
+Note \fB\-fregmove\fR and \fB\-foptimize\-register\-move\fR are the same
+optimization.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-algorithm=\fR\fIalgorithm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-algorithm=algorithm"
+Use specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register
+allocator. The \fIalgorithm\fR argument should be \f(CW\*(C`priority\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`CB\*(C'\fR. The first algorithm specifies Chow's priority coloring,
+the second one specifies Chaitin-Briggs coloring. The second
+algorithm can be unimplemented for some architectures. If it is
+implemented, it is the default because Chaitin-Briggs coloring as a
+rule generates a better code.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-region=\fR\fIregion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-region=region"
+Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The
+\&\fIregion\fR argument should be one of \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`mixed\*(C'\fR, or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`one\*(C'\fR. The first value means using all loops as register
+allocation regions, the second value which is the default means using
+all loops except for loops with small register pressure as the
+regions, and third one means using all function as a single region.
+The first value can give best result for machines with small size and
+irregular register set, the third one results in faster and generates
+decent code and the smallest size code, and the default value usually
+give the best results in most cases and for most architectures.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-loop\-pressure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-loop-pressure"
+Use \s-1IRA\s0 to evaluate register pressure in loops for decision to move
+loop invariants. Usage of this option usually results in generation
+of faster and smaller code on machines with big register files (>= 32
+registers) but it can slow compiler down.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR for some targets.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ira\-share\-save\-slots\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ira-share-save-slots"
+Switch off sharing stack slots used for saving call used hard
+registers living through a call. Each hard register will get a
+separate stack slot and as a result function stack frame will be
+bigger.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ira\-share\-spill\-slots\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ira-share-spill-slots"
+Switch off sharing stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers. Each
+pseudo-register which did not get a hard register will get a separate
+stack slot and as a result function stack frame will be bigger.
+.IP "\fB\-fira\-verbose=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fira-verbose=n"
+Set up how verbose dump file for the integrated register allocator
+will be. Default value is 5. If the value is greater or equal to 10,
+the dump file will be stderr as if the value were \fIn\fR minus 10.
+.IP "\fB\-fdelayed\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdelayed-branch"
+If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
+to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
+instructions.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fschedule-insns"
+If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
+eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
+helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
+by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
+or floating point instruction is required.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fschedule-insns2"
+Similar to \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR, but requests an additional pass of
+instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
+especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
+registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-sched\-interblock\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-sched-interblock"
+Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks. This is normally
+enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-sched\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-sched-spec"
+Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions. This is normally
+enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-pressure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-pressure"
+Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before the register
+allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register
+allocation is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at
+\&\fB\-O2\fR or higher. Usage of this option can improve the
+generated code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure
+increase above the number of available hard registers and as a
+consequence register spills in the register allocation.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-load"
+Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes
+sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-load\-dangerous\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-load-dangerous"
+Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes
+sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns=n"
+.PD
+Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue
+of stalled insns into the ready list, during the second scheduling pass.
+\&\fB\-fno\-sched\-stalled\-insns\fR means that no insns will be moved
+prematurely, \fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=0\fR means there is no limit
+on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR without a value is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns=1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n"
+.PD
+Define how many insn groups (cycles) will be examined for a dependency
+on a stalled insn that is candidate for premature removal from the queue
+of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the second scheduling pass,
+and only if \fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\fR is used.
+\&\fB\-fno\-sched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=0\fR.
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep\fR without a value is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-fsched\-stalled\-insns\-dep=1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched2\-use\-superblocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched2-use-superblocks"
+When scheduling after register allocation, do use superblock scheduling
+algorithm. Superblock scheduling allows motion across basic block boundaries
+resulting on faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not all machine
+descriptions used by \s-1GCC\s0 model the \s-1CPU\s0 closely enough to avoid unreliable
+results from the algorithm.
+.Sp
+This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with
+\&\fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-group\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-group-heuristic"
+Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled
+by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR
+or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-critical\-path\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-critical-path-heuristic"
+Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+instructions on the critical path. This is enabled by default when
+scheduling is enabled, i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR
+or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-spec\-insn\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic"
+Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This
+heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR
+or at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-rank\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-rank-heuristic"
+Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
+the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-last\-insn\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-last-insn-heuristic"
+Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
+favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction
+scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled,
+i.e. with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fsched\-dep\-count\-heuristic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsched-dep-count-heuristic"
+Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
+favors the instruction that has more instructions depending on it.
+This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
+with \fB\-fschedule\-insns\fR or \fB\-fschedule\-insns2\fR or
+at \fB\-O2\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-freschedule\-modulo\-scheduled\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops"
+The modulo scheduling comes before the traditional scheduling, if a loop
+was modulo scheduled we may want to prevent the later scheduling passes
+from changing its schedule, we use this option to control that.
+.IP "\fB\-fselective\-scheduling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fselective-scheduling"
+Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
+scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fselective\-scheduling2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fselective-scheduling2"
+Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
+scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining"
+Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling.
+This option has no effect until one of \fB\-fselective\-scheduling\fR or
+\&\fB\-fselective\-scheduling2\fR is turned on.
+.IP "\fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\-outer\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops"
+When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops.
+This option has no effect until \fB\-fsel\-sched\-pipelining\fR is turned on.
+.IP "\fB\-fcaller\-saves\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcaller-saves"
+Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
+function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
+registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
+seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
+.Sp
+This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
+those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcombine\-stack\-adjustments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcombine-stack-adjustments"
+Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references
+and then tries to find ways to combine them.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O1\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fconserve\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fconserve-stack"
+Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler will attempt to use less
+stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option
+implies setting the \fBlarge-stack-frame\fR parameter to 100
+and the \fBlarge-stack-frame-growth\fR parameter to 400.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-reassoc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-reassoc"
+Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-pre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-pre"
+Perform partial redundancy elimination (\s-1PRE\s0) on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-forwprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-forwprop"
+Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-fre\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-fre"
+Perform full redundancy elimination (\s-1FRE\s0) on trees. The difference
+between \s-1FRE\s0 and \s-1PRE\s0 is that \s-1FRE\s0 only considers expressions
+that are computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation.
+This analysis is faster than \s-1PRE\s0, though it exposes fewer redundancies.
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-phiprop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-phiprop"
+Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This
+pass is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-copy\-prop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-copy-prop"
+Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary
+copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and
+higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-pure\-const\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-pure-const"
+Discover which functions are pure or constant.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-reference\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-reference"
+Discover which static variables do not escape cannot escape the
+compilation unit.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-struct\-reorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-struct-reorg"
+Perform structure reorganization optimization, that change C\-like structures
+layout in order to better utilize spatial locality. This transformation is
+affective for programs containing arrays of structures. Available in two
+compilation modes: profile-based (enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR)
+or static (which uses built-in heuristics). It works only in whole program
+mode, so it requires \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR to be
+enabled. Structures considered \fBcold\fR by this transformation are not
+affected (see \fB\-\-param struct\-reorg\-cold\-struct\-ratio=\fR\fIvalue\fR).
+.Sp
+With this flag, the program debug info reflects a new structure layout.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-pta\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-pta"
+Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification
+and reference analysis. This option can cause excessive memory and
+compile-time usage on large compilation units. It is not enabled by
+default at any optimization level.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-profile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-profile"
+Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called only from
+cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cold\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR, static constructors or destructors) are identified. Cold
+functions and loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for
+size.
+Enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-cp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-cp"
+Perform interprocedural constant propagation.
+This optimization analyzes the program to determine when values passed
+to functions are constants and then optimizes accordingly.
+This optimization can substantially increase performance
+if the application has constants passed to functions.
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-Os\fR and \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-cp\-clone\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-cp-clone"
+Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger.
+When enabled, interprocedural constant propagation will perform function cloning
+when externally visible function can be called with constant arguments.
+Because this optimization can create multiple copies of functions,
+it may significantly increase code size
+(see \fB\-\-param ipcp\-unit\-growth=\fR\fIvalue\fR).
+This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fipa\-matrix\-reorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fipa-matrix-reorg"
+Perform matrix flattening and transposing.
+Matrix flattening tries to replace an m\-dimensional matrix
+with its equivalent n\-dimensional matrix, where n < m.
+This reduces the level of indirection needed for accessing the elements
+of the matrix. The second optimization is matrix transposing that
+attempts to change the order of the matrix's dimensions in order to
+improve cache locality.
+Both optimizations need the \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR flag.
+Transposing is enabled only if profiling information is available.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-sink\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-sink"
+Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-bit\-ccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-bit-ccp"
+Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate
+pointer alignment information.
+This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher. It requires that \fB\-ftree\-ccp\fR is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ccp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ccp"
+Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (\s-1CCP\s0) on trees. This
+pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-switch\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-switch-conversion"
+Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to
+initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O2\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dce"
+Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on trees. This flag is enabled by
+default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-builtin\-call\-dce\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-builtin-call-dce"
+Perform conditional dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) for calls to builtin functions
+that may set \f(CW\*(C`errno\*(C'\fR but are otherwise side-effect free. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and higher if \fB\-Os\fR is not also
+specified.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dominator\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dominator-opts"
+Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy
+propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression
+simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal. This also
+performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-dse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-dse"
+Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on trees. A dead store is a store into
+a memory location which will later be overwritten by another store without
+any intervening loads. In this case the earlier store can be deleted. This
+flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ch"
+Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it increases
+effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one jump. This flag
+is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher. It is not enabled
+for \fB\-Os\fR, since it usually increases code size.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-optimize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-optimize"
+Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default
+at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-linear\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-linear"
+Perform loop interchange transformations on tree. Same as
+\&\fB\-floop\-interchange\fR. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has
+to be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to
+enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-interchange\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-interchange"
+Perform loop interchange transformations on loops. Interchanging two
+nested loops switches the inner and outer loops. For example, given a
+loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop interchange will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+which can be beneficial when \f(CW\*(C`N\*(C'\fR is larger than the caches,
+because in Fortran, the elements of an array are stored in memory
+contiguously by column, and the original loop iterates over rows,
+potentially creating at each access a cache miss. This optimization
+applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to
+Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured
+with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to enable the
+Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-strip\-mine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-strip-mine"
+Perform loop strip mining transformations on loops. Strip mining
+splits a loop into two nested loops. The outer loop has strides
+equal to the strip size and the inner loop has strides of the
+original loop within a strip. The strip length can be changed
+using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR parameter. For example,
+given a loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = A(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop strip mining will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO II = 1, N, 51
+\& DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
+\& A(I) = A(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This optimization applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is
+not limited to Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to
+be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to
+enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-block\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-block"
+Perform loop blocking transformations on loops. Blocking strip mines
+each loop in the loop nest such that the memory accesses of the
+element loops fit inside caches. The strip length can be changed
+using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR parameter. For example, given
+a loop like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& DO J = 1, M
+\& A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+loop blocking will transform the loop as if the user had written:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& DO II = 1, N, 51
+\& DO JJ = 1, M, 51
+\& DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
+\& DO J = JJ, min (JJ + 50, M)
+\& A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+which can be beneficial when \f(CW\*(C`M\*(C'\fR is larger than the caches,
+because the innermost loop will iterate over a smaller amount of data
+that can be kept in the caches. This optimization applies to all the
+languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to Fortran. To use this
+code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured with \fB\-\-with\-ppl\fR
+and \fB\-\-with\-cloog\fR to enable the Graphite loop transformation
+infrastructure.
+.IP "\fB\-fgraphite\-identity\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fgraphite-identity"
+Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we generate
+the polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple. Using
+\&\fB\-fgraphite\-identity\fR we can check the costs or benefits of the
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 \-> \s-1GRAPHITE\s0 \-> \s-1GIMPLE\s0 transformation. Some minimal optimizations
+are also performed by the code generator CLooG, like index splitting and
+dead code elimination in loops.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-flatten\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-flatten"
+Removes the loop nesting structure: transforms the loop nest into a
+single loop. This transformation can be useful to vectorize all the
+levels of the loop nest.
+.IP "\fB\-floop\-parallelize\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-floop-parallelize-all"
+Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can
+be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to
+not contain loop carried dependences without checking that it is
+profitable to parallelize the loops.
+.IP "\fB\-fcheck\-data\-deps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcheck-data-deps"
+Compare the results of several data dependence analyzers. This option
+is used for debugging the data dependence analyzers.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert"
+Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to
+branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from
+the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the
+vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by default
+if vectorization is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-if\-convert\-stores\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores"
+Attempt to also if-convert conditional jumps containing memory writes.
+This transformation can be unsafe for multi-threaded programs as it
+transforms conditional memory writes into unconditional memory writes.
+For example,
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+\& if (cond)
+\& A[i] = expr;
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would be transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+\& A[i] = cond ? expr : A[i];
+.Ve
+.Sp
+potentially producing data races.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-distribution\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-distribution"
+Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance on
+big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like
+parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = B(I) + C
+\& D(I) = E(I) * F
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+is transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = B(I) + C
+\& ENDDO
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& D(I) = E(I) * F
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-distribute\-patterns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-distribute-patterns"
+Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with
+calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O3\fR.
+.Sp
+This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call to
+memset zero. For example, the loop
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = 0
+\& B(I) = A(I) + I
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+is transformed to
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& A(I) = 0
+\& ENDDO
+\& DO I = 1, N
+\& B(I) = A(I) + I
+\& ENDDO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-im\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-im"
+Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants that
+would be hard to handle at \s-1RTL\s0 level (function calls, operations that expand to
+nontrivial sequences of insns). With \fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR it also moves
+operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so that we can use
+just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes
+store motion.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-loop\-ivcanon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-loop-ivcanon"
+Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in the loop for that
+determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later
+optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially
+in connection with unrolling.
+.IP "\fB\-fivopts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fivopts"
+Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction
+variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-parallelize\-loops=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-parallelize-loops=n"
+Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads.
+This is only possible for loops whose iterations are independent
+and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is only
+profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops that are CPU-intensive,
+rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth. This option
+implies \fB\-pthread\fR, and thus is only supported on targets
+that have support for \fB\-pthread\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-pta\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-pta"
+Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-sra\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-sra"
+Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure
+references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too
+early. This flag is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-copyrename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-copyrename"
+Perform copy renaming on trees. This pass attempts to rename compiler
+temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in
+variable names which more closely resemble the original variables. This flag
+is enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-ter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-ter"
+Perform temporary expression replacement during the \s-1SSA\-\s0>normal phase. Single
+use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their
+defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders
+much more complex trees to work on resulting in better \s-1RTL\s0 generation. This is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O\fR and higher.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vectorize"
+Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-slp\-vectorize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-slp-vectorize"
+Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR and when \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vect\-loop\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vect-loop-version"
+Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees. When a loop
+appears to be vectorizable except that data alignment or data dependence cannot
+be determined at compile time then vectorized and non-vectorized versions of
+the loop are generated along with runtime checks for alignment or dependence
+to control which version is executed. This option is enabled by default
+except at level \fB\-Os\fR where it is disabled.
+.IP "\fB\-fvect\-cost\-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvect-cost-model"
+Enable cost model for vectorization.
+.IP "\fB\-ftree\-vrp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftree-vrp"
+Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the
+constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are
+propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range
+checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks. This is
+enabled by default at \fB\-O2\fR and higher. Null pointer check
+elimination is only done if \fB\-fdelete\-null\-pointer\-checks\fR is
+enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ftracer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftracer"
+Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
+simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
+better job.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-loops"
+Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile
+time or upon entry to the loop. \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR implies
+\&\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR. This option makes code larger,
+and may or may not make it run faster.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-all-loops"
+Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
+the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
+\&\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR implies the same options as
+\&\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR,
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-ivs\-in\-unroller\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller"
+Enables expressing of values of induction variables in later iterations
+of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks
+long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.
+.Sp
+Combination of \fB\-fweb\fR and \s-1CSE\s0 is often sufficient to obtain the
+same effect. However in cases the loop body is more complicated than
+a single basic block, this is not reliable. It also does not work at all
+on some of the architectures due to restrictions in the \s-1CSE\s0 pass.
+.Sp
+This optimization is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fvariable\-expansion\-in\-unroller\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller"
+With this option, the compiler will create multiple copies of some
+local variables when unrolling a loop which can result in superior code.
+.IP "\fB\-fpartial\-inlining\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpartial-inlining"
+Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only
+when inlining itself is turned on by the \fB\-finline\-functions\fR
+or \fB\-finline\-small\-functions\fR options.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpredictive\-commoning\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpredictive-commoning"
+Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations
+(especially memory loads and stores) performed in previous
+iterations of loops.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled at level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprefetch\-loop\-arrays\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprefetch-loop-arrays"
+If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch
+memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.
+.Sp
+This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly
+dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
+.Sp
+Disabled at level \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-peephole\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-peephole"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-peephole2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-peephole2"
+.PD
+Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference
+between \fB\-fno\-peephole\fR and \fB\-fno\-peephole2\fR is in how they
+are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the
+other, a few use both.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpeephole\fR is enabled by default.
+\&\fB\-fpeephole2\fR enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-guess\-branch\-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-guess-branch-probability"
+Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are
+not provided by profiling feedback (\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR). These
+heuristics are based on the control flow graph. If some branch probabilities
+are specified by \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR, then the heuristics will be
+used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow graph,
+taking the \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR info into account. The interactions
+between the heuristics and \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR can be complex, and in
+some cases, it may be useful to disable the heuristics so that the effects
+of \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR are easier to understand.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fguess\-branch\-probability\fR at levels
+\&\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-blocks"
+Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of
+taken branches and improve code locality.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-blocks\-and\-partition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-blocks-and-partition"
+In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order
+to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks
+into separate sections of the assembly and .o files, to improve
+paging and cache locality performance.
+.Sp
+This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of
+exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a user-defined
+section attribute and on any architecture that does not support named
+sections.
+.IP "\fB\-freorder\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freorder-functions"
+Reorder functions in the object file in order to
+improve code locality. This is implemented by using special
+subsections \f(CW\*(C`.text.hot\*(C'\fR for most frequently executed functions and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.text.unlikely\*(C'\fR for unlikely executed functions. Reordering is done by
+the linker so object file format must support named sections and linker must
+place them in a reasonable way.
+.Sp
+Also profile feedback must be available in to make this option effective. See
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR for details.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-aliasing"
+Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
+the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+), this activates
+optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
+object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
+object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
+example, an \f(CW\*(C`unsigned int\*(C'\fR can alias an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, but not a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`void*\*(C'\fR or a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. A character type may alias any other
+type.
+.Sp
+Pay special attention to code like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& union a_union {
+\& int i;
+\& double d;
+\& };
+\&
+\& int f() {
+\& union a_union t;
+\& t.d = 3.0;
+\& return t.i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
+recently written to (called \*(L"type-punning\*(R") is common. Even with
+\&\fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
+is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
+expected. However, this code might not:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& int f() {
+\& union a_union t;
+\& int* ip;
+\& t.d = 3.0;
+\& ip = &t.i;
+\& return *ip;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting pointer
+and dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even if the cast
+uses a union type, e.g.:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& int f() {
+\& double d = 3.0;
+\& return ((union a_union *) &d)\->i;
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The \fB\-fstrict\-aliasing\fR option is enabled at levels
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-overflow"
+Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending
+on the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+) this means that
+overflow when doing arithmetic with signed numbers is undefined, which
+means that the compiler may assume that it will not happen. This
+permits various optimizations. For example, the compiler will assume
+that an expression like \f(CW\*(C`i + 10 > i\*(C'\fR will always be true for
+signed \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR. This assumption is only valid if signed overflow is
+undefined, as the expression is false if \f(CW\*(C`i + 10\*(C'\fR overflows when
+using twos complement arithmetic. When this option is in effect any
+attempt to determine whether an operation on signed numbers will
+overflow must be written carefully to not actually involve overflow.
+.Sp
+This option also allows the compiler to assume strict pointer
+semantics: given a pointer to an object, if adding an offset to that
+pointer does not produce a pointer to the same object, the addition is
+undefined. This permits the compiler to conclude that \f(CW\*(C`p + u >
+p\*(C'\fR is always true for a pointer \f(CW\*(C`p\*(C'\fR and unsigned integer
+\&\f(CW\*(C`u\*(C'\fR. This assumption is only valid because pointer wraparound is
+undefined, as the expression is false if \f(CW\*(C`p + u\*(C'\fR overflows using
+twos complement arithmetic.
+.Sp
+See also the \fB\-fwrapv\fR option. Using \fB\-fwrapv\fR means
+that integer signed overflow is fully defined: it wraps. When
+\&\fB\-fwrapv\fR is used, there is no difference between
+\&\fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR and \fB\-fno\-strict\-overflow\fR for
+integers. With \fB\-fwrapv\fR certain types of overflow are
+permitted. For example, if the compiler gets an overflow when doing
+arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be used with
+\&\fB\-fwrapv\fR, but not otherwise.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-fstrict\-overflow\fR option is enabled at levels
+\&\fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-functions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-functions=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-functions=n"
+.PD
+Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
+\&\fIn\fR, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes. For instance,
+\&\fB\-falign\-functions=32\fR aligns functions to the next 32\-byte
+boundary, but \fB\-falign\-functions=24\fR would align to the next
+32\-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-functions\fR and \fB\-falign\-functions=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+Some assemblers only support this flag when \fIn\fR is a power of two;
+in that case, it is rounded up.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-labels"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-labels=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-labels=n"
+.PD
+Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
+\&\fIn\fR bytes like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. This option can easily
+make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the
+branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-labels\fR and \fB\-falign\-labels=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that labels will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-falign\-loops\fR or \fB\-falign\-jumps\fR are applicable and
+are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default
+which is very likely to be \fB1\fR, meaning no alignment.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-loops"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-loops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-loops=n"
+.PD
+Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes
+like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. The hope is that the loop will be
+executed many times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy
+operations.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-loops\fR and \fB\-falign\-loops=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-jumps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-jumps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-falign\-jumps=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-falign-jumps=n"
+.PD
+Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
+where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to \fIn\fR
+bytes like \fB\-falign\-functions\fR. In this case, no dummy operations
+need be executed.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-align\-jumps\fR and \fB\-falign\-jumps=1\fR are
+equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
+.Sp
+If \fIn\fR is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funit-at-a-time"
+This option is left for compatibility reasons. \fB\-funit\-at\-a\-time\fR
+has no effect, while \fB\-fno\-unit\-at\-a\-time\fR implies
+\&\fB\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder\fR and \fB\-fno\-section\-anchors\fR.
+.Sp
+Enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-toplevel\-reorder\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-toplevel-reorder"
+Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR
+statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the
+input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static variables
+will not be removed. This option is intended to support existing code
+which relies on a particular ordering. For new code, it is better to
+use attributes.
+.Sp
+Enabled at level \fB\-O0\fR. When disabled explicitly, it also imply
+\&\fB\-fno\-section\-anchors\fR that is otherwise enabled at \fB\-O0\fR on some
+targets.
+.IP "\fB\-fweb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fweb"
+Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign
+each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register allocation pass
+to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization
+passes, such as \s-1CSE\s0, loop optimizer and trivial dead code remover. It can,
+however, make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in a
+\&\*(L"home register\*(R".
+.Sp
+Enabled by default with \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fwhole\-program\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwhole-program"
+Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being
+compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR
+and those merged by attribute \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR become static functions
+and in effect are optimized more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers. If \fBgold\fR is used as the linker plugin, \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR attributes are automatically added to functions (not variable yet due to a current \fBgold\fR issue) that are accessed outside of \s-1LTO\s0 objects according to resolution file produced by \fBgold\fR. For other linkers that cannot generate resolution file, explicit \f(CW\*(C`externally_visible\*(C'\fR attributes are still necessary.
+While this option is equivalent to proper use of the \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR keyword for
+programs consisting of a single file, in combination with option
+\&\fB\-flto\fR this flag can be used to
+compile many smaller scale programs since the functions and variables become
+local for the whole combined compilation unit, not for the single source file
+itself.
+.Sp
+This option implies \fB\-fwhole\-file\fR for Fortran programs.
+.IP "\fB\-flto[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto[=n]"
+This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked
+with source code, it generates \s-1GIMPLE\s0 (one of \s-1GCC\s0's internal
+representations) and writes it to special \s-1ELF\s0 sections in the object
+file. When the object files are linked together, all the function
+bodies are read from these \s-1ELF\s0 sections and instantiated as if they
+had been part of the same translation unit.
+.Sp
+To use the link-time optimizer, \fB\-flto\fR needs to be specified at
+compile time and during the final link. For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-O2 \-flto foo.c
+\& gcc \-c \-O2 \-flto bar.c
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O2 foo.o bar.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first two invocations to \s-1GCC\s0 save a bytecode representation
+of \s-1GIMPLE\s0 into special \s-1ELF\s0 sections inside \fIfoo.o\fR and
+\&\fIbar.o\fR. The final invocation reads the \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode from
+\&\fIfoo.o\fR and \fIbar.o\fR, merges the two files into a single
+internal image, and compiles the result as usual. Since both
+\&\fIfoo.o\fR and \fIbar.o\fR are merged into a single image, this
+causes all the interprocedural analyses and optimizations in \s-1GCC\s0 to
+work across the two files as if they were a single one. This means,
+for example, that the inliner is able to inline functions in
+\&\fIbar.o\fR into functions in \fIfoo.o\fR and vice-versa.
+.Sp
+Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O2 foo.c bar.c
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The above generates bytecode for \fIfoo.c\fR and \fIbar.c\fR,
+merges them together into a single \s-1GIMPLE\s0 representation and optimizes
+them as usual to produce \fImyprog\fR.
+.Sp
+The only important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time
+optimizations the \fB\-flto\fR flag needs to be passed to both the
+compile and the link commands.
+.Sp
+To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to make
+certain whole program assumptions. The compiler needs to know
+what functions and variables can be accessed by libraries and runtime
+outside of the link-time optimized unit. When supported by the linker,
+the linker plugin (see \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR) passes information
+to the compiler about used and externally visible symbols. When
+the linker plugin is not available, \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR should be
+used to allow the compiler to make these assumptions, which leads
+to more aggressive optimization decisions.
+.Sp
+Note that when a file is compiled with \fB\-flto\fR, the generated
+object file is larger than a regular object file because it
+contains \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and the usual final code. This means that
+object files with \s-1LTO\s0 information can be linked as normal object
+files; if \fB\-flto\fR is not passed to the linker, no
+interprocedural optimizations are applied.
+.Sp
+Additionally, the optimization flags used to compile individual files
+are not necessarily related to those used at link time. For instance,
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& gcc \-c \-O0 \-flto foo.c
+\& gcc \-c \-O0 \-flto bar.c
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-flto \-O3 foo.o bar.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This produces individual object files with unoptimized assembler
+code, but the resulting binary \fImyprog\fR is optimized at
+\&\fB\-O3\fR. If, instead, the final binary is generated without
+\&\fB\-flto\fR, then \fImyprog\fR is not optimized.
+.Sp
+When producing the final binary with \fB\-flto\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 only
+applies link-time optimizations to those files that contain bytecode.
+Therefore, you can mix and match object files and libraries with
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and final object code. \s-1GCC\s0 automatically selects
+which files to optimize in \s-1LTO\s0 mode and which files to link without
+further processing.
+.Sp
+There are some code generation flags that \s-1GCC\s0 preserves when
+generating bytecodes, as they need to be used during the final link
+stage. Currently, the following options are saved into the \s-1GIMPLE\s0
+bytecode files: \fB\-fPIC\fR, \fB\-fcommon\fR and all the
+\&\fB\-m\fR target flags.
+.Sp
+At link time, these options are read in and reapplied. Note that the
+current implementation makes no attempt to recognize conflicting
+values for these options. If different files have conflicting option
+values (e.g., one file is compiled with \fB\-fPIC\fR and another
+isn't), the compiler simply uses the last value read from the
+bytecode files. It is recommended, then, that you compile all the files
+participating in the same link with the same options.
+.Sp
+If \s-1LTO\s0 encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible
+types in separate translation units to be linked together (undefined
+behavior according to \s-1ISO\s0 C99 6.2.7), a non-fatal diagnostic may be
+issued. The behavior is still undefined at runtime.
+.Sp
+Another feature of \s-1LTO\s0 is that it is possible to apply interprocedural
+optimizations on files written in different languages. This requires
+support in the language front end. Currently, the C, \*(C+ and
+Fortran front ends are capable of emitting \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes, so
+something like this should work:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& gcc \-c \-flto foo.c
+\& g++ \-c \-flto bar.cc
+\& gfortran \-c \-flto baz.f90
+\& g++ \-o myprog \-flto \-O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o \-lgfortran
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Notice that the final link is done with \fBg++\fR to get the \*(C+
+runtime libraries and \fB\-lgfortran\fR is added to get the Fortran
+runtime libraries. In general, when mixing languages in \s-1LTO\s0 mode, you
+should use the same link command options as when mixing languages in a
+regular (non-LTO) compilation; all you need to add is \fB\-flto\fR to
+all the compile and link commands.
+.Sp
+If object files containing \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode are stored in a library archive, say
+\&\fIlibfoo.a\fR, it is possible to extract and use them in an \s-1LTO\s0 link if you
+are using a linker with plugin support. To enable this feature, use
+the flag \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR at link time:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-o myprog \-O2 \-flto \-fuse\-linker\-plugin a.o b.o \-lfoo
+.Ve
+.Sp
+With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed
+\&\s-1GIMPLE\s0 files from \fIlibfoo.a\fR and passes them on to the running \s-1GCC\s0
+to make them part of the aggregated \s-1GIMPLE\s0 image to be optimized.
+.Sp
+If you are not using a linker with plugin support and/or do not
+enable the linker plugin, then the objects inside \fIlibfoo.a\fR
+are extracted and linked as usual, but they do not participate
+in the \s-1LTO\s0 optimization process.
+.Sp
+Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole program to
+operate. If the program does not require any symbols to be exported, it is
+possible to combine \fB\-flto\fR and \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR to allow
+the interprocedural optimizers to use more aggressive assumptions which may
+lead to improved optimization opportunities.
+Use of \fB\-fwhole\-program\fR is not needed when linker plugin is
+active (see \fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR).
+.Sp
+The current implementation of \s-1LTO\s0 makes no
+attempt to generate bytecode that is portable between different
+types of hosts. The bytecode files are versioned and there is a
+strict version check, so bytecode files generated in one version of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will not work with an older/newer version of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of debugging
+information. Combining \fB\-flto\fR with
+\&\fB\-g\fR is currently experimental and expected to produce wrong
+results.
+.Sp
+If you specify the optional \fIn\fR, the optimization and code
+generation done at link time is executed in parallel using \fIn\fR
+parallel jobs by utilizing an installed \fBmake\fR program. The
+environment variable \fB\s-1MAKE\s0\fR may be used to override the program
+used. The default value for \fIn\fR is 1.
+.Sp
+You can also specify \fB\-flto=jobserver\fR to use \s-1GNU\s0 make's
+job server mode to determine the number of parallel jobs. This
+is useful when the Makefile calling \s-1GCC\s0 is already executing in parallel.
+You must prepend a \fB+\fR to the command recipe in the parent Makefile
+for this to work. This option likely only works if \fB\s-1MAKE\s0\fR is
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 make.
+.Sp
+This option is disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-partition=\fR\fIalg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-partition=alg"
+Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.
+The value is either \f(CW\*(C`1to1\*(C'\fR to specify a partitioning mirroring
+the original source files or \f(CW\*(C`balanced\*(C'\fR to specify partitioning
+into equally sized chunks (whenever possible). Specifying \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR
+as an algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely. The
+default value is \f(CW\*(C`balanced\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-compression\-level=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-compression-level=n"
+This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate
+language written to \s-1LTO\s0 object files, and is only meaningful in
+conjunction with \s-1LTO\s0 mode (\fB\-flto\fR). Valid
+values are 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). Values
+outside this range are clamped to either 0 or 9. If the option is not
+given, a default balanced compression setting is used.
+.IP "\fB\-flto\-report\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flto-report"
+Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time
+optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to version.
+It is meant to be useful to \s-1GCC\s0 developers when processing object
+files in \s-1LTO\s0 mode (via \fB\-flto\fR).
+.Sp
+Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-linker\-plugin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-linker-plugin"
+Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization. This
+option relies on the linker plugin support in linker that is available in gold
+or in \s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer.
+.Sp
+This option enables the extraction of object files with \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode out
+of library archives. This improves the quality of optimization by exposing
+more code to the link-time optimizer. This information specifies what
+symbols can be accessed externally (by non-LTO object or during dynamic
+linking). Resulting code quality improvements on binaries (and shared
+libraries that use hidden visibility) are similar to \f(CW\*(C`\-fwhole\-program\*(C'\fR.
+See \fB\-flto\fR for a description of the effect of this flag and how to
+use it.
+.Sp
+This option is enabled by default when \s-1LTO\s0 support in \s-1GCC\s0 is enabled
+and \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for use with
+a linker supporting plugins (\s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer or gold).
+.IP "\fB\-fcompare\-elim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcompare-elim"
+After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
+identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a
+comparison operation based on that arithmetic. If possible, eliminate the
+explicit comparison operation.
+.Sp
+This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly represent
+the comparison operation before register allocation is complete.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-ld=gold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-ld=gold"
+Use the \fBgold\fR linker instead of the default linker.
+This option is only necessary if \s-1GCC\s0 has been configured with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-gold\fR and \fB\-\-enable\-ld=default\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fuse\-ld=bfd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fuse-ld=bfd"
+Use the \fBld.bfd\fR linker instead of the default linker.
+This option is only necessary if \s-1GCC\s0 has been configured with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-gold\fR and \fB\-\-enable\-ld\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fcprop\-registers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcprop-registers"
+After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
+we perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies
+and occasionally eliminate the copy.
+.Sp
+Enabled at levels \fB\-O\fR, \fB\-O2\fR, \fB\-O3\fR, \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-correction"
+Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may
+be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By
+default, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit an error message when an inconsistent profile is detected.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-dir=path"
+Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to \fIpath\fR.
+This option affects only the profile data generated by
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR, \fB\-ftest\-coverage\fR, \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR
+and used by \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR and \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR
+and its related options. Both absolute and relative paths can be used.
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the current directory as \fIpath\fR, thus the
+profile data file will appear in the same directory as the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate=path"
+.PD
+Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce
+profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based
+optimization. You must use \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR both when
+compiling and when linking your program.
+.Sp
+The following options are enabled: \f(CW\*(C`\-fprofile\-arcs\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fprofile\-values\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fvpt\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+If \fIpath\fR is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the \fIpath\fR to find
+the profile feedback data files. See \fB\-fprofile\-dir\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-generate-sampling"
+Enable sampling for instrumented binaries. Instead of recording every event,
+record only every N\-th event, where N (the sampling rate) can be set either
+at compile time using
+\&\fB\-\-param profile\-generate\-sampling\-rate=\fR\fIvalue\fR, or
+at execution start time through environment variable \fB\s-1GCOV_SAMPLING_RATE\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+At this time sampling applies only to branch counters. A sampling rate of 100
+decreases instrumentated binary slowdown from up to 20x for heavily threaded
+applications down to around 2x. \fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR is always
+needed with sampling.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-use\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-use"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-use=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-use=path"
+.PD
+Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations
+generally profitable only with profile feedback available.
+.Sp
+The following options are enabled: \f(CW\*(C`\-fbranch\-probabilities\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fvpt\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-funroll\-loops\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-fpeel\-loops\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 emits an error message if the feedback profiles do not
+match the source code. This error can be turned into a warning by using
+\&\fB\-Wcoverage\-mismatch\fR. Note this may result in poorly optimized
+code.
+.Sp
+If \fIpath\fR is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the \fIpath\fR to find
+the profile feedback data files. See \fB\-fprofile\-dir\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-generate=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpmu-profile-generate=pmuoption"
+Enable performance monitoring unit (\s-1PMU\s0) profiling. This collects
+hardware counter data corresponding to \fIpmuoption\fR. Currently
+only \fIload-latency\fR and \fIbranch-mispredict\fR are supported
+using pfmon tool. You must use \fB\-fpmu\-profile\-generate\fR both
+when compiling and when linking your program. This \s-1PMU\s0 profile data
+may later be used by the compiler during optimizations as well can be
+displayed using coverage tool gcov. The params variable
+\&\*(L"pmu_profile_n_addresses\*(R" can be used to restrict \s-1PMU\s0 data collection
+to only this many addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-fpmu\-profile\-use=\fR\fIpmuoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpmu-profile-use=pmuoption"
+Enable performance monitoring unit (\s-1PMU\s0) profiling based
+optimizations. Currently only \fIload-latency\fR and
+\&\fIbranch-mispredict\fR are supported.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa"
+Perform dynamic inter-procedural analysis. This is used in conjunction with
+the \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR and \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR options.
+During the \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR phase, this flag turns on some additional
+instrumentation code that enables dynamic call-graph analysis.
+During the \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR phase, this flag enables cross-module
+optimizations such as inlining.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-disallow\-asm\-modules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-disallow-asm-modules"
+During profile-gen, if this flag is enabled, and the module has asm statements,
+arrange so that a bit recording this information will be set in the profile
+feedback data file.
+During profile-use, if this flag is enabled, and the same bit in auxiliary
+module's profile feedback data is set, don't import this auxiliary module.
+If this is the primary module, don't export it.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-disallow\-opt\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-disallow-opt-mismatch"
+Don't import an auxiliary module, if the \s-1GCC\s0 command line options used for this
+auxiliary module during the profile-generate stage were different from those used
+for the primary module. Note that any mismatches in warning-related options are
+ignored for this comparison.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-no\-promote\-always\-inline\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-no-promote-always-inline-func"
+Do not promote static functions with always inline attribute in \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-verbose"
+Enable printing of verbose information about dynamic inter-procedural optimizations.
+This is used in conjunction with the \fB\-fripa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-peel\-size\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-peel-size-limit"
+Limit loop peeling of non-const non-FP loops in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation under estimates
+of a large code footprint. Enabled by default under \fB\-fripa\fR. Code size
+estimation and thresholds are controlled by the \fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR
+and \fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR parameters.
+.IP "\fB\-fripa\-unroll\-size\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fripa-unroll-size-limit"
+Limit loop unrolling of non-const non-FP loops in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compilation under estimates
+of a large code footprint. Enabled by default under \fB\-fripa\fR. Code size
+estimation and thresholds are controlled by the \fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR
+and \fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR parameters.
+.IP "\fB\-fcallgraph\-profiles\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcallgraph-profiles-sections"
+Emit call graph edge profile counts in .note.callgraph.text sections. This is
+used in conjunction with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR. A new .note.callgraph.text
+section is created for each function. This section lists every callee and the
+number of times it is called. The params variable
+\&\*(L"note-cgraph-section-edge-threshold\*(R" can be used to only list edges above a
+certain threshold.
+.IP "\fB\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\-in\-elf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frecord-gcc-switches-in-elf"
+Record the command line options in the .gnu.switches.text elf section for sample
+based \s-1LIPO\s0 to do module grouping.
+.PP
+The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating
+point arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and
+correctness. All must be specifically enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-ffloat\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffloat-store"
+Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
+options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
+register or memory.
+.Sp
+This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
+the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
+precision than a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is supposed to have. Similarly for the
+x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
+good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
+point. Use \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR for such programs, after modifying
+them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
+.IP "\fB\-fexcess\-precision=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexcess-precision=style"
+This option allows further control over excess precision on machines
+where floating-point registers have more precision than the \s-1IEEE\s0
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR types and the processor does not
+support operations rounding to those types. By default,
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=fast\fR is in effect; this means that
+operations are carried out in the precision of the registers and that
+it is unpredictable when rounding to the types specified in the source
+code takes place. When compiling C, if
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=standard\fR is specified then excess
+precision will follow the rules specified in \s-1ISO\s0 C99; in particular,
+both casts and assignments cause values to be rounded to their
+semantic types (whereas \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR only affects
+assignments). This option is enabled by default for C if a strict
+conformance option such as \fB\-std=c99\fR is used.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fexcess\-precision=standard\fR is not implemented for languages
+other than C, and has no effect if
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR or \fB\-ffast\-math\fR is
+specified. On the x86, it also has no effect if \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR
+or \fB\-mfpmath=sse+387\fR is specified; in the former case, \s-1IEEE\s0
+semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding
+is unpredictable.
+.IP "\fB\-ffast\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffast-math"
+Sets \fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR, \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR,
+\&\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR, \fB\-fno\-rounding\-math\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR and \fB\-fcx\-limited\-range\fR.
+.Sp
+This option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_FAST_MATH_\|_\*(C'\fR to be defined.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option besides
+\&\fB\-Ofast\fR since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+which depend on an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications
+for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-math-errno"
+Do not set \s-1ERRNO\s0 after calling math functions that are executed
+with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on
+\&\s-1IEEE\s0 exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
+for speed while maintaining \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic compatibility.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fmath\-errno\fR.
+.Sp
+On Darwin systems, the math library never sets \f(CW\*(C`errno\*(C'\fR. There is
+therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility that
+it might, and \fB\-fno\-math\-errno\fR is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funsafe-math-optimizations"
+Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
+that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate \s-1IEEE\s0 or
+\&\s-1ANSI\s0 standards. When used at link-time, it may include libraries
+or startup files that change the default \s-1FPU\s0 control word or other
+similar optimizations.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+Enables \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR, \fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR,
+\&\fB\-fassociative\-math\fR and \fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-unsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fassociative\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fassociative-math"
+Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations.
+This violates the \s-1ISO\s0 C and \*(C+ language standard by possibly changing
+computation result. \s-1NOTE:\s0 re-ordering may change the sign of zero as
+well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or create underflow or overflow (and
+thus cannot be used on a code which relies on rounding behavior like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`(x + 2**52) \- 2**52)\*(C'\fR. May also reorder floating-point comparisons
+and thus may not be used when ordered comparisons are required.
+This option requires that both \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR be in effect. Moreover, it doesn't make
+much sense with \fB\-frounding\-math\fR. For Fortran the option
+is automatically enabled when both \fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR are in effect.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-associative\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freciprocal-math"
+Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by
+the value if this enables optimizations. For example \f(CW\*(C`x / y\*(C'\fR
+can be replaced with \f(CW\*(C`x * (1/y)\*(C'\fR which is useful if \f(CW\*(C`(1/y)\*(C'\fR
+is subject to common subexpression elimination. Note that this loses
+precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-reciprocal\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffinite-math-only"
+Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume
+that arguments and results are not NaNs or +\-Infs.
+.Sp
+This option is not turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
+that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-finite\-math\-only\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-signed\-zeros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-signed-zeros"
+Allow optimizations for floating point arithmetic that ignore the
+signedness of zero. \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic specifies the behavior of
+distinct +0.0 and \-0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification
+of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with \fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR).
+This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn't significant.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fsigned\-zeros\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-trapping-math"
+Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
+user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow,
+underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option requires
+that \fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR be in effect. Setting this option may
+allow faster code if one relies on \*(L"non-stop\*(R" \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic, for example.
+.Sp
+This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
+it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
+an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
+math functions.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-ftrapping\-math\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-frounding\-math\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frounding-math"
+Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating
+point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point
+to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic
+truncations. This option should be specified for programs that change
+the \s-1FP\s0 rounding mode dynamically, or that may be executed with a
+non-default rounding mode. This option disables constant folding of
+floating point expressions at compile-time (which may be affected by
+rounding mode) and arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the
+presence of sign-dependent rounding modes.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-rounding\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
+disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
+Future versions of \s-1GCC\s0 may provide finer control of this setting
+using C99's \f(CW\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C'\fR pragma. This command line option
+will be used to specify the default state for \f(CW\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fsignaling\-nans\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsignaling-nans"
+Compile code assuming that \s-1IEEE\s0 signaling NaNs may generate user-visible
+traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables
+optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with
+signaling NaNs. This option implies \fB\-ftrapping\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SUPPORT_SNAN_\|_\*(C'\fR to
+be defined.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-signaling\-nans\fR.
+.Sp
+This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
+disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-fsingle\-precision\-constant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsingle-precision-constant"
+Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead of
+implicitly converting it to double precision constant.
+.IP "\fB\-fcx\-limited\-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcx-limited-range"
+When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
+needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no checking
+whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is \f(CW\*(C`NaN
++ I*NaN\*(C'\fR, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case. The
+default is \fB\-fno\-cx\-limited\-range\fR, but is enabled by
+\&\fB\-ffast\-math\fR.
+.Sp
+This option controls the default setting of the \s-1ISO\s0 C99
+\&\f(CW\*(C`CX_LIMITED_RANGE\*(C'\fR pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to
+all languages.
+.IP "\fB\-fcx\-fortran\-rules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcx-fortran-rules"
+Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range
+reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no checking
+whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is \f(CW\*(C`NaN
++ I*NaN\*(C'\fR, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-fno\-cx\-fortran\-rules\fR.
+.IP "\fBmin-mcf-cancel-iters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-mcf-cancel-iters"
+The minimum number of iterations of negative cycle cancellation during
+\&\s-1MCF\s0 profile correction before early termination. This parameter is
+only useful when using \fB\-fprofile\-correction\fR.
+.PP
+The following options control optimizations that may improve
+performance, but are not enabled by any \fB\-O\fR options. This
+section includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-probabilities"
+After running a program compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, you can compile it a second time using
+\&\fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, to improve optimizations based on
+the number of times each branch was taken. When the program
+compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR exits it saves arc execution
+counts to a file called \fI\fIsourcename\fI.gcda\fR for each source
+file. The information in this data file is very dependent on the
+structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source code
+and the same optimization options for both compilations.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 puts a
+\&\fB\s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0\fR note on each \fB\s-1JUMP_INSN\s0\fR and \fB\s-1CALL_INSN\s0\fR.
+These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
+used in one place: in \fIreorg.c\fR, instead of guessing which path a
+branch is most likely to take, the \fB\s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0\fR values are used to
+exactly determine which path is taken more often.
+.IP "\fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fclone-hot-version-paths"
+When multi-version calls are made using \fB_\|_builtin_dispatch\fR, this flag
+enables cloning and hoisting of hot multiversioned paths.
+.IP "\fB\-fprofile\-values\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fprofile-values"
+If combined with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, it adds code so that some
+data about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, it reads back the data gathered
+from profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR and \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fvpt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvpt"
+If combined with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, it instructs the compiler to add
+a code to gather information about values of expressions.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fbranch\-probabilities\fR, it reads back the data gathered
+and actually performs the optimizations based on them.
+Currently the optimizations include specialization of division operation
+using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
+.IP "\fB\-frename\-registers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frename-registers"
+Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use
+of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization
+will most benefit processors with lots of registers. Depending on the
+debug information format adopted by the target, however, it can
+make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in
+a \*(L"home register\*(R".
+.Sp
+Enabled by default with \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR and \fB\-fpeel\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftracer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftracer"
+Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
+simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
+better job.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-loops"
+Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or
+upon entry to the loop. \fB\-funroll\-loops\fR implies
+\&\fB\-frerun\-cse\-after\-loop\fR, \fB\-fweb\fR and \fB\-frename\-registers\fR.
+It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with
+small constant number of iterations). This option makes code larger, and may
+or may not make it run faster.
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funroll-all-loops"
+Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
+the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
+\&\fB\-funroll\-all\-loops\fR implies the same options as
+\&\fB\-funroll\-loops\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpeel\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpeel-loops"
+Peels the loops for that there is enough information that they do not
+roll much (from profile feedback). It also turns on complete loop peeling
+(i.e. complete removal of loops with small constant number of iterations).
+.Sp
+Enabled with \fB\-fprofile\-use\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fmove\-loop\-invariants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fmove-loop-invariants"
+Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the \s-1RTL\s0 loop optimizer. Enabled
+at level \fB\-O1\fR
+.IP "\fB\-funswitch\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funswitch-loops"
+Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates
+of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition).
+.IP "\fB\-ffunction\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffunction-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fdata\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdata-sections"
+.PD
+Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
+file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
+function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
+in the output file.
+.Sp
+Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
+to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. Most systems
+using the \s-1ELF\s0 object format and \s-1SPARC\s0 processors running Solaris 2 have
+linkers with such optimizations. \s-1AIX\s0 may have these optimizations in
+the future.
+.Sp
+Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
+so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
+create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
+You will not be able to use \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR on all systems if you
+specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
+you specify both this option and \fB\-g\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize"
+Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue / epilogue
+threading.
+The use of target registers can typically be exposed only during reload,
+thus hoisting loads out of loops and doing inter-block scheduling needs
+a separate optimization pass.
+.IP "\fB\-fbranch\-target\-load\-optimize2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize2"
+Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue
+threading.
+.IP "\fB\-fbtr\-bb\-exclusive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbtr-bb-exclusive"
+When performing branch target register load optimization, don't reuse
+branch target registers in within any basic block.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector"
+Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing
+attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with
+vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call alloca, and
+functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes. The guards are initialized
+when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits.
+If a guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program exits.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector-all"
+Like \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR except that all functions are protected.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-protector\-strong\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-protector-strong"
+Like \fB\-fstack\-protector\fR but includes additional functions to be
+protected \- those that have local array definitions, or have references to
+local frame addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-fsection\-anchors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsection-anchors"
+Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using
+shared \*(L"anchor\*(R" symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation
+can help to reduce the number of \s-1GOT\s0 entries and \s-1GOT\s0 accesses on some
+targets.
+.Sp
+For example, the implementation of the following function \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& static int a, b, c;
+\& int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would usually calculate the addresses of all three variables, but if you
+compile it with \fB\-fsection\-anchors\fR, it will access the variables
+from a common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to the
+following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int foo (void)
+\& {
+\& register int *xr = &x;
+\& return xr[&a \- &x] + xr[&b \- &x] + xr[&c \- &x];
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Not all targets support this option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--param name=value"
+In some places, \s-1GCC\s0 uses various constants to control the amount of
+optimization that is done. For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will not inline functions
+that contain more that a certain number of instructions. You can
+control some of these constants on the command-line using the
+\&\fB\-\-param\fR option.
+.Sp
+The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values, are
+tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to change
+without notice in future releases.
+.Sp
+In each case, the \fIvalue\fR is an integer. The allowable choices for
+\&\fIname\fR are given in the following table:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBstruct-reorg-cold-struct-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "struct-reorg-cold-struct-ratio"
+The threshold ratio (as a percentage) between a structure frequency
+and the frequency of the hottest structure in the program. This parameter
+is used by struct-reorg optimization enabled by \fB\-fipa\-struct\-reorg\fR.
+We say that if the ratio of a structure frequency, calculated by profiling,
+to the hottest structure frequency in the program is less than this
+parameter, then structure reorganization is not applied to this structure.
+The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBpredictable-branch-outcome\fR" 4
+.IX Item "predictable-branch-outcome"
+When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower than this threshold
+(in percent), then it is considered well predictable. The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-crossjump-edges\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-crossjump-edges"
+The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for crossjumping.
+The algorithm used by \fB\-fcrossjumping\fR is O(N^2) in
+the number of edges incoming to each block. Increasing values mean
+more aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase with
+probably small improvement in executable size.
+.IP "\fBmin-crossjump-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-crossjump-insns"
+The minimum number of instructions which must be matched at the end
+of two blocks before crossjumping will be performed on them. This
+value is ignored in the case where all instructions in the block being
+crossjumped from are matched. The default value is 5.
+.IP "\fBmax-grow-copy-bb-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-grow-copy-bb-insns"
+The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks
+instead of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump instruction.
+The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmax-goto-duplication-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-goto-duplication-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps
+to a computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of
+passes, \s-1GCC\s0 factors computed gotos early in the compilation process,
+and unfactors them as late as possible. Only computed jumps at the
+end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-duplication-insns are
+unfactored. The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmax-delay-slot-insn-search\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-delay-slot-insn-search"
+The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an
+instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of
+instructions is searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot
+will be minimal so stop searching. Increasing values mean more
+aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase with probably
+small improvement in executable run time.
+.IP "\fBmax-delay-slot-live-search\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-delay-slot-live-search"
+When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to
+consider when searching for a block with valid live register
+information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more
+aggressive optimization, increasing the compile time. This parameter
+should be removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the
+control-flow graph.
+.IP "\fBmax-gcse-memory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-gcse-memory"
+The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in
+order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
+optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
+optimization will not be done.
+.IP "\fBmax-gcse-insertion-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-gcse-insertion-ratio"
+If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger than this value
+for any expression, then \s-1RTL\s0 \s-1PRE\s0 will insert or remove the expression and thus
+leave partially redundant computations in the instruction stream. The default value is 20.
+.IP "\fBmax-pending-list-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pending-list-length"
+The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling will allow
+before flushing the current state and starting over. Large functions
+with few branches or calls can create excessively large lists which
+needlessly consume memory and resources.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-single"
+Several parameters control the tree inliner used in gcc.
+This number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in \s-1GCC\s0's
+internal representation) in a single function that the tree inliner
+will consider for inlining. This only affects functions declared
+inline and methods implemented in a class declaration (\*(C+).
+The default value is 400.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-auto"
+When you use \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR),
+a lot of functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining
+by the compiler will be investigated. To those functions, a different
+(more restrictive) limit compared to functions declared inline can
+be applied.
+The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBmversn-clone-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mversn-clone-depth"
+When using \fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR, hot function paths are multi\-
+versioned via cloning. This parameter specifies the maximum length of the
+call graph path that can be cloned. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBnum-mversn-clones\fR" 4
+.IX Item "num-mversn-clones"
+When using \fB\-fclone\-hot\-version\-paths\fR, hot function paths are multi\-
+versioned via cloning. This parameter specifies the maximum number of
+functions that can be cloned. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBlarge-function-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-function-insns"
+The limit specifying really large functions. For functions larger than this
+limit after inlining, inlining is constrained by
+\&\fB\-\-param large-function-growth\fR. This parameter is useful primarily
+to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-linear algorithms used by the
+backend.
+The default value is 2700.
+.IP "\fBlarge-function-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-function-growth"
+Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents.
+The default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times
+the original size.
+.IP "\fBlarge-unit-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-unit-insns"
+The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by inlining of
+units larger than this limit is limited by \fB\-\-param inline-unit-growth\fR.
+For small units this might be too tight (consider unit consisting of function A
+that is inline and B that just calls A three time. If B is small relative to
+A, the growth of unit is 300\e% and yet such inlining is very sane. For very
+large units consisting of small inlineable functions however the overall unit
+growth limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size. Thus for
+smaller units, the size is increased to \fB\-\-param large-unit-insns\fR
+before applying \fB\-\-param inline-unit-growth\fR. The default is 10000
+.IP "\fBinline-unit-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "inline-unit-growth"
+Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by inlining.
+The default value is 30 which limits unit growth to 1.3 times the original
+size.
+.IP "\fBipcp-unit-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ipcp-unit-growth"
+Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by
+interprocedural constant propagation. The default value is 10 which limits
+unit growth to 1.1 times the original size.
+.IP "\fBlarge-stack-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-stack-frame"
+The limit specifying large stack frames. While inlining the algorithm is trying
+to not grow past this limit too much. Default value is 256 bytes.
+.IP "\fBlarge-stack-frame-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "large-stack-frame-growth"
+Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by inlining in percents.
+The default value is 1000 which limits large stack frame growth to 11 times
+the original size.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-recursive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-recursive"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-insns-recursive-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-insns-recursive-auto"
+.PD
+Specifies maximum number of instructions out-of-line copy of self recursive inline
+function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.
+.Sp
+For functions declared inline \fB\-\-param max-inline-insns-recursive\fR is
+taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
+happens only when \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR) is
+enabled and \fB\-\-param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto\fR is used. The
+default value is 450.
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-recursive-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-recursive-depth"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-inline-recursive-depth-auto\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-inline-recursive-depth-auto"
+.PD
+Specifies maximum recursion depth used by the recursive inlining.
+.Sp
+For functions declared inline \fB\-\-param max-inline-recursive-depth\fR is
+taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
+happens only when \fB\-finline\-functions\fR (included in \fB\-O3\fR) is
+enabled and \fB\-\-param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto\fR is used. The
+default value is 8.
+.IP "\fBmin-inline-recursive-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-inline-recursive-probability"
+Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion
+in average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by
+increasing the prologue size or complexity of function body to other
+optimizers.
+.Sp
+When profile feedback is available (see \fB\-fprofile\-generate\fR) the actual
+recursion depth can be guessed from probability that function will recurse via
+given call expression. This parameter limits inlining only to call expression
+whose probability exceeds given threshold (in percents). The default value is
+10.
+.IP "\fBearly-inlining-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "early-inlining-insns"
+Specify growth that early inliner can make. In effect it increases amount of
+inlining for code having large abstraction penalty. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-early-inliner-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-early-inliner-iterations"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBmax-early-inliner-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-early-inliner-iterations"
+.PD
+Limit of iterations of early inliner. This basically bounds number of nested
+indirect calls early inliner can resolve. Deeper chains are still handled by
+late inlining.
+.IP "\fBcomdat-sharing-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "comdat-sharing-probability"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBcomdat-sharing-probability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "comdat-sharing-probability"
+.PD
+Probability (in percent) that \*(C+ inline function with comdat visibility
+will be shared across multiple compilation units. The default value is 20.
+.IP "\fBmin-vect-loop-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-vect-loop-bound"
+The minimum number of iterations under which a loop will not get vectorized
+when \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR is used. The number of iterations after
+vectorization needs to be greater than the value specified by this option
+to allow vectorization. The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBgcse-cost-distance-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gcse-cost-distance-ratio"
+Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression
+can be moved by \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations. This is currently supported only in the
+code hoisting pass. The bigger the ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting
+will be with simple expressions, i.e., the expressions which have cost
+less than \fBgcse-unrestricted-cost\fR. Specifying 0 will disable
+hoisting of simple expressions. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBgcse-unrestricted-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gcse-unrestricted-cost"
+Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine
+instruction, at which \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations will not constrain
+the distance an expression can travel. This is currently
+supported only in the code hoisting pass. The lesser the cost,
+the more aggressive code hoisting will be. Specifying 0 will
+allow all expressions to travel unrestricted distances.
+The default value is 3.
+.IP "\fBmax-hoist-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-hoist-depth"
+The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to hoist.
+This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting algorithm.
+The value of 0 will avoid limiting the search, but may slow down compilation
+of huge functions. The default value is 30.
+.IP "\fBmax-unrolled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unrolled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
+is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it determines how many times
+the loop code is unrolled.
+.IP "\fBmax-average-unrolled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-average-unrolled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their execution
+that a loop should have if that loop is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled,
+it determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
+.IP "\fBmax-unroll-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unroll-times"
+The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
+is peeled, and if the loop is peeled, it determines how many times
+the loop code is peeled.
+.IP "\fBmax-peel-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-peel-times"
+The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peeled-insns-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peeled-insns-feedback"
+The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop when profile
+feedback is available and the loop is hot. Because of the real
+profiles, this value may set to be larger for hot loops. Its default
+value is 600.
+.IP "\fBmax-once-peeled-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-once-peeled-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of a peeled loop that rolls only once.
+.IP "\fBmax-once-peeled-insns-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-once-peeled-insns-feedback"
+The maximum number of insns of a peeled loop when profile feedback is
+available and the loop is hot. Because of the real profiles, this
+value may set to be larger for hot loops. The default value is 600.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-times"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete peeling.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-times-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-times-feedback"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete
+peeling when profile feedback is available and the loop is
+hot. Because of the real profiles, this value may set to be larger for
+hot loops. Its default value is 16.
+.IP "\fBmax-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth"
+The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.
+.IP "\fBcodesize-hotness-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "codesize-hotness-threshold"
+The minimum profile count of basic blocks to look at when estimating
+the code size footprint of the call graph in a \s-1LIPO\s0 compile.
+.IP "\fBunrollpeel-codesize-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "unrollpeel-codesize-threshold"
+Maximum \s-1LIPO\s0 code size footprint estimate for loop unrolling and peeling.
+.IP "\fBmax-unswitch-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unswitch-insns"
+The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
+.IP "\fBmax-unswitch-level\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-unswitch-level"
+The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
+.IP "\fBlim-expensive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lim-expensive"
+The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant motion.
+.IP "\fBiv-consider-all-candidates-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-consider-all-candidates-bound"
+Bound on number of candidates for induction variables below that
+all candidates are considered for each use in induction variable
+optimizations. Only the most relevant candidates are considered
+if there are more candidates, to avoid quadratic time complexity.
+.IP "\fBiv-max-considered-uses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-max-considered-uses"
+The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more
+induction variable uses.
+.IP "\fBiv-always-prune-cand-set-bound\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound"
+If number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value,
+we always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its
+optimization when a new iv is added to the set.
+.IP "\fBscev-max-expr-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "scev-max-expr-size"
+Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
+Large expressions slow the analyzer.
+.IP "\fBscev-max-expr-complexity\fR" 4
+.IX Item "scev-max-expr-complexity"
+Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
+Complex expressions slow the analyzer.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-vars\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-vars"
+The maximum number of variables in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 128.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-geqs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-geqs"
+The maximum number of inequalities in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 256.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-eqs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-eqs"
+The maximum number of equalities in an Omega constraint system.
+The default value is 128.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-wild-cards\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-wild-cards"
+The maximum number of wildcard variables that the Omega solver will
+be able to insert. The default value is 18.
+.IP "\fBomega-hash-table-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-hash-table-size"
+The size of the hash table in the Omega solver. The default value is
+550.
+.IP "\fBomega-max-keys\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-max-keys"
+The maximal number of keys used by the Omega solver. The default
+value is 500.
+.IP "\fBomega-eliminate-redundant-constraints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints"
+When set to 1, use expensive methods to eliminate all redundant
+constraints. The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBvect-max-version-for-alignment-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks"
+The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when
+doing loop versioning for alignment in the vectorizer. See option
+ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
+.IP "\fBvect-max-version-for-alias-checks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "vect-max-version-for-alias-checks"
+The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when
+doing loop versioning for alias in the vectorizer. See option
+ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
+.IP "\fBmax-iterations-to-track\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-iterations-to-track"
+The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute force algorithm
+for analysis of # of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.
+.IP "\fBhot-bb-count-fraction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hot-bb-count-fraction"
+Select fraction of the maximal count of repetitions of basic block in program
+given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
+.IP "\fBhot-bb-frequency-fraction\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hot-bb-frequency-fraction"
+Select fraction of the entry block frequency of executions of basic block in
+function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot
+.IP "\fBmax-predicted-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-predicted-iterations"
+The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically. This is useful
+in cases where function contain single loop with known bound and other loop
+with unknown. We predict the known number of iterations correctly, while
+the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10. This means that the
+loop without bounds would appear artificially cold relative to the other one.
+.IP "\fBalign-threshold\fR" 4
+.IX Item "align-threshold"
+Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of basic block in
+function given basic block will get aligned.
+.IP "\fBalign-loop-iterations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "align-loop-iterations"
+A loop expected to iterate at lest the selected number of iterations will get
+aligned.
+.IP "\fBtracer-dynamic-coverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBtracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback"
+.PD
+This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage of
+executed instructions is covered. This limits unnecessary code size
+expansion.
+.Sp
+The \fBtracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback\fR is used only when profile
+feedback is available. The real profiles (as opposed to statically estimated
+ones) are much less balanced allowing the threshold to be larger value.
+.IP "\fBtracer-max-code-growth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-max-code-growth"
+Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage. This is
+rather hokey argument, as most of the duplicates will be eliminated later in
+cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the desired code
+growth.
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio"
+Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than this
+threshold (in percent).
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBtracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback"
+.PD
+Stop forward growth if the best edge do have probability lower than this
+threshold.
+.Sp
+Similarly to \fBtracer-dynamic-coverage\fR two values are present, one for
+compilation for profile feedback and one for compilation without. The value
+for compilation with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in
+order to make tracer effective.
+.IP "\fBmax-cse-path-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cse-path-length"
+Maximum number of basic blocks on path that cse considers. The default is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-cse-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cse-insns"
+The maximum instructions \s-1CSE\s0 process before flushing. The default is 1000.
+.IP "\fBggc-min-expand\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ggc-min-expand"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation. This
+parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage
+collector's heap should be allowed to expand between collections.
+Tuning this may improve compilation speed; it has no effect on code
+generation.
+.Sp
+The default is 30% + 70% * (\s-1RAM/1GB\s0) with an upper bound of 100% when
+\&\s-1RAM\s0 >= 1GB. If \f(CW\*(C`getrlimit\*(C'\fR is available, the notion of \*(L"\s-1RAM\s0\*(R" is
+the smallest of actual \s-1RAM\s0 and \f(CW\*(C`RLIMIT_DATA\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`RLIMIT_AS\*(C'\fR. If
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a particular platform, the lower
+bound of 30% is used. Setting this parameter and
+\&\fBggc-min-heapsize\fR to zero causes a full collection to occur at
+every opportunity. This is extremely slow, but can be useful for
+debugging.
+.IP "\fBggc-min-heapsize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ggc-min-heapsize"
+Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins bothering
+to collect garbage. The first collection occurs after the heap expands
+by \fBggc-min-expand\fR% beyond \fBggc-min-heapsize\fR. Again,
+tuning this may improve compilation speed, and has no effect on code
+generation.
+.Sp
+The default is the smaller of \s-1RAM/8\s0, \s-1RLIMIT_RSS\s0, or a limit which
+tries to ensure that \s-1RLIMIT_DATA\s0 or \s-1RLIMIT_AS\s0 are not exceeded, but
+with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and an upper bound of
+131072 (128 megabytes). If \s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a
+particular platform, the lower bound is used. Setting this parameter
+very large effectively disables garbage collection. Setting this
+parameter and \fBggc-min-expand\fR to zero causes a full collection
+to occur at every opportunity.
+.IP "\fBmax-reload-search-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-reload-search-insns"
+The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for equivalent
+register. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
+compile time increase with probably slightly better performance. The default
+value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-cselib-memory-locations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-cselib-memory-locations"
+The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account.
+Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compile time
+increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value is 500.
+.IP "\fBreorder-blocks-duplicate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBreorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback"
+.PD
+Used by basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional
+branch or duplicate the code on its destination. Code is duplicated when its
+estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated size of
+unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.
+.Sp
+The \fBreorder-block-duplicate-feedback\fR is used only when profile
+feedback is available and may be set to higher values than
+\&\fBreorder-block-duplicate\fR since information about the hot spots is more
+accurate.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-ready-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-ready-insns"
+The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should
+consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass. Increasing
+values mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase
+with probably little benefit. The default value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-region-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-region-blocks"
+The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
+interblock scheduling. The default value is 10.
+.IP "\fBmax-pipeline-region-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pipeline-region-blocks"
+The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
+pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 15.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-region-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-region-insns"
+The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
+interblock scheduling. The default value is 100.
+.IP "\fBmax-pipeline-region-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-pipeline-region-insns"
+The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
+pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 200.
+.IP "\fBmin-spec-prob\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-spec-prob"
+The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block
+for interblock speculative scheduling. The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-extend-regions-iters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-extend-regions-iters"
+The maximum number of iterations through \s-1CFG\s0 to extend regions.
+0 \- disable region extension,
+N \- do at most N iterations.
+The default value is 0.
+.IP "\fBmax-sched-insn-conflict-delay\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-sched-insn-conflict-delay"
+The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative motion.
+The default value is 3.
+.IP "\fBsched-spec-prob-cutoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sched-spec-prob-cutoff"
+The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that
+speculative insn will be scheduled.
+The default value is 40.
+.IP "\fBsched-mem-true-dep-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sched-mem-true-dep-cost"
+Minimal distance (in \s-1CPU\s0 cycles) between store and load targeting same
+memory locations. The default value is 1.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-lookahead\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-lookahead"
+The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective scheduling. It is a
+depth of search for available instructions.
+The default value is 50.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-sched-times\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-sched-times"
+The maximum number of times that an instruction will be scheduled during
+selective scheduling. This is the limit on the number of iterations
+through which the instruction may be pipelined. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBselsched-max-insns-to-rename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "selsched-max-insns-to-rename"
+The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that are considered
+for renaming in the selective scheduler. The default value is 2.
+.IP "\fBmax-last-value-rtl\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-last-value-rtl"
+The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an expression
+in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that register. The default
+is 10000.
+.IP "\fBinteger-share-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "integer-share-limit"
+Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the
+compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed. This sets the maximum
+value of a shared integer constant. The default value is 256.
+.IP "\fBmin-virtual-mappings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-virtual-mappings"
+Specifies the minimum number of virtual mappings in the incremental
+\&\s-1SSA\s0 updater that should be registered to trigger the virtual mappings
+heuristic defined by virtual-mappings-ratio. The default value is
+100.
+.IP "\fBvirtual-mappings-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "virtual-mappings-ratio"
+If the number of virtual mappings is virtual-mappings-ratio bigger
+than the number of virtual symbols to be updated, then the incremental
+\&\s-1SSA\s0 updater switches to a full update for those symbols. The default
+ratio is 3.
+.IP "\fBssp-buffer-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ssp-buffer-size"
+The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that will receive stack smashing
+protection when \fB\-fstack\-protection\fR is used.
+.IP "\fBmax-jump-thread-duplication-stmts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts"
+Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be
+duplicated when threading jumps.
+.IP "\fBmax-fields-for-field-sensitive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-fields-for-field-sensitive"
+Maximum number of fields in a structure we will treat in
+a field sensitive manner during pointer analysis. The default is zero
+for \-O0, and \-O1 and 100 for \-Os, \-O2, and \-O3.
+.IP "\fBprefetch-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prefetch-latency"
+Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed before
+prefetch finishes. The distance we prefetch ahead is proportional
+to this constant. Increasing this number may also lead to less
+streams being prefetched (see \fBsimultaneous-prefetches\fR).
+.IP "\fBsimultaneous-prefetches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "simultaneous-prefetches"
+Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.
+.IP "\fBl1\-cache\-line\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l1-cache-line-size"
+The size of cache line in L1 cache, in bytes.
+.IP "\fBl1\-cache\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l1-cache-size"
+The size of L1 cache, in kilobytes.
+.IP "\fBl2\-cache\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l2-cache-size"
+The size of L2 cache, in kilobytes.
+.IP "\fBmin-insn-to-prefetch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio"
+The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
+number of prefetches to enable prefetching in a loop.
+.IP "\fBprefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio"
+The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
+number of memory references to enable prefetching in a loop.
+.IP "\fBuse-canonical-types\fR" 4
+.IX Item "use-canonical-types"
+Whether the compiler should use the \*(L"canonical\*(R" type system. By
+default, this should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal
+mechanism for comparing types in \*(C+ and Objective\-\*(C+. However, if
+bugs in the canonical type system are causing compilation failures,
+set this value to 0 to disable canonical types.
+.IP "\fBswitch-conversion-max-branch-ratio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio"
+Switch initialization conversion will refuse to create arrays that are
+bigger than \fBswitch-conversion-max-branch-ratio\fR times the number of
+branches in the switch.
+.IP "\fBmax-partial-antic-length\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-partial-antic-length"
+Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the tree
+partial redundancy elimination optimization (\fB\-ftree\-pre\fR) when
+optimizing at \fB\-O3\fR and above. For some sorts of source code
+the enhanced partial redundancy elimination optimization can run away,
+consuming all of the memory available on the host machine. This
+parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets that are computed,
+which prevents the runaway behavior. Setting a value of 0 for
+this parameter will allow an unlimited set length.
+.IP "\fBsccvn-max-scc-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sccvn-max-scc-size"
+Maximum size of a strongly connected component (\s-1SCC\s0) during \s-1SCCVN\s0
+processing. If this limit is hit, \s-1SCCVN\s0 processing for the whole
+function will not be done and optimizations depending on it will
+be disabled. The default maximum \s-1SCC\s0 size is 10000.
+.IP "\fBira-max-loops-num\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-max-loops-num"
+\&\s-1IRA\s0 uses a regional register allocation by default. If a function
+contains loops more than number given by the parameter, only at most
+given number of the most frequently executed loops will form regions
+for the regional register allocation. The default value of the
+parameter is 100.
+.IP "\fBira-max-conflict-table-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-max-conflict-table-size"
+Although \s-1IRA\s0 uses a sophisticated algorithm of compression conflict
+table, the table can be still big for huge functions. If the conflict
+table for a function could be more than size in \s-1MB\s0 given by the
+parameter, the conflict table is not built and faster, simpler, and
+lower quality register allocation algorithm will be used. The
+algorithm do not use pseudo-register conflicts. The default value of
+the parameter is 2000.
+.IP "\fBira-loop-reserved-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ira-loop-reserved-regs"
+\&\s-1IRA\s0 can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in loops
+for decision to move loop invariants (see \fB\-O3\fR). The number
+of available registers reserved for some other purposes is described
+by this parameter. The default value of the parameter is 2 which is
+minimal number of registers needed for execution of typical
+instruction. This value is the best found from numerous experiments.
+.IP "\fBloop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop"
+Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in compile time and
+in amount of needed compile time memory, with very large loops. Loops
+with more basic blocks than this parameter won't have loop invariant
+motion optimization performed on them. The default value of the
+parameter is 1000 for \-O1 and 10000 for \-O2 and above.
+.IP "\fBmax-vartrack-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-vartrack-size"
+Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during variable
+tracking dataflow analysis of any function. If this limit is exceeded
+with variable tracking at assignments enabled, analysis for that
+function is retried without it, after removing all debug insns from
+the function. If the limit is exceeded even without debug insns, var
+tracking analysis is completely disabled for the function. Setting
+the parameter to zero makes it unlimited.
+.IP "\fBmin-nondebug-insn-uid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "min-nondebug-insn-uid"
+Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns. The range below
+the parameter is reserved exclusively for debug insns created by
+\&\fB\-fvar\-tracking\-assignments\fR, but debug insns may get
+(non-overlapping) uids above it if the reserved range is exhausted.
+.IP "\fBipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor"
+IPA-SRA will replace a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new
+parameters only when their cumulative size is less or equal to
+\&\fBipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor\fR times the size of the original
+pointer parameter.
+.IP "\fBgraphite-max-nb-scop-params\fR" 4
+.IX Item "graphite-max-nb-scop-params"
+To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms, the
+number of parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is bounded. The
+default value is 10 parameters. A variable whose value is unknown at
+compile time and defined outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.
+.IP "\fBgraphite-max-bbs-per-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "graphite-max-bbs-per-function"
+To avoid exponential effects in the detection of SCoPs, the size of
+the functions analyzed by Graphite is bounded. The default value is
+100 basic blocks.
+.IP "\fBloop-block-tile-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loop-block-tile-size"
+Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with
+\&\fB\-floop\-block\fR or \fB\-floop\-strip\-mine\fR, strip mine each
+loop in the loop nest by a given number of iterations. The strip
+length can be changed using the \fBloop-block-tile-size\fR
+parameter. The default value is 51 iterations.
+.IP "\fBdevirt-type-list-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "devirt-type-list-size"
+IPA-CP attempts to track all possible types passed to a function's
+parameter in order to perform devirtualization.
+\&\fBdevirt-type-list-size\fR is the maximum number of types it
+stores per a single formal parameter of a function.
+.IP "\fBlto-partitions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lto-partitions"
+Specify desired number of partitions produced during \s-1WHOPR\s0 compilation.
+The number of partitions should exceed the number of CPUs used for compilation.
+The default value is 32.
+.IP "\fBlto-minpartition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lto-minpartition"
+Size of minimal partition for \s-1WHOPR\s0 (in estimated instructions).
+This prevents expenses of splitting very small programs into too many
+partitions.
+.IP "\fBcxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help"
+The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions when \*(C+
+name lookup fails for an identifier. The default is 1000.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.SS "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
+.IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
+These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
+file before actual compilation.
+.PP
+If you use the \fB\-E\fR option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
+Some of these options make sense only together with \fB\-E\fR because
+they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
+compilation.
+.IP "\fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wp,option"
+You can use \fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR to bypass the compiler driver
+and pass \fIoption\fR directly through to the preprocessor. If
+\&\fIoption\fR contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the
+commas. However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted
+by the compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and
+\&\fB\-Wp\fR forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor's direct
+interface is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible
+you should avoid using \fB\-Wp\fR and let the driver handle the
+options instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xpreprocessor option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to
+supply system-specific preprocessor options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xpreprocessor\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name"
+Predefine \fIname\fR as a macro, with definition \f(CW1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIdefinition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D name=definition"
+The contents of \fIdefinition\fR are tokenized and processed as if
+they appeared during translation phase three in a \fB#define\fR
+directive. In particular, the definition will be truncated by
+embedded newline characters.
+.Sp
+If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
+program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
+characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
+.Sp
+If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
+its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
+(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
+to quote the option. With \fBsh\fR and \fBcsh\fR,
+\&\fB\-D'\fR\fIname\fR\fB(\fR\fIargs...\fR\fB)=\fR\fIdefinition\fR\fB'\fR works.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options are processed in the order they
+are given on the command line. All \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR and
+\&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR options are processed after all
+\&\fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U name"
+Cancel any previous definition of \fIname\fR, either built in or
+provided with a \fB\-D\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-undef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-undef"
+Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The
+standard predefined macros remain defined.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
+for header files.
+Directories named by \fB\-I\fR are searched before the standard
+system include directories. If the directory \fIdir\fR is a standard
+system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that the
+default search order for system directories and the special treatment
+of system headers are not defeated
+\&.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Write output to \fIfile\fR. This is the same as specifying \fIfile\fR
+as the second non-option argument to \fBcpp\fR. \fBgcc\fR has a
+different interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must
+use \fB\-o\fR to specify the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wall"
+Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
+At present this is \fB\-Wcomment\fR, \fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR,
+\&\fB\-Wmultichar\fR and a warning about integer promotion causing a
+change of sign in \f(CW\*(C`#if\*(C'\fR expressions. Note that many of the
+preprocessor's warnings are on by default and have no options to
+control them.
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomment"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wcomments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wcomments"
+.PD
+Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
+comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
+(Both forms have the same effect.)
+.IP "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
+Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.
+However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (\fB??/\fR at
+the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends.
+Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce
+warnings inside a comment.
+.Sp
+This option is implied by \fB\-Wall\fR. If \fB\-Wall\fR is not
+given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To
+get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other
+\&\fB\-Wall\fR warnings, use \fB\-trigraphs \-Wall \-Wno\-trigraphs\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Wtraditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wtraditional"
+Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
+\&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
+equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
+.IP "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wundef"
+Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an
+\&\fB#if\fR directive, outside of \fBdefined\fR. Such identifiers are
+replaced with zero.
+.IP "\fB\-Wunused\-macros\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wunused-macros"
+Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro
+is \fIused\fR if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once.
+The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the
+time it is redefined or undefined.
+.Sp
+Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
+defined in include files are not warned about.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped
+conditional blocks, then \s-1CPP\s0 will report it as unused. To avoid the
+warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
+definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
+Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
+\& #endif
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-Wendif\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wendif-labels"
+Warn whenever an \fB#else\fR or an \fB#endif\fR are followed by text.
+This usually happens in code of the form
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& #if FOO
+\& ...
+\& #else FOO
+\& ...
+\& #endif FOO
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The second and third \f(CW\*(C`FOO\*(C'\fR should be in comments, but often are not
+in older programs. This warning is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Werror"
+Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings
+will be rejected.
+.IP "\fB\-Wsystem\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
+Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful
+in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are
+responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Suppress all warnings, including those which \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0 issues by default.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of
+them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless
+code.
+.IP "\fB\-pedantic\-errors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
+Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics
+into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that \s-1GCC\s0 issues
+without \fB\-pedantic\fR but treats as warnings.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M"
+Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
+suitable for \fBmake\fR describing the dependencies of the main
+source file. The preprocessor outputs one \fBmake\fR rule containing
+the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
+the included files, including those coming from \fB\-include\fR or
+\&\fB\-imacros\fR command line options.
+.Sp
+Unless specified explicitly (with \fB\-MT\fR or \fB\-MQ\fR), the
+object file name consists of the name of the source file with any
+suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any leading directory
+parts removed. If there are many included files then the rule is
+split into several lines using \fB\e\fR\-newline. The rule has no
+commands.
+.Sp
+This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such as
+\&\fB\-dM\fR. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
+rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
+\&\fB\-MF\fR, or use an environment variable like
+\&\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR. Debug output
+will still be sent to the regular output stream as normal.
+.Sp
+Passing \fB\-M\fR to the driver implies \fB\-E\fR, and suppresses
+warnings with an implicit \fB\-w\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MM"
+Like \fB\-M\fR but do not mention header files that are found in
+system header directories, nor header files that are included,
+directly or indirectly, from such a header.
+.Sp
+This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an
+\&\fB#include\fR directive does not in itself determine whether that
+header will appear in \fB\-MM\fR dependency output. This is a
+slight change in semantics from \s-1GCC\s0 versions 3.0 and earlier.
+.IP "\fB\-MF\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MF file"
+When used with \fB\-M\fR or \fB\-MM\fR, specifies a
+file to write the dependencies to. If no \fB\-MF\fR switch is given
+the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent
+preprocessed output.
+.Sp
+When used with the driver options \fB\-MD\fR or \fB\-MMD\fR,
+\&\fB\-MF\fR overrides the default dependency output file.
+.IP "\fB\-MG\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MG"
+In conjunction with an option such as \fB\-M\fR requesting
+dependency generation, \fB\-MG\fR assumes missing header files are
+generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising
+an error. The dependency filename is taken directly from the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\*(C'\fR directive without prepending any path. \fB\-MG\fR
+also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
+this useless.
+.Sp
+This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
+.IP "\fB\-MP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MP"
+This option instructs \s-1CPP\s0 to add a phony target for each dependency
+other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
+dummy rules work around errors \fBmake\fR gives if you remove header
+files without updating the \fIMakefile\fR to match.
+.Sp
+This is typical output:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& test.o: test.c test.h
+\&
+\& test.h:
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MT\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MT target"
+Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By
+default \s-1CPP\s0 takes the name of the main input file, deletes any
+directory components and any file suffix such as \fB.c\fR, and
+appends the platform's usual object suffix. The result is the target.
+.Sp
+An \fB\-MT\fR option will set the target to be exactly the string you
+specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single
+argument to \fB\-MT\fR, or use multiple \fB\-MT\fR options.
+.Sp
+For example, \fB\-MT\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR might give
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-MQ\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MQ target"
+Same as \fB\-MT\fR, but it quotes any characters which are special to
+Make. \fB\-MQ\ '$(objpfx)foo.o'\fR gives
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
+\&\fB\-MQ\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-MD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MD"
+\&\fB\-MD\fR is equivalent to \fB\-M \-MF\fR \fIfile\fR, except that
+\&\fB\-E\fR is not implied. The driver determines \fIfile\fR based on
+whether an \fB\-o\fR option is given. If it is, the driver uses its
+argument but with a suffix of \fI.d\fR, otherwise it takes the name
+of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and
+applies a \fI.d\fR suffix.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-MD\fR is used in conjunction with \fB\-E\fR, any
+\&\fB\-o\fR switch is understood to specify the dependency output file, but if used without \fB\-E\fR, each \fB\-o\fR
+is understood to specify a target object file.
+.Sp
+Since \fB\-E\fR is not implied, \fB\-MD\fR can be used to generate
+a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.
+.IP "\fB\-MMD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-MMD"
+Like \fB\-MD\fR except mention only user header files, not system
+header files.
+.IP "\fB\-fpch\-deps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpch-deps"
+When using precompiled headers, this flag
+will cause the dependency-output flags to also list the files from the
+precompiled header's dependencies. If not specified only the
+precompiled header would be listed and not the files that were used to
+create it because those files are not consulted when a precompiled
+header is used.
+.IP "\fB\-fpch\-preprocess\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpch-preprocess"
+This option allows use of a precompiled header together with \fB\-E\fR. It inserts a special \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "\f(CIfilename\f(CW"\*(C'\fR in the output to mark
+the place where the precompiled header was found, and its \fIfilename\fR.
+When \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR is in use, \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes this \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR
+and loads the \s-1PCH\s0.
+.Sp
+This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed output
+is only really suitable as input to \s-1GCC\s0. It is switched on by
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.Sp
+You should not write this \f(CW\*(C`#pragma\*(C'\fR in your own code, but it is
+safe to edit the filename if the \s-1PCH\s0 file is available in a different
+location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to \s-1GCC\s0's
+current directory.
+.IP "\fB\-x c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-x c++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x c++"
+.IP "\fB\-x objective-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x objective-c"
+.IP "\fB\-x assembler-with-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x assembler-with-cpp"
+.PD
+Specify the source language: C, \*(C+, Objective-C, or assembly. This has
+nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely
+selects which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options,
+cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the source file:
+\&\fB.c\fR, \fB.cc\fR, \fB.m\fR, or \fB.S\fR. Some other common
+extensions for \*(C+ and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not
+recognize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most
+generic mode.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote:\fR Previous versions of cpp accepted a \fB\-lang\fR option
+which selected both the language and the standards conformance level.
+This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the \fB\-l\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-std=standard"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ansi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ansi"
+.PD
+Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently \s-1CPP\s0
+knows about C and \*(C+ standards; others may be added in the future.
+.Sp
+\&\fIstandard\fR
+may be one of:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """c90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c89"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1990""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1990\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1990"
+.PD
+The \s-1ISO\s0 C standard from 1990. \fBc90\fR is the customary shorthand for
+this version of the standard.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-ansi\fR option is equivalent to \fB\-std=c90\fR.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199409""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199409\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199409"
+The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:1999""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:1999\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:1999"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """c99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c99"
+.ie n .IP """iso9899:199x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWiso9899:199x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "iso9899:199x"
+.ie n .IP """c9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c9x"
+.PD
+The revised \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, published in December 1999. Before
+publication, this was known as C9X.
+.ie n .IP """c1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development.
+.ie n .IP """gnu90""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu90\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu90"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu89""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu89\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu89"
+.PD
+The 1990 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the default.
+.ie n .IP """gnu99""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu99\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu99"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """gnu9x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu9x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu9x"
+.PD
+The 1999 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """gnu1x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu1x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu1x"
+The next version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, still under development, plus
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
+.ie n .IP """c++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWc++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c++98"
+The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments.
+.ie n .IP """gnu++98""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgnu++98\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gnu++98"
+The same as \fB\-std=c++98\fR plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the
+default for \*(C+ code.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-I\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I-"
+Split the include path. Any directories specified with \fB\-I\fR
+options before \fB\-I\-\fR are searched only for headers requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR. If additional directories are
+specified with \fB\-I\fR options after the \fB\-I\-\fR, those
+directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR directives.
+.Sp
+In addition, \fB\-I\-\fR inhibits the use of the directory of the current
+file directory as the first search directory for \f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR.
+This option has been deprecated.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc"
+Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
+Only the directories you have specified with \fB\-I\fR options
+(and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdinc++"
+Do not search for header files in the \*(C+\-specific standard directories,
+but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is
+used when building the \*(C+ library.)
+.IP "\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-include file"
+Process \fIfile\fR as if \f(CW\*(C`#include "file"\*(C'\fR appeared as the first
+line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched
+for \fIfile\fR is the preprocessor's working directory \fIinstead of\fR
+the directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
+is searched for in the remainder of the \f(CW\*(C`#include "..."\*(C'\fR search
+chain as normal.
+.Sp
+If multiple \fB\-include\fR options are given, the files are included
+in the order they appear on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imacros file"
+Exactly like \fB\-include\fR, except that any output produced by
+scanning \fIfile\fR is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined.
+This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
+processing its declarations.
+.Sp
+All files specified by \fB\-imacros\fR are processed before all files
+specified by \fB\-include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-idirafter dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, but do it \fIafter\fR all
+directories specified with \fB\-I\fR and the standard system directories
+have been exhausted. \fIdir\fR is treated as a system include directory.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iprefix prefix"
+Specify \fIprefix\fR as the prefix for subsequent \fB\-iwithprefix\fR
+options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the
+final \fB/\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefix dir"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iwithprefixbefore dir"
+.PD
+Append \fIdir\fR to the prefix specified previously with
+\&\fB\-iprefix\fR, and add the resulting directory to the include search
+path. \fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR puts it in the same place \fB\-I\fR
+would; \fB\-iwithprefix\fR puts it where \fB\-idirafter\fR would.
+.IP "\fB\-isysroot\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isysroot dir"
+This option is like the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option, but applies only to
+header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header
+files and libraries). See the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option for more
+information.
+.IP "\fB\-imultilib\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-imultilib dir"
+Use \fIdir\fR as a subdirectory of the directory containing
+target-specific \*(C+ headers.
+.IP "\fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-isystem dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR for header files, after all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR but before the standard system directories. Mark it
+as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
+is applied to the standard system directories.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-iquote\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iquote dir"
+Search \fIdir\fR only for header files requested with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ "\f(CIfile\f(CW"\*(C'\fR; they are not searched for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include\ <\f(CIfile\f(CW>\*(C'\fR, before all directories specified by
+\&\fB\-I\fR and before the standard system directories.
+If \fIdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the sysroot prefix; see \fB\-\-sysroot\fR and \fB\-isysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdirectives\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdirectives-only"
+When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
+.Sp
+The option's behavior depends on the \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR
+options.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-E\fR, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
+such as \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`#ifdef\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`#error\*(C'\fR. Other
+preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph
+conversion are not performed. In addition, the \fB\-dD\fR option is
+implicitly enabled.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, predefinition of command line and most
+builtin macros is disabled. Macros such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_LINE_\|_\*(C'\fR, which are
+contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables compilation of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+With both \fB\-E\fR and \fB\-fpreprocessed\fR, the rules for
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of
+files previously preprocessed with \f(CW\*(C`\-E \-fdirectives\-only\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fdollars\-in\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fdollars-in-identifiers"
+Accept \fB$\fR in identifiers.
+.IP "\fB\-fextended\-identifiers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fextended-identifiers"
+Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is
+experimental; in a future version of \s-1GCC\s0, it will be enabled by
+default for C99 and \*(C+.
+.IP "\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpreprocessed"
+Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
+preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph
+conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
+The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can
+pass a file preprocessed with \fB\-C\fR to the compiler without
+problems. In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than
+a tokenizer for the front ends.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpreprocessed\fR is implicit if the input file has one of the
+extensions \fB.i\fR, \fB.ii\fR or \fB.mi\fR. These are the
+extensions that \s-1GCC\s0 uses for preprocessed files created by
+\&\fB\-save\-temps\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ftabstop=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftabstop=width"
+Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report
+correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the
+line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is
+ignored. The default is 8.
+.IP "\fB\-fexec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexec-charset=charset"
+Set the execution character set, used for string and character
+constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fwide\-exec\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwide-exec-charset=charset"
+Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
+character constants. The default is \s-1UTF\-32\s0 or \s-1UTF\-16\s0, whichever
+corresponds to the width of \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR. As with
+\&\fB\-fexec\-charset\fR, \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding supported
+by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine; however, you will have
+problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in \f(CW\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-finput\-charset=\fR\fIcharset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finput-charset=charset"
+Set the input character set, used for translation from the character
+set of the input file to the source character set used by \s-1GCC\s0. If the
+locale does not specify, or \s-1GCC\s0 cannot get this information from the
+locale, the default is \s-1UTF\-8\s0. This can be overridden by either the locale
+or this command line option. Currently the command line option takes
+precedence if there's a conflict. \fIcharset\fR can be any encoding
+supported by the system's \f(CW\*(C`iconv\*(C'\fR library routine.
+.IP "\fB\-fworking\-directory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fworking-directory"
+Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
+let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
+preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will
+emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
+current working directory followed by two slashes. \s-1GCC\s0 will use this
+directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the
+directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging
+information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging
+information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated
+form \fB\-fno\-working\-directory\fR. If the \fB\-P\fR flag is
+present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#line\*(C'\fR directives are emitted whatsoever.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-show\-column\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-show-column"
+Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
+diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
+column numbers, such as \fBdejagnu\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR \fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A predicate=answer"
+Make an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR. This form is preferred to the older form \fB\-A\fR
+\&\fIpredicate\fR\fB(\fR\fIanswer\fR\fB)\fR, which is still supported, because
+it does not use shell special characters.
+.IP "\fB\-A \-\fR\fIpredicate\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A -predicate=answer"
+Cancel an assertion with the predicate \fIpredicate\fR and answer
+\&\fIanswer\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-dCHARS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dCHARS"
+\&\fI\s-1CHARS\s0\fR is a sequence of one or more of the following characters,
+and must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted
+by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of \s-1GCC\s0, and so
+are silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior
+conflicts, the result is undefined.
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "M"
+Instead of the normal output, generate a list of \fB#define\fR
+directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
+preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of
+finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor.
+Assuming you have no file \fIfoo.h\fR, the command
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& touch foo.h; cpp \-dM foo.h
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will show all the predefined macros.
+.Sp
+If you use \fB\-dM\fR without the \fB\-E\fR option, \fB\-dM\fR is
+interpreted as a synonym for \fB\-fdump\-rtl\-mach\fR.
+.IP "\fBD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+Like \fBM\fR except in two respects: it does \fInot\fR include the
+predefined macros, and it outputs \fIboth\fR the \fB#define\fR
+directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to
+the standard output file.
+.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+Like \fBD\fR, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
+.IP "\fBI\fR" 4
+.IX Item "I"
+Output \fB#include\fR directives in addition to the result of
+preprocessing.
+.IP "\fBU\fR" 4
+.IX Item "U"
+Like \fBD\fR except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
+definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the
+output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and
+\&\fB#undef\fR directives are also output for macros tested but
+undefined at the time.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P"
+Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.
+This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is
+not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the
+linemarkers.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output
+file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted
+along with the directive.
+.Sp
+You should be prepared for side effects when using \fB\-C\fR; it
+causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
+For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
+directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
+source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a \fB#\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-CC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-CC"
+Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is
+like \fB\-C\fR, except that comments contained within macros are
+also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
+.Sp
+In addition to the side-effects of the \fB\-C\fR option, the
+\&\fB\-CC\fR option causes all \*(C+\-style comments inside a macro
+to be converted to C\-style comments. This is to prevent later use
+of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of
+the source line.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-CC\fR option is generally used to support lint comments.
+.IP "\fB\-traditional\-cpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
+Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as
+opposed to \s-1ISO\s0 C preprocessors.
+.IP "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-trigraphs"
+Process trigraph sequences.
+These are three-character sequences, all starting with \fB??\fR, that
+are defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C to stand for single characters. For example,
+\&\fB??/\fR stands for \fB\e\fR, so \fB'??/n'\fR is a character
+constant for a newline. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 ignores trigraphs, but in
+standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the \fB\-std\fR and
+\&\fB\-ansi\fR options.
+.Sp
+The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??\*(Aq ??! ??\-
+\& Replacement: [ ] { } # \e ^ | ~
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-remap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-remap"
+Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very
+short file names, such as MS-DOS.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+.PD
+Print text describing all the command line options instead of
+preprocessing anything.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Verbose mode. Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number at the beginning of
+execution, and report the final form of the include path.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
+activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the
+\&\fB#include\fR stack it is. Precompiled header files are also
+printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled
+header file is printed with \fB...x\fR and a valid one with \fB...!\fR .
+.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-version"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number. With one dash, proceed to
+preprocess as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
+.SS "Passing Options to the Assembler"
+.IX Subsection "Passing Options to the Assembler"
+You can pass options to the assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wa,option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the assembler. If \fIoption\fR
+contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
+.IP "\fB\-Xassembler\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xassembler option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the assembler. You can use this to
+supply system-specific assembler options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xassembler\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+.IP "\fBprofile-generate-sampling-rate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "profile-generate-sampling-rate"
+Set the sampling rate with \fB\-fprofile\-generate\-sampling\fR.
+.SS "Options for Linking"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Linking"
+These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
+an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
+not doing a link step.
+.IP "\fIobject-file-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "object-file-name"
+A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
+considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
+distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
+contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
+to the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+.PD
+If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
+object file names should not be used as arguments.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-llibrary"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIlibrary\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l library"
+.PD
+Search the library named \fIlibrary\fR when linking. (The second
+alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for
+\&\s-1POSIX\s0 compliance and is not recommended.)
+.Sp
+It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
+linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the order they
+are specified. Thus, \fBfoo.o \-lz bar.o\fR searches library \fBz\fR
+after file \fIfoo.o\fR but before \fIbar.o\fR. If \fIbar.o\fR refers
+to functions in \fBz\fR, those functions may not be loaded.
+.Sp
+The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
+which is actually a file named \fIlib\fIlibrary\fI.a\fR. The linker
+then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
+.Sp
+The directories searched include several standard system directories
+plus any that you specify with \fB\-L\fR.
+.Sp
+Normally the files found this way are library files\-\-\-archive files
+whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
+scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
+been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
+ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
+difference between using an \fB\-l\fR option and specifying a file name
+is that \fB\-l\fR surrounds \fIlibrary\fR with \fBlib\fR and \fB.a\fR
+and searches several directories.
+.IP "\fB\-lobjc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-lobjc"
+You need this special case of the \fB\-l\fR option in order to
+link an Objective-C or Objective\-\*(C+ program.
+.IP "\fB\-nostartfiles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostartfiles"
+Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
+The standard system libraries are used normally, unless \fB\-nostdlib\fR
+or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nodefaultlibs"
+Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
+Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker, options
+specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as \f(CW\*(C`\-static\-libgcc\*(C'\fR
+or \f(CW\*(C`\-shared\-libgcc\*(C'\fR, will be ignored.
+The standard startup files are used normally, unless \fB\-nostartfiles\fR
+is used. The compiler may generate calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcmp\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`memmove\*(C'\fR.
+These entries are usually resolved by entries in
+libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
+mechanism when this option is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdlib"
+Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
+No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
+the linker, options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-static\-libgcc\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-shared\-libgcc\*(C'\fR, will be ignored.
+The compiler may generate calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcmp\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`memmove\*(C'\fR.
+These entries are usually resolved by entries in
+libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
+mechanism when this option is specified.
+.Sp
+One of the standard libraries bypassed by \fB\-nostdlib\fR and
+\&\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is \fIlibgcc.a\fR, a library of internal subroutines
+that \s-1GCC\s0 uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
+needs for some languages.
+.Sp
+In most cases, you need \fIlibgcc.a\fR even when you want to avoid
+other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify \fB\-nostdlib\fR
+or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR you should usually specify \fB\-lgcc\fR as well.
+This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal \s-1GCC\s0
+library subroutines. (For example, \fB_\|_main\fR, used to ensure \*(C+
+constructors will be called.)
+.IP "\fB\-pie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pie"
+Produce a position independent executable on targets which support it.
+For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options
+that were used to generate code (\fB\-fpie\fR, \fB\-fPIE\fR,
+or model suboptions) when you specify this option.
+.IP "\fB\-rdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rdynamic"
+Pass the flag \fB\-export\-dynamic\fR to the \s-1ELF\s0 linker, on targets
+that support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not
+only used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed
+for some uses of \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR or to allow obtaining backtraces
+from within a program.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
+libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
+.IP "\fB\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared"
+Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
+form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
+results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
+generate code (\fB\-fpic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR, or model suboptions)
+when you specify this option.[1]
+.IP "\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared-libgcc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-static\-libgcc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static-libgcc"
+.PD
+On systems that provide \fIlibgcc\fR as a shared library, these options
+force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
+If no shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR was built when the compiler was
+configured, these options have no effect.
+.Sp
+There are several situations in which an application should use the
+shared \fIlibgcc\fR instead of the static version. The most common
+of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
+across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries
+as well as the application itself should use the shared \fIlibgcc\fR.
+.Sp
+Therefore, the G++ and \s-1GCJ\s0 drivers automatically add
+\&\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR whenever you build a shared library or a main
+executable, because \*(C+ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so
+this is the right thing to do.
+.Sp
+If, instead, you use the \s-1GCC\s0 driver to create shared libraries, you may
+find that they will not always be linked with the shared \fIlibgcc\fR.
+If \s-1GCC\s0 finds, at its configuration time, that you have a non-GNU linker
+or a \s-1GNU\s0 linker that does not support option \fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR,
+it will link the shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR into shared libraries
+by default. Otherwise, it will take advantage of the linker and optimize
+away the linking with the shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR, linking with
+the static version of libgcc by default. This allows exceptions to
+propagate through such shared libraries, without incurring relocation
+costs at library load time.
+.Sp
+However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or catch
+exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or \s-1GCJ\s0 driver, as appropriate
+for the languages used in the program, or using the option
+\&\fB\-shared\-libgcc\fR, such that it is linked with the shared
+\&\fIlibgcc\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-static\-libstdc++\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static-libstdc++"
+When the \fBg++\fR program is used to link a \*(C+ program, it will
+normally automatically link against \fBlibstdc++\fR. If
+\&\fIlibstdc++\fR is available as a shared library, and the
+\&\fB\-static\fR option is not used, then this will link against the
+shared version of \fIlibstdc++\fR. That is normally fine. However, it
+is sometimes useful to freeze the version of \fIlibstdc++\fR used by
+the program without going all the way to a fully static link. The
+\&\fB\-static\-libstdc++\fR option directs the \fBg++\fR driver to
+link \fIlibstdc++\fR statically, without necessarily linking other
+libraries statically.
+.IP "\fB\-symbolic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-symbolic"
+Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
+about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
+option \fB\-Xlinker \-z \-Xlinker defs\fR). Only a few systems support
+this option.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIscript\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T script"
+Use \fIscript\fR as the linker script. This option is supported by most
+systems using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. On some targets, such as bare-board
+targets without an operating system, the \fB\-T\fR option may be required
+when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xlinker option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. You can use this to
+supply system-specific linker options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
+recognize.
+.Sp
+If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you must use
+\&\fB\-Xlinker\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
+For example, to pass \fB\-assert definitions\fR, you must write
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-assert \-Xlinker definitions\fR. It does not work to write
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \*(L"\-assert definitions\*(R"\fR, because this passes the entire
+string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
+.Sp
+When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, it is usually more convenient to pass
+arguments to linker options using the \fIoption\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR
+syntax than as separate arguments. For example, you can specify
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-Map=output.map\fR rather than
+\&\fB\-Xlinker \-Map \-Xlinker output.map\fR. Other linkers may not support
+this syntax for command-line options.
+.IP "\fB\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wl,option"
+Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. If \fIoption\fR contains
+commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this
+syntax to pass an argument to the option.
+For example, \fB\-Wl,\-Map,output.map\fR passes \fB\-Map output.map\fR to the
+linker. When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, you can also get the same effect with
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-Map=output.map\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u symbol"
+Pretend the symbol \fIsymbol\fR is undefined, to force linking of
+library modules to define it. You can use \fB\-u\fR multiple times with
+different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
+.SS "Options for Directory Search"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Directory Search"
+These options specify directories to search for header files, for
+libraries and for parts of the compiler:
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Idir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of directories to be
+searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
+file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
+searched before the system header file directories. However, you should
+not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
+system header files (use \fB\-isystem\fR for that). If you use more than
+one \fB\-I\fR option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
+order; the standard system directories come after.
+.Sp
+If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified with
+\&\fB\-isystem\fR, is also specified with \fB\-I\fR, the \fB\-I\fR
+option will be ignored. The directory will still be searched but as a
+system directory at its normal position in the system include chain.
+This is to ensure that \s-1GCC\s0's procedure to fix buggy system headers and
+the ordering for the include_next directive are not inadvertently changed.
+If you really need to change the search order for system directories,
+use the \fB\-nostdinc\fR and/or \fB\-isystem\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-iplugindir=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iplugindir=dir"
+Set the directory to search for plugins which are passed
+by \fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIname\fR instead of
+\&\fB\-fplugin=\fR\fIpath\fR\fB/\fR\fIname\fR\fB.so\fR. This option is not meant
+to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver.
+.IP "\fB\-iquote\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iquotedir"
+Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of directories to
+be searched for header files only for the case of \fB#include
+"\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR; they are not searched for \fB#include <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR,
+otherwise just like \fB\-I\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ldir"
+Add directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
+for \fB\-l\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bprefix"
+This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
+include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
+.Sp
+The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
+\&\fIcpp\fR, \fIcc1\fR, \fIas\fR and \fIld\fR. It tries
+\&\fIprefix\fR as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
+without \fImachine\fR\fB/\fR\fIversion\fR\fB/\fR.
+.Sp
+For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
+\&\fB\-B\fR prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if \fB\-B\fR
+was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
+\&\fI/usr/lib/gcc/\fR and \fI/usr/local/lib/gcc/\fR. If neither of
+those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
+name is searched for using the directories specified in your
+\&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR environment variable.
+.Sp
+The compiler will check to see if the path provided by the \fB\-B\fR
+refers to a directory, and if necessary it will add a directory
+separator character at the end of the path.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-B\fR prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
+to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
+options into \fB\-L\fR options for the linker. They also apply to
+includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
+options into \fB\-isystem\fR options for the preprocessor. In this case,
+the compiler appends \fBinclude\fR to the prefix.
+.Sp
+The run-time support file \fIlibgcc.a\fR can also be searched for using
+the \fB\-B\fR prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
+standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
+out of the link if it is not found by those means.
+.Sp
+Another way to specify a prefix much like the \fB\-B\fR prefix is to use
+the environment variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+As a special kludge, if the path provided by \fB\-B\fR is
+\&\fI[dir/]stage\fIN\fI/\fR, where \fIN\fR is a number in the range 0 to
+9, then it will be replaced by \fI[dir/]include\fR. This is to help
+with boot-strapping the compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-specs=file"
+Process \fIfile\fR after the compiler reads in the standard \fIspecs\fR
+file, in order to override the defaults that the \fIgcc\fR driver
+program uses when determining what switches to pass to \fIcc1\fR,
+\&\fIcc1plus\fR, \fIas\fR, \fIld\fR, etc. More than one
+\&\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR can be specified on the command line, and they
+are processed in order, from left to right.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sysroot=dir"
+Use \fIdir\fR as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
+For example, if the compiler would normally search for headers in
+\&\fI/usr/include\fR and libraries in \fI/usr/lib\fR, it will instead
+search \fI\fIdir\fI/usr/include\fR and \fI\fIdir\fI/usr/lib\fR.
+.Sp
+If you use both this option and the \fB\-isysroot\fR option, then
+the \fB\-\-sysroot\fR option will apply to libraries, but the
+\&\fB\-isysroot\fR option will apply to header files.
+.Sp
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary support
+for this option. If your linker does not support this option, the
+header file aspect of \fB\-\-sysroot\fR will still work, but the
+library aspect will not.
+.IP "\fB\-I\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I-"
+This option has been deprecated. Please use \fB\-iquote\fR instead for
+\&\fB\-I\fR directories before the \fB\-I\-\fR and remove the \fB\-I\-\fR.
+Any directories you specify with \fB\-I\fR options before the \fB\-I\-\fR
+option are searched only for the case of \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR;
+they are not searched for \fB#include <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR.
+.Sp
+If additional directories are specified with \fB\-I\fR options after
+the \fB\-I\-\fR, these directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR
+directives. (Ordinarily \fIall\fR \fB\-I\fR directories are used
+this way.)
+.Sp
+In addition, the \fB\-I\-\fR option inhibits the use of the current
+directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
+directory for \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR. There is no way to
+override this effect of \fB\-I\-\fR. With \fB\-I.\fR you can specify
+searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
+invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
+by default, but it is often satisfactory.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-I\-\fR does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
+for header files. Thus, \fB\-I\-\fR and \fB\-nostdinc\fR are
+independent.
+.SS "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
+.IX Subsection "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
+The usual way to run \s-1GCC\s0 is to run the executable called \fBgcc\fR, or
+\&\fImachine\fR\fB\-gcc\fR when cross-compiling, or
+\&\fImachine\fR\fB\-gcc\-\fR\fIversion\fR to run a version other than the
+one that was installed last.
+.SS "Hardware Models and Configurations"
+.IX Subsection "Hardware Models and Configurations"
+Each target machine types can have its own
+special options, starting with \fB\-m\fR, to choose among various
+hardware models or configurations\-\-\-for example, 68010 vs 68020,
+floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
+compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
+options specified.
+.PP
+Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
+options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
+platform.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1ARC\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "ARC Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for \s-1ARC\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Compile code for big endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mmangle\-cpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmangle-cpu"
+Prepend the name of the \s-1CPU\s0 to all public symbol names.
+In multiple-processor systems, there are many \s-1ARC\s0 variants with different
+instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
+compiled for one \s-1CPU\s0 to be linked with code compiled for another.
+No facility exists for handling variants that are \*(L"almost identical\*(R".
+This is an all or nothing option.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Compile code for \s-1ARC\s0 variant \fIcpu\fR.
+Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
+All variants support \fB\-mcpu=base\fR, this is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtext=text-section"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdata=data-section"
+.IP "\fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly-data-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrodata=readonly-data-section"
+.PD
+Put functions, data, and readonly data in \fItext-section\fR,
+\&\fIdata-section\fR, and \fIreadonly-data-section\fR respectively
+by default. This can be overridden with the \f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "ARM Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Advanced \s-1RISC\s0 Machines (\s-1ARM\s0)
+architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=name"
+Generate code for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. Permissible values are: \fBapcs-gnu\fR,
+\&\fBatpcs\fR, \fBaapcs\fR, \fBaapcs-linux\fR and \fBiwmmxt\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the \s-1ARM\s0 Procedure Call
+Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
+correct execution of the code. Specifying \fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR
+with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
+leaf functions. The default is \fB\-mno\-apcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs"
+This is a synonym for \fB\-mapcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
+Generate code which supports calling between the \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb
+instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
+be reliably used inside one program. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-thumb\-interwork\fR, since slightly larger code is generated
+when \fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prolog\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prolog"
+Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
+merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
+body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
+of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
+different function prologues), and this information can be used to
+locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
+default is \fB\-msched\-prolog\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-abi=name"
+Specifies which floating-point \s-1ABI\s0 to use. Permissible values
+are: \fBsoft\fR, \fBsoftfp\fR and \fBhard\fR.
+.Sp
+Specifying \fBsoft\fR causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate output containing
+library calls for floating-point operations.
+\&\fBsoftfp\fR allows the generation of code using hardware floating-point
+instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions.
+\&\fBhard\fR allows generation of floating-point instructions
+and uses FPU-specific calling conventions.
+.Sp
+The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that
+the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must
+compile your entire program with the same \s-1ABI\s0, and link with a
+compatible set of libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Equivalent to \fB\-mfloat\-abi=hard\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Equivalent to \fB\-mfloat\-abi=soft\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
+the default for all standard configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
+to compile code for a little-endian processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mwords\-little\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwords-little-endian"
+This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
+Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
+order. That is, a byte order of the form \fB32107654\fR. Note: this
+option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
+big-endian \s-1ARM\s0 processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
+2.8.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 processor. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this name
+to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
+assembly code. Permissible names are: \fBarm2\fR, \fBarm250\fR,
+\&\fBarm3\fR, \fBarm6\fR, \fBarm60\fR, \fBarm600\fR, \fBarm610\fR,
+\&\fBarm620\fR, \fBarm7\fR, \fBarm7m\fR, \fBarm7d\fR, \fBarm7dm\fR,
+\&\fBarm7di\fR, \fBarm7dmi\fR, \fBarm70\fR, \fBarm700\fR,
+\&\fBarm700i\fR, \fBarm710\fR, \fBarm710c\fR, \fBarm7100\fR,
+\&\fBarm720\fR,
+\&\fBarm7500\fR, \fBarm7500fe\fR, \fBarm7tdmi\fR, \fBarm7tdmi\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm710t\fR, \fBarm720t\fR, \fBarm740t\fR,
+\&\fBstrongarm\fR, \fBstrongarm110\fR, \fBstrongarm1100\fR,
+\&\fBstrongarm1110\fR,
+\&\fBarm8\fR, \fBarm810\fR, \fBarm9\fR, \fBarm9e\fR, \fBarm920\fR,
+\&\fBarm920t\fR, \fBarm922t\fR, \fBarm946e\-s\fR, \fBarm966e\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm968e\-s\fR, \fBarm926ej\-s\fR, \fBarm940t\fR, \fBarm9tdmi\fR,
+\&\fBarm10tdmi\fR, \fBarm1020t\fR, \fBarm1026ej\-s\fR,
+\&\fBarm10e\fR, \fBarm1020e\fR, \fBarm1022e\fR,
+\&\fBarm1136j\-s\fR, \fBarm1136jf\-s\fR, \fBmpcore\fR, \fBmpcorenovfp\fR,
+\&\fBarm1156t2\-s\fR, \fBarm1156t2f\-s\fR, \fBarm1176jz\-s\fR, \fBarm1176jzf\-s\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-a5\fR, \fBcortex\-a8\fR, \fBcortex\-a9\fR, \fBcortex\-a15\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-r4\fR, \fBcortex\-r4f\fR, \fBcortex\-m4\fR, \fBcortex\-m3\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-m1\fR,
+\&\fBcortex\-m0\fR,
+\&\fBxscale\fR, \fBiwmmxt\fR, \fBiwmmxt2\fR, \fBep9312\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=name"
+This option is very similar to the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option, except that
+instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
+restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that \s-1GCC\s0 should
+tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
+specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
+will generate based on the \s-1CPU\s0 specified by a \fB\-mcpu=\fR option.
+For some \s-1ARM\s0 implementations better performance can be obtained by using
+this option.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=name"
+This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 architecture. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this
+name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
+assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
+of the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option. Permissible names are: \fBarmv2\fR,
+\&\fBarmv2a\fR, \fBarmv3\fR, \fBarmv3m\fR, \fBarmv4\fR, \fBarmv4t\fR,
+\&\fBarmv5\fR, \fBarmv5t\fR, \fBarmv5e\fR, \fBarmv5te\fR,
+\&\fBarmv6\fR, \fBarmv6j\fR,
+\&\fBarmv6t2\fR, \fBarmv6z\fR, \fBarmv6zk\fR, \fBarmv6\-m\fR,
+\&\fBarmv7\fR, \fBarmv7\-a\fR, \fBarmv7\-r\fR, \fBarmv7\-m\fR,
+\&\fBiwmmxt\fR, \fBiwmmxt2\fR, \fBep9312\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu=name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfpe=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpe=number"
+.IP "\fB\-mfp=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp=number"
+.PD
+This specifies what floating point hardware (or hardware emulation) is
+available on the target. Permissible names are: \fBfpa\fR, \fBfpe2\fR,
+\&\fBfpe3\fR, \fBmaverick\fR, \fBvfp\fR, \fBvfpv3\fR, \fBvfpv3\-fp16\fR,
+\&\fBvfpv3\-d16\fR, \fBvfpv3\-d16\-fp16\fR, \fBvfpv3xd\fR, \fBvfpv3xd\-fp16\fR,
+\&\fBneon\fR, \fBneon\-fp16\fR, \fBvfpv4\fR, \fBvfpv4\-d16\fR,
+\&\fBfpv4\-sp\-d16\fR and \fBneon\-vfpv4\fR.
+\&\fB\-mfp\fR and \fB\-mfpe\fR are synonyms for
+\&\fB\-mfpu\fR=\fBfpe\fR\fInumber\fR, for compatibility with older versions
+of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+If \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified this specifies the format of
+floating point values.
+.Sp
+If the selected floating-point hardware includes the \s-1NEON\s0 extension
+(e.g. \fB\-mfpu\fR=\fBneon\fR), note that floating-point
+operations will not be used by \s-1GCC\s0's auto-vectorization pass unless
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is also specified. This is
+because \s-1NEON\s0 hardware does not fully implement the \s-1IEEE\s0 754 standard for
+floating-point arithmetic (in particular denormal values are treated as
+zero), so the use of \s-1NEON\s0 instructions may lead to a loss of precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp16\-format=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp16-format=name"
+Specify the format of the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C'\fR half-precision floating-point type.
+Permissible names are \fBnone\fR, \fBieee\fR, and \fBalternative\fR;
+the default is \fBnone\fR, in which case the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C'\fR type is not
+defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mstructure\-size\-boundary=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstructure-size-boundary=n"
+The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
+of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32
+and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the \s-1COFF\s0
+targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of 64 is only allowed
+if the underlying \s-1ABI\s0 supports it.
+.Sp
+Specifying the larger number can produce faster, more efficient code, but
+can also increase the size of the program. Different values are potentially
+incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to
+work with code or libraries compiled with another value, if they exchange
+information using structures or unions.
+.IP "\fB\-mabort\-on\-noreturn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabort-on-noreturn"
+Generate a call to the function \f(CW\*(C`abort\*(C'\fR at the end of a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR function. It will be executed if the function tries to
+return.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
+address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
+call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
+will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based
+version of subroutine call instruction.
+.Sp
+Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be turned
+into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
+which have the \fBshort-call\fR attribute, functions that are inside
+the scope of a \fB#pragma no_long_calls\fR directive and functions whose
+definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
+unit, will not be turned into long calls. The exception to this rule is
+that weak function definitions, functions with the \fBlong-call\fR
+attribute or the \fBsection\fR attribute, and functions that are within
+the scope of a \fB#pragma long_calls\fR directive, will always be
+turned into long calls.
+.Sp
+This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR will restore the default behavior, as will
+placing the function calls within the scope of a \fB#pragma
+long_calls_off\fR directive. Note these switches have no effect on how
+the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
+pointers.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-pic\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
+Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
+loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
+responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
+before execution begins.
+.IP "\fB\-mpic\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpic-register=reg"
+Specify the register to be used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing. The default is R10
+unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mcirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns"
+Insert NOPs into the instruction stream to in order to work around
+problems with invalid Maverick instruction combinations. This option
+is only valid if the \fB\-mcpu=ep9312\fR option has been used to
+enable generation of instructions for the Cirrus Maverick floating
+point co-processor. This option is not enabled by default, since the
+problem is only present in older Maverick implementations. The default
+can be re-enabled by use of the \fB\-mno\-cirrus\-fix\-invalid\-insns\fR
+switch.
+.IP "\fB\-mpoke\-function\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpoke-function-name"
+Write the name of each function into the text section, directly
+preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& t0
+\& .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
+\& .align
+\& t1
+\& .word 0xff000000 + (t1 \- t0)
+\& arm_poke_function_name
+\& mov ip, sp
+\& stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
+\& sub fp, ip, #4
+.Ve
+.Sp
+When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`pc\*(C'\fR stored at \f(CW\*(C`fp + 0\*(C'\fR. If the trace function then looks at
+location \f(CW\*(C`pc \- 12\*(C'\fR and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that
+there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location
+and has length \f(CW\*(C`((pc[\-3]) & 0xff000000)\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb"
+Generate code for the Thumb instruction set. The default is to
+use the 32\-bit \s-1ARM\s0 instruction set.
+This option automatically enables either 16\-bit Thumb\-1 or
+mixed 16/32\-bit Thumb\-2 instructions based on the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR
+and \fB\-march=\fR\fIname\fR options. This option is not passed to the
+assembler. If you want to force assembler files to be interpreted as Thumb code,
+either add a \fB.thumb\fR directive to the source or pass the \fB\-mthumb\fR
+option directly to the assembler by prefixing it with \fB\-Wa\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpcs\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpcs-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
+Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
+not call any other functions.) The default is \fB\-mno\-tpcs\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpcs\-leaf\-frame\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpcs-leaf-frame"
+Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
+Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
+not call any other functions.) The default is \fB\-mno\-apcs\-leaf\-frame\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcallee\-super\-interworking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcallee-super-interworking"
+Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an \s-1ARM\s0
+instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
+rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
+non-interworking code. This option is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations
+because interworking is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mcaller\-super\-interworking\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcaller-super-interworking"
+Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
+execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
+compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
+of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled. This option
+is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations because interworking is enabled
+by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mtp=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtp=name"
+Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid
+models are \fBsoft\fR, which generates calls to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_aeabi_read_tp\*(C'\fR,
+\&\fBcp15\fR, which fetches the thread pointer from \f(CW\*(C`cp15\*(C'\fR directly
+(supported in the arm6k architecture), and \fBauto\fR, which uses the
+best available method for the selected processor. The default setting is
+\&\fBauto\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mword\-relocations\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mword-relocations"
+Only generate absolute relocations on word sized values (i.e. R_ARM_ABS32).
+This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime
+loader imposes this restriction, and when \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR
+is specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-cortex\-m3\-ldrd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd"
+Some Cortex\-M3 cores can cause data corruption when \f(CW\*(C`ldrd\*(C'\fR instructions
+with overlapping destination and base registers are used. This option avoids
+generating these instructions. This option is enabled by default when
+\&\fB\-mcpu=cortex\-m3\fR is specified.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "AVR Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for \s-1AVR\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmcu=mcu"
+Specify \s-1ATMEL\s0 \s-1AVR\s0 instruction set or \s-1MCU\s0 type.
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal \s-1AVR\s0 core, not supported by the C
+compiler, only for assembler programs (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s1200, attiny10,
+attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to
+8K program memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s2313, at90s2323, attiny22,
+at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434, at90s8515,
+at90c8534, at90s8535).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr3 is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega103, atmega603, at43usb320, at76c711).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 8K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega8, atmega83, atmega85).
+.Sp
+Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
+memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega16, atmega161, atmega163, atmega32, atmega323,
+atmega64, atmega128, at43usb355, at94k).
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-interrupts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-interrupts"
+Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.
+Code size will be smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-prologues\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-prologues"
+Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate
+subroutines. Code size will be smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-mtiny\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtiny-stack"
+Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-mint8\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint8"
+Assume int to be 8 bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: A
+char will be 1 byte, an int will be 1 byte, a long will be 2 bytes
+and long long will be 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not
+comply to the C standards, but it will provide you with smaller code
+size.
+.PP
+\f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR and Devices with more than 128k Bytes of Flash
+.IX Subsection "EIND and Devices with more than 128k Bytes of Flash"
+.PP
+Pointers in the implementation are 16 bits wide.
+The address of a function or label is represented as word address so
+that indirect jumps and calls can address any code address in the
+range of 64k words.
+.PP
+In order to faciliate indirect jump on devices with more than 128k
+bytes of program memory space, there is a special function register called
+\&\f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR that serves as most significant part of the target address
+when \f(CW\*(C`EICALL\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EIJMP\*(C'\fR instructions are used.
+.PP
+Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows and
+are subject to some limitations:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler never sets \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The startup code from libgcc never sets \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR.
+Notice that startup code is a blend of code from libgcc and avr-libc.
+For the impact of avr-libc on \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR, see the
+avr-libc\ user\ manual (\f(CW\*(C`http://nongnu.org/avr\-libc/user\-manual\*(C'\fR).
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler uses \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR implicitely in \f(CW\*(C`EICALL\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`EIJMP\*(C'\fR
+instructions or might read \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR directly.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler assumes that \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR never changes during the startup
+code or run of the application. In particular, \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR is not
+saved/restored in function or interrupt service routine
+prologue/epilogue.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+It is legitimate for user-specific startup code to set up \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR
+early, for example by means of initialization code located in
+section \f(CW\*(C`.init3\*(C'\fR, and thus prior to general startup code that
+initializes \s-1RAM\s0 and calls constructors.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+For indirect calls to functions and computed goto, the linker will
+generate \fIstubs\fR. Stubs are jump pads sometimes also called
+\&\fItrampolines\fR. Thus, the indirect call/jump will jump to such a stub.
+The stub contains a direct jump to the desired address.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Stubs will be generated automatically by the linker if
+the following two conditions are met:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP "\-<The address of a label is taken by means of the ""gs"" modifier>" 4
+.el .IP "\-<The address of a label is taken by means of the \f(CWgs\fR modifier>" 4
+.IX Item "-<The address of a label is taken by means of the gs modifier>"
+(short for \fIgenerate stubs\fR) like so:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& LDI r24, lo8(gs(<func>))
+\& LDI r25, hi8(gs(<func>))
+.Ve
+.IP "\-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>" 4
+.IX Item "-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>"
+\&\fIoutside\fR the segment where the stubs are located.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The compiler will emit such \f(CW\*(C`gs\*(C'\fR modifiers for code labels in the
+following situations:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-<Taking address of a function or code label.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Taking address of a function or code label.>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\-<Computed goto.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Computed goto.>"
+.IP "\-<If prologue-save function is used, see \fB\-mcall\-prologues\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "-<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>"
+.PD
+command line option.
+.IP "\-<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>" 4
+.IX Item "-<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>"
+tables you can specify the \fB\-fno\-jump\-tables\fR command line option.
+.IP "\-<C and \*(C+ constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<C and constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "\-<If the tools hit a ""gs()"" modifier explained above.>" 4
+.el .IP "\-<If the tools hit a \f(CWgs()\fR modifier explained above.>" 4
+.IX Item "-<If the tools hit a gs() modifier explained above.>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+.PD
+The default linker script is arranged for code with \f(CW\*(C`EIND = 0\*(C'\fR.
+If code is supposed to work for a setup with \f(CW\*(C`EIND != 0\*(C'\fR, a custom
+linker script has to be used in order to place the sections whose
+name start with \f(CW\*(C`.trampolines\*(C'\fR into the segment where \f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C'\fR
+points to.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Jumping to non-symbolic addresses like so is \fInot\fR supported:
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& int main (void)
+\& {
+\& /* Call function at word address 0x2 */
+\& return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Instead, a stub has to be set up:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& int main (void)
+\& {
+\& extern int func_4 (void);
+\&
+\& /* Call function at byte address 0x4 */
+\& return func_4();
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+and the application be linked with \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-defsym,func_4=0x4\*(C'\fR.
+Alternatively, \f(CW\*(C`func_4\*(C'\fR can be defined in the linker script.
+.PP
+\fIBlackfin Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Blackfin Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]"
+Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently, \fIcpu\fR
+can be one of \fBbf512\fR, \fBbf514\fR, \fBbf516\fR, \fBbf518\fR,
+\&\fBbf522\fR, \fBbf523\fR, \fBbf524\fR, \fBbf525\fR, \fBbf526\fR,
+\&\fBbf527\fR, \fBbf531\fR, \fBbf532\fR, \fBbf533\fR,
+\&\fBbf534\fR, \fBbf536\fR, \fBbf537\fR, \fBbf538\fR, \fBbf539\fR,
+\&\fBbf542\fR, \fBbf544\fR, \fBbf547\fR, \fBbf548\fR, \fBbf549\fR,
+\&\fBbf542m\fR, \fBbf544m\fR, \fBbf547m\fR, \fBbf548m\fR, \fBbf549m\fR,
+\&\fBbf561\fR.
+The optional \fIsirevision\fR specifies the silicon revision of the target
+Blackfin processor. Any workarounds available for the targeted silicon revision
+will be enabled. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBnone\fR, no workarounds are enabled.
+If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBany\fR, all workarounds for the targeted processor
+will be enabled. The \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR macro is defined to two
+hexadecimal digits representing the major and minor numbers in the silicon
+revision. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBnone\fR, the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR
+is not defined. If \fIsirevision\fR is \fBany\fR, the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined to be \f(CW0xffff\fR.
+If this optional \fIsirevision\fR is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes the latest known
+silicon revision of the targeted Blackfin processor.
+.Sp
+Support for \fBbf561\fR is incomplete. For \fBbf561\fR,
+Only the processor macro is defined.
+Without this option, \fBbf532\fR is used as the processor by default.
+The corresponding predefined processor macros for \fIcpu\fR is to
+be defined. And for \fBbfin-elf\fR toolchain, this causes the hardware \s-1BSP\s0
+provided by libgloss to be linked in if \fB\-msim\fR is not given.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
+the simulator \s-1BSP\s0 provided by libgloss to be linked in. This option
+has effect only for \fBbfin-elf\fR toolchain.
+Certain other options, such as \fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR and
+\&\fB\-mfdpic\fR, imply \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
+avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
+makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR removes the frame pointer for all functions
+which might make debugging harder.
+.IP "\fB\-mspecld\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspecld-anomaly"
+When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS\*(C'\fR is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-specld\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-specld-anomaly"
+Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.
+.IP "\fB\-mcsync\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcsync-anomaly"
+When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+contain \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions too soon after conditional branches.
+If this option is used, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS\*(C'\fR is defined.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-csync\-anomaly\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-csync-anomaly"
+Don't generate extra code to prevent \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions from
+occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
+.IP "\fB\-mlow\-64k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlow-64k"
+When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that
+the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-low\-64k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-low-64k"
+Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-check\-l1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-check-l1"
+Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the
+uClinux kernel.
+.IP "\fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mid-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
+This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
+without virtual memory management. This option implies \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+With a \fBbfin-elf\fR target, this option implies \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mleaf\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mleaf-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method,
+but assumes that this library or executable won't link against any other
+\&\s-1ID\s0 shared libraries. That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps
+and calls.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-leaf\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-leaf-id-shared-library"
+Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any \s-1ID\s0 shared
+libraries. Slower code will be generated for jump and call insns.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\-library\-id=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared-library-id=n"
+Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
+compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
+other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
+library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
+.IP "\fB\-msep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msep-data"
+Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
+area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
+an environment without virtual memory management by eliminating relocations
+against the text section.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sep-data"
+Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
+address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
+call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
+will lie outside of the 24 bit addressing range of the offset based
+version of subroutine call instruction.
+.Sp
+This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR will restore the default behavior. Note these
+switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle
+function calls via function pointers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfast\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfast-fp"
+Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of
+the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point standard's rules for checking inputs against
+Not-a-Number (\s-1NAN\s0), in the interest of performance.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-plt"
+Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
+not known to bind locally. It has no effect without \fB\-mfdpic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulticore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulticore"
+Build standalone application for multicore Blackfin processor. Proper
+start files and link scripts will be used to support multicore.
+This option defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_MULTICORE\*(C'\fR. It can only be used with
+\&\fB\-mcpu=bf561\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]. It can be used with
+\&\fB\-mcorea\fR or \fB\-mcoreb\fR. If it's used without
+\&\fB\-mcorea\fR or \fB\-mcoreb\fR, single application/dual core
+programming model is used. In this model, the main function of Core B
+should be named as coreb_main. If it's used with \fB\-mcorea\fR or
+\&\fB\-mcoreb\fR, one application per core programming model is used.
+If this option is not used, single core application programming
+model is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mcorea\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcorea"
+Build standalone application for Core A of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
+one application per core programming model. Proper start files
+and link scripts will be used to support Core A. This option
+defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREA\*(C'\fR. It must be used with \fB\-mmulticore\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcoreb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcoreb"
+Build standalone application for Core B of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
+one application per core programming model. Proper start files
+and link scripts will be used to support Core B. This option
+defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREB\*(C'\fR. When this option is used, coreb_main
+should be used instead of main. It must be used with
+\&\fB\-mmulticore\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdram"
+Build standalone application for \s-1SDRAM\s0. Proper start files and
+link scripts will be used to put the application into \s-1SDRAM\s0.
+Loader should initialize \s-1SDRAM\s0 before loading the application
+into \s-1SDRAM\s0. This option defines \f(CW\*(C`_\|_BFIN_SDRAM\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-micplb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-micplb"
+Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at runtime. This has an effect on certain
+anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs
+are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1CRIS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "CRIS Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CRIS\s0 ports.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture-type"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=architecture-type"
+.PD
+Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
+\&\fIarchitecture-type\fR are \fBv3\fR, \fBv8\fR and \fBv10\fR for
+respectively \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 4, \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 100, and \s-1ETRAX\s0\ 100\ \s-1LX\s0.
+Default is \fBv0\fR except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is
+\&\fBv10\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=architecture-type"
+Tune to \fIarchitecture-type\fR everything applicable about the generated
+code, except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The
+choices for \fIarchitecture-type\fR are the same as for
+\&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\-stack\-frame=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax-stack-frame=n"
+Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds \fIn\fR bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-metrax4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-metrax4"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-metrax100\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-metrax100"
+.PD
+The options \fB\-metrax4\fR and \fB\-metrax100\fR are synonyms for
+\&\fB\-march=v3\fR and \fB\-march=v8\fR respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-mmul\-bug\-workaround\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmul-bug-workaround"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mul\-bug\-workaround\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mul-bug-workaround"
+.PD
+Work around a bug in the \f(CW\*(C`muls\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mulu\*(C'\fR instructions for \s-1CPU\s0
+models where it applies. This option is active by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mpdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpdebug"
+Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly
+code. This option also has the effect to turn off the \fB#NO_APP\fR
+formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the
+assembly file.
+.IP "\fB\-mcc\-init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcc-init"
+Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit
+compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-side\-effects\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-side-effects"
+Do not emit instructions with side-effects in addressing modes other than
+post-increment.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-stack\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-stack-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mdata\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdata-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-data\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-data-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mconst\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconst-align"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-const\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-const-align"
+.PD
+These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate arrangements) for the
+stack-frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum
+single data access size for the chosen \s-1CPU\s0 model. The default is to
+arrange for 32\-bit alignment. \s-1ABI\s0 details such as structure layout are
+not affected by these options.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32-bit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m16\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m16-bit"
+.IP "\fB\-m8\-bit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m8-bit"
+.PD
+Similar to the stack\- data\- and const-align options above, these options
+arrange for stack-frame, writable data and constants to all be 32\-bit,
+16\-bit or 8\-bit aligned. The default is 32\-bit alignment.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prologue\-epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prologue-epilogue"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mprologue\-epilogue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprologue-epilogue"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mno\-prologue\-epilogue\fR, the normal function prologue and
+epilogue that sets up the stack-frame are omitted and no return
+instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this
+option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no
+warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved,
+or storage for local variable needs to be allocated.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gotplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gotplt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mgotplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgotplt"
+.PD
+With \fB\-fpic\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR, don't generate (do generate)
+instruction sequences that load addresses for functions from the \s-1PLT\s0 part
+of the \s-1GOT\s0 rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to the
+\&\s-1PLT\s0. The default is \fB\-mgotplt\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-melf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-melf"
+Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
+cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinux\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinux"
+Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu target.
+.IP "\fB\-sim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sim"
+This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf arranges
+to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code,
+initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecutively.
+.IP "\fB\-sim2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sim2"
+Like \fB\-sim\fR, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
+0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1CRX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "CRX Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CRX\s0 ports.
+.IP "\fB\-mmac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmac"
+Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mpush\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpush-args"
+Push instructions will be used to pass outgoing arguments when functions
+are called. Enabled by default.
+.PP
+\fIDarwin Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Darwin Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin operating
+system.
+.PP
+\&\s-1FSF\s0 \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does not create \*(L"fat\*(R" object files; it will create
+an object file for the single architecture that it was built to
+target. Apple's \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does create \*(L"fat\*(R" files if multiple
+\&\fB\-arch\fR options are used; it does so by running the compiler or
+linker multiple times and joining the results together with
+\&\fIlipo\fR.
+.PP
+The subtype of the file created (like \fBppc7400\fR or \fBppc970\fR or
+\&\fBi686\fR) is determined by the flags that specify the \s-1ISA\s0
+that \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting, like \fB\-mcpu\fR or \fB\-march\fR. The
+\&\fB\-force_cpusubtype_ALL\fR option can be used to override this.
+.PP
+The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an \s-1ISA\s0
+mismatch. The assembler, \fIas\fR, will only permit instructions to
+be used that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating,
+so you cannot put 64\-bit instructions in a \fBppc750\fR object file.
+The linker for shared libraries, \fI/usr/bin/libtool\fR, will fail
+and print an error if asked to create a shared library with a less
+restrictive subtype than its input files (for instance, trying to put
+a \fBppc970\fR object file in a \fBppc7400\fR library). The linker
+for executables, \fIld\fR, will quietly give the executable the most
+restrictive subtype of any of its input files.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fdir"
+Add the framework directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of
+directories to be searched for header files. These directories are
+interleaved with those specified by \fB\-I\fR options and are
+scanned in a left-to-right order.
+.Sp
+A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
+framework is a directory with a \fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR and/or
+\&\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R"\fR directory contained directly in it that ends
+in \fB\*(L".framework\*(R"\fR. The name of a framework is the name of this
+directory excluding the \fB\*(L".framework\*(R"\fR. Headers associated with
+the framework are found in one of those two directories, with
+\&\fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR being searched first. A subframework is a framework
+directory that is in a framework's \fB\*(L"Frameworks\*(R"\fR directory.
+Includes of subframework headers can only appear in a header of a
+framework that contains the subframework, or in a sibling subframework
+header. Two subframeworks are siblings if they occur in the same
+framework. A subframework should not have the same name as a
+framework, a warning will be issued if this is violated. Currently a
+subframework cannot have subframeworks, in the future, the mechanism
+may be extended to support this. The standard frameworks can be found
+in \fB\*(L"/System/Library/Frameworks\*(R"\fR and
+\&\fB\*(L"/Library/Frameworks\*(R"\fR. An example include looks like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`#include <Framework/header.h>\*(C'\fR, where \fBFramework\fR denotes
+the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
+\&\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R"\fR or \fB\*(L"Headers\*(R"\fR directory.
+.IP "\fB\-iframework\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-iframeworkdir"
+Like \fB\-F\fR except the directory is a treated as a system
+directory. The main difference between this \fB\-iframework\fR and
+\&\fB\-F\fR is that with \fB\-iframework\fR the compiler does not
+warn about constructs contained within header files found via
+\&\fIdir\fR. This option is valid only for the C family of languages.
+.IP "\fB\-gused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gused"
+Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For \s-1STABS\s0
+debugging format, this enables \fB\-feliminate\-unused\-debug\-symbols\fR.
+This is by default \s-1ON\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-gfull\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-gfull"
+Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
+.IP "\fB\-mmacosx\-version\-min=\fR\fIversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmacosx-version-min=version"
+The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on
+is \fIversion\fR. Typical values of \fIversion\fR include \f(CW10.1\fR,
+\&\f(CW10.2\fR, and \f(CW10.3.9\fR.
+.Sp
+If the compiler was built to use the system's headers by default,
+then the default for this option is the system version on which the
+compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices which
+are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible.
+.IP "\fB\-mkernel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mkernel"
+Enable kernel development mode. The \fB\-mkernel\fR option sets
+\&\fB\-static\fR, \fB\-fno\-common\fR, \fB\-fno\-cxa\-atexit\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR, \fB\-fno\-non\-call\-exceptions\fR,
+\&\fB\-fapple\-kext\fR, \fB\-fno\-weak\fR and \fB\-fno\-rtti\fR where
+applicable. This mode also sets \fB\-mno\-altivec\fR,
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR, \fB\-fno\-builtin\fR and
+\&\fB\-mlong\-branch\fR for PowerPC targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mone\-byte\-bool\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mone-byte-bool"
+Override the defaults for \fBbool\fR so that \fBsizeof(bool)==1\fR.
+By default \fBsizeof(bool)\fR is \fB4\fR when compiling for
+Darwin/PowerPC and \fB1\fR when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this
+option has no effect on x86.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR The \fB\-mone\-byte\-bool\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated
+without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all
+other modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this
+switch to conform to a non-default data model.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-and\-continue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-and-continue"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-ffix\-and\-continue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffix-and-continue"
+.IP "\fB\-findirect\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-findirect-data"
+.PD
+Generate code suitable for fast turn around development. Needed to
+enable gdb to dynamically load \f(CW\*(C`.o\*(C'\fR files into already running
+programs. \fB\-findirect\-data\fR and \fB\-ffix\-and\-continue\fR
+are provided for backwards compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-all_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-all_load"
+Loads all members of static archive libraries.
+See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-arch_errors_fatal\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-arch_errors_fatal"
+Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture
+to be fatal.
+.IP "\fB\-bind_at_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bind_at_load"
+Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will
+bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.
+.IP "\fB\-bundle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bundle"
+Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.
+See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-bundle_loader\fR \fIexecutable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bundle_loader executable"
+This option specifies the \fIexecutable\fR that will be loading the build
+output file being linked. See man \fIld\fR\|(1) for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-dynamiclib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dynamiclib"
+When passed this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce a dynamic library instead of
+an executable when linking, using the Darwin \fIlibtool\fR command.
+.IP "\fB\-force_cpusubtype_ALL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-force_cpusubtype_ALL"
+This causes \s-1GCC\s0's output file to have the \fI\s-1ALL\s0\fR subtype, instead of
+one controlled by the \fB\-mcpu\fR or \fB\-march\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-allowable_client\fR \fIclient_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-allowable_client client_name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-client_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-client_name"
+.IP "\fB\-compatibility_version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-compatibility_version"
+.IP "\fB\-current_version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-current_version"
+.IP "\fB\-dead_strip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dead_strip"
+.IP "\fB\-dependency\-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dependency-file"
+.IP "\fB\-dylib_file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dylib_file"
+.IP "\fB\-dylinker_install_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dylinker_install_name"
+.IP "\fB\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dynamic"
+.IP "\fB\-exported_symbols_list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-exported_symbols_list"
+.IP "\fB\-filelist\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-filelist"
+.IP "\fB\-flat_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-flat_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-force_flat_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-force_flat_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-headerpad_max_install_names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-headerpad_max_install_names"
+.IP "\fB\-image_base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-image_base"
+.IP "\fB\-init\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-init"
+.IP "\fB\-install_name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-install_name"
+.IP "\fB\-keep_private_externs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-keep_private_externs"
+.IP "\fB\-multi_module\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multi_module"
+.IP "\fB\-multiply_defined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multiply_defined"
+.IP "\fB\-multiply_defined_unused\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multiply_defined_unused"
+.IP "\fB\-noall_load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noall_load"
+.IP "\fB\-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms"
+.IP "\fB\-nofixprebinding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nofixprebinding"
+.IP "\fB\-nomultidefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nomultidefs"
+.IP "\fB\-noprebind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noprebind"
+.IP "\fB\-noseglinkedit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-noseglinkedit"
+.IP "\fB\-pagezero_size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pagezero_size"
+.IP "\fB\-prebind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-prebind"
+.IP "\fB\-prebind_all_twolevel_modules\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-prebind_all_twolevel_modules"
+.IP "\fB\-private_bundle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-private_bundle"
+.IP "\fB\-read_only_relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-read_only_relocs"
+.IP "\fB\-sectalign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectalign"
+.IP "\fB\-sectobjectsymbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectobjectsymbols"
+.IP "\fB\-whyload\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-whyload"
+.IP "\fB\-seg1addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg1addr"
+.IP "\fB\-sectcreate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectcreate"
+.IP "\fB\-sectobjectsymbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectobjectsymbols"
+.IP "\fB\-sectorder\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sectorder"
+.IP "\fB\-segaddr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segaddr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_only_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_only_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_write_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_write_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-seg_addr_table\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg_addr_table"
+.IP "\fB\-seg_addr_table_filename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seg_addr_table_filename"
+.IP "\fB\-seglinkedit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-seglinkedit"
+.IP "\fB\-segprot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segprot"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_only_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_only_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-segs_read_write_addr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-segs_read_write_addr"
+.IP "\fB\-single_module\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-single_module"
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+.IP "\fB\-sub_library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sub_library"
+.IP "\fB\-sub_umbrella\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sub_umbrella"
+.IP "\fB\-twolevel_namespace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-twolevel_namespace"
+.IP "\fB\-umbrella\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-umbrella"
+.IP "\fB\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-undefined"
+.IP "\fB\-unexported_symbols_list\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-unexported_symbols_list"
+.IP "\fB\-weak_reference_mismatches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-weak_reference_mismatches"
+.IP "\fB\-whatsloaded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-whatsloaded"
+.PD
+These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page
+describes them in detail.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "DEC Alpha Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-soft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-soft-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
+floating-point operations. When \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified,
+functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform floating-point
+operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
+floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
+emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
+operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
+operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
+them.
+.Sp
+Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
+required to have floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-reg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-reg"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-regs"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR implies \fB\-msoft\-float\fR. If the floating-point
+register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
+registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
+in \f(CW$0\fR instead of \f(CW$f0\fR. This is a non-standard calling sequence,
+so any function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
+compiled with \fB\-mno\-fp\-regs\fR must also be compiled with that
+option.
+.Sp
+A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
+and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee"
+The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
+maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
+point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
+required. This option generates code fully \s-1IEEE\s0 compliant code
+\&\fIexcept\fR that the \fIinexact-flag\fR is not maintained (see below).
+If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C'\fR is
+defined during compilation. The resulting code is less efficient but is
+able to correctly support denormalized numbers and exceptional \s-1IEEE\s0
+values such as not-a-number and plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha
+compilers call this option \fB\-ieee_with_no_inexact\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-with\-inexact\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-with-inexact"
+This is like \fB\-mieee\fR except the generated code also maintains
+the \s-1IEEE\s0 \fIinexact-flag\fR. Turning on this option causes the
+generated code to implement fully-compliant \s-1IEEE\s0 math. In addition to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP_EXACT\*(C'\fR is defined as a preprocessor
+macro. On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
+significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there is
+very little code that depends on the \fIinexact-flag\fR, you should
+normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
+option \fB\-ieee_with_inexact\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=\fR\fItrap-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode"
+This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
+Other Alpha compilers call this option \fB\-fptm\fR \fItrap-mode\fR.
+The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "n"
+This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
+are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
+trap).
+.IP "\fBu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+In addition to the traps enabled by \fBn\fR, underflow traps are enabled
+as well.
+.IP "\fBsu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "su"
+Like \fBu\fR, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
+completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
+.IP "\fBsui\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sui"
+Like \fBsu\fR, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-rounding\-mode=\fR\fIrounding-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode"
+Selects the \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
+\&\fB\-fprm\fR \fIrounding-mode\fR. The \fIrounding-mode\fR can be one
+of:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "n"
+Normal \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
+the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
+of a tie.
+.IP "\fBm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "m"
+Round towards minus infinity.
+.IP "\fBc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c"
+Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
+.IP "\fBd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
+(\fIfpcr\fR, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
+rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
+rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
+\&\fIfpcr\fR, \fBd\fR corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtrap\-precision=\fR\fItrap-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtrap-precision=trap-precision"
+In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
+means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
+floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
+in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
+Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
+precisions can be selected:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "p"
+Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
+can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
+.IP "\fBf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "f"
+Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
+caused a floating point exception.
+.IP "\fBi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
+instruction that caused a floating point exception.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
+\&\fB\-scope_safe\fR and \fB\-resumption_safe\fR.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-conformant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-conformant"
+This option marks the generated code as \s-1IEEE\s0 conformant. You must not
+use this option unless you also specify \fB\-mtrap\-precision=i\fR and either
+\&\fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=su\fR or \fB\-mfp\-trap\-mode=sui\fR. Its only effect
+is to emit the line \fB.eflag 48\fR in the function prologue of the
+generated assembly file. Under \s-1DEC\s0 Unix, this has the effect that
+IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
+.IP "\fB\-mbuild\-constants\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbuild-constants"
+Normally \s-1GCC\s0 examines a 32\- or 64\-bit integer constant to
+see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
+instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
+generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
+.Sp
+Use this option to require \s-1GCC\s0 to construct \fIall\fR integer constants
+using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
+.Sp
+You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
+loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
+before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
+.IP "\fB\-malpha\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malpha-as"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgas"
+.PD
+Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
+assembler (\fB\-malpha\-as\fR) or by the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler \fB\-mgas\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbwx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbwx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bwx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bwx"
+.IP "\fB\-mcix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcix"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cix"
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix"
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-max\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-max"
+.PD
+Indicate whether \s-1GCC\s0 should generate code to use the optional \s-1BWX\s0,
+\&\s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction
+sets supported by the \s-1CPU\s0 type specified via \fB\-mcpu=\fR option or that
+of the \s-1CPU\s0 on which \s-1GCC\s0 was built if none was specified.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-vax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-vax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-ieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-ieee"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) \s-1VAX\s0 F and G floating point
+arithmetic instead of \s-1IEEE\s0 single and double precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mexplicit-relocs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
+.PD
+Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations
+except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow
+optimal instruction scheduling. \s-1GNU\s0 binutils as of version 2.12
+supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly mark
+which relocations should apply to which instructions. This option
+is mostly useful for debugging, as \s-1GCC\s0 detects the capabilities of
+the assembler when it is built and sets the default accordingly.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-data"
+.PD
+When \fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR is in effect, static data is
+accessed via \fIgp-relative\fR relocations. When \fB\-msmall\-data\fR
+is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a \fIsmall data area\fR
+(the \f(CW\*(C`.sdata\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.sbss\*(C'\fR sections) and are accessed via
+16\-bit relocations off of the \f(CW$gp\fR register. This limits the
+size of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the variables to be
+directly accessed via a single instruction.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mlarge\-data\fR. With this option the data area
+is limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB of
+data must use \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`mmap\*(C'\fR to allocate the data in the
+heap instead of in the program's data segment.
+.Sp
+When generating code for shared libraries, \fB\-fpic\fR implies
+\&\fB\-msmall\-data\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR implies \fB\-mlarge\-data\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-text"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-text"
+.PD
+When \fB\-msmall\-text\fR is used, the compiler assumes that the
+code of the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is
+thus reachable with a branch instruction. When \fB\-msmall\-data\fR
+is used, the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the
+same \f(CW$gp\fR value, and thus reduce the number of instructions
+required for a function call from 4 to 1.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mlarge\-text\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for
+machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. You can specify either the \fB\s-1EV\s0\fR
+style name or the corresponding chip number. \s-1GCC\s0 supports scheduling
+parameters for the \s-1EV4\s0, \s-1EV5\s0 and \s-1EV6\s0 family of processors and will
+choose the default values for the instruction set from the processor
+you specify. If you do not specify a processor type, \s-1GCC\s0 will default
+to the processor on which the compiler was built.
+.Sp
+Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBev4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev4"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBev45\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev45"
+.IP "\fB21064\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21064"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV4\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fBev5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev5"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fBev56\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev56"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164a"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 extension.
+.IP "\fBpca56\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pca56"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21164pc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164pc"
+.IP "\fB21164PC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21164PC"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.IP "\fBev6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev6"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21264\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21264"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.IP "\fBev67\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ev67"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB21264a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "21264a"
+.PD
+Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-mcpu=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR. The instruction set is not changed.
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-mtune=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemory\-latency=\fR\fItime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemory-latency=time"
+Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
+references as seen by the application. This number is highly
+dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application
+and the size of the external cache on the machine.
+.Sp
+Valid options for \fItime\fR are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "number"
+A decimal number representing clock cycles.
+.IP "\fBL1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBL2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L2"
+.IP "\fBL3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "L3"
+.IP "\fBmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "main"
+.PD
+The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
+\&\*(L"typical\*(R" \s-1EV4\s0 & \s-1EV5\s0 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
+(also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
+Note that L3 is only valid for \s-1EV5\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "DEC Alpha/VMS Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvms-return-codes"
+Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
+style condition (e.g. error) codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug-main=prefix"
+Flag the first routine whose name starts with \fIprefix\fR as the main
+routine for the debugger.
+.IP "\fB\-mmalloc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmalloc64"
+Default to 64bit memory allocation routines.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1FR30\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "FR30 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined specifically for the \s-1FR30\s0 port.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-model"
+Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code, but
+it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses will fit into a
+20\-bit range.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lsim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lsim"
+Assume that run-time support has been provided and so there is no need
+to include the simulator library (\fIlibsim.a\fR) on the linker
+command line.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1FRV\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "FRV Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mgpr\-32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpr-32"
+Only use the first 32 general purpose registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mgpr\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpr-64"
+Use all 64 general purpose registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpr\-32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpr-32"
+Use only the first 32 floating point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpr\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpr-64"
+Use all 64 floating point registers
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use hardware instructions for floating point operations.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Use library routines for floating point operations.
+.IP "\fB\-malloc\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malloc-cc"
+Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-cc"
+Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
+use \f(CW\*(C`icc0\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`fcc0\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdword"
+Change \s-1ABI\s0 to use double word insns.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dword"
+Do not use double word instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble"
+Use floating point double instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-double"
+Do not use floating point double instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmedia\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmedia"
+Use media instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-media\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-media"
+Do not use media instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmuladd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmuladd"
+Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-muladd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-muladd"
+Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mfdpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfdpic"
+Select the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0, that uses function descriptors to represent
+pointers to functions. Without any PIC/PIE\-related options, it
+implies \fB\-fPIE\fR. With \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fpie\fR, it
+assumes \s-1GOT\s0 entries and small data are within a 12\-bit range from the
+\&\s-1GOT\s0 base address; with \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fPIE\fR, \s-1GOT\s0 offsets
+are computed with 32 bits.
+With a \fBbfin-elf\fR target, this option implies \fB\-msim\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-plt"
+Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
+not known to bind locally. It has no effect without \fB\-mfdpic\fR.
+It's enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for
+shared libraries (i.e., \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fpic\fR), or when an
+optimization option such as \fB\-O3\fR or above is present in the
+command line.
+.IP "\fB\-mTLS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mTLS"
+Assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls"
+Do not assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgprel\-ro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgprel-ro"
+Enable the use of \f(CW\*(C`GPREL\*(C'\fR relocations in the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 for data
+that is known to be in read-only sections. It's enabled by default,
+except for \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fpie\fR: even though it may help
+make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
+With \fB\-fPIC\fR or \fB\-fPIE\fR, it trades 3 instructions for 4,
+one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need
+for a \s-1GOT\s0 entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a
+win. If it is not, \fB\-mno\-gprel\-ro\fR can be used to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-multilib\-library\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multilib-library-pic"
+Link with the (library, not \s-1FD\s0) pic libraries. It's implied by
+\&\fB\-mlibrary\-pic\fR, as well as by \fB\-fPIC\fR and
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR without \fB\-mfdpic\fR. You should never have to use
+it explicitly.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinked\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinked-fp"
+Follow the \s-1EABI\s0 requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever
+a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can
+be disabled with \fB\-mno\-linked\-fp\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current
+compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere
+within the 32\-bit address space.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-labels\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-labels"
+Try to align labels to an 8\-byte boundary by inserting nops into the
+previous packet. This option only has an effect when \s-1VLIW\s0 packing
+is enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds nops to
+existing ones.
+.IP "\fB\-mlibrary\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlibrary-pic"
+Generate position-independent \s-1EABI\s0 code.
+.IP "\fB\-macc\-4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-macc-4"
+Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
+.IP "\fB\-macc\-8\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-macc-8"
+Use all eight media accumulator registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mpack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpack"
+Pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pack"
+Do not pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-eflags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-eflags"
+Do not mark \s-1ABI\s0 switches in e_flags.
+.IP "\fB\-mcond\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcond-move"
+Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cond\-move\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cond-move"
+Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mscc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscc"
+Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-scc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-scc"
+Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mcond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcond-exec"
+Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cond-exec"
+Disable the use of conditional execution.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mvliw\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvliw-branch"
+Run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vliw\-branch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vliw-branch"
+Do not run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulti\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulti-cond-exec"
+Enable optimization of \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR in conditional execution
+(default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-multi\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-multi-cond-exec"
+Disable optimization of \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR in conditional execution.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mnested\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnested-cond-exec"
+Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-nested\-cond\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-nested-cond-exec"
+Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
+.Sp
+This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
+in a future version.
+.IP "\fB\-moptimize\-membar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-moptimize-membar"
+This switch removes redundant \f(CW\*(C`membar\*(C'\fR instructions from the
+compiler generated code. It is enabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-optimize\-membar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-optimize-membar"
+This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant \f(CW\*(C`membar\*(C'\fR
+instructions from the generated code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtomcat\-stats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtomcat-stats"
+Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are
+\&\fBfrv\fR, \fBfr550\fR, \fBtomcat\fR, \fBfr500\fR, \fBfr450\fR,
+\&\fBfr405\fR, \fBfr400\fR, \fBfr300\fR and \fBsimple\fR.
+.PP
+\fIGNU/Linux Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "GNU/Linux Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mglibc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mglibc"
+Use the \s-1GNU\s0 C library. This is the default except
+on \fB*\-*\-linux\-*uclibc*\fR and \fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-muclibc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muclibc"
+Use uClibc C library. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*uclibc*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mbionic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbionic"
+Use Bionic C library. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mandroid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mandroid"
+Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default on
+\&\fB*\-*\-linux\-*android*\fR targets.
+.Sp
+When compiling, this option enables \fB\-mbionic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR,
+\&\fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR and \fB\-fno\-rtti\fR by default. When linking,
+this option makes the \s-1GCC\s0 driver pass Android-specific options to the linker.
+Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ANDROID_\|_\*(C'\fR
+to be defined.
+.IP "\fB\-tno\-android\-cc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-tno-android-cc"
+Disable compilation effects of \fB\-mandroid\fR, i.e., do not enable
+\&\fB\-mbionic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR, \fB\-fno\-exceptions\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-rtti\fR by default.
+.IP "\fB\-tno\-android\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-tno-android-ld"
+Disable linking effects of \fB\-mandroid\fR, i.e., pass standard Linux
+linking options to the linker.
+.PP
+\fIH8/300 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "H8/300 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
+linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mh"
+Generate code for the H8/300H.
+.IP "\fB\-ms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms"
+Generate code for the H8S.
+.IP "\fB\-mn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mn"
+Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch
+must be used either with \fB\-mh\fR or \fB\-ms\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-ms2600\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms2600"
+Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with \fB\-ms\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mint32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint32"
+Make \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR data 32 bits by default.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-300\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-300"
+On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
+The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4
+byte boundaries.
+\&\fB\-malign\-300\fR causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
+This option has no effect on the H8/300.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "HPPA Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1HPPA\s0 family of computers:
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture-type"
+Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
+\&\fIarchitecture-type\fR are \fB1.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 1.0, \fB1.1\fR for \s-1PA\s0
+1.1, and \fB2.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 2.0 processors. Refer to
+\&\fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
+architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
+architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
+other way around.
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-1\-0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-0"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-1\-1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-1"
+.IP "\fB\-mpa\-risc\-2\-0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpa-risc-2-0"
+.PD
+Synonyms for \fB\-march=1.0\fR, \fB\-march=1.1\fR, and \fB\-march=2.0\fR respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-switch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-switch"
+Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
+the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
+table.
+.IP "\fB\-mjump\-in\-delay\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mjump-in-delay"
+Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
+by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
+of the conditional jump.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-fpregs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-fpregs"
+Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
+necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
+floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
+floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-indexing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-indexing"
+Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
+rather obscure problems when compiling \s-1MIG\s0 generated code under \s-1MACH\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-space\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-space-regs"
+Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
+.Sp
+Such code is suitable for level 0 \s-1PA\s0 systems and kernels.
+.IP "\fB\-mfast\-indirect\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfast-indirect-calls"
+Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
+allows \s-1GCC\s0 to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
+.Sp
+This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested
+functions.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-load\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-load-store"
+Generate 3\-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
+the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the \fB+k\fR option to
+the \s-1HP\s0 compilers.
+.IP "\fB\-mportable\-runtime\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mportable-runtime"
+Use the portable calling conventions proposed by \s-1HP\s0 for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgas"
+Enable the use of assembler directives only \s-1GAS\s0 understands.
+.IP "\fB\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mschedule=cpu-type"
+Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR. The choices for \fIcpu-type\fR are \fB700\fR
+\&\fB7100\fR, \fB7100LC\fR, \fB7200\fR, \fB7300\fR and \fB8000\fR. Refer
+to \fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an HP-UX system to determine the
+proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is
+\&\fB8000\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlinker\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlinker-opt"
+Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic
+debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9
+linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1HPPA\s0
+targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
+used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
+your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
+therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
+this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
+library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft\-float\fR in order for
+this to work.
+.IP "\fB\-msio\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msio"
+Generate the predefine, \f(CW\*(C`_SIO\*(C'\fR, for server \s-1IO\s0. The default is
+\&\fB\-mwsio\fR. This generates the predefines, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_WSIO\*(C'\fR, for workstation \s-1IO\s0. These
+options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-ld"
+Use \s-1GNU\s0 ld specific options. This passes \fB\-shared\fR to ld when
+building a shared library. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured,
+explicitly or implicitly, with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This option does not
+have any affect on which ld is called, it only changes what parameters
+are passed to that ld. The ld that is called is determined by the
+\&\fB\-\-with\-ld\fR configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and
+finally by the user's \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed
+using \fBwhich `gcc \-print\-prog\-name=ld`\fR. This option is only available
+on the 64 bit HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with \fBhppa*64*\-*\-hpux*\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhp\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhp-ld"
+Use \s-1HP\s0 ld specific options. This passes \fB\-b\fR to ld when building
+a shared library and passes \fB+Accept TypeMismatch\fR to ld on all
+links. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured, explicitly or
+implicitly, with the \s-1HP\s0 linker. This option does not have any affect on
+which ld is called, it only changes what parameters are passed to that
+ld. The ld that is called is determined by the \fB\-\-with\-ld\fR
+configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and finally by the user's
+\&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed using \fBwhich
+`gcc \-print\-prog\-name=ld`\fR. This option is only available on the 64 bit
+HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with \fBhppa*64*\-*\-hpux*\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call
+is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate
+long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning
+of the function or translation unit, as the case may be, exceeds a
+predefined limit set by the branch type being used. The limits for
+normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the
+\&\s-1PA\s0 2.0 and \s-1PA\s0 1.X architectures. Sibcalls are always limited at
+240,000 bytes.
+.Sp
+Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using the
+\&\fB\-ffunction\-sections\fR option, or when using the \fB\-mgas\fR
+and \fB\-mno\-portable\-runtime\fR options together under HP-UX with
+the \s-1SOM\s0 linker.
+.Sp
+It is normally not desirable to use this option as it will degrade
+performance. However, it may be useful in large applications,
+particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
+.Sp
+The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the
+assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The
+impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
+symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
+However, an indirect call is used on 32\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 systems in pic code
+and it is quite long.
+.IP "\fB\-munix=\fR\fIunix-std\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix=unix-std"
+Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified
+\&\s-1UNIX\s0 standard. The choices for \fIunix-std\fR are \fB93\fR, \fB95\fR
+and \fB98\fR. \fB93\fR is supported on all HP-UX versions. \fB95\fR
+is available on HP-UX 10.10 and later. \fB98\fR is available on HP-UX
+11.11 and later. The default values are \fB93\fR for HP-UX 10.00,
+\&\fB95\fR for HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and \fB98\fR for HP-UX 11.11
+and later.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-munix=93\fR provides the same predefines as \s-1GCC\s0 3.3 and 3.4.
+\&\fB\-munix=95\fR provides additional predefines for \f(CW\*(C`XOPEN_UNIX\*(C'\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C'\fR, and the startfile \fIunix95.o\fR.
+\&\fB\-munix=98\fR provides additional predefines for \f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_UNIX\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_INCLUDE_\|_STDC_A1_SOURCE\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500\*(C'\fR, and the startfile \fIunix98.o\fR.
+.Sp
+It is \fIimportant\fR to note that this option changes the interfaces
+for various library routines. It also affects the operational behavior
+of the C library. Thus, \fIextreme\fR care is needed in using this
+option.
+.Sp
+Library code that is intended to operate with more than one \s-1UNIX\s0
+standard must test, set and restore the variable \fI_\|_xpg4_extended_mask\fR
+as appropriate. Most \s-1GNU\s0 software doesn't provide this capability.
+.IP "\fB\-nolibdld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nolibdld"
+Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the
+\&\fB\-static\fR option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
+libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus,
+when the \fB\-static\fR option is specified, special link options
+are needed to resolve this dependency.
+.Sp
+On HP-UX 10 and later, the \s-1GCC\s0 driver adds the necessary options to
+link with libdld.sl when the \fB\-static\fR option is specified.
+This causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64\-bit port,
+the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The
+\&\fB\-nolibdld\fR option can be used to prevent the \s-1GCC\s0 driver from
+adding these link options.
+.IP "\fB\-threads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-threads"
+Add support for multithreading with the \fIdce thread\fR library
+under HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and
+linker.
+.PP
+\fIIntel 386 and \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the i386 and x86\-64 family of
+computers:
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune to \fIcpu-type\fR everything applicable about the generated code, except
+for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The choices for
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fIgeneric\fR" 4
+.IX Item "generic"
+Produce code optimized for the most common \s-1IA32/AMD64/EM64T\s0 processors.
+If you know the \s-1CPU\s0 on which your code will run, then you should use
+the corresponding \fB\-mtune\fR option instead of
+\&\fB\-mtune=generic\fR. But, if you do not know exactly what \s-1CPU\s0 users
+of your application will have, then you should use this option.
+.Sp
+As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this
+option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0, the code generated option will change to reflect the processors
+that were most common when that version of \s-1GCC\s0 was released.
+.Sp
+There is no \fB\-march=generic\fR option because \fB\-march\fR
+indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no
+generic instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
+processors) for which the code is optimized.
+.IP "\fInative\fR" 4
+.IX Item "native"
+This selects the \s-1CPU\s0 to tune for at compilation time by determining
+the processor type of the compiling machine. Using \fB\-mtune=native\fR
+will produce code optimized for the local machine under the constraints
+of the selected instruction set. Using \fB\-march=native\fR will
+enable all instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence
+the result might not run on different machines).
+.IP "\fIi386\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i386"
+Original Intel's i386 \s-1CPU\s0.
+.IP "\fIi486\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i486"
+Intel's i486 \s-1CPU\s0. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIi586, pentium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i586, pentium"
+Intel Pentium \s-1CPU\s0 with no \s-1MMX\s0 support.
+.IP "\fIpentium-mmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium-mmx"
+Intel PentiumMMX \s-1CPU\s0 based on Pentium core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIpentiumpro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentiumpro"
+Intel PentiumPro \s-1CPU\s0.
+.IP "\fIi686\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i686"
+Same as \f(CW\*(C`generic\*(C'\fR, but when used as \f(CW\*(C`march\*(C'\fR option, PentiumPro
+instruction set will be used, so the code will run on all i686 family chips.
+.IP "\fIpentium2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium2"
+Intel Pentium2 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIpentium3, pentium3m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium3, pentium3m"
+Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set
+support.
+.IP "\fIpentium-m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium-m"
+Low power version of Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set
+support. Used by Centrino notebooks.
+.IP "\fIpentium4, pentium4m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "pentium4, pentium4m"
+Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIprescott\fR" 4
+.IX Item "prescott"
+Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fInocona\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocona"
+Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcore2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "core2"
+Intel Core2 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcorei7\fR" 4
+.IX Item "corei7"
+Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1
+and \s-1SSE4\s0.2 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcorei7\-avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "corei7-avx"
+Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0 and \s-1PCLMUL\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIcore-avx-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "core-avx-i"
+Intel Core \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0 and F16C instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fIatom\fR" 4
+.IX Item "atom"
+Intel Atom \s-1CPU\s0 with 64\-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k6"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk6\-2, k6\-3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k6-2, k6-3"
+Improved versions of \s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIathlon, athlon-tbird\fR" 4
+.IX Item "athlon, athlon-tbird"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and \s-1SSE\s0 prefetch instructions
+support.
+.IP "\fIathlon\-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp"
+Improved \s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and full \s-1SSE\s0
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIk8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 K8 core based CPUs with x86\-64 instruction set support. (This supersets
+\&\s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and 64\-bit instruction set extensions.)
+.IP "\fIk8\-sse3, opteron\-sse3, athlon64\-sse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "k8-sse3, opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3"
+Improved versions of k8, opteron and athlon64 with \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIamdfam10, barcelona\fR" 4
+.IX Item "amdfam10, barcelona"
+\&\s-1AMD\s0 Family 10h core based CPUs with x86\-64 instruction set support. (This
+supersets \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow!, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64\-bit
+instruction set extensions.)
+.IP "\fIwinchip\-c6\fR" 4
+.IX Item "winchip-c6"
+\&\s-1IDT\s0 Winchip C6 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 instruction
+set support.
+.IP "\fIwinchip2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "winchip2"
+\&\s-1IDT\s0 Winchip2 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow!
+instruction set support.
+.IP "\fIc3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c3"
+Via C3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support. (No scheduling is
+implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIc3\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c3-2"
+Via C3\-2 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set support. (No scheduling is
+implemented for this chip.)
+.IP "\fIgeode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "geode"
+Embedded \s-1AMD\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+While picking a specific \fIcpu-type\fR will schedule things appropriately
+for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
+does not run on the i386 without the \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR option
+being used.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=cpu-type"
+Generate instructions for the machine type \fIcpu-type\fR. The choices
+for \fIcpu-type\fR are the same as for \fB\-mtune\fR. Moreover,
+specifying \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR implies \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu-type"
+A deprecated synonym for \fB\-mtune\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpmath=\fR\fIunit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpmath=unit"
+Generate floating point arithmetics for selected unit \fIunit\fR. The choices
+for \fIunit\fR are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "387"
+Use the standard 387 floating point coprocessor present majority of chips and
+emulated otherwise. Code compiled with this option will run almost everywhere.
+The temporary results are computed in 80bit precision instead of precision
+specified by the type resulting in slightly different results compared to most
+of other chips. See \fB\-ffloat\-store\fR for more detailed description.
+.Sp
+This is the default choice for i386 compiler.
+.IP "\fBsse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse"
+Use scalar floating point instructions present in the \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set.
+This instruction set is supported by Pentium3 and newer chips, in the \s-1AMD\s0 line
+by Athlon\-4, Athlon-xp and Athlon-mp chips. The earlier version of \s-1SSE\s0
+instruction set supports only single precision arithmetics, thus the double and
+extended precision arithmetics is still done using 387. Later version, present
+only in Pentium4 and the future \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 chips supports double precision
+arithmetics too.
+.Sp
+For the i386 compiler, you need to use \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR, \fB\-msse\fR
+or \fB\-msse2\fR switches to enable \s-1SSE\s0 extensions and make this option
+effective. For the x86\-64 compiler, these extensions are enabled by default.
+.Sp
+The resulting code should be considerably faster in the majority of cases and avoid
+the numerical instability problems of 387 code, but may break some existing
+code that expects temporaries to be 80bit.
+.Sp
+This is the default choice for the x86\-64 compiler.
+.IP "\fBsse,387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse,387"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBsse+387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "sse+387"
+.IP "\fBboth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "both"
+.PD
+Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This effectively double the
+amount of available registers and on chips with separate execution units for
+387 and \s-1SSE\s0 the execution resources too. Use this option with care, as it is
+still experimental, because the \s-1GCC\s0 register allocator does not model separate
+functional units well resulting in instable performance.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-masm=\fR\fIdialect\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-masm=dialect"
+Output asm instructions using selected \fIdialect\fR. Supported
+choices are \fBintel\fR or \fBatt\fR (the default one). Darwin does
+not support \fBintel\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee-fp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ieee\-fp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ieee-fp"
+.PD
+Control whether or not the compiler uses \s-1IEEE\s0 floating point
+comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
+comparison is unordered.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
+Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
+this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
+own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation.
+.Sp
+On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
+register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-ret-in-387"
+Do not use the \s-1FPU\s0 registers for return values of functions.
+.Sp
+The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR in an \s-1FPU\s0 register, even if there
+is no \s-1FPU\s0. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
+an \s-1FPU\s0.
+.Sp
+The option \fB\-mno\-fp\-ret\-in\-387\fR causes such values to be returned
+in ordinary \s-1CPU\s0 registers instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fancy\-math\-387\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fancy-math-387"
+Some 387 emulators do not support the \f(CW\*(C`sin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cos\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sqrt\*(C'\fR instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
+generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD,
+OpenBSD and NetBSD. This option is overridden when \fB\-march\fR
+indicates that the target \s-1CPU\s0 will always have an \s-1FPU\s0 and so the
+instruction will not need emulation. As of revision 2.6.1, these
+instructions are not generated unless you also use the
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR switch.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-double"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-double"
+.PD
+Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary or a one word
+boundary. Aligning \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary will
+produce code that runs somewhat faster on a \fBPentium\fR at the
+expense of more memory.
+.Sp
+On x86\-64, \fB\-malign\-double\fR is enabled by default.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-malign\-double\fR switch,
+structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
+the published application binary interface specifications for the 386
+and will not be binary compatible with structures in code compiled
+without that switch.
+.IP "\fB\-m96bit\-long\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m96bit-long-double"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m128bit-long-double"
+.PD
+These switches control the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type. The i386
+application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits,
+so \fB\-m96bit\-long\-double\fR is the default in 32 bit mode.
+.Sp
+Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) would prefer \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR
+to be aligned to an 8 or 16 byte boundary. In arrays or structures
+conforming to the \s-1ABI\s0, this would not be possible. So specifying a
+\&\fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR will align \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR
+to a 16 byte boundary by padding the \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR with an additional
+32 bit zero.
+.Sp
+In the x86\-64 compiler, \fB\-m128bit\-long\-double\fR is the default choice as
+its \s-1ABI\s0 specifies that \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR is to be aligned on 16 byte boundary.
+.Sp
+Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision over the x87
+standard of 80 bits for a \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you override the default value for your target \s-1ABI\s0, the
+structures and arrays containing \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR variables will change
+their size as well as function calling convention for function taking
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR will be modified. Hence they will not be binary
+compatible with arrays or structures in code compiled without that switch.
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-data\-threshold=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-data-threshold=number"
+When \fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR is specified, the data greater than
+\&\fIthreshold\fR are placed in large data section. This value must be the
+same across all object linked into the binary and defaults to 65535.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtd"
+Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
+take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`ret\*(C'\fR \fInum\fR
+instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
+instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
+there.
+.Sp
+You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
+sequence with the function attribute \fBstdcall\fR. You can also
+override the \fB\-mrtd\fR option by using the function attribute
+\&\fBcdecl\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR this calling convention is incompatible with the one
+normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
+libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
+.Sp
+Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
+take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
+otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
+functions.
+.Sp
+In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
+function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
+harmlessly ignored.)
+.IP "\fB\-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregparm=num"
+Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
+default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
+registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
+function by using the function attribute \fBregparm\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use this switch, and
+\&\fInum\fR is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
+value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
+startup modules.
+.IP "\fB\-msseregparm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msseregparm"
+Use \s-1SSE\s0 register passing conventions for float and double arguments
+and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific
+function by using the function attribute \fBsseregparm\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use this switch then you must build all
+modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes
+the system libraries and startup modules.
+.IP "\fB\-mvect8\-ret\-in\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvect8-ret-in-mem"
+Return 8\-byte vectors in memory instead of \s-1MMX\s0 registers. This is the
+default on Solaris@tie{}8 and 9 and VxWorks to match the \s-1ABI\s0 of the Sun
+Studio compilers until version 12. Later compiler versions (starting
+with Studio 12 Update@tie{}1) follow the \s-1ABI\s0 used by other x86 targets, which
+is the default on Solaris@tie{}10 and later. \fIOnly\fR use this option if
+you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by those
+previous compiler versions or older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mpc32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mpc80\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpc80"
+.PD
+Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When \fB\-mpc32\fR
+is specified, the significands of results of floating-point operations are
+rounded to 24 bits (single precision); \fB\-mpc64\fR rounds the
+significands of results of floating-point operations to 53 bits (double
+precision) and \fB\-mpc80\fR rounds the significands of results of
+floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision), which is
+the default. When this option is used, floating-point operations in higher
+precisions are not available to the programmer without setting the \s-1FPU\s0
+control word explicitly.
+.Sp
+Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the default
+80 bits can speed some programs by 2% or more. Note that some mathematical
+libraries assume that extended precision (80 bit) floating-point operations
+are enabled by default; routines in such libraries could suffer significant
+loss of accuracy, typically through so-called \*(L"catastrophic cancellation\*(R",
+when this option is used to set the precision to less than extended precision.
+.IP "\fB\-mstackrealign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstackrealign"
+Realign the stack at entry. On the Intel x86, the \fB\-mstackrealign\fR
+option will generate an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the
+runtime stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep
+a 4\-byte aligned stack with modern codes that keep a 16\-byte stack for
+\&\s-1SSE\s0 compatibility. See also the attribute \f(CW\*(C`force_align_arg_pointer\*(C'\fR,
+applicable to individual functions.
+.IP "\fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num"
+Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR
+byte boundary. If \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary\fR is not specified,
+the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
+.IP "\fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mincoming-stack-boundary=num"
+Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR byte
+boundary. If \fB\-mincoming\-stack\-boundary\fR is not specified,
+the one specified by \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary\fR will be used.
+.Sp
+On Pentium and PentiumPro, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR values
+should be aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see \fB\-malign\-double\fR) or
+suffer significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium \s-1III\s0, the
+Streaming \s-1SIMD\s0 Extension (\s-1SSE\s0) data type \f(CW\*(C`_\|_m128\*(C'\fR may not work
+properly if it is not 16 byte aligned.
+.Sp
+To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
+must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
+Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
+aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
+stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
+boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
+libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
+.Sp
+This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally
+increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space usage, such
+as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the
+preferred alignment to \fB\-mpreferred\-stack\-boundary=2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mmx"
+.IP "\fB\-msse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse"
+.IP "\fB\-msse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse2"
+.IP "\fB\-msse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mssse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mssse3"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ssse3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ssse3"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4.1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4.1"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4.1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4.1"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4.2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4.2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4.2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4.2"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4"
+.IP "\fB\-mavx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-avx"
+.IP "\fB\-maes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maes"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-aes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-aes"
+.IP "\fB\-mpclmul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpclmul"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pclmul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pclmul"
+.IP "\fB\-mfsgsbase\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfsgsbase"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fsgsbase\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fsgsbase"
+.IP "\fB\-mrdrnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrdrnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-rdrnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-rdrnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mf16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mf16c"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-f16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-f16c"
+.IP "\fB\-msse4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse4a"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse4a"
+.IP "\fB\-mfma4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfma4"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fma4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fma4"
+.IP "\fB\-mxop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxop"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xop"
+.IP "\fB\-mlwp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlwp"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lwp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lwp"
+.IP "\fB\-m3dnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3dnow"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-3dnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-3dnow"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcnt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcnt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcnt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcnt"
+.IP "\fB\-mabm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabm"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abm"
+.IP "\fB\-mbmi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbmi"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bmi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bmi"
+.IP "\fB\-mtbm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtbm"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tbm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tbm"
+.PD
+These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the \s-1MMX\s0,
+\&\s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0,
+F16C, \s-1SSE4A\s0, \s-1FMA4\s0, \s-1XOP\s0, \s-1LWP\s0, \s-1ABM\s0, \s-1BMI\s0, or 3DNow! extended instruction sets.
+These extensions are also available as built-in functions: see
+\&\fBX86 Built-in Functions\fR, for details of the functions enabled and
+disabled by these switches.
+.Sp
+To have \s-1SSE/SSE2\s0 instructions generated automatically from floating-point
+code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 depresses SSEx instructions when \fB\-mavx\fR is used. Instead, it
+generates new \s-1AVX\s0 instructions or \s-1AVX\s0 equivalence for all SSEx instructions
+when needed.
+.Sp
+These options will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use these extended instructions in
+generated code, even without \fB\-mfpmath=sse\fR. Applications which
+perform runtime \s-1CPU\s0 detection must compile separate files for each
+supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular,
+the file containing the \s-1CPU\s0 detection code should be compiled without
+these options.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
+instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcld"
+This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a \f(CW\*(C`cld\*(C'\fR instruction in the prologue
+of functions that use string instructions. String instructions depend on
+the \s-1DF\s0 flag to select between autoincrement or autodecrement mode. While the
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 specifies the \s-1DF\s0 flag to be cleared on function entry, some operating
+systems violate this specification by not clearing the \s-1DF\s0 flag in their
+exception dispatchers. The exception handler can be invoked with the \s-1DF\s0 flag
+set which leads to wrong direction mode, when string instructions are used.
+This option can be enabled by default on 32\-bit x86 targets by configuring
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 with the \fB\-\-enable\-cld\fR configure option. Generation of \f(CW\*(C`cld\*(C'\fR
+instructions can be suppressed with the \fB\-mno\-cld\fR compiler option
+in this case.
+.IP "\fB\-mvzeroupper\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvzeroupper"
+This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a \f(CW\*(C`vzeroupper\*(C'\fR instruction
+before a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize
+\&\s-1AVX\s0 to \s-1SSE\s0 transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary zeroupper
+intrinsics.
+.IP "\fB\-mcx16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcx16"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 instruction in generated code.
+\&\s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 allows for atomic operations on 128\-bit double quadword (or oword)
+data types. This is useful for high resolution counters that could be updated
+by multiple processors (or cores). This instruction is generated as part of
+atomic built-in functions: see \fBAtomic Builtins\fR for details.
+.IP "\fB\-msahf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msahf"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction in generated 64\-bit code.
+Early Intel CPUs with Intel 64 lacked \s-1LAHF\s0 and \s-1SAHF\s0 instructions supported
+by \s-1AMD64\s0 until introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005. \s-1LAHF\s0 and
+\&\s-1SAHF\s0 are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status flags.
+In 64\-bit mode, \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction is used to optimize \f(CW\*(C`fmod\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`drem\*(C'\fR
+or \f(CW\*(C`remainder\*(C'\fR built-in functions: see \fBOther Builtins\fR for details.
+.IP "\fB\-mmovbe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmovbe"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use movbe instruction to implement
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap32\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap64\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcrc32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcrc32"
+This option will enable built-in functions, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32qi\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32hi\*(C'\fR. \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32si\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32di\*(C'\fR to generate the crc32 machine instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip"
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1RCPSS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTSS\s0 instructions (and their
+vectorized variants \s-1RCPPS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTPS\s0) with an additional Newton-Raphson step
+to increase precision instead of \s-1DIVSS\s0 and \s-1SQRTSS\s0 (and their vectorized
+variants) for single precision floating point arguments. These instructions
+are generated only when \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is enabled
+together with \fB\-finite\-math\-only\fR and \fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR.
+Note that while the throughput of the sequence is higher than the throughput
+of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
+decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994).
+.Sp
+Note that \s-1GCC\s0 implements 1.0f/sqrtf(x) in terms of \s-1RSQRTSS\s0 (or \s-1RSQRTPS\s0)
+already with \fB\-ffast\-math\fR (or the above option combination), and
+doesn't need \fB\-mrecip\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mveclibabi=type"
+Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
+external library. Supported types are \f(CW\*(C`svml\*(C'\fR for the Intel short
+vector math library and \f(CW\*(C`acml\*(C'\fR for the \s-1AMD\s0 math core library style
+of interfacing. \s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to \f(CW\*(C`vmldExp2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldLn2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldPow2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldTanh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldTan2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAtan2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAtanh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldCbrt2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldSinh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldSin2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAsinh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldAsin2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldCosh2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldCos2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmldAcosh2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmldAcos2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsExp4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsLn4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsPow4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsTanh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsTan4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsAtan4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAtanh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsCbrt4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsSinh4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsSin4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAsinh4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAsin4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsCosh4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`vmlsCos4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAcosh4\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`vmlsAcos4\*(C'\fR for corresponding
+function type when \fB\-mveclibabi=svml\fR is used and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_sin\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_cos\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_exp\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log10\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_sinf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_cosf\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_expf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_logf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log2f\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log10f\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_powf\*(C'\fR for corresponding function type
+when \fB\-mveclibabi=acml\fR is used. Both \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR have to be enabled. A \s-1SVML\s0 or \s-1ACML\s0 \s-1ABI\s0
+compatible library will have to be specified at link time.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=name"
+Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible values
+are: \fBsysv\fR for the \s-1ABI\s0 used on GNU/Linux and other systems and
+\&\fBms\fR for the Microsoft \s-1ABI\s0. The default is to use the Microsoft
+\&\s-1ABI\s0 when targeting Windows. On all other systems, the default is the
+\&\s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. You can control this behavior for a specific function by
+using the function attribute \fBms_abi\fR/\fBsysv_abi\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mpush\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpush-args"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-push\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-push-args"
+.PD
+Use \s-1PUSH\s0 operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
+and usually equally fast as method using \s-1SUB/MOV\s0 operations and is enabled
+by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
+improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
+.IP "\fB\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args"
+If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will be
+computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern CPUs
+because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage
+when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable
+increase in code size. This switch implies \fB\-mno\-push\-args\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mthreads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthreads"
+Support thread-safe exception handling on \fBMingw32\fR. Code that relies
+on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
+\&\fB\-mthreads\fR option. When compiling, \fB\-mthreads\fR defines
+\&\fB\-D_MT\fR; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
+\&\fB\-lmingwthrd\fR which cleans up per thread exception handling data.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-stringops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-stringops"
+Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
+code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned,
+but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know about it.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-all\-stringops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-all-stringops"
+By default \s-1GCC\s0 inlines string operations only when destination is known to be
+aligned at least to 4 byte boundary. This enables more inlining, increase code
+size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast memcpy, strlen
+and memset for short lengths.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-stringops\-dynamically\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-stringops-dynamically"
+For string operation of unknown size, inline runtime checks so for small
+blocks inline code is used, while for large blocks library call is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mstringop\-strategy=\fR\fIalg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstringop-strategy=alg"
+Overwrite internal decision heuristic about particular algorithm to inline
+string operation with. The allowed values are \f(CW\*(C`rep_byte\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rep_4byte\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`rep_8byte\*(C'\fR for expanding using i386 \f(CW\*(C`rep\*(C'\fR prefix
+of specified size, \f(CW\*(C`byte_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`unrolled_loop\*(C'\fR for
+expanding inline loop, \f(CW\*(C`libcall\*(C'\fR for always expanding library call.
+.IP "\fB\-momit\-leaf\-frame\-pointer\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer"
+Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
+avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
+makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
+\&\fB\-fomit\-frame\-pointer\fR removes the frame pointer for all functions
+which might make debugging harder.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-direct\-seg\-refs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-direct-seg-refs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tls\-direct\-seg\-refs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tls-direct-seg-refs"
+.PD
+Controls whether \s-1TLS\s0 variables may be accessed with offsets from the
+\&\s-1TLS\s0 segment register (\f(CW%gs\fR for 32\-bit, \f(CW%fs\fR for 64\-bit),
+or whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this
+is legal depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
+segment to cover the entire \s-1TLS\s0 area.
+.Sp
+For systems that use \s-1GNU\s0 libc, the default is on.
+.IP "\fB\-msse2avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msse2avx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sse2avx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sse2avx"
+.PD
+Specify that the assembler should encode \s-1SSE\s0 instructions with \s-1VEX\s0
+prefix. The option \fB\-mavx\fR turns this on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mfentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfentry"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fentry"
+.PD
+If profiling is active \fB\-pg\fR put the profiling
+counter call before prologue.
+Note: On x86 architectures the attribute \f(CW\*(C`ms_hook_prologue\*(C'\fR
+isn't possible at the moment for \fB\-mfentry\fR and \fB\-pg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m8bit\-idiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m8bit-idiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-8bit\-idiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-8bit-idiv"
+.PD
+On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8bit unsigned integer divide is
+much faster than 32bit/64bit integer divide. This option will generate a
+runt-time check. If both dividend and divisor are within range of 0
+to 255, 8bit unsigned integer divide will be used instead of
+32bit/64bit integer divide.
+.IP "\fB\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-load\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-load"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mavx256\-split\-unaligned\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-store"
+.PD
+Split 32\-byte \s-1AVX\s0 unaligned load and store.
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR switches are supported in addition to the above
+on \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 processors in 64\-bit environments.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and
+generates code that runs on any i386 system.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits and generates code for \s-1AMD\s0's x86\-64 architecture. For
+darwin only the \-m64 option turns off the \fB\-fno\-pic\fR and
+\&\fB\-mdynamic\-no\-pic\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-red\-zone\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-red-zone"
+Do not use a so called red zone for x86\-64 code. The red zone is mandated
+by the x86\-64 \s-1ABI\s0, it is a 128\-byte area beyond the location of the
+stack pointer that will not be modified by signal or interrupt handlers
+and therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack
+pointer. The flag \fB\-mno\-red\-zone\fR disables this red zone.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=small"
+Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must
+be linked in the lower 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
+Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default
+code model.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=kernel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=kernel"
+Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the
+negative 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space.
+This model has to be used for Linux kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medium"
+Generate code for the medium model: The program is linked in the lower 2
+\&\s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Small symbols are also placed there. Symbols
+with sizes larger than \fB\-mlarge\-data\-threshold\fR are put into
+large data or bss sections and can be located above 2GB. Programs can
+be statically or dynamically linked.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=large"
+Generate code for the large model: This model makes no assumptions
+about addresses and sizes of sections.
+.PP
+\fIi386 and x86\-64 Windows Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "i386 and x86-64 Windows Options"
+.PP
+These additional options are available for Windows targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mconsole\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconsole"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a console application is to be generated, by
+instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
+required for console applications.
+This is the default behavior for Cygwin and MinGW targets.
+.IP "\fB\-mdll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdll"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a \s-1DLL\s0 \- a dynamic link library \- is to be
+generated, enabling the selection of the required runtime
+startup object and entry point.
+.IP "\fB\-mnop\-fun\-dllimport\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnop-fun-dllimport"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the dllimport attribute should be ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-mthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthread"
+This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies
+that MinGW-specific thread support is to be used.
+.IP "\fB\-municode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-municode"
+This option is available for mingw\-w64 targets. It specifies
+that the \s-1UNICODE\s0 macro is getting pre-defined and that the
+unicode capable runtime startup code is chosen.
+.IP "\fB\-mwin32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwin32"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the typical Windows pre-defined macros are to
+be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice
+of runtime library/startup code.
+.IP "\fB\-mwindows\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwindows"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that a \s-1GUI\s0 application is to be generated by
+instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
+appropriately.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-set\-stack\-executable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-set-stack-executable"
+This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that
+the executable flag for stack used by nested functions isn't
+set. This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of
+Windows, as there the user32 \s-1API\s0, which is used to set executable
+privileges, isn't available.
+.IP "\fB\-mpe\-aligned\-commons\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpe-aligned-commons"
+This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
+specifies that the \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the \s-1PE\s0 file format that
+permits the correct alignment of \s-1COMMON\s0 variables should be
+used when generating code. It will be enabled by default if
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 detects that the target assembler found during configuration
+supports the feature.
+.PP
+See also under \fBi386 and x86\-64 Options\fR for standard options.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IA\-64\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IA-64 Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Intel \s-1IA\-64\s0 architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+Generate code for a big endian target. This is the default for HP-UX.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a little endian target. This is the default for \s-1AIX5\s0
+and GNU/Linux.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-as"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gnu\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gnu-as"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu-ld"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gnu\-ld\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gnu-ld"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pic"
+Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result
+is not position independent code, and violates the \s-1IA\-64\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mvolatile\-asm\-stop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvolatile-asm-stop"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-volatile\-asm\-stop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-volatile-asm-stop"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
+statements.
+.IP "\fB\-mregister\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregister-names"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-register\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-register-names"
+.PD
+Generate (or don't) \fBin\fR, \fBloc\fR, and \fBout\fR register names for
+the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata"
+.PD
+Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may
+be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
+.IP "\fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconstant-gp"
+Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mauto\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mauto-pic"
+Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies \fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR.
+This is useful when compiling firmware code.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-float\-divide\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-float-divide-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline divides of floating point values
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-float\-divide\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-float-divide-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline divides of floating point values
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-float\-divide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-float-divide"
+Do not generate inline code for divides of floating point values.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-int\-divide\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-int-divide-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline divides of integer values
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-int\-divide\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-int-divide-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline divides of integer values
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-int\-divide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-int-divide"
+Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-sqrt\-min\-latency\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-sqrt-min-latency"
+Generate code for inline square roots
+using the minimum latency algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-sqrt\-max\-throughput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-sqrt-max-throughput"
+Generate code for inline square roots
+using the maximum throughput algorithm.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inline\-sqrt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inline-sqrt"
+Do not generate inline code for sqrt.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
+instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dwarf2-asm"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdwarf2-asm"
+.PD
+Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the \s-1DWARF2\s0 line number debugging
+info. This may be useful when not using the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mearly\-stop\-bits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mearly-stop-bits"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-early\-stop\-bits\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-early-stop-bits"
+.PD
+Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
+instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction
+scheduling, but does not always do so.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-size=\fR\fItls-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-size=tls-size"
+Specify bit size of immediate \s-1TLS\s0 offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and
+64.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular \s-1CPU\s0, Valid values are
+itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.
+.IP "\fB\-milp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-milp32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlp64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific flags.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-br\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-br-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-br\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-br-data-spec"
+.PD
+(Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload.
+This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-ar-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-ar-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload.
+This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-control-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-control-spec"
+.PD
+(Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is
+available only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload).
+This will result in generation of the ld.s instructions and
+the corresponding check instructions chk.s .
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-br\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-br-in-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-br\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-br-in-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the data speculative loads before reload.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-br\-data\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-ar-in-data-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-ar\-in\-data\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the data speculative loads after reload.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-ar\-data\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-in\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-in-control-spec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-in\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-in-control-spec"
+.PD
+(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
+are dependent on the control speculative loads.
+This is effective only with \fB\-msched\-control\-spec\fR enabled.
+The default is 'enable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-prefer\-non\-data\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns"
+.PD
+If enabled, data speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
+only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
+the use of the data speculation much more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-prefer\-non\-control\-spec\-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns"
+.PD
+If enabled, control speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
+only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
+the use of the control speculation much more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-count\-spec\-in\-critical\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-count-spec-in-critical-path"
+.PD
+If enabled, speculative dependencies will be considered during
+computation of the instructions priorities. This will make the use of the
+speculation a bit more conservative.
+The default is 'disable'.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-spec\-ldc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-spec-ldc"
+Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-control\-spec\-ldc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-control-spec-ldc"
+Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-stop\-bits\-after\-every\-cycle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle"
+Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is on
+by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-fp\-mem\-deps\-zero\-cost\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost"
+Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict
+when placed into the same instruction group. This option is disabled by
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-msel\-sched\-dont\-check\-control\-spec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec"
+Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling.
+This flag is disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns=\fR\fImax-insns\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns"
+Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower
+priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same
+instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts.
+The default value is 1.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-max\-memory\-insns\-hard\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit"
+Disallow more than `msched\-max\-memory\-insns' in instruction group.
+Otherwise, limit is `soft' meaning that we would prefer non-memory operations
+when limit is reached but may still schedule memory operations.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IA-64/VMS Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IA\-64/VMS\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mvms\-return\-codes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvms-return-codes"
+Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
+style condition (e.g. error) codes.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\-main=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug-main=prefix"
+Flag the first routine whose name starts with \fIprefix\fR as the main
+routine for the debugger.
+.IP "\fB\-mmalloc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmalloc64"
+Default to 64bit memory allocation routines.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1LM32\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "LM32 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the Lattice Mico32 architecture:
+.IP "\fB\-mbarrel\-shift\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbarrel-shift-enabled"
+Enable barrel-shift instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-enabled"
+Enable divide and modulus instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmultiply\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmultiply-enabled"
+Enable multiply instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msign\-extend\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msign-extend-enabled"
+Enable sign extend instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-muser\-enabled\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muser-enabled"
+Enable user-defined instructions.
+.PP
+\fIM32C Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M32C Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+Select the \s-1CPU\s0 for which code is generated. \fIname\fR may be one of
+\&\fBr8c\fR for the R8C/Tiny series, \fBm16c\fR for the M16C (up to
+/60) series, \fBm32cm\fR for the M16C/80 series, or \fBm32c\fR for
+the M32C/80 series.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
+an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for
+example, file I/O. You must not use this option when generating
+programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own
+runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.
+.IP "\fB\-memregs=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-memregs=number"
+Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers \s-1GCC\s0 will use
+during code generation. These pseudo-registers will be used like real
+registers, so there is a tradeoff between \s-1GCC\s0's ability to fit the
+code into available registers, and the performance penalty of using
+memory instead of registers. Note that all modules in a program must
+be compiled with the same value for this option. Because of that, you
+must not use this option with the default runtime libraries gcc
+builds.
+.PP
+\fIM32R/D Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M32R/D Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-m32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32r2"
+Generate code for the M32R/2.
+.IP "\fB\-m32rx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32rx"
+Generate code for the M32R/X.
+.IP "\fB\-m32r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32r"
+Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=small"
+Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
+can be loaded with the \f(CW\*(C`ld24\*(C'\fR instruction), and assume all subroutines
+are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
+This is the default.
+.Sp
+The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`model\*(C'\fR attribute.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=medium"
+Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32\-bit address space (the compiler
+will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
+assume all subroutines are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmodel=large"
+Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32\-bit address space (the compiler
+will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
+assume subroutines may not be reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction
+(the compiler will generate the much slower \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3/jl\*(C'\fR
+instruction sequence).
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=none"
+Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
+one of \fB.data\fR, \fBbss\fR, or \fB.rodata\fR (unless the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute has been specified).
+This is the default.
+.Sp
+The small data area consists of sections \fB.sdata\fR and \fB.sbss\fR.
+Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute using one of these sections.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=sdata"
+Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
+generate special code to reference them.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=use\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=use"
+Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
+special instructions to reference them.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+Put global and static objects less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes
+into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
+sections. The default value of \fInum\fR is 8.
+The \fB\-msdata\fR option must be set to one of \fBsdata\fR or \fBuse\fR
+for this option to have any effect.
+.Sp
+All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
+Compiling with different values of \fInum\fR may or may not work; if it
+doesn't the linker will give an error message\-\-\-incorrect code will not be
+generated.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+Makes the M32R specific code in the compiler display some statistics
+that might help in debugging programs.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-loops"
+Align all loops to a 32\-byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-loops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-loops"
+Do not enforce a 32\-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-missue\-rate=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-missue-rate=number"
+Issue \fInumber\fR instructions per cycle. \fInumber\fR can only be 1
+or 2.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-cost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-cost=number"
+\&\fInumber\fR can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches will be
+preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite will
+apply.
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-trap=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-trap=number"
+Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is
+12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-trap"
+Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-func=name"
+Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush
+the cache. The default is \fI_flush_cache\fR, but a function call
+will only be used if a trap is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-func"
+Indicates that there is no \s-1OS\s0 function for flushing the cache.
+.PP
+\fIM680x0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M680x0 Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors.
+The default settings depend on which architecture was selected when
+the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices
+are given below.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=arch"
+Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set
+architecture. Permissible values of \fIarch\fR for M680x0
+architectures are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR, \fB68020\fR,
+\&\fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR and \fBcpu32\fR. ColdFire
+architectures are selected according to Freescale's \s-1ISA\s0 classification
+and the permissible values are: \fBisaa\fR, \fBisaaplus\fR,
+\&\fBisab\fR and \fBisac\fR.
+.Sp
+gcc defines a macro \fB_\|_mcf\fR\fIarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR whenever it is generating
+code for a ColdFire target. The \fIarch\fR in this macro is one of the
+\&\fB\-march\fR arguments given above.
+.Sp
+When used together, \fB\-march\fR and \fB\-mtune\fR select code
+that runs on a family of similar processors but that is optimized
+for a particular microarchitecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
+Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor.
+The M680x0 \fIcpu\fRs are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR, \fB68020\fR,
+\&\fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR, \fB68302\fR, \fB68332\fR
+and \fBcpu32\fR. The ColdFire \fIcpu\fRs are given by the table
+below, which also classifies the CPUs into families:
+.RS 4
+.IP "Family : \fB\-mcpu\fR arguments" 4
+.IX Item "Family : -mcpu arguments"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB51\fR : \fB51\fR \fB51ac\fR \fB51cn\fR \fB51em\fR \fB51qe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "51 : 51 51ac 51cn 51em 51qe"
+.IP "\fB5206\fR : \fB5202\fR \fB5204\fR \fB5206\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5206 : 5202 5204 5206"
+.IP "\fB5206e\fR : \fB5206e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5206e : 5206e"
+.IP "\fB5208\fR : \fB5207\fR \fB5208\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5208 : 5207 5208"
+.IP "\fB5211a\fR : \fB5210a\fR \fB5211a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5211a : 5210a 5211a"
+.IP "\fB5213\fR : \fB5211\fR \fB5212\fR \fB5213\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5213 : 5211 5212 5213"
+.IP "\fB5216\fR : \fB5214\fR \fB5216\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5216 : 5214 5216"
+.IP "\fB52235\fR : \fB52230\fR \fB52231\fR \fB52232\fR \fB52233\fR \fB52234\fR \fB52235\fR" 4
+.IX Item "52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235"
+.IP "\fB5225\fR : \fB5224\fR \fB5225\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5225 : 5224 5225"
+.IP "\fB52259\fR : \fB52252\fR \fB52254\fR \fB52255\fR \fB52256\fR \fB52258\fR \fB52259\fR" 4
+.IX Item "52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259"
+.IP "\fB5235\fR : \fB5232\fR \fB5233\fR \fB5234\fR \fB5235\fR \fB523x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x"
+.IP "\fB5249\fR : \fB5249\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5249 : 5249"
+.IP "\fB5250\fR : \fB5250\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5250 : 5250"
+.IP "\fB5271\fR : \fB5270\fR \fB5271\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5271 : 5270 5271"
+.IP "\fB5272\fR : \fB5272\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5272 : 5272"
+.IP "\fB5275\fR : \fB5274\fR \fB5275\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5275 : 5274 5275"
+.IP "\fB5282\fR : \fB5280\fR \fB5281\fR \fB5282\fR \fB528x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x"
+.IP "\fB53017\fR : \fB53011\fR \fB53012\fR \fB53013\fR \fB53014\fR \fB53015\fR \fB53016\fR \fB53017\fR" 4
+.IX Item "53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017"
+.IP "\fB5307\fR : \fB5307\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5307 : 5307"
+.IP "\fB5329\fR : \fB5327\fR \fB5328\fR \fB5329\fR \fB532x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x"
+.IP "\fB5373\fR : \fB5372\fR \fB5373\fR \fB537x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5373 : 5372 5373 537x"
+.IP "\fB5407\fR : \fB5407\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5407 : 5407"
+.IP "\fB5475\fR : \fB5470\fR \fB5471\fR \fB5472\fR \fB5473\fR \fB5474\fR \fB5475\fR \fB547x\fR \fB5480\fR \fB5481\fR \fB5482\fR \fB5483\fR \fB5484\fR \fB5485\fR" 4
+.IX Item "5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR overrides \fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR if
+\&\fIarch\fR is compatible with \fIcpu\fR. Other combinations of
+\&\fB\-mcpu\fR and \fB\-march\fR are rejected.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macro \fB_\|_mcf_cpu_\fR\fIcpu\fR when ColdFire target
+\&\fIcpu\fR is selected. It also defines \fB_\|_mcf_family_\fR\fIfamily\fR,
+where the value of \fIfamily\fR is given by the table above.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fItune\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=tune"
+Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture, within the
+constraints set by \fB\-march\fR and \fB\-mcpu\fR.
+The M680x0 microarchitectures are: \fB68000\fR, \fB68010\fR,
+\&\fB68020\fR, \fB68030\fR, \fB68040\fR, \fB68060\fR
+and \fBcpu32\fR. The ColdFire microarchitectures
+are: \fBcfv1\fR, \fBcfv2\fR, \fBcfv3\fR, \fBcfv4\fR and \fBcfv4e\fR.
+.Sp
+You can also use \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR for code that needs
+to run relatively well on 68020, 68030 and 68040 targets.
+\&\fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR is similar but includes 68060 targets
+as well. These two options select the same tuning decisions as
+\&\fB\-m68020\-40\fR and \fB\-m68020\-60\fR respectively.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macros \fB_\|_mc\fR\fIarch\fR and \fB_\|_mc\fR\fIarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR
+when tuning for 680x0 architecture \fIarch\fR. It also defines
+\&\fBmc\fR\fIarch\fR unless either \fB\-ansi\fR or a non-GNU \fB\-std\fR
+option is used. If gcc is tuning for a range of architectures,
+as selected by \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR or \fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR,
+it defines the macros for every architecture in the range.
+.Sp
+gcc also defines the macro \fB_\|_m\fR\fIuarch\fR\fB_\|_\fR when tuning for
+ColdFire microarchitecture \fIuarch\fR, where \fIuarch\fR is one
+of the arguments given above.
+.IP "\fB\-m68000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mc68000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc68000"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68000\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68000\fR.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or \s-1EC000\s0 core,
+including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
+.IP "\fB\-m68010\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68010"
+Generate output for a 68010. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68010\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68010\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mc68020\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc68020"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68020\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68030\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68030"
+Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68030\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68030\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68040\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68040"
+Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68040\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68040\fR.
+.Sp
+This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
+emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
+have code to emulate those instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-m68060\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68060"
+Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
+configured for 68060\-based systems. It is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-march=68060\fR.
+.Sp
+This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
+have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
+does not have code to emulate those instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu32"
+Generate output for a \s-1CPU32\s0. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for CPU32\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-march=cpu32\fR.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontrollers with a
+\&\s-1CPU32\s0 or \s-1CPU32+\s0 core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
+68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
+.IP "\fB\-m5200\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5200"
+Generate output for a 520X ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 520X\-based systems.
+It is equivalent to \fB\-mcpu=5206\fR, and is now deprecated
+in favor of that option.
+.Sp
+Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
+the \s-1MCF5202\s0, \s-1MCF5203\s0, \s-1MCF5204\s0 and \s-1MCF5206\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m5206e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5206e"
+Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now
+deprecated in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5206e\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m528x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m528x"
+Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family.
+The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent
+\&\fB\-mcpu=528x\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m5307\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5307"
+Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
+in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5307\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m5407\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m5407"
+Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
+in favor of the equivalent \fB\-mcpu=5407\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcfv4e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcfv4e"
+Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family \s-1CPU\s0 (e.g. 547x/548x).
+This includes use of hardware floating point instructions.
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-mcpu=547x\fR, and is now
+deprecated in favor of that option.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\-40\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020-40"
+Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
+This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
+68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
+68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
+.Sp
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR \fB\-mtune=68020\-40\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m68020\-60\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68020-60"
+Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
+This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
+68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
+68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
+.Sp
+The option is equivalent to \fB\-march=68020\fR \fB\-mtune=68020\-60\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68881\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68881"
+.PD
+Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for 68020
+and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an \s-1FPU\s0. It defines the
+macro \fB_\|_HAVE_68881_\|_\fR on M680x0 targets and \fB_\|_mcffpu_\|_\fR
+on ColdFire targets.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead.
+This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets. It is also
+the default for ColdFire devices that have no \s-1FPU\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-div"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder
+instructions. If \fB\-march\fR is used without \fB\-mcpu\fR,
+the default is \*(L"on\*(R" for ColdFire architectures and \*(L"off\*(R" for M680x0
+architectures. Otherwise, the default is taken from the target \s-1CPU\s0
+(either the default \s-1CPU\s0, or the one specified by \fB\-mcpu\fR). For
+example, the default is \*(L"off\*(R" for \fB\-mcpu=5206\fR and \*(L"on\*(R" for
+\&\fB\-mcpu=5206e\fR.
+.Sp
+gcc defines the macro \fB_\|_mcfhwdiv_\|_\fR when this option is enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
+Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
+16\-bit boundary even on targets whose \s-1API\s0 mandates promotion to 32\-bit.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-short\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-short"
+Do not consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mnobitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnobitfield"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bitfield"
+.PD
+Do not use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68000\fR, \fB\-mcpu32\fR
+and \fB\-m5200\fR options imply \fB\-mnobitfield\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitfield\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitfield"
+Do use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68020\fR option implies
+\&\fB\-mbitfield\fR. This is the default if you use a configuration
+designed for a 68020.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtd"
+Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
+that take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR
+instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
+saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
+the arguments there.
+.Sp
+This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
+used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
+compiled with the Unix compiler.
+.Sp
+Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
+take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
+otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
+functions.
+.Sp
+In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
+function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
+harmlessly ignored.)
+.Sp
+The \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
+68040, 68060 and \s-1CPU32\s0 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-rtd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-rtd"
+Do not use the calling conventions selected by \fB\-mrtd\fR.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-int\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-int"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-align\-int\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-align-int"
+.PD
+Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR variables on a 32\-bit
+boundary (\fB\-malign\-int\fR) or a 16\-bit boundary (\fB\-mno\-align\-int\fR).
+Aligning variables on 32\-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
+faster on processors with 32\-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-malign\-int\fR switch, \s-1GCC\s0 will
+align structures containing the above types differently than
+most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
+.IP "\fB\-mpcrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpcrel"
+Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
+using a global offset table. At present, this option implies \fB\-fpic\fR,
+allowing at most a 16\-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. \fB\-fPIC\fR is
+not presently supported with \fB\-mpcrel\fR, though this could be supported for
+68020 and higher processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-strict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstrict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstrict-align"
+.PD
+Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by
+the system.
+.IP "\fB\-msep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msep-data"
+Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
+area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
+an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies
+\&\fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sep\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sep-data"
+Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mid\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mid-shared-library"
+Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
+This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
+without virtual memory management. This option implies \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-id\-shared\-library\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-id-shared-library"
+Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
+This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\-library\-id=n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared-library-id=n"
+Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
+compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
+other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
+library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mxgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxgot"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xgot"
+.PD
+When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code
+that works if the \s-1GOT\s0 has more than 8192 entries. This code is
+larger and slower than code generated without this option. On M680x0
+processors, this option is not needed; \fB\-fPIC\fR suffices.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
+While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the \s-1GOT\s0
+is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker
+to report an error such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If this happens, you should recompile your code with \fB\-mxgot\fR.
+It should then work with very large GOTs. However, code generated with
+\&\fB\-mxgot\fR is less efficient, since it takes 4 instructions to fetch
+the value of a global symbol.
+.Sp
+Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker,
+can create multiple GOTs and sort \s-1GOT\s0 entries. If you have such a linker,
+you should only need to use \fB\-mxgot\fR when compiling a single
+object file that accesses more than 8192 \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
+.Sp
+These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating
+position-independent code.
+.PP
+\fIM68hc1x Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "M68hc1x Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
+microcontrollers. The default values for these options depends on
+which style of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured;
+the defaults for the most common choices are given below.
+.IP "\fB\-m6811\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m6811"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc11\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc11"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HC11. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68HC11\-based systems.
+.IP "\fB\-m6812\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m6812"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc12"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HC12. This is the default
+when the compiler is configured for 68HC12\-based systems.
+.IP "\fB\-m68S12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68S12"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m68hcs12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hcs12"
+.PD
+Generate output for a 68HCS12.
+.IP "\fB\-mauto\-incdec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mauto-incdec"
+Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-decrement
+addressing modes.
+.IP "\fB\-minmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minmax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mnominmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnominmax"
+.PD
+Enable the use of 68HC12 min and max instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
+far away, the compiler will use the \f(CW\*(C`call\*(C'\fR instruction to
+call a function and the \f(CW\*(C`rtc\*(C'\fR instruction for returning.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-reg\-count=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-reg-count=count"
+Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the
+code generation. The maximum number is 32. Using more pseudo-soft
+register may or may not result in better code depending on the program.
+The default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.
+.PP
+\fIMCore Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MCore Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Motorola M*Core
+processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mhardlit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhardlit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hardlit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hardlit"
+.PD
+Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
+instructions or less.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-div"
+.PD
+Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-immediate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax-immediate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relax\-immediate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relax-immediate"
+.PD
+Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mwide\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwide-bitfields"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-wide\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-wide-bitfields"
+.PD
+Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.
+.IP "\fB\-m4byte\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4byte-functions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-4byte\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-4byte-functions"
+.PD
+Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mcallgraph\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcallgraph-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-callgraph\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-callgraph-data"
+.PD
+Emit callgraph information.
+.IP "\fB\-mslow\-bytes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mslow-bytes"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-slow\-bytes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-slow-bytes"
+.PD
+Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+.PD
+Generate code for a little endian target.
+.IP "\fB\-m210\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m210"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m340\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m340"
+.PD
+Generate code for the 210 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-lsim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-lsim"
+Assume that run-time support has been provided and so omit the
+simulator library (\fIlibsim.a)\fR from the linker command line.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-increment=\fR\fIsize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-increment=size"
+Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation. Large
+values can increase the speed of programs which contain functions
+that need a large amount of stack space, but they can also trigger a
+segmentation fault if the stack is extended too much. The default
+value is 0x1000.
+.PP
+\fIMeP Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MeP Options"
+.IP "\fB\-mabsdiff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabsdiff"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`abs\*(C'\fR instruction, which is the absolute difference
+between two registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mall\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall-opts"
+Enables all the optional instructions \- average, multiply, divide, bit
+operations, leading zero, absolute difference, min/max, clip, and
+saturation.
+.IP "\fB\-maverage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maverage"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`ave\*(C'\fR instruction, which computes the average of two
+registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mbased=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbased=n"
+Variables of size \fIn\fR bytes or smaller will be placed in the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C'\fR section by default. Based variables use the \f(CW$tp\fR
+register as a base register, and there is a 128 byte limit to the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitops"
+Enables the bit operation instructions \- bit test (\f(CW\*(C`btstm\*(C'\fR), set
+(\f(CW\*(C`bsetm\*(C'\fR), clear (\f(CW\*(C`bclrm\*(C'\fR), invert (\f(CW\*(C`bnotm\*(C'\fR), and
+test-and-set (\f(CW\*(C`tas\*(C'\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-mc=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mc=name"
+Selects which section constant data will be placed in. \fIname\fR may
+be \f(CW\*(C`tiny\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`near\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`far\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mclip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mclip"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`clip\*(C'\fR instruction. Note that \f(CW\*(C`\-mclip\*(C'\fR is not
+useful unless you also provide \f(CW\*(C`\-mminmax\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mconfig=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconfig=name"
+Selects one of the build-in core configurations. Each MeP chip has
+one or more modules in it; each module has a core \s-1CPU\s0 and a variety of
+coprocessors, optional instructions, and peripherals. The
+\&\f(CW\*(C`MeP\-Integrator\*(C'\fR tool, not part of \s-1GCC\s0, provides these
+configurations through this option; using this option is the same as
+using all the corresponding command line options. The default
+configuration is \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop"
+Enables the coprocessor instructions. By default, this is a 32\-bit
+coprocessor. Note that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-mconfig=\*(C'\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop32"
+Enables the 32\-bit coprocessor's instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcop64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcop64"
+Enables the 64\-bit coprocessor's instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mivc2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mivc2"
+Enables \s-1IVC2\s0 scheduling. \s-1IVC2\s0 is a 64\-bit \s-1VLIW\s0 coprocessor.
+.IP "\fB\-mdc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdc"
+Causes constant variables to be placed in the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`divu\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-meb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meb"
+Generate big-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-mel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mel"
+Generate little-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-mio\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mio-volatile"
+Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the \f(CW\*(C`io\*(C'\fR
+attribute is to be considered volatile.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Causes variables to be assigned to the \f(CW\*(C`.far\*(C'\fR section by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mleadz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mleadz"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`leadz\*(C'\fR (leading zero) instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mm"
+Causes variables to be assigned to the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mminmax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mminmax"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`min\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`max\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmult\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmult"
+Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-opts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-opts"
+Disables all the optional instructions enabled by \f(CW\*(C`\-mall\-opts\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mrepeat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrepeat"
+Enables the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`erepeat\*(C'\fR instructions, used for
+low-overhead looping.
+.IP "\fB\-ms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ms"
+Causes all variables to default to the \f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section. Note
+that there is a 65536 byte limit to this section. Accesses to these
+variables use the \f(CW%gp\fR base register.
+.IP "\fB\-msatur\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msatur"
+Enables the saturation instructions. Note that the compiler does not
+currently generate these itself, but this option is included for
+compatibility with other tools, like \f(CW\*(C`as\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdram"
+Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based runtime.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Link the simulator runtime libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-msimnovec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msimnovec"
+Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support
+for reset and exception vectors and tables.
+.IP "\fB\-mtf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtf"
+Causes all functions to default to the \f(CW\*(C`.far\*(C'\fR section. Without
+this option, functions default to the \f(CW\*(C`.near\*(C'\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mtiny=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtiny=n"
+Variables that are \fIn\fR bytes or smaller will be allocated to the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section. These variables use the \f(CW$gp\fR base
+register. The default for this option is 4, but note that there's a
+65536 byte limit to the \f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C'\fR section.
+.PP
+\fIMicroBlaze Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MicroBlaze Options"
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Use software emulation for floating point (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use hardware floating point instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemcpy"
+Do not optimize block moves, use \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-clearbss\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-clearbss"
+This option is deprecated. Use \fB\-fno\-zero\-initialized\-in\-bss\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu-type"
+Use features of and schedule code for given \s-1CPU\s0.
+Supported values are in the format \fBv\fR\fIX\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1YY\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fIZ\fR,
+where \fIX\fR is a major version, \fI\s-1YY\s0\fR is the minor version, and
+\&\fIZ\fR is compatibility code. Example values are \fBv3.00.a\fR,
+\&\fBv4.00.b\fR, \fBv5.00.a\fR, \fBv5.00.b\fR, \fBv5.00.b\fR, \fBv6.00.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-soft\-mul\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-soft-mul"
+Use software multiply emulation (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-soft\-div\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-soft-div"
+Use software emulation for divides (default).
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-barrel\-shift\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-barrel-shift"
+Use the hardware barrel shifter.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-pattern\-compare\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-pattern-compare"
+Use pattern compare instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-divides\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-divides"
+Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-stack\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-stack-check"
+This option is deprecated. Use \-fstack\-check instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-gp\-opt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-gp-opt"
+Use \s-1GP\s0 relative sdata/sbss sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-multiply\-high\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-multiply-high"
+Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-float\-convert\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-float-convert"
+Use hardware floating point conversion instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-float\-sqrt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-float-sqrt"
+Use hardware floating point square root instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-mode-app-model"
+Select application model \fIapp-model\fR. Valid models are
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBexecutable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "executable"
+normal executable (default), uses startup code \fIcrt0.o\fR.
+.IP "\fBxmdstub\fR" 4
+.IX Item "xmdstub"
+for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (\s-1XMD\s0) based
+software intrusive debug agent called xmdstub. This uses startup file
+\&\fIcrt1.o\fR and sets the start address of the program to be 0x800.
+.IP "\fBbootstrap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "bootstrap"
+for applications that are loaded using a bootloader.
+This model uses startup file \fIcrt2.o\fR which does not contain a processor
+reset vector handler. This is suitable for transferring control on a
+processor reset to the bootloader rather than the application.
+.IP "\fBnovectors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "novectors"
+for applications that do not require any of the
+MicroBlaze vectors. This option may be useful for applications running
+within a monitoring application. This model uses \fIcrt3.o\fR as a startup file.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Option \fB\-xl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR is a deprecated alias for
+\&\fB\-mxl\-mode\-\fR\fIapp-model\fR.
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MIPS Options"
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Generate big-endian code.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Generate little-endian code. This is the default for \fBmips*el\-*\-*\fR
+configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=arch"
+Generate code that will run on \fIarch\fR, which can be the name of a
+generic \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0, or the name of a particular processor.
+The \s-1ISA\s0 names are:
+\&\fBmips1\fR, \fBmips2\fR, \fBmips3\fR, \fBmips4\fR,
+\&\fBmips32\fR, \fBmips32r2\fR, \fBmips64\fR and \fBmips64r2\fR.
+The processor names are:
+\&\fB4kc\fR, \fB4km\fR, \fB4kp\fR, \fB4ksc\fR,
+\&\fB4kec\fR, \fB4kem\fR, \fB4kep\fR, \fB4ksd\fR,
+\&\fB5kc\fR, \fB5kf\fR,
+\&\fB20kc\fR,
+\&\fB24kc\fR, \fB24kf2_1\fR, \fB24kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fB24kec\fR, \fB24kef2_1\fR, \fB24kef1_1\fR,
+\&\fB34kc\fR, \fB34kf2_1\fR, \fB34kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fB74kc\fR, \fB74kf2_1\fR, \fB74kf1_1\fR, \fB74kf3_2\fR,
+\&\fB1004kc\fR, \fB1004kf2_1\fR, \fB1004kf1_1\fR,
+\&\fBloongson2e\fR, \fBloongson2f\fR, \fBloongson3a\fR,
+\&\fBm4k\fR,
+\&\fBocteon\fR,
+\&\fBorion\fR,
+\&\fBr2000\fR, \fBr3000\fR, \fBr3900\fR, \fBr4000\fR, \fBr4400\fR,
+\&\fBr4600\fR, \fBr4650\fR, \fBr6000\fR, \fBr8000\fR,
+\&\fBrm7000\fR, \fBrm9000\fR,
+\&\fBr10000\fR, \fBr12000\fR, \fBr14000\fR, \fBr16000\fR,
+\&\fBsb1\fR,
+\&\fBsr71000\fR,
+\&\fBvr4100\fR, \fBvr4111\fR, \fBvr4120\fR, \fBvr4130\fR, \fBvr4300\fR,
+\&\fBvr5000\fR, \fBvr5400\fR, \fBvr5500\fR
+and \fBxlr\fR.
+The special value \fBfrom-abi\fR selects the
+most compatible architecture for the selected \s-1ABI\s0 (that is,
+\&\fBmips1\fR for 32\-bit ABIs and \fBmips3\fR for 64\-bit ABIs).
+.Sp
+Native Linux/GNU toolchains also support the value \fBnative\fR,
+which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
+\&\fB\-march=native\fR has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
+the processor.
+.Sp
+In processor names, a final \fB000\fR can be abbreviated as \fBk\fR
+(for example, \fB\-march=r2k\fR). Prefixes are optional, and
+\&\fBvr\fR may be written \fBr\fR.
+.Sp
+Names of the form \fIn\fR\fBf2_1\fR refer to processors with
+FPUs clocked at half the rate of the core, names of the form
+\&\fIn\fR\fBf1_1\fR refer to processors with FPUs clocked at the same
+rate as the core, and names of the form \fIn\fR\fBf3_2\fR refer to
+processors with FPUs clocked a ratio of 3:2 with respect to the core.
+For compatibility reasons, \fIn\fR\fBf\fR is accepted as a synonym
+for \fIn\fR\fBf2_1\fR while \fIn\fR\fBx\fR and \fIb\fR\fBfx\fR are
+accepted as synonyms for \fIn\fR\fBf1_1\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 defines two macros based on the value of this option. The first
+is \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR, which gives the name of target architecture, as
+a string. The second has the form \fB_MIPS_ARCH_\fR\fIfoo\fR,
+where \fIfoo\fR is the capitalized value of \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR.
+For example, \fB\-march=r2000\fR will set \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR
+to \fB\*(L"r2000\*(R"\fR and define the macro \fB_MIPS_ARCH_R2000\fR.
+.Sp
+Note that the \fB_MIPS_ARCH\fR macro uses the processor names given
+above. In other words, it will have the full prefix and will not
+abbreviate \fB000\fR as \fBk\fR. In the case of \fBfrom-abi\fR,
+the macro names the resolved architecture (either \fB\*(L"mips1\*(R"\fR or
+\&\fB\*(L"mips3\*(R"\fR). It names the default architecture when no
+\&\fB\-march\fR option is given.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=arch"
+Optimize for \fIarch\fR. Among other things, this option controls
+the way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic
+operations. The list of \fIarch\fR values is the same as for
+\&\fB\-march\fR.
+.Sp
+When this option is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 will optimize for the processor
+specified by \fB\-march\fR. By using \fB\-march\fR and
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR together, it is possible to generate code that will
+run on a family of processors, but optimize the code for one
+particular member of that family.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mtune\fR defines the macros \fB_MIPS_TUNE\fR and
+\&\fB_MIPS_TUNE_\fR\fIfoo\fR, which work in the same way as the
+\&\fB\-march\fR ones described above.
+.IP "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips1"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips1\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips4"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips4\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips32\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32r2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips32r2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips64r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64r2"
+Equivalent to \fB\-march=mips64r2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mips16"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) \s-1MIPS16\s0 code. If \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting a
+\&\s-1MIPS32\s0 or \s-1MIPS64\s0 architecture, it will make use of the MIPS16e \s-1ASE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis
+by means of \f(CW\*(C`mips16\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`nomips16\*(C'\fR attributes.
+.IP "\fB\-mflip\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflip-mips16"
+Generate \s-1MIPS16\s0 code on alternating functions. This option is provided
+for regression testing of mixed MIPS16/non\-MIPS16 code generation, and is
+not intended for ordinary use in compiling user code.
+.IP "\fB\-minterlink\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minterlink-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-interlink\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-interlink-mips16"
+.PD
+Require (do not require) that non\-MIPS16 code be link-compatible with
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 code.
+.Sp
+For example, non\-MIPS16 code cannot jump directly to \s-1MIPS16\s0 code;
+it must either use a call or an indirect jump. \fB\-minterlink\-mips16\fR
+therefore disables direct jumps unless \s-1GCC\s0 knows that the target of the
+jump is not \s-1MIPS16\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=o64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=o64"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=n32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=n32"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=64"
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=eabi"
+.PD
+Generate code for the given \s-1ABI\s0.
+.Sp
+Note that the \s-1EABI\s0 has a 32\-bit and a 64\-bit variant. \s-1GCC\s0 normally
+generates 64\-bit code when you select a 64\-bit architecture, but you
+can use \fB\-mgp32\fR to get 32\-bit code instead.
+.Sp
+For information about the O64 \s-1ABI\s0, see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64\-abi.html\fR>.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 supports a variant of the o32 \s-1ABI\s0 in which floating-point registers
+are 64 rather than 32 bits wide. You can select this combination with
+\&\fB\-mabi=32\fR \fB\-mfp64\fR. This \s-1ABI\s0 relies on the \fBmthc1\fR
+and \fBmfhc1\fR instructions and is therefore only supported for
+\&\s-1MIPS32R2\s0 processors.
+.Sp
+The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the
+same, but each scalar value is passed in a single 64\-bit register
+rather than a pair of 32\-bit registers. For example, scalar
+floating-point values are returned in \fB\f(CB$f0\fB\fR only, not a
+\&\fB\f(CB$f0\fB\fR/\fB\f(CB$f1\fB\fR pair. The set of call-saved registers also
+remains the same, but all 64 bits are saved.
+.IP "\fB\-mabicalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabicalls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abicalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abicalls"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4\-style
+dynamic objects. \fB\-mabicalls\fR is the default for SVR4\-based
+systems.
+.IP "\fB\-mshared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshared"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-shared"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent,
+and that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This option
+only affects \fB\-mabicalls\fR.
+.Sp
+All \fB\-mabicalls\fR code has traditionally been position-independent,
+regardless of options like \fB\-fPIC\fR and \fB\-fpic\fR. However,
+as an extension, the \s-1GNU\s0 toolchain allows executables to use absolute
+accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can also use shorter \s-1GP\s0
+initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-defined
+functions. This mode is selected by \fB\-mno\-shared\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-shared\fR depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates
+objects that can only be linked by the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. However, the option
+does not affect the \s-1ABI\s0 of the final executable; it only affects the \s-1ABI\s0
+of relocatable objects. Using \fB\-mno\-shared\fR will generally make
+executables both smaller and quicker.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mshared\fR is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mplt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mplt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-plt"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers
+support PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects
+\&\fB\-mno\-shared \-mabicalls\fR. For the n64 \s-1ABI\s0, this option
+has no effect without \fB\-msym32\fR.
+.Sp
+You can make \fB\-mplt\fR the default by configuring
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-\-with\-mips\-plt\fR. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-plt\fR otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mxgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxgot"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xgot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xgot"
+.PD
+Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global
+offset table.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
+While this is relatively efficient, it will only work if the \s-1GOT\s0
+is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger will cause the linker
+to report an error such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If this happens, you should recompile your code with \fB\-mxgot\fR.
+It should then work with very large GOTs, although it will also be
+less efficient, since it will take three instructions to fetch the
+value of a global symbol.
+.Sp
+Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have such a
+linker, you should only need to use \fB\-mxgot\fR when a single object
+file accesses more than 64k's worth of \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
+.Sp
+These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating position
+independent code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp32"
+Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp64"
+Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp32"
+Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp64"
+Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement
+floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-float"
+Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision
+operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble-float"
+Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision
+operations. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mllsc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mllsc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-llsc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-llsc"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \fBll\fR, \fBsc\fR, and \fBsync\fR instructions to
+implement atomic memory built-in functions. When neither option is
+specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the instructions if the target architecture
+supports them.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mllsc\fR is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the
+instructions and \fB\-mno\-llsc\fR can be useful when compiling for
+nonstandard ISAs. You can make either option the default by
+configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with \fB\-\-with\-llsc\fR and \fB\-\-without\-llsc\fR
+respectively. \fB\-\-with\-llsc\fR is the default for some
+configurations; see the installation documentation for details.
+.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdsp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dsp"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) revision 1 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+ This option defines the
+preprocessor macro \fB_\|_mips_dsp\fR. It also defines
+\&\fB_\|_mips_dsp_rev\fR to 1.
+.IP "\fB\-mdspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdspr2"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dspr2"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) revision 2 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+ This option defines the
+preprocessor macros \fB_\|_mips_dsp\fR and \fB_\|_mips_dspr2\fR.
+It also defines \fB_\|_mips_dsp_rev\fR to 2.
+.IP "\fB\-msmartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmartmips"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-smartmips"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS\s0 SmartMIPS \s-1ASE\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mpaired\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpaired-single"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-paired\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-paired-single"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
+ This option requires
+hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mdmx"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \s-1MIPS\s0 Digital Media Extension instructions.
+This option can only be used when generating 64\-bit code and requires
+hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mips3d"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
+The option \fB\-mips3d\fR implies \fB\-mpaired\-single\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mt"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) \s-1MT\s0 Multithreading instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong64"
+Force \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR types to be 64 bits wide. See \fB\-mlong32\fR for
+an explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is
+determined.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong32"
+Force \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
+.Sp
+The default size of \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fRs, \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs and pointers depends on
+the \s-1ABI\s0. All the supported ABIs use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fRs. The n64 \s-1ABI\s0
+uses 64\-bit \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs, as does the 64\-bit \s-1EABI\s0; the others use
+32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs. Pointers are the same size as \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fRs,
+or the same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-msym32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msym32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sym32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sym32"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32\-bit values, regardless
+of the selected \s-1ABI\s0. This option is useful in combination with
+\&\fB\-mabi=64\fR and \fB\-mno\-abicalls\fR because it allows \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section
+if that data is no bigger than \fInum\fR bytes. \s-1GCC\s0 can then access
+the data more efficiently; see \fB\-mgpopt\fR for details.
+.Sp
+The default \fB\-G\fR option depends on the configuration.
+.IP "\fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlocal-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-local-sdata"
+.PD
+Extend (do not extend) the \fB\-G\fR behavior to local data too,
+such as to static variables in C. \fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR is the
+default for all configurations.
+.Sp
+If the linker complains that an application is using too much small data,
+you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with
+\&\fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR. You might also want to build large
+libraries with \fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR, so that the libraries leave
+more room for the main program.
+.IP "\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mextern-sdata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-extern-sdata"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data will be in
+a small data section if that data is within the \fB\-G\fR limit.
+\&\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR is the default for all configurations.
+.Sp
+If you compile a module \fIMod\fR with \fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR \fB\-G\fR
+\&\fInum\fR \fB\-mgpopt\fR, and \fIMod\fR references a variable \fIVar\fR
+that is no bigger than \fInum\fR bytes, you must make sure that \fIVar\fR
+is placed in a small data section. If \fIVar\fR is defined by another
+module, you must either compile that module with a high-enough
+\&\fB\-G\fR setting or attach a \f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute to \fIVar\fR's
+definition. If \fIVar\fR is common, you must link the application
+with a high-enough \fB\-G\fR setting.
+.Sp
+The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile
+and link every module with the same \fB\-G\fR option. However,
+you may wish to build a library that supports several different
+small data limits. You can do this by compiling the library with
+the highest supported \fB\-G\fR setting and additionally using
+\&\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR to stop the library from making assumptions
+about externally-defined data.
+.IP "\fB\-mgpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgpopt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-gpopt"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be
+in a small data section; see \fB\-G\fR, \fB\-mlocal\-sdata\fR and
+\&\fB\-mextern\-sdata\fR. \fB\-mgpopt\fR is the default for all
+configurations.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR is useful for cases where the \f(CW$gp\fR register
+might not hold the value of \f(CW\*(C`_gp\*(C'\fR. For example, if the code is
+part of a library that might be used in a boot monitor, programs that
+call boot monitor routines will pass an unknown value in \f(CW$gp\fR.
+(In such situations, the boot monitor itself would usually be compiled
+with \fB\-G0\fR.)
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mno\-gpopt\fR implies \fB\-mno\-local\-sdata\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-extern\-sdata\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-membedded\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-membedded-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-embedded\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-embedded-data"
+.PD
+Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
+next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
+slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of \s-1RAM\s0 required
+when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
+.IP "\fB\-muninit\-const\-in\-rodata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muninit-const-in-rodata"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-uninit\-const\-in\-rodata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata"
+.PD
+Put uninitialized \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR variables in the read-only data section.
+This option is only meaningful in conjunction with \fB\-membedded\-data\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=\fR\fIsetting\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=setting"
+Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 may generate code that reads from executable sections.
+There are three possible settings:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=yes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=yes"
+Instructions may freely access executable sections. This is the
+default setting.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=pcrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=pcrel"
+\&\s-1MIPS16\s0 PC-relative load instructions can access executable sections,
+but other instructions must not do so. This option is useful on 4KSc
+and 4KSd processors when the code TLBs have the Read Inhibit bit set.
+It is also useful on processors that can be configured to have a dual
+instruction/data \s-1SRAM\s0 interface and that, like the M4K, automatically
+redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mcode\-readable=no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcode-readable=no"
+Instructions must not access executable sections. This option can be
+useful on targets that are configured to have a dual instruction/data
+\&\s-1SRAM\s0 interface but that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect
+PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-msplit\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msplit-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-split\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-split-addresses"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`%hi()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`%lo()\*(C'\fR assembler
+relocation operators. This option has been superseded by
+\&\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR but is retained for backwards compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mexplicit-relocs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic
+addresses. The alternative, selected by \fB\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\fR,
+is to use assembler macros instead.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mexplicit\-relocs\fR is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured
+to use an assembler that supports relocation operators.
+.IP "\fB\-mcheck\-zero\-division\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcheck-zero-division"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-check\-zero\-division\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-check-zero-division"
+.PD
+Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mcheck\-zero\-division\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-traps"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdivide\-breaks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivide-breaks"
+.PD
+\&\s-1MIPS\s0 systems check for division by zero by generating either a
+conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in
+smaller code, but is only supported on \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1II\s0 and later. Also, some
+versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap from
+generating the proper signal (\f(CW\*(C`SIGFPE\*(C'\fR). Use \fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR to
+allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
+\&\fB\-mdivide\-breaks\fR to force the use of breaks.
+.Sp
+The default is usually \fB\-mdivide\-traps\fR, but this can be
+overridden at configure time using \fB\-\-with\-divide=breaks\fR.
+Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using
+\&\fB\-mno\-check\-zero\-division\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmemcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmemcpy"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-memcpy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-memcpy"
+.PD
+Force (do not force) the use of \f(CW\*(C`memcpy()\*(C'\fR for non-trivial block
+moves. The default is \fB\-mno\-memcpy\fR, which allows \s-1GCC\s0 to inline
+most constant-sized copies.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Disable (do not disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`jal\*(C'\fR instruction. Calling
+functions using \f(CW\*(C`jal\*(C'\fR is more efficient but requires the caller
+and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
+.Sp
+This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmad"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mad"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the \f(CW\*(C`mad\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`madu\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mul\*(C'\fR
+instructions, as provided by the R4650 \s-1ISA\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) use of the floating point multiply-accumulate
+instructions, when they are available. The default is
+\&\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR.
+.Sp
+When multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate
+product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to
+the \s-1FCSR\s0 Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable in some
+circumstances.
+.IP "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nocpp"
+Tell the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
+assembler files (with a \fB.s\fR suffix) when assembling them.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r4000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r4000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r4000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r4000"
+.PD
+Work around certain R4000 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+immediately after starting an integer division.
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+while an integer multiplication is in progress.
+.IP "\-" 4
+An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay slot
+of a taken branch or a jump.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r4400\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r4400"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r4400\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r4400"
+.PD
+Work around certain R4400 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
+immediately after starting an integer division.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r10000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-r10000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r10000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-r10000"
+.PD
+Work around certain R10000 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ll\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`sc\*(C'\fR sequences may not behave atomically on revisions
+prior to 3.0. They may deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+This option can only be used if the target architecture supports
+branch-likely instructions. \fB\-mfix\-r10000\fR is the default when
+\&\fB\-march=r10000\fR is used; \fB\-mno\-fix\-r10000\fR is the default
+otherwise.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-vr4120\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-vr4120"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-vr4120\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-vr4120"
+.PD
+Work around certain \s-1VR4120\s0 errata:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`dmultu\*(C'\fR does not always produce the correct result.
+.IP "\-" 4
+\&\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ddiv\*(C'\fR do not always produce the correct result if one
+of the operands is negative.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions in
+\&\fIlibgcc.a\fR. At present, these functions are only provided by
+the \f(CW\*(C`mips64vr*\-elf\*(C'\fR configurations.
+.Sp
+Other \s-1VR4120\s0 errata require a nop to be inserted between certain pairs of
+instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by \s-1GCC\s0 itself.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-vr4130\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-vr4130"
+Work around the \s-1VR4130\s0 \f(CW\*(C`mflo\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`mfhi\*(C'\fR errata. The
+workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by \s-1GCC\s0,
+although \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid using \f(CW\*(C`mflo\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`mfhi\*(C'\fR if the
+\&\s-1VR4130\s0 \f(CW\*(C`macc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`macchi\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`dmacc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dmacchi\*(C'\fR
+instructions are available instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-sb1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-sb1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-sb1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix-sb1"
+.PD
+Work around certain \s-1SB\-1\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 core errata.
+(This flag currently works around the \s-1SB\-1\s0 revision 2
+\&\*(L"F1\*(R" and \*(L"F2\*(R" floating point errata.)
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=\fR\fIsetting\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting"
+Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 should insert cache barriers to avoid the
+side-effects of speculation on R10K processors.
+.Sp
+In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the outcome
+of a conditional branch and speculatively executes instructions from
+the \*(L"taken\*(R" branch. It later aborts these instructions if the
+predicted outcome was wrong. However, on the R10K, even aborted
+instructions can have side effects.
+.Sp
+This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the system,
+kernel loads. As an example, a speculatively-executed store may load
+the target memory into cache and mark the cache line as dirty, even if
+the store itself is later aborted. If a \s-1DMA\s0 operation writes to the
+same area of memory before the \*(L"dirty\*(R" line is flushed, the cached
+data will overwrite the DMA-ed data. See the R10K processor manual
+for a full description, including other potential problems.
+.Sp
+One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every memory
+access that might be speculatively executed and that might have side
+effects even if aborted. \fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=\fR\fIsetting\fR
+controls \s-1GCC\s0's implementation of this workaround. It assumes that
+aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions will not have
+side effects:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+the memory occupied by the current function's stack frame;
+.IP "2." 4
+the memory occupied by an incoming stack argument;
+.IP "3." 4
+the memory occupied by an object with a link-time-constant address.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+It is the kernel's responsibility to ensure that speculative
+accesses to these regions are indeed safe.
+.Sp
+If the input program contains a function declaration such as:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& void foo (void);
+.Ve
+.Sp
+then the implementation of \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR must allow \f(CW\*(C`j foo\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`jal foo\*(C'\fR to be executed speculatively. \s-1GCC\s0 honors this
+restriction for functions it compiles itself. It expects non-GCC
+functions (such as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.
+.Sp
+The option has three forms:
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=load\-store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store"
+Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be
+speculatively executed and that might have side effects even
+if aborted.
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=store\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=store"
+Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be speculatively
+executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
+.IP "\fB\-mr10k\-cache\-barrier=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=none"
+Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default setting.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-mflush\-func=\fR\fIfunc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mflush-func=func"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-flush\-func\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-flush-func"
+.PD
+Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not
+call any such function. If called, the function must take the same
+arguments as the common \f(CW\*(C`_flush_func()\*(C'\fR, that is, the address of the
+memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size of the
+memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default
+depends on the target \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for, but commonly is either
+\&\fB_flush_func\fR or \fB_\|_cpu_flush\fR.
+.IP "\fBmbranch\-cost=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "mbranch-cost=num"
+Set the cost of branches to roughly \fInum\fR \*(L"simple\*(R" instructions.
+This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
+consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly selects
+the default, which is based on the \fB\-mtune\fR setting.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-likely\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-likely"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-branch\-likely\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-branch-likely"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the
+default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely
+instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected
+architecture. An exception is for the \s-1MIPS32\s0 and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures
+and processors which implement those architectures; for those, Branch
+Likely instructions will not be generated by default because the \s-1MIPS32\s0
+and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures specifically deprecate their use.
+.IP "\fB\-mfp\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp-exceptions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-exceptions"
+.PD
+Specifies whether \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are enabled. This affects how we schedule
+\&\s-1FP\s0 instructions for some processors. The default is that \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are
+enabled.
+.Sp
+For instance, on the \s-1SB\-1\s0, if \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting
+64\-bit code, then we can use both \s-1FP\s0 pipes. Otherwise, we can only use one
+\&\s-1FP\s0 pipe.
+.IP "\fB\-mvr4130\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvr4130-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vr4130\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vr4130-align"
+.PD
+The \s-1VR4130\s0 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
+instructions together if the first one is 8\-byte aligned. When this
+option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 will align pairs of instructions that it
+thinks should execute in parallel.
+.Sp
+This option only has an effect when optimizing for the \s-1VR4130\s0.
+It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
+It is enabled by default at optimization level \fB\-O3\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msynci\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msynci"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-synci\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-synci"
+.PD
+Enable (disable) generation of \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR instructions on
+architectures that support it. The \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR instructions (if
+enabled) will be generated when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_\|_\|_clear_cache()\*(C'\fR is
+compiled.
+.Sp
+This option defaults to \f(CW\*(C`\-mno\-synci\*(C'\fR, but the default can be
+overridden by configuring with \f(CW\*(C`\-\-with\-synci\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally safe
+to use \f(CW\*(C`synci\*(C'\fR. However, on many multi-core (\s-1SMP\s0) systems, it
+will not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may lead
+to undefined behavior.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-pic\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax-pic-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relax\-pic\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relax-pic-calls"
+.PD
+Try to turn \s-1PIC\s0 calls that are normally dispatched via register
+\&\f(CW$25\fR into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can
+resolve the destination at link-time and if the destination is within
+range for a direct call.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mrelax\-pic\-calls\fR is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured to use
+an assembler and a linker that supports the \f(CW\*(C`.reloc\*(C'\fR assembly
+directive and \f(CW\*(C`\-mexplicit\-relocs\*(C'\fR is in effect. With
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-mno\-explicit\-relocs\*(C'\fR, this optimization can be performed by the
+assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-mmcount\-ra\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmcount-ra-address"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mcount\-ra\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mcount-ra-address"
+.PD
+Emit (do not emit) code that allows \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR to modify the
+calling function's return address. When enabled, this option extends
+the usual \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR interface with a new \fIra-address\fR
+parameter, which has type \f(CW\*(C`intptr_t *\*(C'\fR and is passed in register
+\&\f(CW$12\fR. \f(CW\*(C`_mcount\*(C'\fR can then modify the return address by
+doing both of the following:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Returning the new address in register \f(CW$31\fR.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Storing the new address in \f(CW\*(C`*\f(CIra\-address\f(CW\*(C'\fR,
+if \fIra-address\fR is nonnull.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The default is \fB\-mno\-mcount\-ra\-address\fR.
+.RE
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MMIX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MMIX Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for the \s-1MMIX:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mlibfuncs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlibfuncs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-libfuncs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-libfuncs"
+.PD
+Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all
+values in registers, no matter the size.
+.IP "\fB\-mepsilon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mepsilon"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-epsilon\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-epsilon"
+.PD
+Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect
+to the \f(CW\*(C`rE\*(C'\fR epsilon register.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=mmixware\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=mmixware"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=gnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=gnu"
+.PD
+Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in
+the called function) are seen as registers \f(CW$0\fR and up, as opposed to
+the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 which uses global registers \f(CW$231\fR and up.
+.IP "\fB\-mzero\-extend\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzero-extend"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-zero\-extend\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-zero-extend"
+.PD
+When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not
+use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than
+sign-extending ones.
+.IP "\fB\-mknuthdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mknuthdiv"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-knuthdiv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-knuthdiv"
+.PD
+Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as
+the divisor. With the default, \fB\-mno\-knuthdiv\fR, the sign of the
+remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are
+arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
+.IP "\fB\-mtoplevel\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtoplevel-symbols"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-toplevel\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-toplevel-symbols"
+.PD
+Prepend (do not prepend) a \fB:\fR to all global symbols, so the assembly
+code can be used with the \f(CW\*(C`PREFIX\*(C'\fR assembly directive.
+.IP "\fB\-melf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-melf"
+Generate an executable in the \s-1ELF\s0 format, rather than the default
+\&\fBmmo\fR format used by the \fBmmix\fR simulator.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-predict\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-predict"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-branch\-predict\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-branch-predict"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch
+prediction indicates a probable branch.
+.IP "\fB\-mbase\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbase-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-base\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-base-addresses"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) code that uses \fIbase addresses\fR. Using a
+base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler
+and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The
+register is used for one or more base address requests within the range 0
+to 255 from the value held in the register. The generally leads to short
+and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be
+addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static
+data may require \fB\-mno\-base\-addresses\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-exit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-exit"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-single\-exit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-single-exit"
+.PD
+Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each
+function.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "MN10300 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Matsushita \s-1MN10300\s0 architectures:
+.IP "\fB\-mmult\-bug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmult-bug"
+Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the \s-1MN10300\s0
+processors. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mult\-bug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mult-bug"
+Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
+\&\s-1MN10300\s0 processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mam33\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam33"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-am33\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-am33"
+Do not generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor. This
+is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mam33\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam33-2"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33/2\s0.0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mam34\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mam34"
+Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM34\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Use the timing characteristics of the indicated \s-1CPU\s0 type when
+scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted processor
+type. The \s-1CPU\s0 type must be one of \fBmn10300\fR, \fBam33\fR,
+\&\fBam33\-2\fR or \fBam34\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mreturn\-pointer\-on\-d0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mreturn-pointer-on-d0"
+When generating a function which returns a pointer, return the pointer
+in both \f(CW\*(C`a0\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`d0\*(C'\fR. Otherwise, the pointer is returned
+only in a0, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype
+would result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use
+\&\fB\-mno\-return\-pointer\-on\-d0\fR to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-crt0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-crt0"
+Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
+to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
+has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
+.Sp
+This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
+.IP "\fB\-mliw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mliw"
+Allow the compiler to generate \fILong Instruction Word\fR
+instructions if the target is the \fB\s-1AM33\s0\fR or later. This is the
+default. This option defines the preprocessor macro \fB_\|_LIW_\|_\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mnoliw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnoliw"
+Do not allow the compiler to generate \fILong Instruction Word\fR
+instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro
+\&\fB_\|_NO_LIW_\|_\fR.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1PDP\-11\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "PDP-11 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for the \s-1PDP\-11:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+Use hardware \s-1FPP\s0 floating point. This is the default. (\s-1FIS\s0 floating
+point on the \s-1PDP\-11/40\s0 is not supported.)
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+Do not use hardware floating point.
+.IP "\fB\-mac0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mac0"
+Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ac0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ac0"
+Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-m40\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m40"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/40\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m45\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m45"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/45\s0. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-m10\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m10"
+Generate code for a \s-1PDP\-11/10\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mbcopy\-builtin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbcopy-builtin"
+Use inline \f(CW\*(C`movmemhi\*(C'\fR patterns for copying memory. This is the
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-mbcopy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbcopy"
+Do not use inline \f(CW\*(C`movmemhi\*(C'\fR patterns for copying memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mint16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-int32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-int32"
+.PD
+Use 16\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mint32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-int16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-int16"
+.PD
+Use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-float32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-float32"
+.PD
+Use 64\-bit \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-float64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-float64"
+.PD
+Use 32\-bit \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mabshi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabshi"
+Use \f(CW\*(C`abshi2\*(C'\fR pattern. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-abshi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-abshi"
+Do not use \f(CW\*(C`abshi2\*(C'\fR pattern.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-expensive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-expensive"
+Pretend that branches are expensive. This is for experimenting with
+code generation only.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-cheap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-cheap"
+Do not pretend that branches are expensive. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-munix\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix-asm"
+Use Unix assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for
+\&\fBpdp11\-*\-bsd\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdec\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdec-asm"
+Use \s-1DEC\s0 assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for any
+\&\s-1PDP\-11\s0 target other than \fBpdp11\-*\-bsd\fR.
+.PP
+\fIpicoChip Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "picoChip Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for picoChip implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mae=\fR\fIae_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mae=ae_type"
+Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
+parameters for array element type \fIae_type\fR. Supported values
+for \fIae_type\fR are \fB\s-1ANY\s0\fR, \fB\s-1MUL\s0\fR, and \fB\s-1MAC\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=ANY\fR selects a completely generic \s-1AE\s0 type. Code
+generated with this option will run on any of the other \s-1AE\s0 types. The
+code will not be as efficient as it would be if compiled for a specific
+\&\s-1AE\s0 type, and some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) will not
+work properly on all types of \s-1AE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=MUL\fR selects a \s-1MUL\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. This is the most useful \s-1AE\s0 type
+for compiled code, and is the default.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mae=MAC\fR selects a DSP-style \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0. Code compiled with this
+option may suffer from poor performance of byte (char) manipulation,
+since the \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1AE\s0 does not provide hardware support for byte load/stores.
+.IP "\fB\-msymbol\-as\-address\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msymbol-as-address"
+Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in a
+load/store instruction, without first loading it into a
+register. Typically, the use of this option will generate larger
+programs, which run faster than when the option isn't used. However, the
+results vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option,
+rather than being permanently enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-inefficient\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-inefficient-warnings"
+Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code. These
+warnings can be generated, for example, when compiling code which
+performs byte-level memory operations on the \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. The \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 has
+no hardware support for byte-level memory operations, so all byte
+load/stores must be synthesized from word load/store operations. This is
+inefficient and a warning will be generated indicating to the programmer
+that they should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations, or to target
+an \s-1AE\s0 type which has the necessary hardware support. This option enables
+the warning to be turned off.
+.PP
+\fIPowerPC Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "PowerPC Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.PP
+\fI\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC:
+.IP "\fB\-mpower\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpower"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-power\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-power"
+.IP "\fB\-mpower2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpower2"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-power2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-power2"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc-gpopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\-gpopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gpopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc-gfxopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc\-gfxopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gfxopt"
+.IP "\fB\-mpowerpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpowerpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-powerpc64"
+.IP "\fB\-mmfcrf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmfcrf"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mfcrf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mfcrf"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcntb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcntb"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcntb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcntb"
+.IP "\fB\-mpopcntd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpopcntd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-popcntd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-popcntd"
+.IP "\fB\-mfprnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfprnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fprnd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fprnd"
+.IP "\fB\-mcmpb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmpb"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-cmpb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-cmpb"
+.IP "\fB\-mmfpgpr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmfpgpr"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mfpgpr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mfpgpr"
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-dfp"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
+.PD
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 supports two related instruction set architectures for the
+\&\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC. The \fI\s-1POWER\s0\fR instruction set are those
+instructions supported by the \fBrios\fR chip set used in the original
+\&\s-1RS/6000\s0 systems and the \fIPowerPC\fR instruction set is the
+architecture of the Freescale MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
+the \s-1IBM\s0 4xx, 6xx, and follow-on microprocessors.
+.Sp
+Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
+large common subset of instructions supported by both. An \s-1MQ\s0
+register is included in processors supporting the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
+processor you are using. The default value of these options is
+determined when configuring \s-1GCC\s0. Specifying the
+\&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR overrides the specification of these
+options. We recommend you use the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR option
+rather than the options listed above.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpower\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
+are found only in the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture and to use the \s-1MQ\s0 register.
+Specifying \fB\-mpower2\fR implies \fB\-power\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0
+to generate instructions that are present in the \s-1POWER2\s0 architecture but
+not the original \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
+are found only in the 32\-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
+Specifying \fB\-mpowerpc\-gpopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
+General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc\-gfxopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0 to
+use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
+group, including floating-point select.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mmfcrf\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the move from
+condition register field instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER4\s0
+processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mpopcntb\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount and
+double precision \s-1FP\s0 reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the
+\&\s-1POWER5\s0 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mpopcntd\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount
+instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER7\s0 processor and other processors
+that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture.
+The \fB\-mfprnd\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 round to
+integer instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER5+\s0 processor and other
+processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture.
+The \fB\-mcmpb\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the compare bytes
+instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER6\s0 processor and other processors
+that support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture.
+The \fB\-mmfpgpr\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 move to/from
+general purpose register instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER6X\s0
+processor and other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05
+architecture.
+The \fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the decimal floating
+point instructions implemented on some \s-1POWER\s0 processors.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the additional
+64\-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
+and to treat GPRs as 64\-bit, doubleword quantities. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to
+\&\fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR.
+.Sp
+If you specify both \fB\-mno\-power\fR and \fB\-mno\-powerpc\fR, \s-1GCC\s0
+will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
+architectures plus some special \s-1AIX\s0 common-mode calls, and will not use
+the \s-1MQ\s0 register. Specifying both \fB\-mpower\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc\fR
+permits \s-1GCC\s0 to use any instruction from either architecture and to
+allow use of the \s-1MQ\s0 register; specify this for the Motorola \s-1MPC601\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnew-mnemonics"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mold-mnemonics"
+.PD
+Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code. With
+\&\fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 uses the assembler mnemonics defined for
+the PowerPC architecture. With \fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR it uses the
+assembler mnemonics defined for the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture. Instructions
+defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic; \s-1GCC\s0 uses that
+mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is specified.
+.Sp
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
+use. Specifying \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR sometimes overrides the
+value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
+should normally not specify either \fB\-mnew\-mnemonics\fR or
+\&\fB\-mold\-mnemonics\fR, but should instead accept the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
+instruction scheduling parameters for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR.
+Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are \fB401\fR, \fB403\fR,
+\&\fB405\fR, \fB405fp\fR, \fB440\fR, \fB440fp\fR, \fB464\fR, \fB464fp\fR,
+\&\fB476\fR, \fB476fp\fR, \fB505\fR, \fB601\fR, \fB602\fR, \fB603\fR,
+\&\fB603e\fR, \fB604\fR, \fB604e\fR, \fB620\fR, \fB630\fR, \fB740\fR,
+\&\fB7400\fR, \fB7450\fR, \fB750\fR, \fB801\fR, \fB821\fR, \fB823\fR,
+\&\fB860\fR, \fB970\fR, \fB8540\fR, \fBa2\fR, \fBe300c2\fR,
+\&\fBe300c3\fR, \fBe500mc\fR, \fBe500mc64\fR, \fBec603e\fR, \fBG3\fR,
+\&\fBG4\fR, \fBG5\fR, \fBtitan\fR, \fBpower\fR, \fBpower2\fR, \fBpower3\fR,
+\&\fBpower4\fR, \fBpower5\fR, \fBpower5+\fR, \fBpower6\fR, \fBpower6x\fR,
+\&\fBpower7\fR, \fBcommon\fR, \fBpowerpc\fR, \fBpowerpc64\fR, \fBrios\fR,
+\&\fBrios1\fR, \fBrios2\fR, \fBrsc\fR, and \fBrs64\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=common\fR selects a completely generic processor. Code
+generated under this option will run on any \s-1POWER\s0 or PowerPC processor.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
+architectures, and will not use the \s-1MQ\s0 register. \s-1GCC\s0 assumes a generic
+processor model for scheduling purposes.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mcpu=power\fR, \fB\-mcpu=power2\fR, \fB\-mcpu=powerpc\fR, and
+\&\fB\-mcpu=powerpc64\fR specify generic \s-1POWER\s0, \s-1POWER2\s0, pure 32\-bit
+PowerPC (i.e., not \s-1MPC601\s0), and 64\-bit PowerPC architecture machine
+types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for
+scheduling purposes.
+.Sp
+The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated under
+those options will run best on that processor, and may not run at all on
+others.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-mcpu\fR options automatically enable or disable the
+following options:
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-maltivec \-mfprnd \-mhard\-float \-mmfcrf \-mmultiple
+\&\-mnew\-mnemonics \-mpopcntb \-mpopcntd \-mpower \-mpower2 \-mpowerpc64
+\&\-mpowerpc\-gpopt \-mpowerpc\-gfxopt \-msingle\-float \-mdouble\-float
+\&\-msimple\-fpu \-mstring \-mmulhw \-mdlmzb \-mmfpgpr \-mvsx\fR
+.Sp
+The particular options set for any particular \s-1CPU\s0 will vary between
+compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to produce optimal
+code for that \s-1CPU\s0; it doesn't necessarily reflect the actual hardware's
+capabilities. If you wish to set an individual option to a particular
+value, you may specify it after the \fB\-mcpu\fR option, like
+\&\fB\-mcpu=970 \-mno\-altivec\fR.
+.Sp
+On \s-1AIX\s0, the \fB\-maltivec\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR options are
+not enabled or disabled by the \fB\-mcpu\fR option at present because
+\&\s-1AIX\s0 does not have full support for these options. You may still
+enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your
+environment.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the architecture type, register usage, or
+choice of mnemonics, as \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would. The same
+values for \fIcpu_type\fR are used for \fB\-mtune\fR as for
+\&\fB\-mcpu\fR. If both are specified, the code generated will use the
+architecture, registers, and mnemonics set by \fB\-mcpu\fR, but the
+scheduling parameters set by \fB\-mtune\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=small\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=small"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The \s-1TOC\s0 is limited to
+64k.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medium\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medium"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The \s-1TOC\s0 and other static
+data may be up to a total of 4G in size.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=large\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=large"
+Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The \s-1TOC\s0 may be up to 4G
+in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64\-bit address
+space.
+.IP "\fB\-maltivec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maltivec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-altivec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-altivec"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also
+enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to
+the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set
+\&\fB\-mabi=altivec\fR to adjust the current \s-1ABI\s0 with AltiVec \s-1ABI\s0
+enhancements.
+.IP "\fB\-mvrsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvrsave"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vrsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vrsave"
+.PD
+Generate \s-1VRSAVE\s0 instructions when generating AltiVec code.
+.IP "\fB\-mgen\-cell\-microcode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgen-cell-microcode"
+Generate Cell microcode instructions
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-cell\-microcode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-cell-microcode"
+Warning when a Cell microcode instruction is going to emitted. An example
+of a Cell microcode instruction is a variable shift.
+.IP "\fB\-msecure\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msecure-plt"
+Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and shared
+libraries with non-exec .plt and .got sections. This is a PowerPC
+32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mbss\-plt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbss-plt"
+Generate code that uses a \s-1BSS\s0 .plt section that ld.so fills in, and
+requires .plt and .got sections that are both writable and executable.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-misel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misel"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-isel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-isel"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1ISEL\s0 instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-misel=\fR\fIyes/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misel=yes/no"
+This switch has been deprecated. Use \fB\-misel\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-isel\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mspe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspe"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-spe"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1SPE\s0 simd
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mpaired\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpaired"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-paired\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-paired"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1PAIRED\s0 simd
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mspe=\fR\fIyes/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspe=yes/no"
+This option has been deprecated. Use \fB\-mspe\fR and
+\&\fB\-mno\-spe\fR instead.
+.IP "\fB\-mvsx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvsx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vsx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vsx"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (\s-1VSX\s0)
+instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow
+more direct access to the \s-1VSX\s0 instruction set.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-gprs=\fR\fIyes/single/double/no\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-gprs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-gprs"
+.PD
+This switch enables or disables the generation of floating point
+operations on the general purpose registers for architectures that
+support it.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIyes\fR or \fIsingle\fR enables the use of
+single-precision floating point operations.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIdouble\fR enables the use of single and
+double-precision floating point operations.
+.Sp
+The argument \fIno\fR disables floating point operations on the
+general purpose registers.
+.Sp
+This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for 32\-bit or 64\-bit environments of Darwin and \s-1SVR4\s0
+targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32\-bit environment sets int, long
+and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC
+variant. The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
+pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfull\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfull-toc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fp-in-toc"
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sum-in-toc"
+.IP "\fB\-mminimal\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mminimal-toc"
+.PD
+Modify generation of the \s-1TOC\s0 (Table Of Contents), which is created for
+every executable file. The \fB\-mfull\-toc\fR option is selected by
+default. In that case, \s-1GCC\s0 will allocate at least one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for
+each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. \s-1GCC\s0
+will also place floating-point constants in the \s-1TOC\s0. However, only
+16,384 entries are available in the \s-1TOC\s0.
+.Sp
+If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
+the available \s-1TOC\s0 space, you can reduce the amount of \s-1TOC\s0 space used
+with the \fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR and \fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR options.
+\&\fB\-mno\-fp\-in\-toc\fR prevents \s-1GCC\s0 from putting floating-point
+constants in the \s-1TOC\s0 and \fB\-mno\-sum\-in\-toc\fR forces \s-1GCC\s0 to
+generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
+run-time instead of putting that sum into the \s-1TOC\s0. You may specify one
+or both of these options. Each causes \s-1GCC\s0 to produce very slightly
+slower and larger code at the expense of conserving \s-1TOC\s0 space.
+.Sp
+If you still run out of space in the \s-1TOC\s0 even when you specify both of
+these options, specify \fB\-mminimal\-toc\fR instead. This option causes
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 to make only one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for every file. When you specify this
+option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce code that is slower and larger but which
+uses extremely little \s-1TOC\s0 space. You may wish to use this option
+only on files that contain less frequently executed code.
+.IP "\fB\-maix64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-maix32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix32"
+.PD
+Enable 64\-bit \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 and calling convention: 64\-bit pointers, 64\-bit
+\&\f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
+Specifying \fB\-maix64\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR and
+\&\fB\-mpowerpc\fR, while \fB\-maix32\fR disables the 64\-bit \s-1ABI\s0 and
+implies \fB\-mno\-powerpc64\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to \fB\-maix32\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mxl\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxl-compat"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-xl\-compat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-xl-compat"
+.PD
+Produce code that conforms more closely to \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0 compiler semantics
+when using AIX-compatible \s-1ABI\s0. Pass floating-point arguments to
+prototyped functions beyond the register save area (\s-1RSA\s0) on the stack
+in addition to argument FPRs. Do not assume that most significant
+double in 128\-bit long double value is properly rounded when comparing
+values and converting to double. Use \s-1XL\s0 symbol names for long double
+support routines.
+.Sp
+The \s-1AIX\s0 calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
+handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
+address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0
+compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
+\&\s-1RSA\s0 from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
+optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
+stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
+default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by \s-1IBM\s0
+\&\s-1XL\s0 compilers without optimization.
+.IP "\fB\-mpe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpe"
+Support \fI\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 \s-1SP\s0\fR \fIParallel Environment\fR (\s-1PE\s0). Link an
+application written to use message passing with special startup code to
+enable the application to run. The system must have \s-1PE\s0 installed in the
+standard location (\fI/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/\fR), or the \fIspecs\fR file
+must be overridden with the \fB\-specs=\fR option to specify the
+appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
+support threads, so the \fB\-mpe\fR option and the \fB\-pthread\fR
+option are incompatible.
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-natural\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-natural"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-malign\-power\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-malign-power"
+.PD
+On \s-1AIX\s0, 32\-bit Darwin, and 64\-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
+\&\fB\-malign\-natural\fR overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
+types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based boundary.
+The option \fB\-malign\-power\fR instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to follow the ABI-specified
+alignment rules. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the standard alignment defined in the \s-1ABI\s0.
+.Sp
+On 64\-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and \fB\-malign\-power\fR
+is not supported.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD
+Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
+Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR option, and pass the option to \s-1GCC\s0 when linking.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdouble-float"
+.PD
+Generate code for single or double-precision floating point operations.
+\&\fB\-mdouble\-float\fR implies \fB\-msingle\-float\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msimple\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msimple-fpu"
+Do not generate sqrt and div instructions for hardware floating point unit.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+Specify type of floating point unit. Valid values are \fIsp_lite\fR
+(equivalent to \-msingle\-float \-msimple\-fpu), \fIdp_lite\fR (equivalent
+to \-mdouble\-float \-msimple\-fpu), \fIsp_full\fR (equivalent to \-msingle\-float),
+and \fIdp_full\fR (equivalent to \-mdouble\-float).
+.IP "\fB\-mxilinx\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mxilinx-fpu"
+Perform optimizations for floating point unit on Xilinx \s-1PPC\s0 405/440.
+.IP "\fB\-mmultiple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmultiple"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-multiple\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-multiple"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
+instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
+instructions are generated by default on \s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not
+generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use \fB\-mmultiple\fR on little
+endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
+processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and
+\&\s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstring"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-string\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-string"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
+and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
+do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
+\&\s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
+\&\fB\-mstring\fR on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
+instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
+The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and \s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions
+usage in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mupdate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mupdate"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-update\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-update"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
+that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
+location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
+\&\fB\-mno\-update\fR, there is a small window between the time that the
+stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
+stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
+signals may get corrupted data.
+.IP "\fB\-mavoid\-indexed\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mavoid-indexed-addresses"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-avoid\-indexed\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-avoid-indexed-addresses"
+.PD
+Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load
+or store instructions. These instructions can incur a performance
+penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations, such as when
+stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M boundary. This option
+is enabled by default when targetting Power6 and disabled otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
+accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default
+if hardware floating point is used. The machine dependent
+\&\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR option is now mapped to the machine independent
+\&\fB\-ffp\-contract=fast\fR option, and \fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR is
+mapped to \fB\-ffp\-contract=off\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmulhw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmulhw"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mulhw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mulhw"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and
+multiply-accumulate instructions on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors.
+These instructions are generated by default when targetting those
+processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mdlmzb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdlmzb"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dlmzb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dlmzb"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search \fBdlmzb\fR
+instruction on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is
+generated by default when targetting those processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-bit\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-bit-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbit\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbit-align"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
+and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the
+bit-field.
+.Sp
+For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
+\&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR bit-fields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
+boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using \fB\-mno\-bit\-align\fR,
+the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
+size.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-strict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstrict\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstrict-align"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
+unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelocatable"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relocatable"
+.PD
+Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be
+relocated to a different address at runtime. A simple embedded
+PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.got2\*(C'\fR and 4\-byte locations listed in the \f(CW\*(C`.fixup\*(C'\fR section,
+a table of 32\-bit addresses generated by this option. For this to
+work, all objects linked together must be compiled with
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR or \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR.
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR code aligns the stack to an 8 byte boundary.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelocatable-lib"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-relocatable\-lib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-relocatable-lib"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-mrelocatable\fR, \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR generates a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.fixup\*(C'\fR section to allow static executables to be relocated at
+runtime, but \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR does not use the smaller stack
+alignment of \fB\-mrelocatable\fR. Objects compiled with
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR may be linked with objects compiled with
+any combination of the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-toc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-toc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mtoc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtoc"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
+register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
+used in the program.
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+processor in little endian mode. The \fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR option is
+the same as \fB\-mlittle\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+processor in big endian mode. The \fB\-mbig\-endian\fR option is
+the same as \fB\-mbig\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mdynamic\-no\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdynamic-no-pic"
+On Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X systems, compile code so that it is not
+relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The
+resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-msingle\-pic\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
+Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
+loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
+responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
+before execution begins.
+.IP "\fB\-mprioritize\-restricted\-insns=\fR\fIpriority\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority"
+This option controls the priority that is assigned to
+dispatch-slot restricted instructions during the second scheduling
+pass. The argument \fIpriority\fR takes the value \fI0/1/2\fR to assign
+\&\fIno/highest/second\-highest\fR priority to dispatch slot restricted
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msched\-costly\-dep=\fR\fIdependence_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type"
+This option controls which dependences are considered costly
+by the target during instruction scheduling. The argument
+\&\fIdependence_type\fR takes one of the following values:
+\&\fIno\fR: no dependence is costly,
+\&\fIall\fR: all dependences are costly,
+\&\fItrue_store_to_load\fR: a true dependence from store to load is costly,
+\&\fIstore_to_load\fR: any dependence from store to load is costly,
+\&\fInumber\fR: any dependence which latency >= \fInumber\fR is costly.
+.IP "\fB\-minsert\-sched\-nops=\fR\fIscheme\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minsert-sched-nops=scheme"
+This option controls which nop insertion scheme will be used during
+the second scheduling pass. The argument \fIscheme\fR takes one of the
+following values:
+\&\fIno\fR: Don't insert nops.
+\&\fIpad\fR: Pad with nops any dispatch group which has vacant issue slots,
+according to the scheduler's grouping.
+\&\fIregroup_exact\fR: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
+separate groups. Insert exactly as many nops as needed to force an insn
+to a new group, according to the estimated processor grouping.
+\&\fInumber\fR: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
+separate groups. Insert \fInumber\fR nops to force an insn to a new group.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
+conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
+Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
+default unless you configured \s-1GCC\s0 using \fBpowerpc\-*\-eabiaix\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv-eabi"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-eabi"
+.PD
+Specify both \fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR and \fB\-meabi\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-sysv\-noeabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-sysv-noeabi"
+Specify both \fB\-mcall\-sysv\fR and \fB\-mno\-eabi\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-aixdesc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-aixdesc"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the \s-1AIX\s0
+operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-linux\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-linux"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+Linux-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-gnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-gnu"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+Hurd-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-freebsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-freebsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+FreeBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-netbsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-netbsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+NetBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-mcall\-openbsd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcall-openbsd"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
+OpenBSD operating system.
+.IP "\fB\-maix\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maix-struct-return"
+Return all structures in memory (as specified by the \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
+.IP "\fB\-msvr4\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msvr4-struct-return"
+Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the
+\&\s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIabi-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=abi-type"
+Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with a particular extension, or remove such extension.
+Valid values are \fIaltivec\fR, \fIno-altivec\fR, \fIspe\fR,
+\&\fIno-spe\fR, \fIibmlongdouble\fR, \fIieeelongdouble\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=spe"
+Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions. This does not change
+the default \s-1ABI\s0, instead it adds the \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions to the current
+\&\s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=no\-spe\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=no-spe"
+Disable Booke \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions for the current \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=ibmlongdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=ibmlongdouble"
+Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IBM\s0 extended precision long double.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mabi=ieeelongdouble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mabi=ieeelongdouble"
+Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IEEE\s0 extended precision long double.
+This is a PowerPC 32\-bit Linux \s-1ABI\s0 option.
+.IP "\fB\-mprototype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprototype"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prototype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prototype"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
+variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
+compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
+set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (\fI\s-1CR\s0\fR) to
+indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
+registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
+\&\fB\-mprototype\fR, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
+will set or clear the bit.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIsim\-crt0.o\fR and that the standard C libraries are \fIlibsim.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR. This is the default for \fBpowerpc\-*\-eabisim\fR
+configurations.
+.IP "\fB\-mmvme\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmvme"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibmvme.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mads"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibads.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-myellowknife\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-myellowknife"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
+\&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibyk.a\fR and
+\&\fIlibc.a\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mvxworks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvxworks"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
+compiling for a VxWorks system.
+.IP "\fB\-memb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-memb"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, set the \fI\s-1PPC_EMB\s0\fR bit in the \s-1ELF\s0 flags
+header to indicate that \fBeabi\fR extended relocations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-meabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meabi"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-eabi"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
+Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
+modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting \fB\-meabi\fR
+means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_eabi\*(C'\fR is called to from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR to set up the eabi
+environment, and the \fB\-msdata\fR option can use both \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
+\&\fB\-mno\-eabi\fR means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
+do not call an initialization function from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR, and the
+\&\fB\-msdata\fR option will only use \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to a single
+small data area. The \fB\-meabi\fR option is on by default if you
+configured \s-1GCC\s0 using one of the \fBpowerpc*\-*\-eabi*\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=eabi"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
+\&\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata2\fR section, which
+is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR. Put small initialized
+non\-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata\fR section,
+which is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized
+global and static data in the \fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to
+the \fB.sdata\fR section. The \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option is
+incompatible with the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR option. The
+\&\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option also sets the \fB\-memb\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=sysv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=sysv"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
+data in the \fB.sdata\fR section, which is pointed to by register
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
+\&\fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to the \fB.sdata\fR section.
+The \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR option is incompatible with the
+\&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=default\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=default"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if \fB\-meabi\fR is used,
+compile code the same as \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR, otherwise compile code the
+same as \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=data"
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global
+data in the \fB.sdata\fR section. Put small uninitialized global
+data in the \fB.sbss\fR section. Do not use register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR
+to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
+other \fB\-msdata\fR options are used.
+.IP "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msdata=none"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sdata\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sdata"
+.PD
+On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
+in the \fB.data\fR section, and all uninitialized data in the
+\&\fB.bss\fR section.
+.IP "\fB\-mblock\-move\-inline\-limit=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mblock-move-inline-limit=num"
+Inline all block moves (such as calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR or structure
+copies) less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes. The minimum value for
+\&\fInum\fR is 32 bytes on 32\-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64\-bit
+targets. The default value is target-specific.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
+equal to \fInum\fR bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
+the normal data or bss section. By default, \fInum\fR is 8. The
+\&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR switch is also passed to the linker.
+All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
+.IP "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mregnames"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-regnames"
+.PD
+On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
+names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
+.IP "\fB\-mlongcall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlongcall"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-longcall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-longcall"
+.PD
+By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer more
+expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls
+further than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location.
+A short call will be generated if the compiler knows
+the call cannot be that far away. This setting can be overridden by
+the \f(CW\*(C`shortcall\*(C'\fR function attribute, or by \f(CW\*(C`#pragma
+longcall(0)\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and generating
+glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are unnecessary and
+generate slower code. As of this writing, the \s-1AIX\s0 linker can do this,
+as can the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for PowerPC/64. It is planned to add this feature
+to the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for 32\-bit PowerPC systems as well.
+.Sp
+On Darwin/PPC systems, \f(CW\*(C`#pragma longcall\*(C'\fR will generate \*(L"jbsr
+callee, L42\*(R", plus a \*(L"branch island\*(R" (glue code). The two target
+addresses represent the callee and the \*(L"branch island\*(R". The
+Darwin/PPC linker will prefer the first address and generate a \*(L"bl
+callee\*(R" if the \s-1PPC\s0 \*(L"bl\*(R" instruction will reach the callee directly;
+otherwise, the linker will generate \*(L"bl L42\*(R" to call the \*(L"branch
+island\*(R". The \*(L"branch island\*(R" is appended to the body of the
+calling function; it computes the full 32\-bit address of the callee
+and jumps to it.
+.Sp
+On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit to
+the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides whether
+to use or discard it.
+.Sp
+In the future, we may cause \s-1GCC\s0 to ignore all longcall specifications
+when the linker is known to generate glue.
+.IP "\fB\-mtls\-markers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtls-markers"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tls\-markers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tls-markers"
+.PD
+Mark (do not mark) calls to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_tls_get_addr\*(C'\fR with a relocation
+specifying the function argument. The relocation allows ld to
+reliably associate function call with argument setup instructions for
+\&\s-1TLS\s0 optimization, which in turn allows gcc to better schedule the
+sequence.
+.IP "\fB\-pthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthread"
+Adds support for multithreading with the \fIpthreads\fR library.
+This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-recip\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-recip"
+.PD
+This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use the reciprocal estimate and
+reciprocal square root estimate instructions with additional
+Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or
+square root and divide for floating point arguments. You should use
+the \fB\-ffast\-math\fR option when using \fB\-mrecip\fR (or at
+least \fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR,
+\&\fB\-finite\-math\-only\fR, \fB\-freciprocal\-math\fR and
+\&\fB\-fno\-trapping\-math\fR). Note that while the throughput of the
+sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-reciprocal
+instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2
+ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square
+roots.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip=\fR\fIopt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip=opt"
+This option allows to control which reciprocal estimate instructions
+may be used. \fIopt\fR is a comma separated list of options, that may
+be preceded by a \f(CW\*(C`!\*(C'\fR to invert the option:
+\&\f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR: enable all estimate instructions,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR: enable the default instructions, equivalent to \fB\-mrecip\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR: disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to \fB\-mno\-recip\fR;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C'\fR: enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`divf\*(C'\fR: enable the single precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`divd\*(C'\fR: enable the double precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrt\*(C'\fR: enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtf\*(C'\fR: enable the single precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtd\*(C'\fR: enable the double precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
+.Sp
+So for example, \fB\-mrecip=all,!rsqrtd\fR would enable the
+all of the reciprocal estimate instructions, except for the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`FRSQRTE\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`XSRSQRTEDP\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`XVRSQRTEDP\*(C'\fR instructions
+which handle the double precision reciprocal square root calculations.
+.IP "\fB\-mrecip\-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrecip-precision"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-recip\-precision\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-recip-precision"
+.PD
+Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions
+provide higher precision estimates than is mandated by the powerpc
+\&\s-1ABI\s0. Selecting \fB\-mcpu=power6\fR or \fB\-mcpu=power7\fR
+automatically selects \fB\-mrecip\-precision\fR. The double
+precision square root estimate instructions are not generated by
+default on low precision machines, since they do not provide an
+estimate that converges after three steps.
+.IP "\fB\-mveclibabi=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mveclibabi=type"
+Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
+external library. The only type supported at present is \f(CW\*(C`mass\*(C'\fR,
+which specifies to use \s-1IBM\s0's Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem
+(\s-1MASS\s0) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using external libraries.
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to \f(CW\*(C`acosd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`acosf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`acoshd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`acoshf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asind2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asinf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`asinhd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`asinhf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atan2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atan2f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`atand2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanhd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`atanhf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cbrtd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cbrtf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cosd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cosf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`coshd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`coshf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erfcd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erfcf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`erfd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`erff4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`exp2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`exp2f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`expd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expm1d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`expm1f4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`hypotd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`hypotf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`lgammad2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`lgammaf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`log10d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log10f4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log1pd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log1pf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`log2d2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`log2f4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`logd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`logf4\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`powd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`powf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sind2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sinf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sinhd2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sinhf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sqrtd2\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sqrtf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`tand2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`tanf4\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`tanhd2\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`tanhf4\*(C'\fR when generating code
+for power7. Both \fB\-ftree\-vectorize\fR and
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR have to be enabled. The \s-1MASS\s0
+libraries will have to be specified at link time.
+.IP "\fB\-mfriz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfriz"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-friz\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-friz"
+.PD
+Generate (do not generate) the \f(CW\*(C`friz\*(C'\fR instruction when the
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR option is used to optimize
+rounding a floating point value to 64\-bit integer and back to floating
+point. The \f(CW\*(C`friz\*(C'\fR instruction does not return the same value if
+the floating point number is too large to fit in an integer.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1RX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "RX Options"
+.PP
+These command line options are defined for \s-1RX\s0 targets:
+.IP "\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64bit-doubles"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32bit-doubles"
+.PD
+Make the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR data type be 64\-bits (\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR)
+or 32\-bits (\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR) in size. The default is
+\&\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR. \fINote\fR \s-1RX\s0 floating point hardware only
+works on 32\-bit values, which is why the default is
+\&\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nofpu"
+.PD
+Enables (\fB\-fpu\fR) or disables (\fB\-nofpu\fR) the use of \s-1RX\s0
+floating point hardware. The default is enabled for the \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR
+series and disabled for the \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series.
+.Sp
+Floating point instructions will only be generated for 32\-bit floating
+point values however, so if the \fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR option is in
+use then the \s-1FPU\s0 hardware will not be used for doubles.
+.Sp
+\&\fINote\fR If the \fB\-fpu\fR option is enabled then
+\&\fB\-funsafe\-math\-optimizations\fR is also enabled automatically.
+This is because the \s-1RX\s0 \s-1FPU\s0 instructions are themselves unsafe.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=name"
+Selects the type of \s-1RX\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 to be targeted. Currently three types are
+supported, the generic \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR and \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series hardware and
+the specific \fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR \s-1CPU\s0. The default is \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR.
+.Sp
+The only difference between \fI\s-1RX600\s0\fR and \fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR is that the
+\&\fI\s-1RX610\s0\fR does not support the \f(CW\*(C`MVTIPL\*(C'\fR instruction.
+.Sp
+The \fI\s-1RX200\s0\fR series does not have a hardware floating point unit
+and so \fB\-nofpu\fR is enabled by default when this type is
+selected.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-endian-data"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian-data"
+.PD
+Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is
+\&\fB\-mlittle\-endian\-data\fR, i.e. to store data in the little endian
+format.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-data\-limit=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-data-limit=N"
+Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables
+which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data
+area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is
+limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that the area does
+not overflow. Also when the small data area is used one of the \s-1RX\s0's
+registers (\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR) is reserved for use pointing to this area, so
+it is no longer available for use by the compiler. This could result
+in slower and/or larger code if variables which once could have been
+held in \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR are now pushed onto the stack.
+.Sp
+Note, common variables (variables which have not been initialised) and
+constants are not placed into the small data area as they are assigned
+to other sections in the output executable.
+.Sp
+The default value is zero, which disables this feature. Note, this
+feature is not enabled by default with higher optimization levels
+(\fB\-O2\fR etc) because of the potentially detrimental effects of
+reserving register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. It is up to the programmer to
+experiment and discover whether this feature is of benefit to their
+program.
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-sim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-sim"
+.PD
+Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss board
+specific runtime.
+.IP "\fB\-mas100\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mas100-syntax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-as100\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-as100-syntax"
+.PD
+When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with
+Renesas's \s-1AS100\s0 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by the \s-1GAS\s0
+assembler but it has some restrictions so generating it is not the
+default option.
+.IP "\fB\-mmax\-constant\-size=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmax-constant-size=N"
+Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as
+an operand in a \s-1RX\s0 instruction. Although the \s-1RX\s0 instruction set does
+allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to be used in instructions,
+a longer value equates to a longer instruction. Thus in some
+circumstances it can be beneficial to restrict the size of constants
+that are used in instructions. Constants that are too big are instead
+placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection.
+.Sp
+The value \fIN\fR can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default)
+or 4 means that constants of any size are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby the
+linker will attempt to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter
+versions of various instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mint\-register=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mint-register=N"
+Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler
+functions. The value \fIN\fR can be between 0 and 4. A value of 1
+means that register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR will be reserved for the exclusive use
+of fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR. A value of 3 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`r11\*(C'\fR, and a value of 4 reserves \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR through \f(CW\*(C`r10\*(C'\fR.
+A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers.
+.IP "\fB\-msave\-acc\-in\-interrupts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msave-acc-in-interrupts"
+Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the
+accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might use
+the accumulator register, for example because it performs 64\-bit
+multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator as this
+makes the interrupt handlers faster.
+.PP
+\&\fINote:\fR The generic \s-1GCC\s0 command line \fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR
+has special significance to the \s-1RX\s0 port when used with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`interrupt\*(C'\fR function attribute. This attribute indicates a
+function intended to process fast interrupts. \s-1GCC\s0 will will ensure
+that it only uses the registers \f(CW\*(C`r10\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r11\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'\fR
+and/or \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR and only provided that the normal use of the
+corresponding registers have been restricted via the
+\&\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR or \fB\-mint\-register\fR command line
+options.
+.PP
+\fIS/390 and zSeries Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "S/390 and zSeries Options"
+.PP
+These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers
+for floating-point operations. When \fB\-msoft\-float\fR is specified,
+functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform floating-point
+operations. When \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is specified, the compiler
+generates \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point instructions. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-dfp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for
+decimal-floating-point operations. When \fB\-mno\-hard\-dfp\fR is
+specified, functions in \fIlibgcc.a\fR will be used to perform
+decimal-floating-point operations. When \fB\-mhard\-dfp\fR is
+specified, the compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware
+instructions. This is the default for \fB\-march=z9\-ec\fR or higher.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\-64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double-64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\-128\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double-128"
+.PD
+These switches control the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type. A size
+of 64bit makes the \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type equivalent to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR
+type. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mbackchain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbackchain"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-backchain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-backchain"
+.PD
+Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain pointer
+into the callee's stack frame.
+A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that do not understand
+\&\s-1DWARF\-2\s0 call frame information.
+When \fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR is in effect, the backchain pointer is stored
+at the bottom of the stack frame; when \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is in effect,
+the backchain is placed into the topmost word of the 96/160 byte register
+save area.
+.Sp
+In general, code compiled with \fB\-mbackchain\fR is call-compatible with
+code compiled with \fB\-mmo\-backchain\fR; however, use of the backchain
+for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is built with
+\&\fB\-mbackchain\fR. Note that the combination of \fB\-mbackchain\fR,
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR and \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is not supported. In order
+to build a linux kernel use \fB\-msoft\-float\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is to not maintain the backchain.
+.IP "\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpacked-stack"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-packed-stack"
+.PD
+Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When \fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR is
+specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save
+area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space.
+When \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is specified, register save slots are densely
+packed at the top of the register save area; unused space is reused for other
+purposes, allowing for more efficient use of the available stack space.
+However, when \fB\-mbackchain\fR is also in effect, the topmost word of
+the save area is always used to store the backchain, and the return address
+register is always saved two words below the backchain.
+.Sp
+As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated with
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR is call-compatible with code generated with
+\&\fB\-mno\-packed\-stack\fR. Note that some non-FSF releases of \s-1GCC\s0 2.95 for
+S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain at run
+time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code is not call-compatible
+with code compiled with \fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR. Also, note that the
+combination of \fB\-mbackchain\fR,
+\&\fB\-mpacked\-stack\fR and \fB\-mhard\-float\fR is not supported. In order
+to build a linux kernel use \fB\-msoft\-float\fR.
+.Sp
+The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-exec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-small\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-small-exec"
+.PD
+Generate (or do not generate) code using the \f(CW\*(C`bras\*(C'\fR instruction
+to do subroutine calls.
+This only works reliably if the total executable size does not
+exceed 64k. The default is to use the \f(CW\*(C`basr\*(C'\fR instruction instead,
+which does not have this limitation.
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m31\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m31"
+.PD
+When \fB\-m31\fR is specified, generate code compliant to the
+GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0. When \fB\-m64\fR is specified, generate
+code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0. This allows \s-1GCC\s0 in
+particular to generate 64\-bit instructions. For the \fBs390\fR
+targets, the default is \fB\-m31\fR, while the \fBs390x\fR
+targets default to \fB\-m64\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mzarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzarch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mesa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mesa"
+.PD
+When \fB\-mzarch\fR is specified, generate code using the
+instructions available on z/Architecture.
+When \fB\-mesa\fR is specified, generate code using the
+instructions available on \s-1ESA/390\s0. Note that \fB\-mesa\fR is
+not possible with \fB\-m64\fR.
+When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0,
+the default is \fB\-mesa\fR. When generating code compliant
+to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0, the default is \fB\-mzarch\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mmvcle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmvcle"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mvcle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mvcle"
+.PD
+Generate (or do not generate) code using the \f(CW\*(C`mvcle\*(C'\fR instruction
+to perform block moves. When \fB\-mno\-mvcle\fR is specified,
+use a \f(CW\*(C`mvc\*(C'\fR loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for
+size.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-debug"
+.PD
+Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling.
+The default is to not print debug information.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=cpu-type"
+Generate code that will run on \fIcpu-type\fR, which is the name of a system
+representing a certain processor type. Possible values for
+\&\fIcpu-type\fR are \fBg5\fR, \fBg6\fR, \fBz900\fR, \fBz990\fR,
+\&\fBz9\-109\fR, \fBz9\-ec\fR and \fBz10\fR.
+When generating code using the instructions available on z/Architecture,
+the default is \fB\-march=z900\fR. Otherwise, the default is
+\&\fB\-march=g5\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu-type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu-type"
+Tune to \fIcpu-type\fR everything applicable about the generated code,
+except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions.
+The list of \fIcpu-type\fR values is the same as for \fB\-march\fR.
+The default is the value used for \fB\-march\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mtpf\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtpf-trace"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-tpf\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-tpf-trace"
+.PD
+Generate code that adds (does not add) in \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0 specific branches to trace
+routines in the operating system. This option is off by default, even
+when compiling for the \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
+accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
+hardware floating point is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-framesize=\fR\fIframesize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-framesize=framesize"
+Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size. Because
+this is a compile time check it doesn't need to be a real problem when the program
+runs. It is intended to identify functions which most probably cause
+a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment with limited stack
+size e.g. the linux kernel.
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-dynamicstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-dynamicstack"
+Emit a warning if the function calls alloca or uses dynamically
+sized arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-guard=\fR\fIstack-guard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-guard=stack-guard"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-size=\fR\fIstack-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-size=stack-size"
+.PD
+If these options are provided the s390 back end emits additional instructions in
+the function prologue which trigger a trap if the stack size is \fIstack-guard\fR
+bytes above the \fIstack-size\fR (remember that the stack on s390 grows downward).
+If the \fIstack-guard\fR option is omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than
+the frame size of the compiled function is chosen.
+These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack overflow problems.
+The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and hence can also be
+used in production like systems without greater performance degradation. The given
+values have to be exact powers of 2 and \fIstack-size\fR has to be greater than
+\&\fIstack-guard\fR without exceeding 64k.
+In order to be efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts
+at an address aligned to the value given by \fIstack-size\fR.
+The \fIstack-guard\fR option can only be used in conjunction with \fIstack-size\fR.
+.PP
+\fIScore Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Score Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for Score implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-meb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-meb"
+Compile code for big endian mode. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mel"
+Compile code for little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mnhwloop\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnhwloop"
+Disable generate bcnz instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-muls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-muls"
+Enable generate unaligned load and store instruction.
+.IP "\fB\-mmac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmac"
+Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore5"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE5\s0 as the target architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore5u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore5u"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE5U\s0 of the target architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore7\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore7"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE7\s0 as the target architecture. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mscore7d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mscore7d"
+Specify the \s-1SCORE7D\s0 as the target architecture.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SH Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1SH\s0 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-m1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m1"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH1\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH2\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m2e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2e"
+Generate code for the SH2e.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-nofpu"
+Generate code for the SH2a without \s-1FPU\s0, or for a SH2a\-FPU in such a way
+that the floating-point unit is not used.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-single-only"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision
+floating point operations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a-single"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m2a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m2a"
+Generate code for the SH2a\-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
+double-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH3\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m3e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m3e"
+Generate code for the SH3e.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-nofpu"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 without a floating-point unit.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-single-only"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 with a floating-point unit that only
+supports single-precision arithmetic.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4-single"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4"
+Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-nofpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-nofpu"
+Generate code for the SH4al\-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the
+floating-point unit is not used.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-single\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-single-only"
+Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
+floating point operations are used.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\-single\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a-single"
+Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
+single-precision mode by default.
+.IP "\fB\-m4a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4a"
+Generate code for the SH4a.
+.IP "\fB\-m4al\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m4al"
+Same as \fB\-m4a\-nofpu\fR, except that it implicitly passes
+\&\fB\-dsp\fR to the assembler. \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't generate any \s-1DSP\s0
+instructions at the moment.
+.IP "\fB\-mb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mb"
+Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
+.IP "\fB\-mdalign\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdalign"
+Align doubles at 64\-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
+conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
+not work unless you recompile it first with \fB\-mdalign\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrelax"
+Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
+linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mbigtable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbigtable"
+Use 32\-bit offsets in \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR tables. The default is to use
+16\-bit offsets.
+.IP "\fB\-mbitops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbitops"
+Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on \s-1SH2A\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mfmovd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfmovd"
+Enable the use of the instruction \f(CW\*(C`fmovd\*(C'\fR. Check \fB\-mdalign\fR for
+alignment constraints.
+.IP "\fB\-mhitachi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhitachi"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
+.IP "\fB\-mrenesas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrenesas"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-renesas\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-renesas"
+Comply with the calling conventions defined for \s-1GCC\s0 before the Renesas
+conventions were available. This option is the default for all
+targets of the \s-1SH\s0 toolchain except for \fBsh-symbianelf\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mnomacsave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mnomacsave"
+Mark the \f(CW\*(C`MAC\*(C'\fR register as call-clobbered, even if
+\&\fB\-mhitachi\fR is given.
+.IP "\fB\-mieee\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mieee"
+Increase IEEE-compliance of floating-point code.
+At the moment, this is equivalent to \fB\-fno\-finite\-math\-only\fR.
+When generating 16 bit \s-1SH\s0 opcodes, getting IEEE-conforming results for
+comparisons of NANs / infinities incurs extra overhead in every
+floating point comparison, therefore the default is set to
+\&\fB\-ffinite\-math\-only\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-minline\-ic_invalidate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minline-ic_invalidate"
+Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up
+nested function trampolines.
+This option has no effect if \-musermode is in effect and the selected
+code generation option (e.g. \-m4) does not allow the use of the icbi
+instruction.
+If the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the icbi
+instruction, and \-musermode is not in effect, the inlined code will
+manipulate the instruction cache address array directly with an associative
+write. This not only requires privileged mode, but it will also
+fail if the cache line had been mapped via the \s-1TLB\s0 and has become unmapped.
+.IP "\fB\-misize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-misize"
+Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
+.IP "\fB\-mpadstruct\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpadstruct"
+This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
+which is incompatible with the \s-1SH\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspace"
+Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mprefergot\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprefergot"
+When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using
+the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
+.IP "\fB\-musermode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-musermode"
+Don't generate privileged mode only code; implies \-mno\-inline\-ic_invalidate
+if the inlined code would not work in user mode.
+This is the default when the target is \f(CW\*(C`sh\-*\-linux*\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-multcost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-multcost=number"
+Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
+.IP "\fB\-mdiv=\fR\fIstrategy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdiv=strategy"
+Set the division strategy to use for SHmedia code. \fIstrategy\fR must be
+one of: call, call2, fp, inv, inv:minlat, inv20u, inv20l, inv:call,
+inv:call2, inv:fp .
+\&\*(L"fp\*(R" performs the operation in floating point. This has a very high latency,
+but needs only a few instructions, so it might be a good choice if
+your code has enough easily exploitable \s-1ILP\s0 to allow the compiler to
+schedule the floating point instructions together with other instructions.
+Division by zero causes a floating point exception.
+\&\*(L"inv\*(R" uses integer operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor,
+and then multiplies the dividend with the inverse. This strategy allows
+cse and hoisting of the inverse calculation. Division by zero calculates
+an unspecified result, but does not trap.
+\&\*(L"inv:minlat\*(R" is a variant of \*(L"inv\*(R" where if no cse / hoisting opportunities
+have been found, or if the entire operation has been hoisted to the same
+place, the last stages of the inverse calculation are intertwined with the
+final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at the expense of using a few
+more instructions, and thus offering fewer scheduling opportunities with
+other code.
+\&\*(L"call\*(R" calls a library function that usually implements the inv:minlat
+strategy.
+This gives high code density for m5\-*media\-nofpu compilations.
+\&\*(L"call2\*(R" uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it
+assumes that a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which
+exposes the pointer load to cse / code hoisting optimizations.
+\&\*(L"inv:call\*(R", \*(L"inv:call2\*(R" and \*(L"inv:fp\*(R" all use the \*(L"inv\*(R" algorithm for initial
+code generation, but if the code stays unoptimized, revert to the \*(L"call\*(R",
+\&\*(L"call2\*(R", or \*(L"fp\*(R" strategies, respectively. Note that the
+potentially-trapping side effect of division by zero is carried by a
+separate instruction, so it is possible that all the integer instructions
+are hoisted out, but the marker for the side effect stays where it is.
+A recombination to fp operations or a call is not possible in that case.
+\&\*(L"inv20u\*(R" and \*(L"inv20l\*(R" are variants of the \*(L"inv:minlat\*(R" strategy. In the case
+that the inverse calculation was nor separated from the multiply, they speed
+up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus sign where applicable),
+by inserting a test to skip a number of operations in this case; this test
+slows down the case of larger dividends. inv20u assumes the case of a such
+a small dividend to be unlikely, and inv20l assumes it to be likely.
+.IP "\fB\-maccumulate\-outgoing\-args\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args"
+Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather
+than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance and size. Also
+needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code.
+.IP "\fB\-mdivsi3_libfunc=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdivsi3_libfunc=name"
+Set the name of the library function used for 32 bit signed division to
+\&\fIname\fR. This only affect the name used in the call and inv:call
+division strategies, and the compiler will still expect the same
+sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option was not present.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-madjust\-unroll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-madjust-unroll"
+Throttle unrolling to avoid thrashing target registers.
+This option only has an effect if the gcc code base supports the
+\&\s-1TARGET_ADJUST_UNROLL_MAX\s0 target hook.
+.IP "\fB\-mindexed\-addressing\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mindexed-addressing"
+Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcompact.
+This is only safe if the hardware and/or \s-1OS\s0 implement 32 bit wrap-around
+semantics for the indexed addressing mode. The architecture allows the
+implementation of processors with 64 bit \s-1MMU\s0, which the \s-1OS\s0 could use to
+get 32 bit addressing, but since no current hardware implementation supports
+this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe to use in
+the 32 bit \s-1ABI\s0, the default is \-mno\-indexed\-addressing.
+.IP "\fB\-mgettrcost=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgettrcost=number"
+Set the cost assumed for the gettr instruction to \fInumber\fR.
+The default is 2 if \fB\-mpt\-fixed\fR is in effect, 100 otherwise.
+.IP "\fB\-mpt\-fixed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpt-fixed"
+Assume pt* instructions won't trap. This will generally generate better
+scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware. The current architecture
+definition says that ptabs and ptrel trap when the target anded with 3 is 3.
+This has the unintentional effect of making it unsafe to schedule ptabs /
+ptrel before a branch, or hoist it out of a loop. For example,
+_\|_do_global_ctors, a part of libgcc that runs constructors at program
+startup, calls functions in a list which is delimited by \-1. With the
+\&\-mpt\-fixed option, the ptabs will be done before testing against \-1.
+That means that all the constructors will be run a bit quicker, but when
+the loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
+loads \-1 into a target register. Since this option is unsafe for any
+hardware implementing the current architecture specification, the default
+is \-mno\-pt\-fixed. Unless the user specifies a specific cost with
+\&\fB\-mgettrcost\fR, \-mno\-pt\-fixed also implies \fB\-mgettrcost=100\fR;
+this deters register allocation using target registers for storing
+ordinary integers.
+.IP "\fB\-minvalid\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-minvalid-symbols"
+Assume symbols might be invalid. Ordinary function symbols generated by
+the compiler will always be valid to load with movi/shori/ptabs or
+movi/shori/ptrel, but with assembler and/or linker tricks it is possible
+to generate symbols that will cause ptabs / ptrel to trap.
+This option is only meaningful when \fB\-mno\-pt\-fixed\fR is in effect.
+It will then prevent cross-basic-block cse, hoisting and most scheduling
+of symbol loads. The default is \fB\-mno\-invalid\-symbols\fR.
+.PP
+\fISolaris 2 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Solaris 2 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on Solaris 2:
+.IP "\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mimpure-text"
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR, used in addition to \fB\-shared\fR, tells
+the compiler to not pass \fB\-z text\fR to the linker when linking a
+shared object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent
+code into a shared object.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-mimpure\-text\fR suppresses the \*(L"relocations remain against
+allocatable but non-writable sections\*(R" linker error message.
+However, the necessary relocations will trigger copy-on-write, and the
+shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead of
+using \fB\-mimpure\-text\fR, you should compile all source code with
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR.
+.PP
+These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:
+.IP "\fB\-threads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-threads"
+Add support for multithreading using the Solaris threads library. This
+option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
+not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
+that of libraries supplied with it.
+.IP "\fB\-pthreads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthreads"
+Add support for multithreading using the \s-1POSIX\s0 threads library. This
+option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
+not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
+that of libraries supplied with it.
+.IP "\fB\-pthread\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pthread"
+This is a synonym for \fB\-pthreads\fR.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SPARC Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on the \s-1SPARC:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-app-regs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mapp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapp-regs"
+.PD
+Specify \fB\-mapp\-regs\fR to generate output using the global registers
+2 through 4, which the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 reserves for applications. This
+is the default.
+.Sp
+To be fully \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
+specify \fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR. You should compile libraries and system
+software with this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-float"
+.PD
+Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
+default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fpu"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-float"
+.PD
+Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1SPARC\s0
+targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
+used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
+your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
+cross-compilation. The embedded targets \fBsparc\-*\-aout\fR and
+\&\fBsparclite\-*\-*\fR do provide software floating point support.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-msoft\-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
+therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
+this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
+library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft\-float\fR in order for
+this to work.
+.IP "\fB\-mhard\-quad\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhard-quad-float"
+Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-msoft\-quad\-float\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msoft-quad-float"
+Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
+floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
+in the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. This is the default.
+.Sp
+As of this writing, there are no \s-1SPARC\s0 implementations that have hardware
+support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
+a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
+emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
+this is much slower than calling the \s-1ABI\s0 library routines. Thus the
+\&\fB\-msoft\-quad\-float\fR option is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-unaligned\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-unaligned-doubles"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-munaligned\-doubles\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munaligned-doubles"
+.PD
+Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-munaligned\-doubles\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that doubles have 8 byte
+alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
+absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
+Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
+generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
+in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-faster\-structs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-faster-structs"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfaster\-structs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfaster-structs"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mfaster\-structs\fR, the compiler assumes that structures
+should have 8 byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ldd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`std\*(C'\fR instructions for copies in structure
+assignment, in place of twice as many \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`st\*(C'\fR pairs.
+However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the \s-1SPARC\s0
+\&\s-1ABI\s0. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer
+acknowledges that their resulting code will not be directly in line with
+the rules of the \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
+for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
+\&\fBv7\fR, \fBcypress\fR, \fBv8\fR, \fBsupersparc\fR, \fBhypersparc\fR,
+\&\fBleon\fR, \fBsparclite\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR, \fBsparclite86x\fR,
+\&\fBsparclet\fR, \fBtsc701\fR, \fBv9\fR, \fBultrasparc\fR,
+\&\fBultrasparc3\fR, \fBniagara\fR and \fBniagara2\fR.
+.Sp
+Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
+an architecture and not an implementation. These are \fBv7\fR, \fBv8\fR,
+\&\fBsparclite\fR, \fBsparclet\fR, \fBv9\fR.
+.Sp
+Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
+implementations.
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& v7: cypress
+\& v8: supersparc, hypersparc, leon
+\& sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
+\& sparclet: tsc701
+\& v9: ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2
+.Ve
+.Sp
+By default (unless configured otherwise), \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V7
+variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. With \fB\-mcpu=cypress\fR, the compiler
+additionally optimizes it for the Cypress \s-1CY7C602\s0 chip, as used in the
+SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also appropriate for the older
+SPARCStation 1, 2, \s-1IPX\s0 etc.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=v8\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V8 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
+architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the compiler emits
+the integer multiply and integer divide instructions which exist in \s-1SPARC\-V8\s0
+but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0. With \fB\-mcpu=supersparc\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and
+2000 series.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=sparclite\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClite variant of
+the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, integer divide step
+and scan (\f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) instructions which exist in SPARClite but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0.
+With \fB\-mcpu=f930\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
+Fujitsu \s-1MB86930\s0 chip, which is the original SPARClite, with no \s-1FPU\s0. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=f934\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu
+\&\s-1MB86934\s0 chip, which is the more recent SPARClite with \s-1FPU\s0.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=sparclet\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClet variant of
+the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, multiply/accumulate,
+integer divide step and scan (\f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) instructions which exist in SPARClet
+but not in \s-1SPARC\-V7\s0. With \fB\-mcpu=tsc701\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the \s-1TEMIC\s0 SPARClet chip.
+.Sp
+With \fB\-mcpu=v9\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V9 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
+architecture. This adds 64\-bit integer and floating-point move instructions,
+3 additional floating-point condition code registers and conditional move
+instructions. With \fB\-mcpu=ultrasparc\fR, the compiler additionally
+optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi chips. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=ultrasparc3\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
+Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips. With
+\&\fB\-mcpu=niagara\fR, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
+Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips. With \fB\-mcpu=niagara2\fR, the compiler
+additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
+Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
+\&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
+option \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would.
+.Sp
+The same values for \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR can be used for
+\&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR, but the only useful values are those
+that select a particular \s-1CPU\s0 implementation. Those are \fBcypress\fR,
+\&\fBsupersparc\fR, \fBhypersparc\fR, \fBleon\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR,
+\&\fBsparclite86x\fR, \fBtsc701\fR, \fBultrasparc\fR, \fBultrasparc3\fR,
+\&\fBniagara\fR, and \fBniagara2\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mv8plus\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv8plus"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-v8plus\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-v8plus"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mv8plus\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the \s-1SPARC\-V8+\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. The
+difference from the V8 \s-1ABI\s0 is that the global and out registers are
+considered 64\-bit wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32\-bit
+mode for all \s-1SPARC\-V9\s0 processors.
+.IP "\fB\-mvis\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mvis"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-vis\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-vis"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mvis\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC
+Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is \fB\-mno\-vis\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix\-at697f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix-at697f"
+Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel \s-1AT697F\s0
+processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the \s-1AT697E\s0 processor).
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported in addition to the above
+on \s-1SPARC\-V9\s0 processors in 64\-bit environments:
+.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
+Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. It is only
+available for a few configurations and most notably not on Solaris and Linux.
+.IP "\fB\-m32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m64"
+.PD
+Generate code for a 32\-bit or 64\-bit environment.
+The 32\-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
+The 64\-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
+to 64 bits.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medlow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medlow"
+Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be statically
+or dynamically linked.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medmid\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medmid"
+Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data segments must
+be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of
+the text segment.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=medany\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=medany"
+Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: 64\-bit addresses, programs
+may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must be less
+than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of the
+text segment.
+.IP "\fB\-mcmodel=embmedany\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcmodel=embmedany"
+Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
+64\-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in
+size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link time). The
+global register \f(CW%g4\fR points to the base of the data segment. Programs
+are statically linked and \s-1PIC\s0 is not supported.
+.IP "\fB\-mstack\-bias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstack-bias"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-stack\-bias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-stack-bias"
+.PD
+With \fB\-mstack\-bias\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the stack pointer, and
+frame pointer if present, are offset by \-2047 which must be added back
+when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64\-bit mode.
+Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1SPU\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "SPU Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are supported on the \s-1SPU:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mwarn-reloc"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-merror\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-merror-reloc"
+.PD
+The loader for \s-1SPU\s0 does not handle dynamic relocations. By default, \s-1GCC\s0
+will give an error when it generates code that requires a dynamic
+relocation. \fB\-mno\-error\-reloc\fR disables the error,
+\&\fB\-mwarn\-reloc\fR will generate a warning instead.
+.IP "\fB\-msafe\-dma\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msafe-dma"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-munsafe\-dma\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munsafe-dma"
+.PD
+Instructions which initiate or test completion of \s-1DMA\s0 must not be
+reordered with respect to loads and stores of the memory which is being
+accessed. Users typically address this problem using the volatile
+keyword, but that can lead to inefficient code in places where the
+memory is known to not change. Rather than mark the memory as volatile
+we treat the \s-1DMA\s0 instructions as potentially effecting all memory. With
+\&\fB\-munsafe\-dma\fR users must use the volatile keyword to protect
+memory accesses.
+.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-hints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbranch-hints"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will generate a branch hint instruction to avoid
+pipeline stalls for always taken or probably taken branches. A hint
+will not be generated closer than 8 instructions away from its branch.
+There is little reason to disable them, except for debugging purposes,
+or to make an object a little bit smaller.
+.IP "\fB\-msmall\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmall-mem"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mlarge\-mem\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlarge-mem"
+.PD
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code assuming that addresses are never larger
+than 18 bits. With \fB\-mlarge\-mem\fR code is generated that assumes
+a full 32 bit address.
+.IP "\fB\-mstdmain\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mstdmain"
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 links against startup code that assumes the SPU-style
+main function interface (which has an unconventional parameter list).
+With \fB\-mstdmain\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will link your program against startup
+code that assumes a C99\-style interface to \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR, including a
+local copy of \f(CW\*(C`argv\*(C'\fR strings.
+.IP "\fB\-mfixed\-range=\fR\fIregister-range\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfixed-range=register-range"
+Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
+A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
+useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
+two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
+specified separated by a comma.
+.IP "\fB\-mea32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mea32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mea64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mea64"
+.PD
+Compile code assuming that pointers to the \s-1PPU\s0 address space accessed
+via the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR named address space qualifier are either 32 or 64
+bits wide. The default is 32 bits. As this is an \s-1ABI\s0 changing option,
+all object code in an executable must be compiled with the same setting.
+.IP "\fB\-maddress\-space\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-maddress-space-conversion"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-address\-space\-conversion\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-address-space-conversion"
+.PD
+Allow/disallow treating the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR address space as superset
+of the generic address space. This enables explicit type casts
+between \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR and generic pointer as well as implicit
+conversions of generic pointers to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR pointers. The
+default is to allow address space pointer conversions.
+.IP "\fB\-mcache\-size=\fR\fIcache-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcache-size=cache-size"
+This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
+executable and selects a software-managed cache for accessing variables
+in the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR address space with a particular cache size. Possible
+options for \fIcache-size\fR are \fB8\fR, \fB16\fR, \fB32\fR, \fB64\fR
+and \fB128\fR. The default cache size is 64KB.
+.IP "\fB\-matomic\-updates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-matomic-updates"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-atomic\-updates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-atomic-updates"
+.PD
+This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
+executable and selects whether atomic updates to the software-managed
+cache of PPU-side variables are used. If you use atomic updates, changes
+to a \s-1PPU\s0 variable from \s-1SPU\s0 code using the \f(CW\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C'\fR named address space
+qualifier will not interfere with changes to other \s-1PPU\s0 variables residing
+in the same cache line from \s-1PPU\s0 code. If you do not use atomic updates,
+such interference may occur; however, writing back cache lines will be
+more efficient. The default behavior is to use atomic updates.
+.IP "\fB\-mdual\-nops\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdual-nops"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mdual\-nops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdual-nops=n"
+.PD
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert nops to increase dual issue when it expects
+it to increase performance. \fIn\fR can be a value from 0 to 10. A
+smaller \fIn\fR will insert fewer nops. 10 is the default, 0 is the
+same as \fB\-mno\-dual\-nops\fR. Disabled with \fB\-Os\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mhint\-max\-nops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhint-max-nops=n"
+Maximum number of nops to insert for a branch hint. A branch hint must
+be at least 8 instructions away from the branch it is effecting. \s-1GCC\s0
+will insert up to \fIn\fR nops to enforce this, otherwise it will not
+generate the branch hint.
+.IP "\fB\-mhint\-max\-distance=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mhint-max-distance=n"
+The encoding of the branch hint instruction limits the hint to be within
+256 instructions of the branch it is effecting. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 makes
+sure it is within 125.
+.IP "\fB\-msafe\-hints\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msafe-hints"
+Work around a hardware bug which causes the \s-1SPU\s0 to stall indefinitely.
+By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert the \f(CW\*(C`hbrp\*(C'\fR instruction to make sure
+this stall won't happen.
+.PP
+\fIOptions for System V\fR
+.IX Subsection "Options for System V"
+.PP
+These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
+compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G"
+Create a shared object.
+It is recommended that \fB\-symbolic\fR or \fB\-shared\fR be used instead.
+.IP "\fB\-Qy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qy"
+Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR assembler directive in the output.
+.IP "\fB\-Qn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qn"
+Refrain from adding \f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR directives to the output file (this is
+the default).
+.IP "\fB\-YP,\fR\fIdirs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-YP,dirs"
+Search the directories \fIdirs\fR, and no others, for libraries
+specified with \fB\-l\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ym,dir"
+Look in the directory \fIdir\fR to find the M4 preprocessor.
+The assembler uses this option.
+.PP
+\fIV850 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "V850 Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for V850 implementations:
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-calls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-long\-calls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
+.PD
+Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
+far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
+register, and call indirect through the pointer.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-ep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-ep"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mep\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mep"
+.PD
+Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
+pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR register, and
+use the shorter \f(CW\*(C`sld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sst\*(C'\fR instructions. The \fB\-mep\fR
+option is on by default if you optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-prolog\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-prolog-function"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mprolog\-function\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mprolog-function"
+.PD
+Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers
+at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions
+are slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves
+the same number of registers. The \fB\-mprolog\-function\fR option
+is on by default if you optimize.
+.IP "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mspace"
+Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
+on the \fB\-mep\fR and \fB\-mprolog\-function\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the tiny data area that register \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR points to. The tiny data
+area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
+.IP "\fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the small data area that register \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR points to. The small data
+area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
+.IP "\fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mzda=n"
+Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
+the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850.
+.IP "\fB\-mbig\-switch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mbig-switch"
+Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
+the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
+table.
+.IP "\fB\-mapp\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapp-regs"
+This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by
+the compiler. This setting is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-app\-regs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-app-regs"
+This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e2v3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e2v3"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e2v3_\|_\fR will be defined if
+this option is used.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e2"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e2_\|_\fR will be defined if
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e1"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor
+constants \fB_\|_v850e1_\|_\fR and \fB_\|_v850e_\|_\fR will be defined if
+.IP "\fB\-mv850es\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850es"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias for
+the \fB\-mv850e1\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-mv850e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mv850e"
+Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor
+constant \fB_\|_v850e_\|_\fR will be defined if this option is used.
+.Sp
+If neither \fB\-mv850\fR nor \fB\-mv850e\fR nor \fB\-mv850e1\fR
+nor \fB\-mv850e2\fR nor \fB\-mv850e2v3\fR
+are defined then a default target processor will be chosen and the
+relevant \fB_\|_v850*_\|_\fR preprocessor constant will be defined.
+.Sp
+The preprocessor constants \fB_\|_v850\fR and \fB_\|_v851_\|_\fR are always
+defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mdisable\-callt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdisable-callt"
+This option will suppress generation of the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction for the
+v850e, v850e1, v850e2 and v850e2v3 flavors of the v850 architecture. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-disable\-callt\fR which allows the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction to be used.
+.PP
+\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "VAX Options"
+.PP
+These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1VAX:\s0
+.IP "\fB\-munix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-munix"
+Do not output certain jump instructions (\f(CW\*(C`aobleq\*(C'\fR and so on)
+that the Unix assembler for the \s-1VAX\s0 cannot handle across long
+ranges.
+.IP "\fB\-mgnu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgnu"
+Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
+will assemble with the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mg"
+Output code for g\-format floating point numbers instead of d\-format.
+.PP
+\fIVxWorks Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "VxWorks Options"
+.PP
+The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets.
+Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other
+options for that target.
+.IP "\fB\-mrtp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mrtp"
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes
+(RTPs). This option switches from the former to the latter. It also
+defines the preprocessor macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_RTP_\|_\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-non\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-non-static"
+Link an \s-1RTP\s0 executable against shared libraries rather than static
+libraries. The options \fB\-static\fR and \fB\-shared\fR can
+also be used for RTPs; \fB\-static\fR
+is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-Bstatic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bstatic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Bdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bdynamic"
+.PD
+These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for
+compatibility with Diab.
+.IP "\fB\-Xbind\-lazy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xbind-lazy"
+Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-z,now\fR and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
+.IP "\fB\-Xbind\-now\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Xbind-now"
+Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default and
+is defined for compatibility with Diab.
+.PP
+\fIx86\-64 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "x86-64 Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.PP
+\fIXstormy16 Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Xstormy16 Options"
+.PP
+These options are defined for Xstormy16:
+.IP "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msim"
+Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
+.PP
+\fIXtensa Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "Xtensa Options"
+.PP
+These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
+.IP "\fB\-mconst16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mconst16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-const16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-const16"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR instructions for loading
+constant values. The \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR instruction is currently not a
+standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR
+instructions are always used in place of the standard \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR
+instructions. The use of \f(CW\*(C`CONST16\*(C'\fR is enabled by default only if
+the \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instruction is not available.
+.IP "\fB\-mfused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfused-madd"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fused\-madd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
+.PD
+Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
+instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the
+floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add
+and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler to use separate
+instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations. This may be
+desirable in some cases where strict \s-1IEEE\s0 754\-compliant results are
+required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the
+intermediate result, thereby producing results with \fImore\fR bits of
+precision than specified by the \s-1IEEE\s0 standard. Disabling fused multiply
+add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not
+sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract
+operations.
+.IP "\fB\-mserialize\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mserialize-volatile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-serialize\-volatile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-serialize-volatile"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 inserts \f(CW\*(C`MEMW\*(C'\fR instructions before
+\&\f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR memory references to guarantee sequential consistency.
+The default is \fB\-mserialize\-volatile\fR. Use
+\&\fB\-mno\-serialize\-volatile\fR to omit the \f(CW\*(C`MEMW\*(C'\fR instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mforce\-no\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mforce-no-pic"
+For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be
+position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0), this option disables \s-1PIC\s0 for compiling
+kernel code.
+.IP "\fB\-mtext\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtext-section-literals"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-text\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-text-section-literals"
+.PD
+Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is
+\&\fB\-mno\-text\-section\-literals\fR, which places literals in a separate
+section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed
+in a data \s-1RAM/ROM\s0, and it also allows the linker to combine literal
+pools from separate object files to remove redundant literals and
+improve code size. With \fB\-mtext\-section\-literals\fR, the literals
+are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as
+possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly
+files.
+.IP "\fB\-mtarget\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtarget-align"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-target\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-target-align"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to
+automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
+expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen density
+instructions to align branch targets and the instructions following call
+instructions. If there are not enough preceding safe density
+instructions to align a target, no widening will be performed. The
+default is \fB\-mtarget\-align\fR. These options do not affect the
+treatment of auto-aligned instructions like \f(CW\*(C`LOOP\*(C'\fR, which the
+assembler will always align, either by widening density instructions or
+by inserting no-op instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mlongcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlongcalls"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-longcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-longcalls"
+.PD
+When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to translate
+direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target
+of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This
+translation typically occurs for calls to functions in other source
+files. Specifically, the assembler translates a direct \f(CW\*(C`CALL\*(C'\fR
+instruction into an \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR followed by a \f(CW\*(C`CALLX\*(C'\fR instruction.
+The default is \fB\-mno\-longcalls\fR. This option should be used in
+programs where the call target can potentially be out of range. This
+option is implemented in the assembler, not the compiler, so the
+assembly code generated by \s-1GCC\s0 will still show direct call
+instructions\-\-\-look at the disassembled object code to see the actual
+instructions. Note that the assembler will use an indirect call for
+every cross-file call, not just those that really will be out of range.
+.PP
+\fIzSeries Options\fR
+.IX Subsection "zSeries Options"
+.PP
+These are listed under
+.SS "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
+.IX Subsection "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
+These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
+used in code generation.
+.PP
+Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
+of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno\-foo\fR. In the table below, only
+one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one which is not the default. You
+can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno\-\fR or adding
+it.
+.IP "\fB\-fbounds\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fbounds-check"
+For front-ends that support it, generate additional code to check that
+indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is
+currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front-ends, where
+this option defaults to true and false respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-ftrapv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftrapv"
+This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
+multiplication operations.
+.IP "\fB\-fwrapv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fwrapv"
+This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
+overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around
+using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations
+and disables others. This option is enabled by default for the Java
+front-end, as required by the Java language specification.
+.IP "\fB\-fexceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fexceptions"
+Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
+exceptions. For some targets, this implies \s-1GCC\s0 will generate frame
+unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data
+size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not
+specify this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will enable it by default for languages like
+\&\*(C+ which normally require exception handling, and disable it for
+languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need
+to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate
+properly with exception handlers written in \*(C+. You may also wish to
+disable this option if you are compiling older \*(C+ programs that don't
+use exception handling.
+.IP "\fB\-fnon\-call\-exceptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fnon-call-exceptions"
+Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions.
+Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does
+not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows \fItrapping\fR
+instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or floating
+point instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from
+arbitrary signal handlers such as \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-funwind\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-funwind-tables"
+Similar to \fB\-fexceptions\fR, except that it will just generate any needed
+static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other way.
+You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language processor
+that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
+.IP "\fB\-fasynchronous\-unwind\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fasynchronous-unwind-tables"
+Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported by target machine. The
+table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack
+unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector).
+.IP "\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpcc-struct-return"
+Return \*(L"short\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values in memory like
+longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
+efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
+GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers, particularly
+the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
+.Sp
+The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
+on the target configuration macros.
+.Sp
+Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
+that of some integer type.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR code compiled with the \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR
+switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
+\&\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-freg-struct-return"
+Return \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values in registers when possible.
+This is more efficient for small structures than
+\&\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR.
+.Sp
+If you specify neither \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR nor
+\&\fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to whichever convention is
+standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, \s-1GCC\s0
+defaults to \fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR, except on targets where \s-1GCC\s0 is
+the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and
+we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR code compiled with the \fB\-freg\-struct\-return\fR
+switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
+\&\fB\-fpcc\-struct\-return\fR switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-enums\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-enums"
+Allocate to an \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type only as many bytes as it needs for the
+declared range of possible values. Specifically, the \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type
+will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-enums\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-double"
+Use the same size for \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR as for \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-double\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fshort\-wchar\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fshort-wchar"
+Override the underlying type for \fBwchar_t\fR to be \fBshort
+unsigned int\fR instead of the default for the target. This option is
+useful for building programs to run under \s-1WINE\s0.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fshort\-wchar\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-common"
+In C code, controls the placement of uninitialized global variables.
+Unix C compilers have traditionally permitted multiple definitions of
+such variables in different compilation units by placing the variables
+in a common block.
+This is the behavior specified by \fB\-fcommon\fR, and is the default
+for \s-1GCC\s0 on most targets.
+On the other hand, this behavior is not required by \s-1ISO\s0 C, and on some
+targets may carry a speed or code size penalty on variable references.
+The \fB\-fno\-common\fR option specifies that the compiler should place
+uninitialized global variables in the data section of the object file,
+rather than generating them as common blocks.
+This has the effect that if the same variable is declared
+(without \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR) in two different compilations,
+you will get a multiple-definition error when you link them.
+In this case, you must compile with \fB\-fcommon\fR instead.
+Compiling with \fB\-fno\-common\fR is useful on targets for which
+it provides better performance, or if you wish to verify that the
+program will work on other systems which always treat uninitialized
+variable declarations this way.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-ident\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-ident"
+Ignore the \fB#ident\fR directive.
+.IP "\fB\-finhibit\-size\-directive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finhibit-size-directive"
+Don't output a \f(CW\*(C`.size\*(C'\fR assembler directive, or anything else that
+would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
+two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
+used when compiling \fIcrtstuff.c\fR; you should not need to use it
+for anything else.
+.IP "\fB\-fverbose\-asm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fverbose-asm"
+Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
+make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
+who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
+debugging the compiler itself).
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fno\-verbose\-asm\fR, the default, causes the
+extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
+files.
+.IP "\fB\-frecord\-gcc\-switches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-frecord-gcc-switches"
+This switch causes the command line that was used to invoke the
+compiler to be recorded into the object file that is being created.
+This switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format
+of the recording is target and binary file format dependent, but it
+usually takes the form of a section containing \s-1ASCII\s0 text. This
+switch is related to the \fB\-fverbose\-asm\fR switch, but that
+switch only records information in the assembler output file as
+comments, so it never reaches the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpic"
+Generate position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0) suitable for use in a shared
+library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
+constant addresses through a global offset table (\s-1GOT\s0). The dynamic
+loader resolves the \s-1GOT\s0 entries when the program starts (the dynamic
+loader is not part of \s-1GCC\s0; it is part of the operating system). If
+the \s-1GOT\s0 size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
+maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR does not work; in that case, recompile with \fB\-fPIC\fR
+instead. (These maximums are 8k on the \s-1SPARC\s0 and 32k
+on the m68k and \s-1RS/6000\s0. The 386 has no such limit.)
+.Sp
+Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
+only on certain machines. For the 386, \s-1GCC\s0 supports \s-1PIC\s0 for System V
+but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 is always
+position-independent.
+.Sp
+When this flag is set, the macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'\fR
+are defined to 1.
+.IP "\fB\-fPIC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fPIC"
+If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
+suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
+global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k,
+PowerPC and \s-1SPARC\s0.
+.Sp
+Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
+only on certain machines.
+.Sp
+When this flag is set, the macros \f(CW\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'\fR
+are defined to 2.
+.IP "\fB\-fpie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpie"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fPIE\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fPIE"
+.PD
+These options are similar to \fB\-fpic\fR and \fB\-fPIC\fR, but
+generated position independent code can be only linked into executables.
+Usually these options are used when \fB\-pie\fR \s-1GCC\s0 option will be
+used during linking.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-fpie\fR and \fB\-fPIE\fR both define the macros
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_pie_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_PIE_\|_\*(C'\fR. The macros have the value 1
+for \fB\-fpie\fR and 2 for \fB\-fPIE\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-jump\-tables\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-jump-tables"
+Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be
+more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is
+of use in conjunction with \fB\-fpic\fR or \fB\-fPIC\fR for
+building code which forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot
+reference the address of a jump table. On some targets, jump tables
+do not require a \s-1GOT\s0 and this option is not needed.
+.IP "\fB\-ffixed\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ffixed-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as a fixed register; generated code
+should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
+pointer or in some other fixed role).
+.Sp
+\&\fIreg\fR must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
+are machine-specific and are defined in the \f(CW\*(C`REGISTER_NAMES\*(C'\fR
+macro in the machine description macro file.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fcall\-used\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcall-used-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register that is
+clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
+variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
+will not save and restore the register \fIreg\fR.
+.Sp
+It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
+Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
+the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fcall\-saved\-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fcall-saved-reg"
+Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register saved by
+functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
+live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
+the register \fIreg\fR if they use it.
+.Sp
+It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
+Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
+the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
+.Sp
+A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
+a register in which function values may be returned.
+.Sp
+This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
+three-way choice.
+.IP "\fB\-fpack\-struct[=\fR\fIn\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fpack-struct[=n]"
+Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without
+holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack
+structure members according to this value, representing the maximum
+alignment (that is, objects with default alignment requirements larger than
+this will be output potentially unaligned at the next fitting location.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fpack\-struct\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
+code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
+Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal.
+Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions"
+Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
+after function entry and just before function exit, the following
+profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
+function and its call site. (On some platforms,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_return_address\*(C'\fR does not work beyond the current
+function, so the call site information may not be available to the
+profiling functions otherwise.)
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& void _\|_cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
+\& void *call_site);
+\& void _\|_cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn,
+\& void *call_site);
+.Ve
+.Sp
+The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
+which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
+.Sp
+This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
+functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
+inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
+versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
+function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
+code size. If you use \fBextern inline\fR in your C code, an
+addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
+normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
+expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
+providing static copies.)
+.Sp
+A function may be given the attribute \f(CW\*(C`no_instrument_function\*(C'\fR, in
+which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
+example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
+interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
+cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
+routines generate output or allocate memory).
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,\fR\fIfile\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,..."
+Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see
+the description of \f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\*(C'\fR). If the file that
+contains a function definition matches with one of \fIfile\fR, then
+that function is not instrumented. The match is done on substrings:
+if the \fIfile\fR parameter is a substring of the file name, it is
+considered to be a match.
+.Sp
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=/bits/stl,include/sys
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will exclude any inline function defined in files whose pathnames
+contain \f(CW\*(C`/bits/stl\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`include/sys\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+If, for some reason, you want to include letter \f(CW\*(Aq,\*(Aq\fR in one of
+\&\fIsym\fR, write \f(CW\*(Aq,\*(Aq\fR. For example,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list=\*(Aq,,tmp\*(Aq\*(C'\fR
+(note the single quote surrounding the option).
+.IP "\fB\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-function\-list=\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,\fR\fIsym\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,..."
+This is similar to \f(CW\*(C`\-finstrument\-functions\-exclude\-file\-list\*(C'\fR,
+but this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from
+instrumentation. The function name to be matched is its user-visible
+name, such as \f(CW\*(C`vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)\*(C'\fR, not the
+internal mangled name (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`_Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE\*(C'\fR). The
+match is done on substrings: if the \fIsym\fR parameter is a substring
+of the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and \*(C+
+extended identifiers, the function name must be given in \s-1UTF\-8\s0, not
+using universal character names.
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-check\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-check"
+Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
+stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
+environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
+a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
+detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
+.Sp
+Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the
+operating system or the language runtime must do that. The switch causes
+generation of code to ensure that they see the stack being extended.
+.Sp
+You can additionally specify a string parameter: \f(CW\*(C`no\*(C'\fR means no
+checking, \f(CW\*(C`generic\*(C'\fR means force the use of old-style checking,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C'\fR means use the best checking method and is equivalent
+to bare \fB\-fstack\-check\fR.
+.Sp
+Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific
+target support in the compiler but comes with the following drawbacks:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+Modified allocation strategy for large objects: they will always be
+allocated dynamically if their size exceeds a fixed threshold.
+.IP "2." 4
+Fixed limit on the size of the static frame of functions: when it is
+topped by a particular function, stack checking is not reliable and
+a warning is issued by the compiler.
+.IP "3." 4
+Inefficiency: because of both the modified allocation strategy and the
+generic implementation, the performances of the code are hampered.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for
+\&\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C'\fR if no target support has been added in the compiler.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-limit\-register=\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-limit-register=reg"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstack-limit-symbol=sym"
+.IP "\fB\-fno\-stack\-limit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fno-stack-limit"
+.PD
+Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value,
+either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the stack
+would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
+the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so
+it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
+.Sp
+For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address \fB0x80000000\fR
+and grows downwards, you can use the flags
+\&\fB\-fstack\-limit\-symbol=_\|_stack_limit\fR and
+\&\fB\-Wl,\-\-defsym,_\|_stack_limit=0x7ffe0000\fR to enforce a stack limit
+of 128KB. Note that this may only work with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker.
+.IP "\fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fsplit-stack"
+Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows.
+The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only
+overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory. This
+is most useful when running threaded programs, as it is no longer
+necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each thread. This
+is currently only implemented for the i386 and x86_64 backends running
+GNU/Linux.
+.Sp
+When code compiled with \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR calls code compiled
+without \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR, there may not be much stack space
+available for the latter code to run. If compiling all code,
+including library code, with \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR is not an option,
+then the linker can fix up these calls so that the code compiled
+without \fB\-fsplit\-stack\fR always has a large stack. Support for
+this is implemented in the gold linker in \s-1GNU\s0 binutils release 2.21
+and later.
+.IP "\fB\-fleading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fleading-underscore"
+This option and its counterpart, \fB\-fno\-leading\-underscore\fR, forcibly
+change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
+is to help link with legacy assembly code.
+.Sp
+\&\fBWarning:\fR the \fB\-fleading\-underscore\fR switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to
+generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
+switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
+Not all targets provide complete support for this switch.
+.IP "\fB\-ftls\-model=\fR\fImodel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ftls-model=model"
+Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.
+The \fImodel\fR argument should be one of \f(CW\*(C`global\-dynamic\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`local\-dynamic\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`initial\-exec\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`local\-exec\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+The default without \fB\-fpic\fR is \f(CW\*(C`initial\-exec\*(C'\fR; with
+\&\fB\-fpic\fR the default is \f(CW\*(C`global\-dynamic\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-fvisibility=\fR\fIdefault|internal|hidden|protected\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected"
+Set the default \s-1ELF\s0 image symbol visibility to the specified option\-\-\-all
+symbols will be marked with this unless overridden within the code.
+Using this feature can very substantially improve linking and
+load times of shared object libraries, produce more optimized
+code, provide near-perfect \s-1API\s0 export and prevent symbol clashes.
+It is \fBstrongly\fR recommended that you use this in any shared objects
+you distribute.
+.Sp
+Despite the nomenclature, \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR always means public; i.e.,
+available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
+\&\f(CW\*(C`protected\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`internal\*(C'\fR are pretty useless in real-world
+usage so the only other commonly used option will be \f(CW\*(C`hidden\*(C'\fR.
+The default if \fB\-fvisibility\fR isn't specified is
+\&\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR, i.e., make every
+symbol public\-\-\-this causes the same behavior as previous versions of
+\&\s-1GCC\s0.
+.Sp
+A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring \s-1ELF\s0
+symbols have the correct visibility is given by \*(L"How To Write
+Shared Libraries\*(R" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
+<\fBhttp://people.redhat.com/~drepper/\fR>)\-\-\-however a superior
+solution made possible by this option to marking things hidden when
+the default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things
+public. This is the norm with \s-1DLL\s0's on Windows and with \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility("default")))\*(C'\fR instead of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllexport)\*(C'\fR you get almost identical semantics with
+identical syntax. This is a great boon to those working with
+cross-platform projects.
+.Sp
+For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility\fR of use. This works by you enclosing
+the declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(hidden)\fR and
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility pop\fR.
+Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed \fBas
+part of the \s-1API\s0 interface contract\fR and thus all new code should
+always specify visibility when it is not the default; i.e., declarations
+only for use within the local \s-1DSO\s0 should \fBalways\fR be marked explicitly
+as hidden as so to avoid \s-1PLT\s0 indirection overheads\-\-\-making this
+abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.
+Note that due to \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ specification requirements, operator new and
+operator delete must always be of default visibility.
+.Sp
+Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular system
+headers and headers from any other library you use, may not be
+expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default. You
+may need to explicitly say \fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(default)\fR
+before including any such headers.
+.Sp
+\&\fBextern\fR declarations are not affected by \fB\-fvisibility\fR, so
+a lot of code can be recompiled with \fB\-fvisibility=hidden\fR with
+no modifications. However, this means that calls to \fBextern\fR
+functions with no explicit visibility will use the \s-1PLT\s0, so it is more
+effective to use \fB_\|_attribute ((visibility))\fR and/or
+\&\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility\fR to tell the compiler which \fBextern\fR
+declarations should be treated as hidden.
+.Sp
+Note that \fB\-fvisibility\fR does affect \*(C+ vague linkage
+entities. This means that, for instance, an exception class that will
+be thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default
+visibility so that the \fBtype_info\fR nodes will be unified between
+the DSOs.
+.Sp
+An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them
+is at <\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility\fR>.
+.IP "\fB\-fstrict\-volatile\-bitfields\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fstrict-volatile-bitfields"
+This option should be used if accesses to volatile bitfields (or other
+structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those types
+anyway) should use a single access of the width of the
+field's type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible. For
+example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might require
+all such accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag the user could
+declare all peripheral bitfields as \*(L"unsigned short\*(R" (assuming short
+is 16 bits on these targets) to force \s-1GCC\s0 to use 16 bit accesses
+instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32 bit access.
+.Sp
+If this option is disabled, the compiler will use the most efficient
+instruction. In the previous example, that might be a 32\-bit load
+instruction, even though that will access bytes that do not contain
+any portion of the bitfield, or memory-mapped registers unrelated to
+the one being updated.
+.Sp
+If the target requires strict alignment, and honoring the field
+type would require violating this alignment, a warning is issued.
+If the field has \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR attribute, the access is done without
+honoring the field type. If the field doesn't have \f(CW\*(C`packed\*(C'\fR
+attribute, the access is done honoring the field type. In both cases,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the user knows something about the target hardware
+that it is unaware of.
+.Sp
+The default value of this option is determined by the application binary
+interface for the target processor.
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
+.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
+This section describes several environment variables that affect how \s-1GCC\s0
+operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
+when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
+aspects of the compilation environment.
+.PP
+Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
+\&\fB\-B\fR, \fB\-I\fR and \fB\-L\fR. These
+take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
+in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of \s-1GCC\s0.
+.IP "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LANG"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_CTYPE"
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_MESSAGES"
+.IP "\fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LC_ALL"
+.PD
+These environment variables control the way that \s-1GCC\s0 uses
+localization information that allow \s-1GCC\s0 to work with different
+national conventions. \s-1GCC\s0 inspects the locale categories
+\&\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR if it has been configured to do
+so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
+installation. A typical value is \fBen_GB.UTF\-8\fR for English in the United
+Kingdom encoded in \s-1UTF\-8\s0.
+.Sp
+The \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR environment variable specifies character
+classification. \s-1GCC\s0 uses it to determine the character boundaries in
+a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
+and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
+end or escape.
+.Sp
+The \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR environment variable specifies the language to
+use in diagnostic messages.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR environment variable is set, it overrides the value
+of \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR; otherwise, \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR
+and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR default to the value of the \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR
+environment variable. If none of these variables are set, \s-1GCC\s0
+defaults to traditional C English behavior.
+.IP "\fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "TMPDIR"
+If \fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
+files. \s-1GCC\s0 uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
+compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
+the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
+proper.
+.IP "\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "GCC_EXEC_PREFIX"
+If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
+names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
+when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
+specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
+.Sp
+If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is not set, \s-1GCC\s0 will attempt to figure out
+an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked with.
+.Sp
+If \s-1GCC\s0 cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
+tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
+.Sp
+The default value of \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is
+\&\fI\fIprefix\fI/lib/gcc/\fR where \fIprefix\fR is the prefix to
+the installed compiler. In many cases \fIprefix\fR is the value
+of \f(CW\*(C`prefix\*(C'\fR when you ran the \fIconfigure\fR script.
+.Sp
+Other prefixes specified with \fB\-B\fR take precedence over this prefix.
+.Sp
+This prefix is also used for finding files such as \fIcrt0.o\fR that are
+used for linking.
+.Sp
+In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
+directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
+directories whose name normally begins with \fB/usr/local/lib/gcc\fR
+(more precisely, with the value of \fB\s-1GCC_INCLUDE_DIR\s0\fR), \s-1GCC\s0 tries
+replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
+alternate directory name. Thus, with \fB\-Bfoo/\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will search
+\&\fIfoo/bar\fR where it would normally search \fI/usr/local/lib/bar\fR.
+These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
+come next. If a standard directory begins with the configured
+\&\fIprefix\fR then the value of \fIprefix\fR is replaced by
+\&\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR when looking for header files.
+.IP "\fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "COMPILER_PATH"
+The value of \fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
+directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus
+specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
+subprograms using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
+.IP "\fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LIBRARY_PATH"
+The value of \fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
+directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. When configured as a native compiler,
+\&\s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
+linker files, if it can't find them using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR. Linking
+using \s-1GCC\s0 also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
+libraries for the \fB\-l\fR option (but directories specified with
+\&\fB\-L\fR come first).
+.IP "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "LANG"
+This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
+which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
+when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and \*(C+.
+When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
+the following values for \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR are recognized:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBC\-JIS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-JIS"
+Recognize \s-1JIS\s0 characters.
+.IP "\fBC\-SJIS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-SJIS"
+Recognize \s-1SJIS\s0 characters.
+.IP "\fBC\-EUCJP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C-EUCJP"
+Recognize \s-1EUCJP\s0 characters.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+If \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
+compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
+recognize and translate multibyte characters.
+.RE
+.PP
+Some additional environments variables affect the behavior of the
+preprocessor.
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPATH"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fBC_INCLUDE_PATH\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.IP "\fB\s-1OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH"
+.PD
+Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a special
+character, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR, in which to look for header files.
+The special character, \f(CW\*(C`PATH_SEPARATOR\*(C'\fR, is target-dependent and
+determined at \s-1GCC\s0 build time. For Microsoft Windows-based targets it is a
+semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
+specified with \fB\-I\fR, but after any paths given with \fB\-I\fR
+options on the command line. This environment variable is used
+regardless of which language is being preprocessed.
+.Sp
+The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the
+particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of directories
+to be searched as if specified with \fB\-isystem\fR, but after any
+paths given with \fB\-isystem\fR options on the command line.
+.Sp
+In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
+search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at the
+beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
+\&\fB\s-1CPATH\s0\fR is \f(CW\*(C`:/special/include\*(C'\fR, that has the same
+effect as \fB\-I.\ \-I/special/include\fR.
+.IP "\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT"
+If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output
+dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed
+by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the dependency
+output.
+.Sp
+The value of \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR can be just a file name, in
+which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
+name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
+\&\fIfile\fR\fB \fR\fItarget\fR, in which case the rules are written to
+file \fIfile\fR using \fItarget\fR as the target name.
+.Sp
+In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining
+the options \fB\-MM\fR and \fB\-MF\fR,
+with an optional \fB\-MT\fR switch too.
+.IP "\fB\s-1SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES"
+This variable is the same as \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR (see above),
+except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies
+\&\fB\-M\fR rather than \fB\-MM\fR. However, the dependence on the
+main input file is omitted.
+.SH "BUGS"
+.IX Header "BUGS"
+For instructions on reporting bugs, see
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html\fR>.
+.SH "FOOTNOTES"
+.IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
+.IP "1." 4
+On some systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR
+needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On
+multi-libbed systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR must select the correct support
+libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead
+to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary
+is innocuous.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIgfdl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7),
+\&\fIcpp\fR\|(1), \fIgcov\fR\|(1), \fIas\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), \fIgdb\fR\|(1), \fIadb\fR\|(1), \fIdbx\fR\|(1), \fIsdb\fR\|(1)
+and the Info entries for \fIgcc\fR, \fIcpp\fR, \fIas\fR,
+\&\fIld\fR, \fIbinutils\fR and \fIgdb\fR.
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.IX Header "AUTHOR"
+See the Info entry for \fBgcc\fR, or
+<\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Contributors.html\fR>,
+for contributors to \s-1GCC\s0.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R" and \*(L"Funding
+Free Software\*(R", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with
+the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is
+included in the \fIgfdl\fR\|(7) man page.
+.PP
+(a) The \s-1FSF\s0's Front-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& A GNU Manual
+.Ve
+.PP
+(b) The \s-1FSF\s0's Back-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 3
+\& You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
+\& software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
+\& funds for GNU development.
+.Ve
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcov.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcov.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..579c0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gcov.1
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GCOV 1"
+.TH GCOV 1 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gcov \- coverage testing tool
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+gcov [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+ [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\-blocks\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR|\fB\-\-branch\-probabilities\fR]
+ [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-\-branch\-counts\fR]
+ [\fB\-m\fR|\fB\-\-pmu\-profile\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-no\-output\fR]
+ [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-long\-file\-names\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-paths\fR]
+ [\fB\-q\fR|\fB\-\-pmu_profile\-path\fR]
+ [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-function\-summaries\fR]
+ [\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-object\-directory\fR \fIdirectory|file\fR] \fIsourcefiles\fR
+ [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-unconditional\-branches\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-intermediate\-format\fR]
+ [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-display\-progress\fR]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBgcov\fR is a test coverage program. Use it in concert with \s-1GCC\s0
+to analyze your programs to help create more efficient, faster running
+code and to discover untested parts of your program. You can use
+\&\fBgcov\fR as a profiling tool to help discover where your
+optimization efforts will best affect your code. You can also use
+\&\fBgcov\fR along with the other profiling tool, \fBgprof\fR, to
+assess which parts of your code use the greatest amount of computing
+time.
+.PP
+Profiling tools help you analyze your code's performance. Using a
+profiler such as \fBgcov\fR or \fBgprof\fR, you can find out some
+basic performance statistics, such as:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+how often each line of code executes
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+what lines of code are actually executed
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+how much computing time each section of code uses
+.PP
+Once you know these things about how your code works when compiled, you
+can look at each module to see which modules should be optimized.
+\&\fBgcov\fR helps you determine where to work on optimization.
+.PP
+Software developers also use coverage testing in concert with
+testsuites, to make sure software is actually good enough for a release.
+Testsuites can verify that a program works as expected; a coverage
+program tests to see how much of the program is exercised by the
+testsuite. Developers can then determine what kinds of test cases need
+to be added to the testsuites to create both better testing and a better
+final product.
+.PP
+You should compile your code without optimization if you plan to use
+\&\fBgcov\fR because the optimization, by combining some lines of code
+into one function, may not give you as much information as you need to
+look for `hot spots' where the code is using a great deal of computer
+time. Likewise, because \fBgcov\fR accumulates statistics by line (at
+the lowest resolution), it works best with a programming style that
+places only one statement on each line. If you use complicated macros
+that expand to loops or to other control structures, the statistics are
+less helpful\-\-\-they only report on the line where the macro call
+appears. If your complex macros behave like functions, you can replace
+them with inline functions to solve this problem.
+.PP
+\&\fBgcov\fR creates a logfile called \fI\fIsourcefile\fI.gcov\fR which
+indicates how many times each line of a source file \fI\fIsourcefile\fI.c\fR
+has executed. You can use these logfiles along with \fBgprof\fR to aid
+in fine-tuning the performance of your programs. \fBgprof\fR gives
+timing information you can use along with the information you get from
+\&\fBgcov\fR.
+.PP
+\&\fBgcov\fR works only on code compiled with \s-1GCC\s0. It is not
+compatible with any other profiling or test coverage mechanism.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Display help about using \fBgcov\fR (on the standard output), and
+exit without doing any further processing.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the \fBgcov\fR version number (on the standard output),
+and exit without doing any further processing.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\-blocks\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all-blocks"
+.PD
+Write individual execution counts for every basic block. Normally gcov
+outputs execution counts only for the main blocks of a line. With this
+option you can determine if blocks within a single line are not being
+executed.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-branch\-probabilities\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--branch-probabilities"
+.PD
+Write branch frequencies to the output file, and write branch summary
+info to the standard output. This option allows you to see how often
+each branch in your program was taken. Unconditional branches will not
+be shown, unless the \fB\-u\fR option is given.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-branch\-counts\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--branch-counts"
+.PD
+Write branch frequencies as the number of branches taken, rather than
+the percentage of branches taken.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-pmu\-profile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pmu-profile"
+.PD
+Output the additional \s-1PMU\s0 profile information if available.
+.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-q"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-pmu_profile\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pmu_profile-path"
+.PD
+\&\s-1PMU\s0 profile path (default \fIpmuprofile.gcda\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-output\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-output"
+.PD
+Do not create the \fBgcov\fR output file.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-long\-file\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--long-file-names"
+.PD
+Create long file names for included source files. For example, if the
+header file \fIx.h\fR contains code, and was included in the file
+\&\fIa.c\fR, then running \fBgcov\fR on the file \fIa.c\fR will produce
+an output file called \fIa.c##x.h.gcov\fR instead of \fIx.h.gcov\fR.
+This can be useful if \fIx.h\fR is included in multiple source
+files. If you use the \fB\-p\fR option, both the including and
+included file names will be complete path names.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-paths\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preserve-paths"
+.PD
+Preserve complete path information in the names of generated
+\&\fI.gcov\fR files. Without this option, just the filename component is
+used. With this option, all directories are used, with \fB/\fR characters
+translated to \fB#\fR characters, \fI.\fR directory components
+removed and \fI..\fR
+components renamed to \fB^\fR. This is useful if sourcefiles are in several
+different directories. It also affects the \fB\-l\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-function\-summaries\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--function-summaries"
+.PD
+Output summaries for each function in addition to the file level summary.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIdirectory|file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o directory|file"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-object\-directory\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--object-directory directory"
+.IP "\fB\-\-object\-file\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--object-file file"
+.PD
+Specify either the directory containing the gcov data files, or the
+object path name. The \fI.gcno\fR, and
+\&\fI.gcda\fR data files are searched for using this option. If a directory
+is specified, the data files are in that directory and named after the
+source file name, without its extension. If a file is specified here,
+the data files are named after that file, without its extension. If this
+option is not supplied, it defaults to the current directory.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-unconditional\-branches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unconditional-branches"
+.PD
+When branch probabilities are given, include those of unconditional branches.
+Unconditional branches are normally not interesting.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-display\-progress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--display-progress"
+.PD
+Display the progress on the standard output.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-intermediate\-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--intermediate-format"
+.PD
+Output gcov file in an intermediate text format that can be used by
+\&\fBlcov\fR or other applications. It will output a single *.gcov file per
+*.gcda file. No source code is required.
+.Sp
+The format of the intermediate \fI.gcov\fR file is plain text with
+one entry per line
+.Sp
+.Vb 5
+\& SF:<source_file_name>
+\& FN:<line_number>,<function_name>
+\& FNDA:<execution_count>,<function_name>
+\& BA:<line_num>,<branch_coverage_type>
+\& DA:<line number>,<execution_count>
+\&
+\& Where the <branch_coverage_type> is
+\& 0 (Branch not executed)
+\& 1 (Branch executed, but not taken)
+\& 2 (Branch executed and taken)
+\&
+\& There can be multiple SF entries in an intermediate gcov file. All
+\& entries following SF pertain to that source file until the next SF
+\& entry.
+.Ve
+.PP
+\&\fBgcov\fR should be run with the current directory the same as that
+when you invoked the compiler. Otherwise it will not be able to locate
+the source files. \fBgcov\fR produces files called
+\&\fI\fImangledname\fI.gcov\fR in the current directory. These contain
+the coverage information of the source file they correspond to.
+One \fI.gcov\fR file is produced for each source file containing code,
+which was compiled to produce the data files. The \fImangledname\fR part
+of the output file name is usually simply the source file name, but can
+be something more complicated if the \fB\-l\fR or \fB\-p\fR options are
+given. Refer to those options for details.
+.PP
+The \fI.gcov\fR files contain the \fB:\fR separated fields along with
+program source code. The format is
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& <execution_count>:<line_number>:<source line text>
+.Ve
+.PP
+Additional block information may succeed each line, when requested by
+command line option. The \fIexecution_count\fR is \fB\-\fR for lines
+containing no code and \fB#####\fR for lines which were never executed.
+Some lines of information at the start have \fIline_number\fR of zero.
+.PP
+The preamble lines are of the form
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& \-:0:<tag>:<value>
+.Ve
+.PP
+The ordering and number of these preamble lines will be augmented as
+\&\fBgcov\fR development progresses \-\-\- do not rely on them remaining
+unchanged. Use \fItag\fR to locate a particular preamble line.
+.PP
+The additional block information is of the form
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& <tag> <information>
+.Ve
+.PP
+The \fIinformation\fR is human readable, but designed to be simple
+enough for machine parsing too.
+.PP
+When printing percentages, 0% and 100% are only printed when the values
+are \fIexactly\fR 0% and 100% respectively. Other values which would
+conventionally be rounded to 0% or 100% are instead printed as the
+nearest non-boundary value.
+.PP
+When using \fBgcov\fR, you must first compile your program with two
+special \s-1GCC\s0 options: \fB\-fprofile\-arcs \-ftest\-coverage\fR.
+This tells the compiler to generate additional information needed by
+gcov (basically a flow graph of the program) and also includes
+additional code in the object files for generating the extra profiling
+information needed by gcov. These additional files are placed in the
+directory where the object file is located.
+.PP
+Running the program will cause profile output to be generated. For each
+source file compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, an accompanying
+\&\fI.gcda\fR file will be placed in the object file directory.
+.PP
+Running \fBgcov\fR with your program's source file names as arguments
+will now produce a listing of the code along with frequency of execution
+for each line. For example, if your program is called \fItmp.c\fR, this
+is what you see when you use the basic \fBgcov\fR facility:
+.PP
+.Vb 5
+\& $ gcc \-fprofile\-arcs \-ftest\-coverage tmp.c
+\& $ a.out
+\& $ gcov tmp.c
+\& 90.00% of 10 source lines executed in file tmp.c
+\& Creating tmp.c.gcov.
+.Ve
+.PP
+The file \fItmp.c.gcov\fR contains output from \fBgcov\fR.
+Here is a sample:
+.PP
+.Vb 10
+\& \-: 0:Source:tmp.c
+\& \-: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno
+\& \-: 0:Data:tmp.gcda
+\& \-: 0:Runs:1
+\& \-: 0:Programs:1
+\& \-: 1:#include <stdio.h>
+\& \-: 2:
+\& \-: 3:int main (void)
+\& 1: 4:{
+\& 1: 5: int i, total;
+\& \-: 6:
+\& 1: 7: total = 0;
+\& \-: 8:
+\& 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+\& 10: 10: total += i;
+\& \-: 11:
+\& 1: 12: if (total != 45)
+\& #####: 13: printf ("Failure\en");
+\& \-: 14: else
+\& 1: 15: printf ("Success\en");
+\& 1: 16: return 0;
+\& \-: 17:}
+.Ve
+.PP
+When you use the \fB\-a\fR option, you will get individual block
+counts, and the output looks like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 10
+\& \-: 0:Source:tmp.c
+\& \-: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno
+\& \-: 0:Data:tmp.gcda
+\& \-: 0:Runs:1
+\& \-: 0:Programs:1
+\& \-: 1:#include <stdio.h>
+\& \-: 2:
+\& \-: 3:int main (void)
+\& 1: 4:{
+\& 1: 4\-block 0
+\& 1: 5: int i, total;
+\& \-: 6:
+\& 1: 7: total = 0;
+\& \-: 8:
+\& 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+\& 11: 9\-block 0
+\& 10: 10: total += i;
+\& 10: 10\-block 0
+\& \-: 11:
+\& 1: 12: if (total != 45)
+\& 1: 12\-block 0
+\& #####: 13: printf ("Failure\en");
+\& $$$$$: 13\-block 0
+\& \-: 14: else
+\& 1: 15: printf ("Success\en");
+\& 1: 15\-block 0
+\& 1: 16: return 0;
+\& 1: 16\-block 0
+\& \-: 17:}
+.Ve
+.PP
+In this mode, each basic block is only shown on one line \*(-- the last
+line of the block. A multi-line block will only contribute to the
+execution count of that last line, and other lines will not be shown
+to contain code, unless previous blocks end on those lines.
+The total execution count of a line is shown and subsequent lines show
+the execution counts for individual blocks that end on that line. After each
+block, the branch and call counts of the block will be shown, if the
+\&\fB\-b\fR option is given.
+.PP
+Because of the way \s-1GCC\s0 instruments calls, a call count can be shown
+after a line with no individual blocks.
+As you can see, line 13 contains a basic block that was not executed.
+.PP
+When you use the \fB\-b\fR option, your output looks like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 6
+\& $ gcov \-b tmp.c
+\& 90.00% of 10 source lines executed in file tmp.c
+\& 80.00% of 5 branches executed in file tmp.c
+\& 80.00% of 5 branches taken at least once in file tmp.c
+\& 50.00% of 2 calls executed in file tmp.c
+\& Creating tmp.c.gcov.
+.Ve
+.PP
+Here is a sample of a resulting \fItmp.c.gcov\fR file:
+.PP
+.Vb 10
+\& \-: 0:Source:tmp.c
+\& \-: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno
+\& \-: 0:Data:tmp.gcda
+\& \-: 0:Runs:1
+\& \-: 0:Programs:1
+\& \-: 1:#include <stdio.h>
+\& \-: 2:
+\& \-: 3:int main (void)
+\& function main called 1 returned 1 blocks executed 75%
+\& 1: 4:{
+\& 1: 5: int i, total;
+\& \-: 6:
+\& 1: 7: total = 0;
+\& \-: 8:
+\& 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+\& branch 0 taken 91% (fallthrough)
+\& branch 1 taken 9%
+\& 10: 10: total += i;
+\& \-: 11:
+\& 1: 12: if (total != 45)
+\& branch 0 taken 0% (fallthrough)
+\& branch 1 taken 100%
+\& #####: 13: printf ("Failure\en");
+\& call 0 never executed
+\& \-: 14: else
+\& 1: 15: printf ("Success\en");
+\& call 0 called 1 returned 100%
+\& 1: 16: return 0;
+\& \-: 17:}
+.Ve
+.PP
+For each function, a line is printed showing how many times the function
+is called, how many times it returns and what percentage of the
+function's blocks were executed.
+.PP
+For each basic block, a line is printed after the last line of the basic
+block describing the branch or call that ends the basic block. There can
+be multiple branches and calls listed for a single source line if there
+are multiple basic blocks that end on that line. In this case, the
+branches and calls are each given a number. There is no simple way to map
+these branches and calls back to source constructs. In general, though,
+the lowest numbered branch or call will correspond to the leftmost construct
+on the source line.
+.PP
+For a branch, if it was executed at least once, then a percentage
+indicating the number of times the branch was taken divided by the
+number of times the branch was executed will be printed. Otherwise, the
+message \*(L"never executed\*(R" is printed.
+.PP
+For a call, if it was executed at least once, then a percentage
+indicating the number of times the call returned divided by the number
+of times the call was executed will be printed. This will usually be
+100%, but may be less for functions that call \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR,
+and thus may not return every time they are called.
+.PP
+The execution counts are cumulative. If the example program were
+executed again without removing the \fI.gcda\fR file, the count for the
+number of times each line in the source was executed would be added to
+the results of the previous run(s). This is potentially useful in
+several ways. For example, it could be used to accumulate data over a
+number of program runs as part of a test verification suite, or to
+provide more accurate long-term information over a large number of
+program runs.
+.PP
+The data in the \fI.gcda\fR files is saved immediately before the program
+exits. For each source file compiled with \fB\-fprofile\-arcs\fR, the
+profiling code first attempts to read in an existing \fI.gcda\fR file; if
+the file doesn't match the executable (differing number of basic block
+counts) it will ignore the contents of the file. It then adds in the
+new execution counts and finally writes the data to the file.
+.SS "Using \fBgcov\fP with \s-1GCC\s0 Optimization"
+.IX Subsection "Using gcov with GCC Optimization"
+If you plan to use \fBgcov\fR to help optimize your code, you must
+first compile your program with two special \s-1GCC\s0 options:
+\&\fB\-fprofile\-arcs \-ftest\-coverage\fR. Aside from that, you can use any
+other \s-1GCC\s0 options; but if you want to prove that every single line
+in your program was executed, you should not compile with optimization
+at the same time. On some machines the optimizer can eliminate some
+simple code lines by combining them with other lines. For example, code
+like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 4
+\& if (a != b)
+\& c = 1;
+\& else
+\& c = 0;
+.Ve
+.PP
+can be compiled into one instruction on some machines. In this case,
+there is no way for \fBgcov\fR to calculate separate execution counts
+for each line because there isn't separate code for each line. Hence
+the \fBgcov\fR output looks like this if you compiled the program with
+optimization:
+.PP
+.Vb 4
+\& 100: 12:if (a != b)
+\& 100: 13: c = 1;
+\& 100: 14:else
+\& 100: 15: c = 0;
+.Ve
+.PP
+The output shows that this block of code, combined by optimization,
+executed 100 times. In one sense this result is correct, because there
+was only one instruction representing all four of these lines. However,
+the output does not indicate how many times the result was 0 and how
+many times the result was 1.
+.PP
+Inlineable functions can create unexpected line counts. Line counts are
+shown for the source code of the inlineable function, but what is shown
+depends on where the function is inlined, or if it is not inlined at all.
+.PP
+If the function is not inlined, the compiler must emit an out of line
+copy of the function, in any object file that needs it. If
+\&\fIfileA.o\fR and \fIfileB.o\fR both contain out of line bodies of a
+particular inlineable function, they will also both contain coverage
+counts for that function. When \fIfileA.o\fR and \fIfileB.o\fR are
+linked together, the linker will, on many systems, select one of those
+out of line bodies for all calls to that function, and remove or ignore
+the other. Unfortunately, it will not remove the coverage counters for
+the unused function body. Hence when instrumented, all but one use of
+that function will show zero counts.
+.PP
+If the function is inlined in several places, the block structure in
+each location might not be the same. For instance, a condition might
+now be calculable at compile time in some instances. Because the
+coverage of all the uses of the inline function will be shown for the
+same source lines, the line counts themselves might seem inconsistent.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIgfdl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7), \fIgcc\fR\|(1) and the Info entry for \fIgcc\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R" and \*(L"Funding
+Free Software\*(R", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with
+the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is
+included in the \fIgfdl\fR\|(7) man page.
+.PP
+(a) The \s-1FSF\s0's Front-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& A GNU Manual
+.Ve
+.PP
+(b) The \s-1FSF\s0's Back-Cover Text is:
+.PP
+.Vb 3
+\& You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
+\& software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
+\& funds for GNU development.
+.Ve
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdb.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdb.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d14eb78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdb.1
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.\" $Id: gdb.1,v 1.4 1999/01/05 00:50:50 jsm Exp $
+.TH gdb 1 "22may2002" "GNU Tools" "GNU Tools"
+.SH NAME
+gdb \- The GNU Debugger
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.na
+.TP
+.B gdb
+.RB "[\|" \-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-nx "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-q "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-batch "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-cd=\c
+.I dir\c
+\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-f "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.IR bps "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-tty="\c
+.IR dev "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-s "\c
+.I symfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-e "\c
+.I prog\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-se "\c
+.I prog\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-c "\c
+.I core\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-x "\c
+.I cmds\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-d "\c
+.I dir\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.I prog\c
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.IR core \||\| procID\c
+\&\|]\&\|]
+.ad b
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is
+going on ``inside'' another program while it executes\(em\&or what another
+program was doing at the moment it crashed.
+
+GDB can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
+these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Make your program stop on specified conditions.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
+effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
+.PP
+
+You can use GDB to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
+Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
+
+GDB is invoked with the shell command \c
+.B gdb\c
+\&. Once started, it reads
+commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit with the GDB
+command \c
+.B quit\c
+\&. You can get online help from \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& itself
+by using the command \c
+.B help\c
+\&.
+
+You can run \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& with no arguments or options; but the most
+usual way to start GDB is with one argument or two, specifying an
+executable program as the argument:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program
+.br
+.sp
+
+You can also start with both an executable program and a core file specified:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program\ core
+.br
+.sp
+
+You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
+to debug a running process:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program\ 1234
+.br
+.sp
+
+would attach GDB to process \c
+.B 1234\c
+\& (unless you also have a file
+named `\|\c
+.B 1234\c
+\&\|'; GDB does check for a core file first).
+
+Here are some of the most frequently needed GDB commands:
+.TP
+.B break \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+\&
+Set a breakpoint at \c
+.I function\c
+\& (in \c
+.I file\c
+\&).
+.TP
+.B run \fR[\|\fIarglist\fR\|]
+Start your program (with \c
+.I arglist\c
+\&, if specified).
+.TP
+.B bt
+Backtrace: display the program stack.
+.TP
+.BI print " expr"\c
+\&
+Display the value of an expression.
+.TP
+.B c
+Continue running your program (after stopping, e.g. at a breakpoint).
+.TP
+.B next
+Execute next program line (after stopping); step \c
+.I over\c
+\& any
+function calls in the line.
+.TP
+.B edit \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+look at the program line where it is presently stopped.
+.TP
+.B list \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+type the text of the program in the vicinity of where it is presently stopped.
+.TP
+.B step
+Execute next program line (after stopping); step \c
+.I into\c
+\& any
+function calls in the line.
+.TP
+.B help \fR[\|\fIname\fR\|]
+Show information about GDB command \c
+.I name\c
+\&, or general information
+about using GDB.
+.TP
+.B quit
+Exit from GDB.
+.PP
+For full details on GDB, see \c
+.I
+Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger\c
+\&, by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch. The same text is available online
+as the \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& entry in the \c
+.B info\c
+\& program.
+.SH OPTIONS
+Any arguments other than options specify an executable
+file and core file (or process ID); that is, the first argument
+encountered with no
+associated option flag is equivalent to a `\|\c
+.B \-se\c
+\&\|' option, and the
+second, if any, is equivalent to a `\|\c
+.B \-c\c
+\&\|' option if it's the name of a file. Many options have
+both long and short forms; both are shown here. The long forms are also
+recognized if you truncate them, so long as enough of the option is
+present to be unambiguous. (If you prefer, you can flag option
+arguments with `\|\c
+.B +\c
+\&\|' rather than `\|\c
+.B \-\c
+\&\|', though we illustrate the
+more usual convention.)
+
+All the options and command line arguments you give are processed
+in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
+`\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\&\|' option is used.
+
+.TP
+.B \-help
+.TP
+.B \-h
+List all options, with brief explanations.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-symbols=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-s " "file"\c
+\&
+Read symbol table from file \c
+.I file\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-write
+Enable writing into executable and core files.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-exec=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-e " "file"\c
+\&
+Use file \c
+.I file\c
+\& as the executable file to execute when
+appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
+dump.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-se=" "file"\c
+\&
+Read symbol table from file \c
+.I file\c
+\& and use it as the executable
+file.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-core=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-c " "file"\c
+\&
+Use file \c
+.I file\c
+\& as a core dump to examine.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-command=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-x " "file"\c
+\&
+Execute GDB commands from file \c
+.I file\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-directory=" "directory"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-d " "directory"\c
+\&
+Add \c
+.I directory\c
+\& to the path to search for source files.
+.PP
+
+.TP
+.B \-nx
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Do not execute commands from any `\|\c
+.B .gdbinit\c
+\&\|' initialization files.
+Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
+command options and arguments have been processed.
+
+
+.TP
+.B \-quiet
+.TP
+.B \-q
+``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
+messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
+
+.TP
+.B \-batch
+Run in batch mode. Exit with status \c
+.B 0\c
+\& after processing all the command
+files specified with `\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\&\|' (and `\|\c
+.B .gdbinit\c
+\&\|', if not inhibited).
+Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the GDB
+commands in the command files.
+
+Batch mode may be useful for running GDB as a filter, for example to
+download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
+more useful, the message
+.sp
+.br
+Program\ exited\ normally.
+.br
+.sp
+
+(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under GDB control
+terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-cd=" "directory"\c
+\&
+Run GDB using \c
+.I directory\c
+\& as its working directory,
+instead of the current directory.
+
+.TP
+.B \-fullname
+.TP
+.B \-f
+Emacs sets this option when it runs GDB as a subprocess. It tells GDB
+to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
+recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
+includes each time the program stops). This recognizable format looks
+like two `\|\c
+.B \032\c
+\&\|' characters, followed by the file name, line number
+and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
+Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses the two `\|\c
+.B \032\c
+\&\|' characters as
+a signal to display the source code for the frame.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "bps"\c
+\&
+Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
+interface used by GDB for remote debugging.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-tty=" "device"\c
+\&
+Run using \c
+.I device\c
+\& for your program's standard input and output.
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" gdb "\|'"
+entry in
+.B info\c
+\&;
+.I
+Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger\c
+, Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch, July 1991.
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdbtui.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdbtui.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d14eb78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gdbtui.1
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.\" $Id: gdb.1,v 1.4 1999/01/05 00:50:50 jsm Exp $
+.TH gdb 1 "22may2002" "GNU Tools" "GNU Tools"
+.SH NAME
+gdb \- The GNU Debugger
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.na
+.TP
+.B gdb
+.RB "[\|" \-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-nx "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-q "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-batch "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-cd=\c
+.I dir\c
+\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-f "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.IR bps "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-tty="\c
+.IR dev "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-s "\c
+.I symfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-e "\c
+.I prog\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-se "\c
+.I prog\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-c "\c
+.I core\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-x "\c
+.I cmds\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-d "\c
+.I dir\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.I prog\c
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.IR core \||\| procID\c
+\&\|]\&\|]
+.ad b
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is
+going on ``inside'' another program while it executes\(em\&or what another
+program was doing at the moment it crashed.
+
+GDB can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
+these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Make your program stop on specified conditions.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
+
+.TP
+\ \ \ \(bu
+Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
+effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
+.PP
+
+You can use GDB to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
+Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
+
+GDB is invoked with the shell command \c
+.B gdb\c
+\&. Once started, it reads
+commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit with the GDB
+command \c
+.B quit\c
+\&. You can get online help from \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& itself
+by using the command \c
+.B help\c
+\&.
+
+You can run \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& with no arguments or options; but the most
+usual way to start GDB is with one argument or two, specifying an
+executable program as the argument:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program
+.br
+.sp
+
+You can also start with both an executable program and a core file specified:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program\ core
+.br
+.sp
+
+You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
+to debug a running process:
+.sp
+.br
+gdb\ program\ 1234
+.br
+.sp
+
+would attach GDB to process \c
+.B 1234\c
+\& (unless you also have a file
+named `\|\c
+.B 1234\c
+\&\|'; GDB does check for a core file first).
+
+Here are some of the most frequently needed GDB commands:
+.TP
+.B break \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+\&
+Set a breakpoint at \c
+.I function\c
+\& (in \c
+.I file\c
+\&).
+.TP
+.B run \fR[\|\fIarglist\fR\|]
+Start your program (with \c
+.I arglist\c
+\&, if specified).
+.TP
+.B bt
+Backtrace: display the program stack.
+.TP
+.BI print " expr"\c
+\&
+Display the value of an expression.
+.TP
+.B c
+Continue running your program (after stopping, e.g. at a breakpoint).
+.TP
+.B next
+Execute next program line (after stopping); step \c
+.I over\c
+\& any
+function calls in the line.
+.TP
+.B edit \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+look at the program line where it is presently stopped.
+.TP
+.B list \fR[\|\fIfile\fB:\fR\|]\fIfunction
+type the text of the program in the vicinity of where it is presently stopped.
+.TP
+.B step
+Execute next program line (after stopping); step \c
+.I into\c
+\& any
+function calls in the line.
+.TP
+.B help \fR[\|\fIname\fR\|]
+Show information about GDB command \c
+.I name\c
+\&, or general information
+about using GDB.
+.TP
+.B quit
+Exit from GDB.
+.PP
+For full details on GDB, see \c
+.I
+Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger\c
+\&, by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch. The same text is available online
+as the \c
+.B gdb\c
+\& entry in the \c
+.B info\c
+\& program.
+.SH OPTIONS
+Any arguments other than options specify an executable
+file and core file (or process ID); that is, the first argument
+encountered with no
+associated option flag is equivalent to a `\|\c
+.B \-se\c
+\&\|' option, and the
+second, if any, is equivalent to a `\|\c
+.B \-c\c
+\&\|' option if it's the name of a file. Many options have
+both long and short forms; both are shown here. The long forms are also
+recognized if you truncate them, so long as enough of the option is
+present to be unambiguous. (If you prefer, you can flag option
+arguments with `\|\c
+.B +\c
+\&\|' rather than `\|\c
+.B \-\c
+\&\|', though we illustrate the
+more usual convention.)
+
+All the options and command line arguments you give are processed
+in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
+`\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\&\|' option is used.
+
+.TP
+.B \-help
+.TP
+.B \-h
+List all options, with brief explanations.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-symbols=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-s " "file"\c
+\&
+Read symbol table from file \c
+.I file\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-write
+Enable writing into executable and core files.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-exec=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-e " "file"\c
+\&
+Use file \c
+.I file\c
+\& as the executable file to execute when
+appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
+dump.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-se=" "file"\c
+\&
+Read symbol table from file \c
+.I file\c
+\& and use it as the executable
+file.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-core=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-c " "file"\c
+\&
+Use file \c
+.I file\c
+\& as a core dump to examine.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-command=" "file"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-x " "file"\c
+\&
+Execute GDB commands from file \c
+.I file\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-directory=" "directory"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-d " "directory"\c
+\&
+Add \c
+.I directory\c
+\& to the path to search for source files.
+.PP
+
+.TP
+.B \-nx
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Do not execute commands from any `\|\c
+.B .gdbinit\c
+\&\|' initialization files.
+Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
+command options and arguments have been processed.
+
+
+.TP
+.B \-quiet
+.TP
+.B \-q
+``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
+messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
+
+.TP
+.B \-batch
+Run in batch mode. Exit with status \c
+.B 0\c
+\& after processing all the command
+files specified with `\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\&\|' (and `\|\c
+.B .gdbinit\c
+\&\|', if not inhibited).
+Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the GDB
+commands in the command files.
+
+Batch mode may be useful for running GDB as a filter, for example to
+download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
+more useful, the message
+.sp
+.br
+Program\ exited\ normally.
+.br
+.sp
+
+(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under GDB control
+terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-cd=" "directory"\c
+\&
+Run GDB using \c
+.I directory\c
+\& as its working directory,
+instead of the current directory.
+
+.TP
+.B \-fullname
+.TP
+.B \-f
+Emacs sets this option when it runs GDB as a subprocess. It tells GDB
+to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
+recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
+includes each time the program stops). This recognizable format looks
+like two `\|\c
+.B \032\c
+\&\|' characters, followed by the file name, line number
+and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
+Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses the two `\|\c
+.B \032\c
+\&\|' characters as
+a signal to display the source code for the frame.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "bps"\c
+\&
+Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
+interface used by GDB for remote debugging.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-tty=" "device"\c
+\&
+Run using \c
+.I device\c
+\& for your program's standard input and output.
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" gdb "\|'"
+entry in
+.B info\c
+\&;
+.I
+Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger\c
+, Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch, July 1991.
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gprof.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gprof.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf7b523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-gprof.1
@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GPROF 1"
+.TH GPROF 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gprof \- display call graph profile data
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+gprof [ \-[abcDhilLrsTvwxyz] ] [ \-[ACeEfFJnNOpPqQZ][\fIname\fR] ]
+ [ \-I \fIdirs\fR ] [ \-d[\fInum\fR] ] [ \-k \fIfrom/to\fR ]
+ [ \-m \fImin-count\fR ] [ \-R \fImap_file\fR ] [ \-t \fItable-length\fR ]
+ [ \-\-[no\-]annotated\-source[=\fIname\fR] ]
+ [ \-\-[no\-]exec\-counts[=\fIname\fR] ]
+ [ \-\-[no\-]flat\-profile[=\fIname\fR] ] [ \-\-[no\-]graph[=\fIname\fR] ]
+ [ \-\-[no\-]time=\fIname\fR] [ \-\-all\-lines ] [ \-\-brief ]
+ [ \-\-debug[=\fIlevel\fR] ] [ \-\-function\-ordering ]
+ [ \-\-file\-ordering \fImap_file\fR ] [ \-\-directory\-path=\fIdirs\fR ]
+ [ \-\-display\-unused\-functions ] [ \-\-file\-format=\fIname\fR ]
+ [ \-\-file\-info ] [ \-\-help ] [ \-\-line ] [ \-\-min\-count=\fIn\fR ]
+ [ \-\-no\-static ] [ \-\-print\-path ] [ \-\-separate\-files ]
+ [ \-\-static\-call\-graph ] [ \-\-sum ] [ \-\-table\-length=\fIlen\fR ]
+ [ \-\-traditional ] [ \-\-version ] [ \-\-width=\fIn\fR ]
+ [ \-\-ignore\-non\-functions ] [ \-\-demangle[=\fI\s-1STYLE\s0\fR] ]
+ [ \-\-no\-demangle ] [\-\-external\-symbol\-table=name]
+ [ \fIimage-file\fR ] [ \fIprofile-file\fR ... ]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR produces an execution profile of C, Pascal, or Fortran77
+programs. The effect of called routines is incorporated in the profile
+of each caller. The profile data is taken from the call graph profile file
+(\fIgmon.out\fR default) which is created by programs
+that are compiled with the \fB\-pg\fR option of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`pc\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`f77\*(C'\fR.
+The \fB\-pg\fR option also links in versions of the library routines
+that are compiled for profiling. \f(CW\*(C`Gprof\*(C'\fR reads the given object
+file (the default is \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR) and establishes the relation between
+its symbol table and the call graph profile from \fIgmon.out\fR.
+If more than one profile file is specified, the \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR
+output shows the sum of the profile information in the given profile files.
+.PP
+\&\f(CW\*(C`Gprof\*(C'\fR calculates the amount of time spent in each routine.
+Next, these times are propagated along the edges of the call graph.
+Cycles are discovered, and calls into a cycle are made to share the time
+of the cycle.
+.PP
+Several forms of output are available from the analysis.
+.PP
+The \fIflat profile\fR shows how much time your program spent in each function,
+and how many times that function was called. If you simply want to know
+which functions burn most of the cycles, it is stated concisely here.
+.PP
+The \fIcall graph\fR shows, for each function, which functions called it, which
+other functions it called, and how many times. There is also an estimate
+of how much time was spent in the subroutines of each function. This can
+suggest places where you might try to eliminate function calls that use a
+lot of time.
+.PP
+The \fIannotated source\fR listing is a copy of the program's
+source code, labeled with the number of times each line of the
+program was executed.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+These options specify which of several output formats
+\&\f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR should produce.
+.PP
+Many of these options take an optional \fIsymspec\fR to specify
+functions to be included or excluded. These options can be
+specified multiple times, with different symspecs, to include
+or exclude sets of symbols.
+.PP
+Specifying any of these options overrides the default (\fB\-p \-q\fR),
+which prints a flat profile and call graph analysis
+for all functions.
+.ie n .IP """\-A[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-A[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--annotated-source[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-A\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print annotated source code.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print output only for matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-b""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-b\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-brief""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-brief\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--brief"
+.PD
+If the \fB\-b\fR option is given, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR doesn't print the
+verbose blurbs that try to explain the meaning of all of the fields in
+the tables. This is useful if you intend to print out the output, or
+are tired of seeing the blurbs.
+.ie n .IP """\-C[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-C[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exec-counts[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-C\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to
+print a tally of functions and the number of times each was called.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print tally only for matching symbols.
+.Sp
+If the profile data file contains basic-block count records, specifying
+the \fB\-l\fR option, along with \fB\-C\fR, will cause basic-block
+execution counts to be tallied and displayed.
+.ie n .IP """\-i""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-info""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-info"
+.PD
+The \fB\-i\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to display summary information
+about the profile data file(s) and then exit. The number of histogram,
+call graph, and basic-block count records is displayed.
+.ie n .IP """\-I \f(CIdirs\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-I \f(CIdirs\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dirs"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-directory\-path=\f(CIdirs\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-directory\-path=\f(CIdirs\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--directory-path=dirs"
+.PD
+The \fB\-I\fR option specifies a list of search directories in
+which to find source files. Environment variable \fI\s-1GPROF_PATH\s0\fR
+can also be used to convey this information.
+Used mostly for annotated source output.
+.ie n .IP """\-J[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-J[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-J[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-annotated-source[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-J\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR not to
+print annotated source code.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints annotated source,
+but excludes matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-L""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-L\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-print\-path""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-print\-path\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-path"
+.PD
+Normally, source filenames are printed with the path
+component suppressed. The \fB\-L\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR
+to print the full pathname of
+source filenames, which is determined
+from symbolic debugging information in the image file
+and is relative to the directory in which the compiler
+was invoked.
+.ie n .IP """\-p[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-p[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--flat-profile[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-p\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a flat profile.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print flat profile only for matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-P[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-P[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-flat-profile[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-P\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress printing a flat profile.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints a flat profile,
+but excludes matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-q[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--graph[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-q\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the call graph analysis.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print call graph only for matching symbols
+and their children.
+.ie n .IP """\-Q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-Q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Q[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-graph[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-Q\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress printing the
+call graph.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints a call graph,
+but excludes matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-t""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-table\-length=\f(CInum\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-table\-length=\f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--table-length=num"
+.PD
+The \fB\-t\fR option causes the \fInum\fR most active source lines in
+each source file to be listed when source annotation is enabled. The
+default is 10.
+.ie n .IP """\-y""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-y\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-y"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-separate\-files""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-separate\-files\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--separate-files"
+.PD
+This option affects annotated source output only.
+Normally, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints annotated source files
+to standard-output. If this option is specified,
+annotated source for a file named \fIpath/\fIfilename\fI\fR
+is generated in the file \fI\fIfilename\fI\-ann\fR. If the underlying
+file system would truncate \fI\fIfilename\fI\-ann\fR so that it
+overwrites the original \fI\fIfilename\fI\fR, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR generates
+annotated source in the file \fI\fIfilename\fI.ann\fR instead (if the
+original file name has an extension, that extension is \fIreplaced\fR
+with \fI.ann\fR).
+.ie n .IP """\-Z[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-Z[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Z[symspec]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-exec-counts[=symspec]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-Z\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR not to
+print a tally of functions and the number of times each was called.
+If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print tally, but exclude matching symbols.
+.ie n .IP """\-r""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-function\-ordering""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-function\-ordering\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--function-ordering"
+.PD
+The \fB\-\-function\-ordering\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a
+suggested function ordering for the program based on profiling data.
+This option suggests an ordering which may improve paging, tlb and
+cache behavior for the program on systems which support arbitrary
+ordering of functions in an executable.
+.Sp
+The exact details of how to force the linker to place functions
+in a particular order is system dependent and out of the scope of this
+manual.
+.ie n .IP """\-R \f(CImap_file\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-R \f(CImap_file\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R map_file"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-ordering \f(CImap_file\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-ordering \f(CImap_file\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-ordering map_file"
+.PD
+The \fB\-\-file\-ordering\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a
+suggested .o link line ordering for the program based on profiling data.
+This option suggests an ordering which may improve paging, tlb and
+cache behavior for the program on systems which do not support arbitrary
+ordering of functions in an executable.
+.Sp
+Use of the \fB\-a\fR argument is highly recommended with this option.
+.Sp
+The \fImap_file\fR argument is a pathname to a file which provides
+function name to object file mappings. The format of the file is similar to
+the output of the program \f(CW\*(C`nm\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+.Vb 8
+\& c\-parse.o:00000000 T yyparse
+\& c\-parse.o:00000004 C yyerrflag
+\& c\-lang.o:00000000 T maybe_objc_method_name
+\& c\-lang.o:00000000 T print_lang_statistics
+\& c\-lang.o:00000000 T recognize_objc_keyword
+\& c\-decl.o:00000000 T print_lang_identifier
+\& c\-decl.o:00000000 T print_lang_type
+\& ...
+.Ve
+.Sp
+To create a \fImap_file\fR with \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`nm\*(C'\fR, type a command like
+\&\f(CW\*(C`nm \-\-extern\-only \-\-defined\-only \-v \-\-print\-file\-name program\-name\*(C'\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-T""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-T\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-traditional""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-traditional\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--traditional"
+.PD
+The \fB\-T\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print its output in
+\&\*(L"traditional\*(R" \s-1BSD\s0 style.
+.ie n .IP """\-w \f(CIwidth\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-w \f(CIwidth\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w width"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-width=\f(CIwidth\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-width=\f(CIwidth\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--width=width"
+.PD
+Sets width of output lines to \fIwidth\fR.
+Currently only used when printing the function index at the bottom
+of the call graph.
+.ie n .IP """\-x""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-all\-lines""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-all\-lines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all-lines"
+.PD
+This option affects annotated source output only.
+By default, only the lines at the beginning of a basic-block
+are annotated. If this option is specified, every line in
+a basic-block is annotated by repeating the annotation for the
+first line. This behavior is similar to \f(CW\*(C`tcov\*(C'\fR's \fB\-a\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-\-demangle[=\f(CIstyle\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-demangle[=\f(CIstyle\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-demangle""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-demangle"
+.PD
+These options control whether \*(C+ symbol names should be demangled when
+printing output. The default is to demangle symbols. The
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-demangle\*(C'\fR option may be used to turn off demangling. Different
+compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style
+argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
+compiler.
+.SS "Analysis Options"
+.IX Subsection "Analysis Options"
+.ie n .IP """\-a""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-static""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-static"
+.PD
+The \fB\-a\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress the printing of
+statically declared (private) functions. (These are functions whose
+names are not listed as global, and which are not visible outside the
+file/function/block where they were defined.) Time spent in these
+functions, calls to/from them, etc., will all be attributed to the
+function that was loaded directly before it in the executable file.
+This option affects both the flat profile and the call graph.
+.ie n .IP """\-c""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-static\-call\-graph""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-static\-call\-graph\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--static-call-graph"
+.PD
+The \fB\-c\fR option causes the call graph of the program to be
+augmented by a heuristic which examines the text space of the object
+file and identifies function calls in the binary machine code.
+Since normal call graph records are only generated when functions are
+entered, this option identifies children that could have been called,
+but never were. Calls to functions that were not compiled with
+profiling enabled are also identified, but only if symbol table
+entries are present for them.
+Calls to dynamic library routines are typically \fInot\fR found
+by this option.
+Parents or children identified via this heuristic
+are indicated in the call graph with call counts of \fB0\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-D""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-ignore\-non\-functions""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-ignore\-non\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--ignore-non-functions"
+.PD
+The \fB\-D\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to ignore symbols which
+are not known to be functions. This option will give more accurate
+profile data on systems where it is supported (Solaris and \s-1HPUX\s0 for
+example).
+.ie n .IP """\-k \f(CIfrom\f(CW/\f(CIto\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-k \f(CIfrom\f(CW/\f(CIto\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-k from/to"
+The \fB\-k\fR option allows you to delete from the call graph any arcs from
+symbols matching symspec \fIfrom\fR to those matching symspec \fIto\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-l""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-line""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-line\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--line"
+.PD
+The \fB\-l\fR option enables line-by-line profiling, which causes
+histogram hits to be charged to individual source code lines,
+instead of functions. This feature only works with programs compiled
+by older versions of the \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR compiler. Newer versions of
+\&\f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR are designed to work with the \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR tool instead.
+.Sp
+If the program was compiled with basic-block counting enabled,
+this option will also identify how many times each line of
+code was executed.
+While line-by-line profiling can help isolate where in a large function
+a program is spending its time, it also significantly increases
+the running time of \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, and magnifies statistical
+inaccuracies.
+.ie n .IP """\-m \f(CInum\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-m \f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m num"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-min\-count=\f(CInum\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-min\-count=\f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--min-count=num"
+.PD
+This option affects execution count output only.
+Symbols that are executed less than \fInum\fR times are suppressed.
+.ie n .IP """\-n\f(CIsymspec\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-n\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nsymspec"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--time=symspec"
+.PD
+The \fB\-n\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, in its call graph analysis,
+to only propagate times for symbols matching \fIsymspec\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-N\f(CIsymspec\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-N\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Nsymspec"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-time=symspec"
+.PD
+The \fB\-n\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, in its call graph analysis,
+not to propagate times for symbols matching \fIsymspec\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-S\f(CIfilename\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-S\f(CIfilename\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Sfilename"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\f(CIfilename\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\f(CIfilename\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--external-symbol-table=filename"
+.PD
+The \fB\-S\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to read an external symbol table
+file, such as \fI/proc/kallsyms\fR, rather than read the symbol table
+from the given object file (the default is \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR). This is useful
+for profiling kernel modules.
+.ie n .IP """\-z""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-display\-unused\-functions""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-display\-unused\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--display-unused-functions"
+.PD
+If you give the \fB\-z\fR option, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR will mention all
+functions in the flat profile, even those that were never called, and
+that had no time spent in them. This is useful in conjunction with the
+\&\fB\-c\fR option for discovering which routines were never called.
+.SS "Miscellaneous Options"
+.IX Subsection "Miscellaneous Options"
+.ie n .IP """\-d[\f(CInum\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-d[\f(CInum\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d[num]"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-debug[=\f(CInum\f(CW]""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-debug[=\f(CInum\f(CW]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug[=num]"
+.PD
+The \fB\-d\fR \fInum\fR option specifies debugging options.
+If \fInum\fR is not specified, enable all debugging.
+.ie n .IP """\-h""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-help""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+The \fB\-h\fR option prints command line usage.
+.ie n .IP """\-O\f(CIname\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-O\f(CIname\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Oname"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-format=\f(CIname\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-format=\f(CIname\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-format=name"
+.PD
+Selects the format of the profile data files. Recognized formats are
+\&\fBauto\fR (the default), \fBbsd\fR, \fB4.4bsd\fR, \fBmagic\fR, and
+\&\fBprof\fR (not yet supported).
+.ie n .IP """\-s""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-sum""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-sum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sum"
+.PD
+The \fB\-s\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to summarize the information
+in the profile data files it read in, and write out a profile data
+file called \fIgmon.sum\fR, which contains all the information from
+the profile data files that \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR read in. The file \fIgmon.sum\fR
+may be one of the specified input files; the effect of this is to
+merge the data in the other input files into \fIgmon.sum\fR.
+.Sp
+Eventually you can run \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR again without \fB\-s\fR to analyze the
+cumulative data in the file \fIgmon.sum\fR.
+.ie n .IP """\-v""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """\-\-version""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+The \fB\-v\fR flag causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the current version
+number, and then exit.
+.SS "Deprecated Options"
+.IX Subsection "Deprecated Options"
+These options have been replaced with newer versions that use symspecs.
+.ie n .IP """\-e \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-e \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e function_name"
+The \fB\-e\fR \fIfunction\fR option tells \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to not print
+information about the function \fIfunction_name\fR (and its
+children...) in the call graph. The function will still be listed
+as a child of any functions that call it, but its index number will be
+shown as \fB[not printed]\fR. More than one \fB\-e\fR option may be
+given; only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-e\fR
+option.
+.ie n .IP """\-E \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-E \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E function_name"
+The \f(CW\*(C`\-E \f(CIfunction\f(CW\*(C'\fR option works like the \f(CW\*(C`\-e\*(C'\fR option, but
+time spent in the function (and children who were not called from
+anywhere else), will not be used to compute the percentages-of-time for
+the call graph. More than one \fB\-E\fR option may be given; only one
+\&\fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-E\fR option.
+.ie n .IP """\-f \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-f \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f function_name"
+The \fB\-f\fR \fIfunction\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to limit the
+call graph to the function \fIfunction_name\fR and its children (and
+their children...). More than one \fB\-f\fR option may be given;
+only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-f\fR
+option.
+.ie n .IP """\-F \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-F \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F function_name"
+The \fB\-F\fR \fIfunction\fR option works like the \f(CW\*(C`\-f\*(C'\fR option, but
+only time spent in the function and its children (and their
+children...) will be used to determine total-time and
+percentages-of-time for the call graph. More than one \fB\-F\fR option
+may be given; only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each
+\&\fB\-F\fR option. The \fB\-F\fR option overrides the \fB\-E\fR option.
+.SH "FILES"
+.IX Header "FILES"
+.ie n .IP """\f(CIa.out\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIa.out\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "a.out"
+the namelist and text space.
+.ie n .IP """\f(CIgmon.out\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIgmon.out\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gmon.out"
+dynamic call graph and profile.
+.ie n .IP """\f(CIgmon.sum\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIgmon.sum\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gmon.sum"
+summarized dynamic call graph and profile.
+.SH "BUGS"
+.IX Header "BUGS"
+The granularity of the sampling is shown, but remains
+statistical at best.
+We assume that the time for each execution of a function
+can be expressed by the total time for the function divided
+by the number of times the function is called.
+Thus the time propagated along the call graph arcs to the function's
+parents is directly proportional to the number of times that
+arc is traversed.
+.PP
+Parents that are not themselves profiled will have the time of
+their profiled children propagated to them, but they will appear
+to be spontaneously invoked in the call graph listing, and will
+not have their time propagated further.
+Similarly, signal catchers, even though profiled, will appear
+to be spontaneous (although for more obscure reasons).
+Any profiled children of signal catchers should have their times
+propagated properly, unless the signal catcher was invoked during
+the execution of the profiling routine, in which case all is lost.
+.PP
+The profiled program must call \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR(2)
+or return normally for the profiling information to be saved
+in the \fIgmon.out\fR file.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fImonitor\fR\|(3), \fIprofil\fR\|(2), \fIcc\fR\|(1), \fIprof\fR\|(1), and the Info entry for \fIgprof\fR.
+.PP
+\&\*(L"An Execution Profiler for Modular Programs\*(R",
+by S. Graham, P. Kessler, M. McKusick;
+Software \- Practice and Experience,
+Vol. 13, pp. 671\-685, 1983.
+.PP
+\&\*(L"gprof: A Call Graph Execution Profiler\*(R",
+by S. Graham, P. Kessler, M. McKusick;
+Proceedings of the \s-1SIGPLAN\s0 '82 Symposium on Compiler Construction,
+\&\s-1SIGPLAN\s0 Notices, Vol. 17, No 6, pp. 120\-126, June 1982.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1988, 1992, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
+2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ld.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ld.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b5c3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ld.1
@@ -0,0 +1,2413 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "LD 1"
+.TH LD 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ld \- The GNU linker
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ld [\fBoptions\fR] \fIobjfile\fR ...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBld\fR combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in
+compiling a program is to run \fBld\fR.
+.PP
+\&\fBld\fR accepts Linker Command Language files written in
+a superset of \s-1AT&T\s0's Link Editor Command Language syntax,
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+.PP
+This man page does not describe the command language; see the
+\&\fBld\fR entry in \f(CW\*(C`info\*(C'\fR for full details on the command
+language and on other aspects of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker.
+.PP
+This version of \fBld\fR uses the general purpose \s-1BFD\s0 libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows \fBld\fR to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats\-\-\-for example, \s-1COFF\s0 or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR. Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file.
+.PP
+Aside from its flexibility, the \s-1GNU\s0 linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information. Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+\&\fBld\fR continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+.PP
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker \fBld\fR is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers. As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
+practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+For instance, a frequent use of \fBld\fR is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system. On such a system, to
+link a file \f(CW\*(C`hello.o\*(C'\fR:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& ld \-o <output> /lib/crt0.o hello.o \-lc
+.Ve
+.PP
+This tells \fBld\fR to produce a file called \fIoutput\fR as the
+result of linking the file \f(CW\*(C`/lib/crt0.o\*(C'\fR with \f(CW\*(C`hello.o\*(C'\fR and
+the library \f(CW\*(C`libc.a\*(C'\fR, which will come from the standard search
+directories. (See the discussion of the \fB\-l\fR option below.)
+.PP
+Some of the command-line options to \fBld\fR may be specified at any
+point in the command line. However, options which refer to files, such
+as \fB\-l\fR or \fB\-T\fR, cause the file to be read at the point at
+which the option appears in the command line, relative to the object
+files and other file options. Repeating non-file options with a
+different argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of that
+option. Options which may be meaningfully specified more than once are
+noted in the descriptions below.
+.PP
+Non-option arguments are object files or archives which are to be linked
+together. They may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line
+options, except that an object file argument may not be placed between
+an option and its argument.
+.PP
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but you can
+specify other forms of binary input files using \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-R\fR,
+and the script command language. If \fIno\fR binary input files at all
+are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and issues the
+message \fBNo input files\fR.
+.PP
+If the linker cannot recognize the format of an object file, it will
+assume that it is a linker script. A script specified in this way
+augments the main linker script used for the link (either the default
+linker script or the one specified by using \fB\-T\fR). This feature
+permits the linker to link against a file which appears to be an object
+or an archive, but actually merely defines some symbol values, or uses
+\&\f(CW\*(C`INPUT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`GROUP\*(C'\fR to load other objects. Specifying a
+script in this way merely augments the main linker script, with the
+extra commands placed after the main script; use the \fB\-T\fR option
+to replace the default linker script entirely, but note the effect of
+the \f(CW\*(C`INSERT\*(C'\fR command.
+.PP
+For options whose names are a single letter,
+option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+.PP
+For options whose names are multiple letters, either one dash or two can
+precede the option name; for example, \fB\-trace\-symbol\fR and
+\&\fB\-\-trace\-symbol\fR are equivalent. Note\-\-\-there is one exception to
+this rule. Multiple letter options that start with a lower case 'o' can
+only be preceded by two dashes. This is to reduce confusion with the
+\&\fB\-o\fR option. So for example \fB\-omagic\fR sets the output file
+name to \fBmagic\fR whereas \fB\-\-omagic\fR sets the \s-1NMAGIC\s0 flag on the
+output.
+.PP
+Arguments to multiple-letter options must either be separated from the
+option name by an equals sign, or be given as separate arguments
+immediately following the option that requires them. For example,
+\&\fB\-\-trace\-symbol foo\fR and \fB\-\-trace\-symbol=foo\fR are equivalent.
+Unique abbreviations of the names of multiple-letter options are
+accepted.
+.PP
+Note\-\-\-if the linker is being invoked indirectly, via a compiler driver
+(e.g. \fBgcc\fR) then all the linker command line options should be
+prefixed by \fB\-Wl,\fR (or whatever is appropriate for the particular
+compiler driver) like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc \-Wl,\-\-start\-group foo.o bar.o \-Wl,\-\-end\-group
+.Ve
+.PP
+This is important, because otherwise the compiler driver program may
+silently drop the linker options, resulting in a bad link. Confusion
+may also arise when passing options that require values through a
+driver, as the use of a space between option and argument acts as
+a separator, and causes the driver to pass only the option to the linker
+and the argument to the compiler. In this case, it is simplest to use
+the joined forms of both single\- and multiple-letter options, such as:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\& gcc foo.o bar.o \-Wl,\-eENTRY \-Wl,\-Map=a.map
+.Ve
+.PP
+Here is a table of the generic command line switches accepted by the \s-1GNU\s0
+linker:
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a keyword"
+This option is supported for \s-1HP/UX\s0 compatibility. The \fIkeyword\fR
+argument must be one of the strings \fBarchive\fR, \fBshared\fR, or
+\&\fBdefault\fR. \fB\-aarchive\fR is functionally equivalent to
+\&\fB\-Bstatic\fR, and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent
+to \fB\-Bdynamic\fR. This option may be used any number of times.
+.IP "\fB\-\-audit\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--audit AUDITLIB"
+Adds \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_AUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section.
+\&\fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0
+specified in the library. If specified multiple times \f(CW\*(C`DT_AUDIT\*(C'\fR
+will contain a colon separated list of audit interfaces to use. If the linker
+finds an object with an audit entry while searching for shared libraries,
+it will add a corresponding \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR entry in the output file.
+This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms supporting the rtld-audit
+interface.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR \fIarchitecture\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A architecture"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--architecture=architecture"
+.PD
+In the current release of \fBld\fR, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures. In that \fBld\fR configuration, the
+\&\fIarchitecture\fR argument identifies the particular architecture in
+the 960 family, enabling some safeguards and modifying the
+archive-library search path.
+.Sp
+Future releases of \fBld\fR may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIinput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b input-format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIinput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=input-format"
+.PD
+\&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file. If your \fBld\fR is configured this way, you can use the
+\&\fB\-b\fR option to specify the binary format for input object files
+that follow this option on the command line. Even when \fBld\fR is
+configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need
+to specify this, as \fBld\fR should be configured to expect as a
+default input format the most usual format on each machine.
+\&\fIinput-format\fR is a text string, the name of a particular format
+supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries. (You can list the available binary
+formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.)
+.Sp
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format. You can also use \fB\-b\fR to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+\&\fB\-b\fR \fIinput-format\fR before each group of object files in a
+particular format.
+.Sp
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+You can also define the input format from a script, using the command
+\&\f(CW\*(C`TARGET\*(C'\fR;
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR \fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c MRI-commandfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-mri\-script=\fR\fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--mri-script=MRI-commandfile"
+.PD
+For compatibility with linkers produced by \s-1MRI\s0, \fBld\fR accepts script
+files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in
+the \s-1MRI\s0 Compatible Script Files section of \s-1GNU\s0 ld documentation.
+Introduce \s-1MRI\s0 script files with
+the option \fB\-c\fR; use the \fB\-T\fR option to run linker
+scripts written in the general-purpose \fBld\fR scripting language.
+If \fIMRI-cmdfile\fR does not exist, \fBld\fR looks for it in the directories
+specified by any \fB\-L\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dc"
+.IP "\fB\-dp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dp"
+.PD
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers. They assign space to common symbols
+even if a relocatable output file is specified (with \fB\-r\fR). The
+script command \f(CW\*(C`FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect.
+.IP "\fB\-\-depaudit\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--depaudit AUDITLIB"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P AUDITLIB"
+.PD
+Adds \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section.
+\&\fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0
+specified in the library. If specified multiple times \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR
+will contain a colon separated list of audit interfaces to use. This
+option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms supporting the rtld-audit interface.
+The \-P option is provided for Solaris compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e entry"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-entry=\fR\fIentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--entry=entry"
+.PD
+Use \fIentry\fR as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point. If there is no symbol
+named \fIentry\fR, the linker will try to parse \fIentry\fR as a number,
+and use that as the entry address (the number will be interpreted in
+base 10; you may use a leading \fB0x\fR for base 16, or a leading
+\&\fB0\fR for base 8).
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-libs\fR \fIlib\fR\fB,\fR\fIlib\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-libs lib,lib,..."
+Specifies a list of archive libraries from which symbols should not be automatically
+exported. The library names may be delimited by commas or colons. Specifying
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\-libs ALL\*(C'\fR excludes symbols in all archive libraries from
+automatic export. This option is available only for the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted
+port of the linker and for \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports. For i386 \s-1PE\s0, symbols
+explicitly listed in a .def file are still exported, regardless of this
+option. For \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports, symbols affected by this option will
+be treated as hidden.
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-modules\-for\-implib\fR \fImodule\fR\fB,\fR\fImodule\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-modules-for-implib module,module,..."
+Specifies a list of object files or archive members, from which symbols
+should not be automatically exported, but which should be copied wholesale
+into the import library being generated during the link. The module names
+may be delimited by commas or colons, and must match exactly the filenames
+used by \fBld\fR to open the files; for archive members, this is simply
+the member name, but for object files the name listed must include and
+match precisely any path used to specify the input file on the linker's
+command-line. This option is available only for the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port
+of the linker. Symbols explicitly listed in a .def file are still exported,
+regardless of this option.
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-export\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--export-dynamic"
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-export\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-export-dynamic"
+.PD
+When creating a dynamically linked executable, using the \fB\-E\fR
+option or the \fB\-\-export\-dynamic\fR option causes the linker to add
+all symbols to the dynamic symbol table. The dynamic symbol table is the
+set of symbols which are visible from dynamic objects at run time.
+.Sp
+If you do not use either of these options (or use the
+\&\fB\-\-no\-export\-dynamic\fR option to restore the default behavior), the
+dynamic symbol table will normally contain only those symbols which are
+referenced by some dynamic object mentioned in the link.
+.Sp
+If you use \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR to load a dynamic object which needs to refer
+back to the symbols defined by the program, rather than some other
+dynamic object, then you will probably need to use this option when
+linking the program itself.
+.Sp
+You can also use the dynamic list to control what symbols should
+be added to the dynamic symbol table if the output format supports it.
+See the description of \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\fR.
+.Sp
+Note that this option is specific to \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports. \s-1PE\s0 targets
+support a similar function to export all symbols from a \s-1DLL\s0 or \s-1EXE\s0; see
+the description of \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR below.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Link big-endian objects. This affects the default output format.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Link little-endian objects. This affects the default output format.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-auxiliary=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--auxiliary=name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field
+to the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field. If
+the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter object, it will
+first check whether there is a definition in the shared object
+\&\fIname\fR. If there is one, it will be used instead of the definition
+in the filter object. The shared object \fIname\fR need not exist.
+Thus the shared object \fIname\fR may be used to provide an alternative
+implementation of certain functions, perhaps for debugging or for
+machine specific performance.
+.Sp
+This option may be specified more than once. The \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 entries
+will be created in the order in which they appear on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-filter=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--filter=name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field to
+the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object which is being created should be used as a filter
+on the symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field. The
+dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the symbol table of the
+filter object as usual, but it will actually link to the definitions
+found in the shared object \fIname\fR. Thus the filter object can be
+used to select a subset of the symbols provided by the object
+\&\fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+Some older linkers used the \fB\-F\fR option throughout a compilation
+toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and output
+object files.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker uses other mechanisms for this purpose: the
+\&\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-format\fR, \fB\-\-oformat\fR options, the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`TARGET\*(C'\fR command in linker scripts, and the \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR
+environment variable.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker will ignore the \fB\-F\fR option when not
+creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object.
+.IP "\fB\-fini=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fini=name"
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the
+executable or shared object is unloaded, by setting \s-1DT_FINI\s0 to the
+address of the function. By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_fini\*(C'\fR as
+the function to call.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+Ignored. Provided for compatibility with other tools.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G value"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-gpsize=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gpsize=value"
+.PD
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the \s-1GP\s0 register to
+\&\fIsize\fR. This is only meaningful for object file formats such as
+\&\s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ECOFF\s0 which supports putting large and small objects into different
+sections. This is ignored for other object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-soname=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-soname=name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field to
+the specified name. When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+Perform an incremental link (same as option \fB\-r\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-init=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-init=name"
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the
+executable or shared object is loaded, by setting \s-1DT_INIT\s0 to the address
+of the function. By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_init\*(C'\fR as the
+function to call.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fInamespec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l namespec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-library=\fR\fInamespec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--library=namespec"
+.PD
+Add the archive or object file specified by \fInamespec\fR to the
+list of files to link. This option may be used any number of times.
+If \fInamespec\fR is of the form \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, \fBld\fR
+will search the library path for a file called \fIfilename\fR, otherwise it
+will search the library path for a file called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR.
+.Sp
+On systems which support shared libraries, \fBld\fR may also search for
+files other than \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR. Specifically, on \s-1ELF\s0
+and SunOS systems, \fBld\fR will search a directory for a library
+called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.so\fR before searching for one called
+\&\fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR. (By convention, a \f(CW\*(C`.so\*(C'\fR extension
+indicates a shared library.) Note that this behavior does not apply
+to \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, which always specifies a file called
+\&\fIfilename\fR.
+.Sp
+The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where it is
+specified on the command line. If the archive defines a symbol which
+was undefined in some object which appeared before the archive on the
+command line, the linker will include the appropriate file(s) from the
+archive. However, an undefined symbol in an object appearing later on
+the command line will not cause the linker to search the archive again.
+.Sp
+See the \fB\-(\fR option for a way to force the linker to search
+archives multiple times.
+.Sp
+You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line.
+.Sp
+This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers. However,
+if you are using \fBld\fR on \s-1AIX\s0, note that it is different from the
+behaviour of the \s-1AIX\s0 linker.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsearchdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L searchdir"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-library\-path=\fR\fIsearchdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--library-path=searchdir"
+.PD
+Add path \fIsearchdir\fR to the list of paths that \fBld\fR will search
+for archive libraries and \fBld\fR control scripts. You may use this
+option any number of times. The directories are searched in the order
+in which they are specified on the command line. Directories specified
+on the command line are searched before the default directories. All
+\&\fB\-L\fR options apply to all \fB\-l\fR options, regardless of the
+order in which the options appear. \fB\-L\fR options do not affect
+how \fBld\fR searches for a linker script unless \fB\-T\fR
+option is specified.
+.Sp
+If \fIsearchdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the \fIsysroot prefix\fR, a path specified when the linker is configured.
+.Sp
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+\&\fB\-L\fR) depends on which emulation mode \fBld\fR is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured.
+.Sp
+The paths can also be specified in a link script with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`SEARCH_DIR\*(C'\fR command. Directories specified this way are searched
+at the point in which the linker script appears in the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIemulation\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m emulation"
+Emulate the \fIemulation\fR linker. You can list the available
+emulations with the \fB\-\-verbose\fR or \fB\-V\fR options.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\-m\fR option is not used, the emulation is taken from the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR environment variable, if that is defined.
+.Sp
+Otherwise, the default emulation depends upon how the linker was
+configured.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-map\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-map"
+.PD
+Print a link map to the standard output. A link map provides
+information about the link, including the following:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Where object files are mapped into memory.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+How common symbols are allocated.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+All archive members included in the link, with a mention of the symbol
+which caused the archive member to be brought in.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The values assigned to symbols.
+.Sp
+Note \- symbols whose values are computed by an expression which
+involves a reference to a previous value of the same symbol may not
+have correct result displayed in the link map. This is because the
+linker discards intermediate results and only retains the final value
+of an expression. Under such circumstances the linker will display
+the final value enclosed by square brackets. Thus for example a
+linker script containing:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& foo = 1
+\& foo = foo * 4
+\& foo = foo + 8
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will produce the following output in the link map if the \fB\-M\fR
+option is used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& 0x00000001 foo = 0x1
+\& [0x0000000c] foo = (foo * 0x4)
+\& [0x0000000c] foo = (foo + 0x8)
+.Ve
+.Sp
+See \fBExpressions\fR for more information about expressions in linker
+scripts.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-nmagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nmagic"
+.PD
+Turn off page alignment of sections, and disable linking against shared
+libraries. If the output format supports Unix style magic numbers,
+mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`NMAGIC\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-omagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--omagic"
+.PD
+Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable. Also, do
+not page-align the data segment, and disable linking against shared
+libraries. If the output format supports Unix style magic numbers,
+mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR. Note: Although a writable text section
+is allowed for PE-COFF targets, it does not conform to the format
+specification published by Microsoft.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-omagic"
+This option negates most of the effects of the \fB\-N\fR option. It
+sets the text section to be read-only, and forces the data segment to
+be page-aligned. Note \- this option does not enable linking against
+shared libraries. Use \fB\-Bdynamic\fR for this.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIoutput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o output"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output=\fR\fIoutput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output=output"
+.PD
+Use \fIoutput\fR as the name for the program produced by \fBld\fR; if this
+option is not specified, the name \fIa.out\fR is used by default. The
+script command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output file name.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O level"
+If \fIlevel\fR is a numeric values greater than zero \fBld\fR optimizes
+the output. This might take significantly longer and therefore probably
+should only be enabled for the final binary. At the moment this
+option only affects \s-1ELF\s0 shared library generation. Future releases of
+the linker may make more use of this option. Also currently there is
+no difference in the linker's behaviour for different non-zero values
+of this option. Again this may change with future releases.
+.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-q"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--emit-relocs"
+.PD
+Leave relocation sections and contents in fully linked executables.
+Post link analysis and optimization tools may need this information in
+order to perform correct modifications of executables. This results
+in larger executables.
+.Sp
+This option is currently only supported on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-dynamic"
+Force the output file to have dynamic sections. This option is specific
+to VxWorks targets.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-relocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relocatable"
+.PD
+Generate relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \fBld\fR. This is often called \fIpartial
+linking\fR. As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR.
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced. When
+linking \*(C+ programs, this option \fIwill not\fR resolve references to
+constructors; to do that, use \fB\-Ur\fR.
+.Sp
+When an input file does not have the same format as the output file,
+partial linking is only supported if that input file does not contain any
+relocations. Different output formats can have further restrictions; for
+example some \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR\-based formats do not support partial linking
+with input files in other formats at all.
+.Sp
+This option does the same thing as \fB\-i\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-just\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--just-symbols=filename"
+.PD
+Read symbol names and their addresses from \fIfilename\fR, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output. This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs. You may use this option more than once.
+.Sp
+For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the \fB\-rpath\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Omit all symbol information from the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trace"
+.PD
+Print the names of the input files as \fBld\fR processes them.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T scriptfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--script=scriptfile"
+.PD
+Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the linker script. This script replaces
+\&\fBld\fR's default linker script (rather than adding to it), so
+\&\fIcommandfile\fR must specify everything necessary to describe the
+output file. If \fIscriptfile\fR does not exist in
+the current directory, \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR looks for it in the directories
+specified by any preceding \fB\-L\fR options. Multiple \fB\-T\fR
+options accumulate.
+.IP "\fB\-dT\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dT scriptfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-script=scriptfile"
+.PD
+Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the default linker script.
+.Sp
+This option is similar to the \fB\-\-script\fR option except that
+processing of the script is delayed until after the rest of the
+command line has been processed. This allows options placed after the
+\&\fB\-\-default\-script\fR option on the command line to affect the
+behaviour of the linker script, which can be important when the linker
+command line cannot be directly controlled by the user. (eg because
+the command line is being constructed by another tool, such as
+\&\fBgcc\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u symbol"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-undefined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--undefined=symbol"
+.PD
+Force \fIsymbol\fR to be entered in the output file as an undefined
+symbol. Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional
+modules from standard libraries. \fB\-u\fR may be repeated with
+different option arguments to enter additional undefined symbols. This
+option is equivalent to the \f(CW\*(C`EXTERN\*(C'\fR linker script command.
+.IP "\fB\-Ur\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ur"
+For anything other than \*(C+ programs, this option is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-r\fR: it generates relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \fBld\fR. When linking \*(C+ programs, \fB\-Ur\fR
+\&\fIdoes\fR resolve references to constructors, unlike \fB\-r\fR.
+It does not work to use \fB\-Ur\fR on files that were themselves linked
+with \fB\-Ur\fR; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot
+be added to. Use \fB\-Ur\fR only for the last partial link, and
+\&\fB\-r\fR for the others.
+.IP "\fB\-\-unique[=\fR\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unique[=SECTION]"
+Creates a separate output section for every input section matching
+\&\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR, or if the optional wildcard \fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR argument is
+missing, for every orphan input section. An orphan section is one not
+specifically mentioned in a linker script. You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line; It prevents the normal merging of
+input sections with the same name, overriding output section assignments
+in a linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD
+Display the version number for \fBld\fR. The \fB\-V\fR option also
+lists the supported emulations.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Delete all local symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Delete all temporary local symbols. (These symbols start with
+system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems
+or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems.)
+.IP "\fB\-y\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-y symbol"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-trace\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trace-symbol=symbol"
+.PD
+Print the name of each linked file in which \fIsymbol\fR appears. This
+option may be given any number of times. On many systems it is necessary
+to prepend an underscore.
+.Sp
+This option is useful when you have an undefined symbol in your link but
+don't know where the reference is coming from.
+.IP "\fB\-Y\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Y path"
+Add \fIpath\fR to the default library search path. This option exists
+for Solaris compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z keyword"
+The recognized keywords are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBcombreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "combreloc"
+Combines multiple reloc sections and sorts them to make dynamic symbol
+lookup caching possible.
+.IP "\fBdefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "defs"
+Disallows undefined symbols in object files. Undefined symbols in
+shared libraries are still allowed.
+.IP "\fBexecstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "execstack"
+Marks the object as requiring executable stack.
+.IP "\fBinitfirst\fR" 4
+.IX Item "initfirst"
+This option is only meaningful when building a shared object.
+It marks the object so that its runtime initialization will occur
+before the runtime initialization of any other objects brought into
+the process at the same time. Similarly the runtime finalization of
+the object will occur after the runtime finalization of any other
+objects.
+.IP "\fBinterpose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "interpose"
+Marks the object that its symbol table interposes before all symbols
+but the primary executable.
+.IP "\fBlazy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lazy"
+When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the
+dynamic linker to defer function call resolution to the point when
+the function is called (lazy binding), rather than at load time.
+Lazy binding is the default.
+.IP "\fBloadfltr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loadfltr"
+Marks the object that its filters be processed immediately at
+runtime.
+.IP "\fBmuldefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "muldefs"
+Allows multiple definitions.
+.IP "\fBnocombreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocombreloc"
+Disables multiple reloc sections combining.
+.IP "\fBnocopyreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocopyreloc"
+Disables production of copy relocs.
+.IP "\fBnodefaultlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodefaultlib"
+Marks the object that the search for dependencies of this object will
+ignore any default library search paths.
+.IP "\fBnodelete\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodelete"
+Marks the object shouldn't be unloaded at runtime.
+.IP "\fBnodlopen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodlopen"
+Marks the object not available to \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fBnodump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodump"
+Marks the object can not be dumped by \f(CW\*(C`dldump\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fBnoexecstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "noexecstack"
+Marks the object as not requiring executable stack.
+.IP "\fBnorelro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "norelro"
+Don't create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object.
+.IP "\fBnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "now"
+When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the
+dynamic linker to resolve all symbols when the program is started, or
+when the shared library is linked to using dlopen, instead of
+deferring function call resolution to the point when the function is
+first called.
+.IP "\fBorigin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "origin"
+Marks the object may contain \f(CW$ORIGIN\fR.
+.IP "\fBrelro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "relro"
+Create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object.
+.IP "\fBmax\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-page-size=value"
+Set the emulation maximum page size to \fIvalue\fR.
+.IP "\fBcommon\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "common-page-size=value"
+Set the emulation common page size to \fIvalue\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Other keywords are ignored for Solaris compatibility.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-(\fR \fIarchives\fR \fB\-)\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-( archives -)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-start\-group\fR \fIarchives\fR \fB\-\-end\-group\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--start-group archives --end-group"
+.PD
+The \fIarchives\fR should be a list of archive files. They may be
+either explicit file names, or \fB\-l\fR options.
+.Sp
+The specified archives are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created. Normally, an archive is searched only once in
+the order that it is specified on the command line. If a symbol in that
+archive is needed to resolve an undefined symbol referred to by an
+object in an archive that appears later on the command line, the linker
+would not be able to resolve that reference. By grouping the archives,
+they all be searched repeatedly until all possible references are
+resolved.
+.Sp
+Using this option has a significant performance cost. It is best to use
+it only when there are unavoidable circular references between two or
+more archives.
+.IP "\fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--accept-unknown-input-arch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-accept-unknown-input-arch"
+.PD
+Tells the linker to accept input files whose architecture cannot be
+recognised. The assumption is that the user knows what they are doing
+and deliberately wants to link in these unknown input files. This was
+the default behaviour of the linker, before release 2.14. The default
+behaviour from release 2.14 onwards is to reject such input files, and
+so the \fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR option has been added to
+restore the old behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-\-as\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--as-needed"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-as-needed"
+.PD
+This option affects \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags for dynamic libraries mentioned
+on the command line after the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR option. Normally
+the linker will add a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for each dynamic library mentioned
+on the command line, regardless of whether the library is actually
+needed or not. \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR causes a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag to only be
+emitted for a library that satisfies an undefined symbol reference
+from a regular object file or, if the library is not found in the
+\&\s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 lists of other libraries linked up to that point, an
+undefined symbol reference from another dynamic library.
+\&\fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR restores the default behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-needed"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-add-needed"
+.PD
+These two options have been deprecated because of the similarity of
+their names to the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR and \fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR
+options. They have been replaced by \fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR
+and \fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-assert\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-assert keyword"
+This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-Bdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bdynamic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dy"
+.IP "\fB\-call_shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-call_shared"
+.PD
+Link against dynamic libraries. This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported. This option is normally the
+default on such platforms. The different variants of this option are
+for compatibility with various systems. You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line: it affects library searching for
+\&\fB\-l\fR options which follow it.
+.IP "\fB\-Bgroup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bgroup"
+Set the \f(CW\*(C`DF_1_GROUP\*(C'\fR flag in the \f(CW\*(C`DT_FLAGS_1\*(C'\fR entry in the dynamic
+section. This causes the runtime linker to handle lookups in this
+object and its dependencies to be performed only inside the group.
+\&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=report\-all\fR is implied. This option is
+only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bstatic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bstatic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dn"
+.IP "\fB\-non_shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-non_shared"
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+.PD
+Do not link against shared libraries. This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported. The different
+variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems. You
+may use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects
+library searching for \fB\-l\fR options which follow it. This
+option also implies \fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=report\-all\fR. This
+option can be used with \fB\-shared\fR. Doing so means that a
+shared library is being created but that all of the library's external
+references must be resolved by pulling in entries from static
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bsymbolic"
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to the
+definition within the shared library, if any. Normally, it is possible
+for a program linked against a shared library to override the definition
+within the shared library. This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0
+platforms which support shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bsymbolic-functions"
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global function
+symbols to the definition within the shared library, if any.
+This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list=\fR\fIdynamic-list-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list=dynamic-list-file"
+Specify the name of a dynamic list file to the linker. This is
+typically used when creating shared libraries to specify a list of
+global symbols whose references shouldn't be bound to the definition
+within the shared library, or creating dynamically linked executables
+to specify a list of symbols which should be added to the symbol table
+in the executable. This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms
+which support shared libraries.
+.Sp
+The format of the dynamic list is the same as the version node without
+scope and node name. See \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-data"
+Include all global data symbols to the dynamic list.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-new\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-new"
+Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ operator new and delete. It
+is mainly useful for building shared libstdc++.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-typeinfo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-typeinfo"
+Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ runtime type identification.
+.IP "\fB\-\-check\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--check-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-check-sections"
+.PD
+Asks the linker \fInot\fR to check section addresses after they have
+been assigned to see if there are any overlaps. Normally the linker will
+perform this check, and if it finds any overlaps it will produce
+suitable error messages. The linker does know about, and does make
+allowances for sections in overlays. The default behaviour can be
+restored by using the command line switch \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR.
+Section overlap is not usually checked for relocatable links. You can
+force checking in that case by using the \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR
+option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--copy-dt-needed-entries"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-copy-dt-needed-entries"
+.PD
+This option affects the treatment of dynamic libraries referred to
+by \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags \fIinside\fR \s-1ELF\s0 dynamic libraries mentioned on the
+command line. Normally the linker will add a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag to the
+output binary for each library mentioned in a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag in an
+input dynamic library. With \fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR
+specified on the command line however any dynamic libraries that
+follow it will have their \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 entries ignored. The default
+behaviour can be restored with \fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR.
+.Sp
+This option also has an effect on the resolution of symbols in dynamic
+libraries. With the default setting dynamic libraries mentioned on
+the command line will be recursively searched, following their
+\&\s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags to other libraries, in order to resolve symbols
+required by the output binary. With
+\&\fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR specified however the searching
+of dynamic libraries that follow it will stop with the dynamic
+library itself. No \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 links will be traversed to resolve
+symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-cref\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--cref"
+Output a cross reference table. If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+.Sp
+The format of the table is intentionally simple, so that it may be
+easily processed by a script if necessary. The symbols are printed out,
+sorted by name. For each symbol, a list of file names is given. If the
+symbol is defined, the first file listed is the location of the
+definition. The remaining files contain references to the symbol.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-define-common"
+This option inhibits the assignment of addresses to common symbols.
+The script command \f(CW\*(C`INHIBIT_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR option allows decoupling
+the decision to assign addresses to Common symbols from the choice
+of the output file type; otherwise a non-Relocatable output type
+forces assigning addresses to Common symbols.
+Using \fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR allows Common symbols that are referenced
+from a shared library to be assigned addresses only in the main program.
+This eliminates the unused duplicate space in the shared library,
+and also prevents any possible confusion over resolving to the wrong
+duplicate when there are many dynamic modules with specialized search
+paths for runtime symbol resolution.
+.IP "\fB\-\-defsym=\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB=\fR\fIexpression\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defsym=symbol=expression"
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by \fIexpression\fR. You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line. A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the \fIexpression\fR in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols. If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script. \fINote:\fR there should be no white
+space between \fIsymbol\fR, the equals sign ("\fB=\fR"), and
+\&\fIexpression\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-demangle"
+.PD
+These options control whether to demangle symbol names in error messages
+and other output. When the linker is told to demangle, it tries to
+present symbol names in a readable fashion: it strips leading
+underscores if they are used by the object file format, and converts \*(C+
+mangled symbol names into user readable names. Different compilers have
+different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used
+to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. The linker will
+demangle by default unless the environment variable \fB\s-1COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\s0\fR
+is set. These options may be used to override the default.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ifile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-linker=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-linker=file"
+.PD
+Set the name of the dynamic linker. This is only meaningful when
+generating dynamically linked \s-1ELF\s0 executables. The default dynamic
+linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you are
+doing.
+.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--fatal-warnings"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-fatal-warnings"
+.PD
+Treat all warnings as errors. The default behaviour can be restored
+with the option \fB\-\-no\-fatal\-warnings\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-exe\-suffix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-exe-suffix"
+Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix.
+.Sp
+If a successfully built fully linked output file does not have a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`.dll\*(C'\fR suffix, this option forces the linker to copy
+the output file to one of the same name with a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix. This
+option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a Microsoft
+Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an image unless
+it ends in a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gc-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-gc-sections"
+.PD
+Enable garbage collection of unused input sections. It is ignored on
+targets that do not support this option. The default behaviour (of not
+performing this garbage collection) can be restored by specifying
+\&\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR on the command line.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR decides which input sections are used by
+examining symbols and relocations. The section containing the entry
+symbol and all sections containing symbols undefined on the
+command-line will be kept, as will sections containing symbols
+referenced by dynamic objects. Note that when building shared
+libraries, the linker must assume that any visible symbol is
+referenced. Once this initial set of sections has been determined,
+the linker recursively marks as used any section referenced by their
+relocations. See \fB\-\-entry\fR and \fB\-\-undefined\fR.
+.Sp
+This option can be set when doing a partial link (enabled with option
+\&\fB\-r\fR). In this case the root of symbols kept must be explicitly
+specified either by an \fB\-\-entry\fR or \fB\-\-undefined\fR option or by
+a \f(CW\*(C`ENTRY\*(C'\fR command in the linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-gc-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-print-gc-sections"
+.PD
+List all sections removed by garbage collection. The listing is
+printed on stderr. This option is only effective if garbage
+collection has been enabled via the \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR) option. The
+default behaviour (of not listing the sections that are removed) can
+be restored by specifying \fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR on the command
+line.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print a summary of all target specific options on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-Map=\fR\fImapfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Map=mapfile"
+Print a link map to the file \fImapfile\fR. See the description of the
+\&\fB\-M\fR option, above.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-keep\-memory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-keep-memory"
+\&\fBld\fR normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the
+symbol tables of input files in memory. This option tells \fBld\fR to
+instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables as
+necessary. This may be required if \fBld\fR runs out of memory space
+while linking a large executable.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-undefined"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-z defs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z defs"
+.PD
+Report unresolved symbol references from regular object files. This
+is done even if the linker is creating a non-symbolic shared library.
+The switch \fB\-\-[no\-]allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR controls the
+behaviour for reporting unresolved references found in shared
+libraries being linked in.
+.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-multiple\-definition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--allow-multiple-definition"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-z muldefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z muldefs"
+.PD
+Normally when a symbol is defined multiple times, the linker will
+report a fatal error. These options allow multiple definitions and the
+first definition will be used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--allow-shlib-undefined"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-allow-shlib-undefined"
+.PD
+Allows or disallows undefined symbols in shared libraries.
+This switch is similar to \fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR except that it
+determines the behaviour when the undefined symbols are in a
+shared library rather than a regular object file. It does not affect
+how undefined symbols in regular object files are handled.
+.Sp
+The default behaviour is to report errors for any undefined symbols
+referenced in shared libraries if the linker is being used to create
+an executable, but to allow them if the linker is being used to create
+a shared library.
+.Sp
+The reasons for allowing undefined symbol references in shared
+libraries specified at link time are that:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+A shared library specified at link time may not be the same as the one
+that is available at load time, so the symbol might actually be
+resolvable at load time.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+There are some operating systems, eg BeOS and \s-1HPPA\s0, where undefined
+symbols in shared libraries are normal.
+.Sp
+The BeOS kernel for example patches shared libraries at load time to
+select whichever function is most appropriate for the current
+architecture. This is used, for example, to dynamically select an
+appropriate memset function.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-undefined-version"
+Normally when a symbol has an undefined version, the linker will ignore
+it. This option disallows symbols with undefined version and a fatal error
+will be issued instead.
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-symver\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-symver"
+Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned
+exported symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-imported\-symver\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-imported-symver"
+Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned
+imported symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-mismatch"
+Normally \fBld\fR will give an error if you try to link together input
+files that are mismatched for some reason, perhaps because they have
+been compiled for different processors or for different endiannesses.
+This option tells \fBld\fR that it should silently permit such possible
+errors. This option should only be used with care, in cases when you
+have taken some special action that ensures that the linker errors are
+inappropriate.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-search\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-search-mismatch"
+Normally \fBld\fR will give a warning if it finds an incompatible
+library during a library search. This option silences the warning.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-whole\-archive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-whole-archive"
+Turn off the effect of the \fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option for subsequent
+archive files.
+.IP "\fB\-\-noinhibit\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--noinhibit-exec"
+Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable.
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process; it exits without writing an output file
+when it issues any error whatsoever.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdlib"
+Only search library directories explicitly specified on the
+command line. Library directories specified in linker scripts
+(including linker scripts specified on the command line) are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-\-oformat=\fR\fIoutput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--oformat=output-format"
+\&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file. If your \fBld\fR is configured this way, you can use the
+\&\fB\-\-oformat\fR option to specify the binary format for the output
+object file. Even when \fBld\fR is configured to support alternative
+object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as \fBld\fR
+should be configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine. \fIoutput-format\fR is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries. (You can
+list the available binary formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.) The script
+command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT_FORMAT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output format, but
+this option overrides it.
+.IP "\fB\-pie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pie"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-pic\-executable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pic-executable"
+.PD
+Create a position independent executable. This is currently only supported on
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 platforms. Position independent executables are similar to shared
+libraries in that they are relocated by the dynamic linker to the virtual
+address the \s-1OS\s0 chooses for them (which can vary between invocations). Like
+normal dynamically linked executables they can be executed and symbols
+defined in the executable cannot be overridden by shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-qmagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-qmagic"
+This option is ignored for Linux compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-Qy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qy"
+This option is ignored for \s-1SVR4\s0 compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relax"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-relax"
+.PD
+An option with machine dependent effects.
+This option is only supported on a few targets.
+.Sp
+On some platforms the \fB\-\-relax\fR option performs target specific,
+global optimizations that become possible when the linker resolves
+addressing in the program, such as relaxing address modes,
+synthesizing new instructions, selecting shorter version of current
+instructions, and combinig constant values.
+.Sp
+On some platforms these link time global optimizations may make symbolic
+debugging of the resulting executable impossible.
+This is known to be the case for the Matsushita \s-1MN10200\s0 and \s-1MN10300\s0
+family of processors.
+.Sp
+On platforms where this is not supported, \fB\-\-relax\fR is accepted,
+but ignored.
+.Sp
+On platforms where \fB\-\-relax\fR is accepted the option
+\&\fB\-\-no\-relax\fR can be used to disable the feature.
+.IP "\fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--retain-symbols-file=filename"
+Retain \fIonly\fR the symbols listed in the file \fIfilename\fR,
+discarding all others. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line. This option is especially useful in environments
+(such as VxWorks)
+where a large global symbol table is accumulated gradually, to conserve
+run-time memory.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR does \fInot\fR discard undefined symbols,
+or symbols needed for relocations.
+.Sp
+You may only specify \fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR once in the command
+line. It overrides \fB\-s\fR and \fB\-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-rpath=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rpath=dir"
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path. This is used when
+linking an \s-1ELF\s0 executable with shared objects. All \fB\-rpath\fR
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime. The \fB\-rpath\fR option is
+also used when locating shared objects which are needed by shared
+objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of the
+\&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR option. If \fB\-rpath\fR is not used when linking an
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 executable, the contents of the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR will be used if it is defined.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-rpath\fR option may also be used on SunOS. By default, on
+SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+\&\fB\-L\fR options it is given. If a \fB\-rpath\fR option is used, the
+runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the \fB\-rpath\fR
+options, ignoring the \fB\-L\fR options. This can be useful when using
+gcc, which adds many \fB\-L\fR options which may be on \s-1NFS\s0 mounted
+file systems.
+.Sp
+For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the \fB\-rpath\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-rpath\-link=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rpath-link=dir"
+When using \s-1ELF\s0 or SunOS, one shared library may require another. This
+happens when an \f(CW\*(C`ld \-shared\*(C'\fR link includes a shared library as one
+of the input files.
+.Sp
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocatable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly. In such a case, the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option
+specifies the first set of directories to search. The
+\&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR option may specify a sequence of directory names
+either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by
+appearing multiple times.
+.Sp
+This option should be used with caution as it overrides the search path
+that may have been hard compiled into a shared library. In such a case it
+is possible to use unintentionally a different search path than the
+runtime linker would do.
+.Sp
+The linker uses the following search paths to locate required shared
+libraries:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\-link\fR options.
+.IP "2." 4
+Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options. The difference
+between \fB\-rpath\fR and \fB\-rpath\-link\fR is that directories
+specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options are included in the executable and
+used at runtime, whereas the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option is only effective
+at link time. Searching \fB\-rpath\fR in this way is only supported
+by native linkers and cross linkers which have been configured with
+the \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR option.
+.IP "3." 4
+On an \s-1ELF\s0 system, for native linkers, if the \fB\-rpath\fR and
+\&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR options were not used, search the contents of the
+environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "4." 4
+On SunOS, if the \fB\-rpath\fR option was not used, search any
+directories specified using \fB\-L\fR options.
+.IP "5." 4
+For a native linker, the search the contents of the environment
+variable \f(CW\*(C`LD_LIBRARY_PATH\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "6." 4
+For a native \s-1ELF\s0 linker, the directories in \f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR of a shared library are searched for shared
+libraries needed by it. The \f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR entries are ignored if
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR entries exist.
+.IP "7." 4
+The default directories, normally \fI/lib\fR and \fI/usr/lib\fR.
+.IP "8." 4
+For a native linker on an \s-1ELF\s0 system, if the file \fI/etc/ld.so.conf\fR
+exists, the list of directories found in that file.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Bshareable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bshareable"
+.PD
+Create a shared library. This is currently only supported on \s-1ELF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0
+and SunOS platforms. On SunOS, the linker will automatically create a
+shared library if the \fB\-e\fR option is not used and there are
+undefined symbols in the link.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-common"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common=ascending\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-common=ascending"
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common=descending\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-common=descending"
+.PD
+This option tells \fBld\fR to sort the common symbols by alignment in
+ascending or descending order when it places them in the appropriate output
+sections. The symbol alignments considered are sixteen-byte or larger,
+eight-byte, four-byte, two-byte, and one-byte. This is to prevent gaps
+between symbols due to alignment constraints. If no sorting order is
+specified, then descending order is assumed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section=name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-section=name"
+This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_NAME\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section
+patterns in the linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section=alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-section=alignment"
+This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section
+patterns in the linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-file[=\fR\fIsize\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--split-by-file[=size]"
+Similar to \fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc\fR but creates a new output section for
+each input file when \fIsize\fR is reached. \fIsize\fR defaults to a
+size of 1 if not given.
+.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc[=\fR\fIcount\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--split-by-reloc[=count]"
+Tries to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than \fIcount\fR relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable files for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the \s-1COFF\s0 object file format; since \s-1COFF\s0
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section. Note
+that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections. The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section contains
+more than \fIcount\fR relocations one output section will contain that
+many relocations. \fIcount\fR defaults to a value of 32768.
+.IP "\fB\-\-stats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stats"
+Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker, such
+as execution time and memory usage.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdirectory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sysroot=directory"
+Use \fIdirectory\fR as the location of the sysroot, overriding the
+configure-time default. This option is only supported by linkers
+that were configured using \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--traditional-format"
+For some targets, the output of \fBld\fR is different in some ways from
+the output of some existing linker. This switch requests \fBld\fR to
+use the traditional format instead.
+.Sp
+For example, on SunOS, \fBld\fR combines duplicate entries in the
+symbol string table. This can reduce the size of an output file with
+full debugging information by over 30 percent. Unfortunately, the SunOS
+\&\f(CW\*(C`dbx\*(C'\fR program can not read the resulting program (\f(CW\*(C`gdb\*(C'\fR has no
+trouble). The \fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR switch tells \fBld\fR to not
+combine duplicate entries.
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-start=\fR\fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-start=sectionname=org"
+Locate a section in the output file at the absolute
+address given by \fIorg\fR. You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to locate multiple sections in the command
+line.
+\&\fIorg\fR must be a single hexadecimal integer;
+for compatibility with other linkers, you may omit the leading
+\&\fB0x\fR usually associated with hexadecimal values. \fINote:\fR there
+should be no white space between \fIsectionname\fR, the equals
+sign ("\fB=\fR"), and \fIorg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Tbss=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Tbss=org"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Tdata=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Tdata=org"
+.IP "\fB\-Ttext=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ttext=org"
+.PD
+Same as \fB\-\-section\-start\fR, with \f(CW\*(C`.bss\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`.data\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.text\*(C'\fR as the \fIsectionname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Ttext\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ttext-segment=org"
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, it will set the address
+of the first byte of the text segment.
+.IP "\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=\fR\fImethod\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unresolved-symbols=method"
+Determine how to handle unresolved symbols. There are four possible
+values for \fBmethod\fR:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBignore-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-all"
+Do not report any unresolved symbols.
+.IP "\fBreport-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "report-all"
+Report all unresolved symbols. This is the default.
+.IP "\fBignore-in-object-files\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-in-object-files"
+Report unresolved symbols that are contained in shared libraries, but
+ignore them if they come from regular object files.
+.IP "\fBignore-in-shared-libs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-in-shared-libs"
+Report unresolved symbols that come from regular object files, but
+ignore them if they come from shared libraries. This can be useful
+when creating a dynamic binary and it is known that all the shared
+libraries that it should be referencing are included on the linker's
+command line.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The behaviour for shared libraries on their own can also be controlled
+by the \fB\-\-[no\-]allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR option.
+.Sp
+Normally the linker will generate an error message for each reported
+unresolved symbol but the option \fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR
+can change this to a warning.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll-verbose"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Display the version number for \fBld\fR and list the linker emulations
+supported. Display which input files can and cannot be opened. Display
+the linker script being used by the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\-script=\fR\fIversion-scriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version-script=version-scriptfile"
+Specify the name of a version script to the linker. This is typically
+used when creating shared libraries to specify additional information
+about the version hierarchy for the library being created. This option
+is only fully supported on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries;
+see \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR. It is partially supported on \s-1PE\s0 platforms, which can
+use version scripts to filter symbol visibility in auto-export mode: any
+symbols marked \fBlocal\fR in the version script will not be exported.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-common"
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition. Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practise,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not. This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+Unfortunately, some C libraries use this practise, so you may get some
+warnings about symbols in the libraries as well as in your programs.
+.Sp
+There are three kinds of global symbols, illustrated here by C examples:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBint i = 1;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "int i = 1;"
+A definition, which goes in the initialized data section of the output
+file.
+.IP "\fBextern int i;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "extern int i;"
+An undefined reference, which does not allocate space.
+There must be either a definition or a common symbol for the
+variable somewhere.
+.IP "\fBint i;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "int i;"
+A common symbol. If there are only (one or more) common symbols for a
+variable, it goes in the uninitialized data area of the output file.
+The linker merges multiple common symbols for the same variable into a
+single symbol. If they are of different sizes, it picks the largest
+size. The linker turns a common symbol into a declaration, if there is
+a definition of the same variable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-warn\-common\fR option can produce five kinds of warnings.
+Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the symbol
+just encountered, and the second describes the previous symbol
+encountered with the same name. One or both of the two symbols will be
+a common symbol.
+.IP "1." 4
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is already a
+definition for the symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\& overridden by definition
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: defined here
+.Ve
+.IP "2." 4
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later definition for
+the symbol is encountered. This is the same as the previous case,
+except that the symbols are encountered in a different order.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: definition of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\& overriding common
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "3." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: multiple common
+\& of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: previous common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "4." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\& overridden by larger common
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: larger common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "5." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol. This is
+the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are
+encountered in a different order.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\& overriding smaller common
+\& <file>(<section>): warning: smaller common is here
+.Ve
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-constructors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-constructors"
+Warn if any global constructors are used. This is only useful for a few
+object file formats. For formats like \s-1COFF\s0 or \s-1ELF\s0, the linker can not
+detect the use of global constructors.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-multiple\-gp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-multiple-gp"
+Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output file.
+This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+Specifically, some processors put large-valued constants in a special
+section. A special register (the global pointer) points into the middle
+of this section, so that constants can be loaded efficiently via a
+base-register relative addressing mode. Since the offset in
+base-register relative mode is fixed and relatively small (e.g., 16
+bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant pool. Thus, in
+large programs, it is often necessary to use multiple global pointer
+values in order to be able to address all possible constants. This
+option causes a warning to be issued whenever this case occurs.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-once"
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-section\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-section-align"
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment. Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the \f(CW\*(C`SECTIONS\*(C'\fR command does not specify a start address for
+the section.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-shared\-textrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-shared-textrel"
+Warn if the linker adds a \s-1DT_TEXTREL\s0 to a shared object.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-alternate\-em\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-alternate-em"
+Warn if an object has alternate \s-1ELF\s0 machine code.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-unresolved-symbols"
+If the linker is going to report an unresolved symbol (see the option
+\&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols\fR) it will normally generate an error.
+This option makes it generate a warning instead.
+.IP "\fB\-\-error\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--error-unresolved-symbols"
+This restores the linker's default behaviour of generating errors when
+it is reporting unresolved symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--whole-archive"
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+\&\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option, include every object file in the archive
+in the link, rather than searching the archive for the required object
+files. This is normally used to turn an archive file into a shared
+library, forcing every object to be included in the resulting shared
+library. This option may be used more than once.
+.Sp
+Two notes when using this option from gcc: First, gcc doesn't know
+about this option, so you have to use \fB\-Wl,\-whole\-archive\fR.
+Second, don't forget to use \fB\-Wl,\-no\-whole\-archive\fR after your
+list of archives, because gcc will add its own list of archives to
+your link and you may not want this flag to affect those as well.
+.IP "\fB\-\-wrap=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wrap=symbol"
+Use a wrapper function for \fIsymbol\fR. Any undefined reference to
+\&\fIsymbol\fR will be resolved to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. Any
+undefined reference to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR will be resolved to
+\&\fIsymbol\fR.
+.Sp
+This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function. The
+wrapper function should be called \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. If it
+wishes to call the system function, it should call
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Here is a trivial example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\& void *
+\& _\|_wrap_malloc (size_t c)
+\& {
+\& printf ("malloc called with %zu\en", c);
+\& return _\|_real_malloc (c);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If you link other code with this file using \fB\-\-wrap malloc\fR, then
+all calls to \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will call the function \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR
+instead. The call to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR in \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR will
+call the real \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR function.
+.Sp
+You may wish to provide a \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR function as well, so that
+links without the \fB\-\-wrap\fR option will succeed. If you do this,
+you should not put the definition of \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR in the same
+file as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR; if you do, the assembler may resolve the
+call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--eh-frame-hdr"
+Request creation of \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame_hdr\*(C'\fR section and \s-1ELF\s0
+\&\f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_EH_FRAME\*(C'\fR segment header.
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-new-dtags"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-new-dtags"
+.PD
+This linker can create the new dynamic tags in \s-1ELF\s0. But the older \s-1ELF\s0
+systems may not understand them. If you specify
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR, the dynamic tags will be created as needed.
+If you specify \fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR, no new dynamic tags will be
+created. By default, the new dynamic tags are not created. Note that
+those options are only available for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-size=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hash-size=number"
+Set the default size of the linker's hash tables to a prime number
+close to \fInumber\fR. Increasing this value can reduce the length of
+time it takes the linker to perform its tasks, at the expense of
+increasing the linker's memory requirements. Similarly reducing this
+value can reduce the memory requirements at the expense of speed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-style=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hash-style=style"
+Set the type of linker's hash table(s). \fIstyle\fR can be either
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR for classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR section, \f(CW\*(C`gnu\*(C'\fR for
+new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR section or \f(CW\*(C`both\*(C'\fR for both
+the classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR and new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR
+hash tables. The default is \f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads"
+This option reduces memory requirements at ld runtime, at the expense of
+linking speed. This was introduced to select the old O(n^2) algorithm
+for link map file generation, rather than the new O(n) algorithm which uses
+about 40% more memory for symbol storage.
+.Sp
+Another effect of the switch is to set the default hash table size to
+1021, which again saves memory at the cost of lengthening the linker's
+run time. This is not done however if the \fB\-\-hash\-size\fR switch
+has been used.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR switch may be also be used to
+enable other tradeoffs in future versions of the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-\-build\-id\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--build-id"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-build\-id=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--build-id=style"
+.PD
+Request creation of \f(CW\*(C`.note.gnu.build\-id\*(C'\fR \s-1ELF\s0 note section.
+The contents of the note are unique bits identifying this linked
+file. \fIstyle\fR can be \f(CW\*(C`uuid\*(C'\fR to use 128 random bits,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR to use a 160\-bit \s-1SHA1\s0 hash on the normative
+parts of the output contents, \f(CW\*(C`md5\*(C'\fR to use a 128\-bit
+\&\s-1MD5\s0 hash on the normative parts of the output contents, or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`0x\f(CIhexstring\f(CW\*(C'\fR to use a chosen bit string specified as
+an even number of hexadecimal digits (\f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`:\*(C'\fR
+characters between digit pairs are ignored). If \fIstyle\fR is
+omitted, \f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR is used.
+.Sp
+The \f(CW\*(C`md5\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR styles produces an identifier
+that is always the same in an identical output file, but will be
+unique among all nonidentical output files. It is not intended
+to be compared as a checksum for the file's contents. A linked
+file may be changed later by other tools, but the build \s-1ID\s0 bit
+string identifying the original linked file does not change.
+.Sp
+Passing \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR for \fIstyle\fR disables the setting from any
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-build\-id\*(C'\fR options earlier on the command line.
+.PP
+The i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker supports the \fB\-shared\fR option, which causes
+the output to be a dynamically linked library (\s-1DLL\s0) instead of a
+normal executable. You should name the output \f(CW\*(C`*.dll\*(C'\fR when you
+use this option. In addition, the linker fully supports the standard
+\&\f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR files, which may be specified on the linker command line
+like an object file (in fact, it should precede archives it exports
+symbols from, to ensure that they get linked in, just like a normal
+object file).
+.PP
+In addition to the options common to all targets, the i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker
+support additional command line options that are specific to the i386
+\&\s-1PE\s0 target. Options that take values may be separated from their
+values by either a space or an equals sign.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-stdcall-alias"
+If given, symbols with a stdcall suffix (@\fInn\fR) will be exported
+as-is and also with the suffix stripped.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--base-file file"
+Use \fIfile\fR as the name of a file in which to save the base
+addresses of all the relocations needed for generating DLLs with
+\&\fIdlltool\fR.
+[This is an i386 \s-1PE\s0 specific option]
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll"
+Create a \s-1DLL\s0 instead of a regular executable. You may also use
+\&\fB\-shared\fR or specify a \f(CW\*(C`LIBRARY\*(C'\fR in a given \f(CW\*(C`.def\*(C'\fR
+file.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-long\-section\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-long-section-names"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-long\-section\-names\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-long-section-names"
+.PD
+The \s-1PE\s0 variants of the Coff object format add an extension that permits
+the use of section names longer than eight characters, the normal limit
+for Coff. By default, these names are only allowed in object files, as
+fully-linked executable images do not carry the Coff string table required
+to support the longer names. As a \s-1GNU\s0 extension, it is possible to
+allow their use in executable images as well, or to (probably pointlessly!)
+disallow it in object files, by using these two options. Executable images
+generated with these long section names are slightly non-standard, carrying
+as they do a string table, and may generate confusing output when examined
+with non-GNU PE-aware tools, such as file viewers and dumpers. However,
+\&\s-1GDB\s0 relies on the use of \s-1PE\s0 long section names to find Dwarf\-2 debug
+information sections in an executable image at runtime, and so if neither
+option is specified on the command-line, \fBld\fR will enable long
+section names, overriding the default and technically correct behaviour,
+when it finds the presence of debug information while linking an executable
+image and not stripping symbols.
+[This option is valid for all \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-stdcall-fixup"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-stdcall-fixup"
+.PD
+If the link finds a symbol that it cannot resolve, it will attempt to
+do \*(L"fuzzy linking\*(R" by looking for another defined symbol that differs
+only in the format of the symbol name (cdecl vs stdcall) and will
+resolve that symbol by linking to the match. For example, the
+undefined symbol \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR might be linked to the function
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_foo@12\*(C'\fR, or the undefined symbol \f(CW\*(C`_bar@16\*(C'\fR might be linked
+to the function \f(CW\*(C`_bar\*(C'\fR. When the linker does this, it prints a
+warning, since it normally should have failed to link, but sometimes
+import libraries generated from third-party dlls may need this feature
+to be usable. If you specify \fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this
+feature is fully enabled and warnings are not printed. If you specify
+\&\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this feature is disabled and such
+mismatches are considered to be errors.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--leading-underscore"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-leading-underscore"
+.PD
+For most targets default symbol-prefix is an underscore and is defined
+in target's description. By this option it is possible to
+disable/enable the default underscore symbol-prefix.
+.IP "\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--export-all-symbols"
+If given, all global symbols in the objects used to build a \s-1DLL\s0 will
+be exported by the \s-1DLL\s0. Note that this is the default if there
+otherwise wouldn't be any exported symbols. When symbols are
+explicitly exported via \s-1DEF\s0 files or implicitly exported via function
+attributes, the default is to not export anything else unless this
+option is given. Note that the symbols \f(CW\*(C`DllMain@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DllEntryPoint@0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`DllMainCRTStartup@12\*(C'\fR, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`impure_ptr\*(C'\fR will not be automatically
+exported. Also, symbols imported from other DLLs will not be
+re-exported, nor will symbols specifying the \s-1DLL\s0's internal layout
+such as those beginning with \f(CW\*(C`_head_\*(C'\fR or ending with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_iname\*(C'\fR. In addition, no symbols from \f(CW\*(C`libgcc\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`libstd++\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`libmingw32\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`crtX.o\*(C'\fR will be exported.
+Symbols whose names begin with \f(CW\*(C`_\|_rtti_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_\*(C'\fR will
+not be exported, to help with \*(C+ DLLs. Finally, there is an
+extensive list of cygwin-private symbols that are not exported
+(obviously, this applies on when building DLLs for cygwin targets).
+These cygwin-excludes are: \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_crt0_common@8\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_fmode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_impure_ptr\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_attach_dll\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain1\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain3\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`environ\*(C'\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIsymbol\fR\fB,\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-symbols symbol,symbol,..."
+Specifies a list of symbols which should not be automatically
+exported. The symbol names may be delimited by commas or colons.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-all-symbols"
+Specifies no symbols should be automatically exported.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-alignment"
+Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at
+file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to
+512.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
+to be used as heap for this program. The default is 1Mb reserved, 4K
+committed.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--image-base value"
+Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll. This is
+the lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
+is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of
+your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any
+other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000
+for dlls.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--kill-at"
+If given, the stdcall suffixes (@\fInn\fR) will be stripped from
+symbols before they are exported.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--large-address-aware"
+If given, the appropriate bit in the \*(L"Characteristics\*(R" field of the \s-1COFF\s0
+header is set to indicate that this executable supports virtual addresses
+greater than 2 gigabytes. This should be used in conjunction with the /3GB
+or /USERVA=\fIvalue\fR megabytes switch in the \*(L"[operating systems]\*(R"
+section of the \s-1BOOT\s0.INI. Otherwise, this bit has no effect.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-image-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"image version\*(R". Defaults to 1.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-os-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"os version\*(R". Defaults to 4.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-subsystem-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R". Defaults to 4.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-image-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"image version\*(R". Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-os-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"os version\*(R". Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-subsystem-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R". Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-def file"
+The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain a \s-1DEF\s0
+file corresponding to the \s-1DLL\s0 the linker is generating. This \s-1DEF\s0 file
+(which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR) may be used to create an import
+library with \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR or may be used as a reference to
+automatically or implicitly exported symbols.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-out\-implib\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--out-implib file"
+The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain an
+import lib corresponding to the \s-1DLL\s0 the linker is generating. This
+import lib (which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.dll.a\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`*.a\*(C'\fR
+may be used to link clients against the generated \s-1DLL\s0; this behaviour
+makes it possible to skip a separate \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR import library
+creation step.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-auto-image-base"
+Automatically choose the image base for DLLs, unless one is specified
+using the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR argument. By using a hash generated
+from the dllname to create unique image bases for each \s-1DLL\s0, in-memory
+collisions and relocations which can delay program execution are
+avoided.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-auto-image-base"
+Do not automatically generate a unique image base. If there is no
+user-specified image base (\f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR) then use the platform
+default.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-search\-prefix\fR \fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll-search-prefix string"
+When linking dynamically to a dll without an import library,
+search for \f(CW\*(C`<string><basename>.dll\*(C'\fR in preference to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`lib<basename>.dll\*(C'\fR. This behaviour allows easy distinction
+between DLLs built for the various \*(L"subplatforms\*(R": native, cygwin,
+uwin, pw, etc. For instance, cygwin DLLs typically use
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-dll\-search\-prefix=cyg\*(C'\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-import\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-auto-import"
+Do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for
+\&\s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs, and create the necessary thunking symbols when
+building the import libraries with those \s-1DATA\s0 exports. Note: Use of the
+\&'auto\-import' extension will cause the text section of the image file
+to be made writable. This does not conform to the PE-COFF format
+specification published by Microsoft.
+.Sp
+Note \- use of the 'auto\-import' extension will also cause read only
+data which would normally be placed into the .rdata section to be
+placed into the .data section instead. This is in order to work
+around a problem with consts that is described here:
+http://www.cygwin.com/ml/cygwin/2004\-09/msg01101.html
+.Sp
+Using 'auto\-import' generally will 'just work' \*(-- but sometimes you may
+see this message:
+.Sp
+"variable '<var>' can't be auto-imported. Please read the
+documentation for ld's \f(CW\*(C`\-\-enable\-auto\-import\*(C'\fR for details."
+.Sp
+This message occurs when some (sub)expression accesses an address
+ultimately given by the sum of two constants (Win32 import tables only
+allow one). Instances where this may occur include accesses to member
+fields of struct variables imported from a \s-1DLL\s0, as well as using a
+constant index into an array variable imported from a \s-1DLL\s0. Any
+multiword variable (arrays, structs, long long, etc) may trigger
+this error condition. However, regardless of the exact data type
+of the offending exported variable, ld will always detect it, issue
+the warning, and exit.
+.Sp
+There are several ways to address this difficulty, regardless of the
+data type of the exported variable:
+.Sp
+One way is to use \-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc switch. This leaves the task
+of adjusting references in your client code for runtime environment, so
+this method works only when runtime environment supports this feature.
+.Sp
+A second solution is to force one of the 'constants' to be a variable \*(--
+that is, unknown and un-optimizable at compile time. For arrays,
+there are two possibilities: a) make the indexee (the array's address)
+a variable, or b) make the 'constant' index a variable. Thus:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern type extern_array[];
+\& extern_array[1] \-\->
+\& { volatile type *t=extern_array; t[1] }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+or
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern type extern_array[];
+\& extern_array[1] \-\->
+\& { volatile int t=1; extern_array[t] }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+For structs (and most other multiword data types) the only option
+is to make the struct itself (or the long long, or the ...) variable:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern struct s extern_struct;
+\& extern_struct.field \-\->
+\& { volatile struct s *t=&extern_struct; t\->field }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+or
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& extern long long extern_ll;
+\& extern_ll \-\->
+\& { volatile long long * local_ll=&extern_ll; *local_ll }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+A third method of dealing with this difficulty is to abandon
+\&'auto\-import' for the offending symbol and mark it with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllimport)\*(C'\fR. However, in practise that
+requires using compile-time #defines to indicate whether you are
+building a \s-1DLL\s0, building client code that will link to the \s-1DLL\s0, or
+merely building/linking to a static library. In making the choice
+between the various methods of resolving the 'direct address with
+constant offset' problem, you should consider typical real-world usage:
+.Sp
+Original:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& \-\-foo.h
+\& extern int arr[];
+\& \-\-foo.c
+\& #include "foo.h"
+\& void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\& printf("%d\en",arr[1]);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Solution 1:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\& \-\-foo.h
+\& extern int arr[];
+\& \-\-foo.c
+\& #include "foo.h"
+\& void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\& /* This workaround is for win32 and cygwin; do not "optimize" */
+\& volatile int *parr = arr;
+\& printf("%d\en",parr[1]);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Solution 2:
+.Sp
+.Vb 10
+\& \-\-foo.h
+\& /* Note: auto\-export is assumed (no _\|_declspec(dllexport)) */
+\& #if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_\|_CYGWIN_\|_)) && \e
+\& !(defined(FOO_BUILD_DLL) || defined(FOO_STATIC))
+\& #define FOO_IMPORT _\|_declspec(dllimport)
+\& #else
+\& #define FOO_IMPORT
+\& #endif
+\& extern FOO_IMPORT int arr[];
+\& \-\-foo.c
+\& #include "foo.h"
+\& void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\& printf("%d\en",arr[1]);
+\& }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+A fourth way to avoid this problem is to re-code your
+library to use a functional interface rather than a data interface
+for the offending variables (e.g. \fIset_foo()\fR and \fIget_foo()\fR accessor
+functions).
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-import\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-auto-import"
+Do not attempt to do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for \s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc"
+If your code contains expressions described in \-\-enable\-auto\-import section,
+that is, \s-1DATA\s0 imports from \s-1DLL\s0 with non-zero offset, this switch will create
+a vector of 'runtime pseudo relocations' which can be used by runtime
+environment to adjust references to such data in your client code.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-runtime-pseudo-reloc"
+Do not create pseudo relocations for non-zero offset \s-1DATA\s0 imports from
+DLLs. This is the default.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-extra\-pe\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-extra-pe-debug"
+Show additional debug info related to auto-import symbol thunking.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-alignment"
+Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin at
+addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
+to be used as stack for this program. The default is 2Mb reserved, 4K
+committed.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major"
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR\fB.\fR\fIminor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major.minor"
+.PD
+Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute. The
+legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`console\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR. You may optionally set
+the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for
+\&\fIwhich\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.Sp
+The following options set flags in the \f(CW\*(C`DllCharacteristics\*(C'\fR field
+of the \s-1PE\s0 file header:
+[These options are specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamicbase\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamicbase"
+The image base address may be relocated using address space layout
+randomization (\s-1ASLR\s0). This feature was introduced with \s-1MS\s0 Windows
+Vista for i386 \s-1PE\s0 targets.
+.IP "\fB\-\-forceinteg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--forceinteg"
+Code integrity checks are enforced.
+.IP "\fB\-\-nxcompat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nxcompat"
+The image is compatible with the Data Execution Prevention.
+This feature was introduced with \s-1MS\s0 Windows \s-1XP\s0 \s-1SP2\s0 for i386 \s-1PE\s0 targets.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-isolation\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-isolation"
+Although the image understands isolation, do not isolate the image.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-seh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-seh"
+The image does not use \s-1SEH\s0. No \s-1SE\s0 handler may be called from
+this image.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-bind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-bind"
+Do not bind this image.
+.IP "\fB\-\-wdmdriver\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wdmdriver"
+The driver uses the \s-1MS\s0 Windows Driver Model.
+.IP "\fB\-\-tsaware\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--tsaware"
+The image is Terminal Server aware.
+.PP
+The 68HC11 and 68HC12 linkers support specific options to control the
+memory bank switching mapping and trampoline code generation.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trampoline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-trampoline"
+This option disables the generation of trampoline. By default a trampoline
+is generated for each far function which is called using a \f(CW\*(C`jsr\*(C'\fR
+instruction (this happens when a pointer to a far function is taken).
+.IP "\fB\-\-bank\-window\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--bank-window name"
+This option indicates to the linker the name of the memory region in
+the \fB\s-1MEMORY\s0\fR specification that describes the memory bank window.
+The definition of such region is then used by the linker to compute
+paging and addresses within the memory window.
+.PP
+The following options are supported to control handling of \s-1GOT\s0 generation
+when linking for 68K targets.
+.IP "\fB\-\-got=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--got=type"
+This option tells the linker which \s-1GOT\s0 generation scheme to use.
+\&\fItype\fR should be one of \fBsingle\fR, \fBnegative\fR,
+\&\fBmultigot\fR or \fBtarget\fR. For more information refer to the
+Info entry for \fIld\fR.
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
+.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
+You can change the behaviour of \fBld\fR with the environment variables
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\*(C'\fR.
+.PP
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use \fB\-b\fR (or its synonym \fB\-\-format\fR). Its value should be one
+of the \s-1BFD\s0 names for an input format. If there is no
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR in the environment, \fBld\fR uses the natural format
+of the target. If \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR is set to \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR then \s-1BFD\s0
+attempts to discover the input format by examining binary input files;
+this method often succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since
+there is no method of ensuring that the magic number used to specify
+object-file formats is unique. However, the configuration procedure for
+\&\s-1BFD\s0 on each system places the conventional format for that system first
+in the search-list, so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+.PP
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR determines the default emulation if you don't use the
+\&\fB\-m\fR option. The emulation can affect various aspects of linker
+behaviour, particularly the default linker script. You can list the
+available emulations with the \fB\-\-verbose\fR or \fB\-V\fR options. If
+the \fB\-m\fR option is not used, and the \f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR environment
+variable is not defined, the default emulation depends upon how the
+linker was configured.
+.PP
+Normally, the linker will default to demangling symbols. However, if
+\&\f(CW\*(C`COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\*(C'\fR is set in the environment, then it will
+default to not demangling symbols. This environment variable is used in
+a similar fashion by the \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR linker wrapper program. The default
+may be overridden by the \fB\-\-demangle\fR and \fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR
+options.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjcopy\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1) and
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and
+\&\fIld\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nlmconv.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nlmconv.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43abb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nlmconv.1
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "NLMCONV 1"
+.TH NLMCONV 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+nlmconv [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-T\fR \fIheaderfile\fR|\fB\-\-header\-file=\fR\fIheaderfile\fR]
+ [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-debug\fR] [\fB\-l\fR \fIlinker\fR|\fB\-\-linker=\fR\fIlinker\fR]
+ [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ \fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBnlmconv\fR converts the relocatable \fBi386\fR object file
+\&\fIinfile\fR into the NetWare Loadable Module \fIoutfile\fR, optionally
+reading \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions
+on writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see the
+\&\fBlinkers\fR section, \fB\s-1NLMLINK\s0\fR in particular, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0
+Development and Tools Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software
+Developer's Kit (\*(L"\s-1NLM\s0 \s-1SDK\s0\*(R"), available from Novell, Inc.
+\&\fBnlmconv\fR uses the \s-1GNU\s0 Binary File Descriptor library to read
+\&\fIinfile\fR;
+.PP
+\&\fBnlmconv\fR can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
+more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
+file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
+In this case, \fBnlmconv\fR calls the linker for you.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Object format of the input file. \fBnlmconv\fR can usually determine
+the format of a given file (so no default is necessary).
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Object format of the output file. \fBnlmconv\fR infers the output
+format based on the input format, e.g. for a \fBi386\fR input file the
+output format is \fBnlm32\-i386\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIheaderfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T headerfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-header\-file=\fR\fIheaderfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--header-file=headerfile"
+.PD
+Reads \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions on
+writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see see the
+\&\fBlinkers\fR section, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0 Development and Tools
+Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software Developer's Kit, available
+from Novell, Inc.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug"
+.PD
+Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by \fBnlmconv\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIlinker\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l linker"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-linker=\fR\fIlinker\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--linker=linker"
+.PD
+Use \fIlinker\fR for any linking. \fIlinker\fR can be an absolute or a
+relative pathname.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Prints a usage summary.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Prints the version number for \fBnlmconv\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nm.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nm.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f629f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-nm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "NM 1"
+.TH NM 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+nm \- list symbols from object files
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+nm [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR][\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR]
+ [\fB\-B\fR] [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]] [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-print\-size\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR]
+ [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR][\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR]
+ [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR] [\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR] [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR] [\fB\-P\fR|\fB\-\-portability\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR] [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR]
+ [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-X 32_64\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fIobjfile\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR....
+If no object files are listed as arguments, \fBnm\fR assumes the file
+\&\fIa.out\fR.
+.PP
+For each symbol, \fBnm\fR shows:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
+hexadecimal by default.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as
+well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is
+local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external).
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """A""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4
+.IX Item "A"
+The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
+linking.
+.ie n .IP """B""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "B"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """b""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "b"
+.PD
+The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as \s-1BSS\s0).
+.ie n .IP """C""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C"
+The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When
+linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the
+symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
+references.
+.ie n .IP """D""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """d""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+.PD
+The symbol is in the initialized data section.
+.ie n .IP """G""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWG\fR" 4
+.IX Item "G"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """g""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "g"
+.PD
+The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects. Some
+object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects,
+such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array.
+.ie n .IP """i""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+For \s-1PE\s0 format files this indicates that the symbol is in a section
+specific to the implementation of DLLs. For \s-1ELF\s0 format files this
+indicates that the symbol is an indirect function. This is a \s-1GNU\s0
+extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol types. It indicates a
+symbol which if referenced by a relocation does not evaluate to its
+address, but instead must be invoked at runtime. The runtime
+execution will then return the value to be used in the relocation.
+.ie n .IP """N""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+The symbol is a debugging symbol.
+.ie n .IP """p""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "p"
+The symbols is in a stack unwind section.
+.ie n .IP """R""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4
+.IX Item "R"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """r""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "r"
+.PD
+The symbol is in a read only data section.
+.ie n .IP """S""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "S"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """s""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "s"
+.PD
+The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small objects.
+.ie n .IP """T""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4
+.IX Item "T"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """t""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "t"
+.PD
+The symbol is in the text (code) section.
+.ie n .IP """U""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4
+.IX Item "U"
+The symbol is undefined.
+.ie n .IP """u""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the
+standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker
+will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with
+this name and type in use.
+.ie n .IP """V""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWV\fR" 4
+.IX Item "V"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """v""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "v"
+.PD
+The symbol is a weak object. When a weak defined symbol is linked with
+a normal defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
+When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
+the value of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error. On some
+systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified.
+.ie n .IP """W""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "W"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """w""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "w"
+.PD
+The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically tagged as a
+weak object symbol. When a weak defined symbol is linked with a normal
+defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
+When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
+the value of the symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without
+error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been
+specified.
+.ie n .IP """\-""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-"
+The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file. In this case, the
+next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and
+the stab type. Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information.
+.ie n .IP """?""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW?\fR" 4
+.IX Item "?"
+The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol name.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-file-name"
+.PD
+Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive member)
+in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only,
+before all of its symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug-syms"
+.PD
+Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not
+listed.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B"
+The same as \fB\-\-format=bsd\fR (for compatibility with the \s-1MIPS\s0 \fBnm\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-demangle"
+Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic"
+.PD
+Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is
+only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=format"
+.PD
+Use the output format \fIformat\fR, which can be \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR. The default is \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR.
+Only the first character of \fIformat\fR is significant; it can be
+either upper or lower case.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--extern-only"
+.PD
+Display only external symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--plugin name"
+Load the plugin called \fIname\fR to add support for extra target
+types. This option is only available if the toolchain has been built
+with plugin support enabled.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--line-numbers"
+.PD
+For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
+line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
+address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line
+number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number
+information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.IP "\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--numeric-sort"
+.PD
+Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically
+by their names.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-sort"
+.PD
+Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order
+encountered.
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-portability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--portability"
+.PD
+Use the \s-1POSIX\s0.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
+Equivalent to \fB\-f posix\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-size"
+.PD
+Print both value and size of defined symbols for the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output style.
+This option has no effect for object formats that do not record symbol
+sizes, unless \fB\-\-size\-sort\fR is also used in which case a
+calculated size is displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-armap"
+.PD
+When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
+(stored in the archive by \fBar\fR or \fBranlib\fR) of which modules
+contain definitions for which names.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reverse-sort"
+.PD
+Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
+last come first.
+.IP "\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--size-sort"
+Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference between
+the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
+value. If the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output format is used the size of the symbol
+is printed, rather than the value, and \fB\-S\fR must be used in order
+both size and value to be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--special-syms"
+Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning. These
+symbols are usually used by the target for some special processing and
+are not normally helpful when included included in the normal symbol
+lists. For example for \s-1ARM\s0 targets this option would skip the mapping
+symbols used to mark transitions between \s-1ARM\s0 code, \s-1THUMB\s0 code and
+data.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t radix"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=radix"
+.PD
+Use \fIradix\fR as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be
+\&\fBd\fR for decimal, \fBo\fR for octal, or \fBx\fR for hexadecimal.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--undefined-only"
+.PD
+Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
+.IP "\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defined-only"
+Display only defined symbols for each object file.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBnm\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+This option is ignored for compatibility with the \s-1AIX\s0 version of
+\&\fBnm\fR. It takes one parameter which must be the string
+\&\fB32_64\fR. The default mode of \s-1AIX\s0 \fBnm\fR corresponds
+to \fB\-X 32\fR, which is not supported by \s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBnm\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objcopy.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objcopy.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcceb65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objcopy.1
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "OBJCOPY 1"
+.TH OBJCOPY 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+objcopy \- copy and translate object files
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR|\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
+ [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR]
+ [\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR]
+ [\fB\-X\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR|\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR [\fIbreadth\fR]|\fB\-\-interleave\fR[=\fIbreadth\fR]]
+ [\fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR]
+ [\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+ [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-gap\-fill=\fR\fIval\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-pad\-to=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-set\-start=\fR\fIval\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fR\fIincr\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-addresses=\fR\fIincr\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR[,\fIflags\fR]]
+ [\fB\-\-long\-section\-names\fR {enable,disable,keep}]
+ [\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR] [\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR] [\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-weaken\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-pure\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-impure\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-file\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-heap=\fR\fIsize\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-image\-base=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-section\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-stack=\fR\fIsize\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-subsystem=\fR\fIwhich\fR:\fImajor\fR.\fIminor\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
+ [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
+ \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object
+file to another. \fBobjcopy\fR uses the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1BFD\s0 Library to
+read and write the object files. It can write the destination object
+file in a format different from that of the source object file. The
+exact behavior of \fBobjcopy\fR is controlled by command-line options.
+Note that \fBobjcopy\fR should be able to copy a fully linked file
+between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file
+between any two formats may not work as expected.
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR creates temporary files to do its translations and
+deletes them afterward. \fBobjcopy\fR uses \s-1BFD\s0 to do all its
+translation work; it has access to all the formats described in \s-1BFD\s0
+and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told
+explicitly.
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate S\-records by using an output
+target of \fBsrec\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O srec\fR).
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
+output target of \fBbinary\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O binary\fR). When
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce
+a memory dump of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and
+relocation information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at
+the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
+.PP
+When generating an S\-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
+use \fB\-S\fR to remove sections containing debugging information. In
+some cases \fB\-R\fR will be useful to remove sections which contain
+information that is not needed by the binary file.
+.PP
+Note\-\-\-\fBobjcopy\fR is not able to change the endianness of its input
+files. If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not),
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the
+same endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., \fBsrec\fR).
+(However, see the \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes\fR option.)
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fIinfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "infile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIoutfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "outfile"
+.PD
+The input and output files, respectively.
+If you do not specify \fIoutfile\fR, \fBobjcopy\fR creates a
+temporary file and destructively renames the result with
+the name of \fIinfile\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Consider the source file's object format to be \fIbfdname\fR, rather than
+attempting to deduce it.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Write the output file using the object format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Use \fIbfdname\fR as the object format for both the input and the output
+file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
+translation.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B bfdarch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--binary-architecture=bfdarch"
+.PD
+Useful when transforming a architecture-less input file into an object file.
+In this case the output architecture can be set to \fIbfdarch\fR. This
+option will be ignored if the input file has a known \fIbfdarch\fR. You
+can access this binary data inside a program by referencing the special
+symbols that are created by the conversion process. These symbols are
+called _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_start, _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_end and
+_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_size. e.g. you can transform a picture file into
+an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Copy only the named section from the input file to the output file.
+This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This
+option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
+Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
+normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbol=symbolname"
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file unless it is needed
+by a relocation. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-global-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global. Make all other symbols local
+to the file, so that they are not visible externally. This option may
+be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-hidden"
+In an \s-1ELF\s0 object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility
+as local. This option applies on top of symbol-specific localization options
+such as \fB\-L\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR local to the file, so that it is not
+visible externally. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR weak. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--globalize-symbol=symbolname"
+Give symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global scoping so that it is visible
+outside of the file in which it is defined. This option may be given
+more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wildcard"
+.PD
+Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
+line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
+square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
+name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
+point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-w \-W !foo \-W fo*
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with \*(L"fo\*(R"
+except for the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b byte"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--byte=byte"
+.PD
+If interleaving has been enabled via the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option
+then start the range of bytes to keep at the \fIbyte\fRth byte.
+\&\fIbyte\fR can be in the range from 0 to \fIbreadth\fR\-1, where
+\&\fIbreadth\fR is the value given by the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-i [\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i [breadth]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-interleave[=\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--interleave[=breadth]"
+.PD
+Only copy a range out of every \fIbreadth\fR bytes. (Header data is
+not affected). Select which byte in the range begins the copy with
+the \fB\-\-byte\fR option. Select the width of the range with the
+\&\fB\-\-interleave\-width\fR option.
+.Sp
+This option is useful for creating files to program \s-1ROM\s0. It is
+typically used with an \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR output target. Note that
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR will complain if you do not specify the
+\&\fB\-\-byte\fR option as well.
+.Sp
+The default interleave breadth is 4, so with \fB\-\-byte\fR set to 0,
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR would copy the first byte out of every four bytes
+from the input to the output.
+.IP "\fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--interleave-width=width"
+When used with the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option, copy \fIwidth\fR
+bytes at a time. The start of the range of bytes to be copied is set
+by the \fB\-\-byte\fR option, and the extent of the range is set with
+the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
+.Sp
+The default value for this option is 1. The value of \fIwidth\fR plus
+the \fIbyte\fR value set by the \fB\-\-byte\fR option must not exceed
+the interleave breadth set by the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
+.Sp
+This option can be used to create images for two 16\-bit flashes interleaved
+in a 32\-bit bus by passing \fB\-b 0 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR
+and \fB\-b 2 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR to two \fBobjcopy\fR
+commands. If the input was '12345678' then the outputs would be
+\&'1256' and '3478' respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
+.PD
+Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
+as those of the input file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging"
+Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the default
+because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
+conversion process can be time consuming.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gap-fill val"
+Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fR. This operation applies to
+the \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) of the sections. It is done by increasing
+the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
+space created with \fIval\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-pad\-to\fR \fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pad-to address"
+Pad the output file up to the load address \fIaddress\fR. This is
+done by increasing the size of the last section. The extra space is
+filled in with the value specified by \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR (default zero).
+.IP "\fB\-\-set\-start\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--set-start val"
+Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fR. Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-start incr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-start incr"
+.PD
+Change the start address by adding \fIincr\fR. Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-addresses incr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-vma incr"
+.PD
+Change the \s-1VMA\s0 and \s-1LMA\s0 addresses of all sections, as well as the start
+address, by adding \fIincr\fR. Some object file formats do not permit
+section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not
+relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a
+certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such
+that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-address section{=,+,-}val"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-section-vma section{=,+,-}val"
+.PD
+Set or change both the \s-1VMA\s0 address and the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named
+\&\fIsection\fR. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to
+\&\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the
+section address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR,
+above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning will
+be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-lma section{=,+,-}val"
+Set or change the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR. The \s-1LMA\s0
+address is the address where the section will be loaded into memory at
+program load time. Normally this is the same as the \s-1VMA\s0 address, which
+is the address of the section at program run time, but on some systems,
+especially those where a program is held in \s-1ROM\s0, the two can be
+different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to
+\&\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the
+section address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR,
+above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning
+will be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-vma section{=,+,-}val"
+Set or change the \s-1VMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR. The \s-1VMA\s0
+address is the address where the section will be located once the
+program has started executing. Normally this is the same as the \s-1LMA\s0
+address, which is the address where the section will be loaded into
+memory, but on some systems, especially those where a program is held in
+\&\s-1ROM\s0, the two can be different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address
+is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted
+from the section address. See the comments under
+\&\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in
+the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
+\&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-warnings"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-warnings"
+.PD
+If \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR is used, and the named section does not
+exist, issue a warning. This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-change-warnings"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-adjust-warnings"
+.PD
+Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-lma\fR or \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR is used, even
+if the named section does not exist.
+.IP "\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR\fB=\fR\fIflags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--set-section-flags section=flags"
+Set the flags for the named section. The \fIflags\fR argument is a
+comma separated string of flag names. The recognized names are
+\&\fBalloc\fR, \fBcontents\fR, \fBload\fR, \fBnoload\fR,
+\&\fBreadonly\fR, \fBcode\fR, \fBdata\fR, \fBrom\fR, \fBshare\fR, and
+\&\fBdebug\fR. You can set the \fBcontents\fR flag for a section which
+does not have contents, but it is not meaningful to clear the
+\&\fBcontents\fR flag of a section which does have contents\*(--just remove
+the section instead. Not all flags are meaningful for all object file
+formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-section sectionname=filename"
+Add a new section named \fIsectionname\fR while copying the file. The
+contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR. The
+size of the section will be the size of the file. This option only
+works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names.
+.IP "\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR\fB=\fR\fInewname\fR\fB[,\fR\fIflags\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--rename-section oldname=newname[,flags]"
+Rename a section from \fIoldname\fR to \fInewname\fR, optionally
+changing the section's flags to \fIflags\fR in the process. This has
+the advantage over usng a linker script to perform the rename in that
+the output stays as an object file and does not become a linked
+executable.
+.Sp
+This option is particularly helpful when the input format is binary,
+since this will always create a section called .data. If for example,
+you wanted instead to create a section called .rodata containing binary
+data you could use the following command line to achieve it:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\& objcopy \-I binary \-O <output_format> \-B <architecture> \e
+\& \-\-rename\-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \e
+\& <input_binary_file> <output_object_file>
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-\-long\-section\-names {enable,disable,keep}\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--long-section-names {enable,disable,keep}"
+Controls the handling of long section names when processing \f(CW\*(C`COFF\*(C'\fR
+and \f(CW\*(C`PE\-COFF\*(C'\fR object formats. The default behaviour, \fBkeep\fR,
+is to preserve long section names if any are present in the input file.
+The \fBenable\fR and \fBdisable\fR options forcibly enable or disable
+the use of long section names in the output object; when \fBdisable\fR
+is in effect, any long section names in the input object will be truncated.
+The \fBenable\fR option will only emit long section names if any are
+present in the inputs; this is mostly the same as \fBkeep\fR, but it
+is left undefined whether the \fBenable\fR option might force the
+creation of an empty string table in the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-leading-char"
+Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
+symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
+often add before every symbol. This option tells \fBobjcopy\fR to
+change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between
+object file formats. If the object file formats use the same leading
+character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add a
+character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
+appropriate.
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-leading-char"
+If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
+character used by the object file format, remove the character. The
+most common symbol leading character is underscore. This option will
+remove a leading underscore from all global symbols. This can be useful
+if you want to link together objects of different file formats with
+different conventions for symbol names. This is different from
+\&\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR because it always changes the symbol name
+when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
+file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reverse-bytes=num"
+Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents. A section length must
+be evenly divisible by the value given in order for the swap to be able to
+take place. Reversing takes place before the interleaving is performed.
+.Sp
+This option is used typically in generating \s-1ROM\s0 images for problematic
+target systems. For example, on some target boards, the 32\-bit words
+fetched from 8\-bit ROMs are re-assembled in little-endian byte order
+regardless of the \s-1CPU\s0 byte order. Depending on the programming model, the
+endianness of the \s-1ROM\s0 may need to be modified.
+.Sp
+Consider a simple file with a section containing the following eight
+bytes: \f(CW12345678\fR.
+.Sp
+Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
+output file would be ordered \f(CW21436587\fR.
+.Sp
+Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
+output file would be ordered \f(CW43218765\fR.
+.Sp
+By using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, followed by
+\&\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR on the output file, the bytes in the second
+output file would be ordered \f(CW34127856\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--srec-len=ival"
+Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the Srecords
+being produced to \fIival\fR. This length covers both address, data and
+crc fields.
+.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--srec-forceS3"
+Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records,
+creating S3\-only record format.
+.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--redefine-sym old=new"
+Change the name of a symbol \fIold\fR, to \fInew\fR. This can be useful
+when one is trying link two things together for which you have no
+source, and there are name collisions.
+.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--redefine-syms=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR to each symbol pair "\fIold\fR \fInew\fR"
+listed in the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file,
+with one symbol pair per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken"
+Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be useful
+when building an object which will be linked against other objects using
+the \fB\-R\fR option to the linker. This option is only effective when
+using an object file format which supports weak symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-keep\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-strip\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in
+the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-global-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the
+file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-localize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--globalize-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--alt-machine-code=index"
+If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the
+\&\fIindex\fRth code instead of the default one. This is useful in case
+a machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the
+new code, but other applications still depend on the original code
+being used. For \s-1ELF\s0 based architectures if the \fIindex\fR
+alternative does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute
+number to be stored in the e_machine field of the \s-1ELF\s0 header.
+.IP "\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--writable-text"
+Mark the output text as writable. This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--readonly-text"
+Make the output text write protected. This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-pure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pure"
+Mark the output file as demand paged. This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-impure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--impure"
+Mark the output file as impure. This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-symbols=string"
+Prefix all symbols in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-sections=string"
+Prefix all section names in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-alloc-sections=string"
+Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file with
+\&\fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-gnu-debuglink=path-to-file"
+Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to \fIpath-to-file\fR
+and adds it to the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
+When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
+which would otherwise get stripped.
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
+Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
+stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
+intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
+.Sp
+The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
+\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a
+stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
+distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
+needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
+to create these files is as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>"
+\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
+create a file containing the debugging info.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
+stripped executable.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
+to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note\-\-\-the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
+file is arbitrary. Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
+optional. You could instead do this:
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to ""foo.full"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to foo.full>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+i.e., the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
+full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
+\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
+.Sp
+Note\-\-\-this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
+does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
+information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
+currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
+debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
+basis.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-alignment num"
+Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at
+file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to
+512.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
+to be used as heap for this program.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--image-base value"
+Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll. This is
+the lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
+is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of
+your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any
+other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000
+for dlls.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-alignment num"
+Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin at
+addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
+to be used as stack for this program.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major"
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR\fB.\fR\fIminor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major.minor"
+.PD
+Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute. The
+legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`console\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`efi\-app\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`efi\-bsd\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`efi\-rtd\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sal\-rtd\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR. You may optionally set
+the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for
+\&\fIwhich\fR.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
+.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--extract-symbol"
+Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section data.
+Specifically, the option:
+.RS 4
+.IP "*<removes the contents of all sections;>" 4
+.IX Item "*<removes the contents of all sections;>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>" 4
+.IX Item "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>"
+.IP "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>" 4
+.IX Item "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+This option is used to build a \fI.sym\fR file for a VxWorks kernel.
+It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a \fB\-\-just\-symbols\fR
+linker input file.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--compress-debug-sections"
+Compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib.
+.IP "\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--decompress-debug-sections"
+Decompress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBobjcopy\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
+archives, \fBobjcopy \-V\fR lists all members of the archive.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBobjcopy\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIld\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objdump.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objdump.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c7075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-objdump.1
@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "OBJDUMP 1"
+.TH OBJDUMP 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+objdump \- display information from object files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR] ]
+ [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\fR]
+ [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR]
+ [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR]
+ [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR|\fB\-\-endian=\fR{big | little }]
+ [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-F\fR|\fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
+ [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR]
+ [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-info\fR]
+ [\fB\-j\fR \fIsection\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIsection\fR]
+ [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-source\fR]
+ [\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR|\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR]
+ [\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR|\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR]
+ [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reloc\fR]
+ [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR]
+ [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR]
+ [\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR|
+ \fB\-\-dwarf\fR[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]]
+ [\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-stabs\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-T\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR]
+ [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+ \fIobjfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBobjdump\fR displays information about one or more object files.
+The options control what particular information to display. This
+information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
+compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
+program to compile and work.
+.PP
+\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined. When you
+specify archives, \fBobjdump\fR shows information on each of the member
+object files.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent. At least one option from the list
+\&\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-e,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-r,\-R,\-s,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR must be given.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-header\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--archive-header"
+.PD
+If any of the \fIobjfile\fR files are archives, display the archive
+header information (in a format similar to \fBls \-l\fR). Besides the
+information you could list with \fBar tv\fR, \fBobjdump \-a\fR shows
+the object file format of each archive member.
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-vma=offset"
+When dumping information, first add \fIoffset\fR to all the section
+addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to
+the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular
+addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses,
+such as a.out.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fIobjdump\fR can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+.Sp
+For example,
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& objdump \-b oasys \-m vax \-h fu.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+displays summary information from the section headers (\fB\-h\fR) of
+\&\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a \s-1VAX\s0 object
+file in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the
+formats available with the \fB\-i\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging"
+.PD
+Display debugging information. This attempts to parse \s-1STABS\s0 and \s-1IEEE\s0
+debugging format information stored in the file and print it out using
+a C like syntax. If neither of these formats are found this option
+falls back on the \fB\-W\fR option to print any \s-1DWARF\s0 information in
+the file.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging-tags"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-g\fR, but the information is generated in a format compatible
+with ctags tool.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble"
+.PD
+Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
+\&\fIobjfile\fR. This option only disassembles those sections which are
+expected to contain instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble-all"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
+those expected to contain instructions.
+.Sp
+If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture this switch also has the effect
+of forcing the disassembler to decode pieces of data found in code
+sections as if they were instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-addresses"
+When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This is
+the older disassembly format.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+.IP "\fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--endian={big|little}"
+.PD
+Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects
+disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
+does not describe endianness information, such as S\-records.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-headers"
+.PD
+Display summary information from the overall header of
+each of the \fIobjfile\fR files.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-offsets"
+.PD
+When disassembling sections, whenever a symbol is displayed, also
+display the file offset of the region of data that is about to be
+dumped. If zeroes are being skipped, then when disassembly resumes,
+tell the user how many zeroes were skipped and the file offset of the
+location from where the disassembly resumes. When dumping sections,
+display the file offset of the location from where the dump starts.
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-start-context"
+Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly
+(assumes \fB\-S\fR) from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the
+context to the start of the file.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-headers"
+.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--headers"
+.PD
+Display summary information from the section headers of the
+object file.
+.Sp
+File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by
+using the \fB\-Ttext\fR, \fB\-Tdata\fR, or \fB\-Tbss\fR options to
+\&\fBld\fR. However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
+store the starting address of the file segments. In those situations,
+although \fBld\fR relocates the sections correctly, using \fBobjdump
+\&\-h\fR to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses.
+Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the
+target.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Print a summary of the options to \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+.PD
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
+for specification with \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-m\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section=name"
+.PD
+Display information only for section \fIname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--line-numbers"
+.PD
+Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and
+source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown.
+Only useful with \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, or \fB\-r\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m machine"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--architecture=machine"
+.PD
+Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files. This
+can be useful when disassembling object files which do not describe
+architecture information, such as S\-records. You can list the available
+architectures with the \fB\-i\fR option.
+.Sp
+If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch has an
+additional effect. It restricts the disassembly to only those
+instructions supported by the architecture specified by \fImachine\fR.
+If it is necessary to use this switch because the input file does not
+contain any architecture information, but it is also desired to
+disassemble all the instructions use \fB\-marm\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M options"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassembler-options=options"
+.PD
+Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only supported on
+some targets. If it is necessary to specify more than one
+disassembler option then multiple \fB\-M\fR options can be used or
+can be placed together into a comma separated list.
+.Sp
+If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch can be used to
+select which register name set is used during disassembler. Specifying
+\&\fB\-M reg-names-std\fR (the default) will select the register names as
+used in \s-1ARM\s0's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called
+\&'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register 15 called 'pc'. Specifying
+\&\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the \s-1ARM\s0
+Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying \fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR will
+just use \fBr\fR followed by the register number.
+.Sp
+There are also two variants on the \s-1APCS\s0 register naming scheme enabled
+by \fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR and \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR which
+use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions. (Either
+with the normal register names or the special register names).
+.Sp
+This option can also be used for \s-1ARM\s0 architectures to force the
+disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by
+using the switch \fB\-\-disassembler\-options=force\-thumb\fR. This can be
+useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other
+compilers.
+.Sp
+For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the \fB\-m\fR
+switch, but allow finer grained control. Multiple selections from the
+following may be specified as a comma separated string.
+\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR and \fBi8086\fR select disassembly for
+the given architecture. \fBintel\fR and \fBatt\fR select between
+intel syntax mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 syntax mode.
+\&\fBintel-mnemonic\fR and \fBatt-mnemonic\fR select between
+intel mnemonic mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 mnemonic mode. \fBintel-mnemonic\fR
+implies \fBintel\fR and \fBatt-mnemonic\fR implies \fBatt\fR.
+\&\fBaddr64\fR, \fBaddr32\fR,
+\&\fBaddr16\fR, \fBdata32\fR and \fBdata16\fR specify the default
+address size and operand size. These four options will be overridden if
+\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR or \fBi8086\fR appear later in the
+option string. Lastly, \fBsuffix\fR, when in \s-1AT&T\s0 mode,
+instructs the disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the
+suffix could be inferred by the operands.
+.Sp
+For PowerPC, \fBbooke\fR controls the disassembly of BookE
+instructions. \fB32\fR and \fB64\fR select PowerPC and
+PowerPC64 disassembly, respectively. \fBe300\fR selects
+disassembly for the e300 family. \fB440\fR selects disassembly for
+the PowerPC 440. \fBppcps\fR selects disassembly for the paired
+single instructions of the \s-1PPC750CL\s0.
+.Sp
+For \s-1MIPS\s0, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic
+names and register names in disassembled instructions. Multiple
+selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated
+string, and invalid options are ignored:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """no\-aliases""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWno\-aliases\fR" 4
+.IX Item "no-aliases"
+Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo
+instruction mnemonic. I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of 'move',
+\&'sll' instead of 'nop', etc.
+.ie n .IP """gpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gpr-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1GPR\s0 (general-purpose register) names as appropriate
+for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. By default, \s-1GPR\s0 names are selected according to
+the \s-1ABI\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """fpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWfpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "fpr-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1FPR\s0 (floating-point register) names as
+appropriate for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. By default, \s-1FPR\s0 numbers are printed
+rather than names.
+.ie n .IP """cp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWcp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cp0-names=ARCH"
+Print \s-1CP0\s0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names
+as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1CP0\s0 register names are selected according to
+the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """hwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWhwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hwr-names=ARCH"
+Print \s-1HWR\s0 (hardware register, used by the \f(CW\*(C`rdhwr\*(C'\fR instruction) names
+as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1HWR\s0 names are selected according to
+the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reg-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1GPR\s0 and \s-1FPR\s0 names as appropriate for the selected \s-1ABI\s0.
+.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reg-names=ARCH"
+Print CPU-specific register names (\s-1CP0\s0 register and \s-1HWR\s0 names)
+as appropriate for the selected \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+For any of the options listed above, \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR or
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR may be specified as \fBnumeric\fR to have numbers printed
+rather than names, for the selected types of registers.
+You can list the available values of \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR and \fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR using
+the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
+.Sp
+For \s-1VAX\s0, you can specify function entry addresses with \fB\-M
+entry:0xf00ba\fR. You can use this multiple times to properly
+disassemble \s-1VAX\s0 binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like
+\&\s-1ROM\s0 dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise
+be decoded as \s-1VAX\s0 instructions, which would probably lead the rest
+of the function being wrongly disassembled.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--private-headers"
+.PD
+Print information that is specific to the object file format. The exact
+information printed depends upon the object file format. For some
+object file formats, no additional information is printed.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reloc"
+.PD
+Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with \fB\-d\fR or
+\&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
+disassembly.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-reloc"
+.PD
+Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries. As for \fB\-r\fR, if used with \fB\-d\fR or
+\&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
+disassembly.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--full-contents"
+.PD
+Display the full contents of any sections requested. By default all
+non-empty sections are displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-source\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--source"
+.PD
+Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible. Implies
+\&\fB\-d\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix=prefix"
+Specify \fIprefix\fR to add to the absolute paths when used with
+\&\fB\-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-strip=level"
+Indicate how many initial directory names to strip off the hardwired
+absolute paths. It has no effect without \fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--show-raw-insn"
+When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
+in symbolic form. This is the default except when
+\&\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-show-raw-insn"
+When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
+This is the default when \fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--insn-width=width"
+Display \fIwidth\fR bytes on a single line when disassembling
+instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
+present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
+then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
+.Sp
+Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
+trace sections.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-stabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stabs"
+.PD
+Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the
+contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an \s-1ELF\s0
+section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
+interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the \fB\-\-syms\fR
+output.
+.IP "\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--start-address=address"
+Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
+of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stop-address=address"
+Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
+of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--syms"
+.PD
+Print the symbol table entries of the file.
+This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR program,
+although the display format is different. The format of the output
+depends upon the format of the file being dumped, but there are two main
+types. One looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& [ 4](sec 3)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 3) (nx 1) 0x00000000 .bss
+\& [ 6](sec 1)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 2) (nx 0) 0x00000000 fred
+.Ve
+.Sp
+where the number inside the square brackets is the number of the entry
+in the symbol table, the \fIsec\fR number is the section number, the
+\&\fIfl\fR value are the symbol's flag bits, the \fIty\fR number is the
+symbol's type, the \fIscl\fR number is the symbol's storage class and
+the \fInx\fR value is the number of auxilary entries associated with
+the symbol. The last two fields are the symbol's value and its name.
+.Sp
+The other common output format, usually seen with \s-1ELF\s0 based files,
+looks like this:
+.Sp
+.Vb 2
+\& 00000000 l d .bss 00000000 .bss
+\& 00000000 g .text 00000000 fred
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Here the first number is the symbol's value (sometimes refered to as
+its address). The next field is actually a set of characters and
+spaces indicating the flag bits that are set on the symbol. These
+characters are described below. Next is the section with which the
+symbol is associated or \fI*ABS*\fR if the section is absolute (ie
+not connected with any section), or \fI*UND*\fR if the section is
+referenced in the file being dumped, but not defined there.
+.Sp
+After the section name comes another field, a number, which for common
+symbols is the alignment and for other symbol is the size. Finally
+the symbol's name is displayed.
+.Sp
+The flag characters are divided into 7 groups as follows:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """l""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWl\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """g""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "g"
+.ie n .IP """u""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+.ie n .IP """!""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW!\fR" 4
+.IX Item "!"
+.PD
+The symbol is a local (l), global (g), unique global (u), neither
+global nor local (a space) or both global and local (!). A
+symbol can be neither local or global for a variety of reasons, e.g.,
+because it is used for debugging, but it is probably an indication of
+a bug if it is ever both local and global. Unique global symbols are
+a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such
+a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process
+there is just one symbol with this name and type in use.
+.ie n .IP """w""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4
+.IX Item "w"
+The symbol is weak (w) or strong (a space).
+.ie n .IP """C""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C"
+The symbol denotes a constructor (C) or an ordinary symbol (a space).
+.ie n .IP """W""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "W"
+The symbol is a warning (W) or a normal symbol (a space). A warning
+symbol's name is a message to be displayed if the symbol following the
+warning symbol is ever referenced.
+.ie n .IP """I""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4
+.IX Item "I"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """i""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+.PD
+The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol (I), a function
+to be evaluated during reloc processing (i) or a normal symbol (a
+space).
+.ie n .IP """d""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """D""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+.PD
+The symbol is a debugging symbol (d) or a dynamic symbol (D) or a
+normal symbol (a space).
+.ie n .IP """F""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWF\fR" 4
+.IX Item "F"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP """f""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "f"
+.ie n .IP """O""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWO\fR" 4
+.IX Item "O"
+.PD
+The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an object
+(O) or just a normal symbol (a space).
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-syms"
+.PD
+Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries. This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR
+program when given the \fB\-D\fR (\fB\-\-dynamic\fR) option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--special-syms"
+When displaying symbols include those which the target considers to be
+special in some way and which would not normally be of interest to the
+user.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print the version number of \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all-headers"
+.PD
+Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
+relocation entries. Using \fB\-x\fR is equivalent to specifying all of
+\&\fB\-a \-f \-h \-p \-r \-t\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wide"
+.PD
+Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
+Also do not truncate symbol names when they are displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble-zeroes"
+.PD
+Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This
+option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
+any other data.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ranlib.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ranlib.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..781d9ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-ranlib.1
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "RANLIB 1"
+.TH RANLIB 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ranlib \- generate index to archive.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ranlib [\fB\-vVt\fR] \fIarchive\fR
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and
+stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a
+member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
+.PP
+You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index.
+.PP
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+.PP
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBranlib\fR program is another form of \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR; running
+\&\fBranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBranlib\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-readelf.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-readelf.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe93d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-readelf.1
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "READELF 1"
+.TH READELF 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+readelf \- Displays information about ELF files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR]
+ [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-file\-header\fR]
+ [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-segments\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-sections\fR]
+ [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-section\-details\fR]
+ [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
+ [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR|\fB\-\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-notes\fR]
+ [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-relocs\fR]
+ [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-unwind\fR]
+ [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR]
+ [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\-info\fR]
+ [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR]
+ [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-hex\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
+ [\fB\-p\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-string\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
+ [\fB\-R\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-relocated\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
+ [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-index\fR]
+ [\fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR|
+ \fB\-\-debug\-dump\fR[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]]
+ [\fB\-I\fR|\fB\-\-histogram\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-W\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
+ [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+ \fIelffile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBreadelf\fR displays information about one or more \s-1ELF\s0 format object
+files. The options control what particular information to display.
+.PP
+\&\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined. 32\-bit and
+64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files.
+.PP
+This program performs a similar function to \fBobjdump\fR but it
+goes into more detail and it exists independently of the \s-1BFD\s0
+library, so if there is a bug in \s-1BFD\s0 then readelf will not be
+affected.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent. At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be
+given.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all"
+.PD
+Equivalent to specifying \fB\-\-file\-header\fR,
+\&\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR, \fB\-\-sections\fR, \fB\-\-symbols\fR,
+\&\fB\-\-relocs\fR, \fB\-\-dynamic\fR, \fB\-\-notes\fR and
+\&\fB\-\-version\-info\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-header\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-header"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the
+file.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--program-headers"
+.IP "\fB\-\-segments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--segments"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sections"
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-headers"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-groups"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's section groups, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-details\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-details"
+.PD
+Displays the detailed section information. Implies \fB\-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--symbols"
+.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--syms"
+.PD
+Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dyn-syms"
+Displays the entries in dynamic symbol table section of the file, if it
+has one.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--headers"
+.PD
+Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-notes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--notes"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segments and/or sections, if any.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relocs"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-unwind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unwind"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only
+the unwind sections for \s-1IA64\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 files, as well as \s-1ARM\s0 unwind tables
+(\f(CW\*(C`.ARM.exidx\*(C'\fR / \f(CW\*(C`.ARM.extab\*(C'\fR) are currently supported.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version-info"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
+exist.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--arch-specific"
+.PD
+Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there
+is any.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--use-dynamic"
+.PD
+When displaying symbols, this option makes \fBreadelf\fR use the
+symbol hash tables in the file's dynamic section, rather than the
+symbol table sections.
+.IP "\fB\-x <number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x <number or name>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-hex\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hex-dump=<number or name>"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal bytes.
+A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
+any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-R <number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R <number or name>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-relocated\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relocated-dump=<number or name>"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal
+bytes. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
+section table; any other string identifies all sections with that name
+in the object file. The contents of the section will be relocated
+before they are displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-p <number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p <number or name>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-string\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--string-dump=<number or name>"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the indicated section as printable strings.
+A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
+any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-index\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--archive-index"
+.PD
+Displays the file symbol index infomation contained in the header part
+of binary archives. Performs the same function as the \fBt\fR
+command to \fBar\fR, but without using the \s-1BFD\s0 library.
+.IP "\fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges]"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
+present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
+then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
+.Sp
+Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
+trace sections.
+.Sp
+Note: the \fB=decodedline\fR option will display the interpreted
+contents of a .debug_line section whereas the \fB=rawline\fR option
+dumps the contents in a raw format.
+.Sp
+Note: the \fB=frames\-interp\fR option will display the interpreted
+contents of a .debug_frame section whereas the \fB=frames\fR option
+dumps the contents in a raw format.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-histogram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--histogram"
+.PD
+Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents
+of the symbol tables.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version number of readelf.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wide"
+.PD
+Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default
+\&\fBreadelf\fR breaks section header and segment listing lines for
+64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes
+\&\fBreadelf\fR to print each section header resp. each segment one a
+single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider than 80 columns.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Display the command line options understood by \fBreadelf\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-run.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-run.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bc2706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-run.1
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 2004, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH run 1 "13oct1993" "GNU Tools" "GNU Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti -.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+run\(em\&Simulator front-end
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B run
+.RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
+." .RB "[\|" \-t "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-p
+.IR freq "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-m
+.IR memory "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \--sysroot
+.IR filepath "\|]"
+.I program
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+Use `\|\c
+.BI run " program"\c
+\&\|' to execute a binary by interpreting machine instructions on your
+host computer.
+
+.B run
+is the same emulator used by GDB's `\|\c
+.B target sim\c
+\&\|' command. You can run it directly by executing
+.B run
+if you just want to see your program execute, and do not need any
+debugger functionality. You can also use
+.B run
+to generate profiling information for analysis with
+.BR gprof .
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.TP
+.B \-v
+Verbose output. Display the name of the program to run before
+execution; after execution, display the number of instructions
+executed, the number of machine cycles emulated, the number of
+pipeline stalls, the real time taken, the emulated execution time
+taken, and a summary of how much profiling information was generated.
+."
+." .TP
+." .B \-t
+." `trace', calls a sim_trace routine that does nothing.
+
+.TP
+.BI \-p " freq"
+Generate profile information (for use with
+.B gprof\c
+\&).
+.I freq
+is the profiling frequency. Write the profiling information to a file called
+.BR gmon.out .
+
+.TP
+.BI \-m " memory"
+Set the memory size for the emulated machine to two to the power
+.IR memory .
+The default value is 19, emulating a board with 524288 bytes of memory.
+
+.TP
+.BI \--sysroot " filepath"
+Prepend
+.IR filepath
+to all simulator system calls that pass absolute file paths.
+Change working directory to
+.IR filepath
+at program start. Not all simulators support this option; those
+that don't, will ignore it.
+
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" gprof "\|'"
+entry in
+.B info\c
+\&;
+.RB "`\|" gdb "\|'"
+entry in
+.B info\c
+\&;
+.I
+Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger\c
+, Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch.
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\" GNU Free Documentation License
+\" Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\" not allowed.
+\" .PP
+\" 0. PREAMBLE
+\" .PP
+\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
+\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\" modifications made by others.
+\" .PP
+\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\" license designed for free software.
+\" .PP
+\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\" .PP
+\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\" .PP
+\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
+\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\" addressed as "you".
+\" .PP
+\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\" .PP
+\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\" them.
+\" .PP
+\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\" .PP
+\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\" the Document is released under this License.
+\" .PP
+\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
+\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\" .PP
+\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
+\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\" purposes only.
+\" .PP
+\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\" .PP
+\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\" .PP
+\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\" .PP
+\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\" you may publicly display copies.
+\" .PP
+\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\" .PP
+\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\" .PP
+\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\" pages.
+\" .PP
+\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
+\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\" the public.
+\" .PP
+\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\" .PP
+\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
+\" .PP
+\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\" .PP
+\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\" .PP
+\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\" .PP
+\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\" .PP
+\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\" .PP
+\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\" .PP
+\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\" .PP
+\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\" .PP
+\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\" .PP
+\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\" .PP
+\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\" and/or dedications given therein.
+\" .PP
+\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\" .PP
+\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\" .PP
+\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\" .PP
+\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\" .PP
+\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\" standard.
+\" .PP
+\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\" .PP
+\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\" .PP
+
+\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\" .PP
+\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\" license notice.
+\" .PP
+\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\" .PP
+\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
+\" entitled "Endorsements."
+\" .PP
+
+\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\" .PP
+\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\" .PP
+\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\" .PP
+
+\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\" .PP
+\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\" .PP
+\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\" .PP
+
+\" 8. TRANSLATION
+\" .PP
+\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
+\" between the translation and the original English version of this
+\" License, the original English version will prevail.
+\" .PP
+
+\" 9. TERMINATION
+\" .PP
+\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\" parties remain in full compliance.
+\" .PP
+
+\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\" .PP
+\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\" .PP
+\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\" .PP
+
+\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\" .PP
+\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\" license notices just after the title page:
+\" .PP
+\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
+\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\" Documentation License".
+\" .PP
+\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\" .PP
+\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\" to permit their use in free software.
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-size.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-size.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5320b58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-size.1
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "SIZE 1"
+.TH SIZE 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+size \- list section sizes and total size.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-help\fR]
+ [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-common\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-totals\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fIobjfile\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBsize\fR utility lists the section sizes\-\-\-and the total
+size\-\-\-for each of the object or archive files \fIobjfile\fR in its
+argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each
+object file or each module in an archive.
+.PP
+\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined.
+If none are specified, the file \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR will be used.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The command line options have the following meanings:
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B"
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=compatibility"
+.PD
+Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\fBsize\fR resembles output from System V \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR,
+or \fB\-\-format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or
+\&\fB\-\-format=berkeley\fR). The default is the one-line format similar to
+Berkeley's.
+.Sp
+Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
+\&\fBsize\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\& $ size \-\-format=Berkeley ranlib size
+\& text data bss dec hex filename
+\& 294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib
+\& 294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\& $ size \-\-format=SysV ranlib size
+\& ranlib :
+\& section size addr
+\& .text 294880 8192
+\& .data 81920 303104
+\& .bss 11592 385024
+\& Total 388392
+\&
+\&
+\& size :
+\& section size addr
+\& .text 294880 8192
+\& .data 81920 303104
+\& .bss 11888 385024
+\& Total 388688
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=number"
+.PD
+Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
+section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=10\fR); octal
+(\fB\-o\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=8\fR); or hexadecimal (\fB\-x\fR, or
+\&\fB\-\-radix=16\fR). In \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR, only the three
+values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two
+radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or
+octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--common"
+Print total size of common symbols in each file. When using Berkeley
+format these are included in the bss size.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-totals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--totals"
+.PD
+Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley format listing mode only).
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fBsize\fR can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version number of \fBsize\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strings.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strings.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02aff53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strings.1
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "STRINGS 1"
+.TH STRINGS 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+strings [\fB\-afovV\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR]
+ [\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR]
+ [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR] [\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR]
+ [\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR] [\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR]
+ [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR]
+ [\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] \fIfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+For each \fIfile\fR given, \s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrings\fR prints the printable
+character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
+given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
+character. By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
+and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
+the strings from the whole file.
+.PP
+\&\fBstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
+files.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all"
+.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-"
+.PD
+Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
+scan the whole files.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-file-name"
+.PD
+Print the name of the file before each string.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-min-len"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n min-len"
+.IP "\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--bytes=min-len"
+.PD
+Print sequences of characters that are at least \fImin-len\fR characters
+long, instead of the default 4.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+Like \fB\-t o\fR. Some other versions of \fBstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR
+act like \fB\-t d\fR instead. Since we can not be compatible with both
+ways, we simply chose one.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t radix"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=radix"
+.PD
+Print the offset within the file before each string. The single
+character argument specifies the radix of the offset\-\-\-\fBo\fR for
+octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e encoding"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--encoding=encoding"
+.PD
+Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found.
+Possible values for \fIencoding\fR are: \fBs\fR = single\-7\-bit\-byte
+characters (\s-1ASCII\s0, \s-1ISO\s0 8859, etc., default), \fBS\fR =
+single\-8\-bit\-byte characters, \fBb\fR = 16\-bit bigendian, \fBl\fR =
+16\-bit littleendian, \fBB\fR = 32\-bit bigendian, \fBL\fR = 32\-bit
+littleendian. Useful for finding wide character strings. (\fBl\fR
+and \fBb\fR apply to, for example, Unicode \s-1UTF\-16/UCS\-2\s0 encodings).
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1)
+and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strip.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strip.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc66900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-strip.1
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "STRIP 1"
+.TH STRIP 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+strip \- Discard symbols from object files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+ [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
+ [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
+ [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+ [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
+ [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR] [\fB\-X\fR |\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
+ [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR |\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+ [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR |\fB\-\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
+ \fIobjfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files
+\&\fIobjfile\fR. The list of object files may include archives.
+At least one object file must be given.
+.PP
+\&\fBstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument,
+rather than writing modified copies under different names.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBstrip\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This
+option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Remove all symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Remove debugging symbols only.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
+Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
+normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be
+given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
+\&\fB\-K\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the
+existing file. When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR
+argument may be specified.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
+.PD
+Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wildcard"
+.PD
+Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
+line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
+square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
+name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
+point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\& \-w \-K !foo \-K fo*
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters
+\&\*(L"fo\*(R", but to discard the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Remove non-global symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
+When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
+which would otherwise get stripped.
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
+Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
+stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
+intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
+.Sp
+The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
+\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a
+stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
+distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
+needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
+to create these files is as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>"
+\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
+create a file containing the debugging info.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
+stripped executable.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
+to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note\-\-\-the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
+file is arbitrary. Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
+optional. You could instead do this:
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to ""foo.full"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to foo.full>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""strip \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWstrip \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run strip --strip-debug foo>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+i.e., the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
+full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
+\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
+.Sp
+Note\-\-\-this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
+does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
+information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
+currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
+debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
+basis.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number for \fBstrip\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
+archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windmc.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windmc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8449e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windmc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "WINDMC 1"
+.TH WINDMC 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+windmc \- generates Windows message resources.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+windmc [options] input-file
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBwindmc\fR reads message definitions from an input file (.mc) and
+translate them into a set of output files. The output files may be of
+four kinds:
+.ie n .IP """h""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWh\fR" 4
+.IX Item "h"
+A C header file containing the message definitions.
+.ie n .IP """rc""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWrc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "rc"
+A resource file compilable by the \fBwindres\fR tool.
+.ie n .IP """bin""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWbin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "bin"
+One or more binary files containing the resource data for a specific
+message language.
+.ie n .IP """dbg""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWdbg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "dbg"
+A C include file that maps message id's to their symbolic name.
+.PP
+The exact description of these different formats is available in
+documentation from Microsoft.
+.PP
+When \fBwindmc\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`mc\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR
+format, \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`h\*(C'\fR, and optional \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR it is acting like the
+Windows Message Compiler.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_in\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--ascii_in"
+.PD
+Specifies that the input file specified is \s-1ASCII\s0. This is the default
+behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_out\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--ascii_out"
+.PD
+Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files should be in \s-1ASCII\s0
+format.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-binprefix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--binprefix"
+.PD
+Specifies that \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR filenames should have to be prefixed by the
+basename of the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-customflag\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--customflag"
+.PD
+Sets the customer bit in all message id's.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C codepage"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-codepage_in\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--codepage_in codepage"
+.PD
+Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to \s-1UTF16\s0. The
+default is ocdepage 1252.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-decimal_values\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--decimal_values"
+.PD
+Outputs the constants in the header file in decimal. Default is using
+hexadecimal output.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIext\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e ext"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-extension\fR \fIext\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--extension ext"
+.PD
+The extension for the header file. The default is .h extension.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F target"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target target"
+.PD
+Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a bin file as output. This
+is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list
+of supported targets. Normally \fBwindmc\fR will use the default
+format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-headerdir\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--headerdir path"
+.PD
+The target directory of the generated header file. The default is the
+current directory.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIcharacters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m characters"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-maxlength\fR \fIcharacters\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--maxlength characters"
+.PD
+Instructs \fBwindmc\fR to generate a warning if the length
+of any message exceeds the number specified.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-nullterminate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nullterminate"
+.PD
+Terminate message text in \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files by zero. By default they are
+terminated by \s-1CR/LF\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-hresult_use\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hresult_use"
+.PD
+Not yet implemented. Instructs \f(CW\*(C`windmc\*(C'\fR to generate an \s-1OLE2\s0 header
+file, using \s-1HRESULT\s0 definitions. Status codes are used if the flag is not
+specified.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O codepage"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-codepage_out\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--codepage_out codepage"
+.PD
+Sets the default codepage to be used to output text files. The default
+is ocdepage 1252.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-rcdir\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--rcdir path"
+.PD
+The target directory for the generated \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR script and the generated
+\&\f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files that the resource compiler script includes. The default
+is the current directory.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_in\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unicode_in"
+.PD
+Specifies that the input file is \s-1UTF16\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_out\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unicode_out"
+.PD
+Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR file should be in \s-1UTF16\s0
+format. This is the default behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Enable verbose mode.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Prints the version number for \fBwindmc\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x path"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-xdgb\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--xdgb path"
+.PD
+The path of the \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR C include file that maps message id's to the
+symbolic name. No such file is generated without specifying the switch.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windres.1 b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windres.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53fe7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man1/arm-eabi-windres.1
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "WINDRES 1"
+.TH WINDRES 1 " " "binutils-2.21" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+windres \- manipulate Windows resources.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+windres [options] [input\-file] [output\-file]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBwindres\fR reads resources from an input file and copies them into
+an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
+.ie n .IP """rc""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWrc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "rc"
+A text format read by the Resource Compiler.
+.ie n .IP """res""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWres\fR" 4
+.IX Item "res"
+A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler.
+.ie n .IP """coff""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWcoff\fR" 4
+.IX Item "coff"
+A \s-1COFF\s0 object or executable.
+.PP
+The exact description of these different formats is available in
+documentation from Microsoft.
+.PP
+When \fBwindres\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR
+format, it is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When
+\&\fBwindres\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`coff\*(C'\fR
+format, it is acting like the Windows \f(CW\*(C`CVTRES\*(C'\fR program.
+.PP
+When \fBwindres\fR generates an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, the output is similar
+but not identical to the format expected for the input. When an input
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file refers to an external filename, an output \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file
+will instead include the file contents.
+.PP
+If the input or output format is not specified, \fBwindres\fR will
+guess based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents.
+A file with an extension of \fI.rc\fR will be treated as an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR
+file, a file with an extension of \fI.res\fR will be treated as a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR file, and a file with an extension of \fI.o\fR or
+\&\fI.exe\fR will be treated as a \f(CW\*(C`coff\*(C'\fR file.
+.PP
+If no output file is specified, \fBwindres\fR will print the resources
+in \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR format to standard output.
+.PP
+The normal use is for you to write an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, use \fBwindres\fR
+to convert it to a \s-1COFF\s0 object file, and then link the \s-1COFF\s0 file into
+your application. This will make the resources described in the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file available to Windows.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input filename"
+.PD
+The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then
+\&\fBwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument as the input file
+name. If there are no non-option arguments, then \fBwindres\fR will
+read from standard input. \fBwindres\fR can not read a \s-1COFF\s0 file from
+standard input.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output filename"
+.PD
+The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then
+\&\fBwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument, after any used
+for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no
+non-option argument, then \fBwindres\fR will write to standard output.
+\&\fBwindres\fR can not write a \s-1COFF\s0 file to standard output. Note,
+for compatibility with \fBrc\fR the option \fB\-fo\fR is also
+accepted, but its use is not recommended.
+.IP "\fB\-J\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-J format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-format\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-format format"
+.PD
+The input format to read. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR, \fBrc\fR, or
+\&\fBcoff\fR. If no input format is specified, \fBwindres\fR will
+guess, as described above.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-format\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-format format"
+.PD
+The output format to generate. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR,
+\&\fBrc\fR, or \fBcoff\fR. If no output format is specified,
+\&\fBwindres\fR will guess, as described above.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F target"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target target"
+.PD
+Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a \s-1COFF\s0 file as input or output. This
+is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list
+of supported targets. Normally \fBwindres\fR will use the default
+format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-preprocessor\fR \fIprogram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preprocessor program"
+When \fBwindres\fR reads an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, it runs it through the C
+preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the preprocessor
+to use, including any leading arguments. The default preprocessor
+argument is \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-E \-xc\-header \-DRC_INVOKED\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I directory"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-include\-dir\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--include-dir directory"
+.PD
+Specify an include directory to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
+\&\fBwindres\fR will pass this to the preprocessor as an \fB\-I\fR
+option. \fBwindres\fR will also search this directory when looking for
+files named in the \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file. If the argument passed to this command
+matches any of the supported \fIformats\fR (as described in the \fB\-J\fR
+option), it will issue a deprecation warning, and behave just like the
+\&\fB\-J\fR option. New programs should not use this behaviour. If a
+directory happens to match a \fIformat\fR, simple prefix it with \fB./\fR
+to disable the backward compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D target"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-define\fR \fIsym\fR\fB[=\fR\fIval\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--define sym[=val]"
+.PD
+Specify a \fB\-D\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
+.IP "\fB\-U\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-U target"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-undefine\fR \fIsym\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--undefine sym"
+.PD
+Specify a \fB\-U\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
+\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+Ignored for compatibility with rc.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if you
+didn't specify one.
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c val"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-codepage\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--codepage val"
+.PD
+Specify the default codepage to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
+\&\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal prefixed by \fB0x\fR or decimal
+codepage code. The valid range is from zero up to 0xffff, but the
+validity of the codepage is host and configuration dependent.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l val"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-language\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--language val"
+.PD
+Specify the default language to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
+\&\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are
+the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage.
+.IP "\fB\-\-use\-temp\-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--use-temp-file"
+Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output of
+the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation is buggy
+on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions of Windows 95 and
+Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where the output will instead
+go the console).
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-use\-temp\-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-use-temp-file"
+Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the preprocessor.
+This is the default behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Prints a usage summary.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Prints the version number for \fBwindres\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-yydebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--yydebug"
+If \fBwindres\fR is compiled with \f(CW\*(C`YYDEBUG\*(C'\fR defined as \f(CW1\fR,
+this will turn on parser debugging.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/share/man/man7/fsf-funding.7 b/share/man/man7/fsf-funding.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d566678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/fsf-funding.7
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "FSF-FUNDING 7"
+.TH FSF-FUNDING 7 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+fsf\-funding \- Funding Free Software
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+.SS "Funding Free Software"
+.IX Subsection "Funding Free Software"
+If you want to have more free software a few years from now, it makes
+sense for you to help encourage people to contribute funds for its
+development. The most effective approach known is to encourage
+commercial redistributors to donate.
+.PP
+Users of free software systems can boost the pace of development by
+encouraging for-a-fee distributors to donate part of their selling price
+to free software developers\-\-\-the Free Software Foundation, and others.
+.PP
+The way to convince distributors to do this is to demand it and expect
+it from them. So when you compare distributors, judge them partly by
+how much they give to free software development. Show distributors
+they must compete to be the one who gives the most.
+.PP
+To make this approach work, you must insist on numbers that you can
+compare, such as, \*(L"We will donate ten dollars to the Frobnitz project
+for each disk sold.\*(R" Don't be satisfied with a vague promise, such as
+\&\*(L"A portion of the profits are donated,\*(R" since it doesn't give a basis
+for comparison.
+.PP
+Even a precise fraction \*(L"of the profits from this disk\*(R" is not very
+meaningful, since creative accounting and unrelated business decisions
+can greatly alter what fraction of the sales price counts as profit.
+If the price you pay is \f(CW$50\fR, ten percent of the profit is probably
+less than a dollar; it might be a few cents, or nothing at all.
+.PP
+Some redistributors do development work themselves. This is useful too;
+but to keep everyone honest, you need to inquire how much they do, and
+what kind. Some kinds of development make much more long-term
+difference than others. For example, maintaining a separate version of
+a program contributes very little; maintaining the standard version of a
+program for the whole community contributes much. Easy new ports
+contribute little, since someone else would surely do them; difficult
+ports such as adding a new \s-1CPU\s0 to the \s-1GNU\s0 Compiler Collection contribute more;
+major new features or packages contribute the most.
+.PP
+By establishing the idea that supporting further development is \*(L"the
+proper thing to do\*(R" when distributing free software for a fee, we can
+assure a steady flow of resources into making more free software.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIgfdl\fR\|(7).
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Verbatim copying and redistribution of this section is permitted
+without royalty; alteration is not permitted.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/gfdl.7 b/share/man/man7/gfdl.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb1f8fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/gfdl.7
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GFDL 7"
+.TH GFDL 7 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gfdl \- GNU Free Documentation License
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+.SS "\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License"
+.IX Subsection "GNU Free Documentation License"
+.SS "Version 1.3, 3 November 2008"
+.IX Subsection "Version 1.3, 3 November 2008"
+.Vb 2
+\& Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\& E<lt>B<http://fsf.org/>E<gt>
+\&
+\& Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+\& of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+.Ve
+.IP "0." 4
+.IX Item "0."
+\&\s-1PREAMBLE\s0
+.Sp
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document \fIfree\fR in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+.Sp
+This License is a kind of \*(L"copyleft\*(R", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+.Sp
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+.IP "1." 4
+.IX Item "1."
+\&\s-1APPLICABILITY\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DEFINITIONS\s0
+.Sp
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The \*(L"Document\*(R", below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as \*(L"you\*(R". You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"Modified Version\*(R" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"Secondary Section\*(R" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"Invariant Sections\*(R" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"Cover Texts\*(R" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"Transparent\*(R" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not \*(L"Transparent\*(R" is called \*(L"Opaque\*(R".
+.Sp
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\&\s-1ASCII\s0 without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+format, \s-1SGML\s0 or \s-1XML\s0 using a publicly available
+\&\s-1DTD\s0, and standard-conforming simple \s-1HTML\s0,
+PostScript or \s-1PDF\s0 designed for human modification. Examples
+of transparent image formats include \s-1PNG\s0, \s-1XCF\s0 and
+\&\s-1JPG\s0. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, \s-1SGML\s0 or
+\&\s-1XML\s0 for which the \s-1DTD\s0 and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated \s-1HTML\s0,
+PostScript or \s-1PDF\s0 produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"Title Page\*(R" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, \*(L"Title Page\*(R" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"publisher\*(R" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+.Sp
+A section \*(L"Entitled \s-1XYZ\s0\*(R" means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely \s-1XYZ\s0 or contains \s-1XYZ\s0 in parentheses following
+text that translates \s-1XYZ\s0 in another language. (Here \s-1XYZ\s0 stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as \*(L"Acknowledgements\*(R",
+\&\*(L"Dedications\*(R", \*(L"Endorsements\*(R", or \*(L"History\*(R".) To \*(L"Preserve the Title\*(R"
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section \*(L"Entitled \s-1XYZ\s0\*(R" according to this definition.
+.Sp
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+.IP "2." 4
+.IX Item "2."
+\&\s-1VERBATIM\s0 \s-1COPYING\s0
+.Sp
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+.Sp
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+.IP "3." 4
+.IX Item "3."
+\&\s-1COPYING\s0 \s-1IN\s0 \s-1QUANTITY\s0
+.Sp
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+.Sp
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+.Sp
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+.Sp
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+.IP "4." 4
+.IX Item "4."
+\&\s-1MODIFICATIONS\s0
+.Sp
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+.RS 4
+.IP "A." 4
+.IX Item "A."
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+.IP "B." 4
+.IX Item "B."
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+.IP "C." 4
+.IX Item "C."
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+.IP "D." 4
+.IX Item "D."
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+.IP "E." 4
+.IX Item "E."
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+.IP "F." 4
+.IX Item "F."
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+.IP "G." 4
+.IX Item "G."
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+.IP "H." 4
+.IX Item "H."
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+.IP "I." 4
+.IX Item "I."
+Preserve the section Entitled \*(L"History\*(R", Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+there is no section Entitled \*(L"History\*(R" in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+.IP "J." 4
+.IX Item "J."
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on. These may be placed in the \*(L"History\*(R" section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+.IP "K." 4
+.IX Item "K."
+For any section Entitled \*(L"Acknowledgements\*(R" or \*(L"Dedications\*(R", Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+.IP "L." 4
+.IX Item "L."
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+.IP "M." 4
+.IX Item "M."
+Delete any section Entitled \*(L"Endorsements\*(R". Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+.IP "N." 4
+.IX Item "N."
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled \*(L"Endorsements\*(R" or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+.IP "O." 4
+.IX Item "O."
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+.Sp
+You may add a section Entitled \*(L"Endorsements\*(R", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties\-\-\-for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+.Sp
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+.Sp
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+.RE
+.IP "5." 4
+.IX Item "5."
+\&\s-1COMBINING\s0 \s-1DOCUMENTS\s0
+.Sp
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+.Sp
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+.Sp
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled \*(L"History\*(R"
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+\&\*(L"History\*(R"; likewise combine any sections Entitled \*(L"Acknowledgements\*(R",
+and any sections Entitled \*(L"Dedications\*(R". You must delete all
+sections Entitled \*(L"Endorsements.\*(R"
+.IP "6." 4
+.IX Item "6."
+\&\s-1COLLECTIONS\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1DOCUMENTS\s0
+.Sp
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+.Sp
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+.IP "7." 4
+.IX Item "7."
+\&\s-1AGGREGATION\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 \s-1INDEPENDENT\s0 \s-1WORKS\s0
+.Sp
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an \*(L"aggregate\*(R" if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+.Sp
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+.IP "8." 4
+.IX Item "8."
+\&\s-1TRANSLATION\s0
+.Sp
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+.Sp
+If a section in the Document is Entitled \*(L"Acknowledgements\*(R",
+\&\*(L"Dedications\*(R", or \*(L"History\*(R", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+.IP "9." 4
+.IX Item "9."
+\&\s-1TERMINATION\s0
+.Sp
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
+will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+.Sp
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+.Sp
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+.Sp
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
+not give you any rights to use it.
+.IP "10." 4
+.IX Item "10."
+\&\s-1FUTURE\s0 \s-1REVISIONS\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1THIS\s0 \s-1LICENSE\s0
+.Sp
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+<\fBhttp://www.gnu.org/copyleft/\fR>.
+.Sp
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License \*(L"or any later version\*(R" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
+specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
+License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
+version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
+Document.
+.IP "11." 4
+.IX Item "11."
+\&\s-1RELICENSING\s0
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site\*(R" (or \*(L"\s-1MMC\s0 Site\*(R") means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
+\&\*(L"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration\*(R" (or \*(L"\s-1MMC\s0\*(R") contained in the
+site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the \s-1MMC\s0
+site.
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"CC-BY-SA\*(R" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+published by that same organization.
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"Incorporate\*(R" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+in part, as part of another Document.
+.Sp
+An \s-1MMC\s0 is \*(L"eligible for relicensing\*(R" if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this License
+somewhere other than this \s-1MMC\s0, and subsequently incorporated in whole
+or in part into the \s-1MMC\s0, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
+and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
+.Sp
+The operator of an \s-1MMC\s0 Site may republish an \s-1MMC\s0 contained in the site
+under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
+provided the \s-1MMC\s0 is eligible for relicensing.
+.SS "\s-1ADDENDUM:\s0 How to use this License for your documents"
+.IX Subsection "ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents"
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+.PP
+.Vb 7
+\& Copyright (C) <year> <your name>.
+\& Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+\& under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+\& or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\& with no Invariant Sections, no Front\-Cover Texts, and no Back\-Cover
+\& Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+\& Free Documentation License".
+.Ve
+.PP
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the \*(L"with...Texts.\*(R" line with this:
+.PP
+.Vb 3
+\& with the Invariant Sections being <list their titles>, with
+\& the Front\-Cover Texts being <list>, and with the Back\-Cover Texts
+\& being <list>.
+.Ve
+.PP
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+.PP
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgpl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7).
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<\fBhttp://fsf.org/\fR>
+.PP
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
diff --git a/share/man/man7/gpl.7 b/share/man/man7/gpl.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18793ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/share/man/man7/gpl.7
@@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+. de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "GPL 7"
+.TH GPL 7 "2012-01-06" "gcc-4.6.x-google" "GNU"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+gpl \- GNU General Public License
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+.SS "\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License"
+.IX Subsection "GNU General Public License"
+.SS "Version 3, 29 June 2007"
+.IX Subsection "Version 3, 29 June 2007"
+.Vb 1
+\& Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+\&
+\& Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+\& license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+.Ve
+.SS "Preamble"
+.IX Subsection "Preamble"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+.PP
+The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom
+to share and change all versions of a program\*(--to make sure it remains
+free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation,
+use the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for most of our software; it
+applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You
+can apply it to your programs, too.
+.PP
+When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+.PP
+To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you
+have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the
+software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom
+of others.
+.PP
+For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too,
+receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these
+terms so they know their rights.
+.PP
+Developers that use the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1GPL\s0 protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+.PP
+For the developers' and authors' protection, the \s-1GPL\s0 clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the \s-1GPL\s0 requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+.PP
+Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the
+manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the
+aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The
+systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for
+individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.
+Therefore, we have designed this version of the \s-1GPL\s0 to prohibit the
+practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in
+other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those
+domains in future versions of the \s-1GPL\s0, as needed to protect the
+freedom of users.
+.PP
+Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish
+to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program
+could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the \s-1GPL\s0
+assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+.PP
+The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+.SS "\s-1TERMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1CONDITIONS\s0"
+.IX Subsection "TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
+.IP "0. Definitions." 4
+.IX Item "0. Definitions."
+\&\*(L"This License\*(R" refers to version 3 of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License.
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"Copyright\*(R" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds
+of works, such as semiconductor masks.
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"The Program\*(R" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as \*(L"you\*(R". \*(L"Licensees\*(R" and
+\&\*(L"recipients\*(R" may be individuals or organizations.
+.Sp
+To \*(L"modify\*(R" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of
+an exact copy. The resulting work is called a \*(L"modified version\*(R" of
+the earlier work or a work \*(L"based on\*(R" the earlier work.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"covered work\*(R" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+.Sp
+To \*(L"propagate\*(R" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+.Sp
+To \*(L"convey\*(R" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user
+through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not
+conveying.
+.Sp
+An interactive user interface displays \*(L"Appropriate Legal Notices\*(R" to
+the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+.IP "1. Source Code." 4
+.IX Item "1. Source Code."
+The \*(L"source code\*(R" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. \*(L"Object code\*(R" means any non-source form
+of a work.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"Standard Interface\*(R" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"System Libraries\*(R" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+\&\*(L"Major Component\*(R", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+.Sp
+The \*(L"Corresponding Source\*(R" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+.Sp
+The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can
+regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source.
+.Sp
+The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same
+work.
+.IP "2. Basic Permissions." 4
+.IX Item "2. Basic Permissions."
+All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+.Sp
+You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey,
+without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force.
+You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having
+them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with
+facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the
+terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not
+control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for
+you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and
+control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your
+copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+.Sp
+Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the
+conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+.IP "3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law." 4
+.IX Item "3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law."
+No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the \s-1WIPO\s0 copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+.Sp
+When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such
+circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with
+respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit
+operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against
+the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures.
+.IP "4. Conveying Verbatim Copies." 4
+.IX Item "4. Conveying Verbatim Copies."
+You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+.Sp
+You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+.IP "5. Conveying Modified Source Versions." 4
+.IX Item "5. Conveying Modified Source Versions."
+You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these
+conditions:
+.RS 4
+.IP "a." 4
+.IX Item "a."
+The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it,
+and giving a relevant date.
+.IP "b." 4
+.IX Item "b."
+The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released
+under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This
+requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to \*(L"keep intact all
+notices\*(R".
+.IP "c." 4
+.IX Item "c."
+You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to
+anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will
+therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms,
+to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they
+are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in
+any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have
+separately received it.
+.IP "d." 4
+.IX Item "d."
+If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work
+need not make them do so.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+\&\*(L"aggregate\*(R" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+.RE
+.IP "6. Conveying Non-Source Forms." 4
+.IX Item "6. Conveying Non-Source Forms."
+You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of
+sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable
+Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these
+ways:
+.RS 4
+.IP "a." 4
+.IX Item "a."
+Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily
+used for software interchange.
+.IP "b." 4
+.IX Item "b."
+Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written
+offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you
+offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give
+anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the
+Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is
+covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used
+for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable
+cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access
+to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+.IP "c." 4
+.IX Item "c."
+Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written
+offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is
+allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you
+received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection
+6b.
+.IP "d." 4
+.IX Item "d."
+Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place
+(gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy
+the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be
+on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports
+equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions
+next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source.
+Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain
+obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to
+satisfy these requirements.
+.IP "e." 4
+.IX Item "e."
+Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you
+inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of
+the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under
+subsection 6d.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+.Sp
+A \*(L"User Product\*(R" is either (1) a \*(L"consumer product\*(R", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal,
+family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for
+incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a
+consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of
+coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user,
+\&\*(L"normally used\*(R" refers to a typical or common use of that class of
+product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way
+in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected
+to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of
+whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or
+non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant
+mode of use of the product.
+.Sp
+\&\*(L"Installation Information\*(R" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to
+install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User
+Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The
+information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of
+the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with
+solely because modification has been made.
+.Sp
+If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in \s-1ROM\s0).
+.Sp
+The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or
+updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the
+recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or
+installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification
+itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network
+or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the
+network.
+.Sp
+Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+.RE
+.IP "7. Additional Terms." 4
+.IX Item "7. Additional Terms."
+\&\*(L"Additional permissions\*(R" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+.Sp
+When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+.Sp
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders
+of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+.RS 4
+.IP "a." 4
+.IX Item "a."
+Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms
+of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+.IP "b." 4
+.IX Item "b."
+Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author
+attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices
+displayed by works containing it; or
+.IP "c." 4
+.IX Item "c."
+Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+.IP "d." 4
+.IX Item "d."
+Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+authors of the material; or
+.IP "e." 4
+.IX Item "e."
+Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade
+names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+.IP "f." 4
+.IX Item "f."
+Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by
+anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with
+contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any
+liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those
+licensors and authors.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+All other non-permissive additional terms are considered \*(L"further
+restrictions\*(R" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+.Sp
+If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+.Sp
+Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the
+above requirements apply either way.
+.RE
+.IP "8. Termination." 4
+.IX Item "8. Termination."
+You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+.Sp
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+.Sp
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+.Sp
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+.IP "9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies." 4
+.IX Item "9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies."
+You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run
+a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+.IP "10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients." 4
+.IX Item "10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients."
+Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+.Sp
+An \*(L"entity transaction\*(R" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+.Sp
+You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+.IP "11. Patents." 4
+.IX Item "11. Patents."
+A \*(L"contributor\*(R" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's \*(L"contributor version\*(R".
+.Sp
+A contributor's \*(L"essential patent claims\*(R" are all patent claims owned
+or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, \*(L"control\*(R" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+.Sp
+Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+.Sp
+In the following three paragraphs, a \*(L"patent license\*(R" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To \*(L"grant\*(R" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+.Sp
+If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. \*(L"Knowingly relying\*(R" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+.Sp
+If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+.Sp
+A patent license is \*(L"discriminatory\*(R" if it does not include within the
+scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on
+the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically
+granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you
+are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the
+business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the
+third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the
+work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties
+who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent
+license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by
+you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in
+connection with specific products or compilations that contain the
+covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent
+license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+.Sp
+Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+.IP "12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom." 4
+.IX Item "12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom."
+If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey
+a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under
+this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a
+consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree
+to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying
+from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could
+satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely
+from conveying the Program.
+.IP "13. Use with the \s-1GNU\s0 Affero General Public License." 4
+.IX Item "13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License."
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the \s-1GNU\s0 Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the \s-1GNU\s0 Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+.IP "14. Revised Versions of this License." 4
+.IX Item "14. Revised Versions of this License."
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+.Sp
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies that a certain numbered version of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public
+License \*(L"or any later version\*(R" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or
+of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
+the Program does not specify a version number of the \s-1GNU\s0 General
+Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
+.Sp
+If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions
+of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License can be used, that proxy's public
+statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to
+choose that version for the Program.
+.Sp
+Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+.IP "15. Disclaimer of Warranty." 4
+.IX Item "15. Disclaimer of Warranty."
+\&\s-1THERE\s0 \s-1IS\s0 \s-1NO\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0, \s-1TO\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1EXTENT\s0 \s-1PERMITTED\s0 \s-1BY\s0
+\&\s-1APPLICABLE\s0 \s-1LAW\s0. \s-1EXCEPT\s0 \s-1WHEN\s0 \s-1OTHERWISE\s0 \s-1STATED\s0 \s-1IN\s0 \s-1WRITING\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1COPYRIGHT\s0
+\&\s-1HOLDERS\s0 \s-1AND/OR\s0 \s-1OTHER\s0 \s-1PARTIES\s0 \s-1PROVIDE\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0 \*(L"\s-1AS\s0 \s-1IS\s0\*(R" \s-1WITHOUT\s0
+\&\s-1WARRANTY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1KIND\s0, \s-1EITHER\s0 \s-1EXPRESSED\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1IMPLIED\s0, \s-1INCLUDING\s0, \s-1BUT\s0 \s-1NOT\s0
+\&\s-1LIMITED\s0 \s-1TO\s0, \s-1THE\s0 \s-1IMPLIED\s0 \s-1WARRANTIES\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0
+A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. \s-1THE\s0 \s-1ENTIRE\s0 \s-1RISK\s0 \s-1AS\s0 \s-1TO\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1QUALITY\s0 \s-1AND\s0
+\&\s-1PERFORMANCE\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0 \s-1IS\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 \s-1YOU\s0. \s-1SHOULD\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0 \s-1PROVE\s0
+\&\s-1DEFECTIVE\s0, \s-1YOU\s0 \s-1ASSUME\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1COST\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1ALL\s0 \s-1NECESSARY\s0 \s-1SERVICING\s0, \s-1REPAIR\s0 \s-1OR\s0
+\&\s-1CORRECTION\s0.
+.IP "16. Limitation of Liability." 4
+.IX Item "16. Limitation of Liability."
+\&\s-1IN\s0 \s-1NO\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1UNLESS\s0 \s-1REQUIRED\s0 \s-1BY\s0 \s-1APPLICABLE\s0 \s-1LAW\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1AGREED\s0 \s-1TO\s0 \s-1IN\s0 \s-1WRITING\s0
+\&\s-1WILL\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1COPYRIGHT\s0 \s-1HOLDER\s0, \s-1OR\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1OTHER\s0 \s-1PARTY\s0 \s-1WHO\s0 \s-1MODIFIES\s0 \s-1AND/OR\s0
+\&\s-1CONVEYS\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0 \s-1AS\s0 \s-1PERMITTED\s0 \s-1ABOVE\s0, \s-1BE\s0 \s-1LIABLE\s0 \s-1TO\s0 \s-1YOU\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 \s-1DAMAGES\s0,
+\&\s-1INCLUDING\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1GENERAL\s0, \s-1SPECIAL\s0, \s-1INCIDENTAL\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1CONSEQUENTIAL\s0 \s-1DAMAGES\s0
+\&\s-1ARISING\s0 \s-1OUT\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1USE\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1INABILITY\s0 \s-1TO\s0 \s-1USE\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0 (\s-1INCLUDING\s0 \s-1BUT\s0
+\&\s-1NOT\s0 \s-1LIMITED\s0 \s-1TO\s0 \s-1LOSS\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1BEING\s0 \s-1RENDERED\s0 \s-1INACCURATE\s0 \s-1OR\s0
+\&\s-1LOSSES\s0 \s-1SUSTAINED\s0 \s-1BY\s0 \s-1YOU\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1THIRD\s0 \s-1PARTIES\s0 \s-1OR\s0 A \s-1FAILURE\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0
+\&\s-1TO\s0 \s-1OPERATE\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1OTHER\s0 \s-1PROGRAMS\s0), \s-1EVEN\s0 \s-1IF\s0 \s-1SUCH\s0 \s-1HOLDER\s0 \s-1OR\s0 \s-1OTHER\s0
+\&\s-1PARTY\s0 \s-1HAS\s0 \s-1BEEN\s0 \s-1ADVISED\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1THE\s0 \s-1POSSIBILITY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1SUCH\s0 \s-1DAMAGES\s0.
+.IP "17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16." 4
+.IX Item "17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16."
+If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+.SS "\s-1END\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1TERMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1CONDITIONS\s0"
+.IX Subsection "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
+.SS "How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs"
+.IX Subsection "How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs"
+If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
+terms.
+.PP
+To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the \*(L"copyright\*(R" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+.PP
+.Vb 2
+\& <one line to give the program\*(Aqs name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+\& Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+\&
+\& This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+\& it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+\& the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
+\& your option) any later version.
+\&
+\& This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+\& WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+\& MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+\& General Public License for more details.
+\&
+\& You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+\& along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+.Ve
+.PP
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+.PP
+If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+.PP
+.Vb 4
+\& <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+\& This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type "show w".
+\& This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+\& under certain conditions; type "show c" for details.
+.Ve
+.PP
+The hypothetical commands \fBshow w\fR and \fBshow c\fR should show
+the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your
+program's commands might be different; for a \s-1GUI\s0 interface, you would
+use an \*(L"about box\*(R".
+.PP
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a \*(L"copyright disclaimer\*(R" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1GPL\s0, see
+<\fBhttp://www.gnu.org/licenses/\fR>.
+.PP
+The \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License does not permit incorporating your
+program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine
+library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary
+applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use
+the \s-1GNU\s0 Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But
+first, please read <\fBhttp://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why\-not\-lgpl.html\fR>.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgfdl\fR\|(7), \fIfsf\-funding\fR\|(7).
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+license document, but changing it is not allowed.